Skip to main content

Full text of "Department of State bulletin"

See other formats


If. 


*^ 


15  i]5S8 


'imi 


ill 


BOSTOM 
PUBLIC 
LIBRARY 


/J: 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

BULLETIN 

Volume  LXXVI  •  No.  1958  •  January  3,  1977 

» —        /  )  • 

MINISTERIAL  MEETING  OF  NORTH  ATLANTIC  COUNCIL 

AT  BRUSSELS 

Arrival  Statement  and  News  Conferences  by  Secretary  Kissinger 

at  Brussels  and  London    1 

Message  From  President-Elect  Carter  Delivered  by  Secretary  Kissinger 

and  Text  of  North  Atlantic  Council  Communique    9 


THE  OFFICIAL  WEEKLY  RECORD  OF  UNITED  STATES  FOREIGN  POLICY 

Foi-  index  see  inside  back  cover 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE  BULLETIN 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 
U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 
Washington,  D.C.  20402 
PRICE: 
52  issues  plus  semiannual  indexes, 
domestic  $42.50,  foreign  $53. \b 
Single  copy  85  cents 
The  Secretary  of  State  has  determined  that  the  pub- 
lication of  this  periodical  is  necessary  in  the  transac- 
tion of  the  public  business  required  by  law  of  this 
Department.  Use  of  funds  for  printing  this  periodi- 
cal has  been  approved  by  the  Director  of  the  Office 
of  Management  and  Budget  through  January  31 
1981. 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may  be  re- 
printed. Citation  of  the  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 
BULLETIN  as  the  source  will  be  appreciated.  The 
BULLETIN  is  indexed  in  the  Readers'  Guide  to 
Periodical  Literature. 


Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1958 
January  3,  1977 


The  Department  of  State  BULLETIN 
a  weekly  publication  issued  by  th^ 
Office  of  Media  Services,  Bureau  of 
Public  Affairs,  provides  the  public  and 
interested  agencies  of  the  government 
with  information  on  developments  in 
the  field  of  U.S.  foreign  relations  and 
on  the  work  of  the  Department  and 
the  Foreign  Service. 

The  BULLETIN  includes  selected 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy,  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements,  addresses,  and 
news  conferences  of  the  President  and 
the  Secretary  of  State  and  other  offi- 
cers of  the  Department,  as  well  as  spe- 
cial articles  on  various  phases  of  in- 
ternational affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  inter- 
national agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a  party 
and  on  treaties  of  general  interna- 
tional interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department  of 
State,  United  Nations  documents,  and 
legislative  material  in  the  field  of 
international  relations  are  also  listed. 


Secretary  Kissinger  Attends  NATO  Ministerial  Meeting  at  Brussels 
and  Meets  With  British  Officials  at  London 


Secretary  Kissinger  headed  the  U.S.  dele- 
gation to  the  regular  ministerial  meeting  of 
the  North  Atlantic  Council  at  Brussels  De- 
cember 9-10  and  visited  London  Decetnber 
10-12.  Following  are  the  texts  of  his  state- 
ment made  on  arrival  at  Brussels  on  De- 
cember 7,  his  news  conference  following  the 
meeting  on  December  10,  and  his  news  con- 
ference with  Secretary  of  State  for  Foreign 
and  Commonwealth  Affairs  Anthony  Cros- 
land  at  London  on  December  10.  * 


ARRIVAL,  BRUSSELS,  DECEMBER  7 

Press  release  5^9  dated  December  8 

I  am  very  happy  to  be  back  in  Brussels  for 
the  annual  NATO  meeting. 

Through  all  changes  of  Administration  the 
North  Atlantic  Treaty  Organization  has  been 
the  cardinal  commitment  of  the  United 
States,  and  I  am  certain  that  it  will  continue 
to  be  so  in  the  future. 

It  will  be  very  pleasant  for  me  to  review 
with  my  colleagues  the  state  of  our  alliance, 
which  is  historically  unique.  I  do  not  think 
any  alliance  in  modern  history  has  lasted  so 
long,  grown  so  much  in  vitality,  and  ex- 
tended the  range  of  its  concerns  so  effec- 
tively. 

We  have  many  problems  before  us;  but  the 
future  of  freedom  and  of  democracy  and  of 
developing  of  our  nations  depends  on  our 
cohesiveness,  and  it  is  in  that  spirit  that  we 
will  conduct  our  discussions. 


'  Press  releases  relating  to  bilateral  meetings  during 
Secretary  Kissinger's  visit  to  Brussels  are  Nos.  590  and 
.591  of  Dec.  8,  592  and  593  of  Dec.  9,  and  596,  597,  and 
598  of  Dec.  10. 


NEWS  CONFERENCE,  BRUSSELS,  DECEMBER  10 

Press  release  600  dated  December  11 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  will  go  right  to  your 
questions. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  don't  you  think  that  the 
purchase  by  the  Libyan  Government  of  15 
percent  of  the  7najor  Italian  industry  Fiat 
could  influence  in  some  ways  the  foreign  pol- 
icy of  Italy,  which  is  still  a  NATO  country? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  In  the  waning  days  of 
my  public  career  I  dare  not  take  on  both  the 
Italian  and  Libyan  public  opinion. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  during  the  course  of  the 
talks,  did  the  situation  in  souther?!  Africa 
come  up,  and  if  so,  were  any  proposals  made 
for  further  action  by  you  or  the  United 
States? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  The  situation  in 
southern  Africa  came  up  in  the  sense  that  I 
gave  an  account  of  the  situation  as  I  saw  it 
and  Mr.  Crosland  made  an  English  interpre- 
tation of  my  remarks.  We  substantially 
agreed  in  our  analysis  of  the  situation.  As 
you  know,  I  am  going  to  meet  Mr.  Crosland 
and  his  associates  this  afternoon  in  London 
and  again  tomorrow.  No  recommendations 
were  made  by  NATO  with  respect  to  south- 
ern Africa,  but  there  was  a  discussion  of  the 
situation  as  we  saw  it. 

Q.  In  which  areas  did  you  and  the  Foreign 
Secretary  not  agree  in  your  analysis  on 
Rhodesia? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  would  say  that  the 
Foreign  Secretary  and  I  agree  completely  in 
our  analysis  of  the  situation  in  Rhodesia.  We 
greatly  appreciate  the  role  that  Britain  is 


January  3,  1977 


playing  under  great  difficulties  at  Geneva.  It 
is  a  complicated  negotiation  which  proceeds 
through  a  series  of  crises  and  dramatic  head- 
lines but  in  which  we  believe  that  progress 
remains  possible. 

The  United  States,  as  Great  Britain,  sup- 
ports majority  rule  in  Rhodesia  and  supports 
a  transition  government  in  which  the  African 
component  is  in  the  majority.  Now,  how  to 
work  out  the  relationship  of  the  various  com- 
ponents to  each  other  is  the  subject  of  the 
negotiations.  But  there  is  no  disagreement 
whatever  between  the  United  States  and  the 
British  point  of  view. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  do  you  feel  that  you  can 
still  play  any  role  at  all  in  helping  break  the 
deadlock  by  meeting  Mr.  Nkomo  [Joshua 
Nkomo,  Zimbabwe  Africa  People's  Union]  in 
London  or  any  of  the  other  participants'? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  have  no  plans  to 
meet  Mr.  Nkomo — I  will  not  meet  Mr. 
Nkomo — because  I  know  that  some  of  the 
exegetists  here  will  misinterpret  the  word 
that  I  have  no  "plans." 

I  believe  that  we  can  continue  to  play  a 
useful  role  in  remaining  in  contact  both  with 
the  parties  in  Geneva  and  with  the  frontline 
Presidents,  who  have  such  an  important  re- 
sponsibility. We  are  indeed  in  frequent  con- 
tact with  all  of  these  parties,  and  we  will  con- 
tinue to  use  our  influence  in  the  direction  of 
the  basic  principles  of  the  transfer  of  power 
to  the  black  majority  under  conditions  in 
which  minority  rights  are  protected. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  how  do  you  think  your 
policy  regarding  the  Middle  East,  or  let  us 
say  American  policy  regarding  the  Middle 
East,  will  continue  after  you  and  with  the 
new  Administration.  Can  you  give  us  a  gen- 
eral assessment  about  the  situation  as  you 
see  it? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  Well,  I  am  sure  you 
know  that  I  am  not  the  spokesman  that  has 
been  chosen  for  the  new  Administration,  so  I 
would  not  want  to  make  pronouncements 
about  their  policies.  Mr.  Vance  is  an  old 
friend  of  mine. 

I  believe  that  the  foreign  policy  of  the 
United  States  can  never  be  based  on  the  per- 
sonal preferences  of  individuals  and  to  the 


extent  possible  we  attempted  to  analyze  the 
basic  realities  and  the  basic  interests  and 
purposes  of  the  United  States.  In  that  sense, 
if  our  conclusions  were  substantially  correct, 
I  would  believe  that  a  new  Administration 
would  follow  a  similar  course.  There  might 
be  differences  in  tactics,  differences  in  per- 
sonalities. 

I  believe  the  main  commitment  toward  a 
just  peace  in  the  Middle  East  is  dictated  by 
American  interests  and  by  world  interests 
and  finally  by  the  best  interests  of  the  par- 
ties concerned,  and  I  am  convinced  that  the 
United  States  will  continue  to  play  a  major 
role  in  the  search  for  peace  in  the  Middle 
East. 

Q.  What  is  your  assessment? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  My  assessment, 
which  I  have  been  making  for  months,  both 
before  and  after  our  election,  is  that  the  ob- 
jective conditions  that  make  for  peace  in  the 
Middle  East  are  better  than  they  have  been 
in  perhaps  decades. 

I  believe  that  all  of  the  parties  have  come 
to  a  realization  that  there  is  no  military  solu- 
tion to  their  conflict  and  that  some 
negotiated  peace  must  be  sought.  An  endless 
conflict  will  have  profound  consequences  for 
the  peoples  involved  and  profound  global 
consequences,  and  therefore  I  believe  that 
the  parties  are  now  more  ready  and  the  con- 
ditions are  now  more  ripe  for  a  significant  ef- 
fort toward  peace  than  has  been  the  case  in  a 
long  time. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  should  the  PLO  [Pales- 
tine Liberation  Organization]  be  represented 
at  those  negotiations? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  The  United  States 
has  stated  repeatedly  its  attitude  toward  the 
PLO,  which  is  that  until  the  PLO  accepts  the 
existence  of  the  State  of  Israel  and  the  res- 
olutions on  which  the  present  negotiations 
are  being  conducted — that  the  United  States 
cannot  address  this  sort  of  a  question. 

Q.  Is  there  any  prospect  of  that  accept- 
ance? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  That  is  for  the  PLO 
to  answer. 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Q.  But  I  take  it  that  you  say  unless  they  do 
they  will  not  be  at  Geneva,  so  far  as  the 
United  States  is  concerned? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  Until  January  20, 
anyway.  [Laughter.] 

Q.  That  is  all  I  could  ask. 

Q.  Do  you  agree  ivith  the  idea  that  your 
period  of  service  for  the  American  Goveim- 
ment  has  served  to  reinforce  the  Atlantic  al- 
liance and  at  the  same  time  to  destroy  (sic) 
European  political  unity? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  believe  that  the  At- 
lantic alliance  has  been  greatly  strengthened 
in  recent  years.  I  believe  that  the  system  of 
consultation  that  now  e.xists  within  NATO 
and  between  the  countries  of  NATO,  even 
outside  the  NATO  framework,  is  intimate 
and  substantial  and  it  reflects  the  realization 
by  all  of  the  countries  that  we  are  united  not 
only  for  security  but  as  the  repositories  of 
freedom  in  the  world  today.  And  I  believe 
that  NATO  in  its  political  aspect  is  stronger 
than  it  has  been  and  that  the  political  unity  of 
the  Western  countries  has  been  greatly  en- 
hanced. 

Q.  And  Europe? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  And  the  unity  of 
Europe?  The  United  States  is  strongly  in 
favor  of  the  unity  of  Europe.  I  believe  also 
that  in  the  last  eight  years  significant  con- 
crete progress  has  been  made  toward  the 
unity  of  Europe  in  both  its  economic  and, 
even  more  importantly,  in  its  political  as- 
pects, and  I  hope  very  much  that  this  will 
continue. 

Q:  Mr.  Secretary,  looking  back  what  do 
you  consider  to  be  your  most  satisfying 
achievements  and  your  greatest  disappoint- 
ments ? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  Well,  I  have  told  the 
NATO  Council  that  it  is  too  early  to  write 
obituaries — and  having  such  a  distinguished 
group  of  people  here  that  have  been  analyz- 
ing my  drawbacks  and  achievements,  with 
emphasis  on  the  former,  I  would  not  want  to 
interfere  with  your  work.  [Laughter.] 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  could  I  pursue  this  ques- 


tion along  these  lines?  You  have  been  asked 
many  times  since  you  have  been  here  for 
you  to  volunteer  some  of  your  thoughts,  and 
you  have  handled  this  usiially  with  humor 
and  with  a  jocular  aside.  I  wonder,  sir,  if  at 
this  time  in  your  farewell  news  conference 
here  in  Europe,  whether  you  would  take  a 
moment  and  share  with  us  some  of  your 
thoughts  at  the  present  time,  as  you  prepare 
to  step  down. 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  expressed  some  of 
these  thoughts,  in  answer  to  the  previous 
question. 

I  have  always  believed  that  the  ultimate 
test  of  whatever  an  American  Secretary  of 
State  or  President  does  with  respect  to  any 
other  part  of  the  world  will  be  the  degree  to 
which  it  contributes  to  the  unity  and  vitality 
and  strength  of  the  free  peoples,  especially 
the  peoples  of  the  North  Atlantic  area. 

Security  by  itself  is  not  enough.  We  have 
to  ask:  Security  for  what,  and  for  what  pur- 
pose? We  therefore  owe  it  to  our  peoples,  as 
we  seek  security,  to  make  clear  that  we  are 
also  seeking  peace;  and  we  also  owe  it  to  our 
peoples  that  as  we  develop  our  cohesion  we 
define  the  purpose  that  this  cohesion  is  to 
serve  in  terms  of  a  better  world. 

This  I  consider  the  permanent  task  of 
American  foreign  policy,  and  history  will 
have  to  judge  how  any  one  Administration 
carried  it  out.  But  I  am  positive  that  any  new 
Administration  will  address  itself  to  the 
same  agenda. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  tinder  what  conditions 
do  you  think  that  one  day  we  can  control  the 
current  armaments  race  and  enter  into  a 
real  organization  for  peace? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  believe  that  nuclear 
weapons  have  the  characteristic  that  will 
make  the  traditional  reflections  about  mili- 
tary power  substantially  irrelevant  and  that 
they  impose  on  all  statesmen  an  obligation  to 
bring  the  armaments  race  under  control.  We 
have  made  considerable  progress  in  the  con- 
trol of  strategic  armaments,  and  I  believe 
that  a  further  agreement  on  the  limitation  of 
strategic  arms  is  within  reach.  There  are 
other  discussions  going  on  on  the  limitation  of 
forces  in  Central  Europe. 

We  have  the  obligation  to  conduct  our  pol- 


January  3,  1977 


icy  between  two  extremes:  On  the  one  hand 
not  to  disarm  ourselves  either  by  unilateral 
actions  or  by  theories  that  produce  a 
paralysis  of  will,  but  on  the  other  hand  not  to 
believe  that  the  mere  accumulation  of  ar- 
maments is  in  itself  a  policy.  Therefore  there 
is  a  necessity  to  conduct  negotiations  on  the 
limitation  of  arms  soberly,  realistically,  but 
with  great  dedication. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  what  role  do  you  antici- 
pate playing  in  the  Carter  Administration  in 
formulating  foreign  policy? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  do  not  anticipate 
playing  any  role  in  the  Carter  Administration 
in  formulating  foreign  policy.  On  January  21 
I  will  achieve  infallibility  [laughter]  and  will 
join  all  of  you  in  my  capacity  to  analyze  prob- 
lems. 

I  am  always  prepared  to  assist  in  specific 
circumstances  and  to  offer  advice  in  specific 
circumstances,  because  I  believe  that  the 
foreign  policy  of  the  United  States  is  a  non- 
partisan enterprise;  but  I  do  not  anticipate 
playing  a  role  in  the  formulation  of  the  policy 
of  the  new  Administration. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  under  which  conditions 
can  you  foresee  a  positive  contribution  of 
China  to  the  world  balance? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  Well,  China  is  a  great 
country  and  a  major  power;  and  by  its  exist- 
ence, its  strong  dedication  to  its  independ- 
ence, and  the  talent  of  its  people  and  lead- 
ership, it  will  always  make  a  contribution  to 
the  world  balance.  Whatever  contribution 
China  makes  will  derive  from  its  own  inher- 
ent convictions  and  not  the  prescriptions  of 
Americans.  And  our  cooperation  with  China 
derives  from  a  parallelism  of  interest  and  not 
any  formal  arrangement. 

Q.  On  Rhodesia,  Mr.  Secretary,  do  you 
consider  the  proposals  that  yo2i  put  to  Mr. 
Ian  Smith  are  still  just  a  basis  for  negotia- 
tions or,  as  he  insists,  a  program  to  be  ac- 
cepted or  rejected  as  a  package? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  have  always  believed 
that  they  should  serve  as  a  basis  for  negotia- 
tions and  that  all  parties  in  Geneva  have  an 
obligation  to  take  into  consideration  the 


views  of  the  others.  This  is  true  of  Ian  Smith; 
it  is  also  true,  in  my  judgment,  of  the  black 
negotiators  in  Geneva. 

Q.  There  has  apparently  been  a  leak  from 
you  to  the  Western  delegations  at  the  CIEC 
[Conference  on  International  Economic 
Cooperation]  talks  in  Paris.  Could  you  give 
us  your  assessment  of  the  possible  damage 
that  this  leak  might  incur? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  Well,  to  tell  you  the 
truth,  I  read  an  extract  of  that  cable  in  a 
newspaper  this  morning,  and  it  had  the  sort 
of  bureaucratic  obtuseness  which  would 
make  it  sound  as  plausibly  having  been  de- 
veloped in  the  Department  of  State.  [Laugh- 
ter.] I  have  been  looking  for  the  cable  ever 
since,  so  I  cannot  vouch  for  its  accuracy.  In 
the  present  state  of  our  capacity  to  guard 
classified  information  it  is  always  possible 
that  documents  appear  out  of  context.  I 
would  not  think  that  this  particular  document 
should  do  any  significant  damage. 

The  United  States  believes — indeed,  it  was 
one  of  the  organizers  of  the  North-South 
dialogue — we  believe  that  an  inter- 
national order  can  only  be  built  on  the  coop- 
eration between  the  developed  and  the  de- 
veloping nations.  We  believe  that  the  de- 
veloped nations  have  a  special  obligation  to 
put  forward  constructive,  concrete  proposals 
and  that  the  developing  nations  have  an  obli- 
gation to  proceed  in  a  spirit  of  discussion 
rather  than  a  spirit  of  confrontation. 

It  is  true  that  we  did  not  think  that  this 
was  the  best  moment  for  the  conference.  An 
outgoing  Administration  would  be  in  the  ex- 
tremely difficult  position  of  having  to  put 
forward  proposals  that  would  have  to  be  im- 
plemented by  another  Administration.  And 
therefore  it  did  not  seem  to  us  to  be  the  right 
moment  to  have  a  conference,  because  either 
we  would  confine  ourselves  to  the  period  for 
which  we  had  responsibility  and  would  there- 
fore disappoint  the  developing  countries  or  we 
would  commit  a  new  Administration  to  a  pro- 
gram which  it  had  no  part  in  shaping. 

There  were  other  reasons  that  other  coun- 
tries had  for  the  postponement,  but  as  far  as 
the  United  States  is  concerned,  this  was  the 
reason  why  we  favored  a  postponement. 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


whatever  extracts  fi'om  obtuse  documents 
may  appear  in  newspapers.  But  I  will  track 
down  that  document  if  it  exists. 

Q.  If  Spain  joins  NATO  have  yon  studied 
what  might  be  the  next  response  of  the  Soviet 
Union  to  this  diseqidUbrinin? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  They  might  ask  Al- 
bania to  join  the  Warsaw  Pact.  [Laughter.] 

The  United  States  has  favored  the  partici- 
pation of  Spain  in  NATO,  and  the  political 
progress  that  is  being  made  in  Spain,  which 
we  welcome,  in  our  view  should  speed  the 
day  when  that  situation  is  possible.  I  do  not 
believe  that  this  will  bring  about  a  change  in 
the  military  balance,  because  we  have  al- 
ready a  bilateral  arrangement  with  Spain  and 
clearly  it  is  not  a  part  of  any  offensive  inten- 
tion against  the  Soviet  Union.  So  we  believe 
that  it  is  a  matter  that  should  not  affect 
Soviet  dispositions. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  one  of  the  differences 
that  is  frequeyitly  cited  between  the  kind  of 
foreign  policy  that  you  have  conducted  and 
the  type  of  foreign  policy  that  President-elect 
Carter  may  conduct  has  to  do  with  morality. 
Do  you  believe  President-elect  Carter  may  be 
making  a  mistake  by  giving  too  much  em- 
phasis to  the  subject  of  morality,  or  do  you 
feel,  in  fact,  that  yoii  have  conducted  a 
foreign  policy  with  full  regard  to  that? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  made  a  rather  ex- 
tensive speech  on  that  subject  before  our 
election.  I  believe  that  the  relationship  be- 
tween morality  and  foreign  policy  is  not  a 
simple  one. 

I  agree  with  what  my  successor  said  at  a 
press  conference — that  it  is  necessary  to 
have  strong  moral  convictions  but  it  is  also 
necessary  to  bring  into  relationship  the 
realities  of  the  situation  with  moral  pur- 
poses. It  is  the  essence  of  moral  purposes 
that  they  appear  absolute;  it  is  the  essence  of 
foreign  policy  that  any  individual  step  can 
only  be  partial.  It  is  the  essence  of  morality 
that  it  is  asserted  to  be  universal;  it  is  the 
essence  of  foreign  policy  to  take  into  account 
the  views  of  others  that  may  also  be  claimed 
to  be  universal. 

Now,  I  do  not  believe  that  what  I  now  as- 


sert about  my  conduct  of  foreign  policy  will 
be  decisive.  I  believe  that  a  foreign  policy 
without  moral  convictions  lacks  a  sense  of  di- 
rection and  a  sense  of  purpose,  but  what  bal- 
ance is  struck  in  each  Administration  is  very 
hard  to  predict  and  very  difficult  to  foretell 
from  abstract  statements. 

Q.  Economic  questions  have  appeared 
more  proyniyiently  in  your  deliberations  this 
week  than  they  have  at  some  previous  al- 
liance meetings.  Could  you  give  us  your 
thoughts  on  the  extent  to  which  there  is  a 
danger  that  the  global  economic  situation 
might  deteriorate  to  the  point  where  econoyn- 
ic,  social,  ayid  political  stability  in  the  al- 
liance was  brought  into  some  question — to 
what  exteyit  that  prospect  is  bro^ight  nearer  by 
a  substantial  increase  in  oil  prices? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  The  United  States  is 
strongly  opposed  to  any  significant  increase 
in  oil  prices,  precisely  because  it  believes 
that  the  impact  of  those  on  the  global  econ- 
omy would  be  extremely  unfortunate  and 
would  have  consequences  which  in  the  long 
run,  or  even  in  the  medium  run,  would  affect 
the  very  countries  that  are  now  raising  or 
thinking  of  raising  the  oil  prices. 

I  believe  that  the  last  three  or  four  years 
have  made  clear  that  one  can  no  longer  com- 
partmentalize foreign  policy  into  security, 
political,  and  economic  concerns.  The  social 
cohesion  of  all  our  societies,  our  capacity  to 
act  with  conviction  internationally,  depends 
on  growing  and  vital  economies.  And  these 
economies  in  turn  depend  on  the  mutual 
sense  of  responsibility  for  each  other  of  the 
free  countries.  This  is  why  these  economic 
summits  have  been  both  symbolically  and 
substantively  important  and  why  I  believe 
and  hope  that  they  will  remain  a  feature  of 
the  international  scene  and  why  one  can  no 
longer  separate  the  security  concerns. 

Q.  An  easy  question  for  you,  sir.  What 
kiyid  of  advice,  as  we  sit  here  at  NATO  today 
and  you  prepare  to  step  down,  do  you  have 
for  Cyrus  Vance? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  We  will  take  one 
more  question  after  this  one,  but  since  you 
will  all  stampede  out  to  report  the  monumen- 


January  3,  1977 


tal  news  that  you  have  been  imparted  here,  I 
want  to  take  this  opportunity  to  thank  you 
for  the  relative  courtesy  with  which  I  have 
always  been  treated  here  and  the  fairness 
which  you  have  shown. 

As  far  as  advice  for  Cyrus  Vance  is  con- 
cerned, I  wish  him  well.  I  have  repeatedly 
stated  that  he  is  extremely  well  qualified  for 
his  position.  I  have  already  made  available  to 
him  all  communications  that  come  to  me.  He 
will  be  given  a  schedule  of  all  my  activities  in 
Washington,  and  he  is  free  to  participate  in 
any  of  them  and  at  any  meetings  that  I  have. 
I  will  be  spending  most  of  the  day  with  him 
next  Wednesday,  and  we  will  be  meeting 
regularly  and  frequently  after  that. 

I  do  not  think  it  would  be  appropriate  for 
me,  however,  to  give  public  advice  to  my 
successor  before  I  have  had  an  opportunity 
for  full  discussions  with  him.  But  I  do  want 
to  say  that  he  deserves  the  confidence  of  the 
American  people,  that  he  deserves  the  confi- 
dence of  all  foreign  countries  who  are  con- 
cerned with  the  direction  of  American  policy. 

Q.  Would  you  like  to  say  something,  sir, 
about  the  future  of  East-West  relations  in  the 
light  of  the  large  commercial  debts  that  the 
Soviets  are  acquiring  toward  the  West  and 
the  continued  extension  of  easy  credit  and 
transfer  of  Western  technology  to  the 
Soviets  ? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  Well,  let  me  separate 
the  two  questions — one,  the  extension  of 
credit  and  transfer  of  technology;  the  second, 
the  future  of  the  East-West  relations. 

With  respect  to  the  extension  of  credit,  I 
advocated  last  year  at  the  OECD  [Organiza- 
tion for  Economic  Cooperation  and  Develop- 
ment] meeting,  and  I  repeated  it  at  the  NATO 
meeting,  that  it  is  essential  for  the  industrial 
democracies  to  develop  a  common  approach 
and  a  common  concept.  It  makes  no  sense  for 
these  countries  to  compete  with  each  other 
on  credit  terms  without  taking  a  look  at  the 
overall  picture  and  the  overall  consequences 
of  their  actions.  So  I  believe  on  the  technical 
and  economic  issue  that  this  is  an  area  in 
which  great  coherence  among  the  industrial 
democracies  is  essential. 

As  for  the  future  of  East-West  relations,  in 


the  nuclear  age  there  can  be  no  question  that 
we  have  a  dual  responsibility.  One  is  to  pre- 
vent any  temptation  on  the  part  of  those 
countries  that  continue  to  multiply  their  ar- 
maments to  believe  that  they  can  achieve 
political  or  economic  solutions  by  the  use  of 
arms,  and  we  therefore  have  to  see  to  our  se- 
curity and  make  the  necessary  efforts.  At  the 
same  time,  the  future  of  world  peace,  and  in- 
deed perhaps  the  survival  of  humanity  de- 
pend on  whether  we  can,  in  the  relationship 
between  East  and  West,  find  solutions  to  our 
common  problems  and  a  code  of  restraint, 
lest  we  slide  again — as  has  happened  so  often 
before  in  history  through  a  series  of  miscal- 
culations and  the  accumulation  of  marginal 
advantages — into  a  perhaps  unimaginable 
catastrophe.  So,  we  have  the  task  of  security 
and  the  task  of  construction  of  peace.  And 
the  challenge  to  the  Western  societies  is 
whether  they  can  pursue  both  policies  simul- 
taneously or  whether  they  will  slight  one  at 
the  expense  of  the  other. 

JOINT  NEWS  CONFERENCE,  LONDON, 
DECEMBER  10 

Press  release  601  dated  December  IS 

Foreign  Secretary  Crosland:  Dr.  Kissinger 
is  paying  a  valedictory  visit  to  London,  which 
he  has  long  since  planned,  following  the 
NATO  conference  in  Brussels.  He  will  be 
doing  a  number  of  important  things — going 
to  a  football  match  tomorrow,  going  to  the 
theater  tomorrow  night.  More  importantly, 
he  is  being  given  a  farewell  dinner — farewell 
only  in  his  role  as  Secretary  of  State — by  the 
Prime  Minister  this  evening  at  No.  10.  And 
we  are  very  glad  to  welcome  him  here. 

This,  in  fact,  was  arranged — this  visit — a 
long  time  before  we  also  arranged  by  coinci- 
dence a  roundup  review  of  the  Rhodesian 
situation  with  Mr.  Ivor  Richard,  who  has 
come  back  from  Geneva  for  this.  It  has  been 
a  very  helpful  accident  that  the  two  have  fall- 
en together,  because  we  have  been  able  to 
exchange  views  with  Ivor  Richard  as  well  as 
with  Dr.  Kissinger's  officials  and  my  officials 
on  Rhodesia.  And  I  think  that  we  approached 
that  problem  with  a  very  wide  measure  of 
agreement. 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


We  have  not  taken  any  decisions  this 
evening — did  not  intend,  in  fact,  to  take  any 
decisions  this  evening.  We  shall  be  meeting 
again  privately  and  bilaterally  for  further 
talks  tomorrow  morning,  and  I  do  not  doubt 
that  in  any  event  I  shall  make  a  statement  to 
the  House  before  Parliament  recesses  for 
Christmas. 

Now  we  are  rather  pushed  for  time,  so  I 
will  not  say  any  more  than  that  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  conference  and  simply  answer  any 
questions. 

Q.  I  would  like  to  ask  Dr.  Kissinger  how 
he  sees  the  Rhodesian  situation  at  the  mo- 
ment. 

Secretary  Kissinger:  Well,  I  think  that  the 
conference  has  been  very  ably  conducted  by 
Mr.  Richard,  that  in  a  conference  between 
parties  where  the  distrust  is  so  profound,  in- 
evitably many  disagreements  will  emerge. 

The  United  States  has  supported  majority 
rule  in  Rhodesia  and  continues  to  support 
this.  And  I  believe  that  from  what  I  have 
heard  from  Mr.  Richard  and  from  what  I 
know  through  our  constant  contacts  during 
the  negotiations  that  a  possibility  for  prog- 
ress exists  and  will  be  explored  to  the  fullest 
by  the  British  Government. 

Q.  Dr.  Kissinger,  Mr.  Smith  [Ian  D. 
Smith,  of  Rhodesia]  said  in  Geneva  this  af- 
ternoon that  he  had  been  brought  there  under 
false  pretenses,  that  he  had  understood  he  was 
there  to  implement  the  solemn,  firm,  and 
binding  agreement.  Do  you  think  he  has  any 
reasonable  grounds  for  saying  that? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  think  we  have  gone 
over  this  allegation  repeatedly.  We  gave  Mr. 
Smith  our  best  judgment  of  a  framework  for 
negotiations.  These  negotiations  are  now 
going  on;  and  obviously,  in  any  negotiation, 
the  views  of  all  the  parties  must  be  consid- 
ered. 

Q.  Mr.  Crosland,  when  you  say  that  no  de- 
cisions have  been  taken,  what  kind  of  deci- 
sions might  you  have  taken? 

Foreign  Secretary  Crosland:  It  is  not  a 
question  of  taking  decisions  week  by  week,  I 
do  not  think.  We  constantly  review  the  prog- 


ress of  the  conference  with  Ivor  Richard.  He 
comes  back  here  periodically,  as  you  know. 
And  we  have  to  decide  to  take  different  deci- 
sions according  to  the  period  of  time.  We  did 
take  a  decision  10  days  ago  that  I  would  give 
a  parliamentary  answer  saying  that  the 
British  Government  would  be  prepared  to 
have  the  British  presence  in  Rhodesia,  for 
instance. 

It  is  not  a  question  of  specific  decisions 
being  required,  but  a  question  of  regular  re- 
view of  how  the  Geneva  conference  is  going 
to  see  whether  there  is  something  further 
which  we,  the  British  Government,  or  the 
chairman  should  do  in  order  to  bring  it  more 
successfully  to  a  conclusion. 

Q.  Is  there  any  chance  that  you  would  ask 
Dr.  Kissinger  to  once  again  take  an  active 
part  in  the  negotiations? 

Foreign  Secretary  Crosland:  Well,  I  mean, 
I  love  Dr.  Kissinger  deeply — and  I  would 
love  him  to  live  a  full  and  active  life. 

But  I  do  not  think  I  have  any  intention, 
and  I  do  not  think  he  has  any  intention,  that 
we  should  agree  together  that  the  United 
States  should  resume  the  critically  important 
role  which  they  pursued — Dr.  Kissinger  pur- 
sued on  America's  behalf — last  summer.  No. 
I  think  that  it  is  agreed  between  the  two 
governments,  and  certainly  the  two  of  us, 
that  the  American  role,  which  was  critical 
and  crucial  during  those  months  last  sum- 
mer, should  at  a  certain  point  give  way  to  a 
role  that  could  be  only  exercised  by  Great 
Britain  as  the  power  that  had  some  sort  of 
legal,  constitutional,  and  even  colonial  re- 
sponsibility. And  so  it  has  not  been  a  matter 
of  discussion  between  us. 

Q.  In  view  of  the  many  stories  that  come 
out  about  what  Mr.  Smith  has  understood  or 
not  understood,  are  you  prepared  to  meet 
with  him  again  before  you  retire  as  Secretary 
of  State  to  clear  this  up? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  do  not  think  there  is 
any  need  for  me  to  meet  Mr.  Smith  to  clear 
this  up.  We  have  repeatedly  communicated 
with  him  our  understanding  of  what  was  dis- 
cussed. I  do  not  think  there  is  any  need  for  a 
further  meeting. 


January  3,  1977 


Foreign  Secretary  Crosland:  We  do  not 
want  too  much  of  a  rerun  of  this.  Surely, 
both  Dr.  Kissinger  and  I  have  answered 
questions  on  this  subject  now  for  a  period  of 
two  months,  I  should  think  about  500  times. 

Q.  In  reference  to  your  answer  before  that 
negotiations  are  a  time  for  considering  the 
views  of  all  parties,  have  the  black  leaders 
changed  their  views  or  their  positions  since 
you  went  to  Africa,  ayid  do  you  consider  this 
insincere  or  inconstant  or  just  a  normal 
course  of  events  in  negotiations? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  First  of  all,  when  I 
went  to  Africa  I  dealt  with,  primarily  with, 
two  of  the  frontline  states.  Because  of  the 
agreement  we  had  made  with  President  Nye- 
rere  [of  Tanzania]  we  did  not  deal  with  the 
nationalist  leaders  directly. 

Secondly,  this  is  the  first  time  that  all  of 
the  nationalist  leaders  have  been  together  in 
one  negotiation,  and  it  is  therefore  under- 
standable that  points  of  view  will  evolve  and 
that  points  of  view  would  be  presented  that 
we  had  not  heard  previously  from  parties 
with  which  we  had  not  been  in  contact. 

It  is  not  a  question  of  good  faith;  it  is  a 
question  of  finding  a  solution  to  a  problem 
that  has  existed  for  a  decade  or  more,  that 
needs  the  serious  concern  of  all  of  the  par- 
ties. This  is  what  I  understand  Mr.  Richard 
is  doing.  And,  again,  I  want  to  compliment 
him  and  to  make  clear  that  the  United  States 
fully  supports  the  British  conduct  of  the 
negotiations  and  the  actions  taken  by  the 
Foreign  Secretary  and  Mr.  Richard. 

Q.  Woiild  you  say,  sir,  that  Mr.  Smith's 
delegation  has  also  been  playing  fair  as  you 
described  the  blacks  as  playing  fair? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  think  the  Rhodesian 
delegation  has  also,  within  its  lights,  played 
fair.  I  do  not  think  this  issue  can  be  settled 
by  accusing  each  other  of  fairness  or  unfair- 
ness. Obviously,  both  parties  are  approaching 
this  problem  from  totally  different  points  of 
view,  which  produced  the  dilemmas  to  begin 
with.  It  is  now  to  arrange  for  the  transfer  of 
power  from  the  white  minority  to  the  black 
majority,  which  is  the  essence  of  the  prob- 


lem, under  conditions  in  which  the  white 
minority  has  an  opportunity  to  adjust  to  the 
new,  changed  conditions.  It  is  obviously  an 
enormously  delicate  and  complicated  issue, 
very  painful  to  some  and  probably  very  pain- 
ful to  all,  for  one  side  to  give  up  power,  for 
the  other  to  take  it  in  stages. 

And  I  do  not  think  any  purpose  is  served 
by  accusing  any  of  the  parties  of  bad  faith, 
but  rather  to  look,  as  I  understand  Mr. 
Richard  is  seeking,  for  some  way  by  which 
the  impasse  can  be  broken.  And  from  what  I 
have  heard  I  believe  that  possibilities  exist 
which  require  exploration. 

Q.  The  black  nationalist  leaders  in  Geneva 
are  clearly  very  anxious  to  have  spelled  out 
to  them  what  the  direct  role  Britain  might  be 
prepared  to  take  during  the  transitional  gov- 
eryiment  period.  Are  you  yet  prepared  to  re- 
veal anything  about  that? 

Foreigyi  Secretary  Crosland:  No,  I  am  not 
at  the  moment.  I  stick  to  what  I  said  when  I 
made  the  statement  about  the  British  pres- 
ence, which  was  this:  that  having  expressed 
our  willingness  to  have  a  British  presence, 
we  wanted  to  elicit  from  the  black  African 
leaders — we  wanted  to  elicit  from  them  what 
useful  role  they  thought  the  British  could 
play.  In  other  words,  we  want  to  get  a  sense 
of  how  they  see  a  British  role  before  we 
commit  ourselves  to  the  detail  of  what  kind 
of  a  role  we  will  be  prepared  to  play. 

Q.  [Inaudible] 

Foreign  Secretary  Crosland:  No,  not  as 
yet;  but  mind  you,  some  interesting  points 
have  come  out. 

Q.  Do  you  see  the  recess  as  a  helpful  de- 
velopment, or  does  it  mean  negotiating  from 
some  kind  of  trouble? 

Foreign  Secretary  Crosland:  What  recess 
is  this? 

Q.  From  the  Geneva  conference. 

Foreign  Secretary  Croslajid:  I  have  not 
decided  on  a  recess.  I  might  make  a  state- 
ment about  that  next  week. 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Q.  You  said  earlier  that  you  hoped  to  make 
a  statement  on  Rhodesia  before  the  Christ- 
mas recess.  In  that  statement  will  you  spell 
out  the  direct  role  that  you  envisage? 

Foreign  Secretary  Crosland:  I  should  wait 
for  the  statement.  It  will  be  lucid  and  very 
interesting. 

Thank  you  very  much  indeed. 


North  Atlantic  Council  Meets 
at  Brussels 

Folloiving  is  the  text  of  a  message  from 
President-elect  Carter  delivered  on  his  behalf 
by  Secretary  Kissinger  in  the  tninisterial 
meeting  of  the  North  Atlantic  Council  on  De- 
cember 9,  together  with  the  text  of  a  com- 
munique issued  at  the  conclusion  of  the 
meeting  on  December  10. 


MESSAGE  FROM  PRESIDENT-ELECT  CARTER 
DELIVERED  BY  SECRETARY  KISSINGER 

Press  release  595  dated  December  10 

Our  NATO  alliance  lies  at  the  heart  of  the 
partnership  between  North  America  and 
Western  Europe.  NATO  is  the  essential  in- 
strument for  enhancing  our  collective  securi- 
ty. The  American  commitment  to  maintain- 
ing the  NATO  alliance  shall  be  sustained  and 
strengthened  under  my  Administration. 

Over  the  past  month,  I  discussed  a  number 
of  challenges  that  face  NATO — that  we  main- 
tain a  common  strategy  against  common 
threats,  that  we  have  efficient  and  strong 
military  forces,  and  that  we  consult  closely 
as  we  negotiate  with  others  on  both  Euro- 
pean and  global  issues.  I  have  no  doubt  that 
these  challenges  can  be  met. 

I  take  the  opportunity  of  this  message  to 
reaffirm  that  belief.  I  am  convinced  that 
NATO's  mission  and  the  North  Atlantic  al- 
liance are  no  less  important  today  than  when 
NATO  was  originally  established.  I  look  for- 
ward to  working  closely  with  all  the  govern- 
ments represented  at  this  meeting. 


NORTH  ATLANTIC  COUNCIL  COMMUNIQUE 

Press  release  602  dated  December  13 

The  North  Atlantic  Council  met  in  Ministe- 
rial session  in  Brussels  on  9th  and  10th  De- 
cember. Ministers  recognized  the  indispen- 
sable role  of  a  stong  alliance  in  ensuring  the 
security  of  member  countries,  and  in  provid- 
ing the  foundation  for  their  efforts  to  estab- 
lish a  more  constructive  and  stable  relation- 
ship with  the  Warsaw  Pact  countries.  They 
expressed  their  determination  to  maintain 
and  enhance  the  cohesion  and  strength  of  the 
Alliance. 

2.  Ministers  stressed  the  need  for  East- 
West  relations  to  develop  at  a  more  satisfac- 
tory pace.  They  recognized  nonetheless  that 
progressive  improvement  of  these  relations 
may  be  slow  and  sometimes  difficult,  and 
that  it  calls  for  perseverance  and  steadiness 
over  the  years.  They  emphasized  that  their 
governments  would  continue  to  seek  realistic 
opportunities  to  resolve  points  of  difference 
with  the  East  and  to  build  on  mutual  inter- 
est, and  look  for  corresponding  efforts  by  the 
Warsaw  Pact  countries. 

Ministers  stressed,  however,  that  if  de- 
tente is  to  progress,  with  the  necessary  pub- 
lic support,  and  not  to  falter,  there  must  be 
real  improvements  across  the  entire  range  of 
international  relations.  It  should  not  be  as- 
sumed that  heightened  tensions  in  one  area 
of  relations  would  not  have  repercussions  on 
other  areas.  In  all  parts  of  the  world,  con- 
frontation can  and  should  be  avoided  by  re- 
spect for  the  accepted  principles  of  interna- 
tional behavior. 

Ministers  also  emphasized  the  cardinal  im- 
portance they  attached  to  reducing  the  risks 
of  confrontation  in  the  military  sphere.  They 
viewed  with  concern  the  high  level  of  mili- 
tary expenditure  in  the  Soviet  Union  and  the 
continued  disquieting  expansion  of  the  mili- 
tary power  of  the  Warsaw  Pact  on  land,  air 
and  sea,  which  are  difficult  to  reconcile  with 
the  avowed  desire  of  the  Soviet  Union  to  im- 
prove East-West  relations.  Faced  with  this 
persistent  growth  in  military  might.  Minis- 
ters reiterated  their  determination  to  take 
the  measures  necessary  to  maintain  and  im- 


January  3,  1977 


prove  their  own  defensive  military  forces,  in 
order  to  ensure  credible  deterrence  and  to 
safeguard  their  countries  from  any  risk  of 
military  aggression  or  political  pressure. 

3.  At  the  same  time,  Ministers  expressed 
their  concern  that  the  continued  expansion  of 
armaments  w^ould  increasingly  endanger  not 
only  world  security  but  also  the  economic 
well-being  of  all  nations.  They  stressed  that 
these  dangers  could  only  be  averted  if  all 
countries  concerned  joined  in  realistic  efforts 
to  achieve  genuine  and  controlled  measures 
of  disarmament  and  arms  control. 

Ministers  confirmed  that  the  countries  of 
the  Alliance,  in  the  event  of  an  attack  on 
them,  cannot  renounce  the  use,  as  may  be 
required  for  defense,  of  any  of  the  means 
available  to  them.  Ministers  also  stated  their 
view  that  all  States  which  participated  in  the 
CSCE  should  respect  strictly  the  renuncia- 
tion of  the  threat  or  use  of  force  as  laid  down 
in  the  Charter  of  the  United  Nations  and 
reaffirmed  in  the  Final  Act  of  Helsinki.  >  This 
renunciation  must  apply  to  all  types  of 
weapons.  It  is  essential  for  the  strengthening 
of  peace  that  there  should  be  no  build-up  of 
armaments  of  any  type  beyond  the  needs  of 
defense,  a  policy  which  has  always  been  fol- 
lowed by  the  Alliance.  Ministers  also  stated 
their  position  that  the  Alliance  will  remain  a 
free  association  open  to  all  European  states 
devoted  to  the  defense  of  the  freedom,  com- 
mon heritage  and  civilization  of  their 
peoples.  Furthermore,  Ministers  recalled 
that  the  right  of  states  to  belong  or  not  to 
belong  to  treaties  of  alliance  was  confirmed 
in  the  Final  Act  of  Helsinki.  It  is  in  light  of 
these  considerations  that  they  have  con- 
cluded that  the  recently  published  Warsaw 
Pact  proposals  could  not  be  accepted. 

4.  Ministers  stated  again  the  determina- 
tion of  their  governments  to  continue  to 
comply  with  all  the  principles  and  provisions 
of  the  Final  Act  of  the  CSCE  and  expected 
that  all  other  signatories  would  take  steps  to 
fully  implement  them.  They  noted  that  some 
progress  had  been  made  in  implementation. 


'For  text  of  the  Final  Act  of  the  Conference  on  Se- 
curity and  Cooperation  in  Europe,  signed  at  Helsinki 
on  Aug.  1,  1975,  see  Bulletin  of  Sept.  1,  1975,  p. 
323. 


However,  much  remains  to  be  done  before 
the  benefits  of  the  Final  Act  become  signifi- 
cantly apparent  in  tangible  improvements, 
not  only  in  relations  between  states,  but  also 
in  the  lives  of  peoples  and  individuals.  Minis- 
ters recalled  that  the  Final  Act  acknowledges 
that  wider  human  contacts  and  dissemination 
of  information  would  contribute  to  the 
strengthening  of  peace  and  expressed  the 
hope  that  the  Warsaw  Pact  countries  would 
take  measures  leading  to  significant  progress 
in  the  pace  of  implementation  of  the  Final 
Act  in  the  months  to  come. 

Ministers  also  noted  that  Allied  govern- 
ments had  fully  and  scrupulously  im- 
plemented the  provisions  of  the  Final  Act 
dealing  with  confidence-building  measures. 
They  noted  that  the  practice  of  notifying 
major  maneuvers  was  beginning  to  be  estab- 
lished; however,  unlike  Allied  countries, 
Warsaw  Pact  countries  had  still  not  notified 
maneuvers  involving  less  than  25,000  men. 
They  regretted  that  the  Warsaw  Pact  coun- 
tries had  failed  up  to  now  to  accept  invita- 
tions to  send  observers  to  Western  maneu- 
vers. 

Ministers  looked  forward  with  interest  to 
the  follow-up  meeting  to  be  held  in  Belgrade 
during  1977.  The  meeting  provides  an  oppor- 
tunity for  a  thorough  and  objective  review  of 
the  situation  prevailing  in  all  the  signatory 
countries  as  regards  all  the  areas  covered  by 
the  Final  Act,  and  also  for  considering  the 
further  progress  that  could  be  made  towards 
the  objective  agreed  in  Helsinki.  Allied  gov- 
ernments intend  to  play  their  full  part  in 
seeking  positive  results,  with  the  aim  of  fur- 
thering the  cause  of  peace  and  cooperation  in 
Europe. 

5.  Ministers  heard  a  report  from  the 
United  States  Secretary  of  State  on  the 
progress  and  prospects  of  the  United 
States-USSR  Strategic  Arms  Limitation 
Talks  and  discussed  the  relationship  between 
the  SALT  negotiations  and  Allied  security 
interests.  Ministers  found  the  report  on 
SALT  both  useful  and  informative  and  wel- 
comed continued  United  States  efforts  to- 
wards achievement  of  a  satisfactory  SALT 
agreement  which  takes  into  account  Allied 
interests  and  concerns. 


10 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


6.  Ministers  of  the  participating  countries 
reviewed  the  state  of  negotiations  in  Vienna 
on  Mutual  and  Balanced  Force  Reductions 
(MBFR).  They  expressed  their  conviction 
that  these  negotiations  would  achieve  their 
agreed  aim  of  contributing  to  a  more  stable 
relationship  and  to  the  strengthening  of 
peace  and  security  in  Europe  only  if  they 
were  to  result  in  eliminating  the  existing 
ground  force  manpower  disparity  in  Central 
Europe  and  in  mitigating  the  disparity  in 
main  battle  tanks. 

These  Ministers  reaffirmed  their  position 
that  these  objectives  would  be  achieved  by 
their  proposal  to  establish,  in  the  area  of  re- 
ductions, approximate  parity  in  ground 
forces  in  the  form  of  a  common  collective  ceil- 
ing for  ground  force  manpower  on  each  side 
and  to  reduce  the  disparity  in  main  battle 
tanks.  These  Ministers  stressed  that  agree- 
ment to  the  goal  of  a  common  collective  ceil- 
ing and  reductions  of  United  States  and 
Soviet  ground  forces  in  the  first  phase  would 
be  an  important  and  practical  first  step  lead- 
ing to  the  common  collective  ceiling  which 
would  be  reached  through  additional  reduc- 
tions in  the  second  phase. 

These  Ministers  noted  with  regret  that  the 
important  specific  additional  offer  they  made 
one  year  ago  had  thus  far  not  met  with  an 
adequate  response.  They  reaffirmed  their 
conviction  that  the  Western  proposals  pro- 
vided a  reasonable  foundation  for  a  just  and 
equitable  MBFR  agreement.  They  re- 
emphasized  their  continuing  resolve  to  press 
for  the  achievement  of  the  objectives  of  the 
Western  participants  which  would  ensure 
undiminished  security  for  all  countries  con- 
cerned. They  expressed  satisfaction  with 
their  governments'  continuing  solidarity,  and 
reaffirmed  the  principle  that  NATO  forces 
should  not  be  reduced  except  in  the  context 
of  Mutual  and  Balanced  Force  Reduction 
agreements. 

7.  In  connection  with  Germany  and  Berlin, 
Ministers  reviewed  the  developments  which 
had  occurred  since  their  last  meeting  in  May 
1976. 

Ministers  expressed  themselves  satisfied 
with  the  progress  which  has  been  possible  in 
matters  relating  to  Berlin  on  the  basis  of  the 


Quadripartite  Agreement  during  the  five 
years  since  its  signature.  In  particular,  the 
agreement  had  significantly  alleviated  the 
lives  of  many  Germans. 

Ministers  confirmed  the  continued  com- 
mitment of  their  countries  to  the  security 
and  viability  of  Berlin.  These  remain  essen- 
tial elements  of  Western  policy,  and  of  de- 
tente between  East  and  West.  They  noted 
the  need  for  Berlin  fully  to  benefit  from  any 
improvement  in  East- West  relations,  in  par- 
ticular through  its  ties  to  the  Federal  Repub- 
lic of  Germany  as  they  are  confirmed  in  the 
Quadripartite  Agreement. 

Ministers  emphasized  that  the  Quadripar- 
tite Agreement  was  part  of  a  greater  balance 
of  interests  which  had,  to  a  very  great  de- 
gree, made  possible  and  contributed  to  the 
development  of  better  relations  between 
East  and  West  in  Europe.  They  noted  that 
this  process  would  be  placed  in  serious  jeop- 
ardy if  any  of  the  signatories  failed  fully  to 
observe  the  commitments  which  it  undertook 
in  the  Quadripartite  Agreement. 

8.  Ministers  reviewed  developments  in  the 
Mediterranean  area  since  their  last  meeting. 
They  welcomed  the  end  of  hostilities  in  the 
Lebanon  and  expressed  the  hope  that  there 
would  be  continued  progress  towards  stabil- 
ity and  reconstruction  in  that  country.  They 
considered,  nonetheless,  that  the  continuing 
instability  in  the  Middle  East  still  gave  cause 
for  serious  concern  and  could  have  dangerous 
consequences.  They  underlined  the  urgency 
of  continuing  efforts  designed  to  achieve  an 
overall  settlement  resulting  in  a  just  and 
durable  peace  in  the  Middle  East. 

Ministers  took  note  of  the  report  on  the 
situation  in  the  Mediterranean  prepared  on 
their  instructions.  They  emphasized  the  need 
to  preserve  the  balance  of  forces  throughout 
the  Mediterranean  area.  They  requested  the 
Council  in  Permanent  Session  to  continue  its 
consultations  on  these  questions  and  report 
to  them  again  at  their  next  meeting. 

In  this  context.  Ministers  reaffirmed  their 
view  that  the  coming  into  operation  of  de- 
fense cooperation  agreements  between  Allied 
countries  will  strengthen  the  Allied  defenses 
in  the  Mediterranean. 

The  Ministers  voiced  their  satisfaction  on 


January  3,  1977 


11 


the  agreement  between  Greece  and  Turkey 
on  the  procedure  to  be  followed  for  the  delim- 
itation of  the  continental  shelf  and  expressed 
their  hope  for  the  successful  solution  of  this 
issue  and  the  Aegean  air  space  matters. 

9.  In  the  context  of  improving  the  military 
capability  of  the  Alliance  and  making  more 
effective  use  of  available  resources,  Minis- 
ters discussed  various  aspects  of  stand- 
ardization and  interoperability  of  equipment 
and  procedures.  They  approved  the  second 
report  by  the  ad  hoc  Committee  on  Equip- 
ment Interoperability  and  agreed  to  take  a 
number  of  actions,  particularly  in  respect  to 
tactical  area  communications,  rearming  of 
tactical  aircraft  and  the  implementation  of 
NATO  standardization  agreements.  They  au- 
thorized the  Committee  to  continue  its  ef- 
forts for  the  time  being,  both  in  specific 
areas  and  in  the  elaboration  of  procedures  for 
ensuring  the  interoperability  of  future 
equipment.  They  also  noted  the  progress  in 
standardization  achieved  by  the  Conference  of 
National  Armaments  Directors  in  promoting 
cooperation  among  member  nations  in 
selected  equipment  areas. 

10.  Ministers  took  note  of  the  progress 
achieved  by  the  Committee  on  the  Chal- 
lenges of  Modern  Society  (CCMS),  and  its 
contribution  to  effective  international  coop- 
eration in  dealing  with  environmental  prob- 
lems confronting  our  societies.  They  took 
note  of  the  completion  of  the  pilot  studies  on 
advanced  health  care  and  urban  transporta- 
tion, and  of  the  Committee's  continuing  em- 
phasis on  implementation  by  member  coun- 
tries of  action  resolutions.  Ministers  noted 
and  endorsed  the  initiation  of  two  new  pilot 
studies,  one  to  assist  in  world-wide  efforts  to 
clean  the  marine  environment  and  the  other 
to  permit  environmentally  acceptable  utiliza- 
tion of  high-sulfur  coal  and  oil.  Ministers 
noted  too  that  the  Committee's  discussions 
focused  attention  on  global  issues  such  as  the 
effect  of  fluorocarbons  on  the  stratosphere 
and  long-range  transport  of  air  pollutants. 

11.  Ministers  recognized  that  the  basic 
problems  in  East-West  relations  were  un- 
likely to  be  resolved  quickly  and  that  the  Al- 
liance must  respond  with  a  long-term  effort 
commensurate  to  the  challenges  confronting 


it.  The  Allies  could  rely  not  only  on  their  ma- 
terial resources,  but  also  on  the  creative 
power  demonstrated  in  all  fields  by  their  free 
and  democratic  societies.  Ministers  were  con- 
fident that,  with  the  mutual  support  and  sol- 
idarity provided  by  the  Alliance,  their  gov- 
ernments and  peoples  would  be  able  to  over- 
come the  problems  which  faced  them. 

12.  The  next  Ministerial  session  of  the 
North  Atlantic  Council  will  be  held  in  Lon- 
don on  10th  and  11th  May,  1977. 


Prime  Minister  Andreotti  of  Italy 
Visits  Washington 

Prime  Minister  Giulio  Andreotti  of  the  Ital- 
ian Republic  made  an  official  visit  to  Wash- 
ington  December  5-8,'  during  which  he  met 
with  President  Ford  and  other  government  of- 
ficials. Following  is  an  exchange  of  remarks 
between  President  Ford  and  Prime  Minister 
Ayidreotti  at  a  welcoming  ceremony  on  the 
South  Lawn  of  the  White  House  on  Decem- 
ber 6.  > 

Weekly  Coni|ijl:ni(in  of  Presidential  Documents  dated  December  13 

PRESIDENT  FORD 

Prime  Minister  Andreotti,  I  am  delighted 
to  welcome  you  and  your  party  to  Washing- 
ton, D.C.,  our  National  Capital. 

Mr.  Prime  Minister,  I  have  long  looked 
forward  to  this  meeting — since  July,  when 
you  took  office  as  President  of  the  Council  of 
Ministers. 

Since  that  time,  you  have  worked  intensely 
and  with  great  courage  and  determination  on 
the  difficult  issues  facing  your  nation  and 
your  government.  I  am  extremely  pleased 
that  you  have  found  time  for  this  visit  and  for 
consultations  on  the  broad  range  of  interests 
shared  by  our  two  governments. 

During  the  last  two  years,  the  United 


'  For  an  exchange  of  toasts  between  President  Ford 
and  Prime  Minister  Andreotti  at  a  dinner  at  the  White 
House  on  Dec.  6,  see  Weekly  Compilation  of  Presiden- 
tial Documents  dated  Dec.  13,  1976,  p.  1700. 


12 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


States  and  Italy  have  consulted  at  the  high- 
est levels  with  greater  frequency  than  ever 
before.  President  Leone's  state  visit  to  the 
United  States  in  1974  was  the  first  state  visit 
of  this  Administration.  Our  leaders  have  met 
at  NATO  summits  and  economic  summits  and 
at  the  European  Security  Conference.  I  re- 
member with  great  warmth  my  own  trip  to 
your  country  a  year  and  a  half  ago  and  the 
friendship  extended  to  me  on  behalf  of  the 
American  people  by  the  Italian  people  and  by 
your  government. 

We  are  friends.  We  are  allies.  We  have 
worked  together  and  solved  problems  to- 
gether. We  will  do  so  in  the  future. 

Few  countries  have  so  special  a  place  in 
the  hearts  of  the  American  people.  The 
United  States  and  Italy  are  committed  to 
freedom  and  share  a  firm  dedication  to  de- 
mocracy. We  are  both  committed  to  the 
strength  of  the  North  Atlantic  alliance  and  to 
the  reduction  of  tensions  which  threaten  in- 
ternational peace  and  stability. 

Americans  value  the  constructive  role  of 
Italy  in  the  world  today  and  in  the  past.  We 
deeply  appreciate  Italy's  contribution  to 
NATO,  your  contribution  to  a  stronger 
Europe — working  together  with  the  United 
States — your  contribution  to  the  dialogue 
with  the  developing  nations,  and  your  dedi- 
cation to  peace  and  international  understand- 
ing. 

Mr.  Prime  Minister,  our  two  governments 
have  made  it  a  priority  task  to  strengthen 
the  North  Atlantic  alliance.  The  alliance  has 
made  progress  in  strengthening  its  defenses, 
standardizing  equipment,  and  coordination  of 
strategies  and  planning.  Nevertheless,  much 
more  needs  to  be  done. 

All  of  us  know  that  the  defensive  strength 
and  the  cohesion  of  our  alliance  are  crucial  to 
the  balance  of  power  in  Europe  that  is  so 
critical  to  European  freedom  and  interna- 
tional security. 

Our  alliance,  of  course,  has  a  purpose  be- 
yond military  defense.  The  United  States 
and  Italy  both  recognize  that  Western 
Europe  unity  is  a  pillar  of  world  peace.  We 
must  reduce  tensions  and  reduce  the  possibil- 
ity of  confrontation  in  Central  Europe,  where 
almost  2  million  armed  men  face  one  another. 


We  must  promote  mutually  beneficial  coop- 
eration between  Western  and  Eastern 
Europe. 

The  industrial  democracies,  if  we  are  to  be 
the  masters  of  our  own  destiny,  must  work 
together,  for  we  share  basic,  common  inter- 
ests on  global  issues — from  defense  to 
energy,  the  environment,  trade,  and  rela- 
tions with  the  developing  countries  of  the 
world. 

Mr.  Prime  Minister,  our  discussions  on 
these  many  issues  will  be  of  great  value  to 
the  United  States  not  only  in  practical  terms, 
but  to  reaffirm  our  profound  friendship.  Few- 
nations  are  linked  as  strongly  as  the  United 
States  of  America  and  the  Republic  of  Italy 
by  history,  culture,  economics,  and  the  emi- 
gration of  peoples.  Our  friendship  has  deep 
roots  that  insure  its  preservation. 

Italy's  contribution  was  one  of  the  high- 
lights of  America's  Bicentennial  celebration. 
We  especially  welcomed,  Mr.  Prime  Minis- 
ter, the  visit  of  Mrs.  Vittoria  Leone,  the 
First  Lady  of  Italy,  when  the  La  Scala  Opera 
came  here  for  its  spectacular  performance. 
The  American  people  thank  you  for  this  won- 
derful presentation. 

I  look  forward  with  great  anticipation,  Mr. 
Prime  Minister,  to  our  discussions  today  and 
tonight.  As  two  democratic  allies,  we  have  a 
large  area  of  common  ground  and  many  com- 
mon concerns. 

I  bid  you  and  your  party,  on  behalf  of  the 
American  people,  a  hearty  welcome  to  the 
United  States  of  America. 

PRIME  MINISTER  ANDREOTTI^ 

Mr.  President,  I  am  deeply  grateful  for  the 
invitation  you  were  kind  enough  to  extend  to 
me  at  a  particularly  challenging  time  for  my 
country. 

Two  years  after  the  visit  of  President 
Leone — whom  you  kindly  mentioned — your 
invitation  confirms,  through  the  frequency  of 
our  meetings,  the  spirit  of  close  and  sincere 
friendship  between  the  United  States  and 
Italy.  And  I  equally  thank  you  for  the  warm 


^  Prime  Minister  Andreotti  spoke  in  Italian. 


January  3,  1977 


13 


words  you  just  expressed  about  my  country 
and  myself. 

The  United  States  and  Italy  are  bound  by 
ties  of  alliance  and  cooperation,  by  harmoni- 
ous ideals  of  democracy,  and  by  choices  of 
peace,  freedom,  and  development.  The  At- 
lantic alliance,  which  binds  our  two  nations  in 
a  common  objective  of  defense,  represents  a 
guarantee  of  security  for  the  Western  World, 
to  which  we  belong  for  historical  vocation 
and  on  account  of  political  choice,  which 
proves  to  be  an  essential  element  of  the  inter- 
national strategic  balance,  basic  condition  for 
a  detente  policy  which  will  create  the  basis  of 
a  long-lasting  peace. 

With  the  same  objectives  of  peace  and 
progress,  Italy  is  engaged,  together  with  its 
partners  of  the  European  Community,  in  a 
policy  of  unity  which  will  permit  Europe  to 
contribute  to  the  creation  of  a  more  just  and 
stable  world. 

Many  elements  unite  us:  the  interest  in  so- 
cial and  cultural  progress;  in  the  advance- 
ment of  science;  in  respect  of  men;  in  the 
choice  of  a  style  of  life  which  guarantees  and 
protects,  to  the  greatest  extent,  the  de- 
velopment of  capabilities  and  potential  for 
initiative  of  the  individual;  the  awareness, 
both  political  and  moral,  of  a  necessary  inter- 
relationship and  solidarity  among  all  nations; 
the  search  for  international  order,  which  em- 
phasizes at  the  same  time  the  rights  of  men 
and  those  of  nations;  a  vision  of  international 
relations  which  aim,  to  quote  the  unforgetta- 
ble words  of  George  Washington's  farewell 
speech,  to  observe  good  faith  and  justice  to- 
ward nations  and  cultivate  peace  and  har- 
mony with  everybody. 

But  beyond  these  common  ideals,  our  two 
countries  are  joined  by  the  presence  in  this 
hospitable  country  of  America  of  a  large 
community  of  Italian-Americans  who, 
through  their  work  and  human  qualities, 
honored  their  land  of  origin  and  contributed 
to  the  increased  prosperity  and  greatness  of 
their  new  country. 

The  Bicentennial  of  the  Declaration  of  In- 
dependence of  the  United  States  reminds  us 
of  the  ideals  of  the  Founding  Fathers  who 
are  both  yours  and  ours,  founders  of  the 
United  States  and  those  of  major  instru- 
ments of  an  era  of  Western  history  which 


brought  man  and  his  freedom  to  the  center  of 
our  civilization. 

The  American  Revolution  is  an  element  of 
the  continuity  of  Western  history  and  also 
renews  it.  It  allows  the  Western  World  to 
accept  the  challenges  of  science,  technology, 
industry,  and  to  carry  out  a  social  transfor- 
mation which  is  of  paramount  importance 
within  the  framework  of  a  humanistic  soci- 
ety, inspired  in  the  values  rediscovered  by 
the  Renaissance  men.  This  era  of  the  West- 
ern World's  history  cannot  be  considered 
complete.  Its  motivations  and  hopes  are  still 
alive.  The  ideal  thrust  must  renew  itself 
through  a  constant  critical  search  for  the 
most  adequate  objectives  in  order  to  accept 
present  and  future  challenges.  To  this  pur- 
pose, we  are  stimulated  by  the  commitment 
and  the  concerns  of  the  new  generation. 

Mr.  President,  during  the  scheduled  meet- 
ings we  will  deal  with  many  issues,  because 
the  present  circumstances  present  many 
problems  and  they  require  an  effort  of  imagi- 
nation and  understanding.  But  the  guarantee 
of  their  success  is  given  by  the  spirit  of 
openness  and  sincerity  which  always  charac- 
terized the  Italian-American  relationships 
during  the  past  30  years. 

Mr.  President,  on  behalf  of  the  President 
of  the  Italian  Republic,  of  the  Italian  Gov- 
ernment, and  conveying  the  feelings  of  the 
Italian  people,  I  bring  you  warm  and  friendly 
greetings  which  I  extend  to  Mrs.  Ford  and  to 
your  entire  family. 


Congressional  Documents 
Relating  to  Foreign  Policy 


94th  Congress,  2d  Session 

International  Banking  Act  of  1976.  Hearing  before  the 
Subcommittee  on  Financial  Institutions  of  the  Senate 
Committee  on  Banl<ing,  Housing  and  Urban  Affairs 
on  H.R.  13876,  To  Pi-ovide  for  Federal  Regulation  of 
Participation  by  Foreign  Banks  in  Domestic  Financial 
Markets.  August  31,  1976.  399  pp. 

U.S.  Honey  Industry.  Communication  from  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States  transmitting  a  report  on  his 
determination  that  import  relief  recommended  by  the 
U.S.  International  Trade  Commission  for  the  U.S. 
honey  industry  is  not  in  the  national  economic  inter- 
est, pursuant  to  section  203(b)(2)  of  the  Trade  Act  of 
1974.  H.  Doc.  94-596.  August  31,  1976.  2  pp. 


14 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


TREATY  INFORMATION 


United  States  and  Romania  Sign 
New  Fisheries  Agreement 


Joint  Statement 


Press  release  581  dated  November  23 


On  November  23,  1976,  representatives  of 
the  United  States  and  the  Socialist  Republic 
of  Romania  signed  a  new  agreement  relating 
to  fishing  activities  of  Romania  off  the  coasts 
of  the  United  States.  The  agreement  sets  out 
the  arrangements  between  the  countries 
which  will  govern  fishing  by  Romanian  ves- 
sels within  the  fishery  conservation  zone  of 
the  United  States  beginning  March  1,  1977. 
The  agreement  will  come  into  force  after  the 
completion  of  internal  procedures  by  both 
governments.  The  signing  of  this  agreement 
took  place  at  Bucharest.  Minister  of  Trans- 
portation and  Telecommunications,  Traian 
Dudas,  signed  for  the  Socialist  Republic  of 
Romania.  Harry  G.  Barnes,  Jr.,  U.S.  Am- 
bassador to  Romania,  signed  for  the  United 
States.  Both  delegations  expressed  their 
satisfaction  with  the  new  accord. 


Current  Actions 


MULTILATERAL 

Coffee 

International  coffee  agreement  1976,  with  annexes. 
Done  at  London  December  3,  1975.  Entered  into  force 
provisionally  October  1,  1976. 

Ratifications  deposited:  Panama,  December  13,  1976; 
Spain,  December  9,  1976;  Togo,  December  8,  1976. 
Acceptance  deposited:  Japan,  December  10,  1976. 

Economic  Cooperation 

Agreement  establishing  a  Financial  Support  Fund  of 
the  Organization  for  Economic  Cooperation  and  De- 
velopment. Done  at  Paris  April  9,  1975.' 
Ratification  deposited:  Spain,  Decembers,  1976. 

Finance 

Agreement  establishing  the  African  Development 


Fund,  with  schedules.  Done  at  Abidjan  November  29, 
1972.  Entered  into  force  June  30,  1973. 
Acceptance  deposited:  United  States,  November  18, 
1976. 

Oil  Pollution 

International  convention  on  civil  liability  for  oil  pollu- 
tion damage.  Done  at  Brussels  November  29,   1969. 
Entered  into  force  June  19,  1975. ^ 
Ratification  deposited:  Portugal,  November  26,  1976. 

Postal 

Additional  protocol  to  the  constitution  of  the  Postal 
Union  of  the  Americas  and  Spain,  general  regula- 
tions, regulations  governing  the  International  Office 
and  Transfer  Office,  and  convention  with  final  pro- 
tocol and  detailed  regulations.  Done  at  Lima  March 
18,  1976.  Entered  into  force  October  1,  1976,  provi- 
sionally, e.xcept  for  art.  107,  par.  1  of  the  general 
regulations  which  entered  into  force  March  18,  1976, 
provisionally. 

Signatures:  Argentina,   Bolivia,   Brazil,   Canada, 
Chile,  Colombia,  Costa  Rica,  Cuba,^  Dominican 
Republic,  Ecuador,  El  Salvador,  Guatemala,  Hon- 
duras, Me.xico,  Nicaragua,  Panama,^  Paraguay, 
Peru,  Spain,  United  States,^  Uruguay,  Venezuela, 
March  18,  1976. 
Money  order  agreement  and  final  protocol  of  the  Postal 
Union  of  the  Americas  and  Spain.   Done  at  Lima 
March  18,  1976.  Entered  into  force  October  1,  1976, 
provisionally. 

Signatures:  Argentina,   Bolivia,   Chile,   Colombia, 
Costa  Rica,  Dominican  Republic.  Ecuador.  El  Sal- 
vador, Guatemala,  Honduras,  Me.xico.  Nicaragua, 
Panama,-''  Peru,  Spain,  United  States,^  Uruguay, 
Venezuela,  March  18,  1976. 
Parcel  post  agreement,  final  protocol  and  detailed  regu- 
lations of  the  Postal  Union  of  the  Americas  and  Spain. 
Done  at  Lima  March  18,  1976.  Entered  into  force  Oc- 
tober 1,  1976,  provisionally. 

Signatures:  Argentina,  Bolivia,  Brazil,  Canada, 
Chile,  Colombia.  Costa  Rica,  Cuba,^  Dominican 
Republic,  Ecuador,  El  Salvador,  Guatemala,  Hon- 
duras, Me.xico,  Nicaragua,  Panama,^  Paraguay, 
Peru,  Spain,  United  States,^  Uruguav,  Venezuela, 
March  18,  1976. 

Safety  at  Sea 

Convention  on  the  international  regulations  for  pre- 
venting collisions  at  sea,  1972.  Done  at  London  Oc- 
tober 20,  1972.  Enters  into  force  July  15,  1977. 
Ratification  deposited:  New  Zealand,  November  26, 
1976. 

Tin 

Fifth  international  tin  agreement,  with  annexes.  Done 
at  Geneva  June  21,  1975.  Entered  into  force  provi- 
sionally July  1,  1976. 
Ratification  deposited:  Spain,  December  9,  1976. 

Wheat 

Protocol  modifying  and  further  extending  the  wheat 
trade  convention  (part  of  the  international  wheat 
agreement)  1971.  Done  at  Washington  March  17, 
1976.  Entered  into  force  June  19,  1976,  with  respect 


'  Not  in  force. 

^  Not  in  force  for  the  United  States. 

^  With  declarations. 


January  3,  1977 


15 


to  certain  provisions  and  July  1,  1976,  with  respect  to 
other  provisions. 

Acceptance  deposited:  Japan,  December  10,  1976. 
Protocol  modifying  and  further  extending  the  food  aid 
convention  (part  of  the  international  wheat  agree- 
ment) 1971.  Done  at  Washington  March  17,  1976.  En- 
tered into  force  June  19,  1976,  with  respect  to  certain 
provisions  and  July  1,  1976,  with  respect  to  other 
provisions. 
Acceptance  deposited:  Japan,  December  10,  1976.'' 

World  Heritage 

Convention  concerning  the  protection  of  the  world  cul- 
tural and  natural  heritage.  Done  at  Paris  November 
23,  1972.  Entered  into  force  December  17,  1975. 
TIAS  8226. 

Acceptance  deposited:  Canada,  July  23,  1976. 
Ratification  deposited:  Pakistan,  July  23,1976. 


BILATERAL 

Brazil 

Interim  agreement  relating  to  air  transport  services. 
Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  at  Brasilia  October  27 
and  November  1,  1976.  Entered  into  force  November 
1,  1976. 

Cape  Verde 

Agreement  relating  to  the  provision  of  site  test,  com- 
missioning and/or  periodic  flight  checks  of  air  naviga- 
tion aids  by  the  Federal  Aviation  Administration. 
Signed  at  Washington  and  Praia  October  13  and 
November  19,  1976.  Entered  into  force  November  19, 
1976. 

Indonesia 

Loan  agreement  for  rural  sanitation  manpower  de- 
velopment training  program.  Signed  at  Jakarta  Oc- 
tober 28,  1976.  Entered  into  force  October  28,  1976. 

Loan  agreement  relating  to  Citanduy  River  Basin  de- 
velopment. Signed  at  Jakarta  October  28,  1976.  En- 
tered into  force  October  28,  1976. 

Agreement  amending  the  loan  agreement  of  June  30, 
197.5,  relating  to  irrigation  systems  and  land  de- 
veloi)ment.  Signed  at  Jakarta  October  28,  1976.  En- 
tered into  force  October  28,  1976. 

Iran 

Cooperative  agreement  relating  to  environmental  pro- 
tection and  improvement,  with  annex.  Signed  at 
Tehi-an  November  10,  1976.  Enters  into  force  as  from 
the  date  of  the  last  notification  by  either  party  to  the 
other  that  it  has  complied  with  its  domestic  legal  re- 
quirements for  entry  into  force. 

Israel 

Loan  agreement  to  promote  the  economic  and  political 
stability  of  Israel,  with  exhibits.  Signed  at  Washing- 
ton November  23,  1976.  Entered  into  force  November 
23,  1976. 

Program  assistance  grant  agreement  to  promote  the 
economic  and  political  stability  of  Israel,  with 
exhibits.  Signed  at  Washington  November  23,  1976. 
Entered  into  force  November  23,  1976. 


Cash  grant  agreement  to  support  the  economic  re- 
quirements of  Israel.  Signed  at  Washington 
November  23,  1976.  Entered  into  force  November  23, 
1976. 

Mexico 

Treaty  on  the  execution  of  penal  sentences.  Signed  at 
Mexico  November  25,  1976.  Enters  into  force  30  days 
after  the  exchange  of  ratifications. 

Romania 

Agreement  extending  the  agreement  of  December  4, 
1973,  relating  to  civil  air  transport  (TIAS  7901).  Ef- 
fected by  exchange  of  notes  at  Bucharest  October  28 
and  30,  1976.  Entered  into  force  October  30,  1976. 


PUBLICATIONS 


^  With  reservation. 


1950  "Foreign  Relations"  Volume 
on  the  U.N.;  Western  Hemisphere 

Press  release  564  dated  November  18  (for  release  November  27) 

The  Department  of  State  on  November  27  released 
"Foreign  Relations  of  the  United  States,"  1950,  volume 
II,  "The  United  Nations;  The  Western  Hemisphere." 
The  "Foreign  Relations"  series  has  been  published  con- 
tinuously since  1861  as  the  official  record  of  U.S. 
foreign  policy.  The  volume  released  on  November  27  is 
the  first  of  seven  volumes  for  the  year  1950. 

This  volume  of  1,049  pages  presents  high-level 
documentation  (nearly  all  of  which  is  newly  declas- 
sified) on  the  policies  of  the  United  States  in  the  United 
Nations  on  such  major  issues  as  the  Chinese  represen- 
tation question,  the  "uniting  for  peace"  resolution,  the 
Southwest  Africa  question,  and  the  drafting  of  the  first 
international  covenant  on  human  rights.  The  volume 
also  includes  the  record  of  U.S.  relations  with  the 
American  republics  and  Canada.  Of  particular  note  are 
those  papers  concerned  with  the  action  taken  by  the 
United  States  toward  the  ratification  of  the  Charter  of 
the  Organization  of  American  States,  the  attitude  of  the 
United  States  over  Communist  activity  in  Guatemala, 
the  negotiations  of  a  petroleum  credit  to  Mexico,  the 
recognition  of  the  military  junta  government  of  Haiti, 
and  the  political  and  economic  relations  with  Argentina, 
Colombia,  Panama,  Peru,  and  Venezuela. 

"Foreign  Relations,"  1950,  volume  II,  was  prepared 
by  the  Office  of  the  Historian,  Bureau  of  Public  Affairs, 
Department  of  State.  Listed  as  Department  of  State 
publication  8853  (GPO  cat.  no.  Sl.l:950/v.  II),  this  vol- 
ume may  be  obtained  for  $13.00.  Checks  or  money  or- 
ders should  be  made  out  to  the  Superintendent  of 
Documents  and  should  be  sent  to  the  U.S.  Government 
Book  Store,  Department  of  State,  Washington,  D.C. 
20520. 


16 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


INDEX    January  3,  1977    Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1958 


Arms  Control  and  Disarmament.  Secretary  Kis- 
singer Attends  NATO  Ministerial  Meeting  at 
Brussels  and  Meets  With  British  Officials  at 
London  (Kissinger,  Crosland)    1 

China.  Secretary  Kissinger  Attends  NATO 
Ministerial  Meeting  at  Brussels  and  Meets 
With  British  Officials  at  London  (Kissinger, 
Crosland) 1 

Congress.  Congressional  Documents  Relating  to 
Foreign  Policy  14 

Economic  Affairs 

Secretary  Kissinger  Attends  NATO  Ministerial 
Meeting  at  Brussels  and  Meets  With  British  Of- 
ficials at  London  (Kissinger,  Crosland)    1 

United  States  and  Romania  Sign  New  Fisheries 
Agreement  (joint  statement)   15 

Europe.  Secretary  Kissinger  Attends  NATO 
Ministerial  Meeting  at  Brussels  and  Meets 
With  British  Officials  at  London  (Kissinger, 
Crosland)  1 

Italy.  Prime  Minister  Andreotti  of  Italy  Visits 
Washington  (Ford,  Andreotti) 12 

Middle  East.  Secretary  Kissinger  Attends 
NATO  Ministerial  Meeting  at  Brussels  and 
Meets  With  British  Officials  at  London  (Kis- 
singer, Crosland)    1 

North  Atlantic  Treaty  Organization 

North  Atlantic  Council  Meets  at  Brussels  (mes- 
sage from  President-elect  Carter  delivered  by 
Secretary  Kissinger,  text  of  communique)   9 

Secretary  Kissinger  Attends  NATO  Ministerial 
Meeting  at  Brussels  and  Meets  With  British  Of- 
ficials at  London  (Kissinger,  Crosland)    1 

Presidential  Documents.  Prime  Minister  An- 
dreotti of  Italy  Visits  Washington  12 

Publications.  1950  "Foreign  Relations"  Volume 
on  the  U.N. ;  Western  Hemisphere    16 

Romania.  United  States  and  Romania  Sign  New 
Fisheries  Agreement  (joint  statement)    15 

Southern  Rhodesia.  Secretary  Kissinger  At- 
tends NATO  Ministerial  Meeting  at  Brussels 
and  Meets  With  British  Officials  at  London 
(Kissinger,  Crosland)   1 

Treaty  Information 

Current  Actions    15 

United  States  and  Romania  Sign  New  Fisheries 
Agreement  (joint  statement)   15 


Name  Ivder 

Andreotti,  Giulio    12 

Carter,  President-elect    9 

Crosland,  Anthony    1 

Ford,  President    12 

Kissinger,  Secretary    1 


Checklist  of  Department  of  State 

Press  Releases:  December  13-19 

Press  releases  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office 

of  Press  Relations,  Department  of  State,  Wash- 

ingto 

n,  D.C 

20520. 

No. 

Date 

Subject 

601 

12/13 

Kissinger,  British  Foreign  Secre- 
tary Crosland:  news  conference, 
London,  Dec.  10. 

602 

12/13 

North  Atlantic  Council  ministerial 
meeting,  Brussels,  Dec.  9-10: 
communique. 

*603 

12/13 

L.  Bruce  Laingen  sworn  in  as  Am- 
bassador to  Malta  (biographic 
data). 

*604 

12/13 

U.S.  consulate  at  Barranquilla, 
Colombia,  to  be  reestab  ished 
Dec.  14. 

t605 

12/15 

Meat  import  negotiations  held. 

*606 

12/15 

Study  Group  5  of  the  U.S.  National 
Committee  of  the  International 
Telegraph  and  Telephone  Com- 
mittee, Jan.  13. 

*607- 

12/17 

Waldheim,  Kissinger:  remarks  fol- 
lowing meeting.  New  York,  Dec. 
16. 

U.S.     and     Bulgaria     sign     new 

t608 

12/17 

fisheries  agreement. 

*609 

12/17 

Advisory  Panel  on  Academic  Music, 
Jan.  17. 

*610 

12/17 

Advisory  Committee  on  Transna- 
tional    Enterprises,     working 
group  on  transfer  of  technology, 
Jan.  7. 

*611 

12/17 

Advisory  Committee  on  Transna- 
tional    Enterprises,     working 
group  on  illicit  payments,  Jan.  5 

ted. 

*  Not  prin 

t  Held  for 

a  later  issue  of  the  BULLETIN. 

UPERINTENDENT     OF     DOCUMENTS 
S.   GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
WASHINGTON,    DC.    20402 


OFFICIAL  BUSINESS 


POSTAGE   AND    FEES    PAID 
DEPARTMENT  OF   STATE   STA-501 


Third   Class 


Subscription  Renewals:  To  insure  uninterrupted 
service,  please  renew  your  subscription  promptly 
when  you  receive  the  expiration  notice  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents.  Due  to  the  time  re- 
quired to  process  renewals,  notices  are  sent  out  3 
months  in  advance  of  the  expiration  date.  Any  prob- 
lems involving  your  subscription  will  receive  im- 
mediate attention  if  you  write  to:  Superintendent 
of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


o 


/J, 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

BULLETIN 

Volume  LXXVI  •  No.  1959  •  January  10,  1977 


UNITED  STATES  DISCUSSES  DISARMAMENT  ISSUES 
IN  U.N.  GENERAL  ASSEMBLY  DEBATE 

Statements  by  Ambassador  Martin  and  Dr.  Ikle 
and  Text  of  Environmental  Modification  Convention    1 7 

U.S.  GIVES  VIEWS  ON  U.S.S.R.  PROPOSAL  FOR  WORLD  TREATY 

ON  THE  NON-USE  OF  FORCE 

Statements  in  Political  and  Legal  Committees 

of  the  U.N.  General  Assembly    30 


THE  OFFICIAL  WEEKLY  RECORD  OF  UNITED  STATES  FOREIGN  POLICY 


For  index  see  inside  back  cover 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE  B  U  L  L  E  T  I 


Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1959 
January  10,  1977 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Washington,  D.C.  20402 

PRICE: 

52  issues  plus  semiannual  indexes, 

domestic  .$-12.. 50,  foreign  $.53.15 

Single  copy  85  cents 

The  Secretary  of  State  has  determined  that  the  pub- 
lication of  this  periodical  is  necessary  in  the  transac- 
tion of  the  public  business  required  by  law  of  this 
Department.  Use  of  funds  for  printing  this  periodi- 
cal has  been  approved  by  the  Director  of  the  Office 
of  Management  and  Budget  through  January  31, 
1981. 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may  be  re- 
printed. Citation  of  the  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 
BULLETIN  as  the  source  will  be  appreciated.  The 
BULLETIN  is  indexed  in  the  Readers'  Guide  to 
Periodical  Literature. 


The  Department  of  State  BULLETIN 
a  weekly  publication  issued  by  Ih 
Office  of  Media  Services,  Bureau 
Public  Affairs,  provides  the  public  an 
interested  agencies  of  the  governmeii 
with  information  on  developments  t| 
the  field  of  U.S.  foreign  relations  an 
on  the  work  of  the  Department 
the  Foreign  Service. 

The  BULLETIN  includes  select 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy,  issuei 
by  the  White  House  and  the  DeparSl 
ment,  and  statements,  addresses,  an 
news  conferences  of  the  President  ani 
the  Secretary  of  State  and  other  o/Zia 
cers  of  the  Department,  as  well  as  spe4 
cial  articles  on  various  phases  of  in* 
ternational  affairs  and  the  functions  o| 
the  Department.  Information  is  ini 
eluded  concerning  treaties  and  inter* 
national  agreements  to  which  tht 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a  parti 
and  on  treaties  of  general  inferno^ 
tional  interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department  oj 
State,  United  Nations  documents,  an 
legislative  material  in  the  field  oM 
international  relations  are  also  listedJ 


United  States  Discusses  Disarmament  Issues 
in  U.N.  General  Assembly  Debate 


Following  are  statements  made  in  Com- 
mittee I  (Political  and  Security)  of  the  U.N. 
General  Assembly  on  November  1  by  U.S. 
Representative  Joseph  Martin,  Jr.,  head  of 
the  U.S.  delegation  to  the  Conference  of  the 
Committee  on  Disarmament  (CCD),  and  on 
Novem.ber  18  by  U.S.  Representative  Fred  C. 
Ikle,  Director  of  the  U.S.  Arms  Control  and 
Disarmament  Agency,  together  with  the  text 
of  a  resolution  adopted  by  the  Assembly  on 
December  10  which  includes  the  Convention 
on  the  Prohibition  of  Military  or  Any  Other 
Hostile  Use  of  Environmental  Modification 
Techniques. 


STATEMENT  BY  AMBASSADOR  MARTIN, 
COMMITTEE  I,  NOVEMBER  1 

USUN  press  release  135  dated  November  1 

Nineteen  seventy-six  has  seen  gratifying 
progress  in  multilateral  disarmament.  Nota- 
bly, the  Conference  of  the  Committee  on 
Disarmament,  fulfilling  the  General  Assem- 
bly's request  in  Resolution  3475  (XXX),  has 
negotiated  and  forwarded  to  the  Assembly  a 
draft  Convention  on  the  Prohibition  of  Mili- 
tary or  Any  Other  Hostile  Use  of  Environ- 
mental Modification  Techniques. 

The  United  States  considers  that  adher- 
ence to  this  convention  will  effectively  elimi- 
nate the  serious  dangers  that  the  hostile  use 
of  such  techniques  may  pose.  The  convention 
thus  will  protect  the  security  interests  of  all 
states  parties  with  respect  to  this  means  of 
warfare. 

We  therefore  think  it  is  extremely  impor- 
tant to  correct  a  mistaken  impression  which 
seems  to  have  arisen  on  the  part  of  at  least 


one  delegation  at  the  CCD  and  at  this  As- 
sembly. 

The  convention  does  not  permit  in  any 
sense  the  hostile  use  of  environmental  mod- 
ification techniques  to  generate  such  poten- 
tially catastrophic  phenomena  as  earth- 
quakes, tidal  waves,  cyclones  or  hurricanes, 
or  alterations  in  climate  patterns,  weather 
patterns,  ocean  currents,  the  state  of  the 
ozone  layer,  or  the  ionosphere.  These 
phenomena  are  specifically  listed  illustra- 
tively in  an  agreed  understanding  forwarded 
by  the  CCD  to  the  General  Assembly  to- 
gether with  the  convention  text  itself.*  In 
the  understanding  the  CCD  agreed  that  all 
those  phenomena,  when  produced  by  hostile 
use  of  environmental  modification 
techniques,  would  result,  or  could  rea- 
sonably be  expected  to  result,  in  wide- 
spread, long-lasting,  or  severe  destruction, 
damage,  or  injury. 

The  convention  thus  would  prohibit  any 
hostile  use  of  environmental  modification 
techniques  to  cause  any  of  those  phenomena 
as  a  means  of  destruction,  damage,  or  injury 
to  another  party.  Therefore  the  generation  of 
any  of  those  catastrophic  phenomena  is  abso- 
lutely prohibited  under  the  convention. 
There  can  simply  be  no  dispute  on  this  point. 

In  this  respect,  the  convention  is  consist- 
ent with  the  identical  drafts  tabled  at  the 
CCD  in  August  1975  ^  and  referred  to  in 
Resolution  3475.  However,  responsive  to  the 


'  For  texts  of  the  agreed  understandings,  see  Report 
of  the  Conference  of  the  Committee  on  Disarmament, 
vol.  I,  Official  Records  of  the  General  Assembly, 
Thirty-First  Session,  Supplement  No.  27  (A/31/27),  p. 
91. 

2  For  text,  see  Bulletin  of  Sept.  15,  1975,  p.  419. 


January  10,  1977 


17 


views  of  numerous  other  countries  as  set 
forth  in  a  genuinely  multilateral  negotiating 
process,  the  present  text  also  reflects  a 
number  of  very  significant  modifications  of  the 
original  drafts. 

For  example,  the  questions  of  peaceful  use 
of  environmental  modification  techniques  are 
dealt  with  much  more  extensively  in  the  text 
before  this  committee.  Thus,  the  preamble  of 
the  convention  now  refers  to  the  1972  Stock- 
holm Declaration  on  international  respon- 
sibilities with  respect  to  the  environment.^ 
And  article  III,  besides  providing  that  the 
convention  shall  not  hinder  peaceful  use  of 
environmental  modification  techniques,  now 
calls  for  the  fullest  possible  exchange  of  sci- 
entific and  technical  information  concerning 
such  use.  The  article  also  includes  an  under- 
taking to  contribute  to  international  economic 
and  scientific  cooperation  in  the  preservation, 
improvement,  and  peaceful  utilization  of  the 
environment,  with  due  consideration  to  the 
needs  of  developing  areas. 

Article  V  of  the  convention  contains  an  in- 
novation in  multilateral  arms  control  com- 
pliance procedures.  It  provides  for  convening 
a  consultative  committee  of  experts  upon  the 
request  of  any  state  party  to  undertake  ap- 
propriate findings  of  fact  and  provide  expert 
views  in  connection  with  any  problems  the 
requesting  party  raises  with  respect  to  the 
objectives  or  application  of  the  convention. 
The  consultative  committee  should  afford  all 
parties  the  assistance  of  international  exper- 
tise which  might  otherwise  be  unavailable  for 
factual  findings  and  explanations  concerning 
what  may  be  highly  complex  technical  ques- 
tions. We  consider  the  provisions  for  the  con- 
sultative committee  a  genuine  advance  over 
previous  practice. 

In  another  change  from  the  original  draft, 
article  VIII  of  the  convention  adds  provi- 
sions for  a  review  conference  five  years  after 
entry  into  force.  The  conference  is  to 
examine  in  particular  the  convention's  effec- 
tiveness in  eliminating  the  dangers  of  mili- 


^  For  text  of  the  Declaration  of  the  United  Nations 
Conference  on  the  Human  Environment,  adopted  at 
Stociiholm  on  June  16,  1972,  see  Bulletin  of  July  24, 
1972,  p.  116. 


tary  or  any  other  hostile  use  of  environmen- 
tal modification  techniques.  If,  contrary  to 
our  expectations,  the  convention  is  deemed 
to  have  proven  ineffective,  the  conference 
could  consider  remedial  action.  Thus  the 
draft  which  you  are  called  upon  to  consider  is 
the  result  of  intensive  negotiations  which 
have  produced  an  intricate  cloth  of  com- 
promises of  many  sincerely  felt  points  of 
view.  It  will  be  impossible  to  unravel  one 
strand  without  unraveling  the  entire  fabric. 

Taken  as  a  whole,  my  delegation  believes 
that  the  Environmental  Modification  Con- 
vention as  reported  by  the  CCD  is  worthy  of 
broad  acceptance.  Accordingly,  we  think  it 
should  be  commended  by  the  General  As- 
sembly and  opened  for  signature  and  ratifica- 
tion as  soon  as  possible.  We  will  support  a 
resolution  to  that  effect  and  hope  most  other 
delegations  will  do  the  same.  The  CCD 
worked  with  great  determination  and  dili- 
gence to  produce  the  text  of  the  Environ- 
mental Modification  Convention  this  year. 
The  adoption  of  such  a  resolution  by  the  As- 
sembly will  recognize  the  committee's  ac- 
complishment and  enable  it  next  year  to  con- 
centrate on  other  important  subjects  on  its 
agenda. 

Consideration  of  Chemical  Weapons  Issues 

Mr.  Chairman,  since  the  30th  session  of  the 
General  Assembly  useful  work  has  also  been 
accomplished  in  international  consideration 
of  controls  on  chemical  weapons.  The  CCD's 
discussions  of  this  subject  during  1976  have 
been  active  and  constructive.  We  were  en- 
couraged by  increasing  acceptance  of  the 
concept  of  a  phased  approach  to  a  com- 
prehensive chemical  weapons  ban  and  by 
progress  on  the  question  of  defining  the 
agents  to  be  covered  in  the  initial  phase. 

The  committee's  deliberations  also  reflect- 
ed increased  awareness  of  the  central  impor- 
tance of  verification  problems  related  to  re- 
straints on  chemical  weapons.  In  this  connec- 
tion, while  maintaining  our  reservations  re- 
garding reliance  on  national  technical  means, 
we  have  noted  with  interest  the  statement  on 
verification  of  destruction  of  chemical 
weapons  stocks  contained  in  the  disarma- 


18 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


ment  memorandum  recently  circulated  to  the 
General  Assembly  by  the  Soviet  Union." 

The  CCD's  consideration  of  chemical 
weapons  questions  this  past  summer  was 
complemented  by  technical  consultations  be- 
tween U.S.  and  Soviet  experts.  These  talks 
were  helpful  in  clarifying  the  views  of  the 
two  sides  on  a  variety  of  comple.x  issues, 
especially  relating  to  verification,  and  in 
identifying  some  areas  of  agreement.  Both 
sides  considered  the  consultations  useful  and 
agreed  that  they  should  be  resumed  at  a  fu- 
ture date  to  be  determined.  Our  view  re- 
mains that  continuation  of  such  consultations 
cannot  in  any  way  substitute  for  the  CCD's 
ongoing  work  in  this  very  important  arms 
control  area. 

Indeed,  during  the  committee's  1977  ses- 
sion we  expect  it  to  devote  major  attention  to 
chemical  weapons  issues.  We  look  forward 
particularly  to  hearing  others'  views,  and  of- 
fering our  own,  on  the  draft  convention  ta- 
bled by  the  United  Kingdom  in  a  welcome 
initiative  last  August.  More  generally,  the 
United  States  expects  to  participate  actively 
in  the  continuing  search  for  solutions  to  the 
difficult  and  complex  problems  which  still 
face  us  as  we  pursue  our  common  objective  of 
effective  measures  for  the  prohibition  of 
chemical  weapons. 

Mr.  Chairman,  besides  its  work  on  en- 
vironmental modification  and  chemical 
weapons,  the  CCD  this  year  showed  renewed 
vitality  and  procedural  flexibility  in  other 
ways  as  well. 

For  example,  in  connection  with  questions 
related  to  nuclear  testing,  an  experts  group 
was  established  under  CCD  auspices  to  study 
possible  measures  of  international  coopera- 
tion in  detecting  and  identifying  seismic 
events.  The  group  has  made  a  promising  be- 
ginning.  Its  prospective  contribution  would 


''  The  statement  reads  as  follows:  "Supervision  of 
compliance  with  the  prohibition  of  chemical  weapons 
should  be  based  on  national  means.  In  this  respect 
there  exists  a  positive  precedent  in  the  convention  ban- 
ning bacteriological  weapons.  At  the  same  time,  the 
Soviet  Union  is  ready  to  examine  the  possibility  of 
using  additional  supervision  procedures  and,  in  particu- 
lar, to  discuss  methods  of  verifying  the  destruction  of 
stockpiles  of  chemical  weapons  which  are  to  be  excluded 
from  the  arsenals  of  States."  (U.N.  doc.  A/31/232,  p.  9.) 


be  enhanced  if  experts  from  regions  of  the 
world  now  unrepresented  or  underrepre- 
sented  on  the  panel  would  join  in  its  sub- 
sequent work. 

Also,  the  Secretary  General's  working 
group  on  the  reduction  of  military  budgets 
met  twice  in  Geneva,  maintaining  informal 
contact  with  various  CCD  delegations.  The 
working  group  has  produced  a  valuable  re- 
port which  clarifies  definitional  and  other 
technical  issues  relating  to  the  comparison  of 
military  expenditures.^ 

The  CCD's  accomplishments  this  year 
renew  our  conviction  that  under  existing  cir- 
cumstances the  committee  constitutes  the 
best  available  vehicle  for  multilateral  disar- 
mament negotiations.  On  the  other  hand,  we 
acknowledge  the  continuing  interest  shown 
by  many  countries  in  a  more  general  forum 
and  in  particular  the  attention  currently 
being  devoted  to  the  question  of  a  General 
Assembly  special  session  on  disarmament. 
My  delegation  is  prepared  to  consider  an  ap- 
propriate resolution  that  would  set  in  motion 
preparations  for  a  special  session  in  1978. ^  If 
it  does  prove  possible  for  us  to  support  such 
a  resolution,  we  would  hope  to  take  part  in 
the  preparatory  activity,  which  must  be  care- 
ful and  thorough  if  the  special  session  is  to 
make  progress. 


Progress  Since  NPT  Review  Conference 

Mr.  Chairman,  once  again  this  year,  an 
important  topic  for  consideration  by  the 
First  Committee  is  the  question  of  prevent- 
ing the  proliferation  of  nuclear  weapons. 
While  the  committee's  discussion  can  be  ex- 
pected to  span  a  range  of  international  ef- 
forts in  the  nonproliferation  field,  the  most 
immediate  focus,  as  specified  in  the  title  of 
the  agenda  item,  will  be  the  implementation 
of  the  "conclusions"  of  the  conference  to  re- 


5  U.N.  doc.  A/31/222. 

^  A  resolution  deciding  to  convene  a  special  session  of 
the  General  Assembly  devoted  to  disarmament,  to  be 
held  in  New  York  May-June  1978,  and  establishing  a 
preparatory  committee  was  adopted  by  Committee  I  by 
consensus  on  Dec.  2  and  by  the  Assembly  by  consensus  on 
Dee.  21  (A/RES/31/189  B). 


January  10,  1977 


19 


view  the  operation  of  the  Nonproliferation 
Treaty  (NPT),  held  in  May  1975.^ 

Less  than  a  year  and  a  half  has  passed 
since  the  review  conference.  Nevertheless, 
the  collective  findings  and  recommendations 
of  conference  participants,  as  well  as  the 
momentum  and  international  interest  gener- 
ated by  the  conference  itself,  have  stimu- 
lated new  or  accelerated  activity  in  several 
critical  areas  of  the  nonproliferation  effort 
which  has  already  yielded  some  substantial 
results. 

It  is  also  encouraging  that  some  of  the 
principal  accomplishments  of  the  last  18 
months  that  were  promoted  by  review  con- 
ference recommendations  have  involved  the 
cooperation  not  only  of  NPT  parties  but  also 
of  states  that  have  not  yet  chosen  to  join  the 
treaty.  In  our  view,  this  reflects  the  near- 
universal  appreciation  of  the  threat  to  man- 
kind posed  by  the  proliferation  of  nuclear 
weapons,  as  well  as  the  recognition  that  suc- 
cess in  preventing  such  proliferation  depends 
on  the  concerted  efforts  of  all  groups  of 
states.  Permit  me,  Mr.  Chairman,  to  review 
briefly  some  of  the  gains  that  have  been 
made  in  the  last  year  and  a  half: 

— Significant  steps  have  been  taken,  in 
conformity  with  review  conference  recom- 
mendations, to  increase  the  effectiveness  of 
IAEA  [International  Atomic  Energy  Agen- 
cy] safeguards.  These  include: 

1.  Efforts  to  develop  new  verification 
techniques  and  instrumentation; 

2.  Broadening  of  safeguards  coverage  in 
agreements  with  non-nuclear-weapon  states 
not  party  to  the  NPT;  and 

3.  Negotiation  and  approval  of  agreements 
to  implement  the  voluntary  offers  by  the 
United  States  and  United  Kingdom  to  place 
their  civilian  nuclear  installations  under 
IAEA  safeguards. 

— In  early  1976,  as  a  result  of  consultations 
with  other  nuclear  suppliers,  the  United 


'  For  text  of  the  treaty,  see  Bulletin  of  July  1, 
1968,  p.  8;  for  text  of  a  U.S.  statement  in  the  review 
confe)-ence  and  the  final  declaration  of  the  conference, 
see  Bulletin  of  June  30,  1975,  p.  921;  for  a  U.S.  in- 
terpretive statement,  see  Bulletin  of  Aug.  4,  1975  p. 
193. 


States  adopted  as  national  policy  certain 
principles  that  will  govern  future  nuclear  ex- 
ports. We  were  informed  that  other  govern- 
ments would  do  the  same.  Strengthening 
common  nuclear  export  requirements  was  an 
important  consensus  recommendation  of  the 
review  conference.  This  recommendation  re- 
flected the  recognition  by  suppliers  and 
recipients  alike  that  the  exercise  of  special  re- 
sponsibility by  supplier  governments  would 
promote  the  security  and  economic  interests  of 
all  states. 

— Efforts  to  implement  review  conference 
recommendations  on  the  physical  protection 
of  nuclear  materials  have  been  pursued  on 
several  fronts.  Major  suppliers  have  decided 
to  include  provisions  in  their  nuclear  cooper- 
ation agreements  requiring  adequate  levels 
of  physical  protection  in  recipient  countries. 
The  IAEA  has  issued  a  revised  set  of  rec- 
ommendations on  physical  protection.  In  ad- 
dition, the  United  States  has  suggested  an 
international  convention  that  provides  for 
physical  protection  of  nuclear  materials  in 
transit  and  for  international  collaboration  in 
the  recovery  of  lost  or  diverted  materials  and 
encourages  participating  countries  to  adopt 
measures  conforming  to  international  criteria 
for  effective  physical  protection. 

— We  have  continued  to  fulfill  our  com- 
mitment under  NPT  article  IV,  reaffirmed  at 
the  review  conference,  to  facilitate  the  ex- 
change of  nuclear  technology  and  materials 
for  peaceful  purposes  consistent  with  the  re- 
straints required  by  articles  I  and  II. 
Through  our  bilateral  cooperative  arrange- 
ments for  the  supply  of  nuclear  reactors  and 
fuel,  as  well  as  our  expanded  contributions  to 
the  IAEA's  technical  assistance  programs, 
we  have  demonstrated  our  determination  to 
assist  developing  countries,  particularly 
those  party  to  the  NPT,  in  meeting  their 
growing  energy  requirements. 

— The  review  conference  gave  impetus  to 
the  search  for  safe  and  economical  alterna- 
tives to  nationally  owned  sensitive  nuclear 
facilities,  such  as  uranium  enrichment  and 
chemical  reprocessing  plants.  Specifically,  it 
encouraged  active  consideration  of  multina- 
tional nuclear  fuel  cycle  centers.  In  accord- 
ance with  that  recommendation,  the  IAEA's 


20 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


study  of  such  multinational  centers  is  under- 
way. We  believe  it  is  desirable,  among  other 
approaches,  to  continue  studying  the  idea  of 
a  few  suitably  sited  multinational  fuel  cycle 
centers  to  serve  regional  needs,  when  effec- 
tively safeguarded  and  economically  war- 
ranted. Through  these  and  related  means,  we 
can  minimize  incentives  for  the  spread  of 
dangerous  fuel  cycle  capabilities. 

— We  continue  to  support  the  validity  of  the 
review  conference  finding  that  the  technol- 
ogy of  nuclear  explosions  for  peaceful  pur- 
poses (PNE's)  is  still  at  the  developmental 
stage.  Nonetheless,  considerable  progress 
has  been  made  in  implementing  the  confer- 
ence's recommendations  on  peaceful  nuclear 
explosions.  The  conference  asked  that  the 
IAEA  expedite  examination  of  the  legal  is- 
sues involved  in,  and  commence  considera- 
tion of  the  structure  and  content  of,  the  in- 
ternational agreement  or  agreements  con- 
templated in  NPT  article  V.  In  response,  the 
IAEA  Ad  Hoc  Advisory  Group  on  Peaceful 
Nuclear  Explosions — itself  the  result  of  a  re- 
view conference  recommendation — has 
studied  various  legal  and  other  factors  in- 
volved in  the  establishment  and  operation  of 
an  international  PNE  service  and  plans  to 
advise  the  Board  of  Governors  on  these  mat- 
ters during  1977. 

Security  of  Non-Nuclear-Weapon  States 

The  recommendations  contained  in  the  re- 
view conference  final  declaration  do  not,  of 
course,  deal  only  with  safeguards  and  coop- 
eration in  the  peaceful  uses  of  nuclear 
energy. 

Participants  at  the  conference  recognized, 
as  had  the  negotiators  of  the  NPT  itself,  that 
national  security  and  political  considerations 
are  the  motivating  factors  in  a  decision  to  ac- 
quire nuclear  explosive  capabilities  and,  ac- 
cordingly, that  in  the  long  run  any  successful 
approach  to  the  nonproliferation  problem 
would  have  to  deal  satisfactorily  with  con- 
cerns in  these  areas. 

This  recognition  was  reflected  in  several 
consensus  recommendations  concerning 
strengthening  of  the  security  of  non- 
nuclear-weapon  states  and  the  cessation  of 


the  nuclear  arms  race.  The  United  States  at- 
taches great  importance  to  these  recommen- 
dations and  plans  to  work  actively  toward 
their  implementation.  Efforts  already  have 
been  made  to  put  the  recommendations  into 
effect,  but  we  can  share  in  the  regret  that 
has  been  expressed  that  more  rapid  progress 
has  not  proved  possible. 

The  United  States  recognizes  that  allevia- 
tion of  the  legitimate  security  concerns  of 
non-nuclear-weapon  states  is  a  critical  com- 
ponent of  international  efforts  to  prevent  nu- 
clear proliferation.  It  is  easier,  however,  to 
state  the  objective  than  to  devise  practical 
and  effective  means  of  promoting  it.  Reluc- 
tance to  forgo  the  nuclear  weapons  option 
often  arises  from  local  conflicts  and  insecuri- 
ties whose  origins  are  invariably  complex  and 
rarely  susceptible  to  quick  solutions. 

For  its  part,  the  United  States  has  tried  to 
promote  the  security  of  non-nuclear-weapon 
states  in  a  variety  of  ways,  such  as  efforts  to 
assist  in  solving  regional  conflicts,  for  exam- 
ple, in  the  Middle  East  and  in  southern  Af- 
rica; encouragement  for  regional  arms  con- 
trol arrangements;  and  the  provision  of  posi- 
tive security  assurances  such  as  Security 
Council  Resolution  255.®  In  addition,  in  exer- 
cising the  right  of  collective  self-defense,  the 
United  States  and  a  number  of  other  nations 
have  entered  into  mutual  security  relation- 
ships for  the  purpose  of  deterring  and  de- 
fending against  armed  attack.  We  believe 
these  alliances,  by  providing  sufficient  as- 
surance regarding  security  needs,  have  had  a 
major  impact  in  influencing  states  involved 
to  renounce  the  nuclear  weapons  option. 

On  the  other  hand,  we  have  not  been  able 
to  accept  proposals  for  universally  applicable 
assurances  on  the  non-use  of  nuclear 
weapons,  because  we  have  not  discovered 
any  formulation  that  would  effectively  serve 
the  varied  security  needs  of  non-nuclear- 
weapon  states,  including  our  allies.  How- 
ever, we  are  prepared  to  consider  any  appro- 
priate means  of  strengthening  the  security  of 
those  states,  provided  such  means  do  not  det- 
rimentally affect  existing  security  arrange- 


*  For  text  of  the  resolution,  adopted  on  June  19, 
1968,  see  Bulletin  of  July  8,  1968,  p.  58. 


January  10,  1977 


21 


ments,  which,  as  I  have  just  noted,  are  im- 
portant components  of  the  nonproliferation 
effort. 

U.S.-U.S.S.R.  Arms  Control  Agreements 

As  Secretary  Kissinger  stated  in  plenary 
on  September  30,  we  continue  to  approach 
the  nonproliferation  problem  in  full  recogni- 
tion of  the  responsibility  that  we  and  other 
nuclear  powers  have  in  limiting  our  nuclear 
weapons  arsenals.  Mindful  of  this  responsi- 
bility, and  in  line  with  the  review  conference 
recommendations  on  SALT  [Strategic  Arms 
Limitation  Talks],  the  United  States  and  the 
U.S.S.R.  have  continued  actively  to  pursue 
an  agreement,  based  on  the  Vladivostok  ac- 
cord, on  the  limitation  of  offensive  strategic 
arms.^  We  would  like  to  stress,  however, 
that  we  would  not  regard  such  an  agreement 
as  the  final  step  of  the  SALT  process.  We  are 
determined  to  begin  negotiations  on  further 
limitations  and  reductions  in  the  level  of 
strategic  arms  as  soon  as  possible  following 
the  conclusion  of  a  SALT  Two  agreement. 

The  review  conference  expressed  the  hope 
for  early  solutions  to  the  technical  and  politi- 
cal difficulties  that  have  blocked  agreement 
on  an  effective  comprehensive  test  ban.  So 
far,  these  difficulties  have  not  been  resolved. 
However,  in  our  view,  some  important  steps 
have  recently  been  taken  toward  our  common 
objective  of  achieving  a  comprehensive  test 
ban.  In  particular,  we  believe  that  the 
Threshold  Test  Ban  Treaty  and  the  inte- 
grally related  Treaty  on  Peaceful  Nuclear 
Explosions,  the  latter  of  which  was  signed  by 
the  United  States  and  the  U.S.S.R.  in  May 
1976,  place  significant  restraints  on  U.S.  and 
Soviet  nuclear  explosions.'"  Moreover,  the 
Threshold  Test  Ban  Treaty  contains  an 
explicit  commitment  to  continue  negotiations 


"  For  text  of  a  joint  U.S. -Soviet  statement  issued  at 
Vladivostok  on  Nov.  24,  1974,  see  Bulletin  of  Dec.  23, 
1974,  p.  879. 

'"For  texts  of  the  U.S.-U.S.S.R.  Treaty  and  Pro- 
tocol on  the  Limitation  of  Underground  Nuclear 
Weapon  Tests,  signed  at  Moscow  on  July  3,  1974,  see 
Bulletin  of  July  29,  1974,  p.  217;  for  texts  of  the 
U.S.-U.S.S.R.  Treaty  and  Protocol  on  Underground 
Nuclear  Explosions  for  Peaceful  Purposes  and  agreed 
statement,  see  Bulletin  of  June  28,  1976,  p.  802. 


toward  the  cessation  of  all  nuclear  weapons 
tests,  and  we  are  determined  to  fulfill  that 
commitment. 

To  sum  up,  we  believe  that  a  reasonably 
good  start  has  been  made,  but  that  we  must 
redouble  our  efforts  to  put  the  review  con- 
ference recommendations  fully  into  effect.  Of 
course,  international  action  on  nonprolifera- 
tion should  not  be  confined  to  ideas  outlined 
at  the  review  conference  in  May  1975.  The 
nature  of  the  nonproliferation  challenge  con- 
tinues to  change,  and  accordingly  the  re- 
quirements of  a  successful  strategy  to  meet 
that  challenge  must  continue  to  evolve.  The 
review  conference  conclusions  might  there- 
fore be  regarded  simply  as  a  foundation  upon 
which  we  can  build  further  cooperative  in- 
ternational efforts — involving  NPT  parties  as 
well  as  nonparties,  nuclear  recipients  as  well 
as  suppliers,  and  nuclear  powers  as  well  as 
non-nuclear-weapon  states.  We  beheve  this 
General  Assembly  should  provide  a  mandate 
for  such  efforts. 

Mr.  Chairman,  in  a  major  foreign  policy 
statement  on  October  28,  President  Ford 
outlined  a  program  of  international  action  in 
the  nonproliferation  field.  Later  in  our  de- 
bate, my  delegation  will  present  a  detailed 
account  of  that  important  initiative.  We  also 
reserve  the  right  to  make  interventions  on 
other  matters  as  the  debate  proceeds. 


STATEMENT  BY  DR.  IKLE,  COMMITTEE  I, 
NOVEMBER  18 

USUN  press  release  15.3  dated  November  18 

We  welcome  this  opportunity  to  address 
the  First  Committee  again.  We  consider  this 
the  ideal  forum  in  which  to  present  a  fuller 
up-to-date  explanation  of  the  United  States' 
most  recent  policy  and  proposals  on  nuclear 
energy  and  put  forward  a  related  arms  con- 
trol proposal. 

Throughout  the  nuclear  age,  the  United 
States  has  launched  many  efforts  to  control 
the  destructive  potential  of  the  atom  and  yet 
keep  the  peaceful  benefits  of  nuclear  energy 
in  mankind's  service.  Some  30  years  ago, 
when  only  the  United  States  possessed  the 
atom  bomb,   we   made  a  proposal  to  the 


22 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


United  Nations  that  envisaged  placing  all  nu- 
clear resources  throughout  the  world  under 
the  ownership  and  control  of  an  independent 
international  authority.  Perhaps  that  pro- 
posal called  for  too  great  a  willingness  of 
other  nations  to  place  their  trust  in  interna- 
tional cooperation. 

Less  than  a  decade  later,  in  1954,  the 
United  States  undertook  a  second  major 
initiative — the  Atoms  for  Peace  program — to 
assist  other  countries  in  acquiring  nuclear 
technology  for  peaceful  uses.  And  we  invited 
other  nations  to  join  with  us  in  building  an 
international  agency  to  facilitate  cooperation 
in  peaceful  uses  of  the  atom  and  to  safeguard 
nuclear  technology  from  diversion  to  de- 
structive ends.  The  fruit  of  this  initiative  can 
be  seen  in  the  broad  acceptance  and  useful- 
ness of  the  International  Atomic  Energy 
Agency  and  its  unprecedented  safeguards 
system. 

But  in  the  last  two  decades,  much  has  been 
learned  about  both  the  promise  and  the 
threat  of  nuclear  technology,  and  the  thin  di- 
viding line  between  them.  It  became  clear 
that  further  and  far-reaching  measures  were 
needed.  Otherwise,  in  region  after  region, 
new  nuclear  threats  and  rivalries  could  ac- 
company the  worldwide  spread  of  peaceful 
nuclear  technology.  This  concern  is  widely 
shared  in  the  United  States  and  other  coun- 
tries. President  Ford's  October  28  an- 
nouncement on  U.S.  nuclear  energy  policy  is 
a  response  to  these  concerns  and  represents 
a  wide  spectrum  of  agreement  in  my  country 
as  to  the  steps  needed.'* 

I  believe  it  is  important  to  emphasize  to 
you  certain  premises  on  which  this  policy  is 
based: 

— First,  success  in  stemming  the  spread  of 
nuclear  weapons  must  be  based  on  sympathe- 
tic understanding  of  the  energy  needs  of  all 
states.  States  electing  to  participate  in  the 
necessary  restraint  arrangements  must 
therefore  be  assured  that  they  will  be  able  to 
benefit  fully  from  the  peaceful  uses  of  nu- 
clear energy. 


"  For  a  statement  by  President  Ford  issued  at 
Washington  on  Oct.  28,  1976,  see  Bulletin  of  Nov.  22, 
1976,  p.  629. 


— Second,  if  the  United  States  asks  other 
nations  to  exercise  restraint  in  certain  aspects 
of  their  nuclear  power  programs,  it  must  be 
prepared  to  show  comparable  restraint  at 
home. 

— Third,  it  is  of  crucial  importance  that  all 
nations  clearly  recognize  their  common 
interest  in  preventing  the  spread  of  nuclear 
weapons  capabilities  to  country  after  coun- 
try. No  single  nation  or  group  of  nations  can 
insure  an  effective  nonproliferation  effort. 
As  President  Ford  has  said:  "The  United 
States  is  prepared  to  work  with  all  other  na- 
tions ....  Effective  nonproliferation  meas- 
ures will  require  the  participation  and  sup- 
port of  nuclear  suppliers  and  consumers." 
The  security  of  many  of  the  nonnuclear  na- 
tions represented  here  is  perhaps  more  di- 
rectly threatened  by  further  proliferation 
than  is  the  security  of  countries  now  possess- 
ing nuclear  weapons. 

Enrichment  and  Reprocessing  Technology 

Our  new  nuclear  energy  policy  sets  forth 
action  the  United  States  has  decided  to  take 
on  its  own  and  proposals  the  United  States 
will  make  to  other  nations.  Several  of  these 
measures  are  designed  to  avert  the  serious 
dangers  that  would  result  from  the  existence 
throughout  the  world  of  nationally  owned 
uranium  enrichment  plants  and  plutonium- 
reprocessing  plants.  These  plants  can  pro- 
duce the  materials  that  can  readily  be  made 
into  nuclear  weapons. 

In  regard  to  uranium  enrichment,  we  of 
course  recognize  that  countries  which  plan 
for  nuclear  reactors  as  an  important  source  of 
electrical  energy  need  to  have  an  assured  and 
reliable  source  of  nuclear  fuel.  In  forgoing 
acquisition  of  sensitive  nuclear  facilities 
under  national  control,  it  is  evident  that  such 
countries  are  entitled  to  assurances  that 
suitable  nuclear  fuel  will  remain  available. 

It  has  long  been  assumed  that  the  energy 
value  remaining  in  spent  reactor  fuel  would 
be  recovered  by  reprocessing  recovered  fis- 
sile material  and  recycling  it  back  into  power 
reactors.  However,  as  our  understanding  and 
information  improved,  two  facts  became 
plain:  First,  the  economic  advantages  for 


January  10,  1977 


23 


plutonium  recycle  are  at  this  time  very  un- 
certain; second,  and  more  important,  in  the 
absence  of  adequate  safeguard  measures,  the 
accumulation  of  separated  plutonium  can 
greatly  increase  the  risk  of  diversion  to  nu- 
clear weapons.  And  this  risk  would  lead  to 
instability  among  the  neighboring  countries 
of  a  region. 

The  U.S.  policy  statement  of  October  28 
specifies  several  actions,  domestic  and  inter- 
national, aimed  at  restraining  the  spread  of 
such  plutonium: 

— The  United  States  has  decided  to  defer 
commercial  reprocessing  activities.  We  no 
longer  i-egard  reprocessing  and  recycling  of 
plutonium  as  a  necessary  and  inevitable  step 
in  the  nuclear  fuel  cycle.  We  will  pursue 
them  in  the  future  only  if  there  is  sound  rea- 
son to  conclude  that  it  is  economically  jus- 
tified and  that  the  world  community  can  ef- 
fectively overcome  the  associated  risks  of 
proliferation.  In  the  meantime,  we  will  ex- 
pand our  capacity  to  store  unreprocessed 
spent  fuel,  we  will  fully  consider  all  the  im- 
plications of  reprocessing,  and  we  will  also 
explore  alternative  means  for  recovering  the 
energy  value  from  used  nuclear  fuel  without 
separating  plutonium.  Several  ideas  have 
been  advanced  for  such  recovery  methods, 
and  research  will  now  be  undertaken  to  de- 
termine their  validity. 

— We  are  calling  on  all  nations  to  join  us  in 
refraining  from  the  transfer  of  reprocessing 
and  enrichment  technology  and  facilities  for  a 
period  of  at  least  three  years.  We  are  also 
asking  suppliers  and  consumers  to  work  to- 
gether to  establish  reliable  international 
means  for  meeting  nuclear  fuel  needs  with 
minimum  risk. 

— We  will  invite  other  nations  to  participate 
in  our  new  evaluation  program  on  the  values 
and  risks  of  plutonium  reprocessing  and  re- 
cycling, and  the  alternatives  that  may  be 
available. 

In  addition  to  these  actions,  the  U.S.  pol- 
icy calls  for  better  controls  on  the  accumula- 
tion of  plutonium.  It  proposes  international 
discussions  aimed  at  secure  and  safe  storage 
arrangements  for  civil  plutonium  and  spent 
reactor  fuel  under  the  auspices  of  the  Inter- 


national Atomic  Energy  Agency,  pending  ul- 
timate disposition.  We  are  prepared,  when 
such  a  storage  arrangement  is  broadly  ac- 
cepted and  in  operation,  to  place  our  own  ex- 
cess civil  plutonium  and  spent  fuel  under  its 
control.  We  are  also  prepared  to  consider 
providing  a  site  for  international  storage  of 
spent  fuel  and  radioactive  wastes  under 
IAEA  auspices. 

Another  important  element  of  the  U.S. 
program  of  action  is  support  for  strengthen- 
ing the  IAEA  safeguards  system.  We  hope 
that  all  states  will  join  us  in  insuring  that  the 
IAEA  has  the  technical  resources  and  staff 
necessary  to  meet  its  growing  respon- 
sibilities. We  are  committing  more  resources 
to  help  the  Agency  improve  its  safeguards 
capabilities,  and  our  national  laboratories 
with  expertise  in  safeguards  will  provide  as- 
sistance on  a  continuing  basis  to  the  IAEA  as 
the  Agency  identifies  its  needs. 

Nuclear  Export  Policies 

Let  me  now  turn  to  U.S.  nuclear  export 
policies.  The  United  States  is  adopting  new 
criteria  to  encourage  nations  to  pursue  co- 
operative and  responsible  nonproliferation 
policies.  In  determining  whether  to  enter 
into  new  or  expanded  nuclear  cooperation, 
we  will  consider  the  following  factors: 

— Adherence  to  the  Nonproliferation  Trea- 
ty will  be  a  strong  positive  factor  favoring 
cooperation  with  a  non-nuclear-weapon  state. 

— Non-nuclear-weapon  states  that  have  not 
yet  adhered  to  the  Nonproliferation  Treaty 
will  receive  positive  recognition  if  they  are 
prepared  to  submit  to  full  fuel  cycle 
safeguards,  pending  adherence. 

— We  will  favor  recipient  nations  that  are 
prepared  to  forgo,  or  postpone  for  a  substan- 
tial period,  the  establishment  of  national  re- 
processing or  enrichment  activities  or,  in 
certain  cases,  are  prepared  to  shape  and 
schedule  their  reprocessing  and  enriching 
facilities  to  foster  nonproliferation  needs. 

— Positive  recognition  will  also  be  given  to 
nations  prepared  to  participate  in  an  interna- 
tional storage  regime,  under  which  spent  fuel 
and  any  separated  plutonium  would  be  placed 
pending  use. 


24 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Moreover,  we  will  also  encourage  other 
nuclear  suppliers  to  adopt  these  same 
criteria  as  common  guidelines.  As  a  funda- 
mental element  of  our  nonproliferation  ef- 
fort, I  now  reiterate  the  continuing  U.S. 
support  for  the  Nonproliferation  Treaty  and 
our  position  that  all  nations  ought  to  adhere 
to  it. 

My  government  believes  the  international 
community  must  take  certain  concerted  ac- 
tions. It  must  be  made  clear  that  no  state  can 
expect  to  abrogate  or  violate  any  nonprolif- 
eration agreement  with  impunity.  As  President 
Ford  stated  on  October  28,  the  United  States 
will,  at  a  minimum,  respond  to  a  violation  of 
any  safeguards  agreement  with  the  United 
States  by  immediately  cutting  off  the  supply 
of  nuclear  fuel  to  the  violator  and  ending 
cooperation.  We  would  also  consider  further 
steps  against  violators,  steps  not  necessarily 
confined  to  ending  nuclear  cooperation. 
Moreover,  our  actions  would  not  be  limited 
only  to  agreements  in  which  we  are  directly 
involved.  In  case  of  violation  of  any 
safeguards  agreement,  particularly  one  in- 
volving the  IAEA,  we  will  initiate  immediate 
consultations  with  all  interested  nations  to 
determine  appropriate  action.  We  invite  all 
concerned  governments  to  adopt  a  similar 
policy. 

Assuring  Adequate  and  Reliable  Supplies 

Mr.  Chairman,  while  the  United  States  be- 
lieves that  the  steps  I  have  outlined  will  in- 
hibit the  further  spread  of  nuclear  weapons, 
it  recognizes  that  nuclear  energy  policy,  of 
course,  must  also  offer  the  benefits  of  coop- 
eration and  incentives,  bearing  in  mind  the 
importance  of  nuclear  power  as  an  alterna- 
tive to  fossil  fuel.  The  United  States  will  take 
steps  to  assure  that  states  which  practice  re- 
sponsible nonproliferation  policies,  and  join 
appropriate  international  arrangements,  will 
have  an  adequate  and  reliable  supply  of  nu- 
clear energy: 

— The  United  States  is  prepared  to  act,  in 
cooperation  with  other  nations,  to  assure  re- 
liable supplies  of  nuclear  fuel  at  equitable 
prices  to  a  country  that  accepts  effective  re- 
straints on  reprocessing,  plutonium  disposi- 


tion, and  other  sensitive  technologies.  We 
will  initiate  consultations  with  other  nations 
to  develop  the  means  to  insure  that  suppliers 
will  be  able  to  offer,  and  consumers  will  be 
able  to  receive,  an  uninterrupted  and  eco- 
nomical supply  of  low-enriched  uranium  fuel 
and  fuel  services. 

— The  United  States  will  offer  other  equi- 
table arrangements.  Where  appropriate,  this 
may  include  providing  fresh,  low-enriched 
uranium  fuel  in  return  for  mutual  agreement 
on  the  disposition  of  spent  fuel,  where  this 
clearly  fosters  our  common  nonproliferation 
objectives. 

— We  will  expand  cooperative  efforts  with 
other  countries  to  develop  their  indigenous 
nonnuclear  energy  resources.  We  have  pro- 
posed that  an  International  Energy  Institute 
be  established  to  help  other  countries  match 
the  most  economical  and  readily  available 
sources  of  energy  to  their  power  needs.  We 
will  offer  technological  assistance  through 
this  Institute  and  other  appropriate  means. 

Mr.  Chairman,  my  government  believes 
that  the  program  of  actions  described  in  the 
Presidential  statement  of  October  28,  and 
summarized  very  briefly  today,  can  provide 
an  improved  foundation  for  the  use  of  nuclear 
energy  throughout  the  world  in  ways  that 
meet  both  nonproliferation  objectives  and 
electric  power  needs.  "The  task  we  face," 
President  Ford  emphasized  in  his  statement, 
"calls  for  an  international  cooperative  ven- 
ture of  unprecedented  dimensions."  So  we 
ask  all  nations  to  join  in  this  opportunity  to 
work  together  for  the  benefit  of  all. 

Radiological  Weapons  Agreement 

I  must  ask  you,  however,  to  keep  in  mind 
that  all  these  steps  cannot  change  the  fact 
that  large  amounts  of  radioactive  materials 
will  continue  to  accumulate  until  the  question 
of  their  final  utilization  or  disposition  is  re- 
solved. I  would  like  to  turn  now  to  a  further 
opportunity  for  arms  control. 

These  rapidly  accumulating  radioactive 
materials  have  the  potential  for  use  in 
radiological  weapons,  a  hazard  distinct  from 
nuclear  explosives.  Such  weapons,  if  ever 
developed,      could     produce     pernicious 


January  10,  1977 


25 


effects — long  term  and  short  term— solely  by 
the  radioactivity  emitted.  Virtually  any  of 
the  strongly  radioactive  isotopes  might  be 
used  to  contaminate  areas  for  long  periods  of 
time.  For  example,  the  amount  of  plutonium 
virhich  could  be  dispersed  by  a  conventional 
explosive  could  contaminate  a  substantial 
area,  with  the  material  retaining  its  radioac- 
tive characteristics  for  tens  of  thousands  of 
years.  Decontamination,  if  feasible  at  all, 
would  be  extremely  costly. 

My  government  suggests  that  next  year  an 
appropriate  forum,  such  as  the  CCD,  con- 
sider an  agreement  that  would  prohibit  the 
use  of  radioactive  materials  as  radiological 
weapons.  Such  an  agreement  would  not  af- 
fect the  production  of  radioactive  materials, 
either  as  a  necessary  by-product  of  power 
reactors  or  for  other  peaceful  applications,  or 
affect  our  call  for  storage  of  spent  fuel  under 
international  auspices. 

Such  an  agreement  could  complement  the 
Geneva  Protocol  of  1925,  which  prohibits  the 
use  of  poison  gas  and  bacteriological  methods 
of  warfare.  In  addition,  a  radiological  war- 
fare agreement  could  contain  a  provision  for 
appropriate  measures  by  the  parties  to  pre- 
clude diversion  of  radioactive  materials  for 
use  as  radiological  weapons. 

Such  a  commitment  would,  of  course,  be  a 
particularly  worthwhile  undertaking  for  the 
major  nuclear  industrial  states.  Countries 
with  substantial  nuclear  energy  programs 
have  accumulated  large  amounts  of  waste 
materials  with  extensive  remaining  radioac- 
tivity. 

Negotiation  of  a  radiological  weapons 
agreement  should  not,  of  course,  impede 
work  on  other  multilateral  arms  control  is- 
sues. It  is  our  intent  that  it  will  not.  But  feas- 
ible arms  control  steps,  such  as  this,  should 
not  go  unrealized  simply  because  larger  prob- 
lems have  yet  to  be  solved.  Such  a  proposal, 
if  adopted,  would  address  a  potentially  sig- 
nificant future  danger;  each  arms  control 
agreement  that  is  sound  on  its  own  merits 
can  be  another  positive  step  toward  a  safer 
world. 

Mr.  Chairman,  the  measures  the  United 
States  is  here  advocating  are  important  to 
progress  in  arms  control.  They  will  make 


more  durable  our  peaceful  nuclear  coopera-  ji 
tion  by  making  it  safer.  They  will  help  pre-    I 
vent  the  world's  search  for  energy  from  fos- 
tering rivalries  for  mankind's  most  destruc- 
tive weapon. 

All  this  is  good;  but  all  this,  of  course,  is 
not  enough.  We  must  move  resolutely  toward 
much  broader  and  more  far-reaching  controls 
on  nuclear  weapons.  The  security  of  every 
nation,  of  every  person,  requires  that  we  do 
our  utmost  to  limit  and  reduce  the  nuclear 
arsenals  and  that  we  work  with  no  less  de- 
termination toward  a  more  secure  interna- 
tional order.  The  United  States  pledges  its 
continuing  dedication  to  this  goal. 


TEXT  OF  RESOLUTION  12 

The  General  Assembly, 

Recalling  its  resolutions  3264  (XXIX)  of  9  December 
1974  and  3475  (XXX)  of  11  December  1975, 

Recalling  its  resolution  1722  (XVI)  of  20  December 
1961,  in  which  it  recognized  that  all  States  have  a  deep 
interest  in  disarmament  and  arms  control  negotiations, 

Determined  to  avert  the  potential  dangers  of  military 
or  any  other  hostile  use  of  environmental  modification 
techniques, 

Convinced  that  broad  adherence  to  a  convention  on 
the  prohibition  of  such  action  would  contribute  to  the 
cause  of  strengthening  peace  and  averting  the  threat  of 
war, 

Noting  with  satisfaction  that  the  Conference  of  the 
Committee  on  Disarmament  has  completed  and  trans- 
mitted to  the  General  Assembly,  in  the  report  of  its 
work  in  1976,  the  text  of  a  draft  Convention  on  the  Pro- 
hibition of  Military  or  Any  Other  Hostile  Use  of  En- 
vironmental Modification  Techniques, 

Noting  further  that  the  Convention  is  intended  to 
prohibit  effectively  military  or  any  other  hostile  use  of 
environmental  modification  techniques  in  order  to 
eliminate  the  dangers  to  mankind  from  such  use, 

Bearing  in  mind  that  draft  agreements  on  disarma- 
ment and  arms  control  measures  submitted  to  the  Gen- 
eral Assembly  by  the  Conference  of  the  Committee  on 
Disarmament  should  be  the  result  of  a  process  of  effec- 
tive negotiations  and  that  such  instruments  should  duly 
take  into  account  the  views  and  interests  of  all  States 


'^  A/RES/31/72  (text  from  U.N.  doc.  A/31/382,  report 
of  the  First  Committee  on  agenda  item  45,  Convention 
on  the  prohibition  of  military  or  any  other  hostile  use  of 
environmental  modification  techniques);  adopted  by  the 
committee  on  Dec.  3  by  a  recorded  vote  of  89  (U.S.)  to 
11,  with  25  abstentions,  and  by  the  Assembly  on  Dec. 
10  by  a  recorded  vote  of  96  (U.S.)  to  8,  with  30 
abstentions. 


26 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


so  that  they  can  be  joined  by  the  widest  possible 
number  of  countries, 

Bearing  in  mind  that  article  VII  of  the  Convention 
makes  provision  for  a  conference  to  review  the  opera- 
tion of  the  Convention  five  years  after  its  entry  into 
force,  with  a  view  to  ensuring  that  its  purposes  and  provi- 
sions are  being  realized. 

Also  bearing  in  mind  all  relevant  documents  and 
negotiating  records  of  the  Conference  of  the  Committee 
on  Disarmament  on  the  discussion  of  the  draft  Conven- 
tion, 

Convinced  that  the  Convention  should  not  affect  the 
use  of  environmental  modification  techniques  for  peace- 
ful purposes,  which  could  contribute  to  the  preservation 
and  improvement  of  the  environment  for  the  benefit  of 
present  and  future  generations. 

Convinced  that  the  Convention  will  contribute  to  the 
realization  of  the  purposes  and  principles  of  the  Charter 
of  the  United  Nations, 

Anximis  that  during  its  1977  session  the  Conference  of 
the  Committee  on  Disarmament  should  concentrate  on 
urgent  negotiations  on  disarmament  and  arms  limitation 
measures, 

1.  Refers  the  Convention  on  the  Prohibition  of  Mili- 
tary or  Any  Other  Hostile  Use  of  Environmental  Mod- 
ification Techniques,  the  text  of  which  is  annexed  to  the 
present  resolution,  to  all  States  for  their  consideration, 
signature  and  ratification; 

2.  Requests  the  Secretary-General,  as  depositary  of 
the  Convention,  to  open  it  for  signature  and  ratification 
at  the  earliest  possible  date; 

3.  Expresses  its  hope  for  the  widest  possible  adher- 
ence to  the  Convention; 

4.  Calls  upon  the  Conference  of  the  Committee  on 
Disarmament,  without  prejudice  to  the  priorities  estab- 
lished in  its  programme  of  work,  to  keep  under  review 
the  problem  of  effectively  averting  the  dangers  of  mili- 
tary or  any  other  hostile  use  of  environmental  modifica- 
tion techniques; 

5.  Requests  the  Secretary-General  to  transmit  to  the 
Conference  of  the  Committee  on  Disarmament  all  docu- 
ments relating  to  the  discussion  by  the  General  Assem- 
bly at  its  thirty-first  session  of  the  question  of  the  pro- 
hibition of  military  or  any  other  hostile  use  of  environ- 
mental modification  techniques. 

ANNEX 

Convention  on  the  Prohibition  of  Military  or 
Any  Other  Hostile  Use  of  Environmental 
Modification  Techniques 

The  States  Parties  to  this  Convention, 

Guided  by  the  interest  of  consolidating  peace,  and 
wishing  to  contribute  to  the  cause  of  halting  the  arms 
race,  and  of  bringing  about  general  and  complete 
disarmament  under  strict  and  effective  international 
control,  and  of  saving  mankind  from  the  danger  of  using 
new  means  of  warfare. 

Determined  to  continue  negotiations  with  a  view  to 
achieving  effective  progress  towards  further  measures 
in  the  field  of  disarmament. 


Recognizing  that  scientific  and  technical  advances 
may  open  new  possibilities  with  respect  to  modification 
of  the  environment. 

Recalling  the  Declaration  of  the  United  Nations 
Conference  on  the  Human  Environment,  adopted  at 
Stockholm  on  16  June  1972, 

Realizing  that  the  use  of  environmental  modification 
techniques  for  peaceful  purposes  could  improve  the 
interrelationship  of  man  and  nature  and  contribute  to 
the  preservation  and  improvement  of  the  environment 
for  the  benefit  of  present  and  future  generations, 

Recognizing,  however,  that  military  or  any  other 
hostile  use  of  such  techniques  could  have  effects 
extremely  harmful  to  human  welfare, 

Desiring  to  prohibit  effectively  military  or  any  other 
hostile  use  of  environmental  modification  techniques  in 
order  to  eliminate  the  dangers  to  mankind  from  such 
use,  and  affirming  their  willingness  to  work  towards 
the  achievement  of  this  objective. 

Desiring  also  to  contribute  to  the  strengthening  of 
trust  among  nations  and  to  the  further  improvement  of 
the  international  situation  in  accordance  with  the 
purposes  and  principles  of  the  Charter  of  the  United 
Nations, 

Have  agreed  as  follows: 

Article  I 

1.  Each  State  Party  to  this  Convention  undertakes 
not  to  engage  in  military  or  any  other  hostile  use  of 
environmental  modification  techniques  having 
widespread,  long-lasting  or  severe  effects  as  the  means 
of  destruction,  damage  or  injury  to  any  other  State 
Party. 

2.  Each  State  Party  to  this  Convention  undertakes  not 
to  assist,  encourage  or  induce  any  State,  group  of 
States  or  international  organization  to  engage  in 
activities  contrary  to  the  provisions  of  paragraph  1  of 
this  article. 

Article  II 

As  used  in  article  I,  the  term  "environmental 
modification  techniques"  refers  to  any  technique  for 
changing — through  the  deliberate  manipulation  of 
natural  processes — the  dynamics,  composition  or 
structure  of  the  earth,  including  its  biota,  lithosphere, 
hydrosphere,  and  atmosphere,  or  of  outer  space. 

Article  III 

1.  The  provisions  of  this  Convention  shall  not  hinder 
the  use  of  environmental  modification  techniques  for 
peaceful  purposes  and  shall  be  without  prejudice  to 
generally  recognized  principles  and  applicable  rules  of 
international  law  concerning  such  use. 

2.  The  States  Parties  to  this  Convention  undertake  to 
facilitate,  and  have  the  right  to  participate  in,  the 
fullest  possible  exchange  of  scientific  and  technological 
information  on  the  use  of  environmental  modification 
techniques  for  peaceful  purposes.  States  Parties  in  a 
position  to  do  so  shall  contribute,  alone  or  together  with 
other  States  or  international  organizations,  to  interna- 
tional economic  and  scientific  co-operation  in  the  pres- 


January  10,  1977 


27 


ervation,  improvement,  and  peaceful  utilization  of  the 
environment,  with  due  consideration  for  the  needs  of 
the  developing  areas  of  the  world. 

Article  IV 

Each  State  Party  to  this  Convention  undertakes  to 
take  any  measures  it  considers  necessary  in  accordance 
with  its  constitutional  processes  to  prohibit  and  prevent 
any  activity  in  violation  of  the  provisions  of  the  Con- 
vention anywhere  under  its  jurisdiction  or  control. 

Article  V 

1.  The  States  Parties  to  this  Convention  undertake  to 
consult  one  another  and  to  co-operate  in  solving  any 
problems  which  may  arise  in  relation  to  the  objectives 
of,  or  in  the  application  of  the  provisions  of,  the 
Convention.  Consultation  and  co-operation  pursuant  to 
this  article  may  also  be  undertaken  thi-ough  appropriate 
international  procedures  within  the  framework  of  the 
United  Nations  and  in  accordance  with  its  Charter. 
These  international  procedures  may  include  the 
services  of  appropriate  international  organizations,  as 
well  as  of  a  consultative  committee  of  experts  as 
provided  for  in  paragraph  2  of  this  article. 

2.  For  the  purposes  set  forth  in  paragraph  1  of  this 
article,  the  Depositary  shall,  within  one  month  of  the 
receipt  of  a  request  from  any  State  Party,  convene  a 
consultative  committee  of  experts.  Any  State  Party 
may  appoint  an  expert  to  this  committee  whose 
functions  and  rules  of  procedure  are  set  out  in  the 
annex,  which  constitutes  an  integral  part  of  this 
Convention.  The  committee  shall  transmit  to  the 
Depositary  a  summary  of  its  findings  of  fact, 
incorporating  all  views  and  information  presented  to 
the  committee  during  its  proceedings.  The  Depositary 
shall  distribute  the  summary  to  all  States  Parties. 

3.  Any  State  Party  to  this  Convention  which  has 
reasons  to  believe  that  any  other  State  Party  is  acting 
in  breach  of  obligations  deriving  from  the  provisions  of 
the  Convention  may  lodge  a  complaint  with  the  Security 
Council  of  the  United  Nations.  Such  a  complaint 
should  include  all  relevant  information  as  well  as  all 
possible  evidence  supporting  its  validity. 

4.  Each  State  Party  to  this  Convention  undertakes  to 
co-operate  in  carrying  out  any  investigation  which  the 
Security  Council  may  initiate,  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  of  the  Charter  of  the  United  Nations,  on  the 
basis  of  the  complaint  received  by  the  Council.  The 
Security  Council  shall  inform  the  States  Parties  to  the 
Convention  of  the  results  of  the  investigation. 

5.  Each  State  Party  to  this  Convention  undertakes  to 
provide  or  support  assistance,  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  of  the  Charter  of  the  United  Nations,  to  any 
Party  to  the  Convention  which  so  requests,  if  the 
Security  Council  decides  that  such  Party  has  been 
harmed  or  is  likely  to  be  harmed  as  a  result  of  violation 
of  the  Convention. 

Article  VI 

1.  Any  State  Party  may  propose  amendments  to  this 
Convention.  The  text  of  any  proposed  amendment  shall 


be  submitted  to  the  Depositary,  who  shall  promptly 
circulate  it  to  all  States  Parties. 

2.  An  amendment  shall  enter  into  force  for  all  States 
Parties  which  have  accepted  it,  upon  the  deposit  with 
the  Depositary  of  instruments  of  acceptance  by  a 
majority  of  States  Parties.  Thereafter  it  shall  enter 
into  force  for  any  remaining  State  Party  on  the  date  of 
deposit  of  its  instrument  of  acceptance. 

Article  VII 
This  Convention  shall  be  of  unlimited  duration. 

Article  VIII 

1.  Five  years  after  the  entry  into  force  of  this  Con- 
vention, a  conference  of  the  States  Parties  to  the  Con- 
vention shall  be  convened  by  the  Depositary  at  Geneva. 
The  conference  shall  review  the  operation  of  the  Con- 
vention with  a  view  to  ensuring  that  its  purposes  and 
provisions  are  being  realized,  and  shall  in  particular 
examine  the  effectiveness  of  the  provisions  of  article  I, 
paragraph  1,  in  eliminating  the  dangers  of  military  or 
any  other  hostile  use  of  environmental  modification 
techniques. 

2.  At  intervals  of  not  less  than  five  years  thereafter, 
a  majority  of  the  States  Parties  to  this  Convention  may 
obtain,  by  submitting  a  proposal  to  this  effect  to  the 
Depositary,  the  convening  of  a  conference  with  the 
same  objectives. 

3.  If  no  review  conference  has  been  convened 
pursuant  to  paragraph  2  of  this  article  within  10  years 
following  the  conclusion  of  a  previous  review 
conference,  the  Depositary  shall  solicit  the  views  of  all 
States  Parties  to  this  Convention  on  the  holding  of  such 
a  conference.  If  one  third  or  10  of  the  States  Parties, 
whichever  number  is  less,  respond  affirmatively,  the 
Depositary  shall  take  immediate  steps  to  convene  the 
conference. 

Article  IX 

1.  This  Convention  shall  be  open  to  all  States  for 
signature.  Any  State  which  does  not  sign  the  Conven- 
tion before  its  entry  into  force  in  accordance  with  para- 
graph 3  of  this  article  may  accede  to  it  at  any  time. 

2.  This  Convention  shall  be  subject  to  ratification  by 
signatory  States.  Instruments  of  ratification  and 
instruments  of  accession  shall  be  deposited  with  the 
Secretary-General  of  the  United  Nations. 

3.  This  Convention  shall  enter  into  force  upon  the 
deposit  with  the  Depositary  of  instruments  of 
ratification  by  20  Governments  in  accordance  with 
paragraph  2  of  this  article. 

4.  For  those  States  whose  instruments  of  ratification 
or  accession  are  deposited  after  the  entry  into  force  of 
this  Convention,  it  shall  enter  into  force  on  the  date  of 
the  deposit  of  their  instruments  of  ratification  or 
accession. 

5.  The  Depositary  shall  promptly  inform  all  signatory 
and  acceding  States  of  the  date  of  each  signature,  the 
date  of  deposit  of  each  instrument  of  ratification  or  of 
accession  and  the  date  of  the  entry  into  force  of  this 
Convention  and  of  any  amendments  thereto,  as  well  as 
of  the  receipt  of  other  notices. 


28 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


6.  This  Convention  shall  be  registered  by  the 
Depositary  in  accordance  with  Article  102  of  the  Char- 
ter of  the  United  Nations. 

Article  X 

This  Convention,  of  which  the  Arabic,  Chinese, 
English,  French,  Russian,  and  Spanish  texts  are 
equally  authentic,  shall  be  deposited  with  the 
Secretary -General  of  the  Untied  Nations  who  shall  send 
certified  copies  thereof  to  the  Governments  of  the 
signatory  and  acceding  States. 

In  Witness  Whereof,  the  undersigned,  duly 
authorized  thereto,  have  signed  this  Convention. 

Done  at On 

Annex  to  the  Convention 

Consultative  Committee  of  Experts 

1.  The  Consultative  Committee  of  Experts  shall 
undertake  to  make  appropriate  findings  of  fact  and 
provide  expert  views  relevant  to  any  problem  raised 
pursuant  to  article  V,  paragraph  1,  of  this  Convention 
by  the  State  Party  requesting  the  convening  of  the 
Committee. 

2.  The  work  of  the  Consultative  Committee  of 
Experts  shall  be  organized  in  such  a  way  as  to  permit  it 
to  perform  the  functions  set  forth  in  paragraph  1  of  this 
annex.  The  Committee  shall  decide  procedural 
questions  relative  to  the  organization  of  its  work, 
where  possible  by  consensus,  but  otherwise  by  a 
majority  of  those  present  and  voting.  There  shall  be  no 
voting  on  matters  of  substance. 

3.  The  Depositary  or  his  representative  shall  serve  as 
the  Chairman  of  the  Committee. 

4.  Each  expert  may  be  assisted  at  meetings  by  one  or 
more  advisers. 

5.  Each  expert  shall  have  the  right,  through  the 
Chairman,  to  request  from  States,  and  from 
international  organizations,  such  information  and 
assistance  as  the  expert  considers  desirable  for  the 
accomplishment  of  the  Committee's  work. 


Bill  of  Rights  Day,  Human  Rights 
Day  and  Week,  1 976 

A     PROCLAMATION' 

We  Americans  have  been  deeply  moved  by  the  sights 
and  sounds  of  our  Bicentennial  observance,  celebrated 
this  year  with  pageantry,  with  fireworks,  and  with  tall 
ships  whose  friendly  visits  have  reminded  us  of  our 
close  ties,  both  contemporary  and  historical,  with  many 
nations  around  the  globe.  More  importantly,  we  have 
given  renewed  thought  to  those  principles  of  liberty 
and  justice  that  underlie  our  national  experience. 
Reexamined  in  the  light  of  the  past  two  centuries,  the 
great  instruments  of  our  freedom — the  Declaration  of 


Independence,  the  Constitution  and  the  Bill  of 
Righl.s — retain  both  their  vitality  and  their  relevance  to 
today's  jiroblems. 

When  he  introduced  his  proposal  for  a  Bill  of  Rights 
to  the  House  of  Representatives  of  the  First  Congress, 
James  Madison  called  it  "the  great  work."  He  said:  "It 
will  be  a  desirable  thing  to  extinguish  from  the  bosom 
of  every  member  of  the  community,  any  apprehensions 
that  there  are  those  among  his  countrymen  who  wish  to 
deprive  them  of  the  liberty  for  which  they  valiantly 
fought  and  honorably  bled." 

Madison  argued  that  "the  great  object  in  view  is  to 
limit  and  qualify  the  powers  of  Government,  by  except- 
ing out  of  the  grant  of  power  those  cases  in  which  the 
Government  ought  not  to  act,  or  to  act  only  in  a  particu- 
lar mode."  Those  cases  include  rights  and  freedoms  all 
Americans  cherish  today — freedom  of  religion,  of 
speech,  of  the  press;  security  against  unreasonable 
searches  and  seizures;  freedom  from  self-incrimination; 
the  guarantee  of  due  process  of  law;  trial  by  jury. 

Our  national  commitment  to  the  principles  of  the  Bill 
of  Rights  is  echoed  in  the  community  of  nations  by  our 
respect  for  the  ideals  enunciated  in  the  Universal  Dec- 
laration of  Human  Rights,  adopted  by  the  United  Na- 
tions General  Assembly  in  1948.  This  Declaration 
eloquently  affirms  that  the  foundation  of  freedom,  jus- 
tice and  peace  in  the  world  lies  in  the  recognition  of  the 
inherent  dignity,  and  the  equal  and  inalienable  rights, 
of  all  members  of  the  human  family. 

In  December  we  pay  special  tribute  to  these  funda- 
mental documents.  December  15  is  the  one  hundred  and 
eighty-fifth  anniversary  of  the  adoption  of  the  Bill  of 
Rights  and  December  10  is  the  twenty-eighth  anniver- 
sary of  the  Universal  Declaration.  As  we  enter  the 
third  century  of  our  national  existence  we  need  more 
than  ever  to  remember  that  the  principles  contained  in 
these  fundamental  statements  of  human  purpose  have 
immediate  application,  not  only  domestically  in  our 
dealings  with  one  another,  but  also  internationally  in 
our  pursuit  of  friendly  relations  with  all  countries. 

Now,  Therefore,  I,  Gerald  R.  Ford,  President  of 
the  United  States  of  America,  do  hereby  proclaim  De- 
cember 10,  1976,  as  Human  Rights  Day  and  December 
15,  1976,  as  Bill  of  Rights  Day.  I  call  upon  the  American 
people  to  observe  the  week  beginning  December  10, 
1976,  as  Human  Rights  Week.  Further,  I  ask  all  Ameri- 
cans, as  they  reflect  with  conscious  pride  on  our  his- 
tory, not  to  be  content  with  past  accomplishments  but 
to  recognize  the  future  task  of  our  Nation  and  mankind: 
to  bring  about  the  full  realization  of  the  ideals  and  aspi- 
rations expressed  in  the  Bill  of  Rights  and  the  Univer- 
sal Declaration  of  Human  Rights. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand 
this  first  day  of  December,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  nine- 
teen hundred  seventy-six,  and  of  the  Independence  of 
the  United  States  of  America  the  two  hundred  and 
first. 

Gerald  R.  Ford. 


1  No.  4479;  41  Fed.  Reg.  52977. 


January  10,  1977 


29 


U.S.  Gives  Views  on  U.S.S.R.  Proposal  for  World  Treaty 
on  the  Non-Use  of  Force 


Following  are  statements  made  in  Com- 
ynittee  I  (Political  and  Security)  of  the  U.N. 
General  Assembly  by  U.S.  Representative 
Albert  W.  Sherer,  Jr.,  on  October  28  and  29 
and  a  statement  made  in  Committee  VI 
(Legal)  by  U.S.  Representative  Robert 
Rosenstock  on  November  22. 


AMBASSADOR  SHERER,  COMMITTEE  I 


Statement  of  October  28 

L  SL'N  press  release  133  dated  October  28 

I  would  like  at  the  outset  to  touch  on  a 
procedural  aspect  of  this  discussion.  The 
chairman,  in  making  his  introduction  to  the 
current  item  at  the  morning  meeting  on  Oc- 
tober 25,  was  somewhat  imprecise  in  refer- 
ring to  the  General  Assembly's  decision  as  to 
the  handling  of  the  item.  In  fact,  the  General 
Committee  recommended,  on  the  conciliatory 
proposal  of  President  [of  the  General  Assem- 
bly Hamilton  Shirley]  Amerasinghe,  that  the 
item  be  allocated  initially  to  the  First  Com- 
mittee and  thereafter  to  the  Sixth  Commit- 
tee. 

The  General  Assembly  considered  this  rec- 
ommendation the  same  afternoon.  The  Presi- 
dent of  the  Assembly  stated,  and  I  quote: 

. .  .it  is  my  understanding  that  it  was  agreed  that  the 
item  be  referred  to  the  sixth  committee  promptly  upon 
completion  of  its  consideration  in  the  First  Committee. 
May  I  tal<e  it  that  the  General  Assembly  adopts  the 
General  Committee's  recommendations? 

It  was  so  decided. 

We  are  aware  that  the  President  has  in- 
formed our  chairman  that  this  item  is  to  be 
referred  "at  the  appropriate  stage"  to  the 
Sixth  Committee  "for  examination  of  its  legal 


implications";  ^  but  what  this  means,  if  in- 
terpreted in  good  faith,  is  that  the  matter 
will  be  sent  promptly  to  the  Sixth  Committee 
in  conformity  with  the  decision  of  the  Gen- 
eral Assembly. 

As  a  gesture  both  to  the  President  and  to 
the  proponents  of  this  item,  the  U.S.  delega- 
tion accepted  the  conciliatory  proposal  by 
President  Amerasinghe  in  the  General  Com- 
mittee and  the  corresponding  decision  taken 
by  the  General  Assembly.  Efforts  to  deprive 
the  General  Assembly  of  its  rightful  oppor- 
tunity to  consider  the  significant  legal  as- 
pects involved  in  the  current  treaty  proposal 
amount  to  a  disavowal  of  the  President's 
proposal  and  the  Assembly's  decision. 

Mr.  Chairman,  this  year  marks  the  31st 
anniversary  of  the  United  Nations  Charter,  a 
treaty  dedicated  to  the  maintenance  of  inter- 
national peace  and  to  the  prevention  of  war. 

Every  member  state  of  the  United  Nations 
has  pledged  to  uphold  the  provisions  of  that 
treaty,  including  article  2,  paragraph  3, 
which  calls  upon  all  members  to  "settle  their 
international  disputes  by  peaceful  means," 
and  article  2,  paragraph  4,  which  obligates 
all  members  to  "refrain  in  their  international 
relations  from  the  threat  or  use  of  force 
against  the  territorial  integrity  or  political 
independence  of  any  state."  In  other  sec- 
tions, the  charter  goes  on  to  develop  further 
the  obligations  of  member  states  regarding 
the  use  of  force  and,  for  example,  draws  a 
distinction  between  the  legitimate  threat  or 
use  of  force  in  the  exercise  of  the  right  of  in- 
dividual or  collective  self-defense  and  the 


'U.N.  doe.  A/C.l/31/l/Add.l,  Oct.  4,  1976;  Alloca- 
tion of  agenda  items  to  the  First  Committee;  letter 
dated  Oct.  4  from  the  President  of  the  General  Assem- 
bly to  the  chairman  of  the  committee. 


30 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


illegitimate  use  of  force  for  purposes  of  ag- 
gression. 

Indeed,  the  obligations  of  article  2,  para- 
graph 4,  of  the  charter  regarding  the  use  of 
force  are  binding  not  only  on  U.N.  members. 
They  are  declarations  of  general  interna- 
tional law  and  represent  standards  of  be- 
havior binding  on  all  states.  Moreover,  it  is 
essential  that  we  insist  upon  such  a  broad 
application  of  these  principles  if  the  world  is 
to  have  hope  of  ever  being  spared  continued 
lawlessness  and  violence,  whatever  their 
source. 

It  is  precisely  because  the  charter's  basic 
provisions  concerning  the  conduct  of  states 
are  so  clear  and  have  such  broad  and  au- 
thoritative application  that  the  United  States 
views  with  concern  any  proposal  for  their  re- 
statement or  revision.  It  is  important  for 
world  peace  that  we  not  diminish  the  full 
force  and  effect  of  the  obligations  imposed  by 
the  United  Nations  Charter  and  that  any  at- 
tempt to  modify  those  obligations  be  under- 
taken only  in  accordance  with  the  provisions 
of  the  charter. 

Moreover,  because  sound  international  re- 
lations depend  upon  the  understanding  and 
strong  support  of  our  citizenry,  it  is  also  im- 
portant we  be  confident  that  any  such  effort 
be  accepted  as  a  genuine  step  forward  in  the 
development  of  standards  by  which  states 
will  guide  their  relations.  Otherwise,  we 
would  not  only  mislead  ourselves,  our  gov- 
ernments, and  our  people  but  lead  them  to 
treat  with  suspicion  all  international  under- 
standings. 

Viewing  the  Soviet  proposal  for  a  treaty  on 
the  non-use  of  force  from  these  perspec- 
tives,^ the  United  States  is  forced  to  con- 
clude that,  at  very  best,  the  proposal  would 
add  nothing  to  the  obligations  which  we  al- 
ready have  under  the  charter  and  therefore 
is  unnecessary  and  unwise.  Article  2,  para- 
graphs 3  and  4,  set  forth  the  charter's  basic 
obligations  with  respect  to  the  peaceful  set- 
tlement of  disputes  and  the  non-use  of  force, 
and  the  primacy  of  those  obligations  is  firmly 
established  by  article  103. 

Under  closer  scrutiny,  however,  the 
United  States  concludes  that  the  Soviet  pro- 
posal would  have  us  embark  on  an  exercise 


which  purports  to  expand  but  which  may  in 
fact  diminish  the  charter's  obligations  by 
casting  doubt  on  the  solemnity  of  the  legal 
commitments  undertaken  therein.  The  very 
proposal  of  a  separate  treaty  on  the  non-use 
of  force  tends  to  undermine  existing  charter 
obligations  by  implying  that  the  member 
states  of  the  United  Nations  are  still  free  to 
adopt  or  reject  the  principle  of  non-use  of 
force  embodied  in  article  2,  paragraph  4,  of 
the  charter.  We  reject  any  such  suggestion. 

Mr.  Chairman,  there  is  no  lack  of  obliga- 
tions and  standards  regarding  the  non-use  of 
force.  These  exist,  and  they  can  be  read  in 
their  most  forceful  and  authoritative  version 
in  the  Charter  of  the  United  Nations.  The 
problem  lies  in  continuing  unwillingness  to 
abide  by  and  enforce  existing  obligations. 

In  short,  we  have  rules  enough.  What  we 
need  is  the  will  to  adhere  to  the  rules  that 
exist.  It  is  to  that  end,  rather  than  to  the 
repetition  and  restatement  of  existing  stand- 
ards, that  the  governments  of  the  United 
Nations  should  dedicate  themselves. 


Statement  of  October  29 

USUN  press  release  13J  dated  October  20 

The  United  States  will  abstain  in  the  vote 
on  the  draft  resolution  before  us  (document 
A/C.l/31/L.3.)3  We  are  concerned  that  the 
proposal  by  the  Soviet  Union  for  a  treaty  on 
the  non-use  of  force  could  undermine  the 
United  Nations  Charter — either  by  need- 
lessly duplicating  it  or  by  selecting  certain 
provisions  to  endorse  but  omitting  others, 
thereby  adding  new  and  disputed  provisions. 
These  are  serious  matters,  in  our  view.  It  is 
curious  that  one  of  the  strongest  opponents 
of  charter  review  in  general  seems  to  have 
developed  doubts  as  to  the  relevance  and  suf- 
ficiency of  the  charter's  basic  provisions 


^  For  text  of  the  propcsed  treaty,  see  U.N.  doc. 
A/31/24.3,  Sept.  28,  1976. 

•'  The  resolution,  which  "Invites  Member  states  to 
examine  further  the  .  .  .  draft  World  Treaty  on  the 
Non-Use  of  Force  in  International  Relations  .  .  .,"  was 
adopted  by  Committee  I  on  Oct.  29  by  a  rollcall  vote  of 
94  to  2,  with  35  abstentions  (U.S.),  and  by  the  Assem- 
bly on  Nov.  8  by  a  recorded  vote  of  88  to  2,  with  31 
abstentions  (U.S.)  (A/RES/31/9). 


January  10,  1977 


31 


against  the  use  of  force  and  in  favor  of  peace- 
ful settlements  of  disputes. 

Even  with  these  problems,  the  United 
States  could  have  voted  in  favor  of  a  study  of 
the  question  of  the  need  for  or  desirabihty  of 
a  new  treaty.  But  what  we  cannot  accept  is 
the  apparent  attempt  to  prejudge  the  issue. 
The  draft  resolution  determines,  without  any 
consultation  or  discussion  of  the  very  serious 
issues  involved,  that  a  treaty  is  needed  and 
that  all  that  remains  to  be  done  is  to 
negotiate  the  contents  of  that  new  treaty. 
We  described  our  position  to  the  Soviet  dele- 
gation and  stated  our  willingness  to  join  in  an 
objective  study  of  whether  there  is  a  need  for 
such  a  treaty.  We  regret  that  there  was  no 
indication  of  flexibility  on  its  part  in  this 
matter. 

MR.  ROSENSTOCK,  COMMITTEE  VI, 
NOVEMBER  22 

USUN  pie.'is  release  156  dated  November  22 

The  prohibition  of  the  threat  or  use  of 
force  is  one  of  this  century's  greatest  contri- 
butions to  law  and  to  mankind.  The  modern 
origins  of  the  idea  of  eliminating  force  as  a 
means  of  settling  disputes  lie  in  the  great 
conferences  of  the  last  days  of  the  19th  cen- 
tury. The  League  of  Nations  Covenant  and 
the  Kellogg-Briand  Pact  marked  the  begin- 
nings of  governmental  commitment  to  norms 
designed  to  eliminate  force  as  a  legitimate 
aspect  of  governmental  policy. 

The  Charter  of  the  United  Nations  repre- 
sents the  culmination  of  the  drive  to  elimi- 
nate the  use  of  force  in  international  rela- 
tions. For  the  first  time  in  the  history  of  the 
world,  states  e.xpressly  committed  them- 
selves to  a  binding  treaty  obligation  in  article 
2,  paragraph  4,  to  "refrain  in  their  interna- 
tional relations  from  the  threat  or  use  of 
force  against  the  territorial  integrity  or  polit- 
ical independence  of  any  state,  or  in  any 
other  manner  inconsistent  with  the  Purposes 
of  the  United  Nations."  Today  that  clear  and 
direct  rule  is  universally  recognized  as  a 
peremptory  norm  of  international  law  bind- 
ing on  all  and  not  subject  to  derogation  by 
unilateral  declarations  or  bilateral  agree- 
ments. 


In  the  years  since  1945,  the  international 
community  has  deepened  its  understanding 
of  this  fundamental  norm  through  experience 
and  through  pronouncements  such  as  those 
contained  in  the  Declaration  on  Principles  of 
International  Law  Concerning  Friendly  Re- 
lations and  Cooperation  Among  States  in  Ac- 
cordance with  the  Charter. "•  It  is  far  from 
clear  that  further  U.N.  pronouncements  on 
the  matter  are  likely  to  be  useful. 

As  a  result  of  the  clarity  of  article  2,  para- 
graph 4,  and  the  subsequent  consideration  of 
the  norm,  there  is  little  doubt  as  to  its  con- 
tent. Indeed,  none  of  the  post-1945  armed 
conflicts  can  be  attributed  to  any  lack  of  un- 
derstanding of  the  rule  on  the  part  of  the  de- 
cisionmakers in  national  governments.  If  one 
reflects  on  the  instances  of  conflict  in  the  last 
31  years,  one  finds  occasions  of  total  cynical 
or  contemptuous  disregard  of  the  prohibi- 
tion, examples  of  disputes  as  to  underlying 
facts,  and  instances  of  long-festering  dis- 
putes which,  left  unresolved,  exploded  into 
conflicts. 

This  analysis  leads  to  the  conclusion  that 
what  is  desperately  needed  is  not  further 
glosses  on  the  prohibition  of  the  threat  or  use 
of  force  or  further  instruments  reiterating 
once  again  obligations  none  deny,  but: 

— First,  greater  will  on  the  part  of  states 
to  honor  what  they  know  full  well  to  be  their 
obligations; 

— Second,  examination  of  methods  of  re- 
solving differences  as  to  facts  and  an  inten- 
sive, prolonged,  and  detailed  examination  of 
the  alternative  to  the  use  of  force — the 
peaceful  settlement  of  disputes. 

Clearly,  differences  between  states  exist 
and  will  continue  to  exist  for  the  foreseeable 
future.  It  is  a  moral  as  well  as  a  pragmatic 
imperative  in  today's  interdependent,  nu- 
clear world  that  states  become  habituated  to 
settling  their  disputes  by  peaceful  means. 
There  is  no  rational  alternative.  Unfortu- 
nately, while  there  is  much  learning  and  lit- 
tle doubt  concerning  the  meaning  of  para- 
graph 4  of  article  2  of  the  charter,  the  same 


^  For  text  of  the  declaration,  adopted  by  the  General 
Assembly  on  Oct.  24,  1970  (A/RES/2625  (XXV)),  see 
Bulletin  of  Nov.  16,  1970,  p.  627. 


32 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


cannot  be  said  of  paragraph  3  of  article  2. 
The  charter  wisely  listed  the  obligation  to 
settle  international  disputes  by  peaceful 
means  ahead  of  the  prohibition  of  the  threat 
or  use  of  force  because  disputes  must  be  set- 
tled if  we  are  to  avoid  violence.  The  two 
norms  are  part  of  an  inseparable  whole. 

Whether  we  concentrate  on  the  prohibition 
of  the  threat  or  use  of  force  or  on  the  peace- 
ful settlement  of  disputes  or  both,  one  thing 
is  clear:  the  issues  are  complex  and  delicate. 
If  we  are  to  examine  these  issues  usefully, 
we  must  first  recognize  that  they  need  care- 
ful examination  grounded  in  expertise  and 
experience.  They  need  examination  by  those 
trained  in  the  analysis  of  legal  norms.  They 
should  be  examined  by  the  Legal  Committee, 
which  has  gained  so  much  learning  and  made 
such  contributions  as  the  Declaration  on 
Friendly  Relations  and  the  Aggression  Defi- 
nition.^  These  perceptions  are  essential  to 
any  serious  examination  of  these  questions. 

If  a  detailed  examination  is  to  be  underta- 
ken, we  must,  moreover,  take  great  care  not 
to  base  such  an  examination  on  a  premise 
which  is  harmful  to  our  shared  goal.  What- 
ever the  motivation  for  the  item  before  us,  if 
we  decide  to  proceed  further  with  it  we  must 
do  so  responsibly.  The  issues  are  too  serious 
to  allow  the  matter  to  be  handled  in  a  casual 
manner  without  due  regard  for  the  effect  this 
item  may  have  for  concrete  obligations. 

To  commence  discussion  of  the  prohibition 
of  the  use  of  force  on  the  basis  that  what  is 
needed  is  a  new  treaty  is  to  approach  the 
problem  in  a  counterproductive  manner. 

We  all  have  a  solemn  treaty  commitment  to 
avoid  the  threat  or  use  of  force  in  the  char- 
ter. We  must  not  diminish  the  full  force  and 
effect  of  these  charter  obligations  by 
elaborating  a  partial  parallel  treaty  struc- 
ture. We  would  do  no  service  to  the  primacy 
of  the  charter  by  adopting  another  treaty  on 
the  same  subject  matter. 

If  the  provisions  of  both  treaties  were  to 
be  identical,  we  would  debase  the  treatymak- 
ing  process  and  rule  of  pacta  sunt  servanda 


'  For  text  of  the  Definition  of  Aggression,  adopted  by 
the  General  Assembly  on  Dec.  14,  1974  (A/RES/3314 
(XXLX)),  see  Bulletin  of  Feb.  3,  1975,  p.  158. 


[treaties  are  to  be  observed]  by  suggesting 
that  two  treaties  are  better  than  one.  If  the 
words  of  the  two  treaties  were  not  precisely 
the  same,  comma  for  comma,  a  number  of  dif- 
ficulties would  be  bound  to  arise.  Among  the 
foremost  of  the  difficulties  would  be  that  not 
all  states  will  become  parties  to  the  second 
treaty  and  we  will  have  two  regimes,  some- 
times parallel,  sometimes  divergent.  A  sec- 
ond major  difficulty  that  would  arise  is  that 
some  states  will  seek  to  find  interpretive 
loopholes  stemming  from  the  differences  be- 
tween the  two  texts,  however  slight  those 
differences  may  be.  It  is  even  possible  that 
some  may  argue  that  the  elaboration  of  a  new 
treaty  implies  member  states  are  free  to 
adopt  or  reject  the  basic  prohibition  of  the 
threat  or  use  of  force. 

All  of  these  difficulties  produce  uncer- 
tainty and  confusion  in  the  critical  field  of  the 
prohibition  of  the  threat  or  use  of  force.  They 
must  be  avoided. 

If  we  are  not  to  follow  the  treaty  route, 
but  decide  the  general  area  merits  further 
examination,  we  would  do  well  to  ask 
whether  the  suggestions  of  the  character 
contained  in  the  U.S.S.R.  proposal  contain  a 
useful  basis  for  pursuing  the  elaboration  of  a 
recommendation  such  as  a  resolution  or  dec- 
laration. If  it  is  decided  to  continue  examina- 
tion of  this  matter  in  the  future,  this  is  ob- 
viously a  question  which  would  need  careful 
and  detailed  examination  in  this  committee, 
and  not  something  on  which  we  or  anyone 
else  can  comment  definitively  at  this  time. 

What  we  can  do  at  this  point  is  share  some 
preliminary  reactions  with  a  view  to  more 
considered  discussion  at  any  subsequent 
stage  which  may  be  agreed  upon.  On  balance, 
we  are  inclined  to  think  that  the  approach 
and  format  contained  in  the  Soviet  text  are 
not,  even  aside  from  the  inadvisability  of  a 
treaty,  a  good  basis  for  consideration  of  the 
complex  of  issues  involved  in  the  prohibition 
of  the  threat  or  use  of  force  and  the  obliga- 
tion to  settle  disputes  by  peaceful  means. 

We  are  disinclined  to  take  note  of  an  un- 
specified series  of  instruments  and  declara- 
tions, some  of  which  may  contain  or  support 
doctrines  that  are  not  consonant  with  the 
fundamental  obligations  of  the  charter.  We 


January  10,  1977 


33 


are,  moreover,  concerned  that  any  reference 
to  the  Conference  on  Security  and  Coopera- 
tion in  Europe  not  suggest  that  any  one  part 
of  that  conference's  work  is  more  important 
than  any  other  part.  The  Helsinki  Declara- 
tion is  a  compilation  of  various  elements 
including  the  non-use  of  force  but  also  includ- 
ing humanitarian  issues  and  the  free  ex- 
change of  ideas  and  information. **  If  the 
conference  produced  nothing  more  than  a 
reiteration  in  nontreaty  form  of  existing  ob- 
ligations it  would  be  a  redundant  way  to 
spend  time;  the  emphasis  on  human  rights 
and  the  free  exchange  of  ideas  and  informa- 
tion is  what  protects  that  declaration  from  a 
charge  of  redundancy. 

We  see  no  merit  in  new  paraphrases  of  ar- 
ticle 2,  paragraph  4,  of  the  charter,  whether 
in  the  context  of  a  treaty  or  a  resolution;  for 
such  a  paraphrase  can  only  create  confusion 
of  a  potentially  dangerous  nature.  The 
danger  is  enhanced  when  the  paraphrase 
takes  a  single  notion  out  of  the  context  of  any 
entire  legal  framework. 

We  agree  that  any  serious  effort  to  deal 
with  the  problem  of  the  threat  or  use  of  force 
must  deal  with  the  peaceful  settlement  of 
disputes,  which  is,  as  noted  above,  another  of 
the  aspects  of  the  international  security  sys- 
tem as  a  whole.  In  order  to  be  meaningful, 
however,  any  effort  to  deal  with  peaceful  set- 
tlement must  build  upon  the  principle  con- 
tained in  the  Friendly  Relations  Declaration 
that: 

Recourse  to,  or  acceptance  of,  a  settlement  procedure 
freely  agreed  to  by  States  with  regard  to  existing  or 
future  disputes  to  which  they  are  parties  shall  not  be 
regarded  as  incompatible  with  sovereign  equality. 

What  is  needed  is  an  examination  of  the 
various  means  of  dispute  settlement  and  a 
recognition  that  acceptance  of  dispute  set- 
tlement procedures  involving  impartial  third 
parties  for  future  disputes  is  essential  if  we 
are  to  eliminate  force  as  a  means  to  settle 
disputes.  Experience  teaches  us  that  once  a 
dispute  has  become  serious  each  party  may 


*  For  text  of  the  Final  Act  of  the  Conference  on  Secu- 
rity and  Cooperation  in  Europe,  adopted  at  Helsinki  on 
Aug.  1,  1975,  see  Bulletin  of  Sept.  1,  197.5,  p.  32.3. 


be  hesitant  to  seek  third-party  dispute  set- 
tlement for  fear  it  is  a  sign  of  weakness.  The 
stronger  party  is  frequently  tempted  to  find 
ways  of  avoiding  third-party  settlement  lest 
it  lose  the  advantages  flowing  from  its 
superior  strength;  its  public  opinion  may  in- 
sist it  yield  no  advantages  without  a 
negotiated  quid  pro  quo. 

States  derive  their  sovereignty  from  inter- 
national law.  They  must  come  to  recognize 
that  the  supreme  manifestation  of  that 
sovereignty  is  to  agree  not  merely  to  the 
principle  of  peaceful  settlement  but  to  mean- 
ingful and  expeditious  settlement  proce- 
dures. This  is  where  the  concern  to  avoid  the 
use  of  force  can  now  be  most  productively  di- 
rected. 

A  meaningful  effort  to  discuss  the  norms 
contained  in  article  2  of  the  charter  must  not 
suggest  that  these  norms  exist  in  a  vacuum. 
Other  parts  of  the  entire  system,  such  as 
chapters  VI  [Pacific  Settlement  of  Disputes], 
VII  [Action  With  Respect  to  Threats  to  the 
Peace,  Breaches  of  the  Peace,  and  Acts  of 
Aggression],  and  VIII  [Regional  Ar- 
rangements], must  also  be  taken  into  ac- 
count, if  distortion  and  confusion  are  to  be 
avoided.  Emphasis  on  only  some  parts  of  the 
interlocking  system  risks  downgrading  other 
parts.  Vague  references  to  measures  for  lim- 
iting confrontation  and  for  disarmament  are 
more  likely  to  distract  us  from  serious  efforts 
to  reduce  armaments  and  tension  than  con- 
tribute to  positive  change. 

If  we  are  to  proceed  with  future  considera- 
tion of  ways  and  means  of  ehminating  the  use 
of  force,  all  of  these  aspects  of  the  problem 
must  be  carefully  studied  and  analyzed. 
There  is  no  benefit  to  be  derived  from  ill- 
considered  and  hastily  adopted  political  man- 
ifestations which  reflect  merely  a  general 
disinclination  to  oppose  high-sounding 
phrases.  Such  exercises  debase  the  United 
Nations  and  create  the  risk  of  lulling  some 
with  the  view  that  our  problems  have  been 
lessened. 

There  are  a  number  of  critical  problems  in 
the  world.  The  recurrence  of  resort  to  force 
is  one  of  them.  If  this  institution  determines 
that  future  study  of  the  problem  of  the  use  of 


34 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


force  merits  priority  consideration,  then  we 
need  to  decide  how  that  consideration  is  to 
proceed.  We  must  not  assume  that  the  prob- 
lem is  simple  or  subject  to  ready  amelioration 
by  the  hasty  adoption  of  glib  generalities.  If 
we  intend  to  grapple  with  the  problem,  we 
must  do  so  carefully  and  with  the  benefit  of 
existing  expertise.  We  believe  that  expertise 
exists  to  a  unique  extent  in  the  Legal  Com- 
mittee and  are  consequently  firmly  convinced 
that  any  future  study  of  the  item  should  be 
conducted  in  the  Legal  Committee. 


Letters  of  Credence 

India 

The  newly  appointed  Ambassador  of  the 
Republic  of  India,  Kewal  Singh,  presented 
his  credentials  to  President  Ford  on 
November  30.* 

Singapore 

The  newly  appointed  Ambassador  of  the 
Republic  of  Singapore,  Punch  Coomara- 
swamy,  presented  his  credentials  to  Presi- 
dent Ford  on  November  30.  * 

Spain 

The  newly  appointed  Ambassador  of  the 
Spanish  State,  Juan  Jose  Rovira,  presented 
his  credentials  to  President  Ford  on 
November  30.* 

Surinam 

The  newly  appointed  Ambassador  of  the 
Republic  of  Surinam,  Roel  F.  Karamat,  pre- 
sented his  credentials  to  President  Ford  on 
November  30." 

Venezuela 

The  newly  appointed  Ambassador  of  the 
Republic  of  Venezuela,  Ignacio  Iribarren 
Borges,  presented  his  credentials  to  Presi- 
dent Ford  on  November  30.' 


TREATY  INFORMATION 


Current  Actions 


MULTILATERAL 

Health 

Amendments  to  articles  34  and  55  of  the  constitution  of 
the  World  Health  Organization  of  July  22,  1946,  as 
amended  (TIAS  1808,  4643,  8086).  Adopted  at  Geneva 
May  22,  1973.' 

Acceptance  deposited:  The  Bahamas,  December  14, 
1976. 

Patents 

Strasbourg  agreement  concerning  the  international 
patent  classification.  Done  at  Strasbourg  March  24, 
1971.  Entered  into  force  October  7,  1975.  TIAS  8140. 
Declaration  of  continued  application:    Surinam, 
November  16,  1976. 

Property — Industrial 

Convention  of  Paris  for  the  protection  of  industrial 
property  of  March  20,  1883,  as  revised.  Done  at 
Stockholm  July  14,  1967.  Articles  1  through  12  en- 
tered into  force  May  19,  1970;  for  the  United  States 
August  25,  1973.  Articles  13  through  30  entered  into 
force  April  26,  1970;  for  the  United  States  September 
5,  1970.  TIAS  6923. 

Notification  from  World  intellectual  Property  Or- 
ganization that  accession  deposited:  The  Bahamas 
(with  the  exception  of  articles  1  to  12),  December 
10,  1976. 
Declaration  of  continued  application:  Surinam, 
November  16,  1976. 

Property — Intellectual 

Convention  establishing  the  World  Intellectual  Prop- 
erty Organization.  Done  at  Stockholm  July  14,  1967. 
Entered  into  force  April  26,  1970;  for  the  United 
States  August  25,  1970.  TIAS  6932. 
Declaration  of  continued  application:  Surinam, 
November  16,  1976. 

Terrorism — Protection  of  Diplomats 

Convention  on  the  prevention  and  punishment  of  crimes 
against  internationally  protected  persons,  including 
diplomatic  agents.  Done  at  New  York  December  14, 
1973.1 

Ratification  deposited:  Yugoslavia,  November  25, 
1976. 

Trade 

Proces-verbal  extending  the  declaration  on  the  provi- 
sional accession  of  Colombia.  Done  at  Geneva 
November  12,   1976.   Enters  into  force  between  Co- 


'  For  texts  of  the  Ambassador's  remarks  and  the 
President's  reply,  see  Department  of  State  press  re- 
lease dated  Nov.  30. 


'  Not  in  force. 


January  10,  1977 


35 


lombia  and  any  participating  government  as  soon  as  it 
has  been  accepted  by  Colombia  and  such  government. 

Wheat 

Protocol  modifying  and  further  extending  the  wheat 
trade  convention  (part  of  the  international  wheat 
agreement)  1971.  Done  at  Washington  March  17, 
1976.  Entered  into  force  June  19,  1976,  with  respect 
to  certain  provisions  and  July  1,  1976,  with  respect  to 
other  provisions. 

Ratification  deposited:  Finland,  December  20,  1976. 
Accession  deposited:  Spain,  December  22,  1976. 

Protocol  modifying  and  further  extending  the  food  aid 
convention  (part  of  the  international  wheat  agree- 
ment) 1971.  Done  at  Washington  March  17,  1976.  En- 
tered into  force  June  19,  1976,  with  respect  to  certain 
provisions  and  July  1,  1976,  with  respect  to  other 
provisions. 
Ratification  deposited:  Finland,  December  20,  1976. 


BILATERAL 

Belize 

Memorandum  of  understanding  relating  to  cooperative 
efforts  to  protect  crops  from  plant  pest  damage  and 
plant  diseases.  Signed  at  Washington  December  8, 
1976.  Entered  into  force  December  8,  1976. 

Bulgaria 

Agreement  concerning  fisheries  off  the  coasts  of  the 
United  States,  with  agreed  minute  and  related  letter. 
Signed  at  Washington  December  17,  1976.  Enters 
into  force  on  a  date  to  be  mutually  agreed  by  ex- 
change of  notes. 

Federal  Republic  of  Germany 

Technical  exchange  and  cooperative  arrangement  in  the 
field  of  management  of  radioactive  wastes,  with  pat- 
ent addendum  and  appendix.  Signed  at  Bonn  De- 
cember 20,  1976.  Entered  into  force  December  20, 
1976. 

Haiti 

Agreement  for  sales  of  agricultural  commodities,  relat- 
ing to  the  agreement  of  March  20,  1975,  with  memo- 
randum of  understanding.  Signed  at  Port-au-Prince 
November  30,  1976.  Entered  into  force  November  30, 
1976. 

Iceland 

Memorandum  of  cooperative  mapping  arrangements, 
with  annex.  Signed  at  Washington  November  10, 
1976.  Entered  into  force  November  10,  1976. 

Indonesia 

Loan  agreement  relating  to  the  development  of  higher 
education,  with  annex.  Signed  at  Jakarta  October  28, 
1976.  Entered  into  force  October  28,  1976. 

Iran 

Agreement  concerning  management,  disposal,  and 
utilization  of  funds  derived  from  sale  of  military  as- 
sistance program  property.  Signed  at  Tehran  October 
19,  1976.  Entered  into  force  October  19,  1976. 

Israel 

Agreement  amending  the  agreement  for  sales  of  ag- 
ricultural commodities  of  September  30,  1976  (TIAS 


8382).  Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  at  Washington 
December  10,  1976.  Entered  into  force  December  10, 
1976. 

Mexico 

Agreement  relating  to  additional  cooperative  arrange- 
ments to  curb  the  illegal  production  and  traffic  in 
narcotics.  Effected  by  exchange  of  letters  at  Mexico 
November  22,  1976.  Entered  into  force  November  22, 
1976. 

Pakistan 

Loan  agreement  relating  to  Tarbela  Dam  repairs. 
Signed  at  Islamabad  September  22,  1976.  Entered 
into  force  September  22,  1976. 

Loan  agreement  relating  to  on-farm  management,  with 
annex.  Signed  at  Islamabad  October  27,  1976.  En- 
tered into  force  October  27,  1976. 

Zaire 

Agreement  amending  the  agreement  for  sales  of  ag- 
ricultural commodities  of  March  25,  1976  (TIAS 
8403).  Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  at  Kinshasa  Au- 
gust 23  and  December  7,  1976.  Entered  into  force  De- 
cember 7,  1976. 

Zambia 

Agreement  for  sales  of  agricultural  commodities,  with 
minutes.  Signed  at  Lusaka  December  3,  1976.  En- 
tered into  force  December  3,  1976. 


PUBLICATIONS 


GPO  Sales  Publications 

Publications  may  be  ordered  by  catalog  or  stock  number 
from  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Govern- 
ment Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.C.  20J,02.  A  25- 
percent  discount  is  tnade  on  orders  for  100  or  more 
copies  of  any  one  publication  mailed  to  the  same  ad- 
dress. Remittances,  payable  to  the  Superintendent  of 
Documents,  must  accompany  orders.  Prices  shown  be- 
low, which  include  domestic  postage,  are  subject  to 
change. 

U.S.  Participation  in  the  UN,  Report  by  the  Presi- 
dent to  the  Congress  for  the  Year  1975.  Annual  report 
describing  activities  such  as  political  and  security  af- 
fairs; economic,  social,  scientific,  and  human  rights 
affairs;  trusteeship  and  dependent  areas;  legal  de- 
velopments; and  budget  and  administration.  Pub.  8880. 
International  Organization  and  Conference  Series  124. 
407  pp.  $3.60.  (Cat.  No.  81.70:8880). 

Lease  of  Radar  Sets.  Agreement  with  Canada.  TIAS 
8317.  6  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8317). 

Finance — Health  Sector  Loan.  Agreement  with  the 
Dominican  Republic.  TIAS  8319.  122  pp.  $1.90.  (Cat. 
No.  89.10:8319). 


36 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


INDEX    January  10,  1977    Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1959 


Arms  Control  and  Disarmament.  United  States 
Discusses  Disarmament  Issues  in  U.N.  General 
Assembly  Debate  (Ikie,  Martin,  text  of  resolu- 
tion including  Environmental  Modification  Con- 
vention)           17 

Environment.  United  States  Discusses  Disarma- 
ment Issues  in  U.N.  General  Assembly  Debate 
(Ikle,  Martin,  te.xt  of  resolution  including  En- 
vironmental Modification  Convention)    17 

Human  Rights.  Bill  of  Rights  Day,  Human  Rights 
Day  and  Week,  1976  (proclamation)    29 

India.  Letters  of  Credence  (Singh)  35 

Presidential  Documents.  Bill  of  Rights  Day, 
Human  Rights  Day  and  Week,  1976  (proclama- 
tion)             29 

Publications.  GPO  Sales  Publications  36 

Singapore.  Letters  of  Credence  (Coomar- 
aswamy) 35 

Spain.  Letters  of  Credence  (Rovira)    35 

Surinam.  Letters  of  Credence  (Karamat) 35 

Treaty  Information.  Current  Actions  35 

United  Nations 

United  States  Discusses  Disarmament  Issues  in 
U.N.  General  Assembly  Debate  (Ikle,  Martin, 
text  of  resolution  including  Environmental  Mod- 
ification Convention)  17 

U.S.  Gives  Views  on  U.S.S.R.  Proposal  for  World 
Treaty  on  the  Non-Use  of  Force  (Rosenstock, 
Sherer)  30 

Venezuela.  Letters  of  Credence  (Iribarren) 35 

Name  1  ttde,r 

Coomarasvvamy,  Punch     35 

Ford,  President    29 


Ikle,  FredC 17 

Iribarren  Borges,  Ignacio  35 

Karamat,  Roel  F 35 

Martin,  Joseph,  Jr 17 

Rosenstock,  Robert    .30 

Rovira,  Juan  Jose    35 

Sherer,  Albert  W. ,  Jr 30 

Singh,  Kew-al  35 


Checklist  of  Department  of  State 
Press  Releases:  December  20-26 

Press  releases  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office 
of  Press  Relations,  Department  of  State,  Wash- 
ington, D.C.  20520. 

No.  Date  Subject 

*612  12/20  Shipping  Coordinating  Commit- 
tee, Subcommittee  on  Safety  of 
Life  at  Sea,  working  group  on 
radioeommunications,  Jan.  19. 

*613  12/20  Kissinger:  Bicentennial  essay 
published  in  Dec.  27  issue  of 
Time  magazine. 

*614  12/22  Ocean  Affairs  Advisory  Commit- 
tee, Jan.  25-26. 

*615  12/22  Study  group  1,  U.S.  National 
Committee  of  the  International 
Telegraph  and  Telephone  Con- 
sultative Committee  (CCITT), 
Jan.  18-19. 

t616  12/22  Visit  by  Ghassan  Tueini,  special 
envoy  of  Lebanese  President 
Sarkis. 

*617  12/23  Study  group  CMTT,  U.S.  National 
Committee  for  the  International 
Radio  Consultative  Committee 
(CCIR),  Jan.  26. 

*618  12/23  Study  group  2,  U.S.  National  Com- 
mittee for  CCIR,  .Jan.  26. 

*  Not  printed. 

t  Held  for  a  later  issue  of  the  Bulletin. 


Superintendent   of    Documents 

u.s.  government  printing  office 

washington.  dc.  20402 


OFFICIAL  BUSINESS 


postage  and  fees  paid 
Department  of  State  STA-501 


Third   Class 


Subscription  Renewals:  To  insure  uninterrupted 
service,  please  renew  your  subscription  promptly 
when  you  receive  the  expiration  notice  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents.  Due  to  the  time  re- 
quired to  process  renewals,  notices  are  sent  out  3 
months  in  advance  of  the  expiration  date.  Any  prob- 
lems involving  your  subscription  will  receive  im- 
mediate attention  if  you  write  to:  Superintendent 
of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


/J: 


/^. 


79&0 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

BULLETIN 

Volume  LXXVI  •   No.  1960  •  January  17,  1977 


U.S.  GIVES  VIEWS  IN  GENERAL  ASSEMBLY  DEBATE 

ON  THE  MIDDLE  EAST 

Statement  by  Ambassador  Scranton  and  Text  of  Resolution     37 

U.S.  REAFFIRMS  COMMITMENT  TO  SELF-DETERMINATION 
AND  INDEPENDENCE  FOR  NAMIBIA 

U.S.  Statements  and  Texts  of  U.N.  General  Assembly  Resolutions     4-3 

U.S.  REITERATES  SUPPORT  FOR  NEGOTIATED  SOLUTION  IN  RHODESIA 
U.S.  statements  and  Texts  of  U.N.  General  Assembly  Resolutions     53 


THE  OFFICIAL  WEEKLY  RECORD  OF  UNITED  STATES  FOREIGN  POLICY 

For  index  see  inside  back  cover 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE  BULLETIN 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Washington.  D.C.  20402 

PRICE: 

52  issues  plus  semiannual  indexes, 

domestic  $42.50,  foreign  $53.15 

Single  copy  S5  cents 

The  Secretary  of  State  has  determined  that  the  pub- 
lication of  this  periodical  is  necessary  in  the  transac- 
tion of  the  public  business  required  by  law  of  this 
Department.  L'se  of  funds  for  printing  this  periodi- 
cal has  been  approved  by  the  Director  of  the  Office 
of  Management  and  Budget  through  January  31, 
1981. 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may  be  re- 
printed. Citation  of  the  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 
BULLETIN  as  the  source  will  be  appreciated.  The 
BULLETIN  is  indexed  in  the  Readers'  Guide  to 
Periodical  Literature. 


Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1960 
January  17,  1977 


The  Department  of  State  BVLLETIN, 
a  weekly  publication  issued  by  the 
Office  of  Media  Services,  Bureau  of 
Public  Affairs,  provides  the  public  and 
interested  agencies  of  the  government 
with  information  on  developments  in 
the  field  of  U.S.  foreign  relations  and 
on  the  work  of  the  Department  and 
the  Foreign  Service. 

The  BULLETIN  includes  selected 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy,  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements,  addresses,  and 
news  conferences  of  the  President  and 
the  Secretary  of  State  and  other  offi- 
cers of  the  Department,  as  well  as  spe- 
cial articles  on  various  phases  of  in- 
ternational affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  inter- 
national agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a  party 
and  on  treaties  of  general  interna- 
tional interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department  of 
State,  United  \ations  documents,  and 
legislative  material  in  the  field  of\ 
international  relations  are  also  listed. 


I 


U.S.  Gives  Views  in  General  Assembly  Debate 
on  the  Middle  East 


Following  is  a  statement  made  in  the  U.N. 
General  Assembly  on  December  9  by  U.S. 
Re'presentative  William  W.  Scranton,  to- 
gether with  the  texts  of  two  resolutions 
adopted  by  the  Assembly  that  day. 


STATEMENT  BY  AMBASSADOR  SCRANTON 

USUN  press  release  184  dated  December  9 

As  we  move  through  the  final  debates  of 
this  General  Assembly  session,  we  are  also 
approaching  the  end  of  a  very  difficult  period 
in  the  history  of  the  Middle  East — the  year  of 
the  tragedy  of  Lebanon.  I  want  to  express  my 
government's  profound  gratification  that  the 
long  travail  of  the  people  of  Lebanon  is  draw- 
ing to  an  end.  We  will  give  every  feasible 
support  to  President  Sarkis  as  he  faces  the 
task  of  the  reconstruction  of  his  country;  and 
we  look  forward  to  the  day  when  Lebanon — 
its  territorial  integrity,  its  political  independ- 
ence, and  its  national  unity  preserved — will 
resume  its  proud  and  rightful  place  among  the 
nations  of  the  Middle  East. 

In  the  calmer  atmosphere  in  the  area 
created  by  the  healing  process  now  going  on 
in  Lebanon,  it  is  natural  that  attention  is 
turning  again  to  the  overriding  issue  in  the 
Middle  East — the  need  for  progress  toward  a 
peaceful  settlement  of  the  conflict  that  has  so 
long  burdened  that  region,  and  without  which 
no  period  of  calm  can  endure.  There  is 
today — and  we  welcome  it — fresh  insistence 
that  the  negotiating  process  recommence  and 
a  sense  of  impatience  with  the  status  quo, 
which  we  share  with  the  parties  to  the  con- 
flict. For  our  part,  we  believe  conditions  are 
now  conducive  to  the  resumption  of  efforts  to 
solve  the  underlying  problems  both  of  Leba- 
non and  of  the  region  as  a  whole. 


We  welcome  the  recent  encouraging  state- 
ments of  President  Sadat  of  Egypt  and  Prime 
Minister  Rabin  of  Israel.  And  here  in  the 
United  Nations,  I  for  one  was  encouraged  by 
some  of  the  comments  made  in  the  most  re- 
cent Middle  East  debate,  particularly  those  of 
the  Jordanian  and  the  Israeli  Representa- 
tives. And  now  in  this  debate  we  have  wit- 
nessed a  unique  experience — the  introduction 
of  resolutions  advocating  a  peace  conference 
by  both  Egypt  and  Israel.' 

In  the  past,  events  in  the  Middle  East  have 
often  seemed  to  run  ahead  of  diplomatic  ef- 
forts to  shape  them  into  a  peaceful  course. 
This  need  not  and  must  not  be  the  pattern  for 
the  future.  Out  of  this  conviction  were  born 
the  U.S.  initiatives  in  the  aftermath  of  the 
1973  war,  taken  at  the  request  of  the  parties. 
These  efforts  have  yielded  the  first  tangible, 
practical  steps  toward  an  agreed  settlement  in 
nearly  three  decades  of  fighting  and  uneasy 
truces.  The  three  agreements  reached  in  1974 
and  1975  are  partial  and  interim  accords,  but 
they  have  helped  give  substance  to  the 
framework  for  negotiation  established  in  De- 
cember 1973  in  Geneva.  They  have  begun  to 
build  patterns  of  cooperation,  of  interaction, 
of  negotiation  which  are  necessary  prereq- 
uisites to  successful  negotiations  for  an  over- 
all settlement. 

Mr.  President,  a  new  Administration  will 
take  office  in  Washington  on  January  20.  Ob- 
viously I  do  not  speak  with  authority  on  the 
details  of  its  policies.  There  is,  however,  con- 


'  The  Representative  of  Israel  introduced  on  Dec.  6  a 
draft  resolution  {A/31/L.24)  calling  for  reconvening  of 
the  Peace  Conference  on  the  Middle  East  under  the 
framework  of  Security  Council  Resolutions  242  and  .3.38. 
An  amendment  (A/31/L.25)  was  introduced  calling  for 
participation  by  the  Palestine  Liberation  Organization. 
The  Representative  of  Isi-ael  withdrew  the  draft  res- 
olution on  Dec.  9. 


January  17,  1977 


37 


sistency  in  the  approach  of  the  United  States 
to  the  problems  of  the  Middle  East,  which  re- 
flects principles  and  policies  enjoying  over- 
whelming public  support  in  our  country.  With 
full  conviction  and  confidence,  I  therefore  say 
to  those  parties  with  whom  we  have  worked 
in  the  Middle  East  to  advance  the  cause  of 
peace  that  they  can  rest  assured  we  will  con- 
tinue to  work  with  them  in  this  vital  effort  in 
the  months  and  the  years  ahead.  Much  has 
been  accomplished  already.  Mutual  commit- 
ments have  been  made  to  pursue  the  negotiat- 
ing process;  and  there  is  a  balanced  and 
comprehensive  framework  in  the  form  of  Res- 
olutions 242  and  338,  which  contain  the  fun- 
damental elements  for  those  negotiations.  The 
United  States  will  not  now  abandon  its  de- 
termined and  urgent  search  for  peace.  We  will 
persevere,  and  we  are  convinced  that  a  set- 
tlement will  be  achieved.  The  alternative  is 
unthinkable. 

I  turn  now  to  the  resolutions  under  consid- 
eration in  connection  with  our  discussion  of 
the  situation.  The  omnibus  resolution  [A/31/ 
L.26]  is  similar  in  many  respects  to  a  resolu- 
tion we  opposed  last  year.  We  shall  do  so 
again. 

We  do  not  beheve  that  the  blanket  condem- 
nations of  one  side  contained  in  this  resolution 
are  warranted  or  will  have  any  positive  effect. 
Nor  do  we  see  any  logic  in  a  call  on  all  states 
to  desist  from  supplying  military  and  other 
aid  to  one  side  but  not  to  the  other.  The 
United  States  cannot  support  and  will  not  be 
guided  by  this  proposal  if  it  is  endorsed. 

This  resolution  also  lacks  balance  in  its  ref- 
erence to  the  potential  elements  of  a  peace. 
One  side  cannot  be  expected  to  give  every- 
thing and  gain  nothing. 

There  is  no  i-eference  (1)  to  the  end  of  the 
state  of  war;  (2)  to  an  agreement  which  pro- 
vides not  only  for  the  legitimate  interests  of 
the  Palestinians  but  for  the  security  of  Israel 
as  well;  and  (3)  to  the  right  of  a  free  and  inde- 
pendent Israel  to  exist  in  the  Middle  East. 

This  resolution  contains  a  request  to  the 
Security  Council  that  carries  at  least  the  im- 
plication that  somehow  it  ought  to  impose  a 
settlement  on  the  parties  and  that  this  should 
be  done  within  an  "appropriate  time-table,"  as 


it  says.  The  parties  to  this  dispute  have 
accepted  the  framework  for  a  negotiating  proc- 
ess which  is  aimed  at  producing  an  agreed  solu- 
tion. This  is  the  essence  of  what  has  been 
accomplished— a  mutual  commitment  to 
negotiate  rather  than  to  rely  on  timetables  or 
imposed  solutions.  The  Security  Council  has 
in  the  past  and  can  in  the  future  make  impor- 
tant contributions  to  peace  in  the  Middle 
East.  However,  we  do  not  believe  it  is  either 
appropriate  or  practical  to  look  to  the  Council 
to  impose  its  will  on  the  parties  to  the  negoti- 
ations. 

The  temptation  to  write  prescriptions  in 
advance  is  a  natural  one,  but  it  is  also  danger- 
ous. Such  prescriptions,  hastily  formed,  can 
close  the  door  to  peace  rather  than  opening 
it — because  there  are  still  differences  among 
us,  and  especially  among  the  parties  directly 
involved  in  the  dispute,  and  those  differences 
can  only  be  resolved  by  negotiation  between 
those  parties.  We  cannot  write  a  peace 
agreement  here,  not  among  146  nations,  nor 
can  we  bring  about  a  detailed  prescription  for 
the  procedure  for  reconvening  the  Geneva 
Conference  without  raising  the  possibility  of 
ahenation  of  one  or  more  of  the  parties,  which 
would  doom  the  conference  before  it  began. 

This  brings  me  to  the  second  draft  before 
us,  resolution  A/31/L.27.  The  motivation  and 
a  good  deal  of  the  resolution  itself  is  consist- 
ent with  our  view  of  the  urgency  of  resuming 
the  negotiating  process.  We  are  compelled, 
however,  to  vote  "No"  because  of  serious 
problems  in  two  areas.  First,  this  resolution 
sets  an  artificial  deadline  for  reconvening  of 
the  Geneva  Conference.  This  is  not  a  matter 
for  the  General  Assembly  but,  rather,  for  the 
parties  themselves  to  decide.  It  also  sets  out  a 
time  frame  for  a  meeting  of  the  Security 
Council,  a  decision  which  we  believe  should  be 
subject  to  consultations  among  Council  mem- 
bers in  light  of  the  situation  at  that  time  and 
not  prejudged  by  this  Assembly.  Secondly, 
the  request  to  the  Secretary  General  to  re- 
sume his  contacts  with  the  parties  to  the  con- 
flict is  phrased  in  such  a  way  as  to  imply  that 
the  Palestine  Liberation  Organization  should 
be  one  of  the  parties  consulted  in  preparation 
for  reconvening  the  Geneva  Conference.  We 


38 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


i  ilieve  that  the  question  of  additional  partici- 
pants at  the  Geneva  Conference  is  one  which 
(.an  only  be  addressed  by  the  original  partici- 
pants themselves. 

And  now  the  United  States  is  in  a  special 
position  which  we  recognize  concerning  this 
particular  resolution  and,  indeed,  with  regard 
to  the  reconvening  of  the  Middle  East  Peace 
Conference — a  position  with  which  all  of  you 
are  intimately  familiar.  A  new  U.S.  Adminis- 
tration will  take  office  in  Washington  on 
January  20,  and  we  therefore  do  not  consider 
it  appropriate  to  join  now  in  a  definition  of  de- 
tailed options  or  time  limits  governing  the 
evolution  of  this  crucial  negotiating  process. 
The  procedures  and  timing  of  a  resumed 
Geneva  Conference  are  matters  which  rightly 
must  be  determined  by  the  participants  them- 
selves and  by  the  cochairmen.  This  is  ob- 
viously a  question  which  will  be  addressed  by 
the  new  American  Administration.  Accord- 
ingly, we  will  vote  "No"  on  this  resolution. 
However,  in  so  doing  we  join  with  all  the  rest 
of  the  nations  here  represented  who  sincerely 
desire  that  negotiations  toward  an  overall  set- 
tlement resume  promptly  and  that  peace  be 
the  result  therefrom  for  all  the  peoples  of  the 
Middle  East. 

In  this  connection,  Mr.  President,  I  would 
like  to  recall  the  words  of  Secretary  of  State 
Kissinger  in  speaking  to  this  Assembly  on 
September  22,  1975: 

In  the  Middle  East  today  there  is  a  yearning  for 
peace  surpassing  any  known  for  three  decades.  Let  us 
not  doom  the  region  to  another  generation  of  futile 
struggle.  Instead,  let  the  world  community  seize  the 
historic  opportunity  before  it.  The  suffering  and  brav- 
ery of  all  the  peoples  of  the  Middle  East  cry  out  for  it; 
the  hopes  and  interests  of  all  the  world's  peoples  de- 
mand it.  The  United  States  promises  its  full  dedication 
to  further  progress  toward  peace. 

Those  words  have  gained  in  urgency  in  the 
months  since  they  were  spoken,  but  the  op- 
portunity for  peace  still  remains  with  us. 

And  now,  Mr.  President,  I  ask  for  the  in- 
dulgence of  this  body  for  a  few  moments  more 
to  recount  a  personal  experience.  Some  of  you 
may  remember  that  in  1968  there  was  also  a 
change  of  Administration  in  the  United 
States,  that  I  was  sent  by  the  then 
President-elect  on  a  short  mission  to  the  Mid- 


dle East.  Upon  returning  from  consultations 
with  leaders  there,  I  reported  that  many  be- 
lieved there  was  then  an  opportunity  for 
negotiations  toward  a  peaceful  settlement. 
Some  experts  and  some  of  us  nonexperts 
agreed. 

Such  negotiations  did  not  materialize.  His- 
torians may  argue  forever  as  to  whether  or 
not  an  opportunity  was  missed.  But  that  ex- 
perience of  disappointment  runs  deep  in  my 
memory  and  lingers  on  and  on. 

Right  now  there  appears  to  be  another  op- 
portunity. Many  experts  and  many  of  us  who 
are  nonexperts  believe  that  negotiations  are 
possible  now  and  should  be  undertaken.  Ap- 
parently more  are  of  this  opinion  now  than  in 
1968.  The  possibility  is  exciting — it's 
enticing — even  to  the  point  of  a  gleam  of  hope 
of  an  overall  settlement.  And  with  this  ex- 
citement comes  a  new  responsibility,  a  deep 
and  abiding  responsibility,  to  us  all  in  this 
body.  Rhetoric  for  home  consumption, 
polemics  for  home  headlines,  should  be 
avoided.  In  advance  of  negotiations,  beguiling 
prescriptions  for  results  that  will  be  "your 
way,"  or  "my  way,"  or  "our  way"  can  block 
that  opportunity  for  negotiation.  The  slightest 
error,  a  misstatement,  a  mismeaning  here  can 
ruin  that  chance. 

I  know  it  is  no  time  for  lectures  either, 
especially  from  an  American  who  is  in  com- 
parative safety  thousands  of  miles  away — no 
lecture  to  an  Egyptian  or  a  Syrian  or  a  Jorda- 
nian or  an  Israeli  or  a  Palestinian  who  has 
lived  on  the  brink  of  war  or  experienced  war 
itself  over  decades  and  who  even  today  won- 
ders, "Will  it  come  again  next  year,  or  next 
month,  or  next  week,  or  tomorrow?"  This  is 
no  lecture.  I  simply  request  with  all  my  heart 
that  we  all  think  before  we  speak  now,  that 
we  all  think  before  we  act,  so  that  like  those  of 
us  who  had  some  hopes  in  1968  we  will  not 
witness  and  feel  our  hopes  dashed. 

Peacekeeping  and  peacemaking  are  very 
difficult;  they  are  very  tenuous  efforts.  No 
one  knows  that  better  than  members  of  the 
United  Nations.  In  comparison  to  lasting 
peace,  war  comes  all  too  easily.  So  let  us  work 
quietly  for  negotiation  to  begin  so  that  peace 
may  come. 


January  17,  1977 


39 


TEXTS  OF  RESOLUTIONS 

General  Assembly  Resolution  31/61 

The  Situation  in  the  Middle  East 

The  General  Assembly, 

Recalling  its  resolution  3414  (XXX)  of  5  December 
1975  and  noting  with  concern  that  no  progress  has  been 
achieved  towards  the  implementation  of  that  resolution, 
in  particular  its  paragraph  4, 

Recalliny  the  debate  held  in  the  Security  Council  in 
January  IS^G  on  the  problem  of  the  Middle  East  includ- 
ing the  Palestinian  question,  in  implementation  of  sub- 
paragraph (a)  of  Council  resolution  381  (1975)  of  30 
November  1975, 

Deeply  concerned  at  the  increasing  deterioration  of 
the  situation  in  the  Middle  East  due  to  continued  Israeli 
occupation  and  Israel's  refusal  to  implement  United 
Nations  resolutions, 

Reaffirming  the  necessity  of  establishing  a  just  and 
lasting  peace  in  the  region  based  on  full  respect  for  the 
purposes  and  principles  of  the  Charter  of  the  United 
Nations  as  well  as  for  the  resolutions  concerning  the 
problem  of  the  Middle  East  and  the  question  of  Pales- 
tine, 

1.  Affirms  that  the  early  resumption  of  the  Peace 
Conference  on  the  Middle  East  with  the  participation  of 
all  the  parties  concerned,  including  the  Palestine  Lib- 
eration Organization,  in  accordance  with  General  As- 
sembly resolution  3375  (XXX)  of  10  November  1975,  is 
essential  for  the  realization  of  a  just  and  lasting  settle- 
ment in  the  region: 

2.  Condemns  Israel's  continued  occupation  of  Arab 
territories  in  violation  of  the  Charter  of  the  United  Na- 
tions, the  principles  of  international  law  and  repeated 
United  Nations  resolutions; 

3.  Reaffirms  that  a  just  and  lasting  peace  in  the  Mid- 
dle East  cannot  be  achieved  without  Israel's  with- 
drawal from  all  Arab  territories  occupied  since  1967  and 
the  attainment  by  the  Palestinian  people  of  their  in- 
alienable rights,  which  are  the  basic  prerequisites  enabling 
all  countries  and  peoples  in  the  Middle  East  to  live  in 
peace; 

4.  Condemns  all  measures  taken  by  Israel  in  the  oc- 
cupied territories  to  change  the  demographic  and  geo- 
graphic character  and  institutional  structure  of  these 
territories; 

5.  Requests  once  again  all  States  to  desist  from  sup- 
plying Israel  with  military  and  other  forms  of  aid  or  any 
assistance  which  would  enable  it  to  consolidate  its  occu- 
pation or  to  exploit  the  natural  resources  of  the  oc- 
cupied territories; 


6.  Requests  the  Security  Council  to  take  effective 
measures,  within  an  appropriate  time-table,  for  the  im- 
plementation of  all  relevant  resolutions  of  the  Council 
and  the  General  Assembly  on  the  Middle  East  and 
Palestine; 

7.  Requests  the  Secretary-General  to  inform  the  Co- 
Chairmen  of  the  Peace  Conference  on  the  Middle  East 
of  the  present  resolution  and  to  submit  a  report  on  the 
follow-up  of  its  implementation  to  the  General  Assem- 
bly at  its  thirty-second  session. 


General  Assembly  Resolution  31/62  ^ 

Peace  Conference  on  the  Middle  East 

The  General  Assembly, 

Having  discussed  the  item  entitled  "The  situation  in 
the  Middle  East", 

Noting  the  report  of  the  Secretary-General  on  this 
item  and  his  initiative  of  1  April  1976, 

Gravely  concerned  at  the  lack  of  progress  towards 
the  achievement  of  a  just  and  lasting  peace  in  the  Mid- 
dle East, 

Convinced  that  any  relaxation  in  the  search  for  a 
comprehensive  settlement  covering  all  aspects  of  the 
Middle  East  problem  to  achieve  a  just  peace  in  the  area 
constitutes  a  grave  threat  to  the  prospects  of  peace  in 
the  Middle  East  as  well  as  a  threat  to  international 
peace  and  security, 

1.  Requests  the  Secretary-General: 

(a)  To  resume  contacts  with  all  the  parties  to  the  con- 
flict and  the  Co-Chairmen  of  the  Peace  Conference  on 
the  Middle  East,  in  accordance  with  his  initiative  of  1 
April  1976,  in  preparation  for  the  early  convening  of  the 
Peace  Conference  on  the  Middle  East; 

(b)  To  submit  a  report  to  the  Security  Council  on  the 
results  of  his  contacts  and  on  the  situation  in  the  Middle 
East  not  later  than  1  March  1977: 

2.  Calls  for  the  early  convening  of  the  Peace  Confer- 
ence on  the  Middle  East,  under  the  auspices  of  the 
United  Nations  and  the  co-chairmanship  of  the  Union 
of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics  and  the  United  States  of 
America,  not  later  than  the  end  of  March  1977; 

3.  Requests  the  Security  Council  to  convene  sub- 
sequent to  the  submission  by  the  Secretary-General  of 
the  report  referred  to  in  paragraph  1  (b)  above,  in  order 
to  consider  the  situation  in  the  area  in  the  light  of  that 
report  and  to  promote  the  process  towards  the  estab- 
lishment of  a  just  and  lasting  peace  in  the  area; 

4.  Further  requests  the  Secretary-General  to  inform 
the  Co-Chairmen  of  the  Peace  Conference  on  the  Middle 
East  of  the  present  resolution. 


^  Adopted  by  the  Assembly  on  Dec.  9  by  a  rolleall 
vote  of  91  to  11  (U.S.),  with  29  abstentions  (text  from 
U.N.  doc.  A/31/L.26,  draft  resolution). 


^  Adopted  by  the  Assembly  on  Dec.  9  by  a  rolleall 
vote  of  122  to'2  (U.S.),  with  8  abstentions  (text  from 
U.N.  doc.  A/31/L.27,  draft  resolution,  with  revision  by 
the  sponsors). 


40 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


U.S.  Votes  Against  U.N.  Resolution 
on  Question  of  Palestine 

Folloiving  /,s  a  statement  made  in  the  U.N. 
General  Assembly  by  U.S.  Representative 
William  W.  Scranton  on  November  23. 

USUN  press  rele^ise  159  dated  November  23 

That  the  legitimate  aspirations  and  inter- 
ests of  the  Palestinian  people  must  be  taken 
into  account  in  working  out  a  settlement  in 
the  Middle  East  is  an  elementary  truth. 
Without  doubt,  this  is  one  of  the  central  is- 
sues that  must  be  resolved  in  the  negotia- 
tions to  have  a  just  and  lasting  peace,  which 
is  what  we  all  seek  for  the  Middle  East.  The 
United  States  matches  its  commitment  to 
such  an  outcome  with  any  other  country  here 
represented. 

But  the  committee's  report  we  are  consid- 
ering today  is  based  on  this  premise  without 
consideration  of  other  vital  and  absolutely 
essential  issues;  or  if  there  was  consideration 
given  to  these  issues,  they  are  not  repre- 
sented in  the  report  whatsoever.  ^ 

I  shall  name  but  a  few.  There  is  no  mention 
of  the  right  of  an  Israel  to  exist  in  the  Middle 
East.  The  need  for  the  Palestinians  to  accept 
the  legitimacy  and  reality  of  the  State  of  Is- 
rael is  utterly  ignored.  The  maintenance  of 
normal  and  peaceful  relations  with  Israel 
within  the  framework  of  an  overall  peace  set- 
tlement is  not  mentioned.  Moreover, 
nowhere  in  the  recommendations  is  there  the 
stipulation  that  the  Arab  states,  as  well  as 
Israel,  must  join  in  ending  the  state  of  war 
and  in  arriving  at  a  peaceful  settlement  in 
the  area.  Even  these  few  examples  make 
clear  the  one-sidedness  and  lack  of  balance  in 
the  committee's  report. 

There  is  one  further  very  basic  flaw  in  the 
report.  In  large  measure  the  committee's 
recommendations  prejudge  the  outcome  of 
negotiations — negotiations  that  must  take 


'  Report  of  the  Committee  on  the  Exercise  of  the  In- 
alienable Rights  of  the  Palestinian  People,  Official  Rec- 
ords of  the  General  Assembly,  Thirty-First  Session, 
Supplement  No.  35  (A/31/35).  " 


place  between  the  parties  themselves  in  ac- 
cordance with  Security  Council  Resolutions 
242  and  338.  Any  individual  or  state  involved 
in  international  negotiations  is  aware  that  no 
solution  to  this  or  any  other  dispute  can  be 
imposed  by  this  Assembly.  Such  an  imposi- 
tion without  agreement  of  the  parties  is  ob- 
viously unfair  in  the  first  place,  but  it  is 
futile  besides.  It  is  senseless  because  it  will 
not  work. 

One  recommendation  in  the  report,  that 
there  be  a  complete  withdrawal  by  Israeli  oc- 
cupation forces  "no  later  than  1  June  1977," 
utterly  conflicts  with  Security  Council  Res- 
olutions 242  and  338,  which  call  for  negotia- 
tions between  the  parties  concerned  for  the 
purpose  of  settling  all  outstanding  problems. 
In  short,  this  recommendation  would  have  us 
circumvent  the  framework  of  a  negotiated 
settlement  of  the  Arab-Israeli  conflict  as  es- 
tablished by  the  United  Nations  itself. 

The  purpose  of  negotiation  is  to  reconcile 
differences,  to  balance  the  rights  and  inter- 
ests of  the  parties  involved,  and,  in  this  case, 
to  do  so  within  the  framework  which  fully 
considers  the  inhabitants  of  the  region.  Such 
negotiations  cannot  take  place  in  the  General 
Assembly. 

I  conclude  from  reading  the  report  that  the 
committee  had  one  intention:  to  bring  to  the 
attention  of  the  General  Assembly  that  the 
legitimate  aspirations  and  interests  of  the 
Palestinian  people  must  be  taken  into  ac- 
count in  working  out  a  settlement  in  the 
Middle  East.  With  this  conclusion  we  agree. 

But  to  draw  from  that  premise  a  report 
which  attempts  to  impose  a  solution  to  the 
Arab-Israeli  dispute  by  this  Assembly,  ut- 
terly ignoring  other  basic  issues  in  this  dis- 
pute, a  text  totally  devoid  of  balance,  with 
conclusions  that  are  unworkable  and  recom- 
mendations which  prejudge  the  outcome  of 
negotiations — frankly  and  bluntly,  that 
makes  the  United  Nations  look  ridiculous. 

Further,  Mr.  President,  in  this  resolution 
we  are  also  asked  to  vote  to  extend  the  man- 
date of  this  committee.  No  constructive 
purpose  will  be  served  by  this  action.  The 
committee's  work  is  finished.  It  has  produced 
a  report  setting  forth  the  views  and  recom- 


January  17,  1977 


41 


mendations  of  the  members  of  the  committee. 
An  extension  of  the  committee's  mandate  will 
not  contribute  in  any  way  whatsoever  to  the 
work  that  lies  ahead;  namely,  negotiations 
among  the  parties  themselves. 

We  are  also  asked  to  refer  this  question 
once  again  to  the  Security  Council.  The 
Council  has  already  considered  the  commit- 
tee's report.  Will  a  solution  to  the  dispute  be 
advanced  by  another  Security  Council  meet- 
ing on  the  subject?  Of  course  not. 

So  far  the  Council  has  considered  the  prob- 
lems associated  with  the  occupied  territories 
and  the  future  of  the  Palestinian  people  on 
five  separate  occasions  this  year.  Over  and 
over  again  the  same  speakers  say  the  same 
things,  and  none  of  this  excessive  rhetoric 
advances  the  negotiations  even  by  one  step. 

For  all  these  reasons  the  United  States 
will  vote  "No"  on  the  resolution  before  us,^  as 
we  did  last  June  in  the  Security  Council  on  the 
Palestine  Committee  report.^ 

I  believe  this  body  intends  to  be  a  respon- 
sible one.  We  understand  the  motive  behind 
this  report,  the  deep  feelings  of  the  members 
of  the  committee  for  the  Palestinian  people 
and  their  longstanding  sufferings  in  the  Mid- 
dle East.  The  vivid  image  of  one  of  those  ref- 
ugee camps  lives  with  me  always,  as  I  am 
sure  it  does  with  each  and  every  one  of  you 
who  may  have  visited  them.  All  of  us — I  as- 
sume every  single  one  of  us  here — want  to 
resolve  that  problem  for  those  people,  for  all 
the  people  of  the  Middle  East — indeed,  for 
the  world,  for  peace,  and  for  humanity. 

Recently  we  have  been  reading  and  hear- 
ing about  the  possibility  of  another  effort  for 
peace  in  the  Middle  East.  I  am  one  of  those 
who  believes  that  such  an  opportunity  exists. 
I  hope  and  pray  it  will  be  undertaken.  For 
the  General  Assembly  cannot  impose  peace 


^At  the  conclusion  of  its  debate  on  agenda  item  27, 
Question  of  Palestine,  the  Assembly  on  Nov.  24  adopted 
by  a  recorded  vote  of  90  to  16  (U.S.),  with  30  absten- 
tions, resolution  31/20,  which,  inter  alia,  "authorizes 
the  Committee  to  e.xert  all  efforts  to  promote  the  im- 
plementation of  its  recommendations  and  to  report 
thereon  to  the  General  Assembly  at  its  thirty-second 
session"  and  "urges  the  Security  Council  to  "consider 
once  again  as  soon  as  possible  the  recommendations  con- 
tained in  the  report  ..." 

=  For  background,  see  Bulletin  of  July  26,  1976,  p. 
143. 


on  the  Middle  East  dispute.  Lasting  peace 
can  come  only  through  negotiation  by  the 
parties  directly  involved. 

The  talking  should  stop  and  the  negotiat- 
ing begin.  The  framework  for  these  negotia- 
tions exists — the  framework  established  by 
the  United  Nations.  Diplomatic  channels  are 
open.  This  Assembly  should  get  on  with  its 
other  work. 


U.N.  Disengagement  Observer  Force 
in  Israel-Syria  Sector  Extended 

Following  is  a  stateynent  made  in  the  U.N. 
Security  Council  by  U.S.  Representative  W. 
Tapley  Bennett,  Jr.,  on  November  30. 

USUN  press  rele,ise  169  (ialed  November  30 

The  United  States  is  gratified  that  the  re- 
newal of  the  mandate  of  UNDOF  has  been 
expeditiously  handled.'  Keeping  the  peace  is 
a  goal  on  which  we  can  all  agree,  and 
UNDOF  has  done  an  outstanding  job  in  over- 
seeing the  cease-fire  on  the  Golan  Heights. 
My  delegation  would  like  to  commend  in  par- 
ticular the  excellent  work  done  by  the  Secre- 
tary General  and  by  the  Commander  of 
UNDOF. 

The  cooperation  of  the  Governments  of  Is- 
rael and  Syria  with  UNDOF  has  assured  the 
success  of  UNDOF's  mission.  It  is  the  two 
parties  who  have  kept  the  cease-fire.  Their 
agreement  to  the  resolution  extending 
UNDOF's  mandate  is  a  major  element  in  the 
Council's  action.  Today's  decision  by  the  Se- 
curity Council  is  an  important  contribution  to 
the  maintenance  of  peace. 

In  concluding,  I  should  like  to  congratulate 
you,  Mr.  President  [Jorge  Enrique  Illueca,  of 
Panama],  for  your  persistent  efforts  in  bring- 
ing about  the  agreement  of  the  parties  to  this 
further  renewal  of  UNDOF. 


'  The  Security  Council  on  Nov.  30  adopted  a  resolu- 
tion (S/RES/398  (1976))  renewing  "the  mandate  of  the 
United  Nations  Disengagement  Observer  Force  for 
another  period  of  six  months,  that  is,  until  31  May 
1977."  The  vote  was  12  (U.S.)  to  0;  Benin,  the  People's 
Republic  of  China,  and  Libya  did  not  participate  in  the 
voting. 


42 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


U.S.  Reaffirms  Commitment  to  Self-Determination 
and  Independence  for  Namibia 


Following  are  statements  made  in  Commit- 
tee IV  (Trusteeship)  of  the  U.N.  General  As- 
sembly on  December  2  by  U.S.  Representative 
Williant  W.  Scranton  and  on  December  10  by 
U.S.  Representative  Stephen  Hess,  together 
with  the  texts  of  tivo  resohdions  adopted  by 
the  comrnittee  on  December  10  and  by  the  As- 
sembly on  December  20. 


U.S.  STATEMENTS  IN  COMMITTEE  IV 


Ambassador  Scranton,  December  2 

USUN  press  release  176  dated  December  2 

This  year  has  been  crucial  for  southern  Af- 
rica. It  has  also  been  an  important  year  in  the 
relations  of  my  country  with  that  region  of  the 
world. 

As  members  of  this  Assembly  know,  at 
Lusaka  in  April  Secretary  of  State  Kissinger 
launched  a  major  diplomatic  initiative  to  en- 
courage positive  change  in  southern  Africa. 
He  offered  to  assist  the  nations  of  the  region 
in  negotiating  solutions  to  the  dangerous 
problems  of  Southern  Rhodesia  and  Namibia. 

As  a  result  of  intensive  consultations  among 
the  frontline  states  of  southern  Africa,  South 
Africa,  the  United  Kingdom,  and  the  United 
States,  consideration  of  the  Rhodesian  prob- 
lem has  now  shifted  to  the  conference  table  in 
Geneva.  While  very  difficult  problems,  very 
serious  problems,  remain  to  be  resolved,  the 
important  fact  is  that  independence  and 
majority  rule  in  Rhodesia  are  closer  today  as 
a  result  of  British  and  American  efforts  than 
many  would  have  expected  at  the  beginning  of 
the  year. 

This  year  has  also  witnessed  extensive  con- 
sultations to  bring  the  Namibian  problem  to 
the  conference  table.  The  United  States  has 


made  a  concerted  and  vigorous  effort  to  per- 
suade the  interested  parties  to  resolve  the 
problem  of  Namibia  by  negotiations  and  not 
bloodshed.  Although  formal  talks  have  not  yet 
begun,  progress  has  been  made  and  diplomatic 
consultations  continue. 

The  United  States  is  dedicated  to  ending 
the  illegal  occupation  of  Namibia  by  South  Af- 
rica and  to  bringing  about  majority  rule  and 
independence  for  Namibia  as  a  single,  unitary 
state.  Secretary  Kissinger  outlined  the  main 
elements  of  a  negotiated  solution  to  the 
Namibian  problem  in  his  speech  to  the  Gen- 
eral Assembly  on  September  30.  The  United 
States  favors  the  following  elements: 

— Independence  for  Namibia  within  a  fixed, 
short  time  Hmit; 

— The  calhng  of  a  constitutional  conference 
at  a  neutral  location  under  the  United  Nations 
aegis;  and 

— The  participation  in  that  conference  of  all 
authentic  national  forces  including,  specifical- 
ly, SWAPO  [South  West  Africa  People's  Or- 
ganization]. 

In  a  meeting  the  day  before  his  speech,  the 
Secretary  underlined  to  Mr.  Sam  Nujoma,  the 
president  of  SWAPO,  the  importance  which 
the  United  States  attaches  to  the  participa- 
tion of  SWAPO. 

Progress  toward  all  these  objectives  has 
been  made  in  negotiations  with  the  Govern- 
ment of  South  Africa. 

But  we  must  also  be  reahstic.  There  are 
other  genuine  Namibian  interests  and  voices 
which  must  be  heard  on  the  future  of  the  ter- 
ritory. The  United  States  believes  that  the 
place  to  resolve  the  differences  between  the 
parties  to  the  Namibian  problem  is  the  con- 
ference table.  We  will  exert  every  effort  to 
bring  the  parties  to  undertake  a  process  of 
negotiations. 


January  17,  1977 


43 


At  the  same  time,  candor  requires  me  to 
state  that  there  are  governments  and  indi- 
viduals who  appear  determined  to  raise  bar- 
riers to  a  peaceful  settlement  and  to  create  an 
atmosphere  in  which  it  will  become  increas- 
ingly difficult  for  the  United  States  to  assist 
the  parties.  Demagoguery  has  been  employed 
and  unfounded  allegations  have  been  propa- 
gated, clearly  intended  to  diminish  the 
chances  of  bringing  about  the  negotiated  set- 
tlement which  this  organization  has  been 
seeking.  There  are  also,  unfortunately,  those 
who,  while  proposing  no  constructive  solu- 
tions of  their  own,  seek  through  their  words 
and  actions  to  impede  the  efforts  of  others. 

There  have  recently  been  absurd  stories  in 
the  world  press  about  alleged  U.S.  policy  on 
Namibia.  Accusatory  fabrications  have  been 
issued — that  the  United  States  plans  to  create 
an  army  in  Namibia,  that  the  United  States 
has  already  chosen  a  candidate  to  lead  an  in- 
dependent Namibia.  There  is  not  a  shred  of 
truth  in  either  of  these  accusations.  The  ob- 
ject of  these  attacks  can  only  be  to  discredit 
efforts  to  achieve  a  negotiated  settlement. 
However,  we  will  not  be  deterred  in  our 
search  for  a  peaceful  and  realistic  path  to 
genuine  freedom  and  independence  for 
Namibia,  but  we  do  wish  to  point  out  that 
constant  calumnies  can  only  impede  progress 
toward  a  solution. 

Mr.  President,  there  are  several  other  as- 
pects of  my  government's  policy  toward 
Namibia  which  I  would  like  to  bring  to  your 
attention: 

In  addition  to  the  major  diplomatic  effort 
which  the  United  States  has  made  during  the 
past  year,  my  government  has  also  been  ac- 
tive in  providing  educational  assistance  to 
young  Namibians.  In  the  past  year  the  United 
States  has  provided  $300,000  for  the  training 
of  Namibian  students  to  help  prepare  them  to 
assume  the  obligations  of  building  and  ad- 
ministering an  independent  Namibia.  The 
United  States  has  contributed  $250,000  to  the 
United  Nations  Institute  for  Namibia  in 
Lusaka  and  $50,000  to  the  United  Nations 
Educational  and  Training  Program  for  South- 
ern Africa,  specially  earmarked  for  Nami- 
bians. These  contributions  also  reflect  the  im- 
portance the  United  States  places  in  the 


United  Nations  as  the  legitimate  authority  for 
Namibia. 

The  United  States  also  remains  seriously 
concerned  over  the  application  of  South  Afri- 
can legislation  in  the  territory.  We  have  pro- 
tested to  the  South  African  authorities  the  en- 
forcement of  the  Terrorism  Act  in  Namibia. 
In  May  we  protested  against  a  particular  ap- 
plication of  the  act  against  four  Namibians, 
two  of  whom  were  sentenced  to  death. 

In  conclusion,  Mr.  President,  I  would  like 
to  reaffirm  the  commitment  of  the  United 
States  to  achieving  self-determination  and  in- 
dependence in  Namibia  in  accordance  with  Se- 
curity Council  Resolution  385.  Our  support  for 
these  principles  remains  as  strong  today  as 
any  time  in  past  years.  The  United  States  has 
worked  hard  to  advance  the  process  leading  to 
Namibian  independence;  actions  to  impede 
our  efforts  do  not  help  this  process. 

The  United  States  strongly  urges  all  the 
parties  concerned  with  Namibia  to  resolve 
their  differences  and  work  out  at  the  confer- 
ence table  the  transition  to  a  free  and  inde- 
pendent nation.  As  Secretary  Kissinger  said 
on  September  30,  the  United  States  pledges 
"our  continued  solicitude  for  the  independence 
of  Namibia  so  that  it  may,  in  the  end,  be  a 
proud  achievement  of  this  organization  and  a 
symbol  of  international  cooperation." 

Mr.  Hess,  December  10 

USUN  press  release  1H6  dated  December  10 

The  United  States  has  voted  against  draft 
resolution  A/C.4/31/L.30  [A/RES/31/146], 
concerning  the  situation  in  Namibia,  because 
we  cannot  support  a  number  of  its  para- 
graphs. We  cannot,  for  example,  be  party  to 
the  endorsement  in  the  resolution  of  armed 
struggle  as  a  means  to  resolve  the  Namibian 
problem.  As  the  United  States  e.xplained  dur- 
ing the  general  debate,  we  are  committed  to 
the  search  for  a  peaceful,  negotiated  solution 
to  the  Namibian  problem. 

The  United  States  also  cannot  support  the 
paragraphs  of  that  resolution  which  describe 
the  situation  in  Namibia  as  constituting  a 
threat  to  international  peace  and  security  and 
call  on  the  Security  Council  to  impose  a  man- 
datory arms  embargo  against  South  Africa. 


44 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


As  is  well  known,  the  United  States  also  does 
not  regard  any  of  the  political  groups  inside  or 
outside  of  Namibia  as  the  sole  authentic  rep- 
resentative of  the  Namibian  people. 

The  United  States  abstained  on  draft  res- 
olution A/C.4/31/L.31  [A/RES/31/147],  con- 
cerning the  program  of  work  of  the  United 
Nations  Council  for  Namibia.  Our  position  is 
consistent  with  our  past  abstentions  on 
Resolution  2248  and  others,  since  we  have 
reservations  about  the  implications  of  the  res- 
olution and  the  practical  authority  of  the 
Council.  We  also  cannot  support  all  the  rec- 
ommendations of  the  Council  for  Namibia  re- 
port [U.S.  doc.  A/31/24]. 

The  United  States  abstained  on  draft  res- 
olution A/C.4/31/L.32  [A/RES/31/148],  con- 
cerning the  intensification  and  coordination  of 
United  Nations  action  in  support  of  Namibia, 
since  we  cannot  accept  the  blanket  condemna- 
tion of  economic  relations  with  South  Africa 
which  would  include  termination  of  business 
interests  established  in  Namibia  prior  to  the 
termination  of  South  Africa's  mandate.  We 
also  have  reservations  as  to  whether  it  is  feas- 
ible and  legally  appropriate  to  require 
member  states  to  enforce  the  provisions  of 
Decree  No.  1  of  the  United  Nations  Council 
for  Namibia. 

The  United  States  abstained  on  draft  res- 
olution A/C.4/31/L.33  [A/RES/31/149],  con- 
cerning action  by  intergovernmental  and 
nongovernmental  organizations  with  respect 
to  Namibia,  because  we  cannot  support  that 
paragraph  which  calls  for  such  assistance  by 
the  specialized  agencies  to  a  liberation  move- 
ment. Our  views  on  that  question  were  dis- 
cussed in  detail  in  the  Fourth  Committee 
earlier  this  year. 

The  United  States  abstained  on  draft  res- 
olution A/C.4/31/L.34  [A/RES/31/150],  con- 
cerning dissemination  of  information  on 
Namibia,  because,  among  other  things,  we 
oppose  the  excessive  expenditure  of  U.N. 
funds  which  will  be  necessitated  by  the  pubhc- 
ity  campaign  recommended  in  this  resolution. 
We  reserve  the  right  to  oppose  the  financial 
implications  of  this  resolution  when  it  comes 
before  the  Fifth  Committee. 

The  United  States  was  pleased  to  partici- 
pate in  the  adoption  without  a  vote  of  draft 
resolution   A/C.4/31/L.35  [A/RES/31/151], 


concerning  the  United  Nations  Fund  for 
Namibia.  Our  position  on  this  resolution, 
however,  does  not  indicate  a  change  in  our 
view  that  U.N.  voluntary  funds  should  be 
maintained  by  voluntary  contributions  and  not 
by  disbursements  of  the  regular  United  Na- 
tions budget. 

The  United  States  has  abstained  on  draft 
resolution  A/C.4/31/L.36  [A/RES/31/152], 
concerning  observer  status  for  the  South 
West  Africa  People's  Organization.  As  U.S. 
spokesmen  have  indicated  many  times,  we 
view  SWAPO  as  an  important  element  of  any 
future  state  of  Namibia,  but  there  are  other 
Namibian  voices  which  must  also  be  heard. 
We  do  not  consider  SWAPO  to  be  the  sole 
legitimate  representative  of  all  the  Namibian 
people.  This  resolution's  designation  of 
SWAPO  would  seem  to  preclude  any  role  for 
any  other  Namibians  at  the  United  Nations. 
The  United  States  cannot  support  this  view, 
nor  do  we  believe  it  advances  the  prospects 
for  negotiations. 

The  United  States  was  pleased  to  partici- 
pate in  the  consensus  adoption  of  draft  resolu- 
tion A/C.4/31/L.37  [A/RES/31/153],  concern- 
ing the  nationhood  program.  We  have 
supported  this  resolution  because  we  endorse 
efforts  to  prepare  the  people  of  Namibia  for 
independence  while  not  wishing  to  signify 
any  change  in  our  position  on  SWAPO,  al- 
ready mentioned  in  this  explanation  of  our 
voting. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  would  also  like  to  use  this 
occasion  to  deny  the  allegation  that  the 
United  States  has  licensed  or  shipped  any 
armored  personnel  carriers  to  Namibia.  Fur- 
ther, I  reiterate  that  the  United  States  con- 
tinues to  enforce  strictly  our  arms  embargo 
against  South  Africa. 

In  conclusion,  I  wish  to  point  out  that  de- 
spite our  disagreement  with  a  number  of 
points  in  these  resolutions,  the  United  States 
remains  steadfast  in  its  policy  of  seeking  to 
promote  a  conference  of  the  parties  involved 
in  the  Namibian  problem,  under  U.N.  aus- 
pices, at  the  earliest  possible  date,  with  a 
view  toward  achieving  early  independence. 
We  continue  to  support  the  provisions  of  Se- 
curity Council  Resolution  385  concerning  the 
future  of  the  territory. 

I  would  reiterate  the  statement  made  by 


January  17,  1977 


45 


Ambassador  Scranton  in  the  Fourth  Commit- 
tee on  December  2,  when  he  stated,  "The 
United  States  is  dedicated  to  ending  the  il- 
legal occupation  of  Namibia  by  South  Africa 
and  to  bringing  about  majority  rule  and  inde- 
pendence for  Namibia  as  a  single,  unitary 
state." 

Furthermore,  as  Secretary  Kissinger  said 
on  September  30,  the  United  States  pledges 
"our  continued  solicitude  for  the  independence 
of  Namibia  so  that  it  may  ...  be  a  proud 
achievement  of  this  organization  and  a  symbol 
of  international  cooperation." 

Mr.  Chairman,  the  "no"  vote  and  the 
"abstention"  votes  of  my  government  today 
reflect  the  views  that  we  do  not  feel  that 
these  resolutions  positively  contribute  to  this 
worthy  goal.. 


TEXTS  OF  RESOLUTIONS 


General  Assembly  Resolution  31/146  ' 

Situation  in  Namibia  resulting  from  the  illegal 
occupation  of  the  Territory  by  South  Africa 

The  General  Assemblii, 

Having  examined  the  report  of  the  United  Nations 
Council  for  Namibia  and  the  relevant  chapters  of  the 
report  of  the  Special  Committee  on  the  Situation  with 
regard  to  the  Implementation  of  the  Declaration  on  the 
Granting  of  Independence  to  Colonial  Countries  and 
Peoples, 

Having  heard  the  statements  of  the  representative 
of  the  South  West  Africa  People's  Organization,  who 
participated  in  an  observer  capacity  in  the  considera- 
tion of  the  item  by  the  Fourth  Committee, 

Recalling  its  resolution  1514  (XV)  of  14  December 
1960,  containing  the  Declaration  on  the  Granting  of  In- 
dependence to  Colonial  Countries  and  Peoples, 

Recalling,  in  particular,  its  resolutions  214.5  (XXI)  of 
27  October  1966  and  2248  (S-V)  of  19  May  1967  and  sub- 
sequent resolutions  of  both  the  General  Assembly  and 
the  Security  Council  relating  to  the  question  of 
Namibia,  as  well  as  the  advisory  opinion  of  the  Interna- 
tional Court  of  Justice  of  21  June  1971,  delivered  in  re- 
sponse to  the  request  addressed  to  it  by  the  Council  in 
its  resolution  284  (1970)  of  29  July  1970, 

Taking  into  consideration  the  relevant  resolution 


'  Adopted  by  the  committee  on  Dec.  10  by  a  recorded 
vote  of  108  to  6  (U.S.),  with  12  abstentions,  and  by  the 
Assembly  on  Dec.  20  by  a  recorded  vote  of  107"  to  6 
(U.S.),  with  12  ab.stentions  (te.xt  from  U.N.  doc.  A/.31/ 
437,  report  of  the  Fourth  Committee  on  agenda  item  85, 
Question  of  Namibia). 


adopted  by  the  Council  of  Ministers  of  the  Organization 
of  African  Unity  at  its  twenty-seventh  ordinary  ses- 
sion, and  subsequently  endorsed  by  the  Assembly  of 
Heads  of  State  and  Government  of  the  Organization  of 
African  Unity  at  its  thirteenth  ordinary  session,  held  at 
Port  Louis  in  July  1976, 

Also  taking  into  consideration  the  political  declara- 
tion and  the  resolution  relating  to  Namibia  adopted  by 
the  Fifth  Conference  of  Heads  of  State  or  Government 
of  Non-Aligned  Countries,  held  at  Colombo  in  August 
1976, 

Reaffirming  that  the  Territory  and  people  of  Namibia 
are  the  direct  responsibility  of  the  United  Nations  and 
that  the  Namibian  people  must  be  enabled  to  attain 
self-determination  and  independence  within  a  united 
Namibia, 

Strongly  deploring  South  Africa's  continued  refusal 
to  comply  with  the  resolutions  and  decisions  of  the 
United  Nations,  its  continued  illegal  occupation  of 
Namibia,  its  brutal  repression  of  the  Namibian  people 
and  its  persistent  violation  of  their  human  rights,  as 
well  as  its  efforts  to  destroy  the  national  unity  and  ter- 
ritorial integrity  of  Namibia, 

Strongly  condemning  attempts  by  South  Africa, 
through  the  convening  of  a  so-called  constitutional  con- 
ference, to  perpetuate  its  colonial  e.xploitation  of  the 
people  and  resources  of  Namibia  by  misrepresenting 
the  genuine  aspirations  of  the  Namibian  people. 

Gravely  concerned  at  the  militarization  of  Namibia  by 
the  illegal  occupation  regime  of  South  Africa,  its 
threats  and  acts  of  aggression  against  independent  Af- 
rican countries  and  the  forceful  removal  of  Namibians 
from  the  northern  border  of  the  Territory  for  military 
purposes. 

Strongly  deploring  the  policies  of  those  States, 
which,  despite  the  relevant  decisions  of  the  United  Na- 
tions and  the  advisory  opinion  of  the  International 
Court  of  Justice  of  21  June  1971,  continue  to  maintain 
diplomatic,  economic,  consular  and  other  relations  with 
South  Africa,  purporting  to  act  on  behalf  of  or  concern- 
ing Namibia,  as  well  as  military  or  strategic  collabora- 
tion, all  of  which  has  the  effect  of  supporting  or 
encouraging  South  Africa  in  its  defiance  of  the  United 
Nations, 

Recognizing  that  the  situation  in  Namibia  constitutes 
a  threat  to  international  peace  and  security. 

Noting  with  satisfaction  the  opposition  of  the  Nami- 
bian people  to  South  Africa's  illegal  presence  in  the 
Territory  and  to  its  oppressive  racist  policies  and,  in 
particular,  the  progress  of  their  struggle  in  all  its  forms 
for  national  liberation  under  the  leadership  of  the  South 
West  Africa  People's  Oi'ganization, 

Strongly  supporting  the  efforts  of  the  United  Nations 
Council  for  Namibia  in  the  discharge  of  the  respon- 
sibilities entrusted  to  it  by  the  relevant  resolutions  of 
the  General  Assembly, 

1.  Reaffirms  the  inalienable  right  of  the  people  of 
Namibia  to  self-determination,  freedom  and  national 
independence  in  a  united  Namibia,  in  accordance  with 
the  Charter  of  the  United  Nations  and  as  recognized  in 
resolutions  1514  (XV)  and  2145  (XXI),  as  well  as  sub- 


46 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


se(juent  resolutions  of  the  General  Assembly  relating  to 
Namibia,  and  the  legitimacy  of  their  strugjile  by  all 
means  at  their  disposal  against  the  illegal  occupation  of 
their  Territoi'y  by  South  Africa: 

2.  Recogiiizef!  that  the  national  liberation  movement 
of  Namibia,  the  South  West  Africa  People's  Organiza- 
tion, is  the  sole  and  authentic  representative  of  the 
Namibian  people; 

3.  Supports  the  armed  struggle  of  the  Namibian 
people,  led  by  the  South  West  Africa  People's  Organi- 
zation, to  achieve  self-determination,  freedom  and  na- 
tional independence  in  a  united  Namibia; 

4.  Appeah  to  all  States  Members  of  the  United  Na- 
tions to  grant  all  necessary  support  and  assistance  to 
the  South  West  Africa  People's  Organization  in  its 
struggle  to  achieve  independence  and  national  unity  for 
Namibia; 

5.  Requests  all  specialized  agencies  and  other  or- 
ganizations within  the  United  Nations  system  to  pre- 
pare, in  consultation  with  the  United  Nations  Council 
for  Namibia  and  within  their  respective  spheres  of 
competence,  programmes  of  assistance  to  the  people  of 
Namibia  and  their  liberation  movement,  the  South 
West  Africa  People's  Organization; 

6.  Decides  to  increase  the  financial  provisions  in  the 
budget  of  the  United  Nations  Council  for  Namibia  to 
finance  the  office  of  the  South  West  Africa  People's  Or- 
ganization in  New  York,  in  order  to  ensure  the  due  and 
proper  representation  of  the  people  of  Namibia  through 
the  South  West  Africa  People's  Organization  at  the 
United  Nations; 

7.  Decides  to  continue  to  defray  the  expenses  of  a 
representative  of  the  South  West  Africa  People's  Or- 
ganization, whenever  the  United  Nations  Council  for 
Namibia  so  requires; 

8.  Strongly  condemns  South  Africa  for  its  persistent 
refusal  to  withdraw  from  Namibia  and  for  its  ma- 
noeuvres to  consolidate  its  illegal  occupation  of  the  Ter- 
ritory; 

9.  Strongly  condemns  the  illegal  South  African  ad- 
ministration for  its  aggression  against  the  Namibian 
people  and  their  national  liberation  movement; 

10.  Sti-ongly  condemns  the  illegal  South  African  ad- 
ministration for  its  massive  repression  of  the  people  of 
Namibia  and  their  liberation  movement  with  the  inten- 
tion of  establishing,  among  other  things,  an  atmosphere 
of  intimidation  and  terror  for  the  purpose  of  imposing 
upon  the  Namibian  people  a  bogus  constitutional  struc- 
ture aimed  at  subverting  the  territorial  integrity  and 
unity  of  Namibia  and  perpetuating  a  ruthless  policy  of 
racial  segregation; 

11.  Strongly  condemns  South  Africa  for  its  military 
build-up  in  Namibia,  its  threats  and  acts  of  aggression 
against  independent  African  countries  and  the  forceful 
removal  of  Namibians  from  the  northern  border  of  the 
Territory  for  military  purposes; 

12.  Strongly  condemns  South  Africa  for  organizing 
the  so-called  constitutional  talks  at  Windhoek,  which 
seek  to  perpetuate  the  apartheid  and  homelands 
policies  as  well  as  the  colonial  oppression  and  exploita- 
tion of  the  people  and  resources  of  Namibia  by  misrep- 
resenting the  genuine  aspirations  of  the  Namibian  people 


for  self-determination,  freedom  and  national  independ- 
ence in  a  united  Namibia; 

13.  Urgently  calls  ujion  the  international  community, 
especially  all  States  Members  of  the  United  Nations,  to 
refrain  from  according  any  recognition  to.  or  co- 
operation with,  any  authority  which  the  illegal  occupa- 
tion regime  may  install  under  the  cui-rent  fraudulent 
constitutional  talks  or  any  other  circumstances  in 
Namibia; 

14.  Strongly  condemns  the  activities  of  all  foreign 
corporations  operating  in  Namibia  under  the  illegal  ad- 
ministration of  South  Africa  which  are  exi)loiting  the 
human  and  natural  resources  of  the  Tei'ritory.  and  de- 
mands that  such  exploitation  cease  forthwith; 

15.  Reaffirms  that  the  activities  of  those  coi'poi'ations 
are  illegal; 

16.  Decides  that  any  independence  talks  regarding 
Namibia  must  be  between  the  representatives  of  South 
Africa  and  the  South  West  Africa  People's  Organiza- 
tion, under  the  auspices  of  the  United  Nations,  for  the 
sole  purpose  of  discussing  the  modalities  for  the  trans- 
fer of  power  to  the  people  of  Namibia; 

17.  Requests  all  Member  States  to  co-operate  fully 
with  the  United  Nations  Council  for  Namibia  in  dis- 
charging the  mandate  entrusted  to  it  under  the  terms 
and  provisions  of  General  Assembly  resolution  2248 
(S-V); 

18.  Covdemns  South  Africa  for  its  persistent  refusal 
to  comply  with  the  pertinent  resolutions  of  the  Security 
Council,  in  particular  resolution  385  (1976)  of  30 
January  1976; 

19.  Demands  that  South  Africa  put  an  end  to  extend- 
ing apaiiheid  in  Namibia  and  to  its  policy  of  "bantu- 
stanization"  of  the  Territoi-y,  aimed  at  destroying  the 
national  unity  and  the  territorial  integrity  of  Namibia; 

20.  Demands  that  South  Africa  release  all  Namibian 
political  prisoners,  including  all  those  imprisoned  or  de- 
tained in  connexion  with  offences  under  so-called  inter- 
nal security  laws,  whether  such  Namibians  have  been 
charged  or  tried  or  are  held  without  charge  and 
whether  held  in  Namibia  or  South  Africa; 

21.  Declares  that,  in  ordei'  that  the  people  of  Namibia 
shall  be  enabled  freely  to  determine  their  own  future,  it 
is  imperative  that  free  elections  under  the  supervision 
and  control  of  the  United  Nations  be  held  urgently  in 
the  whole  of  Namibia  as  one  political  entity; 

22.  Demands  that  South  Africa  accord  uncondition- 
ally to  all  Namibians  currently  in  exile  for  political  rea- 
sons full  facilities  for  their  return  to  their  country 
without  risk  of  arrest,  detention,  intimidation  or  im- 
prisonment; 

23.  Reiterates  that  the  illegal  occupation  of  Namibia 
and  the  war  being  waged  there  by  South  Africa  consti- 
tute a  threat  to  international  peace  and  security; 

24.  Declares  that  the  continued  illegal  occupation  of 
Namibia  by  South  Africa  constitutes  an  act  of  aggres- 
sion against  the  Namibian  people  and  against  the 
United  Nations  as  the  legal  authority  to  administer  the 
Territory  until  independence; 

25.  Urges  the  Security  Council  to  take  up  again  the 
question  of  Namibia,  which  is  still  on  its  agenda,  and,  in 
view  of  South  Africa's  failure  to  comply  with  Council 


January  17,  1977 


47 


resolution  385  (1976),  to  impose  a  mandatory  arms  em- 
bargo against  South  Africa; 

26.  Requests  all  States  to  cease  and  desist  from  any 
form  of  direct  or  indirect  military  consultation,  co- 
operation or  collaboration  with  South  Africa; 

27.  Requests  all  States  to  take  effective  measures  to 
prevent  the  recruitment  of  mercenaries  for  service  in 
Namibia  or  South  Africa: 

28.  Requests  all  States  to  take  steps  to  ensure  the 
termination  of  all  arms  licensing  agreements  with  South 
Africa  and  to  prohibit  the  transfer  to  South  Africa  of  all 
information  relating  to  arms  and  armaments; 

29.  Requests  all  States  to  cease  and  prevent: 

(a)  Any  supply  of  arms  and  ammunition  to  South  Af- 
rica; 

(b)  Any  supply  of  aircraft,  vehicles  or  military 
equipment  for  the  use  of  the  armed  forces  and 
paramilitary  or  police  organizations  of  South  Africa; 

(c)  Any  supply  of  spare  parts  for  arms,  vehicles  or 
military  equipment  used  by  the  armed  forces  and 
paramilitary  or  police  organizations  of  South  Africa: 

(d)  Any  supply  of  so-called  dual-use  aircraft,  vehicles 
or  equipment  which  could  be  converted  to  military  use 
by  South  Africa: 

(e)  Any  activities  in  their  countries  which  promote  or 
are  calculated  to  promote  the  supply  of  arms,  ammuni- 
tion, military  aircraft  or  military  vehicles  to  South  Af- 
rica and  the  supply  of  equipment  or  materials  for  the 
manufacture  and  maintenance  of  arms  and  ammunition 
in  South  Africa  and  Namibia; 

(f)  Any  co-operation  or  activities  by  public  or  private 
corporations  in  conjunction  with  South  Africa  in  the  de- 
velopment, directly  or  indirectly,  of  nuclear  technol- 
ogy, including  the  development  of  a  nuclear  capability 
by  the  racist  regime  in  South  Africa; 

30.  Requests  the  Secretary-General  to  report  to  the 
General  Assembly  at  its  thirty-second  session  on  the 
implementation  of  the  present  resolution. 


Recalling,  in  particular,  its  resolution  3111  (XXVIII) 
of  12  December  1973,  by  which  it  recognized  the  South 
West  Africa  People's  Organization  as  the  authentic  rep- 
resentative of  the  Namibian  people, 

Notin<i  that  the  Organization  of  African  Unity  and 
the  non-aligned  countries  have  recognized  and  invited 
the  South  West  Africa  People's  Organization  to  partici- 
pate in  their  meetings  in  an  observer  capacity, 

1.  Invites  the  South  West  Africa  People's  Organiza- 
tion to  participate  in  the  sessions  and  the  work  of  the 
General  Assembly  in  the  capacity  of  observer: 

2.  Invites  the  South  West  Aftnca  People's  Organization 
to  participate  in  the  sessions  and  the  work  of  all  inter- 
national conferences  convened  under  the  auspices  of  the 
General  Assembly  in  the  capacity  of  observer: 

3.  Considers  that  the  South  West  Africa  People's  Or- 
ganization is  entitled  to  participate  as  an  observer  in 
the  sessions  and  the  work  of  all  international  confer- 
ences convened  under  the  auspices  of  other  organs  of 
the  United  Nations; 

4.  Requests  the  Secretary-General  to  take  the  neces- 
sary steps  for  the  implementation  of  the  present  resolu- 
tion and  to  accord  all  the  facilities  as  may  be  required. 


United  States  Urges  Peaceful  Change 
in  South  Africa 

Following  are  statements  made  in  the 
U.N.  General  Assembly  on  November  3  and 
9  by  U.S.  Representatives  Stephen  Hess  and 
Rev.  Robert  P.  Hupp. 

STATEMENT  BY  MR.  HESS,  NOVEMBER  3 


General  Assembly  Resolution  31/152  ^ 

Observer  status  fur  the  South  West  Africa 
People's  Organization 

The  General  Assetiihly, 

Having  considered  the  question  of  Namibia, 

Recognizing  the  crucial  phase  reached  in  the  struggle 
of  the  Namibian  people  and  the  added  demands  and  crit- 
ical tasks  imposed  upon  their  liberation  movement,  the 
South  West  Africa  People's  Organization, 

Taking  into  consideration  the  report  of  the  United 
Nations  Council  for  Namibia  and  the  recommendations 
contained  therein, 

Reaffiiining  the  resolutions  and  decisions  of  the  Gen- 
eral Assembly  and  the  Security  Council  concerning  the 
question  of  Namibia, 


2  Adopted  by  the  committee  on  Dec.  10  by  a  recorded 
vote  of  114  to  0,  with  13  abstentions  (U.S.),  and  by  the 
Assembly  on  Dec.  20  by  a  recorded  vote  of  113  to  0, 
with  13  abstentions  (U.S.);  (te.xt  from  U.N.  doc.  A/31/ 
437). 


USUN  press  release  139  dated  November  .3 

This  year's  debate  on  apartheid  takes  place 
in  the  lengthening  shadow  of  confrontation 
and  violence  in  South  Africa.  Over  300  lives 
have  been  lost.  Countless  others  have  been 
injured.  Hundreds  more  have  been  detained, 
many  for  no  reasons  other  than  that  they  op- 
pose apartheid.  The  people  of  the  United 
States  mourn  with  those  who  have  lost  their 
brave  young  friends  and  children. 

The  position  of  my  government  has  been 
made  clear  by  Secretary  of  State  Kissinger  in 
a  speech  in  Philadelphia  on  August  31  when 
he  said: 

.  .  .South  Africa's  internal  structure  is  incompatible 
with  any  concept  of  human  dignity.  We  are  deeply  sad- 
dened by  the  recent  and  continuing  clashes  in  black 
urban  townships,  universities,  and  schools  throughout 


48 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


South  Africa.  They  are  dramatic  evidence  of  the  frus- 
tration of  black  South  Africans  toward  a  system  which 
denies  them  status,  equality,  and  political  rights.  No 
system  that  leads  to  political  upheavals  and  violence 
can  possibly  be  just  or  acceptable — nor  can  it  last. 

The  United  States  must  be  true  to  its  own  beliefs.  We 
urge  South  Africa  to  take  account  of  the  conscience  of 
humanity.  We  will  continue  to  use  all  our  influence  to 
bring  about  peaceful  change,  equality  of  opportunity, 
and  basic  human  rights  in  South  Africa. 

The  United  States  has  not  wavered  from 
this  position,  nor  will  it.  In  taking  this  posi- 
tion we  recognize  that  no  nation  or  political 
system  can  claim  a  perfect  record  in  the  field 
of  human  rights.  We  are  all  too  keenly  aware 
that  respect  for  the  dignity  of  the  human 
being  is  declining  in  too  many  countries  in 
nearly  every  region  of  the  world  and  that 
this  General  Assembly,  which  is  dedicated  to 
universal  principles,  frequently  applies  them 
in  a  highly  selective  fashion.  At  a  time  when 
consciousness  of  human  rights  violations  is 
increasing,  so  too  is  the  number  of  states 
where  fundamental  standards  of  human  be- 
havior are  not  observed.  The  situation  in 
South  Africa,  founded  as  it  is  on  a  racially 
discriminatory  legal  system,  is  of  particular 
concern  and  commands  our  attention  and  our 
condemnation. 

U.S.  policy  is  dedicated  to  self- 
determination  for  all  and  is  opposed  to  viola- 
tions of  human  rights  wherever  they  may  oc- 
cur. We  shall  continue  to  use  what  influence 
we  have  to  bring  about  peaceful  change, 
equality  of  opportunity,  and  basic  human 
rights  for  all  South  Africans.  To  this  end,  we 
shall  continue  to  enforce  rigorously  our  com- 
prehensive arms  embargo  against  South  Af- 
rica, which  we  first  imposed  in  1962  and 
broadened  in  1963. 

We  are  concerned  that  unless  substantial 
changes  in  South  African  society  are  forth- 
coming, the  violence  will  increase  and  inevi- 
tably destroy  a  rich  and  productive  country 
capable  of  providing  for  the  economic  and  so- 
cial needs  of  all  its  citizens.  This  would  be  a 
tragedy  for  all  South  Africans.  We  urge  the 
South  African  Government  to  make  deci- 
sions necessary  to  dismantle  the  apartheid 
system  and  to  respond  positively  to  the  ur- 
gent need  for  genuine  freedom  for  all  its 
people. 

Mr.  President,  if  I  might  just  add  one  very 


brief  personal  note — because  of  the  very 
moving  conclusion  of  the  statement  we  have 
just  heard  from  the  distinguished  delegate 
from  Singapoi'e.  This  is  in  the  nature  of  a 
people-to-people  statement,  not  a  gov- 
ernment-to-government one;  for  I'm  not  a 
professional  diplomat,  but  rather,  as  is  a 
tradition  in  our  country,  I'm  a  private  citizen 
of  the  United  States  and  one  of  three  persons 
chosen  by  the  President  and  the  Senate  to  be 
a  public  member  of  our  delegation.  And  I, 
too,  have  listened  to  the  great  debate  in  this 
Assembly  for  nearly  a  week,  and  from  time 
to  time  I've  heard  an  inflection  in  the  voice  of 
wise  speakers  that  I  have  found  troubling. 

And  perhaps  that  unease  that  I  felt  was 
most  properly  put  in  context  by  the  last 
speaker  when  he  concluded  by  quoting  from 
that  inspiring  novel  by  Alan  Paton,  "Cry,  the 
Beloved  Country,"  when  the  black  priest, 
and  may  I  just  quote  those  beautiful  lines 
again,  said,  you  will  recall:  "I  have  one  great 
fear  in  my  heart,  that  one  day  when  they  turn 
to  loving,  they  will  find  we  are  turned  to  hat- 
ing." 

And  so,  Mr.  President,  my  personal  prayer 
is  that  we  may  somehow  seek  justice  in 
South  Africa  without,  in  turn,  losing  our 
sense  of  humanity  or  our  capacity  to  love. 


STATEMENT  BY  REVEREND  HUPP,  NOVEMBER  9 

The  United  States  was  pleased  to  partici- 
pate in  the  adoption,  without  objection,  of 
the  draft  resolutions  in  documents  A/31/L.6 
[A/RES/31/6  B]  on  the  United  Nations  Trust 
Fund  for  South  Africa  and  A/31/L.7  [A/ 
RES/31/6  C]  concerning  solidarity  with  South 
African  political  prisoners. 

We  voted  against  the  draft  resolution  in 
document  A/31/L.8  [A/RES/31/6  D]  concern- 
ing the  arms  embargo  against  South  Africa. 
We  did  so  because  we  are  not  convinced  that 
the  invocation  of  chapter  VII  of  the  Charter 
of  the  United  Nations  against  South  Africa 
for  its  apartheid  policies  is  appropriate  at 
this  time.  We  object  strongly  to  those  para- 
graphs which  allege  that  the  United  States  is 
sending  weapons  to  South  Africa.  As  the 
General  Assembly  well  knows,  the  United 
States  has  continued  to  impose  its  own  arms 


January  17,  1977 


49 


embargo  against  South  Africa  since  1962  and 
has  urged  other  nations  to  impose  voluntarily 
an  embargo  concerning  military  equipment. 

Recently  it  was  discovered  that  a  U.S. 
company  had  illegally  shipped  arms  to  South 
Africa.  The  shipment  was  made  as  a  result  of 
misrepresentation  by  a  company  employee. 
That  employee  was  subsequently  prosecuted, 
convicted,  and  sent  to  jail. 

Let  me  make  this  clear  so  that  no  doubt 
remains  as  to  the  strength  of  our  commit- 
ment. We  have  jailed  an  American  citizen 
for  facilitating  an  arms  shipment  to  South 
Africa.  The  U.S.  Department  of  Justice  is 
continuing  to  investigate  reports  of  illegal 
arms  sales  to  South  Africa  involving  Ameri- 
can arms  manufacturers. 

The  United  States  voted  against  the  draft 
resolution  in  document  A/31/L.9  [A/RES/31/6 
E]  concerning  relations  between  Israel  and 
South  Africa.  We  disagree  with  the  decision 
to  single  out  Israel  for  criticism  of  its  rela- 
tions with  South  Africa.  While  we  do  not 
condone  Israel's  military  trade  with  South 
Africa,  we  are  aware  that  other  nations  also 
are  involved  in  such  trade.  The  report  of  the 
Special  Committee  Against  Apartheid  and 
this  unbalanced  draft  resolution  stem  from 
anti-Israeli  political  motives  rather  than 
from  any  decision  to  investigate  impartially 
those  countries  which  are  trading  in  military 
materiel  with  South  Africa. 

The  United  States  abstained  in  the  vote  on 
the  draft  resolution  in  document  A/31/L.10/ 
Rev.  1  [A/RES/31/6  F]  concerning  apartheid 
in  sports.  The  U.S.  Government  supports  the 
Olympic  principle  that  no  discrimination  be 
allowed  in  sporting  events  on  the  grounds  of 
race,  religion,  or  political  affiliation.  We  urge 
U.S.  sports  teams  to  respect  the  principle 
and  to  compete  against  teams  that  are 
selected  on  the  principle  of  the  Olympic 
ideal. 

Because  U.S.  sports  teams  are  organized 
privately  and  have  no  official  sponsorship  or 
regulation,  we  are  not  able  to  support  sev- 
eral of  the  recommendations  contained  in 
that  draft  resolution.  Those  recommenda- 
tions would  have  the  U.S.  Government 
intervene  in  the  affairs  of  private  sports  or- 
ganizations, which  it  lawfully  cannot  do.  The 


results  of  this  resolution  could,  in  fact,  prove 
contrary  to  its  sponsors'  intentions  and  instead 
of  breaking  down  apartheid  could  assist  in  con- 
solidating it. 

This  is  borne  out  by  the  experience  of  the 
last  four  years,  when  open  international 
competition  has  resulted  in  some  breaking 
down  of  barriers  in  South  Africa.  For  in- 
stance, Arthur  Ashe  broke  the  color  barrier 
in  the  South  African  Open.  He  encouraged 
the  South  African  tennis  authorities  to  de- 
segregate the  audience  for  the  Open.  Black 
tennis  players  were  also  permitted  to  par- 
ticipate in  other  major  tennis  tournaments  in 
the  country. 

The  United  States  abstained  in  the  vote  on 
the  draft  resolution  in  document  A/31/L.11 
[A/RES/31/6  G]  concerning  the  program  of 
work  of  the  Special  Committee  Against 
Apartheid,  and  we  have  elaborated  on  this 
elsewhere  in  this  statement. 

In  our  view,  the  decision  to  impose  a  type 
of  economic  sanction  against  South  Africa  is 
a  decision  of  the  utmost  seriousness  and  can 
and  should  be  taken  only  by  the  Security 
Council.  Moreover,  we  believe  that  the  facts 
do  not  warrant  such  a  decision.  We  cannot 
accept  the  thesis  of  this  resolution  that  eco- 
nomic relations  with  South  Africa  work  to 
the  disadvantage  of  the  population  or  neces- 
sarily result  in  their  exploitation.  On  the 
contrary,  some  U.S.  corporations  have  been 
among  the  leading  forces  for  equal  rights  and 
enlightened  employment  practices  in  South 
Africa.  It  is  too  simplistic  to  condemn  in 
blanket  fashion  economic  relations  with 
South  Africa.* 

The  United  States  voted  against  the  draft 
resolution  in  document  A/31/L.13  [A/RES/ 
31/6  I]  concerning  the  situation  in  South  Af- 
rica. We  cannot  agree  with  a  number  of 
paragraphs  in  the  resolution.  Specifically,  we 
do  not  believe  that  the  situation  in  South  Af- 
rica, however  abhorrent  the  policies  of  the 
South  African  Government,  constitutes  a 
threat  to  international  peace  or  security.  It 
is  also  clear  that  this  lengthy  resolution  is 


'  The  United  States  voted  against  A/RES/31/6  H  con- 
cerning economic  collaboration  with  South  Africa  and 
abstained  on  A/RES/31/6  K  concerning  investments  in 
South  Africa. 


50 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


tantamount  to  a  call  for  an  uprising  in  South 
Africa  that  would,  in  effect,  result  in  a  racial 
bloodbath.  My  government  cannot  subscribe 
to  the  thesis  that  this  is  the  best  or  only  way 
to  work  for  peace  in  South  Africa. 

The  United  States  voted  against  the  draft 
resolution  in  document  A/31/L.14  [A/RES/ 
31/6  J]  concerning  a  program  of  action 
against  apartheid.  The  U.S.  Government  is 
not  prepared  to  support  a  comprehensive  re- 
gime of  sanctions  against  South  Africa,  which 
this  and  other  draft  resolutions  have  called 
for,  or  to  provide  assistance  for  a  violent  up- 
rising in  South  Africa.  We  also  have  serious 
reservations  on  the  financial  implications  of 
the  program  of  action  and  the  drawing  of 
U.N.  specialized  agencies  into  this  clearly 
political  campaign. 

The  United  States  has  already  discussed 
its  position  toward  South  Africa  as  set  forth 
by  Secretary  Kissinger  in  Philadelphia  on 
August  31.  We  continue  to  believe  that,  al- 
though time  is  running  out,  the  opportunity 
still  exists  for  South  Africa  to  move  away 
from  the  apartheid  system  peacefully  and  to 
create  a  just  society  with  freedom  for  all 
South  Africans. 


U.S.  Joins  Security  Council  Appeal 
for  Assistance  to  Lesotho 

Following  is  a  statement  made  in  the  U.N. 
Security  Council  by  U.S.  Representative  Al- 
bert W.  Sherer,  Jr.,  on  December  22,  together 
with  the  text  of  a  resolution  adopted  by  the 
Council  that  day. 

STATEMENT  BY  AMBASSADOR  SHERER 

USUN  press  release  199  dated  December  22 

The  United  States  has  joined  in  the  consen- 
sus adoption  of  this  resolution  because  we 
wish  to  make  very  clear  our  support  for  its 
main  point.  Restricting  movement  between 
Lesotho  and  that  territory  known  as  Transkei 
has  imposed  serious  burdens  on  the  economy 


of  Lesotho,  and  we  believe  the  world  commu- 
nity should  assist  Lesotho  in  this  difficult 
period. 

At  the  same  time,  Mr.  President,  I  must 
comment  on  operative  paragraph  1  of  the  res- 
olution. It  endorses  and  quotes  General  As- 
sembly Resolution  31/6  A,  on  which  the 
United  States  abstained. 

My  delegation  did  not  abstain  in  the  Gen- 
eral Assembly  because  we  intend  to  recognize 
that  territory  known  as  Transkei.  On  the  con- 
trary, we  have  made  it  eminently  clear  that 
we  have  no  intention  of  recognizing  the  so- 
called  Transkei.  We  do,  however,  reserve  the 
right  to  attend  to  the  welfare  and  protection 
of  American  citizens.  Realistically,  the  occa- 
sion may  arise  in  the  future  when  it  would  be 
required  to  have  some  contact  with  the  au- 
thorities of  the  entity  in  question. 

Despite  the  foregoing,  Mr.  President,  we 
feel  that  the  main  purpose  of  this  resolution 
clearly  is  to  encourage  assistance  to  Lesotho 
and,  accordingly,  we  have  joined  in  the  con- 
sensus adoption. 

In  that  connection,  I  would  like  to  point  out 
that  the  United  States  already  is  extending 
substantial  assistance  to  the  Government  of 
Lesotho.  We  have  cooperated  in  a  regional 
health  project  involving  maternal  and  child 
health  care  and  family  planning  services  in 
rural  areas  and  in  the  development  of  a  more 
comprehensive  program  intended  to  upgrade 
the  knowledge  and  skills  of  health  personnel 
in  planning  and  managing  a  national  health 
system.  We  also  are  cooperating  with  projects 
in  land  and  water  conservation  and  livestock, 
farm  management,  irrigation,  and  agricul- 
ture. We  currently  are  examining  other  ways 
to  assist  the  Government  of  Lesotho. 

Mr.  President,  what  I  have  just  said  dem- 
onstrates our  commitment  to  helping  the  Gov- 
ernment and  the  people  of  Lesotho  to  over- 
come the  obstacles  which  have  been  placed  in 
the  way  of  their  national  development.  We 
hope  that  the  concern  of  this  Council  will  be 
heard  and  that  the  border  posts  in  question 
will  be  opened  promptly  to  the  free  movement 
of  the  people  of  Lesotho. 

Before  closing,  Mr.  President,  I  would  like 
to  express  our  appreciation  for  and  satisfac- 
tion with  the  spirit  of  cooperation  and  close 


January  17,  1977 


51 


coordination  which  went  into  the  preparation 
of  this  resolution.  Such  coordination  clearly 
assisted  the  Council  in  reaching  a  consensus 
agreement.  It  is  an  example  of  the  type  of 
coordination  and  cooperation  which  can  only 
assist  us  all  in  resolving  problems  before  us. 
We  hope  that  this  e.xample  may  be  followed  in 
the  future. 


TEXT  OF  RESOLUTION  > 

The  Security  Council, 

Having  heard  the  statement  of  the  Foreign  Minister 
of  the  Kingdom  of  Lesotho  on  21  December  1976, 

Gravely  concerned  at  the  serious  situation  created 
by  South  Africa's  closure  of  certain  border  posts  be- 
tween South  Africa  and  Lesotho  aimed  at  coercing 
Lesotho  into  according  recognition  to  the  bantustan 
Transkei, 

Recalling  relevant  General  Assembly  resolutions,  in 
particular  resolution  3411  D  (XXX),  condemning  the  es- 
tablishment of  bantustans  and  calling  on  all  Govern- 
ments not  to  recognize  the  bantustans, 

Recalling  further  General  Assembly  resolution  31/6  A 
on  the  so-called  independent  Transkei  and  other  ban- 
tustans, which,  inter  alia,  calls  upon  all  Governments 
to  deny  any  form  of  recognition  to  the  so-called  inde- 
pendent Transkei  and  to  refrain  from  having  any  deal- 
ings with  the  so-called  independent  Transkei  or  other 
bantustans, 

Noting  with  appreciation  the  decision  of  the  Govern- 
ment of  Lesotho  not  to  recognize  the  Transkei  bantustan 
in  compliance  with  United  Nations  decisions, 

Considering  that  the  decision  of  Lesotho  constitutes 
an  important  contribution  to  the  realization  of  United 
Nations  objectives  in  southern  Africa  in  accordance 
with  the  principles  and  purposes  of  the  Charter  of  the 
United  Nations, 


1  U.N.  doc.  S/RES/402  (1976);  adopted  by  the  Council 
by  consensus  on  Dec.  22. 


Taking  note  of  the  urgent  and  special  economic  needs 
of  Lesotho  arising  from  the  closure  of  the  border  posts, 

1.  Endorses  General  Assembly  resolution  31/6  A, 
which,  inter  alia,  calls  upon  all  Governments  to  deny 
any  form  of  recognition  to  the  so-called  independent 
Transkei  and  to  refrain  from  having  any  dealings  with 
the  so-called  independent  Transkei  or  other  bantustans; 

2.  Commends  the  Government  of  Lesotho  for  its  de- 
cision not  to  recognize  the  so-called  independence  of 
Transkei; 

3.  Condemns  any  action  by  South  Africa  intended  to 
coerce  Lesotho  into  according  recognition  to  the  ban- 
tustan Transkei; 

4.  Calls  upon  South  Africa  to  take  immediately  all 
necessary  steps  to  reopen  those  border  posts; 

5.  Appeals  to  all  States  to  provide  immediate  finan- 
cial, technical  and  material  assistance  to  Lesotho  so 
that  it  can  carry  out  its  economic  development  pro- 
grammes and  enhance  its  capacity  to  implement  fully 
the  United  Nations  resolutions  on  apartheid  and  ban- 
tustans; 

6.  Requests  the  United  Nations  and  the  organizations 
and  programmes  concerned,  in  particular  the  United 
Nations  Development  Programme,  the  World  Food 
Programme  and  all  the  United  Nations  specialized 
agencies,  to  assist  Lesotho  in  the  present  situation  and 
to  consider  periodically  the  question  of  economic  assist- 
ance to  Lesotho  as  envisaged  in  the  present  resolution; 

7.  Requests  the  Secretary-General,  in  collaboration 
with  the  appropriate  organizations  of  the  United 
Nations  system,  to  organize,  with  immediate  effect,  all 
forms  of  financial,  technical  and  material  assistance  to 
the  Kingdom  of  Lesotho  to  enable  it  to  overcome  the 
economic  difficulties  arising  from  the  closure  of  the 
border  posts  by  South  Africa  due  to  the  refusal  of 
Lesotho  to  recognize  the  so-called  independence  of 
Transkei; 

8.  Further  requests  the  Secretary-General  to  keep 
the  situation  under  constant  review  to  maintain  close 
liaison  with  Member  States,  regional  and  other  inter- 
governmental organizations,  the  specialized  agencies 
and  international  financial  institutions,  and  to  report  to 
the  Security  Council  at  its  subsequent  meeting  on  the 
question; 

9.  Decides  to  remain  seized  of  the  question. 


52 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


U.S.  Reiterates  Support  for  Negotiated  Solution  in  Rhodesia 


Following  are  statements  made  in  Com- 
mittee IV  (Trusteeship)  of  the  U.N.  General 
Assembly  on  December  13  by  U.S.  Represent- 
ative William  W.  Scranton  and  on  De- 
cember lU  by  U.S.  Representative  Richard 
Petree,  Counselor  for  Political  Affairs,  U.S. 
Mission  to  the  United  Nations;  a  statement 
made  in  plenary  on  December  20  by  U.S. 
Representative  Albert  W.  Sherer,  Jr.;  and  the 
te.rts  of  two  resolutions  adopted  by  the  com- 
mittee on  December  H  and  by  the  Assembly 
on  December  20. 


U.S.  STATEMENTS 

Ambassador  Scranton,  Committee  IV, 
December  13 

USUN  press  release  lf>5  dated  December  13 

The  Fourth  Committee  meets  this  year  on 
the  question  of  Southern  Rhodesia  in  an  at- 
mosphere of  hope  and  cautious  optimism.  For 
the  first  time  in  a  decade  this  Assembly  can 
look  forward  to  a  realistic  prospect  of  major- 
ity rule  in  an  independent  Zimbabwe.  The 
opportunity  for  a  negotiated  solution  to  the 
Rhodesian  problem  has  been  created,  and  the 
parties  involved  are  meeting  face  to  face  over 
the  conference  table.  While  many  major 
problems  remain  to  be  solved,  vigorous  ef- 
forts are  being  made  to  establish  an  interim 
government  for  the  territory.  The  United 
Nations  has  every  reason  to  lend  its  support 
to  these  efforts  toward  realization  of  the 
long-sought  goal  of  peace  and  majority  rule 
in  Rhodesia. 

The  United  States  is  pleased  to  have 
played  a  part  in  the  negotiations  which  have 
brought  about  the  conference  currently 
underway  in  Geneva.  We  salute  the  British 
Government  for  its  prompt  and  efficient  or- 
ganization of  the  Geneva  Conference  and  the 


efforts  of  its  very  able  chairman  of  the  con- 
ference, our  colleague  Ivor  Richard  [British 
Representative  to  the  United  Nations]. 

While  we  are  pleased  with  the  progress 
made  thus  far,  we  are  under  no  illusions  as  to 
the  obstacles  which  remain  for  the 
negotiators  in  Geneva.  Ten  years  of  violence 
create  deep  suspicions  and  animosity  which 
cannot  easily  be  forgotten.  The  representa- 
tives of  the  people  of  the  territory  who  are 
now  meeting  in  Geneva  must  rise  above  their 
own  personal  feelings  and  consider  the  future 
of  their  country  and  the  welfare  of  all.  The 
alternative  to  magnanimity  and  compromise 
is  only  further  violence.  It  is  in  the  interests 
of  all  to  support  the  current  negotiating 
process  and  the  creation  of  a  just  transitional 
government  with  an  African  majority  and  an 
African  Prime  Minister. 

The  United  States  can  understand  the 
legitimate  differences  between  the  parties  at 
the  Geneva  Conference  and  the  real  problems 
facing  that  conference.  We  cannot  but  de- 
plore, however,  the  efforts  of  those  countries 
and  individuals  who  see  some  shortrun  gain 
in  fueling  the  flames  of  violence  and  racial 
strife  in  Rhodesia.  Those  who  back  these 
goals  and  who  attempt  to  subvert  a 
negotiated  solution  are  no  friends  of  Africa 
or  the  people  of  Rhodesia.  They  offer  no  con- 
structive solutions  and  instead  encourage 
continued  violence,  continued  bloodshed. 

In  addition  to  U.S.  efforts  in  the  diplomat- 
ic consultations  on  the  future  of  Rhodesia, 
my  government  has  also  been  active  this  past 
year  in  providing  assistance  to  students  from 
the  territory.  As  a  followup  to  Secretary 
Kissinger's  pledge  in  Lusaka  in  April  1976  to 
expand  existing  programs  for  training 
Namibian  and  Zimbabwean  refugees  as  ad- 
ministrators and  technicians,  the  U.S.  Gov- 
ernment obtained  urgent  authorization  from 
Congress  to  provide  $2.7  million  in  educa- 


January  17,  1977 


53 


tional  assistance  to  southern  African  students 
in  fiscal  year  1976,  including  over  $1  million 
for  Zimbabwean  students.  In  addition,  the 
U.S.  Congress,  at  the  Administration's  re- 
quest, has  appropriated  $4  million  for  south- 
ern African  students  in  fiscal  year  1977. 
These  programs  are  designed  to  train  the  fu- 
ture leaders  of  Zimbabwe  in  the  skills  neces- 
sary to  develop  a  new  nation  in  the  modern 
world. 

In  conclusion,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  would  like 
to  reiterate  the  support  of  my  government 
for  a  negotiated  solution  in  Rhodesia  and  to 
call  on  this  Assembly  to  offer  its  support.  In 
the  last  analysis,  the  current  conference  of- 
fers the  best  hope  for  a  peaceful  transition  to 
majority  rule,  a  goal  which  the  United  Na- 
tions has  worked  for  diligently  for  over  10 
years. 

As  Secretary  Kissinger  said  in  his  speech 
to  the  General  Assembly  on  September  30: 
"The  people  of  Rhodesia,  and  the  neighbor- 
ing states,  now  face  a  supreme  challenge. 
Their  ability  to  work  together,  their  capacity 
to  unify,  will  be  tested  in  the  months  ahead 
as  never  before."  The  United  States  believes 
that  at  this  crucial  moment  the  United  Na- 
tions must  support  the  people  of  Rhodesia  in 
their  efforts  to  forge  a  free  and  independent 
Zimbabwe. 

Mr.  Petree,  Committee  IV,  December  14 

USUN  press  release  IS"  dated  December  14 

The  United  States  has  participated  in  the 
consensus  adopting  draft  resolution  L.45, 
concerning  the  question  of  Southern 
Rhodesia.  My  government  fully  supports  the 
Geneva  Conference  as  the  best  means  to 
achieve  majority  rule  and  independence  in 
Rhodesia.  We  call  on  all  participants  in  the 
conference  to  redouble  their  efforts  to  find  a 
negotiated  settlement  to  the  Rhodesian  prob- 
lem. 

The  United  States  has  voted  against  draft 
resolution  L.46,  regarding  Rhodesian 
sanctions — not  because  we  oppose  such  sanc- 
tions or  want  to  see  them  vitiated  in  any 
way.  To  the  contrary,  and  as  members  of  this 
Assembly  know  full  well,  the  United  States 
supports  those  sanctions  against  Rhodesia 


and  has  been  open  and  frank  in  those  circum- 
stances where  the  United  States  has  been  un- 
able because  of  domestic  legislation  to  imple- 
ment the  sanctions  fully.  The  United  States 
voluntarily  reports  fully  to  the  Security 
Council's  Sanctions  Committee  on  imports 
under  the  Byrd  amendment. 

Mr.  Chairman,  for  obvious  reasons,  com- 
pletely accurate  statistics  on  all  Rhodesian 
exports  are  not  available.  However,  it  is  un- 
likely that  U.S.  imports  account  for  more 
than  5  percent  of  total  Rhodesian  export 
earnings.  Obviously,  95  percent  of  the 
Rhodesian  earnings  originate  elsewhere. 

And  so  this  resolution  cites  one  country 
which  is  honest  and  ignores  the  countries 
which  we  estimate  to  be  the  providers  of  95 
percent  of  Rhodesia's  export  earnings. 

Accordingly,  we  deeply  resent  being 
singled  out  for  criticism.  In  a  year  when  the 
United  States  has  exerted  every  effort  to 
bring  about  the  peaceful  transition  to  major- 
ity rule  in  Rhodesia  we  believe  it  petty  and 
unjust  for  this  Assembly  to  criticize  the 
United  States  alone  for  sanctions  violations. 
The  resolution  applies  a  double  standard  in 
dealing  with  Rhodesia,  because,  as  we  all 
know,  there  are  other  countries  involved  in 
trade  with  Rhodesia,  some  of  whom  are  Afri- 
can countries.  Some  of  those  countries  have 
joined  in  voting  for  this  resolution.  My  gov- 
ernment will  not  associate  itself  with  this 
form  of  hypocrisy.  Because  we  openly  and 
fully  report  what  is  permitted  by  our  own 
domestic  legislation,  we  alone  are  chastised 
while  other  nations  go  unmentioned  for  their 
secret  and  much  more  extensive  trade  with 
Rhodesia. 

Certain  allegations  have  been  made  during 
our  debate  concerning  the  provision  of  oil  to 
Rhodesia.  I  suspect  that  these  allegations 
are  related  to  those  of  the  Center  for  Social 
Action  of  the  United  Church  of  Christ  to  the 
effect  that  the  Mobil  Oil  Corporation,  certain 
of  its  officers,  and  foreign  subsidiaries  have 
violated  the  U.N.  sanctions.  As  the  United 
States  has  pointed  out  in  the  Sanctions 
Committee,  the  U.S.  Treasury  Department's 
Office  of  Foreign  Assets  Control  served  an 
administrative  order  on  Mobil  Oil  on  June  30, 
1976,  directing  the  company  to  furnish  speci- 


54 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


tied  records  for  examination  and  requiring 
the  company  to  obtain  additional  documents 
from  Mobil  South  Africa  and  Mobil  Rhodesia. 
The  Office  of  Foreign  Assets  Control  has 
periodically  broadened  the  scope  of  the  ad- 
ministrative order  to  require  Mobil  to  pro- 
vide additional  material  as  new  avenues  of 
investigation  were  opened.  The  United 
States  will  provide  the  Sanctions  Committee 
with  the  final  results  of  that  investigation  as 
soon  as  they  become  available  from  the  De- 
partment of  the  Treasury. 

Other  allegations  have  been  made  concern- 
ing assurances  to  Ian  Smith  of  "tangible  as- 
sistance," should  the  Geneva  talks  fail.  There 
is  no  basis  whatsoever,  Mr.  Chairman,  for 
these  allegations. 

Ambassador  Sherer,  Plenary,  December  20 

USl'N  press  release  196  dated  December  20 

While  the  United  States  voted  "No"  in  the 
Fourth  Committee  on  the  draft  resolution 
concerning  Rhodesian  sanctions,  we  shall 
abstain  in  plenary. 

We  have  changed  our  vote  from  committee 
to  plenary  so  that  our  position  concerning 
Rhodesian  sanctions  not  be  misunderstood  in 
any  way,  either  by  the  Smith  regime  or  by 
those  with  whom  we  share  the  deep  convic- 
tion that  majority  rule  must  and  will  prevail 
in  an  independent  Zimbabwe.  There  is  no 
change  whatsoever  in  the  American  Govern- 
ment's strong  support  of  the  U.N.  sanctions 
against  Rhodesia. 

At  the  same  time,  we  wish  to  make  it  em- 
phatically clear,  Mr.  President,  that  we  do 
not  accept  in  this  resolution  the  arbitrary 
and  unfair  singling  out  of  the  United  States 
for  condemnation — a  singling  out  which  re- 
sulted from  U.S.  honesty  in  reporting  sanc- 
tions violations.  It  is  well  known  that  many 
other  countries  indulge  in  violations  but  do 
not  report  them.  We  reject  this  application  of 
a  double  standard. 

As  everyone  here  present  is  aware.  Presi- 
dent Ford  and  Secretary  Kissinger  are  exert- 
ing every  effort  to  bring  about  a  peaceful 
transition  to  majority  rule  in  Rhodesia. 
Under  such  circumstances  it  is  also  petty  and 
unjust  for  this  Assembly  to  criticize  the 


United  States  alone  for  sanctions  violations. 
Further,  so  that  there  never  again  will  be 
any  misunderstanding,  the  United  States 
puts  the  General  Assembly  on  notice  that  any 
resolution  in  the  future  which  specifically 
contains  a  condemnation  of  the  United  States 
will  receive  our  negative  vote. 

TEXTS  OF  RESOLUTIONS 

General  Assembly  Resolution  31/154  A' 

The  General  Assembly, 

Having  considered  the  question  of  Southern  Rhodesia 
(Zimbabwe), 

Having  examined  the  relevant  chapters  of  the  report 
of  the  Special  Committee  on  the  Situation  with  regard 
to  the  Implementation  of  the  Declaration  on  the  Grant- 
ing of  Independence  to  Colonial  Countries  and  Peoples, 

Having  heard  the  statement  of  the  representative  of 
the  administering  Power, 

Taking  into  acconnt  the  report  of  the  Ad  Hoc  Group 
established  by  the  Special  Committee  at  its  1029th 
meeting,  on  1  April  1976, 

Recalli)ig  the  Declaration  on  the  Granting  of  Inde- 
pendence to  Colonial  Countries  and  Peoples,  contained 
in  its  resolution  1514  (XV)  of  14  December  1960,  and  the 
programme  of  action  for  the  full  implementation  of  the 
Declaration,  contained  in  its  resolution  2621  (XXV)  of  12 
October  1970,  as  well  as  all  other  resolutions  relating  to 
the  question  of  Southern  Rhodesia  adopted  by  the  Gen- 
eral Assembly,  the  Security  Council  and  the  Special 
Committee, 

Bearing  in  mind  that  the  Government  of  the  United 
Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ireland,  as  the 
administering  Power,  has  the  primary  responsibility  for 
putting  an  end  to  the  critical  situation  in  Southern 
Rhodesia  (Zimbabwe)  which,  as  repeatedly  affiimed  by 
the  Security  Council,  constitutes  a  threat  to  interna- 
tional peace  and  security. 

Reaffirming  that  any  attempt  to  negotiate  the  future 
of  Zimbabwe  with  the  illegal  regime  on  the  basis  of  in- 
dependence before  majority  rule  would  be  in  contraven- 
tion of  the  inalienable  rights  of  the  people  of  the  Terri- 
tory and  contrary  to  the  provisions  of  the  Charter  of  the 
United  Nations  and  of  resolution  1514  (XV), 

Taking  note  of  the  declared  position  of  the  administer- 
ing Power  that  there  shall  be  no  independence  before 
majority  rule  in  Zimbabwe, 

Reaffinning  also  its  endorsement  of  the  relevant  pro- 
visions of  the  Dar  es  Salaam  Declaration  on  Southern 
Africa,  adopted  by  the  Council  of  Ministers  of  the  Or- 


'  Adopted  by  the  committee  by  consensus  on  Dec.  14 
(draft  resolution  A/C.4/31/L.45)  and  by  the  Assembly 
by  consensus  on  Dec.  20  (te.xt  from  U.N.  doc.  A/31/ 
447,  report  of  the  Fourth  Committee  on  agenda  item 
86,  Question  of  Southern  Rhodesia). 


January  17,  1977 


55 


ganization  of  African  Unity  at  its  ninth  extraordinary 
session,  held  from  7  to  10  April  1975, 

Endorsing  the  relevant  provisions  of  the  Political 
Declaration  adopted  by  the  Fifth  Conference  of  Heads 
of  State  or  Government  of  Non-Aligned  Countries,  held 
at  Colombo  from  16  to  19  August  1976,  relating  to 
southern  Africa, 

Taking  note  of  the  convening  of  the  conference  on 
Zimbabwe  at  Geneva, 

Condemning  the  illegal  racist  minority  regime  for  its 
intensified  oppression  of  the  people  of  Zimbabwe,  the 
arbitrary  imprisonment  and  detention  of  political  lead- 
ers and  others,  the  illegal  execution  of  freedom  fight- 
ers and  the  continued  denial  of  fundamental  human 
rights,  including  in  particular  the  wanton  beating,  tor- 
ture and  murder  of  innocent  villagers,  arbitrary  crimi- 
nal measures  of  collective  punishment  and  measures 
designed  to  create  an  apartheid  State  in  Zimbabwe, 

Commending  the  firm  determination  of  the  people  of 
Zimbabwe,  under  the  leadership  of  their  national  lib- 
eration movement,  to  achieve  freedom  and  independ- 
ence, 

1.  Reaffhins  the  inalienable  right  of  the  people  of 
Zimbabwe  to  self-determination,  freedom  and  inde- 
pendence and  the  legitimacy  of  their  struggle  to  secure 
by  all  the  means  at  their  disposal  the  enjoyment  of 
that  right  as  set  forth  in  the  Charter  of  the  United  Na- 
tions and  in  conformity  with  the  objectives  of  General 
Assembly  resolution  1514  (XV); 

2.  Reaffirms  the  principle  that  there  should  be  no 
independence  before  majority  rule  in  Zimbabwe  and 
that  any  settlement  relating  to  the  future  of  the  Terri- 
tory must  be  worked  out  with  the  full  participation  of 
the  people  of  Zimbabwe  and  in  accordance  with  their 
true  aspirations: 

S.  Strongly  condemns  the  illegal  racist  minority  re- 
gime for  its  continued  brutal  and  repressive  measures 
perpetrated  against  the  people  of  Zimbabwe  and  in 
particular  the  wanton  killings  of  Africans  carried  out 
by  the  regime  within  and  outside  Zimbabwe; 

4.  Further  strongly  condemns  the  illegal  racist 
minority  regime  for  its  systematic  acts  of  aggression 
against  neighbouring  African  States; 

5.  Calls  npon  the  Government  of  the  United  King- 
dom of  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ireland,  in  the  dis- 
charge of  its  primary  responsibility  as  the  administer- 
ing Power,  to  take  all  effective  measures  to  enable 
Zimbabwe  to  accede  to  independence  in  accordance 
with  the  aspirations  of  the  majority  of  the  population 
and  not  under  any  circumstances  to  accord  to  the  il- 
legal regime  any  of  the  powers  or  attributes  of 
sovereignty; 

6.  Commends  to  the  administering  Power  for  appro- 
priate action  the  relevant  sections  of  the  report  of  the 
Ad  Hoc  Group  established  by  the  Special  Committee 
on  the  Situation  with  regard  to  the  Implementation  of 
the  Declaration  on  the  Granting  of  Independence  to 
Colonial  Countries  and  Peoples,  at  its  1029th  meeting, 
on  1  April  1976; 

7.  Finnly  supports  the  people  of  Zimbabwe  in  their 
struggle  to  achieve  majority  rule; 


8.  Demands: 

(a)  The  termination  forthwith  of  the  executions  of 
freedom  fighters  being  carried  out  by  the  illegal  Smith 
regime; 

(b)  The  unconditional  and  immediate  release  of  all 
political  prisoners,  detainees  and  restrictees,  the  re- 
moval of  all  restrictions  on  political  activity  and  the 
establishment  of  full  democratic  freedom  and  equality 
of  political  rights,  as  well  as  the  restoration  to  the 
population  of  fundamental  human  rights; 

(c)  The  discontinuance  forthwith  of  all  repressive 
measures,  in  particular  the  brutality  committed  in  the 
"operational  area",  the  arbitrary  closure  of  African 
areas,  the  eviction,  transfer  and  resettlement  of  Afri- 
cans and  the  creation  of  so-called  protected  villages 
and  the  persecution  of  Christian  missionaries  support- 
ing the  cause  of  the  liberation  of  Zimbabwe; 

(d)  The  cessation  of  the  influx  of  foreign  immigrants 
into  the  Territory  and  the  immediate  withdrawal  of  all 
mercenaries  therefrom; 

9.  Calls  upon  all  States  to  take  all  necessary  and  ef- 
fective measures  to  prevent  advertisement  for,  and  re- 
cruitment of,  mercenaries  for  Southern  Rhodesia; 

10.  Requests  all  States,  directly  and  through  their 
action  in  the  specialized  agencies  and  other  organiza- 
tions within  the  United  Nations  system  of  which  they 
are  members,  as  well  as  the  non-governmental  organi- 
zations concerned  and  the  various  programmes  within 
the  United  Nations,  to  extend,  in  consultation  and  co- 
operation with  the  Organization  of  African  Unity,  to 
the  people  of  Zimbabwe  and  their  national  liberation 
movement  all  the  moral,  material,  political  and  human- 
itarian assistance  necessary  in  their  struggle  for  the 
restoration  of  their  inalienable  rights; 

11.  Invites  all  Governments,  the  specialized  agencies 
and  other  organizations  within  the  United  Nations  sys- 
tem, the  United  Nations  bodies  concerned  and  non- 
governmental organizations  having  a  special  interest  in 
the  field  of  decolonization,  as  well  as  the  Secretary- 
General,  to  take  steps,  as  appropriate,  to  give  wide- 
spread and  continuous  publicity  through  all  the  media 
at  their  disposal  to  information  on  the  situation  in 
Zimbabwe  and  on  the  relevant  decisions  and  actions  of 
the  United  Nations,  with  particular  reference  to  the 
application  of  sanctions  against  the  illegal  regime; 

12.  Expresses  the  hope  that  the  conference  on  Zim- 
babwe at  Geneva  will  succeed  in  establishing  the  con- 
ditions for  early  independence  on  the  basis  of  majority 
rule,  in  accordance  with  the  relevant  resolutions 
adopted  by  the  United  Nations; 

13.  Requests  the  Government  of  the  United  King- 
dom, in  keeping  with  its  express  readiness  to  do  so,  to 
co-operate  with  the  Special  Committee  in  the  dis- 
charge of  the  mandate  entrusted  to  the  latter  by  the 
General  Assembly,  and  to  I'eport  thereon  to  the  Spe- 
cial Committee  and  to  the  Assembly  at  its  thirty- 
second  session; 

14.  Requests  the  Special  Committee  to  keep  the  situ- 
ation in  the  Territory  under  review  as  a  matter  of 
priority  and  to  report  thereon  to  the  General  Assembly 
at  its  thirty-second  session. 


56 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


General  Assembly  Resolution  31/154  B  ^ 

The  General  Asaeinbly, 

Having  adopted  resoUition  [31/154  A]  of  (9)  De- 
cember 1976  on  the  question  of  Southern  Rhodesia 
(Zimbabwe), 

Strunqhi  deploring  the  increasing  collaboration,  in 
violation  of  Article  25  of  the  Charter  of  the  United  Na- 
tions and  of  the  relevant  decisions  of  the  United  Na- 
tions, which  certain  States,  particularly  South  Africa, 
maintain  with  the  illegal  racist  minority  regime, 
thereby  seriously  impeding  the  effective  application  of 
sanctions  and  other  measures  taken  so  far  against  the 
illegal  regime, 

Seriou.tly  concerned  at  the  continued  importation  of 
chrome  and  nickel  into  the  United  States  of  America 
from  Southern  Rhodesia,  in  violation  of  the  relevant 
decisions  of  the  Security  Council  and  in  disregard  of 
the  related  resolutions  of  the  General  Assembly, 

Deeply  disturbed  at  recent  reports  of  widespread 
violations  of  United  Nations  sanctions,  including  the 
operation  of  Southern  Rhodesian  aircraft  for  interna- 
tional passenger  and  cargo  traffic,  as  well  as  the  con- 
tinued functioning  of  information  and  airline  offices  of 
the  illegal  regime  outside  Southern  Rhodesia  and  the 
resultant  influx  of  foreign  tourists  into  the  Territory, 

Considering  that  developments  in  the  area  call  in 
particular  for  positive,  concerted  international  action 
with  a  view  to  imposing  maximum  isolation  on  the  il- 
legal regime. 

Reaffirming  its  conviction  that  the  sanctions  will 
not  put  an  end  to  the  illegal  racist  minority  regime  un- 
less they  are  comprehensive,  mandatory  and  effec- 
tively supervised,  enforced  and  complied  with,  particu- 
larly by  South  Africa, 

Noting  with  appreciation  the  decision  of  the  Gov- 
ernment of  Mozambique  to  close  its  borders  with 
Southern  Rhodesia  and  to  impose  sanctions  against  the 
illegal  racist  minority  regime  in  compliance  with  the 
relevant  decisions  of  the  Security  Council, 

1.  Strongly  condemns  those  Governments,  particu- 
larly the  racist  regime  of  South  Africa,  for  their 
policies  which,  in  violation  of  the  relevant  resolutions 
of  the  United  Nations  and  in  open  contravention  of 
their  specific  obligations  under  Article  2,  paragraph  5, 
and  Article  25  of  the  Charter  of  the  United  Nations, 
continue  to  collaborate  w'ith  the  illegal  racist  minority 
regime,  and  calls  upon  those  Governments  to  cease 
forthwith  all  such  collaboration; 

2.  Condemns  all  violations  of  the  mandatory  sanc- 
tions imposed  by  the  Security  Council,  as  well  as  the 
continued  failure  of  certain  Member  States  to  enforce 
those  sanctions  strictly,  as  being  contrary  to  the  obli- 
gations assumed  by  them  under  Article  2,  paragraph  5, 
and  Article  25  of  the  Charter; 


^  Adopted  by  the  committee  on  Dec.  14  by  a  vote  of 
121  to  1  (U.S.),  with  6  abstentions,  and  by  the  Assem- 
bly on  Dec.  20  bv  a  vote  of  124  to  0,  with  7  abstentions 

(U.S.);  (text  from  U.N.  doc.  A/31/447). 


3.  Condemns  the  continued  importation  of  chrome 
and  nickel  from  Southern  Rhodesia  (Zimbabwe)  into 
the  United  States  of  America,  and  calls  upon  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  to  repeal  speedily  all 
legislation  permitting  such  importation; 

4.  Calls  upon  all  Governments  which  so  far  have  not 
done  so: 

(a)  To  take  stringent  enforcement  measures  to  en- 
sure strict  compliance  by  all  individuals,  associations 
and  bodies  corporate  under  their  jurisdiction  with  the 
sanctions  imposed  by  the  Security  Council  and  to  pro- 
hibit any  form  of  collaboration  by  them  with  the  illegal 
regime; 

(b)  To  take  effective  steps  to  prevent  or  discourage 
the  emigration  to  Southern  Rhodesia  (Zimbabwe)  of 
any  individuals  or  groups  of  individuals  under  their 
jurisdiction; 

(c)  To  discontinue  any  action  which  might  confer  a 
semblance  of  legitimacy  on  the  illegal  regime,  inter 
alia,  by  forbidding  the  operation  and  activities  of  Air 
Rhodesia,  the  Rhodesia  National  Tourist  Board  and 
the  Rhodesian  Information  Office,  or  any  other  ac- 
tivities which  contravene  the  aims  and  purposes  of  the 
sanctions; 

(d)  To  invalidate  passports  and  other  documents  for 
travel  to  the  Territory; 

5.  Highly  commends  the  action  taken  by  the  Gov- 
ernment of  Mozambique  in  closing  its  borders  with 
Southern  Rhodesia  and  imposing  total  sanctions 
against  the  Smith  regime,  and  considers  that  that  ac- 
tion constitutes  an  important  contribution  in  support  of 
the  liberation  struggle  in  Zimbabwe  and  towards  the 
maximum  isolation  of  the  illegal  regime; 

6.  Requests  al!  States,  directly  and  through  their  ac- 
tion in  the  specialized  agencies  and  other  organizations 
within  the  United  Nations  system  of  which  they  are 
members,  and  the  various  programmes  within  the 
United  Nations  system  to  extend  to  the  Government  of 
Mozambique  all  forms  of  financial,  technical  and  mate- 
rial assistance  in  order  to  enable  it  to  overcome  any 
economic  difficulties  in  connexion  with  its  application 
of  economic  sanctions  against  the  illegal  regime; 

7.  Further  requests  the  Security  Council  to  under- 
take a  periodic  review  of  the  question  of  economic  as- 
sistance to  the  Government  of  Mozambique  as  well  as 
to  the  Government  of  Zambia; 

8.  Reiterates  its  conviction  that  the  scope  of  the 
sanctions  against  the  illegal  regime  must  be  widened 
to  include  all  the  measures  envisaged  under  Article  41 
of  the  Charter  and  requests  the  Security  Council  to 
consider  taking  the  necessary  measures  in  that  regard 
as  a  matter  of  urgency; 

9.  Requests  the  Special  Committee  on  the  Situation 
with  regard  to  the  Implementation  of  the  Declaration 
on  the  Granting  of  Independence  to  Colonial  Countries 
and  Peoples  to  follow  the  implementation  of  the  pres- 
ent resolution  and  invites  the  Security  Council  Com- 
mittee established  in  pursuance  of  resolution  253 
(1968)  concerning  the  question  of  Southern  Rhodesia  to 
continue  to  co-operate  in  the  related  work  of  the  Spe- 
cial Committee. 


January  17,  1977 


57 


United  States  Reemphasizes  Spirit 
of  Cooperation  With  OAU 

Following  is  a  statement  made  in  plenary 
session  of  the  U.N.  General  Assembly  by 
U.S.  Representative  Ersa  Poston  on 
November  16. 

I'Sl'N  press  release  152  llaled  November  16 

As  the  General  Assembly  again  considers 
the  question  of  cooperation  between  the 
United  Nations  and  the  Organization  of  Afri- 
can Unity,  the  United  States  wishes  to  reaf- 
firm our  respect  for  the  OAU  and  the  ideals 
embodied  in  its  charter  and  to  emphasize 
that  we  look  forward  to  maintaining  close 
cooperation  with  the  organization  and  with 
its  members. 

As  a  country  which  participated  in  the 
founding  of  the  first  of  the  regional  organiza- 
tions, we  are  aware  of  the  essential  role  such 
organizations  can  play.  We  believe  regional 
cooperation  is  a  step  on  the  way  to  global 
cooperation.  We  also  believe  that  there  are 
some  issues  which  transcend  regional  con- 
cern and  require  global  attention. 

Nineteen  seventy-six  has  been  a  crucial 
year  in  U.S. -African  relations.  In  addition  to 
building  on  the  strong  and  significant  ties 
which  we  have  with  African  nations,  this 
past  year  has  witnessed  an  unprecedented 
level  of  U.S.  involvement  in  trying  to  help 
find  solutions  to  many  of  the  pressing  prob- 
lems of  the  African  Continent.  Secretary  of 
State  Kissinger's  efforts  in  particular  have 
underlined  our  commitment  to  assist  the  na- 
tions of  southern  Africa  find  negotiated  solu- 
tions to  the  problems  of  Namibia  and 
Zimbabwe.  While  progress  has  been  made — 
and  we  have  tried  to  play  a  part — difficult 
decisions  still  lie  ahead.  The  United  States 
will  not  relax  its  efforts  to  see  these  crucial 
international  issues  resolved. 

The  past  year  also  has  seen  concerted  U.S. 
efforts  in  multilateral  forums  to  solve  eco- 
nomic problems  of  the  nations  of  Africa. 
Some  progress  has  been  achieved  in  eradicat- 
ing poverty  and  ushering  in  a  new  era  of  eco- 
nomic development  for  all  of  Africa.  Much 
still  remains  to  be  done.  The  United  States 
remains  committed  to  assisting  the  people  of 


Africa  utilize  their  great  potential  in  human 
and  natural  resources  in  order  to  achieve 
economic  progress  in  the  years  ahead. 

Above  all  else,  1976  has  seen  the  realiza- 
tion of  a  spirit  of  cooperation  by  the  United 
States  in  our  relations  with  Africa.  As  Secre- 
tary Kissinger  said  in  his  toast  at  a  luncheon 
for  representatives  of  the  OAU  nations  on 
October  8: 

There  can  no  longer  be  any  question  that  America  is 
coinmitted  to  Africa's  goals  and  to  working  with  the  na- 
tions of  Africa  to  solve  the  continent's  problems  .... 

Let  us  set  aside  the  suspicions  of  the  past  and  work 
for  our  common  future.  Together  we  can  constitute  the 
community  of  man  on  the  basis  of  mutual  benefit  and 
shared  endeavor.  We  can  show  that  races  can  live  to- 
gether, that  there  is  an  alternative  to  hatred. 

Mr.  President,  the  United  States  will  do 
all  in  its  power  to  make  this  spirit  of  coop- 
eration a  reality  in  our  dealings  with  the 
OAU  and  with  its  members. 


U.S.  Supports  U.N.  Membership 
of  Western  Samoa 

Following  is  a  statement  made  in  the  U.N. 
Security  Council  by  U.S.  Representative 
Albert  W.  Sherer,  Jr.,  on  December  1. 

rSl'N  press  release  173  dated  December  1 

My  country  is  pleased  to  support  the  can- 
didacy of  the  Independent  State  of  Western 
Samoa  for  membership  in  the  United  Na- 
tions.' 

The  United  States  has  had  a  long  and  fruit- 
ful relationship  with  the  people  and  Govern- 
ment of  Western  Samoa.  We  have  worked 
with  them  through  the  years  in  bilateral  rela- 
tionships and  within  the  context  of  the  South 
Pacific  Commission  and  the  South  Pacific 
Forum.  There  are,  of  course,  close  ties  be- 
tween the  peoples  of  Western  Samoa  and  the 
people  of  American  Samoa,  who  share  the 


'  The  Council  on  Dec.  1  adopted  unanimously  a  res- 
olution (S/RES/399  (1976))  recommending  to  the  Gen- 
eral Assembly  "that  Western  Samoa  be  admitted  to 
membership  in  the  United  Nations."  The  Assembly  on 
Dec.  15  adopted  unanimously  a  resolution  (A/RES/31/ 
104)  admitting  Western  Samoa  to  membership. 


58 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


same  culture,  language,  and  history.  I  am 
sure  that  through  its  membership  in  the 
United  Nations,  Western  Samoa  will  make  a 
valuable  contribution  to  international  peace 
and  understanding  and  will  bring  to  this  or- 
ganization the  unique  perception  of  the 
peoples  of  the  Pacific. 

We  will  be  pleased  therefore  to  welcome 
Western  Samoa  to  the  United  Nations  and 
look  forward  to  continuing  here  the  close  and 
cordial  relations  that  have  developed  be- 
tween our  two  countries. 


Congressional  Documents 
Relating  to  Foreign  Policy 

International  Convention  for  the  Safety  of  Life  at  Sea, 
1974.  Message  from  the  President  of  the  United 
States  transmitting  the  convention.  S.  Ex.  0.  Augu.st 
31,  1976.  266  pp. 

Export  Reorganization  Act  of  1976.  Report  of  the  Sen- 
ate Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  and  the  Joint 
Committee  on  Atomic  Energv  to  accompany  S.  1439. 
S.  Rept.  94-1193.  August  31,'  1976.  81  pp. 

The  United  States  and  China.  A  report  by  Senator 
Hugh  Scott,  Minority  Leader,  U.S.  Senate,  to  the 
Senate  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations.  September 
1976.  ,55  pp. 

The  Political  and  Economic  Crisis  in  Southern  Africa.  A 
staff  report  to  the  Subcommittee  on  Foreign  Assist- 
ance of  the  Senate  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations. 
September  1976.  52  pp. 

Concerning  Recent  Actions  by  the  Governments  of 
North  Korea  and  South  Korea.  Report  of  the  House 
Committee  on  International  Relations,  together  with 
supplemental  views,  to  accompany  H.  Res.  1506.  H. 
Rept.  94-1462.  September  2,  1976.  17  pp. 

Urging  the  President  Not  To  Extend  Diplomatic  or 
Other  Recognition  to  the  Transkei  Territory.  Report 
of  the  House  Committee  on  International  Relations  to 
accompany  H.  Res.  1509.  H.  Rept.  94-1463.  Sep- 
tember 2,  1976.  7  pp. 

Religious  Repression  in  the  Soviet  Union:  Dissident 
Baptist  Pastor  Georgi  Vins.  Report  of  the  House 
Committee  on  International  Relations  to  accompany 
H.  Con.  Res.  726:  H.  Rept.  94-1464;  September  2, 
1976:  5  pp.  Report  of  the  Senate  Committee  on 
Foreign  Relations:  S.  Rept.  94-1306:  September  24, 
1976:  2  pp. 

Customs  Convention  on  Containers,  1972,  and  Interna- 
tional Convention  for  Safe  Containei's.  Report  of 
the  Senate  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  to  ac- 
company Ex.  X,  93-1.  S.  Ex.  Rept.  94-33.  September 
3,  1976.  61  pp. 

Humanitarian  Assistance  to  Earthquake  Victims  in 
Italy.  A  staff  report  prepared  for  the  use  of  the  Sub- 
committee To  Investigate  Problems  Connected  With 
Refugees  and  Escapees  of  the  Senate  Committee  on 
the  Judiciary.  September  10,  1976.  24  pp. 


United  States  and  Bulgaria  Sign 
New  Fisheries  Agreement 


Joint  Statement 


Press  release  (>(l.s  dated  Decemher  17 


On  December  17,  1976,  representatives  of 
the  United  States  of  America  and  the 
People's  Republic  of  Bulgaria  signed  a  new 
agreement  relating  to  fishing  activities  of 
Bulgaria  off  the  coasts  of  the  United  States. 

The  agreement  sets  out  the  arrangements 
between  the  countries  which  will  govern  fish- 
ing by  Bulgarian  vessels  within  the  fishery 
conservation  zone  of  the  United  States  be- 
ginning on  March  1,  1977.  The  agreement 
will  come  into  force  after  the  completion  of 
internal  procedures  by  both  governments. 

The  signing  of  this  agreement  took  place  in 
Washington.  Lubomir  Popov,  Ambassador  to 
the  United  States  of  the  People's  Republic  of 
Bulgaria,  signed  for  Bulgaria.  Rozanne  L. 
Ridgway,  Ambassador  of  the  United  States 
for  Oceans  and  Fisheries  Affairs,  signed  for 
the  United  States.  Both  delegations  ex- 
pressed their  satisfaction  with  the  new  ac- 
cord and  the  hope  that  it  will  strengthen 
cooperation  between  Bulgaria  and  the  United 
States. 


Current  Treaty  Actions 


MULTILATERAL 

Antarctica 

Recommendations  relating  to  the  furtherance  of  the 
principles  and  objectives  of  the  Antarctic  treaty  of 
December  1,  1959  (TIAS  4780).  Adopted  at  Oslo  June 
20,  1975.  » 
Notification  of  approval:  Chile,  December  22,  1976. 

Meteorology 

Convention  of  the  World  Meteorological  Organization. 
Done  at  Washington  October  11,  1947.  Entered  into 
force  March  23,  1950.  TIAS  2052. 
Accession  deposited:  Malta,  December  28,  1976. 

Oil  Pollution 

International  convention  for  the  prevention  of  pollution 
of  the  sea  by  oil,  as  amended.  Done  at  London  May 


Not  in  force. 


January  17,  1977 


59 


12,   1954.   Entered  into  force  July  26,   1958;  for  the 
United  States  December  8,  1961.  TIAS  4900,  6109. 
Acceptance  deposited:  Surinam,  December  1,  1976. 

Postal 

Second  additional  protocol  to  the  constitution  of  the 
Universal  Postal  Union  of  July  10,  1964  (TIAS  5881, 
7150),  general  regulations  with  final  protocol  and  an- 
ne.x,  and  the  universal  postal  convention  with  final 
approval  and  detailed  regulations.  Done  at  Lausanne 
July  5,  1974.  Entered  into  force  January  1,  1976. 
TIAS  8231. 

Ratifications  deposited:  Bangladesh,  October  28, 
1976;  German  Democratic  Republic,  July  15,  1976; 
Norway,  October  20,  1976. 

Money  orders  and  postal  travellers'  checks  agreement, 
with  detailed  regulations.  Done  at  Lausanne  Julv  5, 
1974.  Entered  into  force  January  1,  1976.  TIAS  8232. 
Ratification  deposited:  Norway,  November  19,  1976. 

Trade 

Arrangement  regarding  international  trade  in  textiles, 
with  annexes.  Done  at  Geneva  December  20,  1973. 
Entered  into  force  January  1,  1974,  except  for  article 
2,  paragraphs  2,  3,  and  4,  which  entered  into  force 
April  1,  1974.  TIAS  7840. 

Accepta)ice  deposited:  Bangladesh,  December  3, 
1976. 


BILATERAL 


Jordan 

Agreement  for  sales  of  agricultural  commodities,  relat- 
ing to  the  agreement  of  November  27,  1974  (TIAS 
7995),  with  minutes.  Signed  at  Amman  November  29, 
1976. 


GPO  Sales  Publications 

Publications  may  be  ordered  by  catalog  or  stock 
number  from  the  Superintendent  of  Documents, 
U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.C. 
20^02.  A  25-percent  discount  is  made  on  orders  for 
100  or  more  copies  of  any  one  publication  mailed  to 
the  same  address.  Remittances,  payable  to  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents,  must  accompany 
orders.  Prices  shown  below,  which  include  domestic 
postage,  are  subject  to  change. 

15th  Annual  Report  to  the  Congress,  U.S.  Arms  Con- 
trol and  Disarmament  Agency.  "This  15th  annual  re- 
port .  .  .  sets  forth  in  detail  and  perspective  the  ad- 
vances that  have  been  made  and  the  difficult,  essential 
work  that  must  still  be  done  ...  to  create  stability 
rather  than  a  spiraling  arms  race  in  weapons  of  incalcul- 
able destructiveness."  ACDA  Pub.  88.  75  pp.  $2.45. 
(Cat.  No.  81.117/5:88). 

General  Agreement  on  Tariffs  and  Trade.  Tenth 
proces-verbal  extending  the  declaration  of  November 
12,  1959,  on  provisional  accession  of  Tunisia  to  the  gen- 
eral agreement.  TIAS  8320.  9  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No. 
89.10:8320). 

General  Agreement  on  Tariffs  and  Trade.  Proces- 
verbal  extending  the  declaration  of  August  9,  1973,  on 
provisional  accession  of  the  Philippines  to  the  general 
agreement.  TIAS  8321.  9  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8321). 

General  Agreement  on  Tariffs  and  Trade.  Declaration 
on  the  provisional  accession  of  Colombia  to  the  agree- 
ment of  October  30,  1947.  TIAS  8322.  24  pp.  450.  (Cat. 
No.  89.10:8322). 

Trade — Meat  Imports.  Agreement  with  Australia. 
TIAS  8323.  8  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8323). 


60 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


INDEX     January  17,  1977     Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1960 


Africa.  United  States  Reemphasizes  Spirit  of 
Cooperation  With  OAU  (Poston) 58 

Bulgaria.  United  States  and  Bulgaria  Sign  New 
F'isheries  Agreement  (joint  statement) 59 

Congress.  Congressional  Documents  Relating  to 
Foreign  Policy  59 

Economic  Affairs.  United  States  and  Bulgaria 
Sign  New  Fisheries  Agreement  (joint  state- 
ment ) 59 

Israel.  U.N.  Disengagement  Observer  Force  in 
Israel-Syria  Sector  Extended  (Bennett) 42 

Lesotho.  U.S.  Joins  Security  Council  Appeal  for 
Assistance  to  Lesotho  (Sherer,  te.xt  of  resolu- 
tion)          51 

Middle  East 

U.N.  Disengagement  Observer  Force  in  Lsrael- 
Syria  Sector  Extended  (Bennett)  42 

U.S.  Gives  Views  in  General  Assembly  Debate  on 
the  Middle  East  (Scranton,  texts  of  resolutions)       37 

U.S.  Votes  Against  U.N.  Resolution  on  Question 
of  Palestine  (Scranton)  41 

Namibia.  U.S.  Reaffirms  Commitment  to  Self- 
Determination  and  Independence  for  Namibia 
(Hess,  Scranton,  texts  of  U.N.  General  Assem- 
bly resolutions)  43 

Publications.  GPO  Sales  Publications 60 

South  Africa 

U.S.  Joins  Security  Council  Appeal  for  Assistance 
to  Lesotho  (Sherer,  text  of  resolution) 51 

United  States  Urges  Peaceful  Change  'n  South 
Africa  (Hess,  Hupp) 48 

Southern  Rhodesia.  U.S.  Reiterates  Support  for 
Negotiated  Solution  in  Rhodesia  (Petree, 
Scranton,  Sherer,  texts  of  U.N.  General  As- 
sembly resolutions) 53 

Syria.  U.N.  Disengagement  Observer  Force  in 
Israel-Syria  Sector  Extended  (Bennett) 42 

Treaty  Information 

Current  Treaty  Actions  59 

I'nited  States  and  Bulgaria  Sign  New  Fisheries 
Agreement  (joint  statement ) .59 

United  Nations 

U.N.  Disengagement  Observer  Force  in  Israel- 
Syria  Sector  Extended  (Bennett)  42 

U.S.  Gives  Views  in  General  Assembly  Debate  on 
the  Middle  East  (Scranton,  texts  of  resolu- 
tions         37 

U.S.  Joins  Security  Council  Appeal  for  Assist- 
ance to  Lesotho  (Sherer,  text  of  resolution)  ...        51 

U.S.  Reaffirms  Commitment  to  Self-Deter- 
niination  and  Independence  for  Namibia  (Hess, 
Scranton,  texts  of  U.N.  General  Assembly  res- 
olutions)          43 


United  States  Reemphasizes  Spirit  of  Coopcii 
tion  With  OAU  (Poston) oH 

U.S.  Reiterates  Support  for  Negotiated  Solution 
in  Rhodesia  (Petree,  Scranton,  Sherer,  texts  of 
U.N.  General  Assembly  resolutions) 53 

U.S.  Supports  U.N.  Membership  of  Western 
Samoa  (Sherer) 58 

United  States  Urges  Peaceful  Change  in  South 
Africa  (Hess,  Hupp) 48 

U.S.  Votes  Against  U.N.  Resolution  on  Question 
of  Palestine  (Scranton)  41 

Western  Samoa.  U.S.  Supports  U.N.  Member- 
ship of  Western  Samoa  (Sherer)  58 

Name  Inde.r 

Bennett,  W.  Tapley,  Jr   42 

Hess,  Stephen    43,  48 

Hupp,  Rev.  Robert  P  48 

Petree,  Richard    53 

Poston,  Ersa    53 

Scranton,  William  W  37,  41,  43,  53 

Sherer,  Albert  W. ,  Jr    51,  53,  58 


Checklist  of  Department  of  State 
Press  Releases:  Dec.  27-Jan.  2 

Press  releases  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office 
of  Press  Relations,  Department  of  State,  Wash- 
ington, D.C.  20520. 

No.  Date  Subject 

*620  12/29  Shipping  Coordinating  Commit- 
tee (SCO,  Subcommittee  on 
Safety  of  Life  at  Sea 
(SOLAS),  working  group  on 
subdivision  and  stability,  Jan. 
26-27. 

*621  12/29  sec,  SOLAS,  working  group  on 
standards  of  training  and 
watchkeeping,  Jan.  26. 

*622  12/29  Advisory  Committee  on  Inter- 
national Intellectual  Proper- 
ty, International  Copyright 
Panel,  Feb.  2. 

*623     12/31       Motor  travel  in  State  of  Sinaloa, 
Mexico. 
tl  1/1      U.S.  withdrawal  from  Interna- 

tional   Convention    for    the 
Northwest  Atlantic  Fisheries. 

*  Not  printed. 

+  Held  for  a  later  issue  of  the  BULLETIN. 


Superintendent   of    Documents 

j  s.  government  printing  office 

washington,  dc.  20402 


OFFICIAL  BUSINESS 


POSTAGE   AND    FEES    PAID 
DEPARTMENT  OF   STATE  STA-501 

Third   Class 


Subscription  Renewals:  To  insure  uninterrupted 
service,  please  renew  your  subscription  promptly 
when  you  receive  the  expiration  notice  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents.  Due  to  the  time  re- 
quired to  process  renewals,  notices  are  sent  out  3 
months  in  advance  of  the  expiration  date.  Any  prob- 
lems involving  your  subscription  will  receive  im- 
mediate attention  if  you  write  to:  Superintendent 
of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


v^ 


/'J: 


mi 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

BULLETIN 

Volume  LXXVI  •  No.  1961  •  January  24,  1977 


ENERGY  AND  THE  WORLD  ECONOMY 

Statement  by  Assistant  Secretary  Katz    61 

AMBASSADOR  SCRANTON'S  ASSESSMENT 

OF  THE  31st  U.N.  GENERAL  ASSEMBLY 

Statement  in  Closing  Plenary  Session    68 

U.S.  SUPPORTS  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  U.N.  AD  HOC  COMMITTEE 

ON  DRAFTING  OF  CONVENTION  AGAINST  TAKING  OF  HOSTAGES 

U.S.  Statements  and  Text  of  General  Assembly  Resolution    72 


THE  OFFICIAL  WEEKLY  RECORD  OF  UNITED  STATES  FOREIGN  POLICY 


For  inde.x  see  inside  back  cover 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE  BULLETIN 


Vol.  I.XXVI,  No.  1961 
January  24,  1977 


For  sale  by  the  SuiJerintendenl  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Washington,  D.C.  20402 

PRICE: 

52  issues  plus  semiannual  indexes. 

domestic  $42.50,  foreign  $53.15 

Single  copy  85  cents 

The  Secretary  of  State  has  determined  that  the  pub- 
lication of  this  periodical  is  necessary  in  the  transac- 
tion of  the  public  business  required  by  law  of  this 
Department.  L'se  of  funds  for  printing  this  periodi- 
cal has  been  approved  by  the  Director  of  the  Office 
of  Management  and  Budget  through  January  :il. 
1981. 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may  be  re- 
printed. Citation  of  the  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 
BULLETIN  as  the  source  will  be  appreciated.  The 
BULLETIN  is  indexed  in  the  Readers'  Guide  to 
Periodical  Literature. 


The  Department  of  State  fHLLKTI\,& 
a  weekly  publication  issued  by  the 
Office  of  Media  Services,  fiureau  oi 
Public  Affairs,  provides  the  public  ant 
interested  agencies  of  the  gocerninenl 
with  information  on  developments  in 
the  field  of  i'.S.  foreign  relations  and 
on  the  work  of  the  Department  and 
the  Foreign  Service. 

The  BILLETI.X  includes  seleclet 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy,  issuet 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart' 
ment,  and  statements,  addresses,  and 
news  conferences  of  the  President  and 
the  Secretary  of  State  and  other  offi- 
cers of  the  Department,  as  well  as  spe- 
cial articles  on  various  phases  of  in- 
ternational affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  inter- 
national agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a  party 
and  on  treaties  of  general  interna- 
tional interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department  of 
State,  United  .\ations  documents,  and 
legislative  material  in  the  field  of 
international  relations  are  also  listed. 


Energy  and  the  World  Economy 


Statement  by  Julius  L.  Katz 

Assistant  Secretary  for  Economic  and  Business  Affairs  * 


I  welcome  the  opportunity  to  appear  be- 
fore your  committee  to  discuss  the  interna- 
tional energy  situation  and  its  impact  on  the 
world  economy.  This  hearing  takes  place 
against  the  background  of  a  further  demon- 
stration at  the  recent  OPEC  [Organization  of 
Petroleum  Exporting  Countries]  meeting  in 
Doha,  Qatar,  of  the  extent  to  which  the  eco- 
nomic well-being  of  the  United  States  and 
the  rest  of  the  world  is  vulnerable  to  unilat- 
eral decisions  on  oil  prices  by  the  OPEC  oil 
producers.  In  these  remarks  I  would  like  to 
discuss  the  recent  OPEC  price  decision,  to 
comment  on  the  effect  of  this  and  earlier  oil 
price  increases  on  the  global  economy,  and  to 
elaborate  a  number  of  longer  term  economic 
and  energy  policy  considerations  that  emerge 
from  the  oil  price  situation. 

The  Doha  Price  Decision 

In  many  ways,  the  OPEC  ministerial  meet- 
ing in  Qatar  in  mid-December  followed  the 
familiar  pattern  of  OPEC  meetings  in  recent 
years.  Accompanied  by  wide-ranging  specu- 
lation about  the  outcome  of  their  delibera- 
tions, the  13  member  nations  met  in  closed 
sessions  to  decide  among  themselves  on  the 
price  other  nations  would  have  to  pay  for  oil. 
But  the  Qatar  meeting  was  unique  in  one  im- 
portant aspect.  Failing  to  agree  on  a  common 
price  for  the  marker  crude,  upon  which  all 


'  Submitted  to  the  Senate  Committee  on  Banking, 
Housing  and  Urban  Affairs  on  Jan.  5.  The  complete 
transcript  of  the  hearings  will  be  published  by  the 
committee  and  will  be  available  from  the  Superintend- 
ent of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


their  prices  have  been  based  in  the  past,  the 
OPEC  countries  broke  openly  and  in  effect 
created  a  two-tier  price  system. 

Eleven  OPEC  members  announced  their  in- 
tention to  raise  their  prices  by  10  percent  on 
January  1  and  a  further  5  percent  in  July. 
Saudi  Arabia  and  the  United  Arab  Emirates, 
on  the  other  hand,  refused  to  go  along  with 
the  majority.  They  indicated  the  intention  to 
increase  their  prices  by  5  percent  and  to  hold 
this  level  throughout  1977. 

It  will  be  several  weeks  or  months  before 
we  know  whether  the  OPEC  majority  can 
sustain  their  high  posted  prices  or  whether 
prices  will  drift  down  toward  the  level  estab- 
lished by  Saudi  Arabia  and  the  United  Arab 
Emirates.  A  number  of  factors  contribute  to 
this  uncertainty. 

The  most  important  of  these  is  the  level  of 
demand  for  oil  from  the  11  high-price  mem- 
bers of  OPEC  over  the  next  several  months. 
If  demand  for  their  oil  remains  at  or  near  the 
level  of  late  1976,  they  will  be  able  to  make 
their  10  percent  increase  stick.  However,  if 
their  market  begins  to  shrink  appreciably, 
they  will  have  to  choose  between  maintaining 
their  higher  prices  and  accepting  a  lower 
level  of  revenues  or  lowering  their  prices  to 
compete  with  lower  priced  Saudi  Arabian  and 
U.A.E.  oil  in  an  effort  to  maintain  their 
share  of  the  market. 

The  market  outlook  for  these  11  countries 
will  depend  on  the  level  of  total  world  de- 
mand for  oil  and  on  the  speed  with  which 
Saudi  Arabia  and  the  United  Arab  Emirates 
can  increase  production.  Total  demand  for  oil 
should  decline  over  the  next  few  months  as 


January  24, 1977 


61 


companies  draw  down  the  inventories  they 
built  up  in  the  final  months  of  1976  in  antici- 
pation of  a  large  OPEC  price  increase,  al- 
though a  cold  winter  and  the  ambiguous  state 
of  economic  recovery  in  some  major  indus- 
trial countries  have  created  unusual  uncer- 
tainty in  the  demand  outlook. 

The  Saudis  and  the  United  Arab  Emirates 
have  stated  their  readiness  to  raise  their 
production  to  meet  increased  demand  for 
their  less  expensive  oil,  and  some  substantial 
increase  should  be  possible.  However,  Saudi 
production  at  the  end  of  1976  had  already 
risen  to  near  capacity  levels,  and  it  is  unclear 
how  much  incremental  capacity  can  be 
brought  into  production  quickly. 

There  are  other  factors  which  make  it  even 
more  difficult  to  assess  the  outcome  of  the 
OPEC  meeting.  For  example,  it  is  unclear 
how  much  companies  can  shift  their  sources 
of  supply  quickly,  despite  the  price  differen- 
tial. They  purchase  much  of  their  crude  under 
long-term  contracts  and  in  many  cases  have 
already  contracted  for  crude  into  the  first 
and  second  quarters  of  1977.  Also,  there  are 
questions  about  the  demand  for  the  particu- 
lar qualities  of  additional  crude  oil  available 
from  Saudi  Arabia  and  the  United  Arab  Emi- 
rates. This  will  depend  on  the  refining 
capabilities  and  marketing  requirements  of 
individual  companies  and  importing  coun- 
tries. 

General  Economic  Implications  of  Oil  Prices 

Because  of  these  uncertainties,  we  cannot 
yet  draw  final  conclusions  about  the  conse- 
quences and  impact  of  the  price  decision  on 
the  world  economy.  But  one  fact  is  clear: 
Notwithstanding  the  pressure  on  the  OPEC 
majority  to  hold  the  price  increase  below  the 
level  they  established,  there  will  be  an  in- 
crease in  the  price  of  imported  oil.  Saudi 
Arabia  and  the  United  Arab  Emirates  dem- 
onstrated a  greater  sense  of  responsibility 
for  global  growth  and  stability  than  the  other 
eleven.  But  whether  the  increase  is  ulti- 
mately 5  percent  or  10  percent  or  something 
in  between,  it  is  nonetheless  a  price  increase, 
an  increase  that  is  both  unwarranted  and 
harmful  to  the  world  economy. 


Moreover,  it  comes  on  top  of  the  massive 
oil  price  increases  of  the  past  few  years  as 
the  price  of  this  essential  input  has  risen 
more  than  fivefold  since  January  1973.  This 
unprecedented  price  rise  constitutes  a  mas- 
sive income  transfer  from  oil-importing  coun- 
tries to  a  handful  of  oil-exporting  countries. 
It  has  had,  and  continues  to  have,  a  profound 
impact  on  the  world  economy  and  on  growth 
and  income  in  oil-consuming  countries.  It 
contributed  in  a  major  way  to  the  worldwide 
inflationary  pressures  of  1974-75.  It  also 
seriously  aggravated  the  recession  of  the 
same  period  when  the  abrupt  increase  in  oil 
import  costs  drained  consumer  purchasing 
power,  acting  in  effect  as  an  excise  tax  on  the 
economies  of  the  importing  countries. 

Given  the  already  high  level  of  oil  prices, 
even  a  relatively  small  increase  in  percentage 
terms  can  have  a  substantial  economic  im- 
pact. Our  analysis  in  advance  of  the  Doha 
meeting  indicated  that  each  5  percent  in- 
crease in  the  cost  of  crude  oil  would  cost  oil- 
consuming  countries  approximately  $6  billion 
in  higher  oil  bills,  with  the  United  States  pay- 
ing around  $1.7  billion  of  that  total.  Absent 
compensating  domestic  policy  actions,  each  5 
percent  increase  costs  the  seven  largest  in- 
dustrialized countries  an  average  of  0.3  per- 
cent each  in  real  GNP  [gross  national  prod- 
uct] growth  and  adds  roughly  0.3  percent  to 
consumer  prices. 

The  oil  price  rise  has  also  had  a  fundamen- 
tal impact  on  income  distribution  because  in- 
creases in  the  price  of  gasoline,  home  heat- 
ing, and  electricity  have  a  disproportionate 
effect  on  lower  income  groups.  It  has  caused 
structural  adjustments  in  industry  and  the 
premature  obsolescence  of  industrial  plant. 
In  addition,  the  new  energy  situation  will 
have  a  continuing  impact  on  the  allocation  of 
investment  capital;  much  more  investment 
will  be  needed  in  the  energy  area,  leaving 
less  capital  available  for  other  economic  and 
social  objectives. 

We  made  a  major  effort  in  the  months 
prior  to  the  Doha  meeting  to  persuade  the 
oil-producing  countries  not  to  raise  prices. 
We  stressed  that  any  increase  in  the  price  of 
oil  would  seriously  harm  the  effort  to  regain 
sustainable,   noninflationary  growth  and 


62 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


would  have  particularly  serious  consequences 
for  the  weaker  developed-eountry  economies 
and  the  developing  countries.  We  also  coun- 
tered the  argument  of  some  of  the  producers 
that  an  increase  in  oil  prices  was  justified  by 
an  increase  in  the  cost  of  their  imports;  in 
fact,  the  cost  of  exports  to  OPEC  from  the 
seven  largest  industrialized  countries  has 
risen  less  than  4  percent  since  September 
1975,  when  the  oil  price  was  raised  by  10 
percent. 

We  believe  that  our  efforts  and  those  of 
other  industrialized  countries  and  some  de- 
veloping nations  probably  moderated  the 
final  OPEC  decision.  But  the  fact  that  an 
unwarranted  and  unjustified  increase  oc- 
curred despite  this  major  diplomatic  effort 
underlines  the  need  for  effective  long-term 
action  in  the  energy  area  to  lessen  our  vul- 
nerability to  continued  increases  in  the  price 
of  oil.  OPEC  meets  every  six  months;  and  in 
the  absence  of  action  to  affect  the  supply- 
demand  balance  for  energy,  the  world  will 
confront  every  six  months  the  possibility  of  a 
further  increase  in  the  price  of  oil. 

Financial  Impact  of  Oil  Price  Increases 

The  entire  range  of  U.S.  economic  policies 
and  objectives  has  to  take  account  of  higher 
oil  prices  and  the  structural  adjustments 
needed  to  cope  with  these  higher  prices  in 
the  United  States  and  the  rest  of  the  world. 
Our  central  concern  is  to  insure  a  sustainable 
and  noninflationary  expansion  over  the  next 
several  years. 

This  task  will  be  complicated  by  the  diver- 
gent economic  trends  among  major  indus- 
trialized economies.  It  will  require  an  inten- 
sification of  the  process  of  economic  policy 
collaboration  through  the  OECD  [Organiza- 
tion for  Economic  Cooperation  and  Develop- 
ment] and  other  contacts,  including  meetings 
at  the  summit.  One  of  the  central  objectives 
of  such  collaboration  will  be  concerted  action 
to  deal  with  the  serious  financial  imbalances 
which  have  resulted  from  higher  oil  prices 
and  will  continue  at  least  through  the  end  of 
the  decade. 

In  the  1974-76  period,  OPEC  members  had 
a  cumulative  current  account  surplus  of  $142 


billion.  With  annual  surpluses  in  excess  of 
$40  billion  likely  for  the  next  few  years, 
OPEC's  accumulation  of  financial  assets 
could  easily  surpass  $300  billion  by  the  end  of 
1980.  This  represents  the  oil-consuming 
countries'  aggregate  indebtedness  to  OPEC 
members,  a  net  claim  on  our  resources.  The 
bulk  of  these  claims  are  held  by  three  OPEC 
members. 

The  large  surplus  position  of  OPEC  nations 
is  matched  by  aggregate  deficits  in  oil- 
importing  countries,  both  developed  and  de- 
veloping. No  amount  of  adjustment  action  by 
oil-importing  countries  as  a  group  can  elimi- 
nate the  deficit  in  the  medium  term.  Under 
these  circumstances  it  would  be  foolhardy 
and  dangerous  for  individual  oil-importing 
countries  to  try  to  improve  their  position  at 
the  expense  of  others  through  "beggar-thy- 
neighbor"  policies  of  import  restriction  and 
artificial  export  stimulation.  Rather,  the  key 
questions  are  how  the  deficit  will  be  distrib- 
uted and  how  it  will  be  financed. 

In  the  aggregate,  the  huge  OPEC  current 
account  surplus  is  self-financing.  The  OPEC 
countries  in  a  strong  financial  position  have 
no  choice  but  to  invest  their  surplus  funds  in 
oil-importing  countries.  The  pattern  of  in- 
vestment of  OPEC  financial  surpluses,  how- 
ever, does  not  match  the  needs  of  individual 
countries  to  finance  costly  oil  imports.  The 
current  account  deficit  of  oil-importing  coun- 
tries is  very  unevenly  distributed.  In  the  in- 
dustriahzed  world,  the  diverse  impact  of  oil 
price  increases  aggravates  the  divergent 
rates  of  growth  and  inflation,  with  the  al- 
ready weaker  economies  the  hardest  hit. 
Some  OECD  nations,  particularly  the  Fed- 
eral Republic  of  Germany,  have  had  consist- 
ent surpluses.  Others,  such  as  the  United 
Kingdom  and  Italy,  have  had  to  make  funda- 
mental adjustments  in  growth  rates  as  well 
as  investment  and  consumption  levels  to  take 
account  of  energy  needs  and  higher  oil 
prices.  This  process  will  take  longer  than 
classic  balance-of-payments  adjustments. 

Certain  developing  countries  also  suffer 
dispropoi'tionately.  Generally,  the  capacity 
of  developing  countries  to  adjust  their 
economies  to  higher  oil  prices  is  limited. 
Many  developing  countries  therefore  face 


January  24,  1977 


63 


painful  choices  as  tiiey  reassess  their  de- 
velopment prospects  in  light  of  added  bur- 
dens of  strained  financial  resources  and 
mounting  bills  for  imported  oil. 

These  changes  in  the  structure  of  financial 
relations  have  a  number  of  important  impli- 
cations and  repercussions: 

— There  is  pressure  on  weaker  indus- 
trialized countries  to  adjust  through  restric- 
tions that  would  threaten  our  system  of  open 
trade  and  capital  flows.  To  avoid  such  ac- 
tions, we  must  insure  that  they  have  enough 
financing  to  allow  orderly  adjustment.  A  bal- 
anced and  concerted  strategy  for  sustained 
recovery,  which  will  enhance  their  export 
prospects,  is  also  essential. 

— Until  1973,  developed  countries  as  a 
group  ran  consistently  large  current  account 
surpluses,  which  enabled  them  to  provide 
sufficient  financing  to  developing  nations 
through  aid  and  investment  flows.  The  vastly 
larger  financing  requirements  of  developing 
nations  and  the  deficit  position  of  developed 
countries  as  a  group  now  make  such  flows  in- 
adequate. As  a  result,  higher  income  de- 
veloping countries  (as  well  as  weaker  indus- 
tralized  ones)  have  increasingly  turned  to 
private  markets  for  financing,  mostly  in  the 
form  of  Eurodollar  credits  and  syndicated 
bank  loans.  The  terms  and  conditions  of 
these  credits  have  not  always  been  appro- 
priate to  the  adjustment  problem  faced. 
Moreover,  while  private  lenders  presently 
can  continue  to  provide  a  high  volume  of 
financing,  they  will  become  more  selective  in 
their  lending  policies.  In  particular,  their 
willingness  to  maintain  lending  levels  to  cer- 
tain important  problem  countries  may  di- 
minish. 

— The  unprecedented  external  borrowing 
of  developing  countries  has  swelled  the 
debt-service  payments  they  face  in  the  com- 
ing years.  1976  debt-service  payments  of 
non-oil-producing  developing  nations  are  in 
excess  of  $21  billion,  or  more  than  double  the 
1973  level — of  which  over  80  percent  relate 
to  payments  on  commercial  debt.  These 
payments  consume  about  20  percent  of  their 
income  from  merchandise  exports,  as  com- 
pared to  15  percent  in  1973.  In  the  1977-80 
period  there  will  undoubtedly  be  a  bunching 


of  debt-service  payments,  which  will  increase 
these  figures.  The  debt  is  heavily  concen- 
trated in  higher  income  developing  nations 
which  have  dynamic  economies  and  a  strong 
debt-service  capacity.  Nevertheless,  some 
countries  may  not  find  sufficient  capital  to 
pay  their  debts  without  imposing  very  re- 
strictive economic  policies.  Debt-service  dif- 
ficulties in  one  or  more  important  develop- 
ing nations  could  trigger  a  credit  squeeze 
which  could  cause  private  lenders  to  take  a 
restrictive  view  of  the  creditworthiness  of 
less  developed  countries  as  a  group. 

One  of  the  fundamental  limitations  of 
heavy  reliance  on  international  lending  from 
private  sources  is  that  these  lenders  cannot 
carry  out  the  function  of  developing  com- 
prehensive economic  stabilization  programs 
with  the  borrowing  country.  Facilitating 
such  stabilization  as  a  condition  of  financial 
support  is  an  essential  function  of  official 
multilateral  lending,  in  particular  from  the 
International  Monetary  Fund  (IMF). 

These  considerations  point  clearly  to  the 
need  to  insure  adequate  amounts  of  official 
financing  in  the  coming  period  to  facilitate 
sound  adjustment  in  the  economies  of  oil- 
consuming  countries.  External  financial  sup- 
port is  an  essential  ingredient  in  reinforcing 
the  adjustment  efforts  of  borrowing  coun- 
tries. In  the  period  ahead,  we  will  therefore 
need  to  develop  and  strengthen  further  the 
framework  of  the  international  financial  sys- 
tem to  insure  that  it  has  the  flexibility  neces- 
sary to  meet  the  needs  of  an  international 
economy  which  has  been  so  profoundly 
changed  by  the  high  cost  of  imported  oil. 

In  the  first  instance,  this  means  more  ac- 
tive use  of  the  International  Monetary  Fund, 
including  both  its  normal  lending  operations 
and  new  facilities  such  as  the  Extended  Fund 
Facility,  the  liberalized  Compensatory 
Financing  Facility,  and  the  special  Trust 
Fund  for  the  poorest  developing  countries. 
We  have  also  negotiated  and  submitted  to 
Congress  a  supplementary  OECD  Financial 
Support  Fund.  In  conjunction  with  IMF 
facilities,  it  could  provide  a  safety  net  to  deal 
with  the  particular  financial  vulnerability  of 
the  industrialized  economies.  Finally,  we 
should  strongly  support  the  activities  of  the 


64 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


IMF-IBRD  [International  Bank  for  Recon- 
struction and  Development]  Development 
Committee  aimed  at  strengthening  the  ac- 
cess of  less  developed  countries  to  long-term 
private  capital  markets. 

Energy  Objectives 

Over  the  next  several  years,  we  must  pur- 
sue economic,  trade,  and  financial  policies 
designed  to  minimize  the  extent  to  which 
high  oil  prices  jeopardize  our  objective  of 
sustainable,  noninflationary  growth.  But  we 
cannot  be  in  a  position  of  only  reacting  to  the 
evolving  world  energy  system;  we  must  also 
act  to  shape  the  development  of  that  system. 

Mr.  Chairman,  the  events  of  the  past  four 
years  have  clearly  demonstrated  the  extent 
to  which  the  United  States  and  our  major 
trading  and  security  partners  are  vulnerable 
to  unilateral  OPEC  decisions  to  raise  oil 
prices  and  to  the  threatened  or  actual  use  of 
an  oil  embargo  by  some  oil-exporting  coun- 
tries as  an  instrument  of  national  policy. 

But  the  existence  of  OPEC  is  not  the  sole 
cause  of  our  energy  vulnerability.  Our  weak- 
ness stems  directly  from  our  increasing  de- 
pendence on  imported  oil  for  our  complex, 
energy-intensive  economy.  As  recently  as 
the  mid-1960's,  the  United  States,  while  an 
importer  of  oil,  had  substantial  unused 
domestic  production  capacity.  By  the  late 
1960's,  rising  consumption  had  eliminated 
that  surplus  capacity,  and  we  became  a 
larger  and  larger  net  importer.  This  com- 
bined with  rising  oil  imports  by  Japan  and 
Western  Europe  to  bring  about  a  major  in- 
crease in  world  requirements  for  OPEC  oil 
and  a  profound  shift  in  the  world  balance  of 
supply  and  demand. 

OPEC  countries  have  taken  advantage  of 
this  supply-and-demand  situation  to  control 
the  supply  of  oil  offered  in  world  markets. 
This  control  over  supply,  together  with  the 
absence  of  a  readily  available  substitute  for 
imported  oil,  enables  OPEC  to  dictate  the 
world  price. 

In  this  regard,  it  would  be  a  mistake  to 
view  the  split  decision  at  Doha  as  evidence  of 
an  imminent  breakup  of  OPEC.  There  are 
obvious  differences  of  view  and  interest 


within  OPEC,  but  each  member  has  an  over- 
riding interest,  political  as  well  as  economic, 
in  the  viability  of  OPEC.  OPEC  survived  a 
major  drop  in  world  demand  for  oil  during 
the  recession  of  1975.  With  economic  recov- 
ery and  increasing  demand,  the  latest  dis- 
agreement does  not  appear  to  pose  a  major 
threat  to  OPEC  solidarity. 

We  have  taken  action  to  reduce  our  vul- 
nerability to  interruptions  of  oil  supplies. 
Through  the  emergency  sharing  system  of 
the  IE  A  [International  Energy  Agency]  and 
our  national  strategic  petroleum  reserves, 
we  have  significantly  enhanced  our  ability  to 
deter  another  oil  embargo  and  to  withstand 
the  economic  impact  of  an  embargo  should 
one  occur. 

In  the  area  of  oil  prices,  we  have  made 
progress  in  strengthening  our  relationships 
with  key  members  of  OPEC  and  in  convinc- 
ing them  of  the  extent  to  which  their  own 
economic  interests  are  adversely  affected  by 
actions  which  threaten  the  well-being  of  the 
world  economy.  However,  until  there  is  a 
basic  change  in  the  supply-demand  balance 
the  effectiveness  of  these  diplomatic  efforts 
on  the  issue  of  oil  prices  will  be  limited. 

The  United  States  has  a  tremendous  po- 
tential to  help  bring  about  a  more  acceptable 
balance  of  supply  and  demand  by  reducing  its 
dependence  on  imported  oil.  On  the  one 
hand,  we  are  the  largest  single  consumer  of 
energy.  The  development  of  our  industrial, 
residential,  and  transportation  systems  has 
been  based  on  a  premise  of  unlimited  quan- 
tities of  inexpensive  energy.  That  premise  is 
no  longer  valid,  and  the  entire  structure  of 
our  economy  must  undergo  a  series  of  pro- 
found changes  designed  to  improve  the  effi- 
ciency of  our  energy  systems.  In  some  cases, 
this  greater  efficiency  will  result  from  the 
stimulus  of  higher  prices.  In  other  cases, 
however,  it  will  have  to  be  mandated  or  en- 
couraged by  tax  and  other  incentives. 

At  the  same  time,  the  United  States  is 
blessed  with  an  enormous  potential  for  the 
development  of  new  energy  supplies,  includ- 
ing conventional  oil,  gas,  nuclear,  and  coal 
power  and  eventually  synthetics  and  nonde- 
pletable  energy  sources  such  as  solar  and  fu- 
sion power.  There  are  of  course  constraints 


January  24,  1977 


65 


on  the  development  of  new  energy  supplies, 
and  these  must  be  carefully  evaluated.  But 
the  development  of  major  new  energy 
supplies  will  require  both  adequate  incen- 
tives for  the  enormous  investment  outlays 
needed  and,  unavoidably,  some  compromise 
among  our  legitimate  energy,  economic,  and 
environmental  policies. 

Unfortunately,  Mr.  Chairman,  the  U.S. 
response  to  the  energy  challenge  has  thus  far 
been  inadequate.  We  are  now  more  depend- 
ent on  imported  oil  than  we  were  at  the  time 
of  the  October  1973  embargo.  More  impor- 
tantly, we  still  have  not  as  a  nation  made  a 
credible,  long-term  commitment  to  the  goal 
of  reduced  import  dependence  and  the  policy 
measures  necessary  to  achieve  that  goal. 

The  design  and  implementation  of  the  new 
actions  necessary  to  achieve  our  goal  of  re- 
duced energy  vulnerability  will  require  the 
close  and  active  collaboration  of  the  Congress 
and  the  executive.  We  urgently  need  a  con- 
sensus on  a  comprehensive  and  effective 
energy  policy. 

Our  energy  concerns,  like  our  general  eco- 
nomic and  financial  interests,  cannot  be 
viewed  solely  in  a  national  context.  Energy  is 
just  one  element — although  a  central 
element — in  the  web  of  our  political,  econom- 
ic, and  security  ties  with  the  rest  of  the 
world.  The  other  industrialized  consuming 
countries  face  greater  vulnerability  in 
energy  than  the  United  States  because  of 
even  greater  dependence  on  imported  oil.  By 
the  same  token,  it  is  not  enough  for  the 
United  States  alone  to  reduce  its  import  de- 
pendence; U.S.  success  could  be  offset  by  the 
failure  of  other  major  nations  to  limit  their 
requirements  for  imported  oil. 

In  energy,  as  in  other  areas,  our 
industralized-country  allies  look  to  us  for 
leadership.  Because  we  account  for  roughly 
one-half  of  OECD  energy  consumption  and 
for  nearly  one-quarter  of  demand  for  OPEC 
exports,  our  leadership,  if  it  is  to  be  effec- 
tive, requires  visible  evidence  that  we  are 
meeting  our  national  energy  responsibilities 
by  improving  the  efficiency  of  our  energy 
use  and  developing  new  supplies. 

Just  as  we  recognize  that  our  efforts  to  es- 
tablish a  more  stable  world  energy  balance 
could  be  undercut  by  the  failure  of  other 


major  consumers  to  limit  their  dependence 
on  imported  oil,  so  do  they  recognize  that 
they  will  be  unable  to  reduce  their  energy 
vulnerability  unless  U.S.  import  dependence 
is  reduced.  Therefore  we  must  work  to- 
gether, strengthening  national  policies  and 
pursuing  common  programs,  where  possible, 
in  energy  conservation,  in  the  development 
of  new  supplies,  and  in  research  and  de- 
velopment (R.  &  D.).  The  common  objective 
of  such  measures  is  to  reduce  our  total  de- 
pendence and  to  achieve  a  global  energy  bal- 
ance in  which  consumers  share  control  with 
producers. 

We  have  made  the  International  Energy 
Agency  the  principal  vehicle  for  this  coopera- 
tion in  energy  with  the  rest  of  the  indus- 
trialized world.  This  organization  has 
achieved  notable  successes  in  the  two  years 
of  its  existence.  It  has: 

— Put  in  place  a  comprehensive  emergency 
program  to  build  oil  stocks,  to  establish 
standby  demand-restraint  measures,  and  to 
share  available  oil  supplies  in  the  event  of  fu- 
ture disruptions  in  the  supply  of  imported  oil; 

— Agreed  to  a  long-term  cooperative  pro- 
gram of  conservation  and  the  development  of 
alternative  supplies,  including  a  number  of 
joint  R.  &  D.  projects  and  a  framework  for 
joint  projects  in  the  actual  development  of 
new  supplies; 

— Established  an  oil  market  information 
system  aimed  at  improving  understanding  of 
the  international  oil  market:  and 

— Provided  the  forum  for  industrialized- 
country  coordination  for  the  energy  dialogue 
in  the  Conference  on  International  Economic 
Cooperation. 

At  a  U.S.  initiative,  the  IE  A  is  currently 
engaged  in  a  process  to  establish  group  and 
individual  national  targets  for  reducing  de- 
pendence on  imported  oil  by  1985.  It  is  en- 
visioned that  member  countries  will  under- 
take political  commitments  to  these  targets 
and  the  policy  measures  necessary  to  achieve 
them  at  an  lEA  ministerial  meeting  in  the 
first  half  of  1977. 

We  are  also  seeking  to  expand  our  coopera- 
tive efforts  with  the  oil  producers  in  the  de- 
velopment and  diversification  of  their 
economies.  As  their  economies  become  more 


66 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


dependent  on  the  health  of  the  international 
economy,  they  should  accept  more  readily 
their  own  responsibility  for  global  economic 
stability  and  growth  in  their  oil  pricing  and 
production  policies.  We  also  appreciate  the 
special  energy  difficulties  of  the  non-oil  de- 
veloping countries  and  have  made  clear  our 
leadiness  to  facilitate  access  to,  and  modifi- 
cation of,  our  energy  technology  to  help 
them  develop  their  indigenous  resources  and 
use  energy  more  efficiently. 

Mr.  Chairman,  the  oil  price  increases  over 
the  past  several  years  have  caused  funda- 
mental structural  changes  in  the  interna- 
tional economy.  The  adjustments  that  are  al- 
ready taking  place  and  which  will  be  required 
in  the  future  are  profound.  To  meet  these 
new  challenges,  we  must,  as  a  nation  and  in 
cooperation  with  others,  implement  policies 
to  sustain  global  growth,  to  preserve  and  im- 
prove the  world  trading  system,  and  to 
strengthen  the  international  framewoi'k  for 
financial  cooperation. 

We  must  also  act  decisively  to  end  our 
energy  vulnerability.  As  the  leader  of  the  in- 
dustrialized world,  we  have  the  capacity  to 
confront  directly  and  overcome  our  national 
and  collective  energy  vulnerability.  We  must 
also  demonstrate  a  determination  to  take  the 
hard  decisions  required. 


President  Ford  Responds  to  Action 
by  OPEC  Increasing  Oil  Prices 


tions  and  ignoring  the  destructive  conse- 
quences of  their  actions,  chose  to  take  a 
course  which  can  only  be  termed  irresponsi- 
ble. 

The  United  States  has  joined  with  many 
other  nations  in  an  international  effort  to  im- 
prove the  quality  and  degree  of  global  coop- 
eration. The  prosperous  world  which  we  and 
other  nations  seek,  in  the  interest  of  de- 
veloped and  developing  nations  alike,  de- 
pends on  a  sense  of  shared  responsibility. 

This  requires  that  nations  avoid  actions 
which  harm  one  another.  It  requires  that 
every  country  understand  that,  in  an  inter- 
dependent world,  shortsighted  actions,  how- 
ever seemingly  attractive  in  the  near  term, 
can  have  long-term  consequences  detrimental 
to  its  prosperity  and  to  that  of  all  other  coun- 
tries. It  requires  a  common  commitment  to 
the  well-being  of  all  peoples  and  special  sen- 
sitivity to  the  plight  of  the  world's  poorest 
societies.  The  decision  of  the  OPEC  majority 
clearly  does  not  meet  such  standards  of  in- 
ternational responsibility. 

For  our  part  this  latest  price  increase  can 
only  serve  as  a  sharp  reminder  for  all  Ameri- 
cans of  the  need  to  take  urgent  action  to 
strengthen  our  conservation  efforts  and  de- 
velop new  sources  of  energy  in  order  to  re- 
duce our  dependence.  And  it  must  serve  as  a 
reminder  to  all  oil-consuming  nations  of  the 
need  to  work  closely  together  to  reduce  our 
reliance  on  imported  oil  and  our  vulnerability 
to  arbitrary  OPEC  decisions. 


Statement  by  President  Ford 

white  House  press  release  dated  December  17 

We  deeply  regret  OPEC's  decision  to 
raise,  once  again,  the  price  of  oil.  We  very 
much  appreciate  the  efforts  of  those  OPEC 
members,  particularly  Saudi  Arabia  and  the 
United  Arab  Emirates,  whose  sense  of  inter- 
national responsibility  and  concern  for  the 
adverse  impact  of  an  oil  price  increase  on  the 
world  economy  led  them  to  advocate  re- 
straint and  to  refuse  to  go  along  with  the  in- 
crease proposed  by  the  others.  Unfortu- 
nately, however,  the  majority  of  OPEC 
members,  citing  artificial  economic  justifica- 


Congressional  Documents 
Relating  to  Foreign  Policy 

Resources  in  Namibia:  Implications  for  U.S.  Policy. 
Hearings  before  the  Subcommittee  on  International 
Resources,  Food,  and  Energy  of  the  House  Commit- 
tee on  International  Relations.  June  10,  1975-May  13, 
1976.  165  pp. 

U.S.  International  Grain  Policy:  Sales  and  Manage- 
ment. Hearing  before  the  Subcommittee  on  Interna- 
tional Resources,  Food,  and  Energy  of  the  House 
Committee  on  International  Relations.  December  3, 
1975.  34  pp. 

Proposed  Foreign  Military  Sales  to  Middle  Eastern 
Countries-1976.  Hearings  before  the  Subcommittee 
on  International  Political  and  Military  Affairs  of  the 
House  Committee  on  International  Relations.  Feb- 
ruary 23-September  21,  1976.  100  pp. 


January  24,  1977 


67 


INTERNATIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS  AND  CONFERENCES 


Ambassador  Scranton's  Assessment  of  the  31st  U.N.  General  Assembly 


Following  is  a  state>nent  by  U.S.  Repre- 
sentative William  W.  Scranton  made  in  the 
closing  plenary  session  of  the  31st  United 
Nations  General  Assembly  on  December  22. 

USL'N  press  release  200  dated  December  22 

A  year  ago  the  problems  of  disarmament, 
the  Middle  East,  and  southern  Africa  were 
acute.  Negotiations,  however,  were  stagnant. 
The  deteriorating  situation  in  Lebanon  kept 
Arabs  and  Israelis  from  seeking  ways  to 
move  toward  solutions.  As  prospects  for 
peaceful  solution  in  southern  Africa  dwin- 
dled, a  downward  spiral  toward  violence 
gained  momentum.  Superpower  commitment 
to  strategic  arms  discussions  and  disarma- 
ment talk  in  general  was  questionable. 

This  world  situation  affected  the  United 
Nations.  The  lack  of  progress  or  even  a  pros- 
pect for  progress  was  aggravated  by  one  of 
the  sharpest  and  most  dangerous  confronta- 
tions in  General  Assembly  history:  the  dis- 
pute over  the  equation  of  Zionism  with  ra- 
cism. There,  another  divisive  factor  was 
added  to  an  already  intensely  comple.x  Mid- 
dle East  debate.  This  wounding  rhetoric  and 
other  acts  nearly  as  excessive  embittered 
many  people  toward  the  United  Nations,  cer- 
tainly in  the  United  States. 

Today,  hope  exists  for  settlement  in  the 
Middle  East.  This  results  partly,  though  only 
partly,  from  a  winding  down  of  the  tragic 
struggle  in  Lebanon.  Equally  important,  the 
energies  of  all  parties  are  today  engaged 
productively  in  pursuing  ways  for  the  parties 
to  come  together.  For  the  first  time  all  sides 
have  manifested  a  renewed  determination  to 
achieve  peace.  For  the  first  time  all  parties 
desire  a  negotiating  process. 


As  to  southern  Africa,  determination  is 
strong  to  bring  about  majority  rule  for  multi- 
racial nations  living  in  peace.  Meaningful 
talks  concerning  Rhodesia  are  in  process. 
Talks  on  Namibia  are  within  reach — talks  al- 
lowing peaceful  change,  change  by  negotia- 
tions, the  only  course  that  will  avoid  the  hor- 
ror of  mass  violence. 

This  positive  tone  extends  to  the  difficult 
issues  of  arms  control  and  disarmament,  in- 
cluding nuclear  proliferation — issues  that 
will  be  with  us  after  many  others  are  solved. 
Today,  none  doubt  the  necessity  of  resolution 
or  that  superpowers  must  take  the  first 
steps. 

These  developments  are  no  cause  for 
euphoria,  but  they  do  offer  a  basis  for  hope. 
In  contrast  with  the  last  General  Assembly, 
this  session  has  had  a  lessening  of  confronta- 
tion. Some  significant  changes  in  the  world 
situation  combined  with  a  more  mature  tone 
here  to  alter  the  atmosphere  for  the  better. 
A  small  but  perceptible  change  of  mood  took 
place.  The  U.N.'s  cup,  last  year  half  empty, 
this  year  became  half  full. 

I  repeat:  There  is  no  reason  for  euphoria, 
but  it  just  may  be  that  we  have  turned  a 
corner.  It  just  may  be  that  this  new  tone  will 
permit  us  to  do  more  together.  Having  ap- 
proached the  brink  and  drawn  back,  perhaps 
we  will  now  turn  to  our  common  tasks  with 
resolve  to  make  substantive  progress  rather 
than  political  points. 

At  the  very  least,  our  growing  recognition 
of  the  value  of  small  steps  taken  together  is 
indeed  an  accomplishment. 

And  now,  Mr.  President  and  fellow  dele- 
gates, once  again  I  ask  your  indulgence  for 
some  personal  comments,  a  habit  of  mine  to 


68 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


which  you  have  become  accustomed  but  to 
which  you  will  not  be  subjected  much  longer. 
Having  been  the  American  Representative 
for  nine  months,  I  have  become  an  instant 
expert  on  all  aspects  of  the  United  Nations. 
More  seriously,  I  am  deeply  indebted  to  each 
of  you  and  many  others  for  this  educational 
process,  and  when  I  leave  in  another  month, 
it  will  be  with  more  understanding  of  the 
United  Nations  than  when  I  arrived. 

Let  me  begin  with  a  few  basic  thoughts. 
Although  the  United  Nations  has  many  pur- 
poses, three  are  most  frequently  and  clearly 
enunciated  in  the  charter:  maintaining  inter- 
national peace  and  security,  assisting  in  eco- 
nomic development,  and  promoting  human 
rights. 

As  to  the  first,  we  are  making  progress. 
Let  me  cite  one  example:  Eight  years  ago  on 
a  trip  to  the  Middle  East,  I  was  informed  by 
the  leaders  of  all  six  countries  I  visited  that 
they  believed  there  was  no  further  role  for 
the  United  Nations  in  the  Middle  East  dis- 
pute. Today,  none  deny  the  essential  role  of 
the  U.N.  presence  between  Syria  and  Israel 
and  between  Egypt  and  Israel.  Through 
these  temporary  peacekeeping  forces  the 
United  Nations  is  giving  the  world  time  to 
find  a  way  to  bring  peace  in  the  Middle  East. 
And  there  is  virtually  unanimous  opinion  that 
the  route  to  peace  definitely  and  prominently 
involves  the  United  Nations. 

In  this  geo-economic  era,  increasing 
interdependence  and  an  acceleration  of  the 
desire  by  people  everywhere  for  a  better  way 
of  life  bring  economic  problems  and  opportu- 
nities to  the  United  Nations  to  a  greater  de- 
gree than  ever  before.  The  nations  of  the 
world  now  recognize  that  new  mechanisms 
must  be  initiated  and  developed  in  the  U.N. 
system  for  world  resources  and  world  trade 
to  meet  the  special  needs  of  many  while 
benefiting  us  all. 

In  both  these  areas — peacekeeping  and  eco- 
nomic development — I  am  encouraged,  as  I 
think  we  all  are,  not  only  by  the  demands  on 
the  United  Nations  but  by  its  response,  even 
though  it  is  limited.  Time  will  tell,  and  a 
short  time  at  that,  whether  we  take  further 
opportunities  now  before  us. 


But  while  much  is  encouraging  with  regard 
to  two  of  the  main  purposes  of  the  United 
Nations,  little  can  be  said  about  the  third. 
With  the  exception  of  successful  action  on  the 
initiative  of  the  Federal  Republic  of  Germany 
in  regard  to  hostages,  for  which  I  congratu- 
late the  General  Assembly,  little  has  hap- 
pened during  this  session  to  improve  protec- 
tion of  human  rights  where  human  rights 
most  need  protection.  The  strong  and  un- 
swerving views  of  the  U.S.  Government  on 
this  subject  were  recently  made  plain  to  the 
Third  Committee. 

This  brings  me  to  the  United  States.  Over 
and  over  again  I  am  told  here  that  the  United 
States  must  lead — that  it  must  lead  with  re- 
gard to  a  settlement  in  the  Middle  East;  that 
it  must  lead  with  regard  to  majority  rule  in 
southern  Africa;  that,  with  the  Soviet  Union, 
it  must  lead  in  disarmament  initiatives;  that 
it  must  lead  and  be  forthcoming  in  regard  to 
interdependence  in  the  economic  field;  that 
the  United  States  must  lead  the  West  in  the 
East-West  dialogue  and  it  must  lead  the 
North  in  the  North-South  dialogue. 

I  believe  that,  working  with  many  of  your 
countries,  the  United  States  has  important 
roles  to  play  in  the  effort  to  find  "proximate 
solutions  to  the  insoluble  problems"  of  man- 
kind. How  will  each  of  our  nations  meet  the 
test?  Will  all  of  us  measure  up  to  our  re- 
sponsibilities? 

I  can  speak  only  as  one  American.  But  at 
this  moment  my  feelings  are  clear  and  my 
hopes  high. 

Like  all  nations  and  all  governments  and 
all  peoples,  we  have  made  mistakes.  That 
came  home  dramatically  to  Americans  in  the 
last  decade. 

We  have  been  looking  at  oui-selves — just  as 
you  have  been  looking  at  us — with  confusion, 
with  anger  in  some  cases,  and  with  some  ef- 
fort at  dispassionate  analysis. 

Every  one  of  you  sees  the  United  States 
firsthand.  You  are  here.  You  read  about  us 
in  our  newspapers  every  day.  You  hear  about 
us  on  radio  and  you  see  us  on  television.  Our 
assets  and  liabilities  are  wide  open  to  you. 

When  I  look  at  the  United  States  as  our 
Bicentennial  year  comes  to  a  close,  I  have  a 


January  24,  1977 


69 


simple  emotion:  I  rejoice.  I  find  an  America 
which  is  quieter,  calmer,  more  modest,  but 
sounder  and  more  secure.  Also,  we  are  be- 
coming better  listeners.  Though  we  no  longer 
expect  the  rest  of  the  world  to  copy  our  eco- 
nomic system,  we  believe  that  of  all  the  eco- 
nomic systems  in  the  world,  it  is  the  most 
productive,  the  most  creative,  and  the  most 
beneficial  to  the  people. 

We  also  know  that  we  are  joined  irrevoca- 
bly with  the  rest  of  the  world,  that  neither 
we  nor  anyone  else  can  "go  it  alone." 

But  out  of  30  years  of  postwar  turbulence 
has  come  a  more  important  security  than 
simply  an  economic  one,  and  this  Bicenten- 
nial year  epitomizes  it.  There  is  a  deeper 
dedication  to  the  basic  precepts  of  this  coun- 
try as  declared  in  the  Bill  of  Rights  of  our 
Constitution.  I  believe  the  people  of  the 
United  States  are  more  firmly  convinced 
today  than  ever  before  in  our  history  that 
our  individual  freedoms,  our  open  society, 
are  the  most  precious  part  of  our  lives.  They 
are  our  inspiration  and  our  only  real  securi- 
ty. 

What  does  all  this  mean  for  the  United  Na- 
tions? I  think  it  means  that  the  United  States 
will  take  leadership.  It  means  that  we  will 
try  with  our  hearts  and  our  minds  to  work 
for  a  lasting  peace  in  the  Middle  East,  to 
bring  majority  rule  to  southern  Africa,  to 
build  the  mechanisms  necessitated  by  eco- 
nomic interdependence,  and  to  progress  in 
arms  control  and  disarmament. 

It  also  means  that  you  will  hear  a  great 
deal  from  us  about  freedom  and  human 
rights — for  we  believe  in  them.  We  believe 
there  is  a  natural  desire  in  people 
everywhere  to  live  not  only  in  peace  but  also 
in  freedom;  that  governments  are  installed 
foremost  to  secure  those  rights;  and  that  no 
human  being  has  peace  or  freedom  where  his 
or  her  human  rights  are  denied. 

I  believe  you  will  find  us  easier  to  hve  with 
and  a  better  leader.  I  believe  Americans  re- 
spect you,  and  you  will  have  good  reason  to 
respect  us. 

One  final  thought:  The  United  Nations  is 
not  a  parliament.  It  cannot  enforce  its  will  by 
enacting  laws.  It  cannot  define  reality  or  es- 
tablish truth  by  majority  vote.  The  United 


Nations  is  a  gathering  of  sovereign  states, 
born  out  of  consensus  and  destined  to  survive 
only  by  consensus.  Consensus  comes  down 
simply  to  this:  commitment  from  each  of  us  to 
strive  for  a  safer  and  better  life  for  human 
beings  everywhere,  now  and  for  generations 
to  come. 


U.S.  Signs  Articles  of  Agreement 
of  Agricultural  Development  Fund 

Following  are  texts  of  a  statement  by  Pres- 
ident Ford  issued  at  Vail,  Colo.,  on  De- 
cember 22  and  a  statement  by  Daniel  Parker, 
Administrator,  Agency  for  International 
Development,  made  at  U.N.  Headquarters 
that  day  upon  signing  the  articles  of  agree- 
ment establishing  the  International  Fund  for 
Agricultural  Development. 

STATEMENT  BY  PRESIDENT  FORD 

White  House  press  release  (Vail.  Colo.f  dated  December  22 

I  have  instructed  Daniel  Parker,  Adminis- 
trator of  the  Agency  for  International  De- 
velopment, to  sign,  on  behalf  of  the  United 
States,  the  articles  of  agreement  establishing 
the  International  Fund  for  Agricultural  De- 
velopment. The  Fund — which  has  received 
pledges  amounting  to  $1  billion — will  provide 
financial  assistance  to  enable  poor  countries 
to  increase  their  own  food  output.  The  U.S. 
contribution  will  be  $200  million. 

The  Fund  is  the  product  of  a  cooperative 
effort  between  the  industrialized  and  oil- 
exporting  countries  to  meet  the  needs  of  the 
world's  poor  nations,  which  thus  exemplifies 
the  progress  which  can  be  achieved  by  con- 
structive international  cooperation.  The 
Fund  also  received  considerable  impetus 
from  the  Conference  on  International  Eco- 
nomic Cooperation,  which  has  been  meeting 
in  Paris. 

The  United  States  remains  thoroughly 
committed  to  cooperation  among  developed 
and  developing  nations,  oil  importers  and  oil 
exporters,  to  meet  the  problems  of  economic 


70 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


development  and  to  build  a  prosperous  world 
economy  from  which  all  nations  will  benefit. 

The  United  States  was  one  of  the  earliest 
supporters  of  the  International  Fund  for  Ag- 
ricultural Development.  In  his  speech  to  the 
seventh  special  session  of  the  U.N.  General 
Assembly  in  September  1975,  Secretary  of 
State  Kissinger  announced  my  intention  to 
seek  a  contribution  to  the  Fund. 

Throughout  the  planning  for  the  Fund  and 
negotiations  with  other  nations,  there  has 
been  close  cooperation  between  the  executive 
branch  and  the  Congress.  This  has  enabled 
the  United  States  to  maintain  its  leadership 
role  and  to  make  a  substantial  contribution  to 
helping  the  developing  countries  better  meet 
their  own  food  needs. 

This  is  an  important  step  toward  the  heal- 
thier and  more  prosperous  world  which  all 
nations  seek. 


STATEMENT  BY  MR.  PARKER 

USUN  press  release  198  dated  December  22 

It  is  with  a  great  deal  of  satisfaction  that  I 
am  signing  today  on  behalf  of  the  United 
States,  the  articles  of  agreement  establishing 
the  International  Fund  for  Agricultural  De- 
velopment. 

IFAD,  as  it  has  come  to  be  called,  repre- 
sents the  culmination  of  two  years  of  interna- 
tional negotiations  and  brings  to  fruition  one 
of  the  major  initiatives  proposed  at  the  1974 
World  Food  Conference — to  accelerate  the 
flow  of  development  resources  for  improving 
food  production  and  nutrition  in  the  poorer 
developing  nations. 

The  U.S.  contribution  of  $200  million  to 


the  Fund  is  entirely  additional  to  the  assist- 
ance provided  through  our  existing  bilateral 
and  multilateral  foreign  aid  programs  and  as 
such  reflects  a  major  budgetary  decision  to 
increase  the  U.S.  commitment  to  alleviating 
problems  of  hunger  and  malnutrition. 

A  significant  aspect  of  this  new  Fund  is  the 
fact  that  it  brings  together  both  OECD  [Or- 
ganization for  Economic  Cooperation  and 
Development]  countries  and  OPEC  [Organi- 
zation of  Petroleum  Exporting  Countries] 
members  in  a  major  multilateral  assistance 
program.  The  establishment  of  IFAD  has 
also  been  strongly  encouraged  by  all  partici- 
pants in  the  Conference  on  International 
Economic  Cooperation  and  represents  a  posi- 
tive step  forward  in  the  North-South 
dialogue. 

Throughout  the  lengthy  process  of  making 
IFAD  a  reality,  the  United  States  has  played 
a  strong  leadership  role.  We  pledged  our 
$200  million  contribution  at  an  early  stage 
and  we  have  helped  design  the  articles  of 
agreement  to  insure  efficient  operation  of  the 
Fund  in  close  coordination  with  existing  in- 
ternational institutions. 

U.S.  leadership  has  been  made  possible  by 
the  exceptional  degree  of  coordination  and 
cooperation  between  the  executive  branch 
and  the  Congress  that  has  characterized  U.S. 
participation  in  IFAD  from  the  beginning. 

With  the  articles  of  agreement  now  open 
for  signature,  it  is  our  hope  that  ratification 
by  member  governments  will  quickly  follow 
so  that  IFAD  may  become  fully  engaged  in 
its  vital  role  of  improving  the  global  food 
situation,  which  is  essential  for  the  economic 
and  social  well-being  of  the  world's  poor 
people. 


January  24,  1977 


71 


U.S.  Supports  Establishment  of  U.N.  Ad  Hoc  Committee 
on  Drafting  of  Convention  Against  Taking  of  Hostages 


Following  are  texts  of  a  statement  made  i)i 
Committee  VI  (Legal)  of  the  U.N.  General 
Assembly  on  November  29  by  U.S.  Represen- 
tative Robert  Rosenstock,  Legal  Affairs  Ad- 
viser to  tite  U.S.  Mission  to  the  United  Na- 
tions, and  a  statement  made  in  plenary  ses- 
sion on  December  15  by  U.S.  Representative 
W.  Tapley  Bennett,  Jr.,  together  with  the  text 
of  a  resolution  adopted  by  the  cormnittee  on 
December  10  a)td  by  the  Assembly  0)i  De- 
cember 15. 


U.S.  STATEMENTS 


Mr.  Rosenstock,  Committee  VI,  November  29 

rSL'N  |ii-e>s  relejtse  170  dated  N(j\embec  2S) 

As  the  General  Assembly  has  unanimously 
recognized,  the  taking  of  hostages  is  an  ur- 
gent and  important  international  problem. 
The  increasing  number  of  cases  in  which  hos- 
tages are  taken  compels  the  United  Nations 
to  act  immediately.  Our  delegation  is  there- 
fore pleased  that  the  Legal  Committee  has 
been  entrusted  to  undertake  consideration  of 
this  item.  We  are  hopeful  that  this  considera- 
tion will  soon  culminate  in  an  international 
convention  against  the  taking  of  hostages. 

The  act  of  taking  hostages  has  sometimes 
resulted  in  the  death  of  the  hostages,  other 
times  in  the  death  of  persons  in  the  area  of 
confrontation  between  the  police  and  the 
perpetrators,  and  even  in  threats  to  interna- 
tional peace.  Always  it  has  resulted  in  the 
great  suffering  of  the  hostage,  his  family, 
and  his  friends — and  indeed  of  all  people. 

All  states  should  be  willing — indeed, 
an.xious — to  denounce  this  act.  The  citizens  of 
every  state  have  been,  or  potentially  are,  the 


objects  of  the  act.  Experience  establishes 
that  no  state  can  feel  confident  it  will  not  be 
placed  in  the  difficult  position  of  choosing  be- 
tween complying  with  unacceptable  demands 
and  risking  lives,  sometimes  of  its  own  na- 
tionals. Accordingly,  each  state  has  a  meas- 
ure of  self-interest  in  taking  steps  to  prohibit 
this  act. 

More  importantly,  each  state  is  already 
committed  to  principles  that  are  violated  by 
any  seizure  of  a  hostage.  The  Charter  of  the 
United  Nations  recognizes  fundamental 
human  rights  and  the  dignity  and  worth  of  all 
persons.  These  charter  principles  have  been 
elaborated  and  enshrined  in  the  Universal 
Declaration  on  Human  Rights,  which  pro- 
claims the  right  of  everyone,  without  excep- 
tion, to  life,  liberty,  and  security  of  person. 
All  states  have  publicly  acknowledged  their 
commitment  to  these  principles.  We  must 
now  act  collectively  to  protect  them. 

In  the  past,  when  actions  of  an  interna- 
tional character  have  produced  a  significant 
threat  to  fundamental  rights,  the  world 
community  has  responded  by  formulating  a 
protective  mechanism.  Piracy  on  the  high 
seas  is  but  the  oldest  of  many  examples.  It 
has  long  been  recognized  in  the  context  of 
the  laws  of  war  that  certain  means  of  waging 
them  are  unacceptable  and  may  not  be  en- 
gaged in  by  either  the  aggressor  state  or  the 
poor  victim  exercising  its  inherent  right  of 
self-defense.  The  Geneva  Convention  of  1949 
on  Protection  of  Civilian  Persons  was 
prompted  in  large  measure  by  concern  over 
the  inhumane  practices  of  the  Second  World 
War.  It  was  recognized  that  the  true  horror 
of  Lidice  and  Katyn  was  not  who  perpetrated 
the  outrages  or  why,  but  that  outrages 
against  human  life  and  human  dignity  had  oc- 


72 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


curred  and  that  a  law  which  was  not  appli- 
cable to  such  cases  was  a  defective  law.  It 
has  always  been  recognized  that  it  is  of  the 
essence  of  these  outrages  that  no  amount  of 
sympathy  for  the  alleged  cause  can  ever  be 
thought  to  justify  them. 

Following  the  rash  of  airplane  hijackings  in 
the  1960's,  the  international  community 
adopted  the  Tokyo,  Montreal,  and  Hague 
Conventions  for  the  protection  of  civil  avia- 
tion. More  recently,  we  responded  to  re- 
peated assaults  on  diplomats  by  elaborating 
the  Convention  on  Protection  of  Diplomats. 
These  conventions  built  on  the  customary 
and  codified  law  relating  to  piracy. 

The  considerations  that  promoted  these 
conventions  have  arisen  again.  The  threat  to 
the  lives  of  innocent  persons  through  the  tak- 
ing of  hostages  has  reached  a  level  that  the 
international  community  must  not  tolerate. 
Diplomats  on  post,  ministers  attending  con- 
ferences, businessmen,  grandmothers  en 
route  to  visiting  their  families,  schoolchil- 
dren, and  babies  have  been  held  hostages. 
The  taking  of  hostages  is  an  action  with  in- 
ternational ramifications  since  the  crime  is 
often  perpetrated  outside  the  country  of  the 
hostages  and  since  it  has  the  obvious  poten- 
tial to  provoke  breaches  of  the  peace.  Rapid 
international  action  is  urgently  needed. 

By  its  nature,  the  taking  of  hostages  en- 
tails the  seizure  of  an  individual,  the  depri- 
vation of  his  liberty,  and  a  threat  to  his  life, 
coupled  with  an  ultimatum  that  some  third 
party  comply  with  the  demands  of  the  per- 
petrators. It  always  involves  demands  on  a 
third  party.  The  person  or  persons  held  are 
not  held  for  reasons  relating  to  themselves 
but  to  the  demands  on  a  third  party;  they  are 
thus  by  definition  innocent  in  the  context  of 
the  act  in  question — innocent  in  this  context 
whether  or  not  they  have  led  blameless  lives 
or  committed  grave  sins  or  crimes,  innocent 
whether  we  like  them  or  not,  innocent 
whether  the  regime  they  lead  has  been  the 
object  of  sanctions  or  the  object  of  universal 
applause.  Prisoners  may  be  innocent  or  they 
may  be  guilty,  but  not  hostages;  hostages  are 
human  beings  held  for  what  ransom  they  may 
bring — held  for  what  ransom  they  may  bring, 
not  for  them  or  for  their  acts.  It  would  be  at 


the  least  redundant  and  at  most  dangerously 
confusing  to  add  an  inherently  irrelevant  ad- 
jectival qualifier  to  the  term  "hostage." 

Mr.  Chairman,  we  are  convinced  that  the 
resolution  tabled  by  the  Federal  Republic  of 
Germany  and  a  number  of  other  cosponsors  is 
the  appropriate  way  to  begin  to  form  another 
protective  mechanism  for  fundamental 
human  rights.*  The  resolution  decides  to 
convene  an  Ad  Hoc  Committee  on  the  Draft- 
ing of  an  International  Convention  Against 
the  Taking  of  Hostages.  An  international 
convention  seems  the  best  method  to  erect  a 
legal  mechanism  to  combat  the  problem,  and 
it  is  consistent  with  what  we  have  done  on 
previous  occasions. 

The  resolution  would  have  us  convene  the 
ad  hoc  committee  "on  the  basis  that  the  tak- 
ing of  hostages  should  be  condemned,  prohib- 
ited and  punished  and  that  persons  who  per- 
petrate such  acts  should  be  prosecuted  or  ex- 
tradited for  the  purpose  of  prosecution."  We 
think  this  instruction  to  the  committee  is  ap- 
propriate and  inescapable,  for  it  follows  nat- 
urally from  the  conclusion  that  the  act  of  tak- 
ing hostages  infringes  on  fundamental  rights. 

Finally,  the  resolution  requests  the  ad  hoc 
committee  to  prepare  the  draft  convention  in 
time  to  allow  its  consideration  at  the  32d 
General  Assembly.  If  the  committee  ap- 
preciates the  gravity  of  this  problem  and 
draws  on  the  experience  of  the  Civil  Aviation 
and  Protection  of  Diplomats  Conventions,  we 
are  confident  the  committee  will  have  no  dif- 
ficulty in  fulfilling  this  request.  The  means  of 
drafting  conventions  of  this  nature  based  on 
the  principle  auf  dedare  aut  judicare  [extra- 
dite or  prosecute]  are  well  known  and  should 
present  few  problems. 

We  do  not  suggest  that  the  elaboration  of  a 
convention  will  alone  eliminate  the  danger. 
What  we  do  suggest  is  that  the  elaboration  of 
a  convention  along  the  by  now  familiar  Hnes 
laid  down  in  the  Hague,  Montreal,  and  Pro- 
tection of  Diplomats  Conventions  presents  no 
significant  difficulties.  Such  a  convention  will 


'  Draft  resolution  A/C.6/31/L.10;  on  Dec.  9  the  Rep- 
resentative of  the  Federal  Republic  of  Gemiany  intro- 
duced a  revised  version  (A/C.6/31/L.10/Rev.l)  of  the 
draft  resolution. 


January  24,  1977 


73 


strengthen  the  hands  of  those  responsible  for 
the  well-being  of  their  people  in  a  joint  co- 
operative effort  to  diminish  the  threat 
through  the  normal  legal  avenue  of  deter- 
rence and  isolation  of  offenders.  Such  a  con- 
vention will  contribute  not  merely  because  of 
the  deterrent  and  punitive  potential  inherent 
in  its  terms,  but  because  its  elaboration  will 
serve  to  crystallize  and  underscore  the  de- 
termination of  the  international  community 
not  to  allow  the  unchecked  spread  of  the 
human  outrage  involved  in  the  taking  of  hos- 
tages. 

It  is  particularly  important  that  the  inter- 
national community  express  itself  on  acts 
such  as  interference  with  civil  aviation,  at- 
tacks on  diplomatic  agents,  and  the  taking  of 
hostages.  Such  acts  have  a  significance  and 
importance  that  transcends  even  the  large 
number  of  people  directly  injured  by  them 
and  even  the  extremely  large  and  widespread 
number  of  people  threatened  by  such  acts; 
for  these  acts  strike  at  the  heart  of  the  notion 
of  an  organized  international  society.  The  or- 
ganized international  society  must  be  pre- 
pared to  demonstrate  its  willingness  to  re- 
spond to  such  attacks  on  its  raison  d'etre  or 
recognize  the  absence  of  a  raison  d'etre  or 
anything  that  could  be  called  a  self- 
respecting  international  society. 

In  closing,  we  urge  member  states  to  be 
sensitive  to  the  suffering  caused  by  the  tak- 
ing of  hostages  and  to  realize  that  the  taking 
of  hostages  is  a  significant  and  growing  prob- 
lem. Every  occurrence  is  an  affront  to  our 
most  closely  held  principles  and  a  challenge 
to  the  United  Nations.  We  believe  that  the 
resolution  before  us  is  a  commendable  re- 
sponse to  this  challenge;  we  urge  its  unani- 
mous adoption. 

Ambassador  Bennett,  Plenary,  December  15 


rSUN  int 


lil:!  ihiteil  Dfttmlu-r  111 


My  delegation  is  pleased  to  vote  in  favor  of 
this  resolution.  It  is  important  that  action  be 
undertaken  to  deal  with  the  contemptible 
practice  of  the  taking  of  hostages.  It  is  im- 
portant that  the  international  community  is 
prepared  to  undertake  the  task  of  drafting  an 
international  convention  against  the  taking 
of  hostages. 


We  have  no  doubt  that  the  convention  will 
be  drafted  along  the  by  now  familiar  lines  of 
the  Hague,  Montreal,  and  Protection  of  Dip- 
lomats Conventions;  namely,  with  the  princi- 
ple of  aut  dedare  aut  judicare  forming  the 
central  mechanism.  Perpetrators  of  these 
acts  must  be  denied  a  safe  haven.  They  must 
know  that  wherever  they  are  they  will  be 
subject  either  to  prosecution  or  extradition. 

We  are  particularly  pleased  that  the  Legal 
Committee  has  recommended  a  course  of  ac- 
tion which  follows  the  Protection  of  Diplo- 
mats model  and  has  avoided  the  introduction 
of  irrelevant  material  and  not  suggested  any 
exclusions  of  the  type  which  have  plagued 
other  items.  We  are  confident  these  decisions 
reflect  the  widespread  recognition  that  no 
cause  can  excuse  and  no  motive  justify  so 
condemnable  an  act  as  the  taking  of  hos- 
tages. 

We  hope  and  expect  the  ad  hoc  committee 
will  have  a  draft  convention  ready  for  the  32d 
session  of  the  Assembly. 


TEXT  OF  RESOLUTION  ^ 

Drafting  of  an  international  convention 
against  the  taking  of  hostages 

The  General  Assembly, 

Considering  that  the  progressive  development  of  in- 
ternational law  and  its  codification  contribute  to  the 
implementation  of  the  purposes  and  principles  set  forth 
in  Articles  1  and  2  of  the  Charter  of  the  United  Nations, 

Considering  that,  in  accordance  with  the  principles 
proclaimed  in  the  Charter,  freedom,  justice  and  peace 
in  the  world  are  inseparable  from  the  recognition  of  the 
inherent  dignity  and  the  equal  and  inalienable  rights  of 
all  members  of  the  human  family. 

Having  regard  to  the  Universal  Declaration  of 
Human  Rights  and  the  International  Covenant  on  Civil 
and  Political  Rights  which  provide  that  everyone  has 
the  right  to  life,  liberty  and  security. 

Recognizing  that  the  taking  of  hostages  is  an  act 
which  endangers  innocent  human  lives  and  violates 
human  dignity. 

Gravely  concerned  at  the  increase  of  such  acts, 

Recalling  the  prohibition  of  the  taking  of  hostages  in 


2  Adopted  by  the  committee  on  Dec.  10  (A/C.6/31/ 
L.lO/Rev.l)  and  by  the  Assembly  on  Dec.  15  by  consen- 
sus (A/RES/31/103)  (te.xt  from  U.N.  doc.  A/3i/430,  re- 
port of  the  Sixth  Committee  on  agenda  item  123,  Draft- 
ing of  an  international  convention  against  the  taking  of 
hostages). 


74 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


articles  3  and  34  of  the  Geneva  Convention  Relative  to 
the  Protection  of  Civilian  Persons  in  Time  of  War,  of  12 
August  1949,  the  Hague  Convention  of  1970  for  the 
Suppression  of  Unlawful  Seizure  of  Aircraft,  the 
Montreal  Convention  of  1971  for  the  Suppression  of  Un- 
lawful Acts  against  the  Safety  of  Civil  Aviation,  the 
Convention  of  1973  on  the  Prevention  and  Punishment 
of  Crimes  against  Internationally  Protected  Persons, 
including  Diplomatic  Agents,  as  well  as  General  As- 
sembly resolution  2645  (XXV)  of  25  November  1970 
condemning  aerial  hijacking  or  interference  with  civil 
air  travel. 

Recognising  the  urgent  need  for  further  effective 
measures  to  put  an  end  to  the  taking  of  hostages. 

Mindful  of  the  need  to  conclude,  under  the  auspices 
of  the  United  Nations,  an  international  convention 
against  the  taking  of  hostages, 

1.  Decider  to  establish  an  Ad  Hoc  Committee  on  the 
Drafting  of  an  International  Convention  Against  the 
Taking  of  Hostages,  composed  of  35  Member  States; 

2.  Requests  the  President  of  the  General  Assembly, 
after  consultations  with  the  Chairman  of  the  regional 
groups,  to  appoint  the  members  of  the  Ad  Hoc  Commit- 
tee on  the  basis  of  equitable  geographical  distribution 


and  representing  the  principal  legal  systems  of  the 
world; 

3.  Requests  the  Ad  Hoc  Committee  to  draft  at  the 
earliest  possible  date  an  international  convention 
against  the  taking  of  hostages  and  authorizes  the  Com- 
mittee, in  the  fulfilment  of  its  mandate,  to  consider 
suggestions  and  proposals  from  any  State,  bearing  in 
mind  the  views  expressed  during  the  debate  im  this 
item  at  the  thirty-first  session  of  the  Genei'al  Assembly; 

4.  Requests  the  Secretary-General  to  afford  the  Ad 
Hoc  Committee  any  assistance  and  provide  it  with  all 
facilities  it  may  require  for  the  performance  of  its  work, 
to  provide  the  Committee  with  pertinent  information  on 
the  taking  of  hostages  and  to  ensure  that  summary  rec- 
ords on  the  meetings  of  the  Committee  will  be  drawn  up 
and  submitted; 

5.  Requests  the  Ad  Hoc  Committee  to  present  its  re- 
port and  to  make  every  effort  to  submit  a  draft  conven- 
tion to  the  General  Assembly  in  good  time  for  considera- 
tion at  its  thirty-second  session  and  requests  the 
Secretary-General  to  communicate  the  report  to 
Member  States; 

6.  Decides  to  include  the  item  entitled  "Drafting  of  an 
international  convention  against  the  taking  of  hostages" 
in  the  provisional  agenda  of  its  thirty-second  session. 


U.S.  Calls  for  Responsible  Measures  Against  international  Terrorism 


Following  is  a  statement  made  in  Commit- 
tee VI  (Legal)  of  the  U.N.  General  Assembly 
on  December  6  by  U.S.  Representative  Mon- 
roe Leigh,  Legal  Adviser  of  the  Department 
of  State. 


rSUN  press  release  17 


tliiteti  Decembel-  fi 


The  item  before  us  is  profoundly  impor- 
tant. No  one  can  deny  that  the  scourge  of 
terrorism  continues  to  plague  the  international 
community  and  to  devastate  the  innocent. 

It  is  accordingly  incumbent  upon  all  gov- 
ernments to  join  in  taking  the  measures  that 
the  international  community  can  take  to  deal 
with  this  pervasive  problem.  It  is  incumbent 
upon  all  governments  to  consider,  and  act 
upon,  what  can  be  done  to  deal  with  ter- 
rorism, for  a  number  of  reasons. 

Governments  have  a  paramount  obligation 
to  protect  the  lives  of  their  citizens.  If  there 
is  one  thing  that  is  clear,  it  is  that  the  inher- 
ently indiscriminate  nature  of  terrorism 
makes  it  a  threat  to  people  everywhere.  Not 
only  is  the  terrorist  act  itself  aimed  at  taking 


human  lives — often  for  the  mere  publicity 
value  of  the  act — but  the  reactions  that  such 
acts  inevitably  and  understandably  engender 
also  sometimes  result  in  loss  of  life.  Ter- 
rorism is  the  starting  point  of  a  process 
which  is  likely  to  lead  not  merely  to 
bloodshed  on  a  small  scale  but  to  a  threat  to 
the  peace,  or  worse. 

Governments  are  obligated,  moreover,  to 
consider  the  effect  on  their  standing  and  that 
of  the  international  coinmunity  of  tolerating 
acts  of  terrorism.  Can  any  government 
worthy  of  governing  be  expected  to  ac-. 
quiesce  in  the  continuing  victimization  of  its 
citizens?  Can  an  organized  international 
community  which  tolerates  acts  of  terrorism 
maintain  that  measure  of  self-respect  neces- 
sary for  its  simple  survival  as  an  organized 
international  community — still  less  its  closer 
and  more  effective  integration?  Can  the 
United  Nations  be  taken  seriously  as  a  force 
for  human  rights,  racial  justice,  and  eco- 
nomic equity  if,  as  an  institution,  it  is  indif- 
ferent to  internationally  promoted  murder? 


January  24,  1977 


75 


For  its  part,  my  government  remains  con- 
cerned. We  believe  that  the  international 
community  should  and  must  undertake 
measures  to  deal  with  terrorism.  We  believe 
those  measures  should  be  grounded  on  the 
same  humanitarian  concerns  that  underlie 
laws  of  war.  If  we  can  limit  the  conduct  per- 
missible to  a  state  which  is  fighting  for  its 
survival  in  accordance  with  its  inherent  right 
of  self-defense,  we  surely  can  limit  actions  by 
groups  or  individuals  which,  whether  under- 
taken for  base  or  noble  goals,  are  not  consid- 
ered legal  by  states  under  international  law. 
We  certainly  can  do  so  in  cases  where  such 
acts  are  of  an  international  character  or  where 
they  violate  fundamental  human  rights  (as 
they  characteristically  do). 

The  United  States  submitted  a  draft  con- 
vention to  the  General  Assembly  in  1972  for 
the  prevention  and  punishment  of  certain 
acts  of  international  terrorism.  Our  draft  was 
not  aimed  at  all  acts  of  terrorism  but  only  at 
the  spread  of  terrorism  to  persons  and  places 
removed  from  the  scene  of  the  conflict.  We 
said  at  that  time,  and  we  say  now,  that  we  do 
not  maintain  that  our  approach  is  the  only 
possible  approach  or  the  best  of  all  ap- 
proaches. It  is  the  best  approach  which  we 
have  devised  in  light  of  the  circumstances. 
We  invite  others  to  support  our  suggested 
approach  or  to  propose  something  better. 

We  are  aware  of  the  objections  some  have 
raised  to  our  proposal  for  a  treaty  that  would 
attempt  to  deter  the  export  of  terrorism. 
Briefly  put,  these  objections  can  be  sum- 
marized under  three  headings:  (1)  that  na- 
tional liberation  movements  must  have  a  free 
hand;  (2)  that  governmental  action  causes 
death,  so  why  single  out  acts  of  other  en- 
tities; and  (3)  that  there  can  be  no  action 
taken  against  terrorism  until  the  underlying 
causes  of  terrorism  are  eliminated. 

While  we  have  a  measure  of  sympathy  and 
a  larger  measure  of  understanding  for  some 
of  the  motives  behind  some  of  these  argu- 
ments, we  find  them  wholly  unconvincing — 
from  the  standpoint  of  the  progressive  de- 
velopment of  international  law  and  from  the 
standpoint  of  the  preservation  of  the  peace. 

We  do  not  believe  that  any  government 
disagrees  with  those  humanitarian  aspects  of 


the  laws  of  war  which  Hmit  or  endeavor  to 
limit  state  conduct.  If,  then,  there  are  hor- 
rors and  outrages  that  even  states  fighting 
for  their  lives  cannot  indulge  in,  there  must 
be  limits  to  what  conduct  groups  or  individu- 
als may  indulge  in.  Indeed,  no  one  has  yet 
argued  that  groups  or  individuals  may  use 
poison  gas  or  dumdum  bullets.  The  sooner  we 
recognize  that  we  all  agree  that  there  are 
limits  on  permissible  conduct  of  groups  or  in- 
dividuals to  use  force  to  promote  their  objec- 
tives, the  sooner  we  can  sit  down  and  talk 
about  what  those  limits  are  or  ought  to  be. 
We  may  wish  to  set  the  international  limits 
at  one  level  and  another  government  may 
wish  to  set  them  at  another,  but  that  is  a 
matter  susceptible  to  solution  by  rational 
discourse.  Our  plea  is  that  we  stop  throwing 
up  smokescreens  of  false  argument  and  sit 
down  to  work  out  humanitarian  limits. 

The  argument  that  one  cannot  take  action 
against  groups  or  individuals  without  taking 
action  against  states — against  so-called 
"state  terrorism" — is  transparently  falla- 
cious. Indeed,  we  doubt  many  assert  that 
nihilistic  view  with  genuine  conviction.  The 
world  is  too  full  of  problems,  and  if  we  refuse 
to  deal  with  one  of  them  until  we  can  deal 
with  all  of  them,  we  shall  never  deal  with 
any.  For  example,  our  inability  to  eradicate 
violations  of  human  rights  in  all  cases — even 
in  all  grave  cases — cannot  be  a  basis  for  re- 
fusing to  try  to  alleviate  human  rights  viola- 
tions in  southern  Africa. 

Moreover,  we  must  recognize  that  there  is 
already  in  existence  an  established  body  of 
rules  governing  state  conduct.  There  is  the 
United  Nations  Charter,  with  its  unarguable 
prohibition  against  the  threat  or  use  of  force. 
There  are  the  laws  of  war  that  govern  those 
situations  when  fighting  nevertheless  breaks 
out.  The  laws  of  war  have  had  great  human- 
itarian effect,  though  at  the  same  time 
gravely  inadequate  effect;  and  of  course 
those  imperfect  rules  are  now  being  revised. 
But  new  rules  are  not  needed  to  inform 
states  when  the  use  of  force  is  permissible 
and  when  it  is  not.  And  even  if  new  rules 
were  necessary,  and  achieveable,  a  need  to 
deal  with  that  problem  would  not  provide  a 
valid  excuse  for  ignoring  others,  such  as 


76 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


those  of  international  economic  order — new, 
old,  or  whatever.  Nor  would  it  provide  a 
valid  excuse  for  refusing  to  take  measures  to 
deal  with  terrorism. 

The  third  argument  often  used  to  bar 
e.xamination  of  possible  measures  is  that  we 
cannot  engage  in  a  discussion  of  practical 
measures  until  we  eliminate  the  root  causes 
of  terrorism.  The  very  existence  of  all  of  our 
governments  indicates  how  spurious  this  line 
of  argument  is.  Crime  occurs  in  all  of  our 
countries,  bar  none.  More  in  some  than 
others,  but  the  society  does  not  exist  whose 
laws  are  never  violated.  In  many  cases,  that 
crime  has  its  roots  in  social  causes.  Yet  all 
our  governments  apprehend,  prosecute,  and 
punish  criminals.  None  of  our  heads  of  state, 
parliamentary  bodies,  or  judges  urge  the 
elimination  of  criminal  law  until  the  causes  of 
criminal  conduct  have  been  eliminated.  Re- 
pressive governments  merely  punish  those 
they  consider  criminal.  Responsible  govern- 
ments do  not  merely  punish  criminals.  They 
seek  to  improve  the  nature  of  their  societies 
and  to  insure  the  widest  measure  of  justice 
so  that  punishment  is  proportionate  and  the 
causes  of  crime  are  ameliorated. 

Were  the  United  Nations  to  embark  on 
concluding  a  convention  along  the  lines  we 
suggest,  would  it  be  behaving  like  a  repres- 
sive government  or  a  responsible  one?  The 
answer  to  that  question  lies  in  the  immense 
work  that  is  currently  going  on  throughout 
the  U.N.  system  to  improve  the  social  situa- 
tion for  all  the  world's  people.  Poverty  and 
injustice  are  being  fought  directly  in  more 
than  half  of  the  main  committees  of  the  As- 
sembly as  well  as  the  Economic  and  Social 
Council  and  the  Security  Council  and  the 
specialized  agencies.  Like  that  of  most  na- 
tional governments,  the  record  of  the  United 
Nations  is  one  of  only  partial  success.  If,  then, 
the  United  Nations  could  not  be  said  to  resem- 
ble a  repressive  government,  could  it  be  said  to 
resemble  a  responsible  one?  My  government 
does  not  believe  we  can  give  an  unqualified  af- 
firmative response  to  that  question  so  long  as 
there  is  an  unwiUingness  in  this  body  to  take 
responsible  measures  to  deal  with  the  scourge 
of  terrorism. 

We  respectfully  urge  all  members  who  care 


whether  the  United  Nations  can  be  regarded 
as  an  organization  comprised  of  responsible 
members  to  join  our  efforts  to  find  measures 
to  control  international  terrorism.  We  urge 
all  members  to  join  in  a  common  effort  to 
protect  all  mankind  from  barbaric  acts  of  vio- 
lence which  have  already  cost  so  many  lives 
to  so  little  purpose. 


U.S.  Supports  U.N.  Resolution 
Against  the  Practice  of  Torture 

Folloiving  is  a  statennent  made  in  Commit- 
tee III  (Social,  H^imanitarian  and  Cultural) 
of  the  U.N.  General  Assembly  by  U.S.  Rep- 
resentative Jacob  M.  Myerson  on  December 
3,  together  with  the  text  of  a  resolution 
adopted  by  the  coinmittee  on  December  3  and 
by  the  Assembly  on  December  13. 

STATEMENT  BY  AMBASSADOR  MYERSON 

USUN  press  release  177  dated  December  3 

In  accordance  with  an  injunction  you  have 
given  us  on  other  occasions,  I  shall  endeavor 
to  be  brief.  We  are  at  a  late  stage  of  our  work 
in  the  31st  session  of  the  General  Assembly. 
We  are  perhaps — perhaps  I  should  say  the 
hour  is  also  late  for  human  rights,  at  least  for 
human  rights  work  in  the  United  Nations,  as 
we  have  recently  had  occasion  to  point  out. 

Sir,  in  many  countries  around  the  world — 
and  not  just  in  those  countries  it  is  fashionable 
to  attack  in  this  body — people  are  locked  up 
in  prison,  often  simply  because  of  the  views 
they  dare  to  hold.  Some  of  these  people  are 
subjected  to  torture. 

Three  years  ago  in  Resolution  3059  the 
General  Assembly  expressed  its  grave  con- 
cern over  the  fact  "that  torture  is  still  prac- 
tised in  various  parts  of  the  world."  The 
shocking  fact  for  all  of  us  is  that  such  a  con- 
cern had  to  be  expressed  25  years  after  ap- 
proval of  the  Universal  Declaration  on 
Human  Rights.  Torture  is  practiced  in  spite 
of  the  fact  that  every  civilized  government 
accepts  without  question  that  no  human 


January  24,  1977 


77 


being  should  be  subjected  to  torture.  Free- 
dom from  torture  is  a  basic  human  right  rec- 
ognized in  article  5  of  the  Universal  Declara- 
tion. In  the  Covenant  on  Civil  and  Political 
Rights  it  is  further  specified  that  no  overrid- 
ing circumstance  of  public  emergency 
threatening  the  life  of  a  nation  can  be  cited  to 
derogate  from  this  basic  right. 

Certainly,  Mr.  Chairman,  if  this  Assembly 
has  a  mission  to  promote  human  rights  it 
cannot  escape  taking  action  to  bring  to  an 
end  the  practice  of  torture  in  our  modern-day 
world.  My  government  has  been  in  the  fore- 
front of  those  calling  for  action.  U.S.  repre- 
sentatives in  the  various  U.N.  forums  which 
have  been  acting  to  strengthen  the  guaran- 
tees against  torture  have  given  their  full 
support  to  the  measures  which  this  Assembly 
has  requested.  The  draft  resolution  which 
has  been  presented  to  us  in  document 
A/C.3/31/L.38  takes  account  of  the  activities 
which  are  presently  underway  in  a  number  of 
U.N.  bodies. 

The  accomplishments  of  the  Committee  on 
Crime  Prevention  and  Control  with  respect 
to  a  draft  code  of  conduct  for  law  enforce- 
ment officers  have  been  a  welcome  develop- 
ment, in  our  view.  Likewise,  the  work  of  that 
body  in  extending  the  range  of  application  of 
the  Standard  Minimum  Rules  for  Treatment 
of  Prisoners  has,  we  think,  constituted  a 
worthwhile  and  important  step  forward. 

The  Subcommission  on  Prevention  of  Dis- 
crimination and  Protection  of  Minorities  has 
acted  to  begin  preparation  of  a  body  of  prin- 
ciples for  the  protection  of  all  persons  under 
any  form  of  detention  or  imprisonment.  The 
subcommission  has  decided  to  appoint  a 
working  group  to  analyze  the  materials  re- 
ceived in  connection  with  its  annual  review  of 
developments  relating  to  the  question  of  the 
human  rights  of  persons  subjected  to  any 
form  of  detention  or  imprisonment.  We  have 
taken  note  of  this  development  with  interest 
also. 

Mr.  Chairman,  my  government  has  no 
quarrel  with  the  intent  of  the  draft  resolution 
which  is  before  us  to  endorse  this  important 
work  and  to  give  support  for  further  meas- 
ures in  pursuit  of  the  overall  plan  of  trying  to 


construct  a  system  of  guarantees  to  protect 
persons  under  detention.  We  therefore  wel- 
come the  provisions  of  the  operative  para- 
graphs. All  of  these  will,  we  are  confident, 
complement  the  achievement  of  the  last  As- 
sembly session  in  agreeing  upon  the  declara- 
tion on  the  protection  of  all  persons  against 
torture  which  was  unanimously  adopted  by 
our  Resolution  3452. 

Having  said  all  this,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  can- 
not refrain  from  posing  a  question:  Are  all  of 
these  measures  which  are  now  underway 
enough  to  meet  the  problem? 

I  think  it  is  perhaps  extremely  revealing 
that,  based  on  the  record,  the  adoption  of  the 
various  resolutions  passed  by  this  body  on 
torture  has  been  remarkably  easy.  Unanim- 
ity has  been  the  rule  when  governments  have 
been  called  upon  to  take  a  position  on  meas- 
ures to  combat  torture. 

But  what  are  the  facts,  Mr.  Chairman?  The 
facts  reveal,  of  course,  that  torture  still  per- 
sists. Just  last  week  this  Assembly  adopted  a 
far-reaching  resolution  which  had  as  its 
major  impetus  the  recurring  reports  of  tor- 
ture being  practiced  in  Chile.  But  none  of  us 
would  be  so  naive,  I  am  sure,  as  to  assert 
that  Chile  is  the  only  place  in  the  world  that 
requires  our  attention  as  far  as  the  practice 
of  torture  is  concerned.  There  is  overwhelm- 
ing evidence  easily  available  to  those  who 
may  be  interested  in  seeking  it  which  is 
equally  disturbing — disturbing  as  to  the 
practice  of  torture  in  other  countries — 
torture  practiced  by  governmental  agencies, 
in  some  cases  with  the  clear  connivance  of 
high-level  governmental  authorities. 

Are  we  then,  Mr.  Chairman,  fellow  dele- 
gates, doing  enough?  Are  these  unanimous 
expressions  of  support  for  the  resolutions 
which  we  have  adopted,  such  as  that  now  be- 
fore us,  indicative  that  we  may  be  engaging 
in  an  exercise  in  self-deception — that  we  are 
meeting  the  need  to  combat  the  evil  of  tor- 
ture by  actions  which  we  all  know  with  vari- 
ous degrees  of  uneasiness  may  not  reach  to 
the  heart  of  the  problem?  Mr.  Chairman,  I 
believe  that  many  of  us  fear  that  it  is  not 
enough. 

In  saying  this  I  do  not  wish  to  denigrate 


78 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


the  possible  utility  of  the  measures  under- 
way. Any  strengthening  of  the  fabric  of  in- 
ternational protection  by  the  drafting  of 
codes,  declarations,  and  strongly  worded 
resolutions  can  have  a  positive  effect.  My 
delegation  does,  however,  believe  that  as 
long  as  the  problem  of  torture  persists  in  the 
world  we  must  keep  in  mind  that  more  direct 
actions  may  be  required. 

Now,  sir,  at  this  particular  stage,  my  dele- 
gation does  not  wish  to  present  any  specific 
proposals.  It  is  within  the  power  of  this  As- 
sembly to  establish  machinery  to  deal  with 
this  problem  on  a  worldwide  basis — 
machinery  which  could  bear  more  directly  on 
the  instances  of  torture  which  may  exist — ma- 
chinery which  could  focus  on  those  instances 
in  the  glare  of  public  opinion  which  this  or- 
ganization is  uniquely  equipped  to  bring  to 
bear. 

In  closing,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  would  like 
simply  to  reiterate  my  government's  support 
for  the  resolution  which  is  before  this  com- 
mittee. We  do  so  because  we  are  deeply  con- 
cerned that  this  most  shocking  human  rights 
violation,  the  practice  of  torture,  is  one 
which  cries  out  for  our  attention.  Torture 
must  be  eliminated.  We  shall  be  untrue  to 
the  purposes  of  the  charter  if  we  fail  to  per- 
sist in  bringing  this  barbaric  practice  to  an 
end  everywhere  in  the  world. 


TEXT  OF  RESOLUTION  i 

Torture  and  other  cruel,  inhuman  or  degrading  treat- 
ment or  punishment  in  relation  to  detention  and  im- 
prisonment 

The  General  Assembly, 

Recalling  the  Declaration  on  the  Protection  of  All 
Persons  from  being  Subjected  to  Torture  and  Other 
Cruel,  Inhuman  or  Degrading  Treatment  or  Punish- 
ment, unanimously  adopted  in  its  resolution  3452 
(XXX)  of  9  December  1975, 

Recalling  also  its  resolution  3453  (XXX)  of  9  De- 


'  Adopted  by  the  committee  on  Dec.  3  (A/C.3/31/ 
L.38)  and  bv  the  Assembly  on  Dec.  10  without  a  vote 
(A/RES/31/85)  (text  from  U.N.  doc.  A/31/394,  report  of 
the  Third  Committee  on  agenda  item  74,  "Torture  and 
other  cruel,  inhuman  or  degrading  treatment  or 
punishment.") 


cember   1975,   in   which   it  requested  the  competent 
bodies  to  conduct  further  work  on  the  elaboration  of: 

(a)  A  body  of  princijjles  for  the  protection  of  all  per- 
sons under  any  form  of  detention  or  imjirisonment, 

(b)  A  draft  code  of  conduct  for  law  enforcement  offi- 
cials, 

(c)  Principles  of  medical  ethics  relevant  to  the  protec- 
tion of  persons  subjected  to  any  form  of  detention  or 
imprisonment  against  torture  and  other  cruel,  inhuman 
or  degrading  treatment  or  punishment; 

Noting  Economic  and  Social  Council  resolution  1993 
(LX)  of  12  May  1976  and  resolution  10  (XXXII)  adopted 
by  the  Commission  on  Human  Rights  on  5  March  1976, 

Welcoming  the  work  of  the  Committee  on  Crime  Pre- 
vention and  Control  at  its  fourth  session,  in  particular 
with  respect  to  a  draft  code  of  conduct  for  law  enforce- 
ment officials  as  well  as  the  range  of  application  and  the 
implementation  of  the  Standard  Minimum  Rules  for  the 
Treatment  of  Prisoners, 

Noting  further  the  decision  of  the  Sub-Commission  on 
Prevention  of  Discrimination  and  Protection  of 
Minorities  at  its  twenty-ninth  session  to  appoint  a  Rap- 
porteur to  prepai'e  the  first  draft  of  a  body  of  principles 
for  the  protection  of  all  persons  under  any  form  of  de- 
tention or  imprisonment,  and  its  resolution  3  (XXIX)  of 
31  August  1976,  recommending  the  appointment  of  a 
working  group  to  analyse  the  materials  received  in  con- 
nexion with  its  annual  review  of  developments  relating 
to  the  question  of  the  human  rights  of  persons  sub- 
jected to  any  form  of  detention  or  imprisonment, 

Reiterating  its  belief  that  further  efforts  are  needed 
to  help  ensure  adequate  protection  for  all  against  tor- 
ture and  other  cruel,  inhuman  or  degrading  treatment 
or  punishment, 

1.  Calls  upon  Governments,  as  well  as  inter- 
governmental and  non-governmental  organizations  con- 
cerned with  human  rights,  to  give  maximum  publicity 
to  the  Declaration  on  the  Protection  of  All  Persons  from 
being  Subjected  to  Torture  and  Other  Cruel,  Inhuman 
or  Degrading  Treatment  or  Punishment; 

2.  Invites  the  Economic  and  Social  Council  to  give 
due  priority  to  the  examination  of  the  draft  code  of  con- 
duct for  law  enforcement  officials  proposed  by  the 
Committee  on  Crime  Prevention  and  Control,  in  order 
that  the  Council  at  its  sixty-second  session  and  the 
General  Assembly  at  its  thirty-second  session  take  fur- 
ther steps  with  a  view  to  the  adoption  of  this  instru- 
ment; 

3.  Also  invites  the  Economic  and  Social  Council  to 
consider  with  due  priority  the  recommendation  of  the 
Committee  on  Crime  Prevention  and  Control  at  its 
fourth  session  contained  in  new  draft  rule  95  of  the 
Standard  Minimum  Rules  seeking  to  assure  the  applica- 
bility of  the  Standard  Minimum  Rules  to  all  persons  ar- 
rested or  imprisoned  with  or  without  charge  and  con- 
viction, as  well  as  to  the  draft  procedures  for  the  effec- 
tive implementation  of  the  Rules; 

4.  Requests   the  Commission  on  Human   Rights, 


January  24,  1977 


79 


through  the  Economic  and  Social  Council,  to  present  a 
comprehensive  report  on  the  elaboration  of  a  body  of 
principles  for  the  protection  of  all  persons  under  any 
form  of  detention  or  imprisonment  to  the  General  As- 
sembly at  its  thirty-third  session: 

5.  I  twites  the  World  Health  Organization  to  prepare  a 
draft  Code  on  Medical  Ethics  relevant  to  the  protection 
of  persons  subjected  to  any  form  of  detention  or  impris- 
onment against  torture  and  other  cruel,  inhuman  or  de- 
grading treatment  or  punishment,  and  to  bring  it  to  the 
attention  of  the  General  Assembly  at  its  thirty-second 
session; 

6.  Decides  to  include  in  the  provisional  agenda  of  its 
thirty-second  session  the  item  entitled  "Torture  and 
other  cruel,  inhuman  or  degrading  treatment  or 
punishment". 


TREATY  INFORMATION 


Current  Actions 


MULTILATERAL 

Aviation 

Convention  on  international  civil  aviation.   Done  at 
Chicago  December  7,  1944.  Entered  into  force  April 
4,  1947.  TIAS  1591. 
Adherence  deposited:  Mozambique,  January  5,  1977. 

Coffee 

Intei'national  coffee  agreement  1976,  with  annexes. 
Done  at  London  December  3,  1975.  Entered  into  force 
provisionally  October  1,  1976. 

Ratifications  deposited:  Guatemala,  December  15, 
1976:  Yugoslavia,  December  28,  1976. 

Fisheries 

International  convention  for  the  Northwest  Atlantic 
Fisheries.  Done  at  Washington  February  8,  1949.  En- 
tered into  force  July  3,  1950.  TIAS  2089. 
Withdrawal  effective:  United  States,  December  31, 

1976. 
Rerocatioii   of  notice  of  intention   to  withdraw: 

Canada,  December  28,  1976. 

Health 

Amendments  to  articles  24  and  25  of  the  constitution  of 
the  World  Health  Organization  of  July  22,  1946,  as 
amended  (TIAS  1808,  4643,  8086).  Adopted  at  Geneva 
May  17,  1976. ' 

Acceptances  deposited:  Egypt,  December  21,  1976: 
Niger,  December  28,  1976;  Norway,  December  29, 
1976. 


Maritime  Matters 

Amendments  to  the  convention  of  March  6,  1948,  as 
amended,  on  the  Intergovernmental  Maritime  Con- 
sultative Organization  (TIAS  4044,  6285,  6490). 
Adopted  at  London  October  17,  1974.' 
Acceptances  deposited:  Dominican  Republic,  Hun- 
gary, December  30,  1976. 

Program-Carrying  Signals — Distribution 

by  Satellite 

Convention  relating  to  the  distribution  of  programme- 
carrving  signals  transmitted  by  satellite.  Done  at 
Brussels  May  21,  1974.' 

Ratification  deposited:  Yugoslavia,   December  29, 
1976. 

Safety  at  Sea 

International  regulations  for  preventing  collisions  at 
sea.  Approved  by  the  International  Conference  on 
Safety  of  Life  at  Sea  held  at  London  from  May  17  to 
June  17,  1960.  Entered  into  force  September  1,  1965. 
TIAS  5813. 
Acceptance  deposited:  Barbados,  Decembers,  1976. 

Seals 

Convention  for  the  conservation  of  Antarctic  seals,  with 
anne.x  and  final  act.  Done  at  London  June  1,  1972.' 
Instrutnent  of  ratification  signed  by  the  President: 
December  28,  1976. 

Space 

Convention  on  registration  of  objects  launched  into 
outer  space.  Done  at  New  York  January  14,  1975.  En- 
tered into  force  September  15,  1976.^ 
Ratification  deposited:  Niger,  December  22,  1976. 

Space — Liability 

Convention  on  international  liability  for  damage  caused 
by  space  objects.  Done  at  Washington,  London,  and 
Moscow  March  29,  1972.  Entered  into  force  Sep- 
tember 1,  1972;  for  the  United  States  October  9, 
1973.  TIAS  7762. 
Accession  deposited:  Uruguay,  January  7,  1977. 

BILATERAL 

Korea 

Agreement  concerning  fisheries  off  the  coasts  of  the 
United  States,  with  agreed  minutes  and  exchange  of 
notes.  Signed  at  Washington  January  4,  197".  Enters 
into  force  on  a  date  to  be  mutually  agreed  by  ex- 
change of  notes. 

Peru 

Agreement  amending  the  agreement  of  July  21  and  Au- 
gust 8,  1976,  relating  to  the  transfer  of  commodities 
to  Peru  to  support  the  national  primary  school  feed- 
ing program.  Signed  at  Lima  December  14  and  20, 
1976.  Entered  into  force  December  20,  1976. 


'  Not  in  force. 

^  Not  in  force  for  the  United  States. 


80 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


INDEX    January  2J,,  1977    Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1961 


Agriculture.  U.S.  Signs  Articles  of  Agreement  of 
Agricultural  Development  Fund  (Ford, 
Parker)    70 

Congress 

Congressional  Documents  Relating  to  Foreign 

Policy   67 

Energy  and  the  World  Economy  (Katz)  61 

Economic  .Affairs.  Energy  and  the  World  Econ- 
omy (Katz)    61 

Energy 

Energy  and  the  World  Economy  (Katz)  61 

President  Ford  Responds  to  Action  by  OPEC  In- 
creasing Oil  Prices  (statement)  67 

Food.  U.S.  Signs  Articles  of  Agreement  of  Ag- 
ricultural Development  Fund  (Ford,  Parker)    .       70 

Human  Rights.  U.S.  Supports  U.N.  Resolution 
Against  the  Practice  of  Torture  (Myerson,  text 
of  resolution)   77 

Petroleum 

Energy  and  the  World  Economy  (Katz)  61 

President  Ford  Responds  to  Action  by  OPEC  In- 
creasing Oil  Prices  (.statement)  67 

Presidential  Documents 

President  Ford  Responds  to  Action  by  OPEC  In- 
creasing Oil  Prices  67 

U.S.  Signs  Articles  of  Agreement  of  Agricultural 
Development  Fund    70 

Saudi  Arabia.  President  Ford  Responds  to 
Action  by  OPEC  Increasing  Oil  Prices 
(statement)  67 

Terrorism 

U.S.  Calls  for  Responsible  Measures  Against  In- 
ternational Terrorism  (Leigh)   75 

U.S.  Supports  Establishment  of  U.N.  Ad  Hoe 
Committee  on  Drafting  of  Convention  Against 
Taking  of  Hostages  (Bennett,  Rosenstock,  text 
of  resolution)  72 

Treaty  Information 

Current  Actions    80 

S.  Signs  Articles  of  Agreement  of  Agricultural 
Development  Fund  (Ford,  Parker)    70 


United  Arab  Emirates.  President  Ford  Re- 
sponds to  Action  by  OPEC  Increasing  Oil 
Prices  (statement)   67 

United  Nations 

Ambassador  Scranton's  Assessment  of  the  31st 
U.N.  General  Assembly  (statement  in  closing 
plenary  session)    68 

U.S.  Calls  for  Responsible  Measures  Against  In- 
ternational Terrorism  (Leigh)   75 

U.S.  Supports  Establishment  of  U.N.  Ad  Hoc 
Committee  on  Drafting  of  Convention  Against 
Taking  of  Hostages  (Bennett,  Rosenstock,  text 
of  resolution)   72 

U.S.  Supports  U.N.  Resolution  Against  the  Prac- 
tice of  Torture  (Myerson,  text  of  resolution)  . .        77 


Name  Index 

Bennett,  W.  Tapley,  Jr   72 

Ford,  President  67,  70 

Katz,  Julius  L  61 

Leigh,  Monroe    75 

Myerson,  Jacob  M   77 

Parker,  Daniel 70 

Rosenstock,  Robert    72 

Scranton,  William  W    68 


Checklist  of  Department  of  State 
Press  Releases:  January  3  —  9 

Press  releases  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office 
of  Press  Relations,  Department  of  State,  Washington, 
D.C.  20520. 


No. 

t2 


Date 

1/4 


Suhjcit 

U.S.  and  Republic  of  Korea  sign 
new  fisheries  agreement. 


t  Held  for  a  later  issue  of  the  Bulletin. 


Superintendent   of    Documents 
u.s.  government  printing  office 

WASHINGTON,    DC.    e040Z 


OFFICIAL  BUSINESS 


postage  and  fees  paid 
Department  of  State  STA-501 

Third  Class 


Subscription  Renewals:  To  insure  uninterrupted 
service,  please  renew  your  subscription  promptly 
when  you  receive  the  expiration  notice  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents.  Due  to  the  time  re- 
quired to  process  renewals,  notices  are  sent  out  3 
months  in  advance  of  the  expiration  date.  Any  prob- 
lems involving  your  subscription  will  receive  im- 
mediate attention  if  you  write  to:  Superintendent 
of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


776^ 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

BULLETIN 

Volume  LXXVI  •  No.  1962  •  January  31,  1977 


LAYING  THE  FOUNDATION  OF  A  LONG-TERM  POLICY 
Remarks  by  Secretary  Kissinger  Before  the  National  Press  Club     81 

SECRETARY  KISSINGER  EMPHASIZES  NEED 
FOR  NONPARTISAN  FOREIGN  POLICY 

Remarks  Before  the  Foreign  Policy  Association  of  New  York     88 


THE  OFFICIAL  WEEKLY  RECORD  OF  UNITED  STATES  FOREIGN  POLICY 


For  index  see  inside  back  cover 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE  BULLET  I 


Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1962 
January  31,  1977 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Washington.  D.C.  20402 

PRICE; 

52  issues  plus  semiannual  indexes, 

domestic  $42.50,  foreign  $53.15 

Single  copy  85  cents 

The  Secretary  of  State  has  determined  that  the  pub- 
lication of  this  periodical  is  necessary  in  the  transac- 
tion of  the  public  business  required  by  law  of  this 
Department.  Use  of  funds  for  printing  this  periodi- 
cal has  been  approved  by  the  Director  of  the  Office 
of  Management  and  Budget  through  January  31, 
1981. 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may  be  re- 
printed. Citation  of  the  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 
BULLETIN  as  the  source  will  be  appreciated.  The 
BULLETIN  is  inde.xed  in  the  Readers'  Guide  to 
Periodical  Literature. 


The  Department  of  State  BVLLETI  ^ 
a  weekly  puf)lication  issued  by  thff. 
Office  of  Media  Services,  Bureau  ot 
Public  Affairs,  provides  the  public  anSj, 
interested  agencies  of  the  governmenh 
with  information  on  development:!  in 
the  field  of  U.S.  foreign  relations  ant 
on  the  work  of  the  Department  am 
the  Foreign  Service. 

The  BULLETIN  includes  selectet 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy,  issuet 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart 
ment,  and  statements,  addresses,  ani 
news  conferences  of  the  President  am 
the  Secretary  of  State  and  other  offl 
cers  of  the  Department,  as  well  as  spe 
ciat  articles  on  various  phases  of  in 
ternational  affairs  and  the  functions  o 
the  Department.  Information  is  in 
eluded  concerning  treaties  and  inter 
national  agreements  to  which  tht 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a  parti 
and  on  treaties  of  general  interna 
tionat  interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department  oA 
State,  United  Nations  documents,  ana 
legislative  material  in  the  field  ot 
international  relations  are  also  listed.i 


Laying  the  Foundation  of  a  Long-Term  Policy 


Following  are  remarks  made  by  Secretary 
Kissinger  at  a  National  Press  Club  luncheon 
at  Washington  on  January  10  and  the  tran- 
script of  the  questions  and  answers  which 
followed.  * 


Press  release  3  dated  January  11 

REMARKS  BY  SECRETARY  KISSINGER 

In  these  last  few  weeks  many  of  you  have 
asked  me  how  I  would  sum  up  the  successes 
and  failures  of  our  foreign  policy.  As  you 
know,  my  hearing  consistently  fails  during 
the  second  part  of  that  question.  But  since  I 
shall  soon  settle  that  issue  conclusively  in  my 
memoirs,  let  me  confine  myself  today  to  some 
general  principles. 

I  have  participated  in  the  conduct  of 
■  American  foreign  policy  during  a  period  of 
fundamental  change.  As  always  in  such 
times,  that  policy  emerged  from  an  amalgam 
of  factors:  objective  circumstances,  domestic 
pressures,  the  values  of  our  society,  and  the 
decisions  of  individual  leaders.  The  relative 
weight  to  be  given  to  each  can  be  left  to  his- 
torians. But  their  mix  shaped  a  profound 
transition  in  our  nation's  foreign  policy.  The 
trauma  of  Vietnam  transformed  our  interna- 
tional perceptions;  the  nightmare  of  Water- 
gate brought  into  question  the  validity  of  our 
domestic  institutions.  These  upheavals  coin- 
cided with  radical  alterations  in  the  interna- 
tional environment.  We  have  had  to  cope, 
over  the  past  decade,  with  an  increasingly 
complex  and  turbulent  world  in  which 
America  must  seek  to  achieve  its  principles 


'  Introductory  and  closing  remarks  by  Robert  Alden, 
president  of  the  National  Press  Club,  and  the  opening 
paragraphs  of  Secretary  Kissinger's  remarks  are  not 
printed  here. 


and  its  purposes  under  circumstances  greatly 
at  variance  with  traditional  attitudes. 

Through  the  greater  part  of  the  past  two 
centuries  America  defined  and  justified  its 
role  in  the  world  in  terms  of  abstract  princi- 
ples. Our  isolation,  vast  margins  of  safety, 
and  a  preoccupation  with  developing  our  own 
continent  produced  a  sense  of  American 
uniqueness  and  a  conviction  that  our  power 
and  the  uses  we  made  of  it  were  but  the 
physical  expression  of  our  moral  purpose.  We 
tended  to  beheve  that  in  foreign  affairs  our 
involvement  or  noninvolvement  was  a  matter 
of  our  own  choice  and  that  we  needed  to  act 
only  when  our  democratic  principles  bade  us 
to  do  so. 

In  the  early  years  of  this  century  we  found 
ourselves,  alone  among  the  democracies,  suf- 
ficiently powerful  to  maintain  the  precarious 
world  balance.  But  then,  shunning  the  claims 
of  security  and  alliance,  we  fell  back  on  our 
traditional  isolationism;  we  sought,  re- 
peatedly and  unsuccessfully,  to  substitute 
law  for  politics  and  to  legislate  solutions  to 
international  conflicts. 

After  World  War  II  we  finally  accepted  the 
responsibilities  of  world  leadership.  But  the 
great  exertions  we  undertook  were  based  on 
the  premise  that  they  would  be  temporary — 
that  at  some  point  our  allies  would  need  us  no 
longer;  that  poor  nations  would  embrace  de- 
mocracy and  move  toward  self-sufficiency; 
that  our  adversaries  would  change  or  that 
their  systems  would  collapse.  We  applied 
abroad  policies  and  programs  modeled  after 
our  domestic  experience  of  the  New  Deal  and 
wartime  mobilization;  we  acted  as  if  any 
political  problem  anywhere  could  be  solved 
by  overwhelming  it  with  our  resources,  as  if 
the  revolutions  of  our  time  had  primarily 
economic,  rather  than  political  and  even 
spiritual,  causes. 


January  31,  1977 


81 


The  sixties  were  the  last  full  flowering  of 
these  impulses — the  belief  in  our  omnipo- 
tence, in  our  self-sufficiency,  in  our  ability  to 
remake  other  societies  in  our  image.  To  be 
sure,  temptations  remain  with  us  and  occa- 
sionally surface  in  our  domestic  debate  or  in 
our  legislation. 

But  as  the  decade  drew  to  a  close,  we 
began  to  learn  that  we  cannot  legislate  our 
own  moral  preferences  upon  the  world  at  a 
time  when  we  no  longer  enjoy  physical  pre- 
dominance. We  came  to  see  that  abstract 
principles  are  not  self-fulfilling;  they  can  lead 
to  an  overinvolvement  as  pernicious  as  our 
earlier  isolation.  We  live  today  in  a  world  of 
many  centers  of  power  and  contending 
ideologies;  a  collection  of  some  150-odd  na- 
tions sharing  few  agreed  legal  or  moral  as- 
sumptions; an  international  economic  system 
in  which  the  well-being  of  all  peoples  is  ine.x- 
tricably  intertwined — in  short,  a  set  of  new 
historical  realities  in  which  the  challenges  of 
peace,  prosperity,  and  justice  have  no  termi- 
nal date  and  are  unending. 

Seldom  before  has  foreign  policy  had  to  be 
conducted  against  the  background  of  such 
vast  ideological  divisions;  never  before  has  it 
been  conducted  in  the  knowledge  that  mis- 
calculation could  mean  the  end  of  civilized 
life.  The  need  for  a  global  structure  has  long 
been  evident,  but  the  gap  between  developed 
and  developing  countries — a  constant  chal- 
lenge to  tranquillity — has  continued  to 
widen.  The  growing  reality  of  our  interde- 
pendence is  in  constant  tension  with  the 
compelling  trends  of  separatism  and  intense 
nationalism. 

At  the  turn  of  the  decade,  our  cardinal  task 
was  to  disengage  from  a  war  that  had  placed 
550,000  Americans  on  the  mainland  of  Asia  in 
a  way  that  preserved  our  abihty  to  design 
and  to  influence  the  development  of  a  new  in- 
ternational order.  Newly  conscious  of  our 
limits,  we  sought  to  put  into  place  a  foreign 
policy  of  the  kind  less  favored  nations  had  to 
conduct  throughout  history — a  foreign  policy 
that  depended  on  the  perception  of  priorities, 
a  feeling  for  the  importance  of  nuance,  and  a 
realization  that  there  could  be  no  terminal 
date  to  our  efforts.  Our  traditional  predispo- 
sition for  moral,  legal,  and  clear-cut  solutions 


was  not  abandoned,  but  we  attempted  to  rec- 
oncile them  with  a  new  understanding  of  the 
geopolitical  reahties  of  our  time.  Above  all, 
we  needed  to  rally  and  maintain  the  support  i 
of  the  American  people  for  the  long  haul. 

It  is  in  the  nature  of  foreign  policy  that 
problems  of  world  structure  cannot  be  con- 
cluded in  one  Administration.  I  believe  that 
we  have  emerged  from  one  of  the  most  trying 
decades  in  our  history  with  new  maturity, 
with  the  foundations  of  a  long-term  policy  in 
place,  with  the  world  and  America  more 
tranquil  than  we  found  them,  and  with  con- 
siderable opportunities  for  constructive 
achievement  before  us.  We  are  no  longer  in- 
nocent, but  neither  have  we  grown  cynical. 
We  have  reconfirmed  our  historic  responsi- 
bility to  contribute  to  the  eternal  quest  of  all 
peoples  to  live  in  security  and  peace,  free 
from  fear,  oppression,  or  foreign  domination. 
We  must  never  forget  that  no  other  free  na- 
tion is  strong  enough  or  cohesive  enough  to 
replace  us.  If  we  falter,  no  one  can  step  into 
the  breach,  and  hostile  purposes  and  incom- 
patible values  will  then  shape  the  future  of 
mankind.  Without  our  commitment  there  can 
be  no  security;  without  our  contribution 
there  can  be  no  progress.  This  is  America's 
inescapable  burden,  its  incontestable  glory. 

So,  as  the  Administrations  change,  let  us 
dedicate  ourselves  to  the  task  of  insuring 
that  our  common  purposes  transcend  our  dif- 
ferences. No  matter  how  strong  the  founda- 
tions we  have  laid,  the  challenges  confront- 
ing the  next  Administration  will  be  complex, 
difficult,  and  painful.  There  will  continue  to 
be,  as  there  have  been  in  the  past,  many 
complicated  choices  to  make;  and  there  will 
continue  to  be  intense  dispute  over  the  wis- 
dom of  the  choices  made  and  the  courses  that 
have  been  set.  Achievement  will  inevitably 
fall  short  of  hope  and  expectation,  as  it  has  in 
every  Administration.  The  new  Administra- 
tion may  avoid  some  of  the  mistakes  we 
made;  it  will  surely  make  some  new  ones  of 
its  own.  But  all  of  us  owe  those  who  carry 
the  burden  of  responsibihty  the  benefit  of  the 
doubt,  a  healthy  understanding  for  the  mag- 
nitude of  their  problems  and  compassion  for 
the  narrow  range  of  choices  available. 

Long  before  I  had  any  expectation  that  I 


82 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


would  be  leaving  office,  I  emphasized, 
perhaps  self-servingly,  the  vital  importance 
of  a  nonpartisan  foreign  policy.  I  repeat  that 
plea  now  with  equal  fervor.  The  divisions 
that  have  characterized  the  last  decade  in 
this  country  must  finally  end.  The  deeds  de- 
manded of  America  in  the  decade  ahead  can 
only  be  accomplished  by  a  united  people  and 
government  acting  with  boldness,  persever- 
ance, and  vision. 

This  is  the  time  to  build  a  new  foreign  pol- 
icy consensus  similar  in  scope  though  differ- 
ent in  content  than  that  which  sustained  the 
post-World  War  II  generation.  Americans 
must  once  again  conduct  their  foreign  policy 
debates  with  a  recognition  that  we  are,  after 
all,  partners  in  a  vital  national  endeavor  on 
\\  hich  depends  our  future  and  that  of  the  rest 
of  the  world.  Let  us  behave  during  these 
years  so  that  we  shall  remember  them  as  the 
time  when  the  American  people  rediscovered 
tlieir  unity.  For  my  own  part,  I  wish  my  suc- 
cessors well.  I  will  do  my  best  to  contribute 
to  an  informed,  constructive,  and  supportive 
public  dialogue. 

You  ladies  and  gentlemen  of  the  Fourth 
Estate  have  a  stake  in  this  enterprise.  If  I 
may  make  a  parting  request  it  is  to  look  upon 
my  successors'  challenges  with  some 
sympathy — to  remember  that  what  appears 
to  an  outsider  as  lack  of  candor  may  in  reality 
be  the  best  judgment  of  serious  people  grap- 
pling with  events  emerging  from  a  fog  of  con- 
fusing reports  and  putting  forward  policies 
which  they  believe  to  be  right,  but  which 
they  cannot  know  to  be  right  until  the  time 
for  decision  is  past. 

The  profound  alterations  over  the  past 
decade  in  our  perceptions  of  morahty  and 
political  propriety  have  affected  every  aspect 
of  our  public  life,  and  they  have  had  a  drama- 
tic impact  upon  the  relationship  between  the 
government  and  the  press.  The  days  when 
statesmen  and  journalists  coexisted  in  an  at- 
mosphere of  trust  and  shared  confidences 
have  given  way  to  a  state  of  almost  perpetual 
inquest  which,  at  its  worst,  can  degenerate 
into  a  relationship  of  hunter  and  hunted,  de- 
ceiver and  dupe. 

But  in  its  best  sense  these  new  attitudes 
have  been,  and  will  be,  centrally  important 


to  the  health  and  vitality  of  our  democracy. 
What  public  servant  who  bears  that  title 
with  pride  and  integrity  ultimately  will  not 
be  grateful  for  a  press  that  relentlessly  holds 
its  officials  to  high  standards  of  truth  and  in- 
tegrity? Can  one  ever  forget  the  sinking  feel- 
ing of  being  asked  a  question  at  a  press  con- 
ference by  a  reporter  who  already  knows  the 
answer  from  an  earlier  background  session? 
What  official  has  not  been  aged  by  the 
panicky  knowledge  that  some  journalist  is 
seducing  another  source  to  confirm  what  he 
has  been  told  on  an  off-the-record  basis?  And 
who  can  avoid  the  special  anguish  of  knowing 
that  if  the  reporter  succeeds,  one  has  gotten 
exactly  what  one  deserves? 

You  and  I  have  been  reasonably  good  pro- 
tagonists. The  jokes  and  the  conflicts,  the 
cooperation  and  the  pain  that  we  have  had 
over  the  past  eight  years  reflect  the  fact  that 
under  our  system  the  press  and  the  govern- 
ment are  natural  sparring  partners  that 
nevertheless  need  each  other.  Both  are  pow- 
erful institutions  attempting  to  serve  the 
public  interest  by  their  own  lights  and  ac- 
cording to  their  own  legitimate  purposes. 
The  aim  of  the  executive  branch  is  to  govern 
and  lead  and  to  implement  public  policy; 
yours  is  to  illuminate,  question,  and  analyze. 
The  fact  that  we  are  generally  right  and  you 
are  generally  wrong  does  not  change  the 
basic  elements  made  up  on  both  sides  of  re- 
spect, fear,  deference,  and  the  attempt  by 
each  side  to  get  the  better  of  the  other. 

Nor  can  it  avoid  the  difference  in  perspec- 
tive inherent  in  the  two  points  of  view.  I 
know  how  exciting  it  is  for  reporters  to  be 
given  access  to  arcane  classified  documents, 
even  though  they  are  usually  appallingly 
written  and  generally  incomprehensible.  I,  of 
course,  hold  the  view  that  the  real  essence  of 
our  foreign  policy  was  to  be  found  in  the 
series  of  speeches  I  have  given  around  the 
country.  These,  of  course,  have  often  been 
slighted  (I  consider  anything  except  running 
the  full  text  as  being  slighted) — I  suspect  be- 
cause they  were  unclassified.  But  I  have  one 
consolation.  If  you  had  had  all  the  classified 
documents  that  were  available  to  me,  you 
would  be  as  confused  as  I  was. 

We  shall  not  settle  this  debate  here — all 


January  31,  1977 


83 


the  less  so  since  after  January  20  I  hope  to 
profit  from  the  leaks  which  you  print.  This 
may  be  the  occasion  to  say  that  for  all  my 
needling,  I  have  admired  the  objectivity,  the 
honesty,  and  the  fundamental  fairness  of  the 
press  corps  which  covers  the  Department  of 
State  and  the  White  House.  They  are  the 
most  amusing  and  perceptive  collection  of 
outrageous  individualists  that  I  have  known. 
They  have,  at  times,  left  me  breathless 
with  exasperation.  But  they  have  sharp- 
ened my  wits  as  well.  They  have  even  made 
me  concede,  in  sentimental  moments,  there 
may  be  something  in  Thomas  Jefferson's 
claim  that  were  it  left  to  him  to  decide  be- 
tween a  government  without  newspapers  or 
newspapers  without  a  government,  he  would 
prefer  the  latter.  Luckily  for  us  all,  Jefferson 
never  had  to  pronounce  himself  regarding 
television. 

We  have  had,  to  put  it  mildly,  an  intense 
experience,  and  we  are  now  at  the  end  of  our 
time  together — at  least  until  late  January 
1981.  [Laughter.]  As  a  result  of  the  extraor- 
dinary record  of  discourse  between  us,  we 
understand  each  other  better.  And  if  I  may 
be  so  bold,  I  believe  that  our  discourse  has 
also  served  the  American  people,  for  they 
know  more,  as  a  result,  about  the  role  and 
responsibilities  of  this  nation  in  the  world — 
perhaps  more  at  times  than  I  wanted  them  to 
know. 

This  nation  has  never  lost  its  spirit  or  its 
faith  in  its  destiny.  Even  in  the  difficult 
times  through  which  we  so  recently  passed, 
we  kept  our  balance  and  showed  the  world 
the  resiliency  of  our  free  institutions.  And 
we  should  forever  thank  the  fates  that  watch 
over  us  for  the  steady  hand  of  the  President 
it  has  been  my  honor  to  serve  for  more  than 
two  years.  His  strength  and  his  honesty 
calmed  our  troubled  land  and  restored  our 
pride,  our  integrity,  and  our  sense  of  de- 
cency. President  Ford  leaves  to  Governor 
Carter  a  nation  recovered,  a  nation  confi- 
dent in  the  progressive  fulfillment  of  the 
American  dream. 

Our  new  President  and  Secretary  of  State 
deserve  the  understanding  and  the  support 
of  all  Americans,  for  today  our  relations  with 
other  nations  affect  every  citizen.  The  search 


for  peace  is — in  this  age  of  nuclear 
weapons — a  moral  and  practical  imperative. 
The  pursuit  of  well-being,  a  traditional  con- 
cern of  nations,  becomes  now,  in  an  age  of  i 
interdependence,  one  that  can  only  be 
realized  in  cooperation  with  others.  The 
problems  of  justice  take  on  fresh  urgency  and  i 
complexity  when  the  future  of  democracy 
rests  in  the  hands  of  a  dwindling  number  of 
countries.  Today  America's  leaders  must  ad- 
dress the  familiar  goals  of  peace,  prosperity,  1 
and  justice  in  a  global  landscape  that  has 
been  transformed  and  for  which  our  histori- 
cal experience  offers  little  guidance.  Let  us, 
for  the  first  time  in  over  a  decade,  chart  our 
future  as  a  united  people. 

Three  and  a  half  years  ago,  I,  a  naturalized 
citizen,  was  sworn  in  as  Secretary  of  State  of 
my  adopted  country.  The  responsibilities 
once  borne  by  such  men  as  Jefferson,  Madi- 
son, Monroe,  Marshall,  and  Acheson  were 
temporarily  bequeathed  to  me.  In  no  other 
country  in  the  world  would  this  have  been 
possible.  Because  of  my  origin,  I  have 
perhaps  had  a  unique  perspective  of  what 
America  means  to  the  cause  of  freedom  and 
human  dignity.  And  I  have  had  no  higher  aim 
than  to  repay  in  some  small  measure  my  debt 
to  this  country  which  saved  me  from  to- 
talitarianism and  the  world  from  slavery. 

I  leave  to  you,  for  a  time,  the  great  domain 
of  public  policy.  I  would  be  hypocritical  if  I 
pretended  that  to  part  is  easy.  I  envy  you  the 
excitement,  the  responsibihty,  the  opportu- 
nities that  will  be  yours.  I  shall  never  forget 
how  hard  you  tested  me.  I  shall  always 
cherish  the  experiences  we  enjoyed  together. 
And  I  will  think  of  you  with  affection  tinged 
with  exasperation. 


QUESTIONS  AND  ANSWERS 

Q.  What  do  you  believe  will  be  regarded  as 
your  most  enduring  achievement  in  the  con- 
duct of  U.S.  foreign  policy? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  Occasionally  making 
a  decision  that  was  not  recommended  by  the 
Foreign  Service.  [Laughter.] 

In  general,  before  I  appear  totally  evasive 


84 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


m  my  last  appearance  with  the  press 
[laughter],  let  me  confess  that  I  will  be  eva- 
.^ive  [laughter].  I  don't  think  this  is  the  time 
for  me  to  assess  my  contribution — 
particularly  since  I  have  referred  in  the  be- 
tjinning  to  my  well-known  humility 
laughter] — I  don't  want  to  raise  any  ques- 
tions about  that  subject. 

But  as  I  pointed  out  in  my  remarks,  the 
merit  of  individual  policies  will  have  to  be  as- 
sessed over  an  extended  period  of  time. 

The  fundamental  problem  that  America 
faced  in  the  late  sixties  and  early  seventies 
was  how  to  move  from  a  foreign  policy  that 
was  conducted  by  analogy  to  domestic  policy 
to  a  foreign  policy  that  other  nations  have 
had  to  conduct  throughout  most  of  their 
history — in  which  interests  had  to  be  as- 
sessed in  relation  to  values,  in  which 
priorities  had  to  be  established  among  objec- 
tives that  could  not  all  be  achieved  simul- 
taneously, and  in  which  we  realized  that  our 
international  role  would  be  unending. 

This  was  the  fundamental  task  that  had  to 
be  begun  in  this  Administration  and  that  will 
now  have  to  be  carried  forward  in  the  next. 

Q.  What  was  your  greatest  disappointment 
'"  office,  apart  from  losing  your  job? 
[Laughter.] 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  believe  that  the  dis- 
integration of  executive  authority  that  re- 
sulted from  Watergate  prevented  us  from 
exploiting  fully  the  situation  that  existed  in 
the  early  seventies — and,  indeed,  it  created  a 
rather  dangerous  international  environment 
for  a  limited  period  of  time.  It  led  to  needless 
disputes  about  the  relative  role  of  the  execu- 
tive and  the  legislative  branch,  and  it  con- 
sumed too  much  of  our  energies  on  pro- 
cedural and  peripheral  issues. 

Q.  Did  you  have  a  more  free  hand  in  con- 
dxicting  foreign  policy  under  President  Ford 
or  under  President  Nixon? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  No  matter  how  I  an- 
swer that  question  I  will  ruin  myself. 
[Laughter.] 

In  the  relationship  of  the  Security  Adviser 
or  of  the  Secretary  of  State  to  the  President, 
one  cannot  measure  the  relative  role  of  either 


by  the  degree  to  which  they  may  have  dif- 
fered with  their  President  or  the  degree  to 
which  the  President  may  have  overruled 
them.  Any  strong  Secretary  of  State  has  had 
the  necessity  of  a  close  relationship  with  the 
President.  No  Secretary  of  State  can  conduct 
foreign  policy  without  the  full  support  of  the 
President,  and  any  Secretary  of  State  who 
understands  the  nature  of  our  system  will 
not  make  a  major  move  without  the  fullest 
discussion  and  guidance  by  the  President. 

The  personalities  of  Presidents  Nixon  and 
Ford  were  substantially  different,  and  there- 
fore the  nature  of  the  relationship  and  the 
nature  in  which  they  made  decisions  was 
substantially  different.  But  as  for  my  own  re- 
lationship with  them,  I  had  a  relationship  of 
confidence  with  both,  and  I  had  the  backing 
of  both,  and  I  had  the  guidance  of  both  in  the 
conduct  of  foreign  policy. 

Q.  Former  President  Nixon  had  indicated 
that  he  was  the  primary  idea  man  behind  the 
Kissinger  policies.  What  is  your  comment? 
[Laughter.  ] 

Secretary  Kissinger:  My  comment  is  that 
I'll  write  my  book  after  he  completes  his. 
[Laughter.] 


Prospects  for  Middle  East  Progress 

Q.  You  have  been  photographed  often  in 
embrace  with  Sadat  [Anwar  al-Sadat,  Presi- 
dent of  Egypt]  and  have  been  widely  hailed 
for  your  shuttle  diplomacy  in  the  Middle 
East.  Is  the  Middle  East  really  any  closer  to 
solution  of  the  Israeli,  Palestinian,  and 
other  issues  that  have  so  long  plagued  it? 
Has  the  Middle  East  been  eliminated  as  a 
likely  area  of  Soviet-American  confrontation 
and  conflict? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  The  Middle  East  has 
obviously  not  been  eliminated  as  a  source  of 
conflict.  It's  important  to  look  at  the  situa- 
tion in  1973  and  the  situation  today.  In  1973, 
the  Arab  world  and  Israel  were  engaged  in  a 
war,  at  the  end  of  which  the  danger  of  a  new 
flareup  was  extremely  great.  We  had  no  dip- 
lomatic relations  with  the  key  Arab  coun- 
tries, except  Saudi  Arabia  and  Jordan.  We 


January  31,  1977 


85 


often  sent  messages  to  Cairo  or  to  Damascus 
via  Moscow.  What  was  needed  was  to  rees- 
tablish some  relationship  with  the  Arab 
world,  to  maintain  our  traditional  friendship 
with  Israel,  but  to  move  the  area  toward 
peace  initially  by  a  step-by-step  approach, 
which  we  have  always  believed  would 
emerge  in  an  overall  solution. 

We  are  now  approaching  the  point  where 
the  conditions  in  the  Middle  East  for  sig- 
nificant progress  seem  to  us  propitious. 
Egypt,  Syria,  Saudi  Arabia,  and  Jordan  are 
all  committed  to  a  progress  toward  a  peace 
which  recognizes  the  existence  and  legiti- 
macy of  the  State  of  Israel.  The  radical  ele- 
ments in  the  area  no  longer  have  the  influ- 
ence that  they  possessed  some  years  ago. 

I  believe  the  negotiations  will  be  ex- 
tremely complicated  and  they  may  take  some 
time.  But  I  do  believe  that  the  conditions  for 
progress  are  better  than  they  have  been  in 
many  years. 

Q.  According  to  Murrey  Marder,  in  his 
comprehensive  survey  of  your  career  that 
appeared  in  the  Washington  Post  two  months 
ago,  you  have  acknowledged  duping  the  press 
on  only  one  occasion.  You  were  reported 
seeking  from  Syria  a  list  of  Israeli  prison- 
ers, and  the  list  was  in  your  pocket  all  the 
time. 

How  tnany  other  times  have  you  duped  the 
press,  and  are  you  prepared  to  acknowledge 
any  of  those  occasions  today? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  Well,  I  think  we  only 
have  two  minutes  [laughter],  and  if  I  give  a 
partial  answer  to  that  question,  you  will  ac- 
cuse me  of  duping  you  again. 

On  that  particular  occasion  that  Mr.  Mar- 
der mentioned,  we  had  a  profound  human- 
itarian problem,  which  is  that  we  had  been 
given  the  list  on  a  confidential  basis.  We  had 
told  of  the  fact  that  we  had  this  list  to  only 
the  highest  leaders  on  the  Israeh  side,  and 
we  were  afraid  that  the  prisoners  would  not 
be  released  if  we  did  not  follow  the  sequence 
that  had  been  suggested  to  us. 

Maybe  it  could  have  been  handled  in  a  dif- 
ferent manner,  but  as  soon  as  we  had  been 
given  the  go-ahead  to  release  the  list,  we  ex- 


plained to  the  press  exactly  the  circum- 
stances in  which  it  had  been  obtained.  But 
we  could  not  do  it  before  we  had  complied 
with  the  sequence  of  events  that  had  been 
suggested  to  us. 


Debate  on  Nuclear  "Supremacy" 

Q.  As  a  result  of  the  Strategic  Arms  Lim- 
itation Talks  under  your  stewardship,  have 
you  put  the  Soviet  Union  into  a  position  to 
achieve  world  nuclear  supremacy? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  think  it  is  time  that 
we  conduct  a  rational  debate  on  the  issue  of 
nuclear  strategy.  It  is  too  important  and 
vital  a  subject  to  be  made  the  subject  of  par- 
tisan and  doctrinaire  political  debate. 

First,  with  respect  to  the  first  SALT 
agreement:  The  limitations  that  were  estab- 
lished at  the  first  SALT  agreement  resulted 
from  the  force  levels  that  had  been  decided 
upon  in  the  1960's.  There  was  no  American 
program  that  was  stopped  as  a  result  of  the 
first  SALT  agreement.  And  210  Soviet  mis- 
siles had  to  be  dismantled,  and  several  Soviet 
programs  were  stopped. 

I  have  never  understood  the  argument  why 
an  agreement  that  ratified  a  balance  that  we 
had  unilaterally  accepted  and  that  we  had  un- 
ilaterally established  should  threaten  our  se- 
curity when  it  was  simply  a  reflection  of  the 
existing  reality  that  no  one  had  proposed  to 
change  without  the  agreement. 

With  respect  to  the  negotiations  that  are 
now  going  on,  the  American  people  must  un- 
derstand that  strategic  nuclear  weapons  con- 
front all  of  mankind  with  a  new  circumstance; 
namely,  that  for  the  first  time  in  history, 
mankind  can  literally  destroy  itself. 

I  do  not  believe  that  the  Soviet  Union  is 
achieving  military  supremacy  over  the 
United  States.  I  do  not  believe  that  any 
American  Administration  would  permit  a 
situation  to  arise  in  which  the  Soviet  Union 
could  achieve  strategic  superiority  over  the 
United  States. 

But  the  essence  of  the  contemporary  prob- 
lem in  the  military  field  is  that  the  term 
"supremacy" — when  the  casualties  on  both 


86 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


sides  will  be  in  the  tens  of  millions — has 
practically  no  operational  significance,  as 
long  as  we  do  what  is  necessary  to  maintain  a 
balance. 

The  military  danger  we  face  is  with  respect 
to  regional  conflicts.  Those  forces  must  be 
modernized  and  strengthened. 

But  no  Administration,  neither  ours  nor 
our  successors',  will  ever  permit  the  Soviet 
Union  to  achieve  supremacy.  And  those  who 
are  talking  as  if  in  the  strategic  field  we 
could  still  talk  about  a  meaningful  conduct  of 
military  operations  are  not  doing  this  country 
a  service  and  they  are  not  doing  mankind  a 
service. 


The  War  in  Vietnam 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  in  retrospect,  could  you, 
or  u'ould  you,  have  developed  other  diploma- 
tic initiatives  that  might  have  ended  the  war 
in  Vietnam  in  1969?  Was  the  price  of  four 
more  years  of  war  worth  what  we  achieved 
otherwise? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  In  1969  we  found 
550,000  Americans  in  Vietnam  suffering 
hundreds  of  casualties  a  week.  Those  of  you 
who  remember  the  difficulty  of  extricating 
10,000  Americans  in  1975  will  understand  the 
complexity  of  the  problem  that  we  con- 
fronted in  1969. 

It  was  our  belief  that  as  a  country  on  which 
many  others  relied  for  their  security  and  for 
their  commitments,  we  had  to  extricate  the 
American  forces  from  Vietnam  in  a  manner 
that  maintained  a  belief  in  our  capacity  to 
keep  our  word  and  that  did  not  throw  into 
question  our  own  international  role. 

And  if  you  look  over  the  debates  that 
existed  in  1969,  '70,  and  '71,  there  were  no 
significant  proposals  to  withdraw  all  our 
forces;  the  differences  concerned  tactical  is- 
sues of  the  terms  under  which  they  might  be 
withdrawn. 

I  think  the  issue  of  whether  it  could  have 
been  done  more  rapidly  will  undoubtedly  al- 
ways be  open.  We  would  not  have  done  what 
we  did  if  we  had  not  believed  it  to  be  the 
right  course. 


We  had  one  condition:  that  we  would  not 
overthrow — as  a  price  of  leaving  Vietnam — a 
government  which  our  predecessors  had  es- 
tablished. We  did  this  because  of  our  percep- 
tion of  what  the  honor  and  the  word  of  the 
United  States  required. 

As  soon  as  that  condition  was  met,  we 
terminated  the  war.  But  it  will  require  a  long 
and  detailed  analysis  of  all  of  the  negotia- 
tions in  order  to  be  able  to  determine  what 
other  opportunities  existed.  Obviously,  if  I 
had  believed  other  opportunities  existed,  we 
would  have  seized  them. 


Relations  With  People's  Republic  of  China 

Q.  It  is  almost  five  years  since  the  signing 
of  the  Shanghai  communique.  Why  has 
China  not  been  recognized?  Why  has  there 
been  no  resolution  of  the  Taiwan  question, 
and  what  are  the  prospects  for  U.S. -China 
trade? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  The  Shanghai  com- 
munique set  no  deadline  for  the  normaliza- 
tion of  relations. 

Our  relations  with  China  have  two  aspects. 
There  is  the  aspect  of  our  assessment  of  the 
international  situation,  and  the  common  ob- 
jectives that  the  People's  Republic  of  China 
and  the  United  States  have  in  preventing 
what  we  have  jointly  called  hegemony. 

Secondly,  there  is  the  commitment  in  the 
Shanghai  communique  to  the  achievement 
progressively  of  the  normalization  of  rela- 
tions. This  commitment  remains  and  will  no 
doubt  be  also  pursued  by  the  new  Adminis- 
tration. 

The  timing,  the  conditions,  under  which  it 
can  be  achieved  will  have  to  be  negotiated 
between  the  United  States  and  the  People's 
Republic  of  China.  And  we  have  not  pre- 
viously achieved  a  meeting  of  the  minds  on 
this.  But  we  also  believe  that  in  the  other 
areas,  in  the  area  of  our  perception  of  the 
world  situation,  we  have  had  fruitful  talks 
with  the  Chinese  throughout  the  whole 
period  since  the  Shanghai  communique  was 
signed  and  those  talks  can  continue  even  be- 
fore normalization  is  concluded. 


January  31,  1977 


87 


Secretary  Kissinger  Emphasizes  Need 
for  Nonpartisan  Foreign  Policy 

The  Foreign  Policy  Association  of  New 
York  held  a  dinner  in  honor  of  Secretary 
Kissiyiger  at  New  York,  N.Y.,  on  January 
11.  Following  are  remarks  made  by  Secre- 
tary Kissinger  at  the  dinner.  ^ 

Press  release  5  dated  January  12 

I  appreciated  particularly  that  Ambas- 
sador Murphy  agreed  to  preside  over  these 
proceedings.  I  do  not  think  that  the  average 
American  understands  the  ambivalent  rela- 
tionship between  the  Foreign  Service  and 
the  Secretary  of  State.  The  Foreign  Service 
is  the  most  dedicated,  slightly  supercilious, 
devoted,  and  able  group  of  professionals  that 
serves  any  nation. 

From  the  point  of  view  of  the  Secretary  of 
State,  there  is  only  one  problem.  They  are 
opposed  to  what  they  call  lateral  entry,  and 
deep  down  they  are  convinced  that  if  it  were 
not  for  this  unfortunate  device  whereby 
people  are  moved  in  sideways  from  the  out- 
side, no  Secretary  of  State  would  really  have 
been  qualified  to  join  the  Foreign  Service. 
[Laughter.]  This  accounts  for  the  combina- 
tion of  deference,  slight  feeling  of  superior- 
ity, and  exhausting  bureaucratic  procedures 
founded  on  superior  knowledge  and  dedica- 
tion which  is  the  hallmark  of  the  Foreign 
Service. 

Almost  every  Secretary  of  State  has  en- 
tered the  Department  convinced  that  he 
would  break  through  this  awesome  machin- 
ery that  he  found  in  place;  and  every  Secre- 
tary of  State  sooner  or  later  has  been 
conquered  by  this  group  of  outstanding  pro- 
fessionals, specialists,  presenting  options 
that  contain  no  choices  [laughter  and 
applause],  always  prepared  to  rewrite  their 
papers  as  long  as  the  change  is  confined  to 
punctuation  and  who  yet  in  a  marvelous, 
mysterious,  and  devoted  way  carry  out  the 
business  of  our  government. 

Since  I  have  been  Secretary  of  State  I 


'  Introductory  and  closing  remarks  by  Ambassador 
Robert  D.  Murphy,  Carter  E.  Burgess,  chairman  of  the 
association,  and  others  and  the  opening  paragraphs  of 
Secretary  Kissinger's  remarks  are  not  printed  here. 


have  been  present  when  the  bodies  of  three 
Foreign  Service  officers  were  returned.  In 
each  case  they  had  been  the  victims  of  assas- 
sination and  in  each  case  a  large  number  of 
volunteers  stepped  forward,  without  being 
requested,  to  take  their  place.  I  beheve  this 
symbolizes  what  this  country  owes  to  this  ex- 
traordinary group  of  men  and  women. 

I  have  harassed  them  because  I  believed, 
and  still  do,  that  they  are  the  ablest  group  of 
people  that  any  government  has  ever  assem- 
bled and  because  I  believed  it  was  my  duty  to 
make  them  perform  at  their  top  performance. 
I  have  been  rewarded,  as  all  my  predecessors 
have  before  me  and  as  my  successors  without 
question  will  be,  by  men  and  women  who 
served  their  country  and  not  a  party,  who 
worked  for  peace  and  not  for  an  individual. 
And  I  hope  that  the  nonpartisan,  professional 
character  of  our  Foreign  Service  will  always 
be  recognized  and  will  always  be  preserved. 
I  want  to  take  this  opportunity,  in  what  is 
my  last  public  appearance  as  Secretary  of 
State,  to  pay  tribute  to  this  remarkable 
group  that  has  never  been  more  important  in 
our  country's  history  as  our  foreign  policy 
becomes  more  complicated,  as  the  decisions 
grow  more  complex. 

We  must  have  a  group  of  men  and  women 
who  represent  continuity.  We  cannot  pretend 
to  ourselves  that  the  foreign  policy  of  a  great 
nation  can  change  every  four  or  eight  years, 
and  that  pretense  itself  is  a  factor  of  instabil- 
ity in  the  world.  We  must  have,  with  all  the 
tactical  alterations  that  are  inevitable,  a 
large  element  of  continuity  that  is  required, 
a  great  degree  of  technical  knowledge,  and  I 
know  that  my  successor,  Mr.  Vance,  whom  I 
admire  and  who  deserves  our  support,  will 
find  in  the  Foreign  Service  a  dedicated,  able, 
and  brilliant  instrument  in  the  conduct  of  our 
foreign  policy.  I  would  like  also  to  say  that 
Ambassador  Murphy  represents  the  best 
qualities  in  the  Foreign  Service. 

I  have  been  Secretary  of  State  during  an 
extremely  turbulent  period  in  our  history. 
Its  surface  manifestations  were  the  war  in 
Vietnam,  the  tragedy  of  Watergate,  and  the 
.disputes  between  the  executive  and  the  legis- 
lative branches  of  our  government,  which  on 
too  many  occasions  paralyzed  action  and  con- 
fused other  nations.  But  in  its  deeper  sense, 


88 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


we  were  going  through  a  period  of  transition. 
For  the  first  time  in  our  history  the  United 
States  has  had  to  conduct  foreign  policy  the 
same  way  less  favored  nations  have  had  to 
conduct  it  in  all  their  experience. 

Throughout  most  of  our  history  we  could 
pursue  one  of  several  strands:  either  an  as- 
sertion that  our  moral  principles  were  auto- 
matically applicable  in  every  part  of  the 
world  or  a  belief  that  we  could  stand  apart 
from  the  rest  of  the  world  and  wait  till  the 
crisis  occurred  and  overwhelm  it  with 
resources — or  else  we  acted  as  if  our  domes- 
tic experience  could  be  applied  automatically 
on  a  global  scale. 

As  long  as  the  United  States  was  protected 
by  two  great  oceans,  as  long  as  our  resources 
were  infinite  in  relation  to  the  problems  with 
which  we  had  to  deal,  we  could  choose  any 
one  of  these  approaches  and  generally  be 
successful.  But  today  we  face  the  dilemmas 
that  other  nations  have  experienced 
throughout  their  history.  Today  we  must 
choose  among  our  priorities.  We  cannot  do 
everything  simultaneously.  Today  the  nature 
of  the  world  we  imagine  will  determine  im- 
portantly the  kind  of  world  which  we  are  able 
to  build. 

It  is  the  dilemma  of  the  policymaker  that 
at  the  time  that  he  must  act  he  does  not  have 
the  knowledge  on  which  to  base  such  action. 
When  he  has  the  knowledge,  it  is  usually  too 
late  to  affect  events.  A  great  deal  therefore 
depends  on  judgment,  on  confidence — 
psychological  confidence  on  the  part  of  the 
policymakers  and  confidence  between  the 
policymakers  and  the  public. 

The  United  States  for  the  last  decade  has 
consumed  itself  in  a  civil  strife  which  is 
bound  to  have  the  most  profound  conse- 
quences on  our  international  affairs. 

While  I  was  Secretary  of  State  I  constantly 
preached  the  importance  of  a  nonpartisan 
approach  to  foreign  policy.  Now  that  I  leave 
office  I  want  to  reiterate  this  need.  The  new 
Administration  must  be  given  an  opportunity 
to  conduct  its  policies  without  the  bitterness 
and  rancor,  without  the  strife  between  the 
branches  of  our  government,  that  have  been 
so  characteristic  of  the  last  decade. 

Now,  if  I  am  correct  in  the  needs  of  our 
foreign  policy,  this  Association  has  played  a 


crucial  and  honorable  role.  I  have  traveled, 
as  Ambassador  Reinhardt  [John  E. 
Reinhardt,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Public 
Affairs]  has  pointed  out,  to  35  cities  in  this 
country  to  speak,  to  meet  with  leaders,  to 
exchange  ideas,  and  to  explain  what  we  were 
trying  to  do.  All  of  these  trips  have  been 
taken  under  the  auspices  of  the  various 
World  Affairs  Councils,  and  I  am  particularly 
moved  that  so  many  who  have  heard  me  in 
cities  across  the  country  have  done  me  the 
honor  of  coming  here  tonight,  probably  in 
order  to  find  out  for  how  many  minutes  I  can 
go  without  placing  a  verb.  [Laughter.] 

Nothing  is  more  important  than  to  give  our 
public  a  correct  appreciation  of  the  foreign 
policy  issues  that  they  confront.  The 
simplifiers,  the  people  who  believe  that  there 
are  some  easy  slogans  that  produce  final  an- 
swers, are  as  pernicious  as  those  who  profess 
total  indifference  to  the  problems  of  foreign 
policy. 

We  must  face  the  fact  that,  for  as  far  ahead 
as  we  can  see,  the  peace  of  our  citizens  and 
the  well-being  of  our  citizens  depends  cru- 
cially on  our  performance  in  international  af- 
fairs. And  for  as  far  ahead  as  we  can  see,  the 
peace  of  the  world  and  the  well-being  of  the 
world  is  inseparable  from  the  American  per- 
formance. 

Ours  is  a  tremendous  responsibility.  The 
world  has  become  interdependent;  but,  alone 
among  the  free  nations,  we  are  capable  of 
giving  expression  to  that  interdependence  on 
a  global  scale.  The  world's  security  can  no 
longer  be  divided;  but,  alone  among  the  free 
nations  of  the  world,  we  can  form  a  global 
conception  of  security.  Therefore  freedom 
and  prosperity  everywhere  depend  on  the 
sophistication  of  our  policy  and  the  depth  of 
our  commitment,  and  no  group  has  done 
more  to  bring  about  informed  nonpartisan 
citizenship  than  this  group  that  is  meeting 
here  this  evening. 

As  idealists,  as  perfectionists,  we  con- 
stantly come  to  debate  our  faults;  but,  for 
somebody  who  came  to  this  country  as  a 
young  man,  I  can  never  forget  what  America 
has  meant  to  people  who  were  not  born  to 
freedom.  When  I  came  here  in  1938  I  was 
asked  to  write  an  essay  at  George  Washing- 
ton High  School  here  in  this  city  about  what 


January  31,  1977 


89 


it  meant  to  be  an  American.  I  wrote  that  of 
course  I  missed  the  people  with  whom  I  had 
grown  up  and  the  places  that  were  familiar  to 
me.  But  then  I  thought  that  this  was  a  coun- 
try where  one  could  walk  across  the  street 
with  one's  head  erect  and  therefore  it  was  all 
worthwhile. 

What  America  means  to  the  rest  of  the 
world  is  the  hope  for  people  everywhere  that 
they  shall  be  able  to  walk  with  their  heads 
erect,  and  our  responsibihty  as  Americans  is 
always  to  make  sure  that  our  purposes  tran- 
scend our  differences. 

I  have  tried  to  make  a  contribution  to  this, 
and  your  organizations  have  organized  the 
meetings  and,  beyond  this,  have  contributed 
to  the  education  and  commitment  of  the 
American  people.  And  therefore  I  would  like 
to  take  this  opportunity  to  thank  you  from 
the  bottom  of  my  heart. 


America's  Continuing  Concerns 
In  the  Middle  East 

The  Conference  of  Presidents  of  Major 
American  Jewish  Organizations  held  a 
luncheon  in  honor  of  Secretary  Kissinger  at 
New  York,  N.Y.,  on  January  11.  Following 
are  remarks  made  by  Secretary  Kissinger  at 
the  luncheon.  * 

Press  release  4  dated  January  12 

You  and  I  have  gone  through  a  great  deal 
together  in  recent  years,  and  I  thought  that 
if  this  meeting  made  any  sense,  it  would  be  if 
I  spoke  to  you  from  the  heart  about  some  of 
the  considerations  on  my  mind. 

We  have  had,  of  necessity,  a  very  compli- 
cated relationship.  From  my  point  of  view, 
probably  no  criticism  has  hurt  me  more  than 
if  it  came  from  this  community.  And  probably 
from  your  point  of  view,  it  was  especially 
painful  if  disagreements  occurred  between 
the  Jewish  community  and  the  first  Jewish 
Secretary  of  State  in  American  history. 


'  Introductory  and  closing  remarks  by  the  chairman 
of  the  conference,  Rabbi  Alexander  M.  Schindler,  and 
others  and  the  opening  paragraphs  of  Secretary  Kis- 
singer's remarks  are  not  printed  here. 


I  like  to  believe,  with  my  friend  Simcha 
[Israeli  Ambassador  to  the  United  States 
Simcha  Dinitz],  that  the  disagreements  never 
went  to  the  heart  of  our  relationship;  that 
they  usually  concerned  tactics  by  which  to 
achieve  fundamentally  agreed  objectives. 
But  I  thought  it  was  important  for  the  future 
of  Israel  and  for  the  future  of  the  Jewish 
people  that  the  actions  that  the  U.S.  Gov- 
ernment took  were  not  seen  to  be  the  result 
of  a  special  personal  relationship;  that  the 
support  we  gave  Israel  reflected  not  my  per- 
sonal preferences  alone  but  the  basic  national 
interests  of  the  United  States,  transcending 
the  accident  of  who  might  be  in  office  at  any 
particular  period. 

I  have  never  forgotten  that  13  members  of 
my  family  died  in  concentration  camps,  nor 
could  I  ever  fail  to  remember  what  it  was  like 
to  live  in  Nazi  Germany  as  a  member  of  a 
persecuted  minority. 

I  believe,  however,  that  the  relationship  of 
Israel  to  the  United  States  transcends  these 
personal  considerations.  I  do  not  believe  that 
it  is  compatible  with  the  moral  conscience  of 
mankind  to  permit  Israel  to  suffer  in  the 
Middle  East  a  ghetto  existence  that  has  been 
suffered  by  Jews  in  many  individual  coun- 
tries throughout  their  history. 

The  support  for  a  free  and  democratic  Is- 
rael in  the  Middle  East  is  a  moral  necessity 
of  our  period  to  be  pursued  by  every  Admin- 
istration and  with  a  claim  to  the  support  of 
all  freedom-loving  people  all  over  the  world. 

So,  we  begin  in  our  concerns  with  the 
moral  and  the  human  dimension.  Beyond 
that,  any  nation  has  a  right  to  live  in  security 
and  not  to  be  dependent  for  its  survival  on 
the  good  will  of  its  neighbors.  It  must  be  a 
basic  principle  of  American  policy  that  Israel 
must  be  strong  enough  so  that  its  decisions 
are  made  by  free  choice  and  are  not  imposed 
on  it  by  a  combination  of  outside  factors  or 
by  its  neighbors.  And  therefore  it  must  be  a 
principle  of  American  policy  that  Israel  must 
always  be  strong  enough  to  defend  itself  and 
that  the  United  States  must  see  to  it  that  Is- 
rael is  strong  enough,  because  only  then  can 
a  peace  that  is  negotiated  be  lasting  and  only 
then  can  peace  be  perceived  to  be  just. 

I  have  believed  that  an  effort  must  be 
made  to  advance  the  prospects  of  peace  in 


90 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


the  Middle  East.  And  no  people  can  have  a 
greater  interest  in  it  than  those  who  for 
thousands  of  years  have  been  subjected  to 
the  arbitrary  will  of  many  host  countries — 
for  a  nation  that  in  its  existence  has  never 
known  recognition  and  acceptance  by  its  im- 
mediate neighbors. 

Historians  will  have  to  judge  the  methods 
that  were  appropriate.  But  that  the  relations 
between  countries  divided  by  distrust  and 
suffering  for  a  generation  could  not  be  re- 
paired easily  and  quickly,  that  the  attempt  to 
solve  everything  at  once  involved  the  risk  of 
catastrophe  as  well  as  the  prospects  of  suc- 
cess, can  never  be  overlooked. 

The  difference  between  statesmen  and 
those  who  observe  from  the  outside  is  that 
there  are  some  experiments  that  statesmen 
cannot  try,  because  the  consequences  of  their 
failure  would  be  too  profound. 

I  believe  now  that  there  are  some  pros- 
pects for  peace  in  the  Middle  East.  The  influ- 
ence of  hostile  outside  powers  is  less  than  at 
any  time  in  decades.  The  influence  of  radical 
elements  within  the  Middle  East  has  been 
reduced.  But  it  is  an  effort  that  requires 
patience  and  wisdom  and,  above  all,  a  pro- 
found understanding  for  the  dilemma  of  a 
people  like  Israel,  which  cannot  afford  to 
make  a  mistake  and  which  cannot  entrust  it- 
self simply  to  abstract  declarations  of  good 
will.  Because  if  a  mistake  is  made,  it  is  likely 
to  be  irrevocable. 

Rabbi  Schindler  pointed  out  that  maybe  I 
am  glad  to  be  rid  of  this  group,  but  I  do  not 
believe  I  will  ever  be  rid  of  this  group. 
[Laughter  and  Applause.]  And  frankly,  I  do 
not  want  ever  to  be  rid  of  this  group,  though 
I  may  retract  this  in  a  few  months.  [Laugh- 
ter.] 

The  problems  of  security  and  of  peace  in 
the  Middle  East  will  be  with  us  for  as  long  as 
we  can  see.  I  will  remain  dedicated,  as  a 
friend  of  Israel  and  as  a  friend  of  this  group, 
for  as  long  as  I  live.  And  I  want  you  to  know 
that  this  meeting  has  meant  a  great  deal  to 
me. 

Throughout  their  history,  Jews  have  been 
saying  to  themselves,  "Next  year  in 
Jerusalem."  I  would  like  to  think  that  some- 
time soon  we  can  say  this  in  its  deepest 
sense — in  an  Israel  that  is  secure,  that  is  ac- 


cepted, that  is  at  peace.  And  it  will  always 
mean  a  great  deal  to  me  to  have  worked  with 
this  group,  and  with  my  friends  in  Israel,  to 
achieve  this  objective. 


Lebanese  Delegation  Discusses 
Rehabilitation  Needs 

Department  Statement ' 

In  response  to  an  invitation  extended  by 
Secretary  Kissinger,  President  Sarkis  of 
Lebanon  sent  H.E.  Ghassan  Tueini  as  his 
personal  emissary  to  Washington  as  head  of  a 
delegation  to  discuss  specific  ways  in  which 
the  United  States  can  be  helpful  to  the 
Lebanese  Government  in  rebuilding  its  na- 
tional institutions  and  economy  in  the  after- 
math of  a  year  and  a  half  of  civil  strife. 

Since  his  arrival  on  December  14,  Mr. 
Tueini  has  met  twice  with  the  Secretary.  He 
and  members  of  his  delegation  have  also  held 
discussions  with  Deputy  Secretary  Robinson, 
AID  Administrator  Parker,  as  well  as  other 
high-ranking  officials  of  the  Department  and 
AID.  Mr.  Tueini  has  also  met  with  Mr. 
Robert  McNamara,  the  President  of  the 
World  Bank;  Mr.  Witteveen,  the  Managing 
Director  of  the  International  Monetary  Fund 
(IMF);  and  several  members  of  Congress 
while  in  Washington  and  with  officials  of  the 
United  Nations  in  New  York.  He  concludes 
his  mission  to  Washington  with  a  meeting  to- 
morrow [December  23]  with  Under  Secretary 
for  Political  Affairs  Habib  and  Assistant  Sec- 
retary for  Near  Eastern  and  South  Asian  Af- 
fairs Atherton. 

The  United  States  steadfastly  supports  the 
sovereignty,  territorial  integrity,  and  na- 
tional unity  of  Lebanon;  we  welcome  recent 
progress  under  the  leadership  of  President 
Sarkis  toward  the  reestablishment  of  secu- 
rity and  the  revitalization  of  political  and 
economic  processes  in  Lebanon  following  the 
tragic  events  of  recent  months.  Mr.  Tueini 
has  informed  us  that  Lebanon  has  suffered  an 
estimated  $3  billion  in  destruction.  He  has 
described    the    Lebanese    Government's 


Is.sued  on  Dec.  22  (text  from  press  release  616). 


January  31,  1977 


91 


priorities:  to  meet  immediate  humanitarian 
needs,  while  pressing  forward  rapidly  to  re- 
store productivity  and  jobs,  and  beginning 
the  massive  long-term  task  of  physical  recon- 
struction in  ways  that  will  promote  social 
justice  and  assure  a  sense  of  opportunity  for 
all  of  Lebanon's  citizens. 

Lebanon  possesses  significant  human  and 
material  resources  for  the  job  ahead,  but  the 
United  States  recognizes  that  it  will  require 
assistance  from  the  international  community. 
The  United  States  will  very  shortly  be  send- 
ing to  Lebanon  a  small  team  of  experts  in  key 
aspects  of  relief  and  rehabihtation.  This  will 
lay  the  groundwork  for  an  expansion  of  our 
present  program  of  emergency  assistance  in 
coordination  with  the  Lebanese  Government 
and  other  international  donors. 

We  have  indicated  to  Mr.  Tueini  and  his 
delegation  that  we  are  planning  a  Public  Law 
480  title  I  food  aid  program  of  $20  million, 
subject  to  appropriate  consultations  with  the 
Congress.  The  Lebanese  Government  will  also 
be  developing  priority  programs  in  housing 
both  to  effect  emergency  repairs  to  existing 
shelters  for  the  winter  months  and,  eventu- 
ally, to  restore  or  replace  damaged  struc- 
tures. We  already  are  engaged  in  efforts 
through  voluntary  organizations  to  assist  in 
meeting  these  immediate  needs.  We  have  con- 
sidered with  the  Tueini  delegation  the  ques- 
tion of  the  longer  term  needs  of  Lebanon.  We 
have  agreed  to  examine  possible  ways  in 
which  we  can  be  helpful,  including  the  provi- 
sion of  technical  and  managerial  expertise,  in 
restoring  on  an  emergency  basis  the  remain- 
ing Beirut  port  facilities  to  support  the  relief 
and  rehabilitation  process.  We  are  already  at 
work  on  one  possibility:  the  immediate  provi- 
sion of  surplus  heavy  equipment  for  interim 
use  in  the  port.  These  mobile  cranes  and  other 
equipment  would  also  assist  in  priority  pro- 
grams to  remove  rubble  and  hazardous  struc- 
tures and  maintain  vital  road  links  in  moun- 
tainous regions  in  the  face  of  winter  snows. 

We  are  agreed  that  progress  in  these 
spheres  is  both  important  and  possible. 

These  efforts  are  in  addition  to  the  assist- 
ance we  have  already  made  available.  Specif- 
ically, we  have  provided  thus  far  a  total  of  $19 
miUion  in  humanitarian  aid  through  the  Inter- 
national Committee  of  the  Red  Cross,  the 


American  University  Hospital  in  Beirut,  the 
Catholic  Relief  Service,  and  the  U.N.  pro- 
gram for  Lebanon.  These  funds  have  provided 
medical  supplies  and  services  and  other  emer- 
gency assistance  for  those  in  need;  we  are,  for 
example,  providing  commodities  under  a  Pub- 
lic Law  480  title  II  program  to  feed  300,000 
persons  in  Lebanon. 

We  will  continue  our  close  consultations 
with  the  Lebanese  Government  as  it  lays  the 
foundations  for  the  country's  long-term  recon- 
struction program.  Some  funds  for  assistance 
to  Lebanon  are  available  in  the  current  fiscal 
year  1977  budget.  When  we  have  a  clearer 
picture  of  the  contribution  the  United  States 
can  make  to  Lebanon's  longer  term  needs,  we 
will  discuss  with  the  Congress  possible  future 
programs  and  their  funding.  We  will  also  be  in 
regular  touch  with  respected  and  experienced 
international  institutions,  such  as  the  World 
Bank,  the  IMF,  and  the  United  Nations,  to 
define  further  the  role  the  United  States  can 
and  should  play  in  support  of  these  efforts, 
which  enjoy  our  sympathy  and  concern. 


Negotiations  Held  on  Imports 
of  Meat  to  the  U.S.  for  1977 

Department  Announcement,  December  15 

Press  relea.se  605  dated  December  15 

The  United  States  has  reached  substantive 
agreement  with  the  governments  of  major 
meat-exporting  countries  on  arrangements  to 
govern  trade  in  meat,  mainly  beef,  during 
1977. 

The  overall  system  of  arrangements  with 
supplying  countries  will  provide  assurance 
that  aggregate  imports  into  the  United 
States  will  not  exceed  1,281.9  million  pounds 
next  year,  an  increase  of  4  percent  over  im- 
ports in  1976.  In  the  case  of  some  of  the 
countries,  the  arrangements  are  agreed  on 
an  ad  referendum  basis,  subject  to  final  ap- 
proval by  their  governments.  Formal  ar- 
rangements are  expected  to  be  concluded 
shortly. 

Canada,  which  has  not  been  a  participant 
in  previous  restraint  programs,  will  be  cov- 
ered by  the  1977  arrangement.  However,  the 


92 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


precise  terms  of  Canada's  participation  which 
will  cover  the  two-way  U.S. -Canadian  trade 
in  meat  are  still  under  discussion. 

Undertaken  at  the  direction  of  President 
Ford,  the  negotiations  commenced  December 
6  in  Washington  with  the  United  States  rep- 
resented by  officials  of  the  Departments  of 
State  and  Agriculture  and  the  Office  of  the 
Special  Trade  Representative,  working 
under  the  general  supervision  of  the  Agricul- 
tural Policy  Committee. 


THE  CONGRESS 


Seventh  Progress  Report  on  Cyprus 
Submitted  to  the  Congress 

Message  From  President  Ford  ^ 

To  the  Congress  of  the  United  States: 

This  report  is  the  seventh  in  a  series  of 
messages  pursuant  to  Public  Law  94-104 
through  which  I  have  informed  the  Congress 
of  my  Administration's  efforts  to  encourage 
progress  toward  a  resolution  of  the  problems 
of  Cyprus.  In  addition  to  reviewing  those  ef- 
forts, this  report  will  offer  several  conclu- 
sions with  regard  to  the  role  the  United 
States  can  and  should  play  in  settlement  of 
the  Cyprus  dispute. 

I  know  the  Congress  shares  my  views  that 
a  just  and  early  settlement  of  the  Cyprus 
issue  is  essential  both  for  humanitarian  rea- 
sons and  to  preserve  peace  in  an  area  of 
great  importance  to  the  United  States.  For 
more  than  two  years  my  Administration  has 
actively  sought  to  help  the  Cypriot  com- 
munities find  the  basis  for  substantive  and 
sustained  negotiations.  We  have  given  the 
UN  Secretary  General  our  full  and  active 
support  in  the  negotiations  conducted  under 
his  auspices,  negotiations  which  I  believe 
continue  to  offer  the  best  possible  forum  for 
progress. 


>  Transmitted  on  Jan.   10  (text  from  White  House 
press  release  dated  Jan.  10). 


I  also  know  the  Congress  shares  my  deep 
regret  that  progress  in  the  negotiations  has 
been  extremely  slow.  Inconclusive  pro- 
cedural disputes  have  diverted  the  parties 
from  pressing  issues  of  substance.  Domestic 
pressures  and  international  rivalries  have 
detracted  from  the  will  and  commitment  that 
are  essential  to  progress. 

In  an  effort  to  break  this  impasse,  my  Ad- 
ministration has  sought  over  the  past  several 
months  to  develop  a  set  of  basic  principles 
that  might  provide  a  framework  for  con- 
tinued and  fruitful  intercommunal  negotia- 
tion. These  principles  are  based  on  the  con- 
cepts which  I  set  forth  in  my  sixth  report  to 
the  Congress  and  which  Secretary  of  State 
Kissinger  expressed  in  his  September  1976 
UN  General  Assembly  address.  These  con- 
cepts rest  on  a  fundamental  premise  which  I 
believe  all  concerned  parties  continue  to 
share — that  any  settlement  must  preserve 
the  independence,  sovereignty,  and  the  ter- 
ritorial integrity  of  Cyprus.  These  concepts 
emphasize  the  importance  of  territorial  ad- 
justments to  reduce  the  area  controlled  by 
the  Turkish  side,  while  taking  into  account 
the  economic  requirements  and  humanitarian 
concerns  of  the  two  Cypriot  communities,  in- 
cluding the  plight  of  those  who  remain  refu- 
gees. Constitutional  arrangements  are  of 
equal  importance  in  providing  conditions 
under  which  the  two  communities  can  live  in 
freedom  and  have  a  large  voice  in  their  own 
affairs.  Finally,  security  arrangements  which 
would  permit  the  withdrawal  of  foreign  mili- 
tary forces  other  than  those  present  under 
international  agreement  are  essential  for  a 
lasting  settlement. 

Based  upon  these  concepts,  the  United 
States  has  engaged  over  the  past  several 
months  in  extensive  consultations  on  the 
Cyprus  issue  with  the  nine  member  states  of 
the  European  Community,  seeking  their 
support  for  a  new  and  accelerated  approach. 
Through  these  consultations  we  are  jointly 
developing  the  basic  principles  which  we 
hope  will  stimulate  the  negotiations.  We 
have  been  greatly  impressed  and  encouraged 
by  the  extent  to  which  there  is  a  consensus  in 
these  consultations  on  both  the  principles 
and  the  urgent  need  to  reopen  substantive 
intercommunal  negotiations. 


January  31,  1977 


93 


I  remain  convinced,  however,  that  neither 
the  United  States  nor  any  other  outside 
country  or  group  of  countries  should  seek  to 
impose  a  settlement  on  Cyprus.  The  princi- 
ples we  are  developing  should  serve  only  as  a 
basis  for  negotiation.  It  is  the  Cypriot  com- 
munities themselves  who  must  ultimately  de- 
cide their  relationship  and  final  territorial 
arrangements. 

In  addition  it  is  clear  that  a  final  solution 
must  also  have  the  support  of  the  Greek  and 
Turkish  governments.  It  is  my  firm  convic- 
tion that  we  must  seek  to  maintain  the  trust 
and  friendship  of  both  these  NATO  allies. 
Thus  my  Administration  has  sought  to 
strengthen  through  negotiation  our  security 
ties  with  both  Greece  and  Turkey.  We  have 
consistently  sought  to  follow  a  balanced 
course  in  strengthening  our  relations 
throughout  the  area.  We  therefore  welcomed 
the  steps  taken  by  the  Congress  to  relax  the 
arms  embargo  on  Turkey  so  that  Turkey  can 
better  meet  its  NATO  obligations.  We  have 
demonstrated  through  tangible  assistance 
our  support  for  Greece.  We  have  worked  ac- 
tively, both  directly  and  through  the  United 
Nations  Security  Council,  to  defuse  recent 
tensions  between  Greece  and  Turkey  over  the 
Aegean.  These  two  countries  have  now 
agreed  to  a  negotiating  process  called  for  in 
the  U.S.  sponsored  Security  Council  Resolu- 
tion which  I  hope  will  lead  to  a  settlement  of 
their  dispute.^ 

It  is  essential  to  the  success  of  an  equitable 
and  lasting  Cyprus  settlement  that  the 
United  States  maintain  a  balanced  relation- 
ship among  all  concerned  parties.  It  would  be 
a  mistake  to  place  undue  pressure  on  any  one 
party  for  the  sake  of  what  appears  to  be  a 
quick  settlement.  I  believe  the  Congress 
would  agree  that  such  a  path  would  neither 
promote  lasting  progress  on  Cyprus  nor 
serve  the  cause  of  stability  in  the  Mediter- 
ranean. 

I  am  not  pessimistic  about  the  future  of  the 
Cyprus  negotiations.  I  continue  to  believe 
that  a  way  can  and  will  be  found  to  achieve  a 


^  For  a  U.S.  statement  and  text  of  Security  Council 
Resolution  395,  adopted  on  Aug.  25,  1976,  see  Bulle- 
tin of  Sept.  25,  1976,  p.  374. 


just  and  equitable  settlement  which  will  ena- 
ble all  of  the  people  of  Cyprus  to  shape  a 
harmonious  and  prosperous  future. 

Gerald  R.  Ford. 

The  White  House,  January  10,  1977. 


Congressional  Documents 
Relating  to  Foreign  Policy 

United  States  Policy  on  Angola.  Hearing  before  the 
House  Committee  on  International  Relations. 
January  26,  1976.  45  pp. 

United  States  Commodity  Policies.  Joint  hearings  be- 
fore the  Subcommittees  on  International  Resources, 
Food,  and  Energy;  on  International  Economic  Policy; 
on  International  Organizations;  and  on  International 
Trade  and  Commerce  of  the  House  Committee  on  In- 
ternational Relations.  April  7-27,  1976,  343  pp. 

Foreign  Policy  and  Defense  Requirements.  Hearing  be- 
fore the  Subcommittee  on  International  Political  and 
Military  Affairs  of  the  House  Committee  on  Interna- 
tional Relations.  April  29,  1976.  28  pp. 

Investigation  Into  Certain  Past  Policies  of  Genocide 
and  Exploration  of  Policy  Options  for  the  Future. 
Hearings  before  the  Subcommittee  on  Future 
Foreign  Policy  Research  and  Development  of  the 
House  Committee  on  International  Relations.  May 
11-August  30,  1976.  275  pp. 

Human  Rights  in  Nicaragua,  Guatemala,  and  El  Sal- 
vador: Implications  for  U.S.  Policy.  Hearings  before 
the  Subcommittee  on  International  Organizations  of 
the  House  Committee  on  International  Relations. 
June  8-9,  1976.  253  pp. 

Human  Rights  in  Uruguay  and  Paraguay.  Hearings  be- 
fore the  Subcommittee  on  International  Organiza- 
tions of  the  House  Committee  on  International  Rela- 
tions. June  17-August  4,  1976.  228  pp. 

Congressional  Review  of  International  Agreements. 
Hearings  before  the  Subcommittee  on  International 
Security  and  Scientific  Affairs  of  the  House  Com- 
mittee on  International  Relations.  June  22-July  22, 
1976.  416  pp. 

Activities  of  the  Korean  Central  Intelligence  Agency  in 
the  United  States.  Hearings  before  the  Subcommittee 
on  International  Organizations  of  the  House  Commit- 
tee on  International  Relations.  Part  II.  June  22- 
September  30,  1976.  87  pp. 

Human  Rights  in  India.  Hearings  before  the  Subcom- 
mittee on  International  Organizations  of  the  House 
Committee  on  International  Relations.  June  23- 
September  23,  1976.  233  pp. 

Ethiopia  and  the  Horn  of  Africa.  Hearings  before  the 
Subcommittee  on  African  Affairs  of  the  Senate  Com- 
mittee on  Foreign  Relations.  August  4-6,  1976.  138 
pp. 

Namibia:  The  United  Nations  and  U.S.  Policy.  Hearings 
before  the  Subcommittee  on  International  Organiza- 
tions of  the  House  Committee  on  International  Rela- 
tions. August  24-27,  1976.  258  pp. 


94 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


TREATY  INFORMATION 


U.S.  Withdraws  From  Convention 
on  Northwest  Atlantic  Fisheries 

Statement  by  Charles  W.  Robinson 
Deputy  Secretary  ^ 

In  April  of  last  year,  President  Ford 
signed  into  law  the  Fishery  Conservation  and 
Management  Act  of  1976,  extending  U.S. 
fishery  jurisdiction  to  200  miles  as  of  March 
1,  1977.  Since  that  time,  the  United  States 
has  been  moving  steadily  toward  domestic 
management  of  our  fishery  resources. 

As  a  consequence  of  our  extended  domestic 
jurisdiction,  and  in  keeping  with  the  intent  of 
the  act,  the  President  has  decided  that  the 
United  States  would  withdraw  from  the  In- 
ternational Convention  for  the  Northwest 
Atlantic  Fisheries  (ICNAF)  effective  De- 
cember 31,  1976. 

The  United  States  has  been  an  active 
member  of  ICNAF  since  its  inception  26 
years  ago.  That  convention  has  made  signifi- 
cant contributions  to  fishery  conservation  in 
the  Northwest  Atlantic  area.  We  have  bene- 
fited from  decisions  taken  by  convention 
members.  The  scientific  research  and  man- 
agement of  fisheries  of  the  area  which  have 
been  carried  out  under  ICNAF  are  outstand- 
ing examples  of  the  benefits  which  can  be 
achieved  through  international  cooperation. 
The  President  has  therefore  concluded  that 
as  we  move  toward  implementation  of  our 
legislation  the  United  States  should  take  into 
account,  in  developing  our  1977  manage- 
ment plans,  the  management  proposals  de- 
veloped at  the  last  meeting  of  the  Interna- 
tional Commission  for  the  Northwest  Atlan- 
tic Fisheries. 

The  expertise  developed  within  ICNAF 
will  provide  a  sound  basis  for  the  establish- 
ment of  a  successor  organization  which  will 


provide  for  international  cooperation  in  joint 
research,  even  though  fisheries  management 
within  our  200-mile  zone  will  now  be  a 
domestic  responsibility  of  the  United  States. 
The  United  States  will  actively  support  ef- 
forts to  continue  international  consultation 
and  cooperation  in  dealing  with  fisheries 
problems  in  the  Northwest  Atlantic  and  will 
participate  in  the  conference  of  plenipoten- 
tiaries in  early  1977  to  consider  the  drafting 
of  a  new  convention. 


Current  Actions 


MULTILATERAL 

Agriculture 

Agreement  establishing  the  International  Fun-l  ivr  Ag- 
ricultural Development  (IFAD).  Done  at  Rome  June 
13,  1976.' 

Signatures:  Morocco,  United  States,  December  22 
1976. 

Aviation 

Convention  for  the  suppression  of  unlawful  seizure  of 
aircraft.  Done  at  The  Hague  December  16,  1970.  En- 
tered into  force  October  14,  1971.  TIAS  7192. 
Accessions  deposited:  Kenya,  January   11,   1977; 
Uruguay,  January  12,  1977. 
Convention  for  the  suppression  of  unlawful  acts  against 
the  safety  of  civil  aviation.  Done  at  Montreal  Sep- 
tember 23,  1971.  Entered  into  force  January  26,  1973. 
Accessions  deposited:  Ecuador,  January  12,   1977; 
Kenya,  January  11,   1977;  Uruguay,  January  12, 
1977. 

Nuclear  Weapons — Nonproliferation 

Treaty  on  the  nonproliferation  of  nuclear  weapons. 
Done  at  Washington,   London,  and  Moscow  July  1, 
1968.  Entered  into  force  March  5,  1970.  TIAS  6839. 
Ratification  deposited:  Panama,  January  13,  1977. 

Tin 

Fifth  international  tin  agreement,  with  annexes.  Done 
at  Geneva  June  21,  1975.  Entered  into  force  provi- 
sionally July  1,  1976. 
Ratification  deposited:  Yugoslavia,   December  29, 

1976. 
Accession  deposited:  Bulgaria,  January  6,  1977. 

Wheat 

Protocol  modifying  and  further  extending  the  wheat 
trade  convention  (part  of  the  international  wheat 
agreement)  1971.  Done  at  Washington  March  17, 
1976.  Entered  into  force  June  19,  1976,  with  respect 


'  Issued  on  Jan.  1  (text  from  press  release  1). 


Not  in  force. 


January  31,  1977 


95 


to  certain  provisions,  and  July  1,  1976,  with  respect 

to  other  provisions. 

Ratificatiuii  deposited:  Tunisia,  January  12,  1977. 

BILATERAL 

Iran 

Agreement  relating  to  the  reciprocal  issuance  of 
multiple-entry  nonimmigrant  visas.  Effected  by  e.\- 
change  of  letters  at  Tehran  December  13  and  16, 
1976.  Entered  into  force  December  16,  1976;  effective 
January  1,  1977. 

Sri  Lanka 

Agreement  amending  the  agreement  for  sales  of  ag- 
ricultural commodities  of  October  29,  1976.  Effected 
by  exchange  of  notes'at  Colombo  December  15,  1976. 
Entered  into  force  December  15,  1976. 

Switzerland 

Agreement  amending  the  agreement  of  October 
13,  1961,  concerning  the  reciprocal  acceptance  of  cer- 
tificates of  airworthiness  for  imported  aircraft  (TIAS 
5214).  Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  at  Washington 
January  7,  1977.  Entered  into  force  January  7,  1977. 

United  Kingdom 

Memorandum  of  understanding  concerning  the  transfer 
of  technical  data  relating  to  the  JT-IOD  jet  engine 
collaboration  agreement  to  third  countries.  Signed  at 
Washington  December  30,  1976.  Entered  into  force 
December  30,  1976. 


PUBLICATIONS 


GPO  Sales  Publications 

Publications  may  be  ordered  by  catalog  or  stock 
number  from  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S. 
Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.C.  20102. 
A  25-percent  discount  is  made  on  orders  for  100  or  more 
copies  of  any  one  publication  mailed  to  the  same  ad- 
dress. Remittances,  payable  to  the  Stiperinte^tdent  of 
Documents,  must  accompany  orders.  Prices  shown  be- 
low, which  include  domestic  postage,  are  subject  to 
change. 

Selected  Documents  No.  4,  U.S.  Policy  in  the  Middle 
East:  November  1974-February  1976.  Documents  cov- 
ering the  overall  U.S.  Government  approach  to  promot- 
ing peace  in  the  Middle  East  and  to  strengthening  our 
relations  with  individual  nations  of  the  region.  Near 
East  and  South  Asian  Series  86.  Pub.  8878.  126  pp. 
$1.75.  (Cat.  No.  81.86:8878). 


Restrictive  Business  Practices.  Agreement  with  the 
Federal  Republic  of  Germany.  TIAS  8291.  10  pp.  35(Z. 
(Cat.  No.  S9. 10:8291). 

Trade — Meat  Imports.  Agreement  with  El  Salvador. 
TIAS  8324.  5  pp.  3.5C.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8324). 

Trade — Meat  Imports.  Agreement  with  Nicaragua. 
TIAS  8325.  8  pp.  35<?.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8325). 

Trade — Meat  Imports.  Agreement  with  Guatemala. 
TIAS  8326.  8  pp.  35C.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8326). 

Trade — Meat  Imports.  Agreement  with  Haiti.  TIAS 
8327.  8  pp.  35e.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8327). 

Trade — Meat  Imports.  Agreement  with  Honduras. 
TIAS  8328.  9  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8328). 

Trade — Meat  Imports.  Agreement  with  the  Dominican 
Republic.  TIAS  8329.  9  pp.  35c.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8329). 

Trade — Meat  Imports.  Agreement  with  Panama.  TIAS 
8330.  5  pp.  35C.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8330). 

Long  Range  Aid  to  Navigation  (Loran-C)  Station  at 
Williams  Lake,  British  Columbia.  Agreement  with 
Canada.  TIAS  8331.  12  pp.  35(Z.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8331). 

Technical  Assistance  in  Tax  Administration.  Agree- 
ment with  Trinidad  and  Tobago  amending  and  extend- 
ing the  agreement  of  June  20,  1968,  as  amended  and  ex- 
tended. TIAS  8.332.  4  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8332). 

Protocol  to  the  Social  Progress  Trust  Fund  Agree- 
ment. Agreement  with  the  Inter-American  Develop- 
ment Bank.  TIAS  8333.  2  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No. 
89.10:8333). 

Trade — Meat  Imports.  Agreement  with  New  Zealand. 
TIAS  8334.  7  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8334). 

Thermal  Power  Plant  Near  Ismailia.  Agreement  with 
Egypt.  TIAS  8335.  13  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8335). 

Technical  and  Feasibility  Studies.  Agreement  with 
Egypt.  TIAS  8336.  9  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8336). 

Nutrition/Health  Early  Warning  System  and  Access 
Road  Construction.  Agreement  with  Ethiopia.  TIAS 
8337.  9  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8337). 

United  States  Naval  Communication  Station  in  Aus- 
tralia. Agreement  with  Australia  amending  the  agree- 
ment of  May  9,  1963,  as  amended.  TIAS  8338.  5  pp.  350. 
(Cat.  No.  89.10:8338). 

Drought  Recovery  and  Rehabilitation  Program. 

Agreement  with  Senegal.  TIAS  8339.  20  pp.  350.  (Cat. 
No.  89.10:8339). 

Atomic  Energy — Technical  Information  Exchange 
and  Development  of  Standards.  Arrangement  with 
Sweden.  TIAS  8340.  4  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8340). 


96 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


INDEX     January  31,1977     Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1962 


Agriculture.  Negotiations  Held  on  Imports  of 
Meat  to  the  U.S.  for  1977 <:Y> 

American  Principles 

Laying  the  Foundation  of  a  Long-Term  Policy 
(Secretary  Kissinger  before  the  National  Press 
Club)  -1 

Secretary  Kissinger  Emphasizes  Need  for  Non- 
partisan Foreign  Policy  (remarks)  ,S8 

Arms  Control  and  Disarmament.  Laying  the 
Foundation  of  a  Long-Term  Policy  (Secretary 
Kissinger  before  the  National  Press  Club) ,'<1 

China.  Laying  the  Foundation  of  a  Long-Term 
Policy  (Secretary  Kissinger  before  the  National 
Press  Club)  si 

Congress 

Congressional  Documents  Relating  to  Foreign 
Policy 94 

Seventh  Progress  Report  on  Cyprus  Submitted 
to  the  Congress  (message  from  President 
Ford) '. 93 

Cyprus.  Seventh  Progress  Report  on  Cyprus 
Submitted  to  the  Congress  (message  from  Pres- 
ident Ford)   93 

Economic  Affairs 

Negotiations  Held  on  Imports  of  Meat  to  the  U.S. 

for  1977 92 

U.S.  Withdraws  From  Convention  on  Northwest 

Atlantic  Fisheries  (Robinson) 95 

Foreign  Aid.  Lebanese  Delegation  Discusses  Re- 
habilitation Needs  (Department  statement)  ...        91 

Israel.  America's  Continuing  Concerns  in  the 
Middle  East  (Kissinger)  90 

Lebanon.  Lebanese  Delegation  Discusses  Re- 
habilitation Needs  (Department  statement)  ...        91 

Middle  East 

America's  Continuing  Concerns  in  the  Middle 
East  (Kissinger) 90 

Laying  the  Foundation  of  a  Long-Term  Policy 
(Secretary  Kissinger  before  the  National  Press 
Club)  81 

Presidential  Documents.  Seventh  Progress  Re- 
port on  Cyprus  Submitted  to  the  Congress  ....        93 

Publications.  GPO  Sales  Publications 96 

Treaty  Information 

Current  Actions 95 

U.S.  Withdraws  From  Convention  on  Northwest 
Atlantic  Fisheries  (Robinson) 95 

U.S.S.R.  Laying  the  Foundation  of  a  Long-Term 
Policy  (Secretary  Kissinger  before  the  National 
Press  Club)  81 


Vietnam.  Laying  the  Foundation  of  a  Long-Term 
Policy  (Secretary  Kissinger  before  the  National 
Press  Club)  81 

Name  Index 

Ford ,  President 93 

Kissinger,  Secretary 81,  88,  90 

Robinson.  Charles  W 95 


Checklist  of  Department  of  State 
Press  Releases:  January  10—16 

Press  releases  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office 
of  Press  Relations,  Department  of  State,  Wa.sh- 
ington,  D.C.  20520. 


Date 

1/U 


1/12 


1/12 


1/12 


1/13 


*8       1/13 


1/13 


Subject 

Robert  Alden,  Secretary  Kis- 
singer: National  Press  Club, 
.Tan.  10. 

Rabbi  Alexander  M.  Schindler, 
Rabbi  Israel  Miller,  Israeli 
Ambassador  Simcha  Dinitz, 
Yehudi  Hellman,  Secretary 
Kissinger:  Conference  of  Pres- 
idents of  Major  American 
Jewish  Organizations,  New- 
York,  Jan.  11. 

Carter  E.  Burgess,  Robert  D. 
Murphy,  John  E.  Reinhardt, 
Richard  Valeriani,  Secretary 
Kissinger:  Foreign  Policy  As- 
sociation, New  York,  Jan.  11. 

Study  group  1,  U.S.  National 
Committee  for  the  Interna- 
tional Radio  Consultative 
Committee,  Feb.  15. 

Shipping  Coordinating  Commit- 
tee, Subcommittee  on  Safety 
of  Life  at  Sea,  working  group 
on  radiocommunications,  Feb. 
17. 

Secretary  of  State's  Advisory 
Committee  on  Private  Inter- 
national Law,  Study  Group  on 
Hotelkeepers'  Liability,  Feb. 
17. 

Ocean  Affairs  Advisory  Com- 
mittee meeting  rescheduled 
for  Mar.  15-16. 


Not  printed. 


Superintendent   of   Documents 
U.S.  government  printing  office 

WASHINGTON.  D.C.   20402 


OFFICIAL  BUSINESS 


POSTAGE   AND    FEES    PAID 

Department  of  State  STA-50I 
Third  Class 


Subscription  Renewals:  To  insure  uninterrupted 
service,  please  renew  your  subscription  promptly 
when  you  receive  the  expiration  notice  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents.  Due  to  the  time  re- 
quired to  process  renewals,  notices  are  sent  out  3 
months  in  advance  of  the  expiration  date.  Any  prob- 
lems involving  your  subscription  will  receive  im- 
mediate attention  if  you  write  to:  Superintendent 
of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  OflSce, 
Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


-3 

/J; 


7^ 


/?U 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

BULLETIN 

Volume  LXXVI  •  No.   1963  •  February  7,  1977 


THE  STATE  OF  THE  UNION 
Excerpts  From  President  Ford's  Address  to  the  Congress    97 

SECRETARY  KISSINGER  INTERVIEWED  FOR  THE  NEW  YORK  TIMES    102 

DEPARTMENT  DISCUSSES  IMPLEMENTATION  OF  ECONOMIC  PROVISIONS 

OF  THE  FINAL  ACT  OF  THE  HELSINKI  CONFERENCE 

Statement  by  Deputy  Secretary  Robinson    108 


THE  OFFICIAL  WEEKLY  RECORD  OF  UNITED  STATES  FOREIGN  POLICY 


For  index  see  inside  back  cover 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE  BULLETIN 


Vol.  LXXVI  No.  1963 
February  7,  1977 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Washington,  D.C.  20402 

PRICE: 

52  issues  plus  semiannual  indexes. 

domestic  $42.50.  foreign  $53.15 

Single  copy  85  cents 

The  Secretary  of  State  has  determined  that  the  pub- 
lication of  this  periodical  is  necessary  in  the  transac- 
tion of  the  public  business  required  by  law  of  this 
Department.  Use  of  funds  for  printing  this  periodi- 
cal has  been  approved  by  the  Director  of  the  Office 
of  Management  and  Budget  through  January  31, 
1981. 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may  be  re- 
printed. Citation  of  the  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 
BULLETIN  as  the  source  will  be  appreciated.  The 
BULLETIN  is  inde.xed  in  the  Readers'  Guide  to 
Periodical  Literature. 


The  Department  of  State  BLLLETIN\ 
a  weekly  publication  innued  by  the 
Office  of  Media  Services,  Bureau  of 
Public  Affairs,  provides  the  public  and 
interested  agencies  of  the  government 
with  information  on  developments  in 
the  field  of  U.S.  foreign  relations  and 
on  the  work  of  the  Department  and 
the  Foreign  Service. 

The  BULLETIN  includes  selected 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy,  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements,  addresses,  and 
news  conferences  of  the  President  and 
the  Secretary  of  State  and  other  offi- 
cers of  the  Department,  as  well  as  spe- 
cial articles  on  various  phases  of  in- 
ternational affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  inter- 
national agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a  party 
and  on  treaties  of  general  interna- 
tional interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department  of 
State,  United  Nations  documents,  and 
legislative  material  in  the  field  of 
international  relations  are  also  listed. 


The  State  of  the  Union 


Address  by  President  Ford  to  the  Congress  (Excerpts)  ^ 


Because  the  transfer  of  authority  in  our 
form  of  government  affects  the  state  of  the 
Union,  and  of  the  world,  I  am  happy  to  re- 
port to  you  that  the  current  transition  is  pro- 
ceeding very  well.  I  was  determined  that  it 
should;  I  wanted  the  new  President  to  get  off 
on  an  easier  start  than  I  had. 

When  I  became  President  on  August  9, 
1974,  our  nation  was  deeply  divided  and  tor- 
mented. In  rapid  succession,  the  Vice  Presi- 
dent and  the  President  had  resigned  in  dis- 
grace. We  were  still  struggling  with  the 
aftereffects  of  a  long,  unpopular,  and  bloody 
war  in  Southeast  Asia.  The  economy  was  un- 
stable and  racing  toward  the  worst  recession 
in  40  years.  People  were  losing  jobs.  The  cost 
of  living  was  soaring.  The  Congress  and  the 
Chief  Executive  were  at  loggerheads.  The 
integrity  of  our  constitutional  process  and 
other  institutions  was  being  questioned.  For 
more  than  15  years,  domestic  spending  had 
soared  as  Federal  programs  multiplied  and 
the  expense  escalated  annually.  During  the 
same  period,  our  national  security  needs 
were  steadily  shortchanged. 

In  the  grave  situation  which  prevailed  in 
August  1974,  our  will  to  maintain  our  inter- 
national leadership  was  in  doubt.  I  asked  for 
your  prayers  and  went  to  work. 

In  January  1975  I  reported  to  the  Congress 
that  the  state  of  the  Union  was  not  good.  I 
proposed  urgent  action  to  improve  the  econ- 
omy and  to  achieve  energy  independence  in 


'  Delivered  on  Jan.  12  (te.xt  from  Weekly  Compilation 
of  Presidential  Documents  dated  Jan.  17). 


10  years.  I  reassured  America's  allies  and 
sought  to  reduce  the  danger  of  confrontation 
with  potential  adversaries.  I  pledged  a  new 
direction  for  America. 

Nineteen  seventy-five  was  a  year  of  dif- 
ficult decisions,  but  Americans  responded 
with  realism,  common  sense,  and  self- 
discipline. 

By  January  1976  we  were  headed  in  a  new 
direction,  which  I  hold  to  be  the  right  direc- 
tion for  a  free  society.  It  was  guided  by  the 
belief  that  successful  problem-solving  re- 
quires more  than  Federal  action  alone;  that  it 
involves  a  full  partnership  among  all 
branches  and  all  levels  of  government  and 
public  policies  which  nurture  and  promote 
the  creative  energies  of  private  enterprises, 
institutions,  and  individual  citizens. 

A  year  ago,  I  reported  that  the  state  of  the 
Union  was  better — in  many  ways  a  lot 
better — but  still  not  good  enough. 

Common  sense  told  me  to  stick  to  the 
steady  course  we  were  on,  to  continue  to  re- 
strain the  inflationary  growth  of  govern- 
ment, to  reduce  taxes  as  well  as  spending,  to 
return  local  decisions  to  local  officials,  to 
provide  for  long-range  sufficiency  in  energy 
and  national  security  needs.  I  resisted  the 
immense  pressures  of  an  election  year  to 
open  the  floodgates  of  Federal  money  and  the 
temptation  to  promise  more  than  I  could  de- 
liver. I  told  it  as  it  was  to  the  American 
people  and  demonstrated  to  the  world  that  in 
our  spirited  political  competition,  as  in  this 
chamber,  Americans  can  disagree  without 
being  disagreeable. 


February  7,  1977 


97 


Now,  after  30  months  as  your  President,  I 
can  say  that  while  we  still  have  a  way  to  go,  I 
am  proud  of  the  long  way  we  have  come  to- 
gether. 

I  am  proud  of  the  part  I  have  had  in  re- 
building confidence  in  the  Presidency,  confi- 
dence in  our  free  system,  and  confidence  in 
our  future.  Once  again,  Americans  believe  in 
themselves,  in  their  leaders,  and  in  the  prom- 
ise that  tomorrow  holds  for  their  children. 

I  am  proud  that  today  America  is  at  peace. 
None  of  our  sons  are  fighting  and  dying  in 
battle  anywhere  in  the  world.  And  the 
chance  for  peace  among  all  nations  is  im- 
proved by  our  determination  to  honor  our 
vital  commitments  in  defense  of  peace  and 
freedom. 

I  am  proud  that  the  United  States  has 
strong  defenses,  strong  alliances,  and  a 
sound  and  courageous  foreign  policy. 

— Our  alliances  with  major  partners,  the 
great  industrial  democracies  of  Western 
Europe,  Japan,  and  Canada,  have  never  been 
more  solid.  Consultations  on  mutual  security, 
defense,  and  East-West  relations  have  grown 
closer.  Collaboration  has  branched  out  into 
new  fields,  such  as  energy,  economic  policy, 
and  relations  with  the  Third  World.  We  have 
used  many  avenues  for  cooperation,  including 
summit  meetings  held  among  major  allied 
countries.  The  friendship  of  the  democracies 
is  deeper,  warmer,  and  more  effective  than 
at  any  time  in  30  years. 

— We  are  maintaining  stability  in  the 
strategic  nuclear  balance  and  pushing  back 
the  specter  of  nuclear  war.  A  decisive  step 
forward  was  taken  in  the  Vladivostok  accord 
which  I  negotiated  with  General  Secretary 
Brezhnev — joint  recognition  that  an  equal 
ceiling  should  be  placed  on  the  number  of 
strategic  weapons  on  each  side.  With  resolve 
and  wisdom  on  the  part  of  both  nations,  a 
good  agreement  is  well  within  reach  this 
year. 

— The  framework  for  peace  in  the  Middle 
East  has  been  built.  Hopes  for  future  prog- 
ress in  the  Middle  East  were  stirred  by  the 
historic  agreements  we  reached  and  the  trust 
and  confidence  that  we  formed.  Thanks  to 
American  leadership,  the  prospects  for  peace 
in  the  Middle  East  are  brighter  than  they 


have  been  in  three  decades.  The  Arab  states 
and  Israel  continue  to  look  to  us  to  lead  them 
from  confrontation  and  war  to  a  new  era  of 
accommodation  and  peace.  We  have  no  alter- 
native but  to  persevere,  and  I  am  sure  we 
will.  The  opportunities  for  a  final  settlement 
are  great,  and  the  price  of  failure  is  a  return 
to  the  bloodshed  and  hatred  that  for  too  long 
have  brought  tragedy  to  all  of  the  peoples  of 
this  area  and  repeatedly  edged  the  world  to 
the  brink  of  war. 

— Our  relationship  with  the  People's  Re- 
public of  China  is  proving  its  importance  and 
its  durability.  We  are  finding  more  and  more 
common  ground  between  our  two  countries 
on  basic  questions  of  international  affairs. 

— In  my  two  trips  to  Asia  as  President,  we 
have  reaffirmed  America's  continuing  vital 
interest  in  the  peace  and  security  of  Asia  and 
the  Pacific  Basin,  established  a  new  partner- 
ship with  Japan,  confirmed  our  dedication  to 
the  security  of  Korea,  and  reinforced  our  ties 
with  the  free  nations  of  Southeast  Asia. 

— An  historic  dialogue  has  begun  between 
industrial  nations  and  developing  nations. 
Most  proposals  on  the  table  are  the  initia- 
tives of  the  United  States,  including  those  on 
food,  energy,  technology,  trade,  investment, 
and  commodities.  We  are  well  launched  on 
this  process  of  shaping  positive  and  reliable 
economic  relations  between  rich  nations  and 
poor  nations  over  the  long  term. 

— We  have  made  progress  in  trade  negotia- 
tions and  avoided  protectionism  during  re- 
cession. We  strengthened  the  international 
monetary  system.  During  the  past  two  years 
the  free  world's  most  important  economic 
powers  have  already  brought  about  impor- 
tant changes  that  serve  both  developed  and 
developing  economies.  The  momentum  al- 
ready achieved  must  be  nurtured  and 
strengthened,  for  the  prosperity  of  the  rich 
and  poor  depends  upon  it. 

— In  Latin  America,  our  relations  have 
taken  on  a  new  maturity  and  a  sense  of  com- 
mon enterprise. 

— In  Africa,  the  quest  for  peace,  racial  jus- 
tice, and  economic  progress  is  at  a  crucial 
point.  The  United  States,  in  close  coopera- 
tion with  the  United  Kingdom,  is  actively 
engaged  in  this  historic  process.  Will  change 


98 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


come  about  by  warfare  and  chaos  and  foreign 
intervention?  Or  will  it  come  about  by 
negotiated  and  fair  solutions,  insuring  major- 
ity rule,  minority  rights,  and  economic  ad- 
vance? America  is  committed  to  the  side  of 
peace  and  justice  and  to  the  principle  that 
Africa  should  shape  its  own  future  free  of 
outside  intervention. 

— American  leadership  has  helped  to 
stimulate  new  international  efforts  to  stem 
the  proliferation  of  nuclear  weapons  and  to 
shape  a  comprehensive  treaty  governing  the 
use  of  the  oceans. 

I  am  gratified  by  these  accomplishments. 
They  constitute  a  record  of  broad  success  for 
America  and  for  the  peace  and  prosperity  of 
all  mankind.  This  Administration  leaves  to 
its  successor  a  world  in  better  condition  than 
we  found.  We  leave,  as  well,  a  solid  founda- 
tion for  progress  on  a  range  of  issues  that  are 
vital  to  the  well-being  of  America. 

What  has  been  achieved  in  the  field  of 
foreign  affairs,  and  what  can  be  accomplished 
by  the  new  Administration,  demonstrate  the 
genius  of  Americans  working  together  for 
the  common  good.  It  is  this,  our  remarkable 
ability  to  work  together,  that  has  made  us  a 
unique  nation.  It  is  Congress,  the  President, 
and  the  people  striving  for  a  better  world. 

I  know  all  patriotic  Americans  want  this 
nation's  foreign  policy  to  succeed. 

I  urge  members  of  my  party  in  this  Con- 
gress to  give  the  new  President  loyal  support 
in  this  area. 

I  express  the  hope  that  this  new  Congress 
will  ree.xamine  its  constitutional  role  in  in- 
ternational affairs. 

The  exclusive  right  to  declare  war,  the 
duty  to  advise  and  consent  on  the  part  of  the 
Senate,  the  power  of  the  purse  on  the  part  of 
the  House,  are  ample  authority  for  the  legis- 
lative branch  and  should  be  jealously 
guarded.  But  because  we  may  have  been  too 
careless  of  these  powers  in  the  past  does  not 
justify  congressional  intrusion  into,  or 
obstruction  of,  the  proper  exercise  of  Presi- 
dential responsibilities  now  or  in  the  future. 
There  can  be  only  one  Commander-in-Chief. 
In  these  times  crises  cannot  be  managed  and 
wars  cannot  be  waged  by  committee.  Nor  can 
peace  be  pursued  solely  by  parliamentary 


debate.  To  the  ears  of  the  world,  the  Presi- 
dent speaks  for  the  nation.  While  he  is  of 
course  ultimately  accountable  to  the  Con- 
gress, the  courts,  and  the  people,  he  and  his 
emissaries  must  not  be  handicapped  in  ad- 
vance in  their  relations  with  foreign  govern- 
ments as  has  sometimes  happened  in  the 
past. 

Energy  is  absolutely  vital  to  the  defense  of 
our  country,  to  the  strength  of  our  economy, 
and  to  the  quality  of  our  Hves.  Two  years  ago 
I  proposed  to  the  Congress  the  first  com- 
prehensive national  energy  program:  a  spe- 
cific and  coordinated  set  of  measures  that 
would  end  our  vulnerability  to  embargo, 
blockade,  or  arbitrary  price  increases  and 
would  mobilize  U.  S.  technology  and  re- 
sources to  supply  a  significant  share  of  the 
free  world's  energy  after  1985.  Of  the  major 
energy  proposals  I  submitted  two  years  ago, 
only  half,  belatedly,  became  law. 

In  1973  we  were  dependent  upon  foreign 
oil  imports  for  36  percent  of  our  needs. 
Today  we  are  40  percent  dependent,  and 
we'll  pay  out  $34  billion  for  foreign  oil  this 
year.  Such  vulnerability  at  present  or  in  the 
future  is  intolerable  and  must  be  ended. 

The  answer  to  where  we  stand  on  our  na- 
tional energy  effort  today  reminds  me  of  the 
old  argument  about  whether  the  tank  is  half 
full  or  half  empty.  The  pessimist  will  say  we 
have  half  failed  to  achieve  our  10-year  energy 
goals;  the  optimist  will  say  that  we  have  half 
succeeded.  I  am  always  an  optimist,  but  we 
must  make  up  for  lost  time. 

We  have  laid  a  solid  foundation  for  com- 
pleting the  enormous  task  which  confronts 
us.  I  have  signed  into  law  five  major  energy 
bills  which  contain  significant  measures  for 
conservation,  resource  development, 
stockpiling,  and  standby  authorities. 

We  have  moved  forward  to  develop  the 
naval  petroleum  reserves;  to  build  a  500- 
million-barrel  strategic  petroleum  stockpile; 
to  phase  out  unnecessary  government  alloca- 
tion and  price  controls;  to  develop  a  lasting 
relationship  with  other  oil-consuming  na- 
tions; to  improve  the  efficiency  of  energy  use 
through  conservation  in  automobiles,  build- 
ings, and  industry;  and  to  expand  research 


February  7,  1977 


99 


on  new  technology  and  renewable  resources, 
such  as  wind  power,  geothermal  and  solar 
energy. 

All  these  actions,  significant  as  they  are 
for  the  long  term,  are  only  the  beginning.  I 
recently  submitted  to  the  Congress  my  pro- 
posals to  reorganize  the  Federal  energy 
structure  and  the  hard  choices  which  remain 
if  we  are  serious  about  reducing  our  depend- 
ence upon  foreign  energy.  These  include  pro- 
grams to  reverse  our  declining  production  of 
natural  gas  and  increase  incentives  for 
domestic  crude  oil  production.  I  proposed  to 
minimize  environmental  uncertainties  affect- 
ing coal  development,  expand  nuclear  power 
generation,  and  create  an  Energy  Independ- 
ence Authority  to  provide  government  finan- 
cial assistance  for  vital  energy  programs 
where  private  capital  is  not  available. 

We  must  explore  every  reasonable  pros- 
pect for  meeting  our  energy  needs  when  our 
current  domestic  reserves  of  oil  and  natural 
gas  begin  to  dwindle  in  the  next  decade. 

I  urgently  ask  Congress  and  the  new  Ad- 
ministration to  move  quickly  on  these  issues. 
This  nation  has  the  resources  and  the  capabil- 
ity to  achieve  our  energy  goals  if  its  govern- 
ment has  the  will  to  proceed,  and  I  think  we 
do. 


America's  first  goal  is  and  always  will  be 
peace  with  honor.  America  must  remain  first 
in  keeping  peace  in  the  world.  We  can  remain 
first  in  peace  only  if  we  are  never  second  in 
defense. 

In  presenting  the  state  of  the  Union  to  the 
Congress  and  to  the  American  people,  I  have 
a  special  obligation  as  Commander-in-Chief 
to  report  on  our  national  defense.  Our  sur- 
vival as  a  free  and  independent  people  re- 
quires, above  all,  strong  military  forces  that 
are  well  equipped  and  highly  trained  to  per- 
form their  assigned  mission. 

I  am  particularly  gratified  to  report  that 
over  the  past  two  and  a  half  years  we  have 
been  able  to  reverse  the  dangerous  decline  of 
the  previous  decade  in  real  resources  this 
country  was  devoting  to  national  defense. 
This  was  an  immediate  problem  I  faced  in 
1974.  The  evidence  was  unmistakable  that 


the  Soviet  Union  had  been  steadily  increas- 
ing the  resources  it  applied  to  building  its 
military  strength.  During  this  same  period  the 
United  States'  real  defense  spending  declined. 
In  my  three  budgets  we  not  only  arrested  that 
dangerous  decline,  but  we  have  established  the 
positive  trend  which  is  essential  to  our  ability 
to  contribute  to  peace  and  stability  in  the 
world. 

The  Vietnam  war,  both  materially  and 
psychologically,  affected  our  overall  defense 
posture.  The  dangerous  antimilitary  senti- 
ment discouraged  defense  spending  and  un- 
fairly disparaged  the  men  and  women  who 
serve  in  our  armed  forces. 

The  challenge  that  now  confronts  this 
country  is  whether  we  have  the  national  will 
and  determination  to  continue  this  essential 
defense  effort  over  the  long  term,  as  it  must 
be  continued.  We  can  no  longer  afford  to  os- 
cillate from  year  to  year  in  so  vital  a  matter. 
Indeed,  we  have  a  duty  to  look  beyond  the 
immediate  question  of  budgets  and  to 
examine  the  nature  of  the  problem  we  will 
face  over  the  next  generation. 

I  am  the  first  recent  President  able  to  ad- 
dress long-term  basic  issues  without  the  bur- 
den of  Vietnam.  The  war  in  Indochina  con- 
sumed enormous  resources  at  the  very  time 
that  the  overwhelming  strategic  superiority 
we  once  enjoyed  was  disappearing.  In  past 
years,  as  a  result  of  decisions  by  the  United 
States,  our  strategic  forces  leveled  off.  Yet 
the  Soviet  Union  continued  a  steady,  constant 
buildup  of  its  own  forces,  committing  a  high 
percentage  of  its  national  economic  effort  to 
defense. 

The  United  States  can  never  tolerate  a 
shift  in  strategic  balance  against  us  or  even  a 
situation  where  the  American  people  or  our 
allies  believe  the  balance  is  shifting  against 
us.  The  United  States  would  risk  the  most 
serious  political  consequences  if  the  world 
came  to  believe  that  our  adversaries  have  a 
decisive  margin  of  superiority. 

To  maintain  a  strategic  balance  we  must 
look  ahead  to  the  1980's  and  beyond.  The 
sophistication  of  modern  weapons  requires 
that  we  make  decisions  now  if  we  are  to  in- 
sure our  security  10  years  from  now. 

Therefore  I  have  consistently  advocated 


100 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


and  strongly  urged  that  we  pursue  three  crit- 
ical strategic  programs:  the  Trident  missile 
launching  submarine;  the  B-1  bomber,  with 
its  superior  capability  to  penetrate  modern 
air  defenses;  and  a  more  advanced  intercon- 
tinental ballistic  missile  that  will  be  better 
able  to  survive  nuclear  attack  and  deliver  a 
devastating  retaliatory  strike. 

In  an  era  where  the  strategic  nuclear 
forces  are  in  rough  equilibrium,  the  risks  of 
conflict  below  the  nuclear  threshold  may 
grow  more  perilous.  A  major  long-term  ob- 
jective therefore  is  to  maintain  capabilities  to 
deal  with,  and  thereby  deter,  conventional 
challenges  and  crises,  particularly  in  Europe. 

We  cannot  rely  solely  on  strategic  forces  to 
guarantee  our  security  or  to  deter  all  types 
of  aggression.  We  must  have  superior  naval 
and  marine  forces  to  maintain  freedom  of  the 
seas;  strong  multipurpose  tactical  air  forces; 
and  mobile,  modern  ground  forces. 

Accordingly,  I  have  directed  a  long-term 
effort  to  improve  our  worldwide  capabilities 
to  deal  with  regional  crises: 

— I  have  submitted  a  five-year  naval  build- 
ing program  indispensable  to  the  nation's 
maritime  strategy. 

— Because  the  security  of  Europe  and  the 
integrity  of  NATO  remain  the  cornerstone  of 
American  defense  policy,  I  have  initiated  a 
special  long-term  program  to  insure  the 
capacity  of  the  alliance  to  deter  or  defeat  ag- 
gression in  Europe. 


As  I  leave  office,  I  can  report  that  our  na- 
tional defense  is  effectively  deterring  conflict 
today.  Our  armed  forces  are  capable  of  carry- 
ing out  the  variety  of  missions  assigned  to 
them.  Programs  are  underway  which  will  as- 
sure we  can  deter  war  in  the  years  ahead. 

But  I  also  must  warn  that  it  will  require  a 
sustained  effort  over  a  period  of  years  to 
maintain  these  capabilities.  We  must  have 
the  wisdom,  the  stamina,  and  the  courage  to 
prepare  today  for  the  perils  of  tomorrow,  and 
I  believe  we  will. 


Letters  of  Credence 

Argentina 

The  newly  appointed  Ambassador  of  the 
Argentine  Republic,  Jorge  Antonio  Aja  Es- 
pil,  presented  his  credentials  to  President 
Ford  on  January  13.  * 

Mexico 

The  newly  appointed  Ambassador  of  the 
United  Mexican  States,  Hugo  B.  Margain, 
presented  his  credentials  to  President  Ford 
on  January  13.  ^ 


'  For  texts  of  the  Ambassador's  remarks  and  the  Presi- 
dent's reply,  see  Department  of  State  press  release  dated 
January  13. 


February  7,  1977 


101 


Secretary  Kissinger  Interviewed  for  the  New  York  Times 


Following  is  an  interview  with  Secretary 
Kissinger  by  James  Reston,  Hedrick  Smith, 
and  Bernard  Gwertzman,  as  published  in  the 
New  York  Times  on  January  20. 

Press  release  18  dated  January  21 

Q.  A  number  of  serious  charges  have  been 
made  against  you,  and  the  Times  thought 
you  should  have  the  opportunity  to  answer 
them.  The  first  charge  is  that  in  a  solemn 
world  you  tried  to  be  funny. 

Secretary  Kissinger:  In  this  job  you  have 
only  two  choices:  you  are  either  funny  dehb- 
erately  or  you  are  funny  unintentionally. 

Q.  Are  you  in  a  lighthearted  tnood,  or  do 
you  want  to  be  serious? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  Frankly,  I  am  more 
serious. 

Q.  What  does  it  add  tip  to?  What  legacy 
have  you  left  behind? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  Well,  I  really  do  not 
know  whether  on  my  last  day  in  office  I  am  in 
the  best  position  to  evaluate.  Just  before  I 
came  here  I  wrote  an  article  in  which  I  said 
the  world  is  bipolar  militarily,  multipolar 
politically,  and  fragmented  economically. 
When  you  talk  of  world  order  now  you  have 
to  take  account  of  each  of  these  realities  and 
also  the  fact  that  probably  history  will  record 
this  as  one  of  the  philosophical  revolutions  of 
history. 

In  the  nature  of  things,  this  task  could  not 
have  been  completed — even  without  Water- 
gate. That  is  the  basic  thing.  I  think  in  one 
way  or  another  the  relationship  between 
China,  the  Soviet  Union,  the  industrial  de- 
mocracies, the  United  States,  and  the  de- 
veloping world — this  five-sided  aspect — is  a 
permanent  feature  of  the  future. 


I  think  that  in  our  relations  with  the  indus- 
trial democracies,  what  I  proposed  in  1973 
has  been  more  or  less  accomplished.  The 
method  I  chose  as  a  formal  declaration 
turned  out  not  to  be  the  right  one,  but  the 
reality  is  that  now  the  industrial  democracies 
talk  not  just  about  their  military  security 
but  their  political  and  economic  future  has 
been  achieved. 

Now,  this  has  to  be  strengthened,  because 
if  the  cohesion  can  be  increased,  then  both 
the  dialogue  with  the  East  and  the  dialogue 
with  the  South  can  be  conducted  with  enor- 
mous confidence. 

We,  the  industrial  democracies,  transfer  90 
percent  of  all  the  real  resources  that  go  to 
the  developing  world,  so  if  we  can  develop  a 
unified  approach  we,  and  only  we,  can  make 
a  significant  contribution  to  development. 

In  the  East-West  dialogue  I  refuse  to  be 
mesmerized  by  Soviet  strength.  It  is  real, 
but  there  are  also  real  weaknesses,  and  I 
think  a  combination  of  diplomacy,  negotia- 
tion, and  strength  can  keep  this  in  check. 

Q.  When  you  look  back  on  this  do  you  look 
back  with  pride,  with  sadness,  anger,  or 
what? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  Certainly  not  with 
anger.  I  look  back  with  some  pride.  I  think  if 
you  compare  the  world  report  in  1969  with 
the  world  today,  you  must  consider  it  more 
peaceful,  more  hopeful,  and  with  more 
chance  for  progress.  On  the  other  hand,  I 
look  back  with  sadness  because  of  the  an- 
guish that  the  country  suffered  during  this 
period,  the  bitterness  of  the  debate  on  Viet- 
nam, in  the  disintegration  of  authority  on  the 
Watergate,  the  destruction  of  some  people  I 
knew,  and  in  the  sense  of  things  that  one 
would  have  liked  to  accomplish  and  didn't 
quite  finish. 


102 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Q.  What  in  particular? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  Well,  I  would  have 
liked  to  have  finished  the  SALT  [Strategic 
Arms  Limitation  Talks]  agreement. 

Q.  Whij  wasn't  it  finished? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  think  it  was  partly 
the  other  side,  partly  the  election,  and  partly 
internal  disputes  within  the  Administration. 

Q.  How  do  you  feel  about  the  future  of 
Western  civilization? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  think  the  West  has 
material  strength  to  deal  with  all  of  its  prob- 
lems. It  has  the  resources  to  deal  with  a 
North-South  dialogue;  it  has  the  capacity, 
militarily,  to  prevent  aggression;  and  it  has 
the  ability  to  conduct  an  effective  diplomacy. 
What  it  needs  is  imagination,  dedication,  and 
a  view  of  the  future.  I  believe  that  is  attain- 
able. 

Q.  Do  you  think  the  prospects  are  better 
now  than  they  were  two  years  ago? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  Yes,  because  we  have 
gotten  through  Watergate  and  because  we 
have  made  great  progress  in  strengthening 
the  dialogue  with  the  industrial  democracies, 
because  unless  the  free  peoples  live  to- 
gether, we  will  not  be  able  to  solve  either  the 
East-West  or  North-South  problem. 

Q.  When  yoii  look  back,  what  are  the  four 
or  five  moments  that  you  think  about  with 
most  pride?  Are  there  some  things  that  come 
to  your  mind  immediately? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  Of  course  landing  in 
China  was  a  tremendous  experience.  When 
Le  Due  Tho  put  on  the  table  the  proposal 
which  I  knew  would  end  the  Vietnamese  war, 
that  was  a  tremendous  feeling  because  I 
thought,  not  knowing  that  Watergate  was 
coming,  that  it  would  unify  the  American 
people  again,  which,  if  you  look  at  my  press 
briefings  between  1969  and  1973,  was  my 
overwhelming  concern;  the  SALT  agree- 
ment; the  signing  of  the  Shanghai  com- 
munique; the  first  disengagement  agreement 
between  the  Egyptians  and  Israel;  and 
strangely  enough,  the  first  Rambouillet 
summit,  because  it  meant  that  at  least  we 


were  beginning  to  pull  the  industrial  democ- 
racies together.  Finally,  I  was  terribly 
moved  when  President  Kaunda  got  up  at  the 
end  of  my  Lusaka  speech  and  embraced  me.  I 
thought  that  was  a  moving  occasion. 

Q.  The  African  diplomacy  that  you  put  so 
much  effort  into  last  year,  has  it  sort  of 
stalled  and  fizzled  out  because  of  the  elec- 
tions ? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  Well,  I  think  the 
elections  slowed  it  down  because  all  of  the 
participants  are  waiting  to  see  what  the  new 
Administration  is  going  to  do  and  to  see 
whether  the  terms  of  reference  can  be 
changed.  But  I  think  once  Smith  [Ian  D. 
Smith,  of  Rhodesia]  made  his  basic  speech 
the  course  was  set  for  settlement. 

I  cannot  tell  you  what  the  exact  terms  will 
be,  but  those  are  not  as  fundamental  as  the 
fact  that  Smith  is  committed  to  majority 
rule. 

Q.  What  were  your  nightmares  during  this 
period? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  One  nightmare  that  I 
am  sure  my  successors  will  have  as  well  is  to 
make  sure  that  some  crisis  does  not  escalate 
into  nuclear  war  and  that  unthinkingly  we 
contribute  to  a  massive  conflagration. 

The  second  nightmare  was  that  the  Viet- 
nam war  would  so  split  our  country  that  rec- 
onciliation would  be  totally  impossible.  That 
was  immediately  followed  by  the  nightmare 
of  preventing  the  collapse  of  executive  au- 
thority from  leading  to  foreign  challenge,  of 
managing  a  major  crisis  in  the  Middle  East 
when  our  own  executive  authority  was  under 
assault. 

In  the  last  period  my  nightmare  was  that 
America  might  become  so  absorbed  with  it- 
self and  so  purist  and  so  critical  of  itself  that 
it  would  forget  that  it  is  the  key  element  for 
security,  progress,  and  freedom  in  the  world. 
I  think  all  of  these  nightmares  are  on  the  way 
to  being  solved. 

Q.  And  the  agenda  for  the  rest  of  1977? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  think  for  1977  we 
have  some  rather  positive  prospects.  I  think 
in  1977  a  SALT  agreement  ought  to  be  at- 


February  7,  1977 


103 


tainable.  The  objective  conditions  for  making 
progress  in  the  Middle  East  are  better  than 
they  have  been  probably  at  any  time  since 
the  creation  of  Israel. 

I  do  not  want  to  put  my  successor  on  the 
spot  by  pretending  it  will  be  easy.  It  will  be  a 
murderously  difficult,  complicated  effort.  All 
I  am  saying  is  the  conditions  exist  for  a 
heroic  effort. 

I  think  we  can  make  a  breakthrough  on  law 
of  the  seas  this  year.  I  think  we  have  already 
made  major  progress,  and  we  can  consolidate 
and  extend  it,  on  nonproliferation.  I  think  we 
can  carry  the  Rhodesian  and  Namibian  mat- 
ters to  a  conclusion  this  year.  I  do  not  see 
any  overwhelming  crises  in  1977  unless 
things  in  Africa  get  totally  out  of  control,  but 
I  don't  really  expect  that. 

Q.  Panama? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  Panama  is  another 
matter  that  I  think  will  be  settled  this  year. 

Q.  You  were  talking  earlier  about  getting 
together  ivith  the  industrial  democracies. 
What  about  energy  supplies  and  our  rela- 
tions particularly  with  the  Arab  world?  We 
have  a  respite  for  six  7nonths  because  of  the 
Saudi  decision  in  prices,  but  we  really  have 
not  settled  that  problem. 

Secretary  Kissinger:  On  energy  we  created 
the  International  Energy  Agency,  which  I 
believe  is  an  extremely  useful  institution.  We 
have  worked  out  within  it  a  common  policy  to 
prevent  selective  embargoes  and  to  obligate 
industrial  democracies  to  support  each  other. 
It  has  a  good  program  for  developing  alter- 
native sources  and  for  conservation.  The 
missing  link  has  been  the  refusal  of  the 
United  States  to  implement  what  this  pro- 
gram foresees  in  the  area  of  alternative 
sources,  of  conservation,  and  since  we  con- 
sume 40  percent  of  the  energy  of  the  indus- 
trial democracies  we  can  write  whatever  plan 
we  want,  but  unless  we  implement  it,  it  will 
not  really  help. 

We  must  work  to  prevent  a  situation  from 
continuing  where  every  six  months  or  a  year 
the  West  waits  impotently  while  a  group  of 
nations  that  do  not  have  identical  interests 
decides  about  its  economic  future. 

We  got  through  the  last  OPEC  [Organiza- 


tion of  Petroleum  Exporting  Countries] 
meeting,  but  unless  we  have  changed  the  ob- 
jective conditions  in  which  energy  is  being 
dealt  with,  we  will  face  the  same  problem 
again.  The  key  is  for  the  nations  that  are  as- 
sembled in  the  International  Energy  Agency 
to  develop  a  major  program  of  alternative 
sources,  a  significant  program  of  conserva- 
tion, and  to  use  all  other  political  tools  to  en- 
courage restraint  among  the  oil  producers. 
Otherwise,  as  you  look  four  or  five  years 
ahead,  it  is  frivolous  to  assume  that  some- 
times decisions  will  not  be  taken  that  could 
be  potentially  catastrophic  for  our  economy. 
We  were  lucky  this  year,  or  skillful  or 
able,  but  you  cannot  do  it  every  year. 

Q.  Would  you  agree  that  until  very  re- 
cently the  perception  of  other  countries,  par- 
ticularly in  the  Third  Wo^id,  was  that  this 
country  and  its  leadership  did  not  care  much 
about  their  problems? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  It  is  forgotten  today 
that  until  the  end  of  1972  we  were  heavily 
preoccupied  with  the  war  in  Vietnam  and 
with  the  relationships  it  took  to  extricate 
ourselves.  For  example — putting  aside  the 
Third  World  for  a  moment — we  could  not 
really  make  great  progress  in  relations  with 
Western  Europe  as  long  as  in  every  Western 
European  country  the  issue  of  Vietnam  was 
an  inhibition  to  closer  relations  with  the 
United  States.  So  the  war  had  to  be  ended 
first.  I  think  it  is  true  that  until  1973  we  did 
not  give  it  systematic  major  attention. 

From  the  end  of  1973  on,  and  in  the  last 
three  years,  I  think  the  Third  World  has 
been  a  focal  point,  and  if  you  look  at  the 
agenda  of  these  discussions  in  food,  in  financ- 
ing, and  in  the  development  and  the  transfer 
of  technology,  the  entire  international 
agenda  was  put  forward  by  us.  There  is  al- 
most no  other  agenda. 

Q.  Is  there  any  validity  to  the  argument 
that  essentially  what  this  record  is  that  you 
have  left  here  is  essentially  a  brilliant 
negotiatiyig  record,  tactically  very  good  but 
strategically  weak? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  Well,  I  am  not  the 
best  judge  of  this;  but  I  have  to  say  that  I 
pass  on  a  world  that  is  at  peace,  more  at 


104 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


peace  than  in  any  previous  transition,  in 
which,  in  addition,  in  every  problem  area  so- 
lutions can  be  foreseen  even  if  they  have  not 
been  fully  achieved  and  the  framework  for 
solutions  exist,  in  which  the  agenda  of  most 
international  negotiations  was  put  forward 
by  the  United  States.  Therefore  it  cannot  be 
entirely  an  accident,  and  it  cannot  be  a  series 
of  tactical  improvisations. 

I  think  it  would  be  more  useful  to  debate 
the  nature  of  the  design  than  to  deny  that 
there  has  been  a  design.  The  denial  shows 
lack  of  understanding  of  the  nature  of  foreign 
policy. 

The  surface  expression  of  our  Middle  East 
policy  was  shuttle  diplomacy,  but  the  condi- 
tions that  made  shuttle  diplomacy  possible 
were  created  over  four  years  of  a  rather 
painful  accumulation  of  new  answers.  There 
may  be  some  people  who  remember  an  inter- 
view I  gave  in  1970  in  which  I  said  what  our 
strategy  would  be  in  the  Middle  East  and 
people  laughed  about  it.  So  I  think  there  has 
been  a  design,  and  my  associates  will  cer- 
tainly confirm  that  whenever  a  problem  came 
up  we  would  spend  hours  here  every  morning 
before  we  went  into  any  tactics  trying  to  fig- 
ure out  where  this  thing  should  go.  So  I  dis- 
agree with  that. 

We  would  almost  never  accept  here  a  dis- 
cussion of  a  tactical  move  without  accom- 
panying description  of  what  the  implications 
were  over  a  considerable  period  of  time. 

When  you  take  the  Lusaka  speech,  we 
spent  weeks  here  analyzing  where  we  should 
try  to  go  in  Africa  and  how  we  could  balance 
our  concern  for  majority  rule  with  our 
equally  strong  concern  to  prevent  the 
radicalization  of  all  of  Africa,  and  it  was  not 
simply  a  tactical  device  to  get  through  a  few 
weeks'  period.  In  fact  there  was  no  demand 
for  it  at  all. 

Q.  On  the  strategic  relations  with  the  Rus- 
sians and  the  Chinese,  are  they  likely  to 
come  back  together  again?  Is  there  something 
we  have  to  worry  about?  Are  there  differ- 
ences we  can  still  exploit? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  think  it  is  a  mistake 
to  define  the  Sino-Soviet  relationships  in 
terms  of  our  exploiting  their  differences. 
Their  differences  came  about  without  our 


comprehending  it  at  the  time.  We  did  not 
create  them;  we  cannot  exploit  them;  we  can 
only  base  our  policy  on  the  fact  that  China  is 
doing  us  no  favor,  is  not  opposing  Soviet 
hegemony  as  a  favor  to  us;  and  therefore  we 
have  to  understand  the  fundamental  trends 
that  affect  these  countries. 

I  believe  it  is  important  that  the  People's 
Republic  of  China  continue  to  perceive  us  as 
interested  in  maintaining  a  world  equilib- 
rium. If  they  feel  we  have  lost  our  interest  in 
it  or  our  comprehension  of  it  or  our  willing- 
ness to  preserve  it,  then  they  will  draw  the 
inevitable  conclusion,  which  will  be  to  make 
whatever  accommodation  they  can  get,  or 
they  will  try  to  find  some  other  means  of  pro- 
tection, such  as  organizing  the  Third  World 
against  both  of  us. 

You  can  take  either  one  of  those  courses.  I 
believe  that  of  course  the  Soviet  Union  is  a 
superpower  and  as  such  impinges  on  us  in 
many  parts  of  the  world.  It  is  a  growing  mili- 
tary power  that  in  many  respects  has  the 
capacity  to  threaten  our  survival. 

I  believe,  however,  that  the  military  prob- 
lem is  soluble.  I  believe  the  Soviet  Union  as  a 
system  is  beset  by  tremendous  weaknesses. 
There  is  no  Communist  state  in  the  world 
that  has  managed  to  achieve  spontaneous 
support  of  its  population. 

The  states  of  Eastern  Europe  have  to  ap- 
peal to  a  sort  of  bourgeois  nationalism  to 
maintain  a  modicum  of  legitimacy;  and  to 
imagine  that  societies  that  are  doing  well  in 
certain  high-priority  areas  of  military  techni- 
cal knowledge  but  that  have  never  solved  ef- 
fectively the  problem  of  distribution  and  of 
even  simple  administration,  that  those 
societies  can  launch  themselves  on  an  inde- 
terminate course  of  world  domination 
without  grave  hesitation,  seems  to  me  un- 
realistic. 

Yes,  we  have  to  build  up  enough  military 
forces  to  resist  them,  but  we  have  to  know 
what  forces  are  relevant.  I  believe  that  to 
achieve  a  usable  military  superiority  in  the 
field  of  strategic  nuclear  weapons  is  ex- 
tremely unlikely  and  relatively  easy  to  pre- 
vent and  the  obsession  with  it  detracts  us.  I 
would  say  that  if  there  is  a  conflict  between 
the  Soviet  Union  and  us,  it  is  much  less  likely 
to  occur  as  a  result  of  a  Soviet  attack,  delib- 


Febroary  7,  1977 


105 


erate  attack,  on  a  vital  interest  of  the  United 
States  than  as  a  result  of  a  conflict  that 
maybe  neither  of  us  saw,  into  which  we  are 
drawn  through  a  series  of  escalating  moves. 

In  other  words,  I  think  World  War  I  is  a 
better  guide  to  our  dangers  than  World  War 
II. 

Q.  In  retrospect,  should  we  have  gotten 
into  major  economic  deals  with  the  Rus- 
sians ? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  The  curious  thing  is 
that  when  we  came  in  in  1969  we  developed 
the  theory  of  linkage.  The  theory  of  linkage 
was  that  the  Soviet  Union  would  get  eco- 
nomic concessions  in  return  for  political 
stabilization.  At  that  time  we  were  criticized 
because  we  were  told  that  we  should  simply 
go  ahead  with  the  economic  programs  be- 
cause they  were  produced  as  political 
stabilizers. 

Q.  Is  it  possible  for  our  people  to  achieve 
the  kind  of  security  that  they  would  like  to 
have  without  creating  such  a  sense  of  insecu- 
rity in  the  minds  of  our  adversaries  as  to  be 
dangerous  to  the  world? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  think  it  is  the  es- 
sence of  the  new  circumstances  I  have  de- 
scribed that  no  nation  can  achieve  absolute 
security.  Absolute  security  for  one  nation 
means  absolute  insecurity  for  all  nations.  We 
have  to  be  satisfied  now  with  relative  securi- 
ty, with  security  that  makes  it  extremely 
improbable  that  our  vital  interests  are 
threatened  but  still  one  that  is  not  totally 
predominant  in  the  world. 

The  first  time  we  gave  a  credit  to  the 
Soviet  Union  was  after  the  Berlin  agreement 
of  1971,  and  I  would  say  without  exception 
all  the  economic  agreements  we  made  with 
the  Soviet  Union  were  parallel  to  some  polit- 
ical agreement.  All  of  our  economic  agree- 
ments were  tied  to  specific  projects.  We  did 
not  give  general  unrestricted  credit,  and  the 
total  amount  was  something  like  $400  million. 
As  a  result  of  our  own  domestic  debate,  in 
effect  a  freeze  was  put  on  this  evolution.  The 
truth  of  this  has  been  that  the  Europeans  and 
Japanese  have  given  about  $10  billion  of  un- 


restricted credit  to  the  Soviet  Union. 

The  Europeans  and  Japanese  are  in  a  much 
worse  situation  than  we  to  insist  on  a  politi- 
cal quid  pro  quo,  and  I  have  always  fully  be- 
lieved that  economic  programs  allied  to 
specific  political  foreign  projects  create  the 
possibility  first  of  making  specific  foreign 
policy  agreements,  and,  secondly,  creating 
incentives  for  cooperation,  incentives  for  re- 
straint. 

If  you  think  of  some  of  these  projects  that 
would  take  15  years  to  implement  before 
there  would  be  any  return  and  if  you  think  of 
the  fact  that  in  15  years  other  powers  would 
have  risen  that  would  take  some  of  the  load 
of  containing  the  military  threat,  that  is  not 
something  that  one  should  simply  ignore. 

Q.  What  about  a  link  with  force  reduction 
talks  in  Vienna? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  Well,  I  do  not  want  to 
prescribe  to  the  new  Administration  what 
they  should  link  it  to,  but  they  will  find 
enough  things  to  link  it  to  if  they  analyze  the 
situation.  No,  it  is  not  dead,  and  I  think 
Berlin  should  be  actively  pursued. 

Q.  If  you  were  carrying  on,  is  that  some- 
thing you  would  link,  large-scale  economic 
involvetnent,  yourself? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  don't  know  whether 
I  would  link  it  above  all  the  restraints  in 
peripheral  areas. 

Q.  "Absolute  security  for  one  nation  is  ab- 
solute insecurity  for  other  nations."  Would 
you  use  that  principle  in  the  Middle  East  as 
well  as  in  a  strategic  relationship? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  The  problem  in  the 
Middle  East  is  to  balance  physical  security 
against  legitimacy.  There  is  no  question  that 
Israel's  physical  security  is  best  guaranteed 
by  the  widest  extension  of  its  frontier  and  at 
no  other  point  are  they  as  physically  secure  as 
at  the  maximum  point  of  their  extension. 

On  the  other  hand,  politically  and  in  the 
long  term,  they  may  be  militarily  even  less 
secure  if  they  do  not  achieve  legitimacy. 
Now,  how  to  balance  these  factors  is  the  di- 
lemma of  the  Middle  East  settlement. 


106 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Q.  How  can  our  aid  to  Israel  he  balanced'? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  I  believe  that  Israel 
must  have  a  sense  of  security  in  the  military 
field  or  it  cannot  negotiate  effectively  and  we 
must  not,  in  attempting  to  press  for  a  set- 
tlement, break  the  spirit  of  Israel  and  its 
ability  to  defend  itself. 

Q.  Let  me  ask  you — I  want  to  be  personal 
because  it  is  not  just  a  tour  of  the  horizon  we 
are  doing  here,  it  is  you  who  is  leaving.  What 
has  this  experience  done  to  you? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  It  is  going  to  be  quite 
a  sight  when  they  carry  me  out  at  noon  on 
the  20th,  like  Sewell  Avery.  That  may  be  the 
only  way  they  will  get  me  out  of  here. 

Q.  Seriously,  what  did  it  do  to  you? 

Secretary  Kissinger:  Again,  I  am  sure  I 
will  be  more  thoughtful  about  that  two 
months  from  now  than  now.  I  have  said  re- 
peatedly, maybe  too  often  in  recent  days, 
that  the  quality  that  most  outsiders  do  not 
understand  is  the  athletic  aspect  of  decision- 
making so  that  you  really  have  to  react  in 
very  short  timeframes  that  do  not  permit 
time  for  reflection. 

I  think  I  have  developed  great  compassion 
for  my  successors.  I  do  not  think  you  can 
leave  this  office — before  I  came  to  Washing- 
ton I  thought  it  was  very  thrilling  to  be 
called  down  here  as  a  consultant  and  I 
thought  it  was  important  for  me  to  pick  on 
the  incumbents  and  for  all  I  know  I  may  wind 
up  doing  that.  I  have  my  doubts  now  on  the 
utility  of  outsiders — I  am  sure  I  will  do  my 
utmost  to  avoid  volunteering  advice  to  my 
successors. 


I  really  think  what  this  country  needs  now 
is  a  period  of  tranquillity  and  confidence  and 
that  those  of  us  who  have  seen  this  process 
have  an  obligation  to  help  build  that  confi- 
dence. That  is  what  I  would  most  like  to  do. 


U.S.  and  Republic  of  Korea  Sign 
New  Fisheries  Agreement 

Joint  Statement 

Press  release  2  dated  January  4 

On  January  4,  1977,  representatives  of  the 
United  States  of  America  and  the  Republic 
of  Korea  signed  a  new  agreement  relating  to 
fishing  activities  of  the  Republic  of  Korea  off 
the  coasts  of  the  United  States. 

The  agreement  sets  out  the  arrangements 
between  the  countries  which  will  govern  fish- 
ing by  vessels  of  the  Republic  of  Korea 
within  the  fishery  conservation  zone  of  the 
United  States  beginning  on  March  1,  1977. 
The  agreement  will  come  into  force  after  the 
completion  of  internal  procedures  by  both 
governments. 

The  signing  of  this  agreement  took  place  in 
Washington.  His  Excellency  Dr.  Pyong- 
choon  Hahm,  Ambassador  of  the  Republic  of 
Korea  to  the  United  States,  signed  for  the 
Republic  of  Korea.  Ambassador  Frederick 
Irving,  Assistant  Secretary  of  State  for 
Oceans  and  International  Environmental  and 
Scientific  Affairs,  signed  for  the  United 
States.  Both  representatives  expressed  their 
satisfaction  with  the  new  accord  and  the  hope 
that  it  will  strengthen  cooperation  between 
the  Republic  of  Korea  and  the  United  States. 


February  7,  1977 


107 


Department  Discusses  Implementation  of  Economic  Provisions 
of  the  Final  Act  of  the  Helsinki  Conference 

Statement  by  Deputy  Secretary  Charles  W.  Robinson  ^ 


I  am  pleased  to  have  this  opportunity  to 
appear  before  the  Commission.  I  understand 
that  the  purpose  of  these  hearings  is  to  ena- 
ble the  Commission  to  receive  information 
and  opinions  relating  to  that  portion  of  the 
Final  Act  of  the  Conference  on  Security  and 
Cooperation  in  Europe  known  as  "Basket 
Two"  (Cooperation  in  the  Field  of  Econom- 
ics, of  Science  and  Technology  and  of  the  En- 
vironment).^ 

As  you  are  aware,  the  Administration's 
overall  view  of  the  CSCE  and  of  the  im- 
plementation of  the  Final  Act's  provisions 
was  contained  in  the  President's  December  3 
report  to  the  Commission.^  My  testimony 
today  centers  on  economic  questions  that  fall 
under  the  Basket  Two  provisions,  which  we 
understand  to  be  the  focus  of  these  hearings. 

I  believe  that  thoroughgoing  discussions, 
such  as  have  been  organized  during  these 
two  days,  will  help  to  make  clear  both  to  the 
Congress  and  to  the  American  public  the 
range  of  problems  and  the  prospects  for 
practical    cooperation    surrounding    the 


'  Made  before  the  Commission  on  Security  and  Coop- 
eration in  Europe  on  Jan.  14.  The  complete  transcript 
of  the  hearings  will  be  published  by  the  Commission  and 
will  be  available  from  the  Superintendent  of  Docu- 
ments, U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington, 
D.C.  20402. 

'^  For  te.xt  of  the  Final  Act  of  the  Conference  on  Secu- 
rity and  Cooperation  in  Europe  (CSCE),  signed  at  Hel- 
sinki on  Aug.  1,  1975,  see  Bulletin  of  Sept.l,  1975, 
p.  323. 

^  First  Semiannual  Report  by  the  President  to  the 
Commission  on  Security  and  Cooperation  in  Europe. 
Report  submitted  to  the  House  Committee  on  Interna- 
tional Relations.  Committee  print.  December  1976.  62 
pp. 


numerous  provisions  included  in  Basket  Two. 
For  the  moment,  I  would  like  to  turn  directly 
to  the  specific  points  Mr.  Fascell  [Congress- 
man Dante  B.  Fascell,  Chairman  of  the  Com- 
mission] asked  me  to  address  in  this  prepared 
statement.  Later,  in  response  to  further 
questions  the  Commissioners  may  have,  I 
would  be  pleased  to  amplify  any  items  dealt 
with  in  this  statement  as  well  as  other  perti- 
nent issues. 

First,  however,  I  would  like  to  briefly  re- 
view the  objectives  of  the  United  States  and 
the  West  in  general  in  Basket  Two  of  the 
CSCE,  which  were  similar  to  those  pursued 
throughout  all  the  subject  areas  covered  in 
the  conference.  We  wished  to  obtain  specific 
commitments  which  would  lead  to  improve- 
ments in  areas  which  have  proven  to  be  prob- 
lems for  the  development  of  East-West  con- 
tacts and  cooperation. 

In  the  economic  and  trade  fields,  these 
Western  objectives  focused  on  working 
conditions  for  businessmen,  including  such 
practical  matters  as  the  availability  of  office 
and  residential  facilities,  increased  economic 
and  commercial  information  of  use  to  busi- 
nessmen, improved  possibilities  for  the  pro- 
motion and  marketing  of  products,  better 
contact  between  officials  involved  in  business 
transactions,  including  end  users,  and  stimu- 
lation of  joint  industrial  cooperation  projects. 

These  objectives  were  pursued  through  a 
wide  range  of  specific  proposals  advanced  by 
Western  countries  and  were  dealt  with  in 
conference  subcommittees  created  at  the  in- 
sistence of  the  Western  delegations  to  insure 
the  kind  of  detailed  negotiation  required.  To 


108 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


a  large  extent  the  Western  objectives  were 
met.  The  Final  Act,  while  neither  a  treaty 
nor  an  international  agreement,  contains  a 
number  of  specific  commitments  to  improve 
standards  of  performance  in  areas  of  interest 
to  Western  businessmen. 

Signature  of  the  Helsinki  Final  Act  at  the 
highest  level  imposes  a  strong  moral  and 
political  obligation  to  carry  through  on  these 
commitments.  There  has  been  limited  im- 
plementation in  Basket  Two  areas  of  interest 
to  the  West  and  the  United  States;  much  re- 
mains to  be  done. 

U.S.  Interests  in  East-West  Economic  Ties 

Mr.  Chairman,  you  asked  first  for  my 
evaluation  of  U.S.  interests  in  economic 
cooperation  with  the  Soviet  Union  and  East- 
ern European  countries,  the  current  status  of 
this  cooperation,  and  the  obstacles  to  its  fur- 
ther development. 

The  United  States  attaches  great  impor- 
tance to  the  maintenance  and  improvement  of 
trade  and  economic  relations  with  the  Soviet 
Union  and  the  countries  of  Eastern  Europe. 
Expanding  trade,  with  proper  safeguards 
against  the  sale  of  goods  that  would  make  a 
significant  contribution  to  the  military  poten- 
tial of  these  countries,  can  serve  both  our 
economic  and  political  interests.  The  United 
States  must  derive  from  these  relations  the 
usual  benefit  of  foreign  trade — namely,  a 
market  for  U.S.  goods,  with  the  consequent 
creation  of  jobs  at  home  and  positive  effects 
on  our  balance  of  trade — as  well  as  a  source 
of  needed  raw  materials  and  of  goods  pro- 
duced more  economically  abroad. 

The  political  dimension  of  this  trade  has 
long  been  of  great  importance  to  all  parties. 
It  is  generally  accepted  that  progress  in 
political  relations  must  go  hand  in  hand  with 
expanding  economic  relations  and  that  trade 
in  turn  contributes  to  more  stable  political 
ties.  And  commercial  ties  require  public  sup- 
port in  the  United  States — both  from  leaders 
of  the  business  community  and  from  the  pub- 
lic at  large. 

Finally,  we  see  in  the  development  of  good 
trade  and  economic  ties  with  the  Communist 
countries  the  possibility  for  improving  con- 


tacts across  the  wide  spectrum  of  govern- 
ment, private  organizations,  and  individuals 
engaged  in  this  activity,  such  as  commercial 
officers,  trade  representatives,  company  of- 
ficials, technical  specialists,  and  industrial 
enterprise  managers.  Increased  human  con- 
tacts open  valuable  avenues  for  the  reduction 
of  misunderstanding  and  distrust  between 
our  governments  and  people. 

Obstacles  to  Rapid  Expansion  of  Trade 

There  are  some  practical  obstacles  to  rapid 
expansion  of  trade  and  economic  intercourse 
with  the  Communist  countries. 

One  of  the  more  evident  is  the  continuing 
difficulty  the  Soviets  and  East  Europeans 
have  in  matching  their  desired  import  levels 
from  the  West  with  like  amounts  of  exports. 
Clearly  these  countries,  which  have  incon- 
vertible currencies,  cannot  indefinitely  buy 
from  hard-currency  areas  more  than  they  sell 
to  those  areas.  Increased  export  capabihty, 
however,  requires  the  production  of  goods 
that  are  competitive  in  price  and  quality  in 
world  markets.  Manufactured  goods  from  the 
Soviet  Union  and  Eastern  Europe  have  yet 
to  make  an  appreciable  dent  in  Western  mar- 
kets, and  supply  problems  appear  to  limit  the 
growth  of  their  exports  of  raw  materials.  In 
purely  trade  terms,  then,  a  major  obstacle  to 
the  continued  rapid  growth  of  East-West 
trade  is  the  apparent  inability  of  the  Com- 
munist countries  to  achieve  large  gains  in 
their  exports  to  hard-currency  customers. 

The  continuing  inadequacy  of  public  eco- 
nomic and  commercial  data  in  most  Com- 
munist countries  is  another  obstacle  to  the 
growth  of  trade.  Limited  information  re- 
stricts the  abihty  of  our  companies  to  make 
rational  business  proposals  to  their  commer- 
cial counterparts  in  the  East.  As  a  result, 
both  sides  lose  the  benefits  of  potential  busi- 
ness transactions:  our  firms  miss  business 
opportunities;  and  the  countries  involved  do 
not  receive  either  the  products,  processes,  or 
plants  which  would  add  to  their  economic 
well-being,  or  at  least  they  do  not  have  the 
opportunity  to  consider  an  offer  from  an  al- 
ternative, and  possibly  more  advantageous, 
source  of  supply. 


February  7,  1977 


109 


Another  important  obstacle  to  trade  has 
been  our  inability  to  extend  nondiscrimina- 
tory treatment  and  government-sponsored 
credits  to  the  U.S.S.R.  and  certain  Eastern 
European  countries,  due  to  the  restrictions 
in  the  Trade  Act  of  1974  and  the  Export- 
Import  Bank  Act  of  1975.  The  lack  of  Exim- 
bank  credits  means  that  U.S.  firms  cannot 
compete  on  an  equal  basis  with  their  coun- 
terparts in  Western  Europe  and  Japan.  The 
absence  of  most-favored-nation  treatment 
makes  it  more  difficult  for  the  countries  af- 
fected to  sell  competitively  in  the  United 
States.  It  is  also  regarded  as  discrimination 
by  the  Soviets  and  East  Europeans,  who 
have  responded  by  diverting  some  business 
away  from  U.S.  firms.  It  is  impossible  to 
estimate  the  exact  value  of  the  trade  that  has 
been  lost  as  a  result  of  the  legislative  restric- 
tions. While  the  Soviet  claim  that  the  United 
States  has  lost  2  billion  dollars'  worth  of  or- 
ders is  probably  exaggerated,  there  is  no 
doubt  the  loss  has  been  significant. 

Role  of  CSCE  Economic  Provisions 

Regarding  your  second  question,  the  pro- 
visions of  Basket  Two  can  in  principle  serve 
our  interests  in  heightened  economic  and 
trade  relations  with  the  Soviet  Union  and 
Eastern  Europe  by  helping  to  overcome  ob- 
stacles to  trade  expansion,  some  of  which  I 
described  earher. 

For  example,  the  numerous  provisions  on 
business  facilitation,  business  contacts,  mar- 
keting, and  industrial  cooperation,  if  fully 
implemented,  would  help  our  firms  to  sell 
and  would  improve  the  export  potential  of 
the  Soviets  and  East  Europeans  over  the 
long  run.  Meanwhile,  innovative  trade  and 
financing  arrangements,  including  coproduc- 
tion  and  "compensation"  transactions,  could 
enable  the  Soviet  Union  and  Eastern  Europe 
to  continue  their  present  high  level  of  imports 
of  goods  from  the  Western  countries  without 
significant  near-term  drawdowns  of  scarce 
hard-currency  reserves. 

Further,  we  believe  that  the  Communist 
countries  are  overlooking  potentially  valu- 
able trade  opportunities  with  Western  firms 
and  organizations  by  not  making  enough  in- 


formation available  to  permit  these  firms  to 
make  reasonable  business  proposals.  I  recog- 
nize the  political  reality  of  the  centralized 
foreign  trade  structure  existing  in  each  of 
these  countries.  We  do  not  see  in  the  CSCE  a 
device  for  forcing  changes  on  these  systems. 
Nonetheless,  full  implementation  of  the  Bas- 
ket Two  provisions  for  improving  the  flow  of 
economic  and  commercial  data,  together  with 
the  provisions  calling  for  better  access  by  our 
businessmen  to  the  potential  end  users  of 
their  technology  and  equipment  in  these 
countries,  could  in  our  view  have  very  posi- 
tive results. 

Information  and  Business  Facilitation 

The  third  specific  question  raised  by 
Chairman  Fascell  was  whether  or  not  real 
progress  has  been  achieved  since  Helsinki  in 
the  important  areas  of  economic  and  com- 
mercial information,  business  facilitation, 
and  industrial  cooperation.  I  would  like  to 
refer  the  Commissioners  to  the  full  and  de- 
tailed information  provided  by  the  President 
recently  in  his  first  semiannual  report  to  the 
Commission.  That  information  remains  cur- 
rent and  valid.  I  might  just  now  briefly 
summarize  the  findings  contained  in  the 
President's  report. 

Provision  of  useful,  relevant  economic  and 
commercial  information  by  the  U.S.S.R.  and 
Eastern  European  countries  has  improved 
only  marginally  since  Helsinki.  The  most 
forthcoming  have  been  Hungary  and  Poland, 
which  now  make  available  relatively  com- 
prehensive and  meaningful  statistics,  plan 
narratives,  lists  of  foreign  trade  laws  and 
regulations,  and  directories  of  organizations 
and  officials  engaged  in  foreign  trade. 
Romania  and  the  Soviet  Union  are  at  the 
other  end  of  the  spectrum,  having  taken  vir- 
tually no  unilateral  steps  to  improve  their 
performance. 

The  Soviet  Union  claims  that,  as  a  unilat- 
eral CSCE  initiative,  it  now  publishes 
foreign  trade  statistics  quarterly  as  well  as 
annually.  These  figures,  however,  are  so 
highly  aggregated  both  by  area  of  the  world 
and  by  commodity  breakdown  as  to  be  virtu- 
ally useless  to  businessmen.   Further,  the 


110 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Soviet  Union  reduced  by  one-third  the 
number  of  copies  printed  of  the  most  recent 
edition  of  its  annual  economic  statistical 
handbook. 

Romania  has  improved  somewhat  its  per- 
formance in  the  provision  of  data  under  exist- 
ing bilateral  agreements.  In  the  agricultural 
field,  for  instance,  the  Romanians  have  re- 
cently expressed  a  willingness  to  be  more 
forthcoming  in  implementing  the  informa- 
tion-exchange provisions  of  the  September 
1975  bilateral  Protocol  on  Development  of 
Agricultural  Trade — a  willingness  we  intend 
to  test  in  the  near  future. 

In  the  area  of  business  facilitation,  Soviet 
and  Eastern  European  performance  has  been 
somewhat  better.  Those  countries  which 
permitted  foreign  firms  to  open  permanent 
offices  on  their  territory  before  Helsinki 
have  processed  new  requests  reasonably 
promptly  in  the  post-Helsinki  period.  Some 
other  countries,  which  before  Helsinki  had 
not  allowed  foreign  firms  to  open  offices, 
have  now  begun  to  do  so.  Czechoslovakia  and 
Bulgaria  promulgated  new  regulations  after 
Helsinki  permitting,  in  principle,  foreign 
firms  to  open  offices  in  their  capitals.  Several 
Western  companies  have  had  applications 
approved  to  establish  offices  in  Prague,  and  a 
few  have  opened  offices  in  Sofia.  None  of 
these  is  American.  Also,  the  German  Demo- 
cratic Republic  moved  with  reasonable  dis- 
patch to  grant  permission  to  open  an  office  in 
East  Berlin  to  the  one  American  firm  (Dow 
Chemical)  wishing  to  do  so. 

On  the  question  of  access  to  end  users  we 
find  that  Soviet  and  Eastern  European  com- 
pliance to  date  with  Basket  Two  commit- 
ments has  been  disappointing.  Such  access  is 
effectively  precluded  in  most  of  the  Eastern 
countries.  As  I  stated  earlier,  we  believe 
that  permitting  Western  businessmen  ready 
contacts  with  potential  end  users  of  their 
equipment /row  the  outset  of  a  possible  busi- 
ness transaction  is  a  needed  element  in  the 
trade  "normalization"  process,  and  we  en- 
courage U.S.  firms  to  press  for  such  access. 

Regarding  industrial  cooperation,  the  pro- 
visions of  the  Final  Act  in  this  area  are  ba- 
sically a  confirmation  of  a  process  that  was 
already   well   in   train   before   the   CSCE 


negotiations  began.  Therefore,  while  indus- 
trial cooperation  projects  in  their  various 
forms,  especially  the  so-called  "compensa- 
tion" deals,  are  in  fact  increasing  in  number 
and  are  recognized  by  both  East  and  West  as 
useful  to  the  overall  economic  relationship, 
one  should  not  attribute  this  progress  to 
Final  Act  provisions  alone. 

U.S.  Actions  To  Promote  Implementation 

Concerning  steps  that  the  next  Congress 
and  Administration  might  consider  to  pro- 
mote further  implementation  of  Basket  Two 
provisions,  I  beheve  that  a  sound  basis  for 
future  progress  has  been  laid  by  a  number  of 
positive  actions  which  the  U.S.  Government 
has  already  taken. 

The  U.S.  record  is  generally  excellent  in 
the  important  areas  of  information  provision 
and  business  facilitation.  Nonetheless,  we 
are  undertaking  further  unilateral  implemen- 
tation steps  in  these  areas.  For  example,  we 
are  publishing  a  guide  for  American  busi- 
nessmen listing  the  relevant  Basket  Two 
provisions  of  possible  utility  and  interest  to 
them  in  pursuing  trade  opportunities  in  the 
Eastern  countries.  We  are  gathering  com- 
plete reference  materials  on  U.S.  firms  of  all 
kinds  to  beef  up  the  commercial  libraries  of 
our  Embassies  and  consulates  in  the  Soviet 
Union  and  Eastern  Europe.  These  materials, 
openly  available  to  all  trade  officials,  enter- 
prise specialists,  and  other  interested  persons 
in  those  countries,  are  of  great  practical  value 
to  foreign  business  representatives. 

Bilaterally,  we  have  stressed  the  impor- 
tance of  Basket  Two,  and  the  full  implemen- 
tation of  its  provisions,  in  the  context  of  our 
joint  economic  and  commercial  commissions 
with  the  U.S.S.R.,  Romania,  and  Poland. 
And  additionally,  we  have  made  diplomatic 
representations  with  those  countries  where 
we  feel  that  progress  in  implementing  Basket 
Two  provisions  has  been  less  than  satisfac- 
tory. 

On  the  multilateral  level,  the  United 
States  with  its  Western  allies  took  the  lead  in 
assuring  that  the  U.N.  Economic  Commission 
for  Europe  (ECE),  located  in  Geneva,  be- 
came fully  engaged  in  practical  Basket  Two 


February  7,  1977 


111 


implementation.  The  ECE  was  mandated 
specifically  by  the  Final  Act  to  be  the  lead 
organization  in  carrying  out  numerous  Bas- 
ket Two  multilateral  provisions. 

At  the  31st  annual  session  of  the  ECE  last 
March-April,  the  Commission's  first  meeting 
since  Helsinki,  we  succeeded  first  in  reaf- 
firming the  Commission's  CSCE  mandate. 
We  also  were  successful  in  attaining  consen- 
sus for  a  decision  calling  on  the  ECE  to  pay 
special  attention  to  its  CSCE  mandate  in  its 
work  program  and  especially  to  certain  spe- 
cific areas  of  particular  interest  to  the  West. 
The  Commission  has  now  adopted  a  useful 
and  substantive  work  program  on  the  provi- 
sion of  economic  and  commercial  information, 
and  in  the  environmental  area  it  will  under- 
take work  in  monitoring  transboundary  air 
pollution.  In  short,  the  ECE  is  now  more 
than  ever  before  engaged  in  practical  East- 
West  cooperation. 

Legislative  Linkage  of  Trade  and  Emigration 

Since  Helsinki,  our  trade  and  economic  re- 
lations with  the  Soviet  Union  and  Eastern 
Europe  have  continued  to  expand.  But  in  the 
area  of  human  rights,  progress  has  been  lim- 
ited. 

Our  experience  with  the  Trade  Act  which 
was  enacted  two  years  ago  demonstrates  the 
problems  inherent  in  attempting  to  achieve 
faster  progress  on  human  rights  questions 
with  the  Soviet  Union  and  Eastern  Europe 
by  creating  specific  legislative  linkages  to 
trade.  In  the  early  stages  of  negotiations  on 
trade  with  the  Soviet  Union  the  emigration 
question  was  kept  within  the  bounds  of  quiet 
diplomacy — and  emigration  increased 
dramatically.  However,  the  Trade  Act,  de- 
spite this  Administration's  deep  misgivings, 
made  the  linkage  specific;  and  the  result  in 
the  case  of  the  Soviet  Union  was  a  sharp  de- 
chne  in  emigration. 

It  is  questionable  that  Soviet  interest  in 
trade  with  the  United  States  is  such  that 
specific  threats  and  discriminatory  acts  will 
produce  the  changes  in  domestic  policies  we 
all  wish  to  see.  In  fact,  the  Soviet  Union  will 
seek  to  demonstrate  that  it  is  not  subject  to 
this  kind  of  economic  pressure.  Except  for 


Romania,  the  Eastern  European  govern- 
ments also  rejected  the  terms  of  the  Trade 
Act. 

Today,  prospective  emigrants  continue  to 
be  harassed  and  intimidated,  and  human 
rights  activists  are  detained  or  jailed  for 
acts  which  would  be  legal  anywhere  in  the 
West.  Yet  it  is  apparent  that  the  Soviet 
leaders  are  becoming  increasingly  aware  that 
they  pay  a  political  and  economic  price  for 
failing  to  take  account  of  U.S.  and  Western 
concerns  about  human  rights. 

Since  Helsinki,  Western  attention  has  fo- 
cused more  closely  on  Soviet  performance 
and  heightened  the  pressure  to  moderate 
repressive  policies.  The  evidence  of  change 
in  Soviet  policies  is  at  best  halting.  There  has 
been  some  simplification  of  emigration  pro- 
cedures, an  increase  in  the  number  of  emi- 
grants (primarily  Armenians)  given  permis- 
sion to  leave  for  the  United  States,  exit  per- 
mission for  some  Jewish  applicants  who  had 
been  refused  permission  to  emigrate  before, 
and  release  or  expulsion  of  some  prominent 
dissidents.  And  in  the  last  three  months  of 
1976  there  has  been  a  substantial  increase  in 
the  number  of  Soviet  Jews  receiving  permis- 
sion to  emigrate  to  Israel — roughly  a  one- 
third  increase  over  the  annual  average  figure 
for  1975  and  1976.  This  will  result  in  1976 
being  the  first  year  since  1973  which  showed 
an  increase — albeit  small — in  Soviet  Jewish 
emigration.  It  is  too  early  to  describe  this  as 
a  trend,  and  the  actions  taken  against  the 
dissident  organizers  of  the  December  Jewish 
Cultural  Symposium  in  Moscow  and  other  ac- 
tivists are  illustrations  of  continued  harass- 
ment of  those  who  speak  out  strongly.  But  it 
has  been  made  clear  to  Soviet  officials  at  all 
levels  that  modification  of  the  legislative 
linkage  between  trade  and  emigration  can 
only  come  if  the  Congress  sees  substantial 
improvement  in  the  emigration  picture — both 
current  and  prospective. 

The  Soviet  Union's  Eastern  European  al- 
lies continue  to  have  emigration  policies 
which  are  fundamentally  restrictive  in  na- 
ture. However,  with  their  different  historical 
and  cultural  backgrounds,  the  Eastern  Euro- 
pean governments  generally  have  been  con- 
siderably less  restrictive  on  this  score  than 


112 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


the  Soviet  Union.  Since  Helsinki,  emigration 
practices  in  most  Eastern  European  coun- 
tries have  shown  some  improvement,  and  a 
number  of  individual  family-reunification 
cases  continued  to  be  successfully  resolved. 
With  the  exception  of  Romania,  however,  all 
of  the  countries  affected  have  toed  the  line 
set  by  Moscow  and  have  refused  to  accept 
the  connection  made  by  the  Trade  Act  be- 
tween emigration  and  normal  trade  rela- 
tions. 


As  you  know,  the  Administration  has  fa- 
vored amending  the  trade  legislation  to  pro- 
vide greater  flexibiUty  to  the  President.  We 
believe  that  this  would  permit  the  U.S.  Gov- 
ernment to  pursue  its  political,  economic, 
and  human  rights  goals  more  effectively  with 
the  Soviet  Union  and  Eastern  Europe.  While 
Congress  must  form  its  own  judgment  as  to 
whether  the  linkage  legislated  in  1974  has 
worked,  our  verdict  is  that  it  has  not— and 
that  we  need  to  try  a  new  approach. 


THE  CONGRESS 


Department  Discusses  International  Approaches  to  Problem 
of  Oil  Spills  From  Vessels 


Following  is  a  statement  by  Ambassador 
at  Large  T.  Vincent  Learson,  Special  Repre- 
sentative of  the  President  for  the  Law  of  the 
Sea  Conference,  submitted  to  the  Senate 
Committee  on  Commerce  on  January  11 J 

The  recent  series  of  incidents  involving 
foreign-flag  tankers  has  highlighted  the  seri- 
ous and  continuing  problem  of  protecting  our 
coasts  and  resources  from  damage  from  pol- 
lution from  vessels.  I  have  been  a  sailor  for 
many  years  and  have  seen  firsthand  the 
damage  that  can  be  caused  by  oil  pollution. 
The  long-term  impact  of  such  pollution  is 
less  obvious  but  perhaps  much  more  serious 
than  the  immediate  and  observable  damage. 
The  solution  to  this  problem  has  proven  to  be 
elusive.  The  United  States  has  undertaken 
many  efforts  both  internationally  and  domes- 
tically to  prevent  pollution  and  has  often 


'  The  complete  transcript  of  the  hearings  will  be  pub- 
lished by  the  committee  and  will  be  available  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Print- 
ing Office,  Washington,  U.C.  20402. 


been  in  the  forefront  of  international  efforts. 
Our  success  has  obviously  been  less  than  100 
percent. 

EPA  [Environmental  Protection  Agency] 
Administrator  Russell  Train  has  urged  the 
creation  of  an  interagency  task  force  to  ur- 
gently undertake  an  analysis  of  the  problem 
of  oil  spills  from  vessels  and  to  search  for 
more  effective  solutions.  The  beginnings  of 
such  an  interagency  effort  have  already 
taken  place.  I  strongly  support  that  effort 
and  urge  quick  executive  branch  action  in 
cooperation  with  the  Congress  to  produce  a 
program  of  effective  measures  to  reduce  ves- 
sel pollution,  consistent  with  our  global 
interest  in  protecting  the  marine  environ- 
ment and  in  meeting  our  other  oceans  objec- 
tives. My  preliminary  view  is  that  those 
measures  should  be  implemented  through 
strict  requirements  for  entry  and  use  of  U.S. 
ports.  In  addition,  we  are  working  to  for- 
ward to  you  very  soon  the  1973  Convention 
on  the  Prevention  of  Pollution  From  Ships 
and  its  implementing  legislation. 


February  7,  1977 


113 


Mr.  Chairman,  I  would  like  to  outline 
briefly  the  existing  international  law  appli- 
cable to  these  problems  and  then  to  indicate 
the  direction  of  the  law  of  the  sea  negotia- 
tions on  the  vessel-pollution  problem.  This 
discussion  will  focus  on  the  legal  basis  for 
preventive  measures  and  enforcement  action 
by  the  coastal  state.  I  will  touch  briefly  on 
liability  issues  later.  As  you  know,  the  recent 
incidents  varied  in  their  location,  with  some 
in  U.S.  waters  and  some  beyond.  The  legal 
situation  differs  depending  on  the  location. 

First,  let  me  deal  with  our  rights  in  inter- 
nal waters,  including  our  ports.  This  would 
cover  such  incidents  as  the  recent  grounding 
in  the  Delaware  River,  inspections  in  port, 
incidents  during  loading  operations,  et  cet- 
era. 

In  general,  the  United  States  has  complete 
jurisdiction  in  these  areas  and  may  legislate 
and  enforce  pollution  control  regulations  by 
domestic  law  without  restriction.  However, 
there  are  certain  restrictions  on  our  inspec- 
tion rights  since  some  international  conven- 
tions to  which  we  are  party  require  us  to  ac- 
cept flag-state  inspection  certificates  at  face 
value  unless  we  have  clear  grounds  for  be- 
lieving that  the  vessel  is  not  in  compliance 
with  the  regulations  of  the  relevant  conven- 
tion. However,  we  can  apply  our  own  domes- 
tic regulations  even  if  they  are  more  strict 
than  the  regulations  of  international  conven- 
tions. There  were  efforts  during  a  1973  in- 
ternational conference  on  vessel  pollution  to 
restrict  our  rights  to  regulate  vessels  in  our 
ports,  but  those  efforts  were  defeated. 

There  is  no  legal  impediment  from  our 
point  of  view  to  U.S.  imposition  of  its  domes- 
tic regulations  on  all  vessels  in  our  ports. 
The  Law  of  the  Sea  Conference's  revised 
single  negotiating  text  and  the  existing  1958 
Territorial  Sea  Convention  specify  this  right, 
and  I  will  submit  the  relevant  articles  for  the 
record.  I  should  make  it  clear,  however,  that 
such  regulations  must  be  carefully  drawn 
taking  into  account  existing  international 
regulations  and  future  international  efforts. 
We  should  insure,  for  example,  that  domestic 
regulations,  while  perhaps  more  stringent 


than  international  ones,  are  not  in  fact  in- 
compatible, thus  making  compliance  impos- 
sible. 

Second,  there  are  significant  powers  to 
deal  with  incidents  in  our  territorial  sea. 
Under  present  international  law,  the  United 
States  has  sovereignty  in  the  territorial  sea 
subject  to  the  requirement  to  allow  vessels  to 
engage  in  innocent  passage.  With  regard  to 
pollution  controls,  this  means  that  we  may 
legislate  and  enforce  effective  vessel- 
pollution  control  regulations  in  the  territorial 
sea.  Such  actions  must  not  hamper  innocent 
passage,  but  that  restriction  still  leaves  us  a 
great  deal  of  flexibility. 

There  have  been  strong  efforts  in  the  law 
of  the  sea  negotiations  to  restrict  coastal- 
state  regulatory  powers  in  the  territorial  sea 
and  to  eliminate  any  coastal-state  power  to 
establish  requirements  regarding  the  design, 
construction,  equipment,  and  manning  of 
vessels.  Only  internationally  agreed  regula- 
tions would  be  applicable  to  such  matters. 
The  United  States  is  strongly  resisting  these 
attempts,  but  the  support  for  the  restrictions 
is  very  strong.  All  of  the  major  maritime 
powers  as  well  as  many  developing  countries 
support  the  restrictions  which  appear  in  the 
present  revised  single  negotiating  text  of  the 
conference.  We  will  continue  to  fight  on  this 
point. 

Third,  beyond  the  territorial  sea  is  the 
area  of  high  seas  where,  for  example,  the 
Argo  Merchant  casualty  occurred.  The  basic 
legal  rule  on  the  high  seas  is  that  there  is 
freedom  of  navigation.  Coastal-state  rights 
are  limited.  The  most  significant  coastal- 
state  right  is  the  right  to  intervene  in  the 
case  of  a  maritime  casualty.  The  1969  Con- 
vention on  Intervention  [on  the  High  Seas  in 
Cases  of  Oil  Pollution  Casualties]  provides 
that  the  coastal  state  may  take  action  to  pre- 
vent grave  and  imminent  danger  to  its 
coastline  or  related  interests  from  oil  pollu- 
tion which  is  reasonably  expected  to  have 
major  harmful  consequences.  The  United 
States  invoked  this  right  in  the  case  of  the 
Argo  Merchant.  The  Convention  on  Inter- 
vention grew  out  of  the  aftermath  of  the 


114 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Torrey  Canyon  disaster  off  the  coast  of  Eng- 
land in  1967  and  is  intended  for  only  the  most 
serious  cases. 

In  addition  to  this  coastal-state  right,  there 
are  several  types  of  existing  obligations  on 
flag  states  with  regard  to  their  vessels.  The 
1958  Convention  on  the  High  Seas  provides 
that  the  flag  state  shall  take  adequate  safety 
measures  regarding  manning,  construction, 
equipment,  and  seaworthiness  of  its  ships 
and  shall  apply  regulations  to  prevent  oil  pol- 
lution from  vessels.  Also,  there  are  several 
specific  conventions  containing  technical 
regulations  and  specifications  for  safety  and 
the  prevention  of  pollution.  These  include  the 
1960  Safety  of  Life  at  Sea  Convention,  the 
1954  Convention  for  the  Prevention  of  the 
Pollution  of  the  Sea  by  Oil,  and  the  1973 
Convention  for  the  Prevention  of  Pollution 
From  Ships.  The  latter  is  not  yet  in  force.  All 
of  these  conventions  include  numerous  tech- 
nical requirements.  In  the  area  beyond  the 
territorial  sea,  they  provide  for  exclusive 
flag-state  enforcement. 

In  the  law  of  the  sea  negotiations,  there 
have  been  extensive  negotiations  on  a  new 
regime  for  the  prevention  of  vessel-source 
pollution.  It  has  been  recognized  in  the  con- 
ference that  we  cannot  depend  solely  on  flag 
states  for  the  promulgation  and  enforcement 
of  regulations.  Consequently,  the  revised 
single  negotiating  text  contains  a  mixed  re- 
gime which  puts  certain  obligations  on  flag 
states  but  also  provides  specified  rights  for 
coastal  states  and  for  states  with  vessels  in 
their  ports. 

The  text  has  been  negotiated  at  some 
length,  and  the  provisions  for  vessel- 
pollution  control  in  the  economic  zone  are 
very  close  to  being  accepted  by  consensus. 
The  provisions  emphasize  the  importance  of 
increased  enforcement  rights  and  divide  the 
responsibility  between  flag  states,  coastal 
states,  and  states  with  vessels  in  port.  Flag- 
state  obligations  have  been  significantly 
strengthened.  The  flag  state  is  obligated  to 
investigate  any  reported  offense  by  one  of  its 
vessels  against  the  internationally  agreed 
regulations  and  to  prosecute  if  a  violation  is 


indicated.  Article  82  of  the  Committee  II 
text,  which  I  will  submit  for  the  record, 
places  a  strong  administrative  obligation  on 
the  flag  state  to  in  fact  control  its  vessels. 
This  is  aimed  directly  at  the  basic  problem 
with  flags  of  convenience:  the  lack  of  effec- 
tive control  for  safety  and  environmental 
purposes.  The  coastal  state  may,  in  the  eco- 
nomic zone,  investigate  and  prosecute  any 
vessel  for  a  serious  discharge  causing  major 
pollution  damage  in  violation  of  the  interna- 
tional regulations. 

It  should  be  noted  that  this  type  of  en- 
forcement right  would  not  be  useful  in  pre- 
venting casualties  such  as  the  Argo  Mer- 
chant. 

Finally,  the  port  state  may  investigate  and 
prosecute  any  vessel  for  any  violation  of  the 
international  regulations,  regardless  of  the 
place  of  the  incident.  I  should  note  that  the 
present  text  provides  the  flag  state  with  a 
limited  right  to  take  over  prosecutions  of  its 
vessels  from  other  states.  Of  course,  the  port 
or  coastal  state  may  take  further  action  if  the 
flag-state  prosecution  is  inadequate. 

In  summary,  present  international  law 
provides  extensive  coastal-state  powers  for 
the  United  States  in  its  ports  and  internal 
waters  and  in  the  territorial  sea.  In  the  area 
beyond,  our  authority  is  limited  to  the  right 
of  intervention.  The  law  of  the  sea  treaty 
should  preserve  these  rights,  although  some 
of  our  territorial-sea  rights  are  threatened, 
and  will  expand  our  enforcement  rights  in 
ports  and  in  the  200-mile  economic  zone. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  would  like  to  take  a  mo- 
ment to  explain  our  position  on  these  issues 
in  the  law  of  the  sea  negotiations  and  our 
rationale  for  it. 

We  have  recognized  for  some  time  that  the 
present  international  regime  for  vessel- 
pollution  prevention  is  inadequate  and  that 
further  action  is  needed. 

In  determining  our  position  for  the  law  of 
the  sea  negotiations,  we  had  several  factors 
in  mind.  First,  we  recognized  a  clear  need  for 
increased  protection  for  the  marine  environ- 
ment. Second,  we  wanted  to  preserve  free- 
dom of  navigation  on  the  high  seas,  including 


February  7,  1977 


115 


the  area  within  the  proposed  200-mile  eco- 
nomic zone.  Consequently,  we  felt  that 
coastal-state  rights  of  action  beyond  the  ter- 
ritorial sea  should  be  limited  so  as  not  to 
allow  foreign  nations  discretionary  rights  to 
interfere  with  navigation  in  the  open  ocean. 
However,  we  also  felt  that  strong  regulatory 
powers  should  be  established  and  confirmed 
for  nations  with  vessels  in  their  ports. 

Thus  a  system  which  emphasized  the  pow- 
ers of  port  states  achieved  both  of  our  objec- 
tives: the  prevention  of  interference  with 
U.S.  vessels  on  the  high  seas  and  the  strong 
right  of  individual  states  to  insure  that  ves- 
sels entering  ports  are  safe  and  sound  ships. 
For  the  United  States,  almost  all  of  the  traffic 
off  our  coasts  enters  U.S.  ports.  We  have 
been  willing  to  agree  in  the  negotiations  to  a 
direct  right  for  the  coastal  state  to  act  in  its 
economic  zone  in  serious  cases.  But  the  bur- 
den of  regulation  and  enforcement  would  fall 
on  the  port  state.  We  have  insisted  on  the  re- 
tention of  essentially  unrestricted  rights  to 
apply  and  enforce  domestic  regulations  to 
vessels  in  port.  Also,  we  have  urged  accept- 
ance of  a  right  for  the  port  state  to  take  en- 
forcement action  against  any  vessel  in  its 
port  for  any  violation  of  the  international 
regulations.  In  general,  this  position  is  being 
adopted  in  the  conference. 

The  issue  of  liability  for  damage  caused  by 
oil  spills,  particularly  in  the  area  beyond  the 
territorial  sea,  is  complex  and  highly  impor- 
tant. During  the  last  session  of  Congress, 
both  the  Administration  and  the  Congress 
worked  hard  on  the  "Comprehensive  Oil  Pol- 
lution Liability  and  Compensation  Act  of 
1976."  Also,  we  submitted  two  conventions 
for  advice  and  consent:  the  Convention  on 
Civil  Liability  for  Oil  Pollution  Damage  and 
the  Convention  on  the  Establishment  of  an 
International  Fund  for  Compensation  for  Oil 
Pollution  Damage.  Neither  convention  has 
been  ratified  by  the  United  States,  although 
the  Liability  Convention  is  in  force  interna- 
tionally. The  Liability  Convention  provides 
for  suits  against  vessel  owners  for  oil-spill 
damages  up  to  a  specified  limit.  The  Fund 
Convention  would  provide  additional  protec- 
tion up  to  a  higher  limit.  The  terms  of  both 
conventions  limit  their  coverage  to  damage  in 


the  territorial  sea  or  territory  of  a  state.  I 
hope  that  the  liability  problems  can  be 
worked  out  in  the  context  of  the  continuing 
work  between  the  executive  branch  and  the 
Congress,  and  consequently  I  will  not  com- 
ment further  here. 

Mr.  Chairman,  in  closing  I  want  to  reiter- 
ate that  I  share  the  concern  of  you  and  your 
colleagues  and  assure  you  that  I  will  press 
for  vigorous  and  rapid  action  within  the  pro- 
posed interagency  task  force. 


Congressional  Documents 
Relating  to  Foreign  Policy 

Nonproliferation  Issues.  Hearings  before  the  Subcom- 
mittee on  Arms  Control,  International  Organizations 
and  Security  Agreements  of  the  Senate  Committee  on 
Foreign  Relations.  March  19,  1975-November  8, 
1976.  426  pp. 

Foreign  Policy  Choices  for  the  Seventies  and  Eighties. 
Hearings  before  the  Senate  Committee  on  Foreign 
Relations.  Vol.  1;  September  10,  1975-September  20, 
1976;  458  pp.  Vol.  2:  October  22,  1975-March  16, 
1976;  272  pp. 

Middle  East  Peace  Prospects.  Hearings  before  the  Sub- 
committee on  Near  Eastern  and  South  Asian  Affairs 
of  the  Senate  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations.  May 
19-July  26,  1976.  396  pp. 

Resource  Development  in  South  Africa  and  U.S.  Policy. 
Hearings  before  the  Subcommittee  on  International 
Resources,  Food,  and  Energy  of  the  House  Commit- 
tee on  International  Relations.  May  25-June  9,  1976. 
443  pp. 

Congress  and  Foreign  Policy.  Hearings  before  the  Spe- 
cial Subcommittee  on  Investigations  of  the  House 
Committee  on  International  Relations.  June  17- 
September  22,  1976.  347  pp. 

Treaty  Powers  Resolution.  Hearings  before  the  Senate 
Committee  on  Foreign  Relations.  July  21-28,  1976. 
127  pp. 

U.S.-U.S.S.R.  Relations  and  Strategic  Balance.  Hear- 
ings before  the  Subcommittee  on  International  Politi- 
cal and  Military  Affairs  of  the  House  Committee  on 
International  Relations.  August  31-September  2, 
1976.  .53  pp. 

Agreement  on  the  Conservation  of  Polar  Bears.  Report 
of  the  Senate  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  to  ac- 
company E.\.  I,  94-1.  S.  Ex.  Rept.  94-.34.  September 
3,  1976.  3  pp. 

Convention  for  the  Conservation  of  Antarctic  Seals. 
Report  of  the  Senate  Committee  on  Foreign  Rela- 
tions to  accompany  E.\.  K,  94-1.  S.  E.x.  Rept.  94-35. 
September  3,  1976.  13  pp. 

1976  Protocol  Amending  the  Interim  Convention  on 
Conservation  of  North  Pacific  Seals.  Report  of  the 
Senate  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  to  accom- 
pany Ex.  M,  94-2.  S.  Ex.  Rept.  94-36.  September  3, 
1976.  5  pp. 


116 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Continuing  Most-Favored-Nation  Tariff  Treatment  of 
Imports  From  Romania.  Hearing  before  the  Sub- 
committee on  International  Trade  of  the  Senate 
Committee  on  Finance.  September  8,  1976.  407  pp. 

Fifth  International  Tin  Agreement.  Report  of  the  Sen- 
ate Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  to  accompany  S. 
E.\.  J.  94-2.  S.  E.\.  Rept.  94-37.  September  8,  1976. 
18  pp. 

Human  Rights  in  North  Korea.  Hearing  before  the 
Subcommittee  on  International  Organizations  of  the 
House  Committee  on  International  Relations.  Sep- 
tember 9,  1976.  70  pp. 

International  Investment  Survey  Act  of  1976.  Report  of 
the  House  Committee  on  International  Relations,  to- 
gether with  additional  views,  to  accompany  S.  2839. 
H.  Rept.  94-1490.  September  9,  1976.  12  pj). 

Tijuana  River  Flood  Control  Project.  Report  of  the 
Senate  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  to  accom- 
panv  H.R.  14973.  S.  Rept.  94-1237.  September  14, 
1976.  10  pp. 

United  States-Turkish  Defense  Cooperation  Agree- 
ment. Hearing  before  the  Senate  Committee  on 
Foreign  Relations.  September  15,  1976.  32  pp. 

Packing  Standards  for  Imported  Tomatoes.  Report  of 
the  Senate  Committee  on  Agriculture  and  Forestry  to 
accompany  S.  2440.  S.  Rept.  94-1239.  September"  15, 
1976.  18  pp. 

Immigration  and  Nationality  Act  Amendments  of  1976. 
Report  of  the  House  Committee  on  the  Judiciary  to 
accompany  H.R.  14535.  H.  Rept.  94-1553.  September 
15,  1976.  37  pp. 

Terrorist  Attack  at  Istanbul  Airport.  Repoi't  of  the 
Senate  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  to  accom- 
pany S.  Res.  524.  S.  Rept.  94-1235.  September  16, 
1976.  5  pp. 

International  Agreement  With  Poland  Concerning 
Fisheries  off  the  Coast  of  the  United  States.  Message 
from  the  President  of  the  United  States  transmitting 
the  agreement.  H.  Doc.  94-613.  September  16,  1976. 
21  pp. 

The  Nuclear  Explosive  Proliferation  Control  Act  of 
1976.  Report  by  the  Joint  Committee  on  Atomic 
Energy,  together  with  additional  views  (dissenting), 
to  accompany  H.R.  15419;  H.  Rept.  94-1613;  Sep- 
tember 18,  1976;  60  pp.  Report  by  the  Joint  Commit- 
tee on  Atomic  Energy,  together  with  additional  views 
(dissenting),  to  accompany  S.  3853;  S.  Rept.  94-1336; 
September  29,  1976;  46  pp. 

Implementing  International  Conventions  Against  Ter- 
rorism. Report,  together  with  dissenting  views,  of 
the  House  Committee  on  the  Judiciary  to  accompany 
H.R.  15552;  H.  Rept.  94-1614;  September  18,  1976; 
16  pp.  Report  of  the  Senate  Committee  on  the 
Judiciary  to  accompany  S.  3646;  S.  Rept.  94-1273; 
September  22,  1976;  16  pp. 

International  Navigational  Rules  Act  of  1976.  Report  of 
the  Senate  Committee  on  Commerce  to  accompany 
H.R.  5446.  S.  Rept.  94-1271.  September  21,  1976. 
30  pp. 

Sale  of  Missiles  to  Saudi  Arabia.  Report  of  the  Senate 
Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  to  accompany  S. 
Con.  Res.  161.  S.  Rept.  94-1305.  September  24,  1976. 
7  pp. 

Define  Jurisdiction  of  U.S.  Courts  in  Suits  Agamst 
Foreign  States.  Report  of  the  Senate  Committee  on 
the  Judiciary  to  accompany  S.  3553.  S.  Rept.  94-1310. 
September  27,  1976.  42  pp. 


INTERNATIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS 
AND  CONFERENCES 


U.S.  Abstains  on  Security  Council 
Resolution  on  Botswana  Complaint 

Following  are  statements  made  in  the 
U.N.  Security  Council  on  January  13  by 
U.S.  Representative  William  W.  Scranton 
and  on  January  H  by  U.S.  Representative 
Albert  W.  Sherer,  Jr.,  together  with  the  text 
of  a  resolution  adopted  by  the  Council  on 
January  H. 

U.S.  STATEMENTS  IN  U.N.  SECURITY  COUNCIL 

Ambassador  Scranton,  January  13  ^ 

Now,  Mr.  President,  with  regard  to  the 
matter  immediately  before  us:  The  real  solu- 
tion to  this  problem  and  to  many  other  prob- 
lems that  have  arisen  with  regard  to  the 
relationships  of  near  neighbors  to  the  pres- 
ent regime  in  Southern  Rhodesia  is  clearly  a 
changeover  to  majority  rule  in  that 
country — as  soon  as  possible  and  with  a 
minimum  of  violence  and  human  suffering. 
The  extremely  important  and  difficult 
negotiations  now  going  on  to  bring  about  just 
such  an  objective  have  been  undertaken  by 
the  United  Kingdom  and  led  by  our  friend 
and  colleague  Ambassador  Ivor  Richard. 
These  negotiations  and  the  hoped-for  out- 
come of  majority  rule  in  Southern  Rhodesia 
are  a  real  test  of  those  countries  and  persons 
directly  involved,  and  likewise  it  is  a  test  of 
the  United  Nations  and  those  of  us  here  in 
the  Security  Council. 

The  U.S.  Government  has  assured  the 
Government  of  the  United  Kingdom  on  sev- 
eral occasions  of  its  complete  support  of  the 
efforts  they  are  undertaking  to  bring  about 
majority  rule  in  Southern  Rhodesia.  We  be- 


'  Introductory  paragraphs  omitted  (text  from  USUN 
press  release  2). 


February  7,  1977 


117 


lieve  this  effort  is  of  paramount  importance. 
Accordingly,  our  delegation  has  been  in- 
structed to  follow  and  support  the  United 
Kingdom  on  the  matter  before  us  in  view  of 
its  close  reference  to  those  efforts. 

I  do  not  wish  to  end  my  comments  right 
there,  in  the  event  of  any  misunderstanding 
about  our  concern  for  the  issue  before  us.  I 
was  deeply  impressed  by  the  presentation 
yesterday  of  the  distinguished  Foreign 
Minister  of  Botswana,  His  Excellency  Ar- 
chibald Mogwe,  both  by  his  exposition  of  the 
issue  and  the  facts  and  especially  by  his  con- 
sidered objectivity.  Both  my  government  and 
I  personally  feel  very  strongly  that  Botswana 
and  its  concerns  are  concerns  of  ours.  The 
United  States  has  in  the  past  provided  de- 
velopmental assistance  to  Botswana  and  will 
continue  to  do  so  in  the  future.  Our  govern- 
ment will  continue  to  pursue  close  relations 
with  the  people  and  the  Government  of  Bot- 
swana and  work  for  the  kind  of  peaceful  politi- 
cal settlement  in  southern  Africa  which  will 
truly  assure  the  independence  and  integrity  of 
Botswana. 

In  June  of  this  year,  I  had  the  high 
privilege  of  visiting  Gabarone  and  meeting 
with  President  Khama  and  some  of  the  mem- 
bers of  his  Cabinet  to  discuss  some  of  the 
problems  facing  his  country  and  southern  Af- 
rica. 

To  say  that  I  was  deeply  impressed  with 
his  dedication  to  finding  solutions  to 
Botswana's  internal  problems  and  to  the 
problems  confronting  southern  Africa  is  to 
put  it  very  mildly  indeed.  In  my  judgment  he 
is  an  outstanding  leader,  a  man  of  high  prin- 
ciple and  deep  conviction,  who  has  worked 
untiringly  for  a  peaceful  multiracial  society 
in  his  country  with  a  democratic  government. 
Though  of  sizable  territory,  Botswana  is 
small  in  population — but  like  many  small 
countries  with  impressive  leadership  and 
dedicated  people  it  is  very  meaningful  in 
southern  Africa  and  indeed  the  world.  I  look 
for  the  day  soon  when  the  bringing  about  of 
majority  rule  in  Southern  Rhodesia  will  ter- 
minate the  constant  afflictions  between  these 
two  countries,  and  I  reiterate  the  U.S.  Gov- 
ernment's dedication  to  that  objective. 

Last,  but  by  no  means  least,  I  wish  to  ex- 
press gratitude  for  the  kind  words  directed 


to  me  by  speakers  during  the  current  debate. 
I  leave  this  body  in  a  few  days;  and  in  doing 
so  I  have  a  very  warm  feeling  for  it,  for  all  of 
you,  and  for  the  United  Nations. 

Ambassador  Sherer,  January  14 

USUN  press  release  3  dated  January  14 

The  views  of  the  United  States  on  the  sub- 
stance of  the  matter  before  us  were  set  forth 
yesterday  by  Governor  Scranton.  Our 
abhorrence  of  the  illegal  use  of  force  and  our 
commitment  to  majority  rule  are  fundamen- 
tal U.S.  positions.  We  would  only  wish  to  add 
that  we  recognize  the  efforts  of  the  cospon- 
sors  in  seeking  to  meet  the  views  of  a  wide 
number  of  members  of  the  Council. 

My  government  has  played  a  particular 
role  in  seeking  to  bring  all  sides  together  in 
the  search  for  a  peaceful  solution  of  the  un- 
derlying problem.  We  believe  our  ability  to 
continue  to  contribute  in  this  way  is  best 
served  by  joining  the  United  Kingdom,  which 
has  a  very  special  role  in  the  current  effort  to 
find  a  peaceful  settlement  of  the  Rhodesian 
problem.  For  these  reasons  we  will  abstain. 

TEXT  OF  RESOLUTION  2 

The  Security  CouyicH, 

Taking  note  of  the  letters  dated  22  December  1976 
(S/12262)  and  12  January  1977  (S/12275)  from  the  Per- 
manent Representative  of  Botswana  to  the  United  Na- 
tions, and  having  heard  the  statement  of  the  Minister 
for  External  Affairs  of  Botswana,  concerning  hostile 
acts  against  Botswana  by  the  illegal  minority  regime  in 
Southern  Rhodesia, 

Gravely  concerned  at  the  dangerous  situation  created 
by  the  provocative  and  hostile  acts  committed  by  the 
illegal  regime  in  Southern  Rhodesia  against  the  secu- 
rity and  well-being  of  Botswana, 

Reaffirming  the  inalienable  right  of  the  people  of 
Southern  Rhodesia  to  self-determination  and  independ- 
ence in  accordance  with  General  Assembly  resolution 
1514  (XV)  of  14  December  1960  and  the  legitimacy  of 
their  struggle  to  secure  the  enjoyment  of  such  rights  as 
set  forth  in  the  Charter  of  the  United  Nations, 

Recalling  its  resolutions  232  (1966)  of  16  December  1966 
and  253  (1968)  of  29  May  1968  which  detemined  and  reaf- 
firmed respectively  that  the  situation  in  Southern 
Rhodesia  constituted  a  threat  to  international  peace  and 
security. 

Taking  note  of  General  Assembly  resolution  31/154  of 
20  December  1976, 


2  U.N.  doc.  A/RES/403  (1977);  adopted  by  the  Coun- 
cil on  Jan.  14  by  a  vote  of  13  to  0,  with  2  abstentions 
(U.S.,  U.K.). 


118 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Convinced  that  the  recent  provocative  and  hostile 
acts  perpetrated  by  the  illegal  regime  against  Botswana 
aggravate  the  situation, 

Deeply  grieved  and  concerned  at  the  loss  of  human 
life  and  damage  to  property  caused  by  the  acts  of  the 
illegal  regime  in  Southern  Rhodesia  against  Botswana, 

Noting  with  appreciation  Botswana's  decision  to  con- 
tinue to  give  asylum  to  political  refugees  fleeing  from 
inhuman  oppression  by  the  illegal  racist  minority  re- 
gime, 

Realizing  the  need  for  Botswana  to  strengthen  its  se- 
curity in  order  to  safeguard  its  sovereignty,  territorial 
integrity  and  independence, 

Reaffirming  the  legal  responsibility  of  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and 
Northern  Ireland  over  Southern  Rhodesia,  in  accord- 
ance with  the  relevant  resolutions  of  the  United  Na- 
tions, 

1.  Strongly  condemns  all  acts  of  provocation  and 
harassment,  including  military  threats  and  attacks, 
murder,  arson,  kidnapping  and  destruction  of  property, 
committed  against  Botswana  by  the  illegal  regime  in 
Southern  Rhodesia; 

2.  Condemns  all  measures  of  political  repression  by 
the  illegal  regime  that  violate  fundamental  rights  and 
freedoms  of  the  people  of  Southern  Rhodesia  and  con- 
tribute to  instability  and  lack  of  peace  in  the  region  as  a 
whole; 

3.  Deplores  all  acts  of  collaboration  and  collusion 
which  sustain  the  illegal  regime  in  Southern  Rhodesia 
and  encourage  defiance  with  impunity  of  the  resolutions 
of  the  Security  Council,  with  adverse  consequences  for 
peace  and  security  in  the  region; 

4.  Demands  the  immediate  and  total  cessation  forth- 
with of  all  hostile  acts  committed  against  Botswana  by 
the  illegal  regime  in  Southern  Rhodesia; 

5.  Takes  cognizance  of  the  special  economic  hardship 
confronting  Botswana  as  a  result  of  the  imperative  need 
to  divert  funds  from  ongoing  and  planned  development 
projects  to  hitherto  unplanned  and  unbudgeted  for  se- 
curity needs  necessitated  by  the  urgent  need  to  effec- 
tively defend  itself  against  attacks  and  threats  by  the 
illegal  regime  in  Southern  Rhodesia; 

6.  Accepts  the  invitation  of  the  Government  of 
Botswana  to  dispatch  a  mission  to  assess  the  needs  of 
Botswana  in  carrying  out  its  development  projects 
under  the  present  circumstances,  and  accordingly  re- 
quests the  Secretary-General,  in  collaboration  with  ap- 
propriate organizations  of  the  United  Nations  system, 
to  organize  with  immediate  effect  financial  and  other 
forms  of  assistance  to  Botswana  and  to  report  to  the 
Security  Council  not  later  than  31  March  1977; 

7.  Requests  the  United  Nations  and  the  organizations 
and  programmes  concerned,  including  the  Economic 
and  Social  Council,  the  United  Nations  Educational, 
Scientific  and  Cultural  Organization,  the  World  Health 
Organization,  the  United  Nations  Development  Pro- 
gramme, the  Food  and  Agriculture  Organization  and 
the  Fund  for  Agricultural  Development,  to  assist 
Botswana  to  carry  out  the  ongoing  and  planned  de- 
velopment projects  without  interruption  as  stated  in 
paragraph  5  and  envisaged  under  paragraph  6  of  this 
resolution; 

8.  Appeals  to  all  States  to  respond  positively  in  pro- 
viding assistance  to  Botswana,  in  the  light  of  the  report 
of  the  mission  of  the  Secretary-General,  in  order  to  en- 
able Botswana  to  carry  out  its  planned  development 
projects; 

9.  Decides  to  remain  seized  of  the  matter. 


TREATY  INFORMATION 


Current  Actions 


MULTILATERAL 

Health 

Amendments  to  articles  24  and  25  of  the  constitution  of 
the  World  Health  Organization  of  July  22,  1946,  as 
amended  (TIAS  1808,  4643,  8086).  Adopted  at  Geneva 
May  17,  1976.' 
Acceptance  deposited:  Ethiopia,  January  6,  1977. 

Load  Lines 

Amendments  to  the  international  convention  on  load 
lines,  1966  (TIAS  6331,  6629.  6720).  Adopted  at  Lon- 
don October  12,  1971.' 
Acceptance  deposited:  Algeria,  January  4,  1977. 

Maritime  Matters 

Convention  on  facilitation  of  international  maritime 
traffic,  with  annex.  Done  at  London  April  9,  1965. 
Entered  into  force  March  5,  1967;  for  the  United 
States  May  16,  1967.  TIAS  6251. 
Acceptance  deposited:  Hungary  (with  a  statement), 
December  15,  1976. 

Narcotic  Drugs 

Protocol  amending  the  single  convention  on  narcotic 
drugs,  1961.  Done  at  Geneva  March  25,  1972.  Entered 
into  force  August  8,  1975.  TIAS  8118. 
Ratification  deposited:  Spain,  January  4,  1977. 

Oil  Pollution 

Amendments  to  the  international  convention  for  the 
prevention  of  pollution  of  the  sea  by  oil,   1954,  as 
amended  (TIAS  4900,  6109).  Adopted  at  London  Oc- 
tober 21,  1969.' 
Acceptance  deposited:  Argentina,  December  30,  1976. 

International  convention  relating  to  intervention  on  the 
high  seas  in  cases  of  oil  pollution  casualties,  with  an- 
nex. Done  at  Brussels  November  29,  1969.  Entered 
into  force  May  6,  1975.  TIAS  8068. 
Accession  deposited:  Ecuador,  December  23,  1976. 

International  convention  on  civil  liability  for  oil  pollu- 
tion damage.  Done  at  Brussels  November  29,  1969. 
Entered  into  force  June  19,  1975.^ 
Ratification  deposited:  Brazil,  December  17,  1976. 
Accession  deposited:  Ecuador,  December  23,  1976. 

International  convention  on  the  establishment  of  an  in- 
ternational fund  for  compensation  for  oil  pollution 
damage.  Done  at  Brussels  December  18,  1971. ' 
Ratification  deposited:  Federal  Republic  of  Ger- 
many, December  30,  1976.^ 

Safety  at  Sea 

Convention  on  the  international  regulations  for  prevent- 


'  Not  in  force. 

^  Not  in  force  for  the  United  States. 

^  Applicable  to  Berlin  (West). 


February  7,  1977 


119 


ing  collisions  at  sea,  1972.  Done  at  London  October 

20,  1972.  Enters  into  force  July  15,  1977. 

Ratification  deposited:  Poland,  December  14,  1976. 

Accessions  deposited:  Hungary  (with  statement  and 
declaration),  December  15,  1976;  South  Africa,  De- 
cember 20,  1976. 

Satellite  Communications  System 

Agreement  relating  to  the  International  Telecommuni- 
cations Satellite  Organization  (INTELSAT),  with  an- 
nexes. Done  at  Washington  August  20,  1971.  Entered 
into  force  February  12,  1973.  TIAS  7532. 
Accession  deposited:  El  Salvador,  January  19,  1977. 

Operating  agreement  relating  to  the  International 
Telecommunications  Satellite  Organization  (INTEL- 
SAT), with  annex.  Done  at  Washington  August  20, 
1971.  Entered  into  force  February  12,  1973.  TIAS 
7532. 

Signature:  Administracion  Nacional  de  Tele- 
comunicaciones  (ANTED  for  El  Salvador,  January 
19,  1977. 

Seals — Antarctic 

Convention  for  the  conservation  of  Antarctic  seals,  with 
annex  and  final  act.  Done  at  London  June  1,  1972.' 
Ratification  deposited:  United  States,  January  18, 
1977. 

Space 

Convention  on  registration  of  objects  launched  into 
outer  space.  Done  at  New  York  January  14,  1975.  En- 
tered into  force  September  15,  1976. 
Proclaimed  by  the  President:  January  18,  1977. 

Telecommunications 

Partial  revision  of  the  radio  regulations,  Geneva,  1959, 
as  amended  (TIAS  4893,  5603,  6332,  6590,  7435),  to 
establish  a  new  frequency  allotment  plan  for  high- 
frequency  radiotelephone  coast  stations,  with  annexes 
and  final  protocol.  Done  at  Geneva  June  8,  1974.  En- 
tered into  force  January  1,  1976;  for  the  United 
States  April  21,  1976. 

Notification  of  approval:  Luxembourg,  October  14, 
1976. 


BILATERAL 

Hungary 

Agreement  relating  to  issuance  of  nonimmigrant  visas 
on  a  facilitated  basis  to  certain  holders  of  diplomatic 
or  official  passports.  Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  at 
Budapest  March  29  and  April  7,  1976.  Entered  into 
force  April  7,  1976. 


PUBLICATIONS 


Not  in  force. 


GPO  Sales  Publications 

Publications  may  be  ordered  by  catalog  or  stock 
number  from  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S. 
Goveryiment  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.C.  20102. 
A  25-percent  discount  is  made  on  orders  for  100  or  more 
copies  of  any  one  publication  mailed  to  the  same  ad- 
dress. Remittances,  payable  to  the  Superintendent  of 
Docuinents ,  must  accompany  orders.  Prices  shown  be- 
low, which  include  domestic  postage,  are  subject  to 
change. 

Background  Notes:  Short,  factual  summaries  which 
describe  the  people,  history,  government,  economy, 
and  foreign  relations  of  each  country.  Each  contains  a 
map,  a  list  of  principal  government  officials  and  U.S. 
diplomatic  and  consular  officers,  and  a  reading  list.  (A 
complete  set  of  all  Background  Notes  currently  in 
stock — at  least  140 — $21.80;  1-year  subscription  service 
for  approximately  77  updated  or  new  Notes — .$23.10; 
plastic  binder — $1.50.)  Single  copies  of  those  listed 
below  are  available  at  35?  each. 

Angola Cat.  No.  S1.123:AN4 

Pub.  7962  7  pp 

Bermuda  Cat.  No.  SI.  123:845 

Pub.  7907  4  pp 

Ireland Cat.  No.  S1.123:IR2 

Pub.  7974  7  pp 

Laos Cat.  No.  S1.123;L29 

Pub.  8301  5  pp 

Portugal Cat.  No.  S1.123;P83/2 

Pub.  8074  7  pp 

Tunisia Cat.  No.  S1.123:T83 

Pub.  8142  5  pp 

Atomic  Energy — Technical  Information  Exchange  in 
Regulatory  Matters.  Arrangement  with  Japan.  TIAS 
8341.  7  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No.  S9.10;8341). 

Atomic  Energy — Technical  Information  Exchange 
and  Development  of  Standards.  Arrangement  with 
Switzerland.  TIAS  8342.  7  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No. 
S9. 10:8342). 

Atomic  Energy — Technical  Information  Exchange 
and  Development  of  Standards.  Arrangement  with 
Spain.  TIAS  8344.  4  pp.  35(Z.  (Cat.  No.  S9. 10:8344). 


120 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


INDEX     February  7,  1977     Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1963 


Africa.  Secretary  Kissinger  Interviewed  for  the 
New  Yorl<  Times  102 

Argentina.  Letters  of  Credence  (Aja  Espil) 101 

Botswana.  U.S.  Abstains  on  Security  Council 
Resolution  on  Botswana  Complaint  (Scranton, 
Sherer,  text  of  resolution) 117 

China.  Secretary  Kissinger  Interviewed  for  the 
New  York  Times 102 

Congress 

Congressional  Documents  Relating  to  Foreign 
Policy 116 

Department  Discusses  International  Approaches 
to  Problem  of  Oil  Spills  From  Vessels 
(Learson) 113 

The  State  of  the  Union  (excerpts  from  President 
Ford's  address  to  the  Congress)  97 

Economic  Affairs 

Department  Discusses  Implementation  of  Eco- 
nomic Provisions  of  the  Final  Act  of  the  Helsinki 
Conference  (Robinson)  108 

U.S.  and  Republic  of  Korea  Sign  New  Fisheries 
Agreement  (joint  statement) 107 

Energy 

Secretary  Kissinger  Interviewed  for  the  New 
York  Times 102 

The  State  of  the  Union  (excerpts  from  President 
Ford's  address  to  the  Congress)  97 

Environment.  Department  Discusses  Interna- 
tional Approaches  to  Problem  of  Oil  Spills  From 
Vess;els  (Learson) 113 

Europe 

Department  Discusses  Implementation  of  Eco- 
nomic Provisions  of  the  Final  Act  of  the  Helsinki 
Conference  (Robinson)  108 

Secretary  Kissinger  Interviewed  for  the  New- 
York  Times 102 

Human  Rights.  Department  Discusses  Im- 
plementation of  Economic  Provisions  of  the 
Final  Act  of  the  Helsinki  Conference  (Robinson)      108 

Korea.  U.S.  and  Republic  of  Korea  Sign  New 
Fisheries  Agreement  (joint  statement) 107 

Law  of  the  Sea.  Department  Discusses  Interna- 
tional Approaches  to  Problem  of  Oil  Spills  From 
Vessels  (Learson) 113 

Mexico.  Letters  of  Credence  (Margain) 101 

Middle  East.  Secretary  Kissinger  Interviewed 
for  the  New  York  Times 102 

Military  Affairs.  The  State  of  the  Union  (ex- 
cerpts from  President  Ford's  address  to  the 
Congress) 97 

Presidential  Documents.  The  State  of  the  Union 
(excerpts  from  President  Ford's  address  to  the 
Congress) 9'^ 

Publications.  GPO  Sales  Publications 120 

Southern  Rhodesia.  U.S.  Abstains  on  Security 
Council  Resolution  on  Botswana  Complaint 
(Scranton,  Sherer,  text  of  resolution) 11" 

Trade.  Department  Discusses  Implementation  of 
Economic  Provisions  of  the  Final  Act  of  the  Hel- 
sinki (Conference  (Robinson) 108 


Treaty  Information 

Current  Actions 119 

U.S.  and  Republic  of  Korea  Sign  New  Fisheries 
Agreement  (joint  statement) 107 

U.S.S.R. 

Department  Discusses  Implementation  of  Eco- 
nomic Provisions  of  the  Final  Act  of  the  Helsinki 
Conference  (Robinson)  108 

Secretary  Kissinger  Interviewed  for  the  New- 
York  Times 102 

United  Nations.  U.S.  Abstains  on  Security  Coun- 
cil Resolution  on  Botswana  Complaint  (Scran- 
ton, Sherer,  text  of  resolution)  117 

Name  Index 

Aya  Espil,  Jorge  Antonio 101 

Ford,  President 97 

Kissinger,  Secretary  102 

Learson,  T.  Vincent 113 

Margain,  Hugo  B    101 

Robinson,  Charles  W  108 

Scranton,  William  W  117 

Sherer,  Albert  W.,  Jr  117 


Checklist  of  Department  of  State 

Press  Releases:  January  17—23 

Press 

releases 

mav  be  obtained  from  the  Office 

of  Press  Relations,  Department  of  State,  Wash-      | 

ington. 

D.C.  20520.                                                          1 

No. 

Date 

Subject 

*10 

1/17 

Government  Advisory  Commit- 
tee on  International  Book  and 
Library  Programs.  Feb.  17. 

*11 

1/17 

U.S.   Advisory  Commission  on 
International  Educational  and 
Cultural  Affairs,  Feb.  17. 

tl2 

1/19 

Kissinger;   American   Foreign 
Service  Association  awards 
ceremony,  Jan.  18. 

*13 

1/19 

Kissinger:    awards    ceremony 
honoring  Foreign  Service  offi- 
cers for  service  in  Vietnam, 
Jan.  18. 

*14 

1/19 

U.S.  Advisory  Commission  on 
International  Educational  and 
Cultural  Affairs,  Ottawa,  Feb. 
18-19. 

tl5 

1/19 

U.S.   ratification  of  Convention 
for  the  Conservation  of  Ant- 
arctic Seals. 

tl6 

1/19 

"Foreign  Relations,"  1950,  vol. 
VI,     "East    Asia    and     the 
Pacific"  released. 

*17 

1/21 

Kissinger:  farewell  remarks, 
Jan.  19 

18 

1/21 

Kissinger:  interview  published 
in  New  York  Times,  Jan.  20. 

*19 

1/21 

Special  inspection  report  on  Of- 
fice of  Foreign  Buildings. 

*  Not 

printed. 

t  Held  for  a  later  issue  of  the  Bulletin. 

Superintendent   of    Documents 

u.s.  government  printing  office 

washington.  dc.  20402 


OFFICIAL  BUSINESS 


postage  and  fees  paid 
Department  of  State  STA-501 

Third  Class 


Subscription  Renewals:  To  insure  uninterrupted 
service,  please  renew  your  subscription  promptly 
when  you  receive  the  expiration  notice  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents.  Due  to  the  time  re- 
quired to  process  renewals,  notices  are  sent  out  3 
months  in  advance  of  the  expiration  date.  Any  prob- 
lems involving  your  subscription  will  receive  im- 
mediate attention  if  you  write  to:  Superintendent 
of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


15 

/J: 


/?6^ 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

BULLETIN 

Volume  LXXVI  •  No.  1964  •  February  14,  1977 


THE  INAUGURAL  ADDRESS  OF  PRESIDENT  CARTER  121 

ADDRESS  BY  PRESIDENT  CARTER  TO  PEOPLE  OF  OTHER  NATIONS  122 

PRESIDENT  CARTER  INTERVIEWED  BY  AP  AND  UPI  CORRESPONDENTS 

Excerpts  From  Transcript    123 


THE  OFFICIAL  WEEKLY  RECORD  OF  UNITED  STATES  FOREIGN  POLICY 


For  index  see  inside  back  cover 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE  BULLET  I 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Washington,  D.C.  20402 

PRICE: 

52  issues  plus  semiannual  indexes, 

domestic  $42.50,  foreign  $53.15 

Single  copy  85  cents 

The  Secretary  of  State  has  determined  that  the  pub- 
lication of  this  periodical  is  necessary  in  the  transac- 
tion of  the  public  business  required  by  law  of  this 
Department.  Use  of  funds  for  printing  this  periodi- 
cal has  been  approved  by  the  Director  of  the  Office 
of  Management  and  Budget  through  January  31, 
1981. 

Not€i  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may  be  re- 
printed. Citation  of  the  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 
BULLETIN  as  the  source  will  be  appreciated.  The 
BULLETIN  is  indexed  in  the  Readers'  Guide  to 
Periodical  Literature. 


Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1964 
February  14,  1977 

The  Department  of  State  BULLETIN 
a  weekly  publication  issued  by  fA| 
Office  of  Media  Services,  Bureau 
Public  Affairs,  provides  the  public  an 
interested  agencies  of  the  governmeii 
with  information  on  developments  ('| 
the  field  of  U.S.  foreign  relations  ar 
on  the  work  of  the  Department  an\ 
the  Foreign  Service. 

The  BULLETIN  includes  selected 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy,  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements,  addresses,  and 
news  conferences  of  the  President  and 
the  Secretary  of  State  and  other  offi- 
cers of  the  Department,  as  well  as  spe- 
cial articles  on  various  phases  of  in- 
ternational affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  inter- 
national agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a  party 
and  on  treaties  of  general  interna- 
tional interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department  of 
State,  United  Nations  documents,  and 
legislative  material  in  the  field  of 
international  relations  are  also  listed. 


The  Inaugural  Address  of  President  Carter 


For  myself  and  for  our  nation,  I  want  to 
thank  my  predecessor  for  all  he  has  done  to 
heal  our  land. 

In  this  outward  and  physical  ceremony  we 
attest  once  again  to  the  inner  and  spiritual 
strength  of  our  nation. 

As  my  high  school  teacher,  Miss  Julia  Cole- 
man, used  to  say,  "We  must  adjust  to 
changing  times  and  still  hold  to  unchanging 
principles." 

Here  before  me  is  the  Bible  used  in  the  in- 
auguration of  our  first  President  in  1789,  and 
I  have  just  taken  the  oath  of  office  on  the 
Bible  my  mother  gave  me  just  a  few  years 
ago,  opened  to  a  timeless  admonition  from 
the  ancient  prophet  Micah: 

He  hath  shewed  thee,  0  man,  what  is  good;  and  what 
doth  the  Lord  require  of  thee,  but  to  do  justly,  and  to 
love  mercy,  and  to  walk  humbly  with  thy  God?  (Micah 
6:8) 

This  inauguration  ceremony  marks  a  new 
beginning,  a  new  dedication  within  our  gov- 
ernment, and  a  new  spirit  among  us  all.  A 
President  may  sense  and  proclaim  that  new 
spirit,  but  only  a  people  can  provide  it. 

Two  centuries  ago  our  nation's  birth  was  a 
milestone  in  the  long  quest  for  freedom,  but 
the  bold  and  brilliant  dream  which  excited 
the  founders  of  this  nation  still  awaits  its 
consummation.  I  have  no  new  dream  to  set 
forth  today  but,  rather,  urge  a  fresh  faith  in 
the  old  dream. 

Ours  was  the  first  society  openly  to  define 
itself  in  terms  of  both  spirituality  and  human 
liberty.  It  is  that  unique  self-definition  which 
has  given  us  an  exceptional  appeal — but  it 
also  imposes  on  us  a  special  obligation:  to 
take  on  those  moral  duties  which,  when  as- 
sumed, seem  invariably  to  be  in  our  own  best 
interests. 

You  have  given  me  a  great  responsibility: 


'  Delivered  on  Jan.  20  (text  from  White  House  press  re- 
lease). 

February  14,  1977 


to  stay  close  to  you,  to  be  worthy  of  you,  and 
to  exemplify  what  you  are.  Let  us  create  to- 
gether a  new  national  spirit  of  unity  and 
trust.  Your  strength  can  compensate  for  my 
weakness,  and  your  wisdom  can  help  to 
minimize  my  mistakes. 

Let  us  learn  together  and  laugh  together 
and  work  together  and  pray  together,  confi- 
dent that  in  the  end  we  will  triumph  together 
in  the  right. 

The  American  dream  endures.  We  must 
once  again  have  full  faith  in  our  country — and 
in  one  another.  I  believe  America  can  be  bet- 
ter. We  can  be  even  stronger  than  before. 

Let  our  recent  mistakes  bring  a  resurgent 
commitment  to  the  basic  principles  of  our  na- 
tion, for  we  know  that  if  we  despise  our  own 
government  we  have  no  future.  We  recall  in 
special  times  when  we  have  stood  briefly,  but 
magnificently,  united.  In  those  times  no 
prize  was  beyond  our  grasp. 

But  we  cannot  dwell  upon  remembered 
glory.  We  cannot  afford  to  drift.  We  reject 
the  prospect  of  failure  or  mediocrity  or  an  in- 
ferior quality  of  life  for  any  person. 

Our  government  must  at  the  same  time  be 
both  competent  and  compassionate. 

We  have  already  found  a  high  degree  of 
personal  Hberty,  and  we  are  now  struggling 
to  enhance  equality  of  opportunity.  Our 
commitment  to  human  rights  must  be  abso- 
lute, our  laws  fair,  our  natural  beauty  pre- 
served; the  powerful  must  not  persecute  the 
weak,  and  human  dignity  must  be  enhanced. 

We  have  learned  that  "more"  is  not  neces- 
sarily "better,"  that  even  our  great  nation 
has  its  recognized  limits,  and  that  we  can 
neither  answer  all  questions  nor  solve  all 
problems.  We  cannot  afford  to  do  every- 
thing, nor  can  we  afford  to  lack  boldness  as 
we  meet  the  future.  So  together,  in  a  spirit 
of  individual  sacrifice  for  the  common  good, 
we  must  simply  do  our  best. 

121 


Our  nation  can  be  strong  abroad  only  if  it  is 
strong  at  home,  and  we  know  that  the  best 
way  to  enhance  freedom  in  other  lands  is  to 
demonstrate  here  that  our  democratic  sys- 
tem is  worthy  of  emulation. 

To  be  true  to  ourselves,  we  must  be  true  to 
others.  We  will  not  behave  in  foreign  places 
so  as  to  violate  our  rules  and  standards  here 
at  home,  for  we  know  that  the  trust  which 
our  nation  earns  is  essential  to  our  strength. 

The  world  itself  is  now  dominated  by  a  new 
spirit.  Peoples  more  numerous  and  more 
politically  aware  are  craving  and  now  de- 
manding their  place  in  the  sun — not  just  for 
the  benefit  of  their  own  physical  condition 
but  for  basic  human  rights. 

The  passion  for  freedom  is  on  the  rise. 
Tapping  this  new  spirit,  there  can  be  no  no- 
bler nor  more  ambitious  task  for  America  to 
undertake  on  this  day  of  a  new  beginning 
than  to  help  shape  a  just  and  peaceful  world 
that  is  truly  humane. 

We  are  a  strong  nation,  and  we  will  main- 
tain strength  so  sufficient  that  it  need  not  be 
proven  in  combat — a  quiet  strength  based 
not  merely  on  the  size  of  an  arsenal  but  on 
the  nobility  of  ideas. 

We  will  be  ever  vigilant  and  never  vulner- 
able, and  we  will  fight  our  wars  against  pov- 
erty, ignorance,  and  injustice;  for  those  are 
the  enemies  against  which  our  forces  can  be 
honorably  marshaled. 

We  are  a  proudly  idealistic  nation,  but  let 
no  one  confuse  our  idealism  with  weakness. 

Because  we  are  free  we  can  never  be  indif- 
ferent to  the  fate  of  freedom  elsewhere.  Our 
moral  sense  dictates  a  clear-cut  preference 
for  those  societies  which  share  with  us  an 
abiding  respect  for  individual  human  rights. 
We  do  not  seek  to  intimidate,  but  it  is  clear 
that  a  world  which  others  can  dominate  with 
impunity  would  be  inhospitable  to  decency 
and  a  threat  to  the  well-being  of  all  people. 

The  world  is  still  engaged  in  a  massive  ar- 
maments race  designed  to  insure  continuing 
equivalent  strength  among  potential  adver- 
saries. We  pledge  perseverance  and  wisdom 
in  our  efforts  to  limit  the  world's  armaments 
to  those  necessary  for  each  nation's  own 
domestic  safety.  We  will  move  this  year  a 
step  toward  our  ultimate  goal:  the  ehmina- 
tion  of  all  nuclear  weapons  from  this  earth. 


We  urge  all  other  people  to  join  us,  for  suc- 
cess can  mean  life  instead  of  death. 

Within  us,  the  people  of  the  United  States, 
there  is  evident  a  serious  and  purposeful  re- 
kindling of  confidence,  and  I  join  in  the  hope 
that  when  my  time  as  your  President  has  end- 
ed, people  might  say  this  about  our  nation: 

— That  we  had  remembered  the  words  of 
Micah  and  renewed  our  search  for  humility, 
mercy,  and  justice; 

— That  we  had  torn  down  the  barriers  that 
separated  those  of  different  race  and  region 
and  religion  and,  where  there  had  been  mis- 
trust, built  unity,  with  a  respect  for  diver- 
sity; 

— That  we  had  found  productive  work  for 
those  able  to  perform  it; 

— That  we  had  strengthened  the  American 
family,  which  is  the  basis  of  our  society; 

— That  we  had  insured  respect  for  the  law, 
and  equal  treatment  under  the  law,  for  the 
weak  and  the  powerful,  for  the  rich  and  the 
poor;  and 

— That  we  had  enabled  our  people  to  be 
proud  of  their  own  government  once  again. 

I  would  hope  that  the  nations  of  the  world 
might  say  that  we  had  built  a  lasting  peace, 
based  not  on  weapons  of  war  but  on  interna- 
tional policies  which  reflect  our  own  most 
precious  values. 

These  are  not  just  my  goals,  and  they  will 
not  be  my  accomplishments,  but  the  affirma- 
tion of  our  nation's  continuing  moral  strength 
and  our  belief  in  an  undiminished,  ever- 
expanding  American  dream. 


Address  by  President  Carter 
to  People  of  Other  Nations 

Following  are  remarks  by  President  Car- 
ter videotaped  for  broadcast  abroad  on 
January  20. 

white  House  press  release  dated  January  20 

I  have  chosen  the  occasion  of  my  inaugura- 
tion as  President  to  speak  not  only  to  my  own 
countrymen — which  is  traditional — but  also 
to  you,  citizens  of  the  world  who  did  not  par- 


122 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


ticipate  in  our  election  but  who  will  neverthe- 
less be  affected  by  my  decisions. 

I  also  believe  that  as  friends  you  are  enti- 
tled to  know  how  the  power  and  influence  of 
the  United  States  will  be  exercised  by  its 
new  government. 

I  want  to  assure  you  that  the  relations  of 
the  United  States  with  the  other  countries 
and  peoples  of  the  world  will  be  guided  dur- 
ing my  own  Administration  by  our  desire  to 
shape  a  world  order  that  is  more  responsive 
to  human  aspirations.  The  United  States  will 
meet  its  obligation  to  help  create  a  stable, 
just,  and  peaceful  world  order. 

We  will  not  seek  to  dominate  nor  dictate  to 
others.  As  we  Americans  have  concluded  one 
chapter  in  our  nation's  history  and  are  begin- 
ning to  work  on  another,  we  have,  I  believe, 
acquired  a  more  mature  perspective  on  the 
problems  of  the  world.  It  is  a  perspective 
which  recognizes  the  fact  that  we  alone  do 
not  have  all  the  answers  to  the  world's  prob- 
lems. 

The  United  States  alone  cannot  lift  from 
the  world  the  terrifying  specter  of  nuclear 
destruction.  We  can  and  will  work  with 
others  to  do  so. 

The  United  States  alone  cannot  guarantee 
the  basic  right  of  every  human  being  to  be 
free  of  poverty  and  hunger  and  disease  and 
political  repression.  We  can  and  will  cooper- 
ate with  others  in  combating  these  enemies 
of  mankind. 

The  United  States  alone  cannot  insure  an 
equitable  development  of  the  world  resources 
or  the  proper  safeguarding  of  the  world's  en- 
vironment. But  we  can  and  will  join  with 
others  in  this  work. 

The  United  States  can  and  will  take  the 
lead  in  such  efforts. 

In  these  endeavors  we  need  your  help,  and 
we  offer  ours. 

We  need  your  experience.  We  need  your 
wisdom.  We  need  your  active  participation  in 
a  joint  effort  to  move  the  reality  of  the  world 
closer  to  the  ideals  of  human  freedom  and 
dignity. 

As  friends,  you  can  depend  on  the  United 
States  to  be  in  the  forefront  of  the  search  for 
world  peace.  You  can  depend  on  the  United 
States  to  remain  steadfast  in  its  commitment 
to  human  freedom  and  liberty.  And  you  can 


also  depend  on  the  United  States  to  be  sensi- 
tive to  your  own  concerns  and  aspirations,  to 
welcome  your  advice,  to  do  its  utmost  to  re- 
solve international  differences  in  a  spirit  of 
cooperation. 

The  problems  of  the  world  will  not  be  eas- 
ily resolved.  Yet  the  well-being  of  each  and 
every  one  of  us — indeed  our  mutual 
survival — depends  on  their  resolution.  As 
President  of  the  United  States  I  can  assure 
you  that  we  intend  to  do  our  part.  I  ask  you 
to  join  us  in  a  common  effort  based  on  mutual 
trust  and  mutual  respect. 


President  Carter  Interviewed 
by  AP  and  UPI  Correspondents 

Following  are  excerpts  relating  to  foreign 
policy  from  the  transcript  of  an  interview 
with  President  Carter  on  January  23  by  two 
Associated  Press  and  two  United  Press  In- 
ternational correspondents. 


Helen  Thomas,  UPI:  Mr.  President,  do 
you  plan  to  call  a  temporary  or  permanent 
moratorium  on  arms  sales  abroad,  and  also, 
what  are  the  chances  of  a  SALT  agreement 
this  year?  Will  you  be  separating  out  the 
"Backfire"  bomber  and  the  cruise  missile? 

President  Carter:  I  don't  think  a 
"moratorium"  would  be  the  right  expression, 
because  that  is  an  abrupt  and  total  termina- 
tion of  all  ownership.  I  don't  contemplate 
that.  But  in  our  first  National  Security 
Council  meeting  we  discussed,  in  I  think 
unanimity,  the  necessity  for  reducing  arms 
sales  or  having  very  tight  restraints  on  fu- 
ture commitments  to  minimize  the  efforts  by 
arms  manufacturers  to  initiate  sales  early  in 
the  process. 

The  Secretary  of  State  will  be  much  more 
hesitant  in  the  future  to  recommend  to  the 
Defense  Department  the  culmination  of  arms 
sales  agreements.  I  have  asked  that  all 
approvals  of  arms  sales,  for  a  change,  be 
submitted  to  me  directly  before  the  recom- 
mendations go  to  Congress.  We  also  have 


February  14,  1977 


123 


asked  Vice  President  Mondale  in  his  early 
trip  among  our  own  allies  and  friends,  some 
of  whom  are  heavy  arms  exporters,  to  join 
with  us  on  a  multilateral  basis. 

We  will  also  be  talking  to  some  of  the  pri- 
mary arms  purchasers,  particularly  the  Mid- 
dle East  when  Secretary  Vance  goes  there 
very  shortly,  to  hold  down  their  own  pur- 
chases of  arms  from  us  and  other  countries. 
This  will  be  a  continuing  effort  on  my  part. 

As  far  as  nuclear  arms  limitations  are  con- 
cerned, I  would  like  to  proceed  quickly  and 
aggressively  with  a  comprehensive  test  ban 
treaty.  I  am  in  favor  of  eliminating  the  test- 
ing of  all  nuclear  devices,  instantly  and  com- 
pletely. 

Ms.  Thomas:  Underground  tests  and  all? 

President  Carter:  Yes.  And  whether  or  not 
the  Soviets  will  agree  to  do  that,  I  don't 
know  yet.  They  have  sent  an  encouraging 
message  back,  but  the  exact  caveats  might 
not  yet  be  in  view.  I  can't  answer  that  ques- 
tion. On  the  SALT  negotiations,  we  have  not 
yet  had  a  chance  to  meet  with  the  Soviets  or 
even  particularly  their  ambassadorial  leaders 
here  since  my  inauguration  to  see  what  they 
might  be  willing  to  explore.  But  I  would 
guess  there  would  be  a  two-stage  evolution. 
One  is  a  fairly  rapid  ratification  of  the  SALT 
Two  agreement. 

Ms.  Thomas:  That  would  be  Vladivostok? 

President  Carter:  Yes,  and  I  can't  answer 
specific  questions  on  cruise  missiles  or 
Backfire.  But  I  would  not  let  those  two  items 
stand  in  the  way  of  some  agreement.  I  would 
like  to  move  very  quickly,  even  prior  to  the 
Salt  Two  agreement,  toward  a  much  more 
substantive  reduction  in  atomic  weapons  as 
the  first  step  to  complete  elimination  in  the 
future. 

If  we  can  reach  an  agreement  with  the 
Soviet  Union  for  major  reductions  on  atomic 
weapons,  of  course  the  next  step  would  be  to 
get  other  atomic  nations  to  try  to  join  in  this 
effort,  including,  of  course,  France  and  Eng- 
land and  the  People's  Republic  of  China. 

Ms.  Thomas:  You  mean  in  sales  and  produc- 
tion, our  own  production  and  also  sales  to 
other  countries  across  the  board? 


President  Carter:  I  was  talking  then  about 
inventory  of  atomic  weapons,  but,  obviously, 
production. 

The  third  item  is  the  nonproliferation  ef- 
fort, where  we  constrain  with  every  means 
available  to  us  in  all  diplomatic  means  the 
expanding  of  a  nuclear  arms  capability  on 
weapons  to  nations  that  don't  presently  have 
this  capacity. 

We  are  quite  concerned  about  the  reproc- 
essing of  spent  fuel,  where  you  change  nor- 
mal radioactive  materials  which  have  been 
used  for  the  production  of  electric  power  into 
weapon  quality.  We  would  like  to  have  this 
put  under  international  control,  subject  our- 
selves to  the  restraint  along  with  those  who 
have  been  processing  this  material  for  a 
number  of  years,  and  prohibit  completely, 
within  the  bounds  of  our  capability,  the  ex- 
pansion of  the  reprocessing  plants  in  the 
countries  that  don't  have  it. 

Ms.  Thomas:  At  the  risk  of  dominating, 
only  one  more  question.  You  said  in  your 
inaugural  you  would  like  to  see  the  elimina- 
tion of  all  nuclear  weapons.  Is  that  a  hope  or 
a  real  goal? 

President  Carter:  That  is  a  hope  and  a 
goal.  I  said  this  in  my  announcement  speech, 
I  believe,  in  December  1974.  I  said  it  many 
times  during  the  campaign.  I  said  it  in  my  ac- 
ceptance speech  for  nomination  as  a  Demo- 
cratic candidate  and  then  my  inauguration.  I 
mean  it  very  deeply. 

Of  course,  the  phased  steps  that  I  describe 
to  you  are  almost  inevitable.  As  we  first  put 
firm  limits  on  ourselves,  with  adequate  as- 
surance that  the  monitoring  of  compliance 
with  agreements  is  there  on  both  sides,  then 
substantive  reductions  will  demonstrate  to 
the  world  we  are  sincere,  ourselves  and  the 
Soviets  primarily,  then  further  reductions 
including  all  nations,  even  those  who  have  a 
relatively  small  inventory  now. 

Those  are  the  inevitable  steps.  The  defini- 
tive achieving  of  those  steps  will  depend  on 
the  cooperation  of  the  Soviet  Union. 

Lawrence  L.  Knutson,  AP:  How  do  you  re- 
spond, sir,  to  those  who  say  that  it  is  impos- 
sible at  this  stage  to  put  the  atomic  genie 
back  in  that  bottle? 


124 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


President  Carter:  I  don't  believe  it  is  im- 
possible. If  all  the  other  world  leaders  have 
the  same  commitment  that  I  do,  then  it 
would  be  indeed  possible.  But  I  can't  answer 
that  question. 


Ms.  Thomas:  What  are  the  prospects  of  a 
Geneva  conference  on  the  Middle  East  soon, 
and  will  we  formulate  final  Arab-Israeli  set- 
tlement proposals  that  were  put  on  the  table? 

President  Carter:  I  think  the  conference 
on  the  Middle  East  is  very  likely  this  year.  I 
would  hate  to  go  into  more  detail  about 
where  or  when  until  after  at  least  the  Secre- 
tary of  State  has  had  a  chance  to  consult  in 
depth  with  the  heads  of  state,  Israel  and 
Egypt  and  Syria,  Saudi  Arabia  and  Jordan. 

Ms.  Thomas:  Will  he  be  going  to  the  Mid- 
dle East? 

President  Carter:  Yes,  he  will  be  going  to 
the  Middle  East,  I  think  within  the  next 
month.  Many  of  these  leaders  will  be  invited 
to  come  and  visit  me  here.  I  would  prefer  to 
meet  with  the  leaders  of  those  nations  after 
the  Secretary  of  State  has  had  a  chance  to 
consult  with  them. 

Ms.  Thomas:  Would  you  approve  of  the 
Palestinians  having  representation  at  such  a 
peace  conference,  and  would  you  think  in 
terms  of  their  eventually  having  statehood? 

President  Carter:  I  think  it  would  not  be 
appropriate  now  for  me  to  spell  out  specifics. 
If  the  Palestinians  should  be  invited  to  the 
meeting  as  agreed  by  the  other  participating 
nations,  along  with  us,  it  would  probably  be 
as  part  of  one  of  the  Arab  delegations.  But 
that  is  something  still  to  be  decided. 

Wesley  G.  Pippert,  UPI:  On  Africa,  Am- 
bassador [Ayidrew]  Young  is  going  to  make  a 
trip  in  March  or  sometim,e  soon. 

Presideyit  Carter:  Tanzania. 

Mr.  Pippert:  Just  how  far  can  you  go,  can 
the  Administration  go,  in  actively  promoting 
black  rule  in  southern  Africa,  and  what  are 
you  prepared  to  do  ? 

President  Carter:  Our  position  has  been 


spelled  out  very  thoroughly,  during  the  cam- 
paign and  since  then.  I  believe  very  strongly 
in  majority  rule,  which  means  relinquishing 
the  control  of  the  government  by  the  white 
minorities  in  the  countries  affected. 

Ambassador  Young  will  be  going  primarily 
as  an  observer  and  a  listener,  not  as  a 
negotiator.  He  has  a  very  close  relationship 
with  the  so-called  frontline  Presidents  them- 
selves. 

As  I  said  shortly  before  leaving  Plains,  I 
think  the  best  role  for  us  to  play  is  to  consult 
with  the  leaders  of  Great  Britain,  let  them 
maintain  the  leadership  in  those  negotiations 
and  let  us  help  when  requested  to  do  so. 

But  I  think  the  basic  premise  that  was 
spelled  out  by  Secretary  of  State  Kissinger  a 
number  of  months  ago  is  a  proper  one.  I 
think  any  modifications  of  it  would  be  fairly 
minor. 

Mr.  Pippert:  There  are  no  plans  at  this 
time  for  Young  to  get  involved  in  the  talks 
between  Great  Britain  and  Rhodesia? 

President  Carter:  No. 


Message  From  Secretary  Vance 
to  Department  and  Foreign  Service 

Following  is  the  text  of  a  message  dated 
January  2i.  from  Secretary  Vance  to  the  men 
and  women  of  the  Department  of  State  and 
the  Foreign  Service. 

Press  release  21  dated  January  25 

As  I  begin  my  work  as  Secretary  of  State, 
I  wish  first  to  greet  all  of  you  in  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  and  the  Foreign  Service.  I  look 
forward  to  working  with  you,  to  renewing 
past  friendships  and  forming  new  ones. 

We  face  some  exciting  and  I  am  sure 
strenuous  days  together.  We  are  all  con- 
scious of  the  press  of  events  in  the  world- 
changing  economic  relationships  which  are 
increasingly  intertwined  with  foreign  policy, 
alterations  in  the  nature  of  national  power, 
the  growing  importance  of  global  issues  such 
as  nuclear  proliferation,  energy,  food,  popu- 


Febroary  14,  1977 


125 


lation  growth,  and  the  environment.  We 
must  also  be  aware  of  the  hopes  and  concerns 
within  our  own  country  and  abroad. 

There  is  a  need  for  a  new  examination  of 
these  issues,  and  of  how  our  government  op- 
erates and  allocates  scarce  resources.  There 
are  diverse  opinions,  inevitably,  on  specific 
foreign  poHcy  issues.  But  there  is  broad  sup- 
port for  policies — both  existing  and  new — 
that  reflect  the  traditional  American  values 
of  morality,  strength,  steadfast  friendship, 
progress  and  fairness.  And  there  is  a  com- 
mon concern  that  our  policies  be  made  as 
openly  as  possible. 

I  have  no  doubt  that  the  Department  can 
help  meet  these  concerns — but  only  if  we  all 
work  closely  together.  I  look  forward  to 
shared  successes.  I  am  sure  there  will  also  be 
some  mistakes,  collective  and  individual.  No 
one  should  fear  the  latter,  if  they  come  as 
part  of  an  effort  to  do  things  differently  and 
better.  Initiative  always  bears  risks;  it 
should  not  be  penalized. 

I  will  rely  heavily  on  your  knowledge,  your 
talents,  and  your  creativity.  I  recognize  the 
equivalent  need  for  me  to  make  available  to 
you,  to  the  fullest  extent  possible,  the  infor- 
mation and  analyses  that  I  have  before  me.  I 
want  each  of  you  to  feel  that  sense  of  respon- 
sibility and  participation  that  will  make  your 
work  as  effective  as  possible.  And  whether 
you  are  in  the  Foreign  Service  or  the  Civil 
Service;  whether  you  are  a  political  officer, 
communicator  or  secretary,  I  intend  to  pay 
personal  attention  to  your  professional  con- 
cerns. 

As  we  are  open  to  each  other — to  new  pro- 
posals, to  wise  cautions,  to  dissenting 
views — we  must  also  profit  from  the 
dynamism  and  diversity  of  our  nation.  Rep- 
resentatives of  our  rich  and  diverse  Ameri- 
can community  will  have  an  important  place 
among  us — sometimes  in  key  assignments, 
sometimes  as  consultants,  often  as  public 
voices  to  be  heeded,  always  in  a  spirit  of 
fraternity  and  learning. 

We  will  be  supported  by  the  public  as  we 
are  perceived  to  be  working,  and  sacrificing, 
for  it.  We  should  remember  that  every  dollar 
we  spend  unnecessarily  is  a  dollar  that  could 
have  gone  to  help  meet  the  needs  of  a  hard- 


pressed  American  taxpayer  or  a  hungry  per- 
son abroad. 

Our  effectiveness  will  finally  depend  on  our 
ability  to  produce  the  support  the  President 
requires.  Each  of  you  is  working  for  him — 
and  for  the  Congress  and  public — as  well  as 
with  me.  Recognition  of  that  fact,  in  our 
daily  work,  will  help  us  maintain  a  clear 
perspective  and  understanding  of  our  rela- 
tionship to  the  American  society  we  serve. 

My  confidence  in  our  future  together 
comes  from  knowing  so  many  of  you,  and  my 
admiration  for  you  all.  I  know  of  no  group  of 
men  and  women  who  have  shown  greater 
courage,  adaptability  and  integrity.  I  can  as- 
sure you  that  President  Carter  appreciates 
your  skills  and  your  sacrifices.  It  is  a  great 
honor  for  me  to  be  one  of  you. 


U.S.  Rejects  "Internal  Solution" 
to  Rhodesian  Problem 

Following  is  a  statement  read  to  news  cor- 
respondents on  January  26  by  Frederick  Z. 
Brown,  Director,  Office  of  Press  Relations. 

In  his  January  24  address,  Ian  Smith  said 
that  he  would  be  seeking  an  internal  settle- 
ment to  the  Rhodesian  problem  and  called  for 
negotiations  between  the  Salisbury  au- 
thorities and  Rhodesian  Africans.  African 
leaders  associated  with  the  armed  struggle 
would  be  excluded  from  these  negotiations. 

Negotiations  which  exclude  leaders  of 
nationalist  movements  will  not  produce  a  set- 
tlement. As  a  basis  for  continued  negotia- 
tions, the  United  States  supports  the  British 
proposals  which  the  Geneva  Conference 
chairman,  Ivor  Richard,  has  been  discussing 
in  Africa. 

In  our  considered  view,  the  so-called 
"internal  solution"  will  not  produce  a  peace- 
ful settlement  and  therefore  does  not  have 
the  support  of  the  United  States.  We  urge  all 
parties  which  have  been  involved  in  the 
negotiations  to  consider  their  positions  care- 
fully and  pursue  a  course  which  will  produce 
a  peaceful  outcome. 


126 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


U.S.  Ready  To  Continue  Support 
to  the  Search  for  Cyprus  Solution 

Following  is  a  statement  read  to  news  cor- 
respondents on  January  28  by  Frederick  Z. 
Brown,  Director,  Office  of  Press  Relations. 

The  Department  of  State  welcomes  the 
meeting  which  took  place  yesterday  in 
Nicosia  between  Archbishop  Makarios  and 
Turkish  Cypriot  leader  Rauf  Denktash.  Our 
pleasure  at  the  meeting  is  combined  with  a 
hope  that  this  sign  of  progress  will  quickly  be 
translated  into  a  meaningful  and  sustained 
effort  to  negotiate  the  many  issues  which 
must  be  solved  to  reach  an  equitable  Cyprus 
settlement.  We  recognize  that  this  will  be  a 
very  complicated  undertaking. 

The  United  States  stands  ready  to  con- 
tinue its  full  support  and  assistance  to  the 
two  Cypriot  communities  and  to  U.N.  Secre- 
tary General  Waldheim  in  this  search  for  a 
solution  to  the  problem  of  Cyprus. 


Secretary  Kissinger  Pays  Tribute 
to  the  Foreign  Service 

Follov/ing  are  remarks  made  by  Secretary 
Kissinger  on  January  18  at  the  ninth  annual 
awards  ceremony  of  the  American  Foreign 
Service  Association  (AFSA).  ^ 

When  I  arrived  here  in  September  1973, 
what  concerned  me  most  was  whether  this 
Department  and  the  Foreign  Service  would 
adequately  meet  the  demands  of  an  increas- 
ingly complex  and  subtle  era  in  world  affairs 
and  could  play  its  role  in  reconciling  increas- 
ingly complex  and  interrelated  domestic  and 
foreign  policy  issues — and  I  was  afraid  also  of 
how  I  would  survive  the  flood  of  papers  that 
would  descend  on  me  and  the  memoranda 
that  when  disapproved  came  back  with  just 
one  comma  changed  as  if  a  reflection  that  my 
views  had  been  taken  seriously.  [Laughter.] 


'  Introductory  and  closing  paragraphs  omitted  (text 
from  press  release  12  dated  Jan.  19). 


The  Department  had  to  assume  responsi- 
bility for  operation  as  well  as  policy,  to  mas- 
ter new  and  specialized  subjects,  to  become 
more  effective  in  resolving  policy  issues 
within  the  executive  branch,  and  in  dealing 
with  an  increasingly  assertive  Congress. 

For  these  reasons,  I  challenged  the 
Foreign  Service  to  do  more  interpretive  re- 
porting, analysis,  and  conceptual  thinking;  to 
clarify  rather  than  compromise  policy  options 
in  the  foreign-policy-making  process;  and  to 
dissent  when  you  differed  substantially  with 
the  policies  we  had  adopted. 

I  asked  for  it,  and  I  got  it.  From  the  be- 
ginning, it  was  clear  to  me  that  the  last  of 
these  challenges,  at  least,  would  be  met  with 
pleasure,  with  dedication,  and  with  en- 
thusiasm. Thus  it  is  appropriate  that  my  last 
official  public  engagement  should  be  a  cere- 
mony honoring  those  who  have  disagreed 
with  me.  And  let  me  say,  for  the  record  now, 
that  I  forgive  them.  [Laughter  and 
applause.]  Not  even  the  Foreign  Service  can 
be  right  100  percent  of  the  time.  [Laughter.] 

But  to  be  serious,  I  can  say  at  the  end  of 
three  and  a  quarter  years  that  the  Foreign 
Service  has  measured  up  to  each  of  these 
challenges.  You  have  proved  that  you  have 
professional  skill,  judgment,  and  dedication 
to  duty  second  to  no  other  group  of  pubhc 
servants. 

You  have  demonstrated  your  capacity  for 
change  when  necessary.  The  quality  of 
Foreign  Service  reporting,  already  good,  is 
now  even  better,  with  more  interpretation 
and  analysis.  The  substantive  work  within 
the  Department  is  of  a  higher  professional 
and  intellectual  caliber. 

Meanwhile,  the  Department  has  taken  a 
better  hold  of  its  own  organizational  prob- 
lems. Mechanisms  have  been  established  to 
allocate  our  personnel  and  funds  in  accord- 
ance with  the  country's  foreign  policy 
priorities.  And  on  occasion  we  can  even  get 
some  of  them  away  from  the  regional 
bureaus. 

Strides  have  been  made  toward  a  more 
comprehensive  professional  development 
program.  A  start  has  been  made  in  finding 
women  and  representatives  of  ethnic 
minorities  in  increasing  numbers  for  respon- 


February  14,  1977 


127 


sible  positions.  And  there  is  a  good  grievance 
system  and  a  less  medieval  attitude  toward 
employee  rights  and  concerns. 

In  my  remarks  at  the  AFSA  awards  cere- 
mony in  1974,  I  said  that  I  hoped  to  leave  be- 
hind a  professional  service  which  handled 
problems  as  creative  opportunities,  which 
has  a  deep  and  foresighted  perception  of  the 
national  interests  and  the  stamina  to  fight  for 
those  at  home  and  overseas. 

Today  I  can  look  back  and  say  that  I  be- 
lieve you  have  moved  substantially  toward 
that  goal. 

There  is  a  widespread  notion  that  the 
growing  interdependence  of  foreign  and 
domestic  issues  and  the  improvement  of 
communications  and  transportation  have  un- 
dermined the  role  of  the  Foreign  Service  and 
reduced  embassies  to  little  more  than  mes- 
sage centers  and  travel  agencies. 

But  there  is  no  doubt  in  my  mind  that 
these  assertions  of  the  death  of  diplomacy 
are  highly  premature.  For  diplomacy  is  con- 
cerned with  the  enduring  problems  of  rela- 
tions among  nations,  the  lasting  challenge  of 
peace  and  progress,  the  need  to  minimize 
friction  and  misunderstanding.  More  than 
ever,  Foreign  Service  people  must  have  the 
ability  to  understand  and  interpret  events 
and  conditions  in  other  countries,  to  com- 
prise a  continuously  open  channel,  an  inter- 
mediary between  our  own  government  and 
society  and  the  one  where  they  serve. 

As  foreign  policy  grows  more  complex,  the 
men  and  women  of  the  Foreign  Service  be- 
come the  repositories  of  continuity,  the  con- 
science of  America's  permanent  interests  and 
values,  prepared  to  serve  with  dedication 
whatever  Administration  is  in  office  with  the 
devotion  that  America's  global  respon- 
sibilities demand  of  them. 

No  one  articulated  the  unchanging  nature 
of  the  diplomatic  profession  better  than  a 
former  French  Ambassador  to  this  country, 
Jules  Cambon,  who  once  wrote: 

Expressions  such  as  "old  diplomacy"  and  "new  diplo- 
macy" bear  no  relation  to  reality.  It  is  the  outward 
form — if  you  like — the  "adornments"  of  diplomacy  that 
are  undergoing  a  change.  The  substance  must  remain 
the  same,  since  human  nature  is  unalterable;  since 
there  exists  no  other  method  of  regulating  international 
differences;  and  since  the  best  instrument  at  the  dis- 


posal of  a  government  wishing  to  persuade  another 
government  will  always  remain  the  spoken  word  of  a 
decent  man. 

Today  we  would  say  "the  spoken  word  of  a 
decent  person."  [Applause  and  laughter.] 

But  the  spoken  word  of  a  decent  person  is 
your  professional  responsibility,  your  profes- 
sional legacy,  and  your  high  goal. 

So  long  as  you  maintain  your  profes- 
sionalism and  the  level  of  performance  which 
is  characteristic  of  the  Foreign  Service,  you 
need  not,  and  should  not,  worry  about  being 
consulted  in  foreign  policy  making.  No  one 
has  a  claim  to  being  consulted.  It  must  be 
worth  it.  But  if  this  building  does  the  job  of 
which  it  is  capable,  and  which  I  know  it  will 
do  in  the  future  as  it  has  done  while  I  was 
here,  you  will  be  consulted,  because  you  will 
be  the  best  source  of  advice  available  in  the 
government. 

It  is  no  accident  that  almost  all  my  princi- 
pal assistants  are  career  Foreign  Service  of- 
ficers. I  have  chosen  them  because  they  were 
the  best  people  available  and  because  we  will 
never  have  a  professional  service  if  it  is  not 
used  for  all  of  the  positions  in  the  Depart- 
ment. 

I  strongly  support  AFSA's  attempts  to 
help  the  President-elect  carry  out  his  com- 
mitment to  make  diplomatic  appointments  on 
the  basis  of  merit,  and  I  have  no  doubt  that 
most  of  the  country's  Foreign  Service  people 
are  the  most  meritorious,  or  we  do  something 
wrong  in  our  selection  process. 

The  members  of  the  Department  of  State 
and  the  Foreign  Service  have  the  assurance 
that  in  carrying  out  your  responsibilities  to 
this  country,  you  are  striving  not  for  narrow 
national  goals,  but  for  a  humane  and  peaceful 
world — that  world  alone,  in  which  the  United 
States  will  be  secure  and  prosperous  and  in 
which  other  nations  can  live  in  peace  and 
freedom. 

On  assuming  the  office  which  I  now  leave, 
Thomas  Jefferson  wrote  Lafayette: 

I  think  with  others  that  nations  are  to  be  governed 
with  regard  to  their  own  interests,  but  I  am  convinced 
that  it  is  their  interest,  in  the  long  run,  to  be  grateful, 
faithful  to  their  engagements  even  in  the  worst  of  cir- 
cumstances, and  honorable  and  generous  always. 

This  blend  of  stern  reality  and  humane 


128 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


ideas  is  as  good  a  statement  of  our  ultimate 
foreign  policy  objectives  as  I  know.  In  work- 
ing for  this  goal,  you  have  the  unique 
privilege  not  only  of  serving  your  country 
but  the  interests  of  all  mankind. 

I  leave  this  building  with  deep  emotions, 
gratitude  for  the  support  you  gave  me,  admi- 
ration for  your  ability,  pride  in  what  we  have 
accomplished  together,  and  respect  for  your 
dedication  and  courage. 

In  this  last  regard,  I  think  of  those 
Foreign  Service  Officers  who  during  my  time 
in  office  gave  their  lives  in  the  service  of 
their  country:  Rodger  Davies,  Frank  Meloy, 
and  Robert  Waring. 

I  think  also  of  those  of  you  who  im- 
mediately volunteered  to  replace  them. 

I  think  of  those,  regardless  of  rank,  who 
willingly  and  reasonably  uncomplainingly 
served  and  lived  with  their  families  every 
day  in  dangerous  and  difficult  conditions  in 
many  parts  of  the  world.  And  I  think,  finally, 
with  unbounded  admiration  of  those  of  my 
immediate  staff  who  put  up  with  me  for  three 
and  a  half  years.  They  have  passed  the  first 
test  of  sainthood.  [Laughter.] 

Our  job  over  these  past  years  has  been  to 
produce  a  durable  foreign  policy,  one  that 
would  respond  to  the  needs  and  values  of  the 
American  people,  as  well  as  to  the  aspira- 
tions of  mankind. 

I  hope  that  an  objective  observer,  and 
perhaps  even  occasionally  an  AFSA  member, 
will  agree  that  strong  foundations  for  future 
progress  have  been  put  in  place  in  three  cen- 
tral areas — the  strength  of  the  great  demo- 
cratic nations,  the  imperative  of  global 
peace,  and  the  cause  of  cooperative  interna- 
tional progress. 

The  record  is  one  of  which  you  all  can  be 
proud.  Your  role  has  been,  and  will  continue 
to  be,  central  and  crucial.  You  share  in  the 
achievements  of  our  foreign  policy,  as  well 
as — I  cannot  really  bring  myself  to  say  it — 
since  we  haven't  known  it  for  three  years  and 
three  months — its  failures.  [Laughter.]  But  I 
leave  here  with  confidence — confidence  that 
America's  foreign  policy  will  be  in  good 
hands,  and  that  you  will  give  my  distin- 
guished successor  the  loyal  and  able  service 
which  you  gave  me. 


THE  CONGRESS 


International  Economic  Report 
Transmitted  to  the  Congress 

Message  From  President  Ford  ' 

To  the  Congress  of  the  United  States: 

The  world  economy  has  come  a  long  way 
from  the  gloom  and  uncertainty  of  two  years 
ago.  Despite  many  divisive  economic  pres- 
sures, international  cooperation  has  not 
broken  down  but  has,  in  fact,  improved.  U.S. 
initiatives  to  strengthen  international  eco- 
nomic cooperation  have  led  to  real  progress. 
Our  major  alhes  and  trading  partners  have 
cooperated  with  us  and  have  reciprocated  our 
desire  for  strengthened  economic  ties. 

At  the  Economic  Summit  in  Puerto  Rico,  in 
the  OECD,  the  IMF,  the  GATT  and  in 
numerous  other  meetings  in  1976,  we  joined 
with  our  major  trading  and  financial  partners 
and  with  other  nations  to  whom  develop- 
ments in  the  larger  economies  are  of  primary 
importance,  in  forging  compatible  ap- 
proaches to  the  difficult  problems  that  beset 
our  economies.  We  concurred  that  first  and 
foremost  we  must  place  our  economies  on  a 
path  of  sustained  growth  without  inflation. 
That  is  the  essential  ingredient  to  further 
and  lasting  reduction  in  unemployment.  We 
also  strengthened  our  common  resolve  to 
avoid  trade  restrictive  measures  and  to 
negotiate  a  more  open  international  trading 
system.  We  reached  a  consensus  on  appro- 
priate means  to  assist  countries  needing  fi- 
nancial help  as  they  work  toward  economic 
stability.  We  also  agreed  to  make  construc- 
tive efforts  to  deal  with  the  problems  be- 


^  Transmitted  on  Jan.  18  (text  from  White  House 
press  release).  The  President's  message,  together  with 
the  Annual  Report  of  the  Council  on  International  Eco- 
nomic Policy,  is  printed  in  "International  Economic  Re- 
port of  the  President,  Transmitted  to  the  Congress 
January  1977";  for  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Docu- 
ments, U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington, 
D.C.  20402  (194  pp.;  $4.85;  stock  no.  041-015-00081-1). 


February  14,  1977 


129 


tween  developed  and  developing  nations. 

The  United  States  can  be  proud  of  its  lead- 
ership in  these  areas.  International  economic 
cooperation  is  stronger  today  than  at  any 
time  since  the  Second  World  War.  We  have 
learned  the  importance  of  industrialized  de- 
mocracies taking  into  account  the  likely  im- 
pact of  their  actions  on  other  nations  as  they 
develop  their  economic  policies.  In  an  inter- 
dependent world,  a  nation  which  disrupts  the 
economies  of  its  trading  partners  does  so  at 
its  own  eventual  peril. 

We  have  also  come  to  realize  how  mutually 
supportive  action  benefits  all  countries.  Ac- 
cordingly we  and  our  partners  have  improved 
arrangements  for  assisting  countries  in  spe- 
cial need  as  they  work  to  stabilize  their 
domestic  economies.  The  United  States  has 
worked  very  closely  with  several  of  our 
friends  and  allies  in  supporting  their  efforts 
to  resolve  their  economic  difficulties.  We 
have  constructed  a  strong  framework  for 
cooperation  with  other  industrialized  democ- 
racies to  manage  future  possible  disruptions 
of  oil  supplies  and  to  reduce  dependence  on 
oil  imports.  We  have  attempted  to  promote  a 
more  constructive  relationship  with  the  de- 
veloping nations.  This  new  relationship  will 
enable  us  to  enhance  their  economic  pros- 
pects as  a  part  of  a  common  effort  to  improve 
the  world  economy  and  to  give  them  a 
greater  share  in  the  responsibilities  for,  and 
in  the  management  and  benefits  of,  an  or- 
derly and  prosperous  international  economic 
system. 

More  specifically,  substantial  progress,  to- 
gether with  lingering  problems,  mark  de- 
velopments in  several  areas. 

Monetary  Affairs 

In  1976,  member  nations  of  the  Interna- 
tional Monetary  Fund  successfully  concluded 
the  first  general  revision  of  the  Articles  of 
Agreement  since  the  Bretton  Woods  Agree- 
ment of  1944.  In  effect,  these  amendments 
replace  the  old  exchange  rate  system  based 
on  par  values  with  one  permitting  countries 
to  establish  floating  exchange  rates,  either 
individually  or  jointly.  The  new  system  will 


oblige  member  countries  to  promote  ex- 
change stability  by  fostering  stable  economic 
and  financial  conditions  and  to  avoid  disrup- 
tively  influencing  exchange  rates  or  the  in- 
ternational monetary  system.  Under  the  new 
system,  Special  Drawing  Rights  will  replace 
gold  as  the  unit  of  account  in  the  Fund. 

The  amendments  creating  this  system 
were  formally  accepted  by  the  United  States 
and  will  become  effective  upon  similar  ratifi- 
cation by  the  requisite  number  of  member 
nations.  At  that  time,  the  Fund  will  have 
new  and  broader  responsibilities  for  oversee- 
ing the  international  monetary  system  and 
for  developing  principles  that  will  help  coun- 
tries meet  their  financial  obligations.  The  ef- 
fect will  be  to  promote  expanded  trade  and 
growth  through  a  more  efficient  and  realistic 
exchange  rate  system. 

The  United  States  also  proposed  the  crea- 
tion of  a  Trust  Fund,  managed  by  the  IMF, 
to  provide  assistance  on  concessionary  terms 
to  low-income  Fund  members.  Resources  are 
now  being  realized  from  profits  on  sales,  over 
four  years,  of  25  million  ounces  of  IMF-held 
gold. 

International  Trade 

Although  the  recession  and  large  balance- 
of-payments  deficits  of  the  oil  consuming 
countries  led  several  of  them  to  move  in  the 
direction  of  new  restrictive  trade  policies,  on 
the  whole,  considerable  success  has  been 
achieved  in  maintaining  an  open  world  trad- 
ing system.  The  growth  of  world  trade  re- 
sumed in  1976,  following  a  decline  in  1975 — 
the  first  since  World  War  II. 

On  January  1,  the  United  States  joined 
other  developed  countries  in  establishing  a 
Generalized  System  of  Preferences  for  im- 
ports from  developing  nations.  These  prefer- 
ences apply  to  more  than  2,700  tariff  items, 
giving  duty-free  access  to  the  U.S.  market  to 
qualified  developing  countries  and  affording 
these  nations  the  opportunity  to  diversify 
their  exports  and  to  increase  their  export  in- 
come. 

The  Multilateral  Trade  Negotiations  in 
Geneva,  among  more  than  ninety  nations. 


130 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


made  progress  in  several  areas.  The  United 
States  proposed  a  formula  for  cutting  tariffs, 
and  a  number  of  other  measures  covering 
tropical  products  from  developing  countries, 
import  safeguards,  and  quantitative  restric- 
tions. Considerable  progress  was  made  on  a 
product  standard  code,  and  work  was  started 
on  improving  the  GATT  framework  for  in- 
ternational trade  and  on  a  code  for  govern- 
ment procurement. 

This  international  cooperation  in  fur- 
therance of  open  trade  was  complemented  by 
U.S.  action  in  resolving  several  domestic 
complaints  of  trade  injury.  The  responsible 
actions  of  this  country  strengthened  the  re- 
solve of  our  trading  partners  to  resist  pres- 
sures for  import  restrictions,  thus  contribut- 
ing to  brighter  prospects  for  U.S.  exports 
and  to  an  orderly  and  open  international 
trading  system. 

Commodities  and  Raw  Materials 

Major  developments  in  the  international 
commodity  area  during  1976  included  an 
agreement  to  expand  the  IMF  Compensatory 
Finance  Facility;  adoption  by  the  UNCTAD 
IV  Conference  [United  Nations  Conference 
on  Trade  and  Development]  of  a  comprehen- 
sive commodities  resolution;  continued  com- 
modity policy  discussions  at  the  Conference 
on  International  Economic  Cooperation;  and 
efforts  to  renew  the  coffee,  tin,  and  cocoa 
commodity  agreements. 

The  United  States  strongly  supported  ex- 
pansion of  the  IMF  Compensatory  Finance 
Facility,  designed  to  help  countries  to 
stabihze  their  export  earnings.  In  addition, 
at  the  UNCTAD  IV  Conference,  the  United 
States  proposed  the  creation  of  a  new  Inter- 
national Resources  Bank  to  promote  produc- 
tion of  raw  materials  in  the  developing  na- 
tions by  facilitating  investment  flows  into 
these  countries. 

In  some  respects,  however,  the  approach 
of  the  United  States  with  respect  to  commod- 
ity policies  differs  from  that  of  a  number  of 
developing  countries.  Generally,  these  coun- 
tries support  commodity  arrangements  that 
provide  for  greater  government  control  of 


prices  and  production,  as  well  as  common 
financing  of  commodity  buffer  stocks.  In  con- 
trast, the  commodity  policy  of  the  United 
States  has  three  major  objectives: 

— To  ensure  adequate  investment  in  re- 
source development  to  meet  future  market 
demands  at  reasonable  prices; 

—To  examine  on  a  case-by-case  basis  indi- 
vidual commodities  in  order  to  determine 
how  best  to  improve  (where  possible)  the 
functioning  of  individual  commodity  markets 
and  to  determine  whether  commodity  agree- 
ments would  be  useful  and  appropriate; 

—To  promote  the  stable  growth  of  the 
commodity  export  earnings  of  developing 
countries. 

The  United  States  has  repeatedly  pointed 
out  that  artificial  increases  of  prices  serve 
the  interests  of  neither  producers  nor  con- 
sumers in  both  developed  and  developing 
countries.  Frequently,  control  of  prices  and 
production  has  led  to  lower,  less  stable  earn- 
ings for  producers,  mainly  because  substitute 
sources  are  developed  or  existing  sources 
expanded.  Moreover,  controls  have  often  ini- 
tially meant  higher  prices  for  consumers,  re- 
duced exports,  and  a  decline  in  the  economic 
welfare  of  all  parties.  The  United  States, 
while  prepared  to  genuinely  consider 
methods  of  improving  markets  for  individual 
commodities,  generally  supports  the  use  of 
market  mechanisms  to  determine  supplies 
and  prices. 

Multinational  Corporations  and  Interna- 
tional Investtnent 

In  June  1976,  the  United  States  approved 
the  adoption  of  the  Declaration  on  Interna- 
tional Investment  and  Multinational  Enter- 
prises devised  by  the  Organization  for  Eco- 
nomic Cooperation  and  Development.  This 
agreement  affirms  the  principle  of  national 
treatment  of  multinational  corporations 
(MNC's);  recommends  guidelines  of  good 
business  practices  for  the  activities  of  MNC's; 
and  indicates  the  responsibihties  of  govern- 
ments regarding  international  investment  in- 
centives and  disincentives. 


February  14,  1977 


131 


The  United  States  recognizes  that  in- 
creased investment  is  a  critical  element  for 
international  economic  growth,  and  that 
MNC's  have  contributed  substantially  to  the 
rise  in  international  investment  and  produc- 
tivity. The  activities  of  MNC's,  however, 
have  prompted  questions  about  their  obhga- 
tions  to  both  home  and  host  countries  and 
about  the  reciprocal  responsibilities  of  na- 
tions where  the  MNC's  do  business.  Where 
possible,  the  United  States  is  willing  to  enter 
into  bilateral  and  multilateral  discussions  to 
help  resolve  these  intergovernmental  dis- 
putes. 

The  United  States  welcomes  foreign 
investment  in  its  domestic  economy.  The 
Administration's  Committee  on  Foreign 
Investment  in  the  United  States  has  coordi- 
nated overall  policy  in  this  area.  In  1976, 
major  studies  of  foreign  portfolio  and  foreign 
direct  investment  in  the  United  States  were 
completed  and  reported  to  the  Congress. 

Critical  International  Economic  Problems 

We  must  also  be  aware  that  the  events  of 
the  past  year  have  left  an  agenda  of  unre- 
solved problems  including: 

(1)  the  challenge  of  achieving  stable  eco- 
nomic growth  in  industrial  and  developing 
nations  alike,  and  reducing  inflation,  un- 
employment and  excessive  public  sector  defi- 
cits; 

(2)  the  necessity  for  the  United  States  and 
other  nations  to  obtain  an  adequate  amount 
of  real  capital  formation,  to  create  jobs  and 
to  increase  productivity; 

(3)  the  major  imbalance  between  oil  export- 
ers and  oil  importing  nations,  and  the  directly 
related  increasing  debt  burden  of  devel- 
oping and  some  developed  nations; 

(4)  the  failure  to  achieve  an  agreement 
among  developed  and  less  developed  nations 
on  an  effective  and  efficient  strategy  for  in- 
creasing prosperity  for  less  developed  coun- 
tries in  the  context  of  a  common  effort  to  im- 
prove the  world  economy; 

(5)  the  inadequate  progress  of  the  United 
States  and  other  oil-consuming  nations  in  re- 
ducing dependence  on  oil  imports;  and  the 


need  to  encourage  domestic  development  of 
oil  and  gas  resources,  alternative  energy 
sources,  and  conservation; 

(6)  the  continuing  temptation  among  na- 
tions to  use  restrictive  trade  measures  and 
the  need  to  resist  such  pressures  while  re- 
ducing trade  barriers  and  improving  means 
for  managing  trade  problems. 

This  Report  traces  the  progress  made  in 
1976  in  dealing  with  the  major  economic  is- 
sues facing  the  world.  Evolving  economic  and 
political  developments  will  continue  to  chal- 
lenge the  leaders  of  all  nations.  Because  of 
the  vigor  of  our  people  and  the  strength  of 
our  system,  the  United  States  today,  as 
much  or  more  than  in  years  past,  is  the 
pivotal  force  for  building  a  strong  and  pros- 
perous world  economy.  By  acting  in  a  man- 
ner consistent  with  the  interests  of  our  own 
people  yet  remaining  cognizant  of  the  inter- 
ests of  other  nations  as  well,  I  am  certain 
that  the  United  States  will  continue  to  pro- 
vide leadership  in  solving  the  critical  issues 
of  today  and  the  unforeseen  developments  of 
tomorrow. 


Gerald  R.  Ford. 


The  White  House, 
January  18,  1977. 


Sixteenth  Annual  Report  of  ACDA 
Transmitted  to  the  Congress 

Following  is  the  text  of  a  letter  sent  by 
President  Ford  to  Speaker  of  the  House 
Thomas  P.  O'Neill  and  President  of  the  Sen- 
ate Nelson  A.  Rockefeller  on  January  19. 

white  House  press  release  dated  January  20 

January  19,  1977. 

Dear  Mr.  Speaker:  (Dear  Mr.  Pres- 
ident:) Arms  control  as  a  means  of  main- 
taining peace  and  security  has  been  a  princi- 
pal objective  of  my  Administration.  In  this 
nuclear  era  our  arms  control  policy  and  de- 


132 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


fense  efforts  must  be  complementary.  We 
must  seek  to  influence  policies  of  possible 
adversaries  by  maintaining  strong  military 
forces  and  by  pursuing  negotiations  to  en- 
hance stability,  not  by  encouraging  an  arms 
race  which  would  increase  the  risk  of  nuclear 
war. 

SALT  is  a  proven  means  of  furthering  the 
essential  dialogue  between  the  United  States 
and  the  Soviet  Union  on  arms  control.  Our 
goal  is  to  promote  stability  by  mutual  re- 
straint in  strategic  nuclear  competition,  to 
limit  growth  of  the  nuclear  forces  of  both 
sides,  and  to  reduce  them  through  verifiable 
agreements.  This  effort,  I  am  confident,  will 
succeed. 

As  a  part  of  our  efforts  to  restrain 
strategic  nuclear  competition  with  the  Soviet 
Union,  we  have  also  negotiated  two  treaties 
which  limit  the  yield  of  nuclear  explosive 
tests:  the  Threshold  Test  Ban  Treaty  and  the 
related  Nuclear  Explosions  for  Peaceful  Pur- 
poses Treaty.  Both  of  these  treaties  repre- 
sent genuine  progress.  They  contain 
precedent-setting  provisions  which  will  en- 
hance the  prospects  for  further  progress  in 
this  area.  These  treaties  have  been  sub- 
mitted to  the  Senate,  and  I  urge  that  it  pro- 
vide its  advice  and  consent  to  ratification. 

Complementing  the  resolution  of  nuclear 
rivalry  with  the  Soviet  Union  is  another  im- 
perative in  our  dialogue  for  survival:  Pre- 
venting the  further  spread  of  nuclear 
weapons.  If  nuclear  arsenals  proliferate  in 
the  world,  the  likelihood  of  a  nuclear  conflict 
is  vastly  increased.  The  worldwide  need  for 
peaceful  nuclear  energy  complicates  this 
problem,  since  the  same  technology  that  pro- 
duces such  energy  can  be  diverted  to  the  de- 
velopment and  production  of  nuclear 
weapons. 

To  emphasize  more  strongly  our  commit- 
ment to  the  objective  of  the  nuclear  Non- 
Proliferation  Treaty,  I  announced  a  new, 
comprehensive  United  States  nuclear  energy 
policy  last  October  which  harmonizes  our 
non-proliferation  objectives  with  our  domes- 
tic energy  policy.  We  have  tightened  controls 
on  American  exports  of  sensitive  nuclear  ma- 
terials and  technology.  Our  sustained  diplo- 


matic initiatives  with  other  suppliers  of  nu- 
clear technology  have  also  resulted  in  im- 
proved international  comprehension  of  the 
risks  of  proliferation,  as  well  as  cooperation 
to  prevent  it. 

Non-proliferation  is  only  one  example  of 
our  pursuit  of  arms  control  through  multilat- 
eral forums  and  arrangements.  With  our 
Western  allies  we  are  engaged  in  negotia- 
tions to  reduce  military  forces  in  Central 
Europe.  Our  goal  is  to  obtain  a  more  stable 
military  balance  in  Central  Europe  at  lower 
levels  of  force.  We  also  participate  in  the  ac- 
tivities of  the  Conference  of  the  Committee 
on  Disarmament  (CCD),  which  recently  ap- 
proved a  convention  outlawing  the  use  of  en- 
vironmental modification  techniques  for  hos- 
tile purposes.  This  Convention  will  soon  be 
open  to  all  nations  for  ratification.  The  CCD 
is  also  continuing  its  work  on  a  convention  to 
limit  chemical  weapons,  and  will  soon  be  con- 
sidering a  U.S.  initiative  to  ban  radiological 
warfare. 

This  16th  annual  report  on  the  U.S.  Arms 
Control  and  Disarmament  Agency  completes 
the  record  of  activities  and  developments  in 
the  arms  control  field  for  calendar  year 
1976.1  But  it  is  more  than  a  backward  look  at 
the  record.  It  also  reflects  the  need  for  for- 
ward planning.  In  an  age  of  rapidly  advanc- 
ing technologies,  arms  control  must  look  at 
the  future  as  well  as  the  present.  Arms  con- 
trol must  be  pursued  vigorously  and  imagina- 
tively, based  upon  balanced  agreements  and 
buttressed  by  mechanisms  to  preserve  confi- 
dence in  the  viability  of  those  agreements. 

It  is  particularly  important  to  realize  that 
arms  control  is  a  complex  matter  and  success 
can  be  attained  only  through  diligent  and 
sustained  attention.  Problems  will  persist, 
but  we  must  remain  dedicated  to  continued 
and  determined  efforts  for  the  control  and 
balanced  reduction  of  armaments. 
Sincerely, 

Gerald  R.  Ford. 


'  Single  copies  of  the  report  are  available  from  the 
U.S.  Arms  Control  and  Disarmament  Agency,  Wash- 
ington, D.C.  20451. 


February  14,  1977 


133 


Second  Sinai  Support  Mission  Report 
Transmitted  to  the  Congress 

Message  From  President  Ford  ^ 

To  the  Congress  of  the  United  States: 

I  am  pleased  to  transmit  herewith  the  Sec- 
ond Report  of  the  United  States  Sinai  Sup- 
port Mission.  This  report,  following  that 
which  I  forwarded  on  April  30,  1976,  de- 
scribes the  manner  in  which  the  Mission  is 
carrying  out  its  responsibility  for  operating 
the  early  warning  system  in  the  Sinai,  as 
specified  in  the  Basic  Agreement  between 
Egypt  and  Israel  and  its  Annex  signed  on 
September  4,  1975.  This  report  is  provided  to 
the  Congress  in  conformity  with  Section  4  of 
Public  Law  94-110  of  October  13,  1975. 

The  Report  includes  a  summary  of  the  op- 
erations of  the  early  warning  system  since  its 
inauguration  on  February  22,  1976,  and  a  de- 
scription of  the  Mission's  permanent  base 
camp  facilities  which  were  officially  dedi- 
cated on  July  4. 

With  the  completion  of  major  construction 
activity,  it  has  been  possible  to  reduce 
somewhat  the  number  of  Americans  working 
in  the  Sinai  in  accordance  with  the  wishes  of 
the  Congress.  The  United  States  Sinai  Sup- 
port Mission  will  continue  to  analyze  care- 
fully all  aspects  of  the  Sinai  operation  to 
identify  ways  whereby  the  numbers  might  be 
further  reduced. 

The  proposal  to  establish  an  American- 
manned  early  warning  system  in  the  Sinai 
was  made  at  the  request  of  the  Governments 
of  Egypt  and  Israel.  With  the  concurrence  of 
the  Congress,  we  accepted  this  undertaking 
because  the  United  States  strongly  seeks  the 
achievement  of  peace  and  stability  in  the 
Middle  East. 

The  United  States  Sinai  Support  Mission 
plays  an  important  role  in  support  of  the 
Basic  Agreement.  Both  sides  have  recently 
reaffirmed  their  confidence  in  the  manner  in 


which  the  United  States  has  been  carrying 
out  its  responsibilities  in  the  Sinai,  and  as 
long  as  it  continues  to  enjoy  this  support,  the 
United  States  role  will  represent  a  meaning- 
ful contribution  to  the  prospects  for  attaining 
a  just  and  lasting  peace  in  the  Middle  East. 


Gerald  R.  Ford. 


1  Transmitted  on  Jan.  11  (text  from  Weekly  Compila- 
tion of  Presidential  Documents  dated  Jan.  20);  also 
printed  as  H.  Doc.  95-41,  which  includes  the  text  of  the 
report. 


The  White  House, 
January  11,  1977. 


Congressional  Documents 
Relating  to  Foreign  Policy 

Protocol  to  the  1975  Tax  Convention  With  the  United 
Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ireland. 
Message  from  the  President  of  the  United  States 
transmitting  the  protocol,  signed  at  London  on  Au- 
gust 26,  1976.  S.  Ex.  Q.  September  22,  1976.  6  pp. 

Amendment  of  the  Bretton  Woods  Agreements  Act  and 
Other  International  Monetary  Matters.  Report  of  the 
Senate  Committee  on  Banking,  Housing  and  Urban 
Affairs,  together  with  supplemental  views,  to  accom- 
pany H.R.  13955.  S.  Rept.  94-1295.  September  22, 
1976.  44  pp. 

Effectiveness  of  Federal  Agency  Enforcement  of  Laws 
and  Policies  Against  Compliance,  by  Banks  and  Other 
U.S.  Firms,  With  the  Arab  Boycott.  Report  by  the 
House  Committee  on  Government  Operations.   H. 
Rept.  94-1668.  September  23,  1976.  38  pp. 

Right-to-Food  Resolution.  Report  of  the  Senate  Com- 
mittee on  Foreign  Relations  to  accompany  H.  Con. 
Res.  737.  S.  Rept.  94-1316.  September  28,  1976.  3 
pp. 

Human  Rights  in  Argentina.  Hearings  before  the  Sub- 
committee on  International  Organizations  of  the 
House  Committee  on  International  Relations.  Sep- 
tember 28-29,  1976.  67  pp. 

Stockpile  Disposals.  Report  of  the  Senate  Committee 
on  Armed  Services  to  accompany  S.  3852.  S.  Rept. 
94-1338.  September  29,  1976.  6  pp. 

Aircraft  Components.  Report  of  the  Senate  Committee 
on  Finance  to  accompany  H.R.  2177.  S.  Rept.  94- 
1349.  September  29,  1976.  7  pp. 

Aircraft  Engines.  Report  of  the  Senate  Committee  on 
Finance  to  accompany  H.R.  2181.  S.  Rept.  94-1351. 
September  29,  1976.  6  pp. 

Mattress  Blanks  of  Rubber  Latex.  Report  of  the  Senate 
Committee  on  Finance  to  accompany  H.R.  11605. 
S.  Rept.  94-1352.  September  29,  1976.  5  pp. 

Security  Assistance  to  Spain.  Communication  from  the 
President  of  the  United  States  transmitting  justifica- 
tion of  Presidential  deteiTnination  to  furnish  security 
assistance  to  Spain.  H.  Doc.  94-648.  September  30, 
1976.  3  pp. 

Soviet  Economy  in  a  New  Perspective.  A  compendium 
of  papers  submitted  to  the  Joint  Economic  Commit- 
tee. October  14,  1976.  821  pp. 


134 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


TREATY  INFORMATION 


United  States  Ratifies  Convention 
for  Conservation  of  Antarctic  Seals 

Press  release  15  dated  January  19 

On  December  28,  1976,  President  Ford 
signed  the  instrument  of  ratification  for  the 
Convention  for  the  Conservation  of  Antarctic 
Seals.  The  convention  was  concluded  in  Lon- 
don in  1972  among  the  12  nations  party  to  the 
Antarctic  Treaty,  which  itself  provides  no 
protection  for  seals  in  the  water  and  on  the 
sea  ice  in  Antarctica;  the  effect  of  this  con- 
vention will  be  to  rectify  that  situation. 

Although  commercial  sealing  has  not  yet 
begun  in  the  Antarctic,  the  seals  there  have 
been  vulnerable  to  the  possible  onset  at  any 
time  of  uncontrolled  exploitation.  The  con- 
vention is  a  preventive  measure  intended  to 
create  an  effective  management  system  for 
the  seals  well  before  a  stage  could  be  reached 
at  which  their  survival  might  become  seri- 
ously threatened. 

The  convention  has  as  basic  objectives  the 
preservation,  conservation,  scientific  study, 
and  rational  use  of  the  seals,  taking  into  ac- 
count the  effects  on  the  ecological  system.  It 
provides  complete  protection  for  the  Ross 
seal,  the  Southern  Elephant  seal  and  the  Fur 
seal;  and  it  sets  very  conservative  catch  lim- 
its for  the  other  three  of  the  six  known  Ant- 
arctic species,  the  Crabeater,  Leopard,  and 
Weddell  seals,  all  of  which  are  more  plentiful. 

Responsibility  for  monitoring  the  conven- 
tion is  assigned  to  the  Scientific  Committee 
on  Antarctic  Research,  which  is  the  principal 
scientific  advisory  body  under  the  Antarctic 
Treaty.  Provision  is  made  for  adoption  of  ad- 
ditional controls  beyond  those  instituted  by 
this  agreement,  should  commercial  sealing 
get  underway  in  the  Antarctic.  Each  of  the 
parties  may  adopt  more  stringent  controls  for 
itself  than  are  provided  for  in  the  convention, 
as  the  United  States  has  already  done  in 


the  Marine  Mammal  Protection  Act  of  1972. 

Signatories  to  the  convention  include  all  12 
of  the  original  Antarctic  Treaty  parties: 
Argentina,  Australia,  Belgium,  Chile, 
France,  Japan,  New  Zealand,  Norway,  South 
Africa,  the  United  Kingdom,  the  United 
States,  and  the  U.S.S.R.  Four  of  these, 
France,  Norway,  South  Africa,  and  the 
United  Kingdom  have  completed  ratification 
of  the  convention;  upon  deposit  of  its  ratifica- 
tion on  January  18,  the  United  States  became 
the  fifth  nation  to  have  done  so.  Ratification 
by  7  of  the  12  signatory  nations  is  necessary 
for  the  convention  to  enter  into  force. 


Current  Actions 


MULTILATERAL 

Agriculture 

Agreement  establishing  the  International  Fund  for  Ag- 
ricultural Development  (IFAD).  Done  at  Rome  June 
1.3,  1976.' 

Signatures:   Chile,   January   19,    1977;   Norway, 
January  20,  1977;  France,  India,  January  21,  1977. 

Coffee 

International  coffee  agreement  1976,  with  annexes. 
Done  at  London  December  3,  1975.  Entered  into  force 
provisionally  October  1,  1976. 

Ratifications  deposited:   Costa   Rica,  January  20, 
1977;  Haiti,  January  21,  1977. 

Customs 

Customs  convention  regarding  E.C.S.  carnets  for  com- 
mercial samples,  with  annex  and  protocol  of  signa- 
ture. Done  at  Brussels  March  1,  1956.  Entered  into 
force  October  3,  1957;  for  the  United  States  March  3, 
1969.  TIAS  6632. 

Notification  of  denunciation:  Switzerland,  December 
20,  1976;  effective  March  20,  1977. 

Health 

Amendments  to  articles  34  and  55  of  the  Constitution  of 
the  World  Health  Organization  of  July  22,  1946,  as 
amended  (TIAS  1808,  4643,  8086).  Adopted  at  Geneva 
May  22,  1973.' 

Acceptances  deposited:  Central  African  Empire, 

Saudi  Arabia,  January  13,  1977;  Mongolia,  January 

19,  1977. 

Amendments  to  articles  24  and  25  of  the  Constitution  of 

the  World  Health  Organization  of  July  22,  1946,  as 


'  Not  in  force. 


February  14,  1977 


135 


amended  (TIAS  1808,  4643,  8086).  Adopted  at  Geneva 
May  17,  1976.  > 

Acceptance  deposited:  Saudi  Arabia,  January   13, 
1977. 

Hydrographic  Organization 

Convention  on  the  International  Hydrographic  Organi- 
zation, with  annexes.  Done  at  Monaco  May  3,  1967. 
Entered  into  force  Septembfer  22,  1970.  TIAS  6933. 
Accession  deposited:  Zaire,  November  29,  1976. 

Maritime  Matters 

Amendments  to  the  convention  of  March  6,   1948,  as 
amended,   on  the   Intergovernmental  Maritime  Con- 
sultative Organization  (TIAS  4044,  6285,   6490). 
Adopted  at  London  October  17,  1974.' 
Acceptance  deposited:  Singapore,  January  18,  1977. 

Phonograms 

Convention  for  the  protection  of  producers  of  phono- 
grams against  unauthorized  duplication  of  their 
phonograms.  Done  at  Geneva  October  29,  1971.  En- 
tered into  force  April  18,  1973;  for  the  United  States 
March  10,  1974.  TIAS  7808. 

Notifications  from  World  Intellectual  Property  Or- 
ganization that  ratifications  deposited:  Denmark, 
Italy,  December  24,  1976. 
Notification  from  World  Intellectual  Property  Or- 
ganization that  accession  deposited:  Chile,  De- 
cember 24,  1976. 

Property — Industrial 

Locarno  agreement  establishing  an  international  clas- 
sification for  industrial  designs,  with  annex.  Done  at 
Locarno  October  8,  1968.  Entered  into  force  April  27, 
1971;  for  the  United  States  May  25,  1972.  TIAS  7420. 
Notification  from  World  Intellectual  Property  Or- 
ganization that  ratification  deposited:  Nether- 
lands, December  30,  i976. 

Safety  at  Sea 

Convention  on  the  international  regulations  for  pre- 
venting collisions  at  sea,  1972.  Done  at  London  Oc- 
tober 20,  1972.  Enters  into  force  July  15,  1977. 
Proclaimed  by  the  President:  January  19,  1977. 

Space 

Treaty  on  principles  governing  the  activities  of  states 
in  the  exploration  and  use  of  outer  space,  including 
the  moon  and  other  celestial  bodies.  Done  at  Wash- 
ington, London,  and  Moscow  January  27,  1967.  En- 
tered into  force  October  10,  1967.  TIAS  6347. 
Accession  deposited:  Saudi  Arabia,  December  17, 
1976. 

Convention  on  international  liability  for  damage  caused 
by  space  objects.  Done  at  Washington,  London,  and 
Moscow  March  29,  1972.  Entered  into  force  Sep- 
tember 1,  1972;  for  the  United  States  October  9, 
1973.  TIAS  7762. 


Accession  deposited:  Saudi  Arabia,  December  17, 
1976. 

Wills 

Convention  providing  a  uniform  law  on  the  form  of  an 
international  will,  with  annex.  Done  at  Washington 
October  26,  1973.' 
Accession  deposited:  Canada,  January  24,  1977. '^ 


BILATERAL 

Colombia 

Agreement  relating  to  the  operation  and  maintenance 
of  the  rawinsonde  observation  station  on  San  Andres 
Island,  with  exchanges  of  notes  and  memorandum  of 
arrangement.  Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  at 
Bogota  December  22,  1976.  Entered  into  force  De- 
cember 22,  1976;  effective  January  1,  1977. 

Jamaica 

Agreement  amending  the  agreements  for  sales  of  ag- 
ricultural commodities  of  April  16,  1975  (TIAS  8130), 
and  September  30,  1976.  Effected  by  exchange  of 
notes  at  Kingston  December  3  and  15,  1976.  Entered 
into  force  December  15,  1976. 

Korea 

Agreement  amending  the  agreement  for  sales  of  ag- 
ricultural commodities  of  February  18,  1976  (TIAS 
8261).  Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  at  Seoul  De- 
cember 22,  1976.  Entered  into  force  December  22, 
1976. 

Pakistan 

Agreement  for  sales  of  agricultural  commodities,  relat- 
ing to  the  agreement  of  November  23,  1974  (TIAS 
7971).  Signed  at  Islamabad  December  29,  1976.  En- 
tered into  force  December  29,  1976. 

Portugal 

Protocol  relating  to  exchanges  in  the  field  of  physical 
education  and  sports.  Signed  at  Lisbon  December  22, 
1976.  Entered  into  force  December  22,  1976. 

Thailand 

Memorandum  of  understanding  relating  to  Chiang  Mai 
seismic  research  station.  Signed  at  Bangkok  De- 
cember 29,  1976.  Entered  into  force  December  29, 
1976. 

Memorandum  of  agreement  on  integrated  communica- 
tions system,  with  appendix.  Signed  at  Bangkok 
January  10,  1977.  Entered  into  force  January  10, 
1977. 


'  Not  in  force. 

^  Extends  only  to  the  Provinces  of  Manitoba  and  New- 
foundland. 


136 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


INDEX    February  U,  1977    Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  196U 


Africa.  President  Carter  Interviewed  by  AP  and 
UPI  Correspondents  (excerpts  from  tran- 
script)        123 

American  Principles 

Address  by  President  Carter  to  People  of  Other 

Nations  (videotaped  for  broadcast  abroad)  122 

The  Inaugural  Address  of  President  Carter 121 

Arms  Control  and  Disarmament 

President  Carter  Interviewed  by  AP  and  UPI 
Correspondents  (excerpts  from  transcript)    . . .      123 

Sixteenth  Annual  Report  of  ACDA  Transmitted 
to  the  Congress  (letter  from  President  Ford)    .      132 

Congress 

Congressional  Documents  Relating  to  Foreign 
Policy   134 

International  Economic  Report  Transmitted  to 
the  Congress  (message  from  President  Ford)    .      129 

Second  Sinai  Support  Mission  Report  Transmit- 
ted to  the  Congress  (message  from  President 
Ford)    134 

Sixteenth  Annual  Report  of  ACDA  Transmitted 
to  the  Congress  (letter  from  President  Ford)    .      132 

Cyprus.  U.S.  Ready  To  Continue  Support  to  the 
Search  for  Cyprus  Solution  (Department 
statement)    127 

Department  and  Foreign  Service 

Message  From  Secretary  Vance  to  Department 
and  Foreign  Service    125 

Secretary  Kissinger  Pays  Tribute  to  the  Foreign 
Service  (remarks  at  AFSA  awards  ceremony)        127 

Economic  Affairs.  International  Economic  Re- 
port Transmitted  to  the  Congress  (message 
from  President  Ford)    129 

Environment.  United  States  Ratifies  Convention 
for  Conservation  of  Antarctic  Seals    135 

Middle  East 

President  Carter  Interviewed  by  AP  and  UPI 
Correspondents  (excerpts  from  transcript)    . . .      123 

Second  Sinai  Support  Mission  Report  Transmit- 
ted to  the  Congress  (message  from  President 
Ford)    134 

Presidential  Documents 

Address  by  President  Carter  to  People  of  Other 
Nations    122 

The  Inaugural  Address  of  President  Carter 121 

International  Economic  Report  Transmitted  to 
the  Congress  (message  from  President  Ford)   .      129 

President  Carter  Interviewed  by  AP  and  UPI 
Correspondents  (excerpts  from  transcript)    . . .      123 

Second  Sinai  Support  Mission  Report  Transmit- 
ted to  the  Congress  (message  from  President 
Ford)    134 

Sixteenth  Annual  Report  of  ACDA  Transmitted 
to  the  Congress  (letter  from  President  Ford)    .      132 


Southern  Rhodesia 

President  Carter  Interviewed  by  AP  and  UPI 
Correspondents  (excerpts  from  transcript)    ...      123 

U.S.  Rejects  "Internal  Solution"  to  Rhodesian 
Problem  (Department  statement)    126 

Treaty  Information 

Current  Action?   135 

United  States  Ratifies  Convention  for  Conserva- 
tion of  Antarctic  Seals   135 

U.S.S.R.  President  Carter  Interviewed  by  AP 
and  UPI  Correspondents  (excerpts  from  tran- 
script)        123 

Name  Index 

Carter,  President   121,  122,  123 

Ford,  President  129,  132,  134 

Kissinger,  Secretary    127 

Vance,  Secretary  125 


Checklist  of  Department  of  State 
Press  Releases:  January  24—30 

Press  releases  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office 
of  Press  Relations,  Department  of  State,  Wash- 
ington, D.C.  20520. 

Subject 

Cyrus  R.  Vance  sworn  in  as 
Secretary  of  State,  Jan.  23 
(biographic  data). 

Secretary  Vance:  message  to 
Department  and  Foreign 
Service  personnel,  Jan.  24. 

Secretary  Vance;  remarks  to  the 
press  upon  arrival  at  the  State 
Department,  Jan.  24. 

Shipping  Coordinating  Commit- 
tee, Feb.  23. 

Secretary's  Advisory  Commit- 
tee on  Private  International 
Law,  Study  Group  on  Interna- 
tional Sale  of  Goods,  New 
York,  N.Y.,  Mar.  5. 

Foreign  policy  conference,  San 
Diego,  Calif.,  Feb.  9-10. 

Marshall  Shulman  to  be  Special 
Consultant  to  the  Secretary 
on  Soviet  Affairs  (biographic 
data). 

State  Department  issues  report 
on  technology  and  foreign  af- 
fairs. 

Renewal  and  continuation  of 
advisory  committees. 

U.S. -Canada  Transit  Pipeline 
Treaty  signed. 

U.S. -Canada  fisheries  negotia- 
tions, Jan.  17-28. 


No. 

Date 

•■20 

1/24 

21 

1/25 

*22 

1/25 

*23 

1/25 

»24 

1/25 

*25  1/27 

*26  1/28 

*27  1/28 

*28  1/28 

t29  1/28 

*30  1/29 


*  Not  printed. 

t  Held  for  a  later  issue  of  the  Bulletin. 


Superintendent   of    Documents 
U.S.  government  printing  office 

WASHINGTON.  D.C.   20402 


OFFICIAL  BUSINESS 


POSTAGE    AND    FEES    PAID 

Department  of  State  STA-50t 


Third  Class 


Subscription  Renewals:  To  insure  uninterrupted 
service,  please  renew  your  subscription  promptly 
when  you  receive  the  expiration  notice  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents.  Due  to  the  time  re- 
quired to  process  renewals,  notices  are  sent  out  3 
months  in  advance  of  the  expiration  date.  Any  prob- 
lems involving  your  subscription  will  receive  im- 
mediate attention  if  you  write  to:  Superintendent 
of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


o 
/J; 


/^. 


y?e,^ 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

BULLETIN 

Volume  LXXVI  •  No.  1965  •  February  21,  1977 


SECRETARY  VANCE'S  NEWS  CONFERENCE  OF  JANUARY  31     1S7 

SECRETARY  VANCE  INTERVIEWED 
BY  AP  AND  UPI  CORRESPONDENTS     1U7 


THE  OFFICIAL  WEEKLY  RECORD  OF  UNITED  STATES  FOREIGN  POLICY 


For  index  see  inside  back  cover 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE  BULLETIN 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Washington,  D.C.  20402 

PRICE: 

52  issues  plus  semiannual  indexes, 

domestic  $42.50.  foreign  $53.15 

Single  copy  85  cents 

The  Secretary  of  State  has  determined  that  the  pub- 
lication of  this  periodical  is  necessary  in  the  transac- 
tion of  the  public  business  required  by  law  of  this 
Department.  Use  of  funds  for  printing  this  periodi- 
cal has  been  approved  by  the  Director  of  the  Office 
of  Management  and  Budget  through  January  31, 
1981. 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may  be  re- 
printed. Citation  of  the  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 
BULLETIN  as  the  source  will  be  appreciated.  The 
BULLETIN  is  indexed  in  the  Readers'  Guide  to 
Periodical  Literature. 


Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1965 
February  21,  1977 

The  Department  of  State  BULLETIN, 
a  weekly  publication  issued  by  the 
Office  of  Media  Services,  Bureau  of 
Public  Affairs,  provides  the  public  and 
interested  agencies  of  the  government 
with  information  on  developments  in 
the  field  of  U.S.  foreign  relations  and 
on  the  work  of  the  Department  and 
the  Foreign  Service. 

The  BULLETIN  includes  selected 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy,  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements,  addresses,  and 
news  conferences  of  the  President  and 
the  Secretary  of  State  and  other  offi- 
cers of  the  Department,  as  well  as  spe- 
cial articles  on  various  phases  of  in- 
ternational affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  inter- 
national agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a  party 
and  on  treaties  of  general  interna- 
tional interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department  of 
State,  United  Nations  documents,  and 
legislative  material  in  the  field  of 
international  relations  are  also  listed. 


Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of  January  31 


Following  is  the  transcript  of  Secretary 
Vance's  news  conference  at  the  Department 
of  State  on  January  31. 

Press  release  32  dated  January  31 

Secretary  Vance:  Good  morning.  I  have 
three  matters  that  I  would  like  to  comment  on 
briefly  before  I  take  questions. 

The  first  relates  to  a  meeting  which  I  will 
be  having  starting  this  morning,  and  continu- 
ing through  lunch,  with  the  Foreign  Minister 
of  Panama.  He  is  coming  today  to  discuss  the 
resumption  of  the  canal  negotiations.  After 
lunch,  when  we  have  completed  our  discus- 
sions, we  will  meet  with  the  press  briefly.  We 
will  have  a  statement  to  issue,  and  we  will 
take  a  few  questions.* 

Secondly,  I  would  like  to  make  a  brief 
statement  with  respect  to  the  Rhodesian  is- 
sue. 

We  very  much  regret  that  efforts  to  reach  a 
satisfactory  negotiated  settlement  to  the 
Rhodesian  problem  have,  for  the  moment  at 
least,  been  dealt  a  serious  blow. 

The  position  announced  by  Mr.  Ian  Smith 
has  resulted  in  a  new  and  more  dangerous 
situation  regarding  the  prospects  for  peace  in 
Rhodesia.  We  remain  dedicated  to  a  peaceful 
resolution  of  the  Rhodesian  issue  leading  to 
majority  rule.  We  are  conferring  with  the 
British  Government  and  are  continuing  to 
consult  with  the  African  leaders  most  directly 
concerned  with  this  problem,  as  well  as  the 
South  African  Government. 

The  British  proposal  remains,  in  our  view,  a 
valid  basis  for  negotiation.  The  Rhodesian  au- 
thorities should  understand  clearly  that  under 


no  circumstances  can  they  count  on  any  form 
of  American  assistance  in  their  effort  to  pre- 
vent majority  rule  in  Rhodesia  or  to  enter  into 
negotiations  which  exclude  leaders  of 
nationalist  movements. 

The  so-called  "internal  solution"  will  not 
produce  a  peaceful  settlement  and  therefore 
will  not  have  the  support  of  the  United 
States. 

To  reemphasize  our  opposition  to  the 
maintenance  of  minority-imposed  controi  of 
the  government  of  Rhodesia,  this  Adminis- 
tration will  strongly  support  the  repeal  of  the 
Byrd  amendment.^  We  do  this  in  conformity 
with  our  international  obligations  and  also  be- 
cause we  beheve  it  represents  a  step  toward 
a  peaceful  settlement  in  Rhodesia. 

We  call  on  all  the  parties  to  act  with  flexibil- 
ity and  restraint  and  to  give  their  support  to  a 
negotiated  solution  that  can  bring  both  peace 
and  majority  rule  to  Rhodesia. 

And  now  a  brief  word  about  my  travel 
plans.  As  you  know,  I  am  going  to  the  Middle 
East  on  the  14th  of  February.  In  addition  to 
that,  I  have  been  discussing  with  the  Soviet 
Union  a  trip  to  Moscow.  I  will  be  going  to 
Moscow  in  March,  and  I  will  have  an  an- 
nouncement as  to  the  timing  of  that  trip  later 
this  week. 

And  now  questions. 

Q.  Jim  Anderson,  UPI.  Mr.  Secretary,  on 
the  question  of  international  civil  rights,  is 
this  Administration  going  to  continue  the 
practice  of  speaking  out  on  cases  such  as  the 


See  p.  146. 


2  The  Byrd  amendment,  attached  to  a  military  ap- 
propriations bill  in  1971,  permits  the  importation  of 
strategic  materials  from  Rhodesia,  including  chromium, 
asbestos,  and  nickel,  as  long  as  their  importation  is 
permitted  from  Communist  countries. 


February  21,  1977 


137 


Sakharov  episode?  ^  Or  are  you  going  to  con- 
tinue the  practice  of  your  predecessor,  exert- 
ing quiet  diplomatic  pressure  and  using  his 
concept  of  linkage  ? 

Secretary  Vance:  On  the  issue  of  human 
rights,  the  President  has  often  expressed  his 
deep  concern  in  this  area  and  has  reaffirmed 
that  deep  concern  in  the  inauguration  ad- 
dress. 

We  will  speak  frankly  about  injustice  both 
at  home  and  abroad.  We  do  not  intend,  how- 
ever, to  be  strident  or  polemical,  but  we  do 
believe  that  an  abiding  respect  for  human 
rights  is  a  human  value  of  fundamental  impor- 
tance and  that  it  must  be  nourished.  We  will 
not  comment  on  each  and  every  issue,  but  we 
will  from  time  to  time  comment  when  we  see  a 
threat  to  human  rights,  when  we  believe  it 
constructive  to  do  so. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  Barry  Schweid  of  AP.  On 
the  same  subject,  one  of  the  local  pundits  yes- 
terday called  it  sudden  diplomacy,  suggesthig 
that  this  speaking  out  hasn't  been  very  well 
thought  out,  particularly  its  impact  on  di- 
plomacy. 

You  refer  to  your  trip  to  Moscow.  Do  you 
think  the  statement  you  have  made  on 
Sakharov  and  your  general  view  on  human 
rights  will  have  an  impact,  a  negative  impact, 
on  negotiations  with  the  Soviet  Union?  In- 
deed, isn't  that  what  Mr.  Dobrynin  [Anatoliy 
F.  Dobrynin,  Soviet  Ambassador  to  the  U.S.] 
called  to  tell  you  the  other  day? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  do  not  believe  that  it 
will  have  a  negative  impact.  As  I  indicated, 
we  will  from  time  to  time  speak  out.  I  have 


^  In  response  to  a  question  at  a  Department  of  State 
news  briefing  on  Jan.  26,  the  following  was  made  avail- 
able to  news  correspondents  on  Jan.  27: 

Q.  Do  you  have  any  comment  on  the  stories  concern- 
ing the  warnings  the  Soviets  have  given  to  Sakharov 
about  his  activities? 

A.  We  have  long  admired  Andrey  Sakharov  as  an 
outspoken  champion  of  human  rights  in  the  Soviet 
Union.  He  is,  as  you  know,  a  prominent,  respected 
scientist,  a  Nobel  laureate,  who,  at  considerable  risk, 
has  worked  to  promote  respect  for  human  rights  in  his 
native  land. 

Any  attempts  by  the  Soviet  authorities  to  intimidate 
Mr.  Sakharov  will  not  silence  legitimate  criticism  in  the 
Soviet  Union  and  will  conflict  with  accepted  interna- 
tional standards  in  the  field  of  human  rights. 


discussed  the  matter  with  Mr.  Dobrynin,  but 
I  am  sure  that  our  discussions  with  the  Soviet 
Union  on  a  whole  range  of  matters  will  not  be 
adversely  affected  by  what  we  have  said. 


U.S.  Role  in  Southern  Africa 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  John  Wallach  of  Hearst. 
On  the  southern  Africa  situation,  there  is  a 
deadline  of  sorts  coming  up  in  March,  when 
the  Africans  have  said  that  they  will  bring  the 
question  of  sanctions  to  the  Security  Council 
in  the  same  month  the  United  States  will  be 
President  of  the  Council,  chairman  of  the 
Council. 

Do  you  feel  that  in  the  intervening  period, 
the  United  States  should  take  any  initiatives 
in  southern  Africa,  such  as,  for  example, 
your  own  appointing  of  a  negotiator  to  visit 
the  white  areas  as  well  as  the — white  nations 
as  well  as  the  black  nations?  Or  should  the 
United  States  stay  back  and  let  the  British 
handle  the  situation?  In  other  words,  where 
do  you  feel  we  should  go  from  here? 

Secretary  Vance:  Insofar  as  the  Rhodesia 
problem  is  concerned,  the  British,  quite  prop- 
erly, are  taking  the  leading  role.  We  will  sup- 
port the  British  in  this  effort  and  work  closely 
and  carefully  with  them.  We  are  in  constant 
touch  with  the  British  and  expect  to  meet 
with  Ivor  Richard  as  soon  as  he  completes  his 
mission  to  southern  Africa.  And  we  will  work 
out  our  plans  in  concert  with  them. 

With  respect  to  the  second  half  of  your 
question — will  we  be  sending  a  special  emis- 
sary to  that  part  of  the  world?— I  do  not  have 
any  final  conclusion  in  my  own  mind  on  that.  I 
want  to  think  about  the  problem  more  and 
study  it.  As  you  know,  Andrew  Young  is 
going  to  Dar  es  Salaam,  and  I  want  to  talk  to 
him  when  he  comes  back  and  get  the  benefit 
of  his  views. 

Q.  Is  Geneva  still  the  proper  forum,  as  far 
as  you  are  concerned,  for  the  negotiations? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  it  is. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  Dick  Valeriani,  NBC. 
On  the  question  of  human  rights,  do  you  plan 
to  go — does  the  Adyninistration  plari  to  go  be- 


138 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


yond  speaking  out  and  making  some  other 
kind  of  effort  to  get  various  countries  to 
change  conditions  internally,  perhaps  by  of- 
fering certain  benefits  in  terms  of  the  negotia- 
tions you  are  carrying  out  with  them? 

Secretary  Vance:  We  will  couple  what  we 
say  publicly  with  private  conversations  with 
various  countries.  And  we  hope  that  will 
strengthen  the  process  of  progress  in  this 
area. 


Cessation  of  Nuclear  Testing 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  Murrey  Marder  of  the 
Washington  Post.  Can  you  announce,  sir, 
now,  the  head  of  the  Arms  Control  and  Dis- 
armament Agency?  And,  secondly.  President 
Carter,  during  the  campaign,  was  quite  criti- 
cal of  two  treaties  which  are  now  pendirig  in 
Congress  on  the  threshold  nuclear  test  ban 
and  on  the  peaceful  nuclear  explosion  ban. 
Nevertheless  the  Adm,inistration  has  declared 
its  support  for  those  two  pending  treaties. 
Could  you  reconcile  that  position,  sir? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  On  your  first  ques- 
tion, there  will  be  an  announcement  later 
today  on  the  new  head  of  the  Arms  Control 
Agency.  That  announcement,  quite  properly, 
will  come  from  the  White  House. 

With  regard  to  your  second  question,  I  do 
not  see  any  inconsistency  with  respect  to  sup- 
port for  the  two  treaties  which  have  already 
been  negotiated  and  which  are  before  the 
Congress.  They  are  stepping  stones  on  the 
road  to  the  ultimate  objective,  which  is  a 
complete  cessation  of  testing;  and  I  do  not 
think  that  there  is  any  inconsistency. 

Q.  Does  the  Administration,  then,  plan 
simultaneously  to  be  supporting  these  two 
partial  treaties  and  at  the  same  time  seeking 
the  cornprehensive  test  ban  that  President 
Carter  has  spoken  about? 

Secretary  Vance:  The  answer  is  yes. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  I  am  Morton  Kondracke 
of  New  Republic.  Do  you  have  any  particular 
timetable  for  Middle  East  negotiations  to  get 
underway — such  as,  for  example,  some  people 
in  the  Senate  have  suggested  that  demonstra- 


ble progress  should  be  made  by  July,  before 
the  OPEC  [Organization  of  Petroleum  Ex- 
porting Countries]  meeting?  Is  there  any 
deadline  that  you're  facing? 

Secretary  Vance:  There  is  no  deadline  ex- 
cept that  I  think  it  is  critically  important  that 
progress  be  made  this  year  in  the  Middle 
East.  And  that  is  one  of  the  reasons  that  I  am 
going  at  this  early  date  to  visit  the  Middle 
East. 

I  think  the  sooner  we  get  at  the  process, 
the  better.  And  therefore  I  am  going  at  this 
point  to  begin  the  process  of  our  evaluation  of 
the  situation  as  seen  by  the  parties  in  the 
Middle  East.  This  will  be  followed  by  visits  to 
this  country  by  leaders  from  those  countries. 
And  we  will  then  work  with  them  to  develop 
the  procedures  and  the  organization  which 
will  lead  to  a  meeting  on  the  Middle  East. 

But  I  do  not  want  to  try  and  set  any  specific 
date  at  this  point  until  I  have  had  a  chance  to 
meet  with  those  leaders,  until  we  have  had  a 
chance  to  review  their  views;  and  of  course 
this  must  be  taken  up  in  consultation  with  the 
Cochairman  [of  the  Middle  East  Peace  Con- 
ference at  Geneva],  the  Soviet  Union. 


Meeting  of  Cypriot  Leaders 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  Henry  Bradsher  of  the 
Washington  Star.  Can  you  tell  us  how  you  see 
the  prospects  for  a  Cypriot  settlement  in  view 
of  the  fact  that  Greek  and  Turkish  Cypriots 
have  finally  managed  to  talk  again,  and  who 
are  you  going  to  appoint  to  handle  those  prob- 
lems for  you? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  am  encouraged  by  the 
fact  that  the  Archbishop  [Archbishop 
Makarios,  President  of  the  Republic  of  Cy- 
prus] and  Mr.  Denktash  [Rauf  R.  Denktash, 
leader  of  the  Turkish  Cypriot  community]  had 
a  meeting  and  that  the  results  of  the  meeting 
seemed  to  be  generally  constructive.  The 
working  out  of  a  settlement  in  Cyprus  is  going 
to  be  immensely  complicated  and  very  dif- 
ficult, but  at  least  we  now  have  the  first  step 
having  been  taken.  It  has  been  many,  many 
years  since  a  meeting  at  this  level  was  held 
between  the  leaders  of  the  two  communities  in 
Cyprus. 


February  21,  1977 


139 


We,  the  United  States,  will  do  everything 
that  we  can  to  help  facilitate  such  a  settle- 
ment. We  will  be  sending  an  individual  to  that 
part  of  the  world  to  discuss  bilateral  relations 
with  Greece  and  with  Turkey  and  also  to 
examine  the  Cypriot  problem  itself.  Insofar  as 
the  naming  of  that  person,  I  would  expect 
that  we  would  name  the  person  later  this 
week. 

Q.  Secretary  Vance,  Bernard  Gwertzman, 
the  New  York  Times.  The  President,  in  an 
interview  last  week,  said  he  would  not  let  the 
"Backfire"  or  the  cruise  missile  issue  stand  in 
the  way  of  a  settlement  on  SALT.  Did  he 
mean  by  that  that  he  was  advocating,  again 
proposing  that  those  two  issues  be  put  aside 
and  a  settlement  be  signed  noiv,  or  is  he 
thinking  in  more  creative  terms  ? 

Secretary  Vance:  He  was  not  suggesting 
that  they  be  put  aside;  he  was  suggesting  that 
he  did  not  want  to  see  the  negotiations  fall 
apart  if  resolution  could  not  be  reached  at  this 
time  on  those  two  issues.  However,  I  am  sure 
that  there  will  be  an  attempt  to  resolve  those 
issues,  namely,  the  Backfire  and  the  cruise 
missile,  when  we  resume  the  negotiations 
with  the  Soviet  Union. 

Sales  of  Nuclear  Plants  and  Materials 

Q.  Antonio  Neves  of  Globo  Television, 
Brazil.  Mr.  Secretary,  the  United  States 
seems  to  be  the  only  government  and  the  only 
voice  protesting  the  nuclear  deal  between 
Brazil  and  Germany — Brazil  seems  to  be 
happy  with  it — and  I  wonder  how  far  is  the 
U.S.  Government  willing,  how  much  pressure 
the  U.S.  Government  is  willing,  to  put  on 
those  two  countries  to  change  the  deal. 

Secretary  Vance:  The  concern  which  the 
United  States  has  expressed  with  respect  to 
that  transaction  reflects  the  general  concern 
which  we  have  on  the  whole  problem  of  the 
spread  of  nuclear  weapons  throughout  the 
world.  We  have  discussed  the  matter  with  the 
Germans  and  have  begun  to  discuss  the  mat- 
ter with  the  Brazilians.  We  will  continue  to 
pursue  this  matter  with  both  of  them  and  see 
whether  or  not  we  cannot  find  a  way  to  ob- 


viate the  construction  of  these  two  plants.  We 
want  to  work  harmoniously  and  constructively 
with  them,  and  we  have  taken  the  first  steps 
to  do  so. 

Q.  Had  you  come  to  any  conclusion  in  re- 
gard to  the  release  of  nuclear  fuel  to  India? 

Secretary  Vance:  No.  No  conclusion  has  yet 
been  reached  on  that.  As  you  know,  that  has 
been  a  matter  that  has  been  under  study  for 
quite  a  long  while;  and  as  yet  no  conclusion 
has  been  reached. 

Responses  to  Human  Rights  Violations 

Q.  Marvin  Kalb,  CBS.  The  President  said 
yesterday  that  perhaps  the  statement  about 
Sakharov  should  have  been  made  by  him  or  by 
you.  Yet  the  day  before  the  State  Department 
made  its  statement  on  Sakharov,  it  did  come 
out  with  a  statement  on  Czechoslovakia, 
which  apparently  had  been  cleared.  Are  you 
not  running  the  danger,  sir,  of  setting  up 
what  amounts  to  a  double  standard  of  the 
manner  in  which  you  respond  to  violations 
of  human  rights  in  the  Soviet  Union  and  iyi 
smaller  countries  where  there  is  not  a  direct, 
vital  interest  conflict? 

Secretary  Vance:  This  is  a  very  complex 
area.  As  I  indicated,  we  will  not  be  speaking 
out  in  every  case.  We  will  speak  out  when  we 
believe  it  advisable  to  do  so,  but  that  will  not 
be,  as  I  said,  in  each  and  every  case.  It  is  an 
area  where,  as  I  said,  I  think  we  have  an  obli- 
gation to  make  our  views  frankly  known;  but 
we  hope  we  can  do  it  without  being  strident, 
as  I  said,  or  intrusive  in  an  improper  way. 

Q.  Isn't  that  really  setting  up  a  kind  of 
double  standard  where  the  Department,  or  the 
Adrninistration,  might  feel  itself  more  free  in 
condemning  human  rights  in  smaller  coun- 
tries where  there  is  not  a  vital  interest  af- 
fected? 

Secretary  Vance:  No.  I  hope  we  will  not 
have  a  double  standard.  I  think  what  we  have 
done  so  far  would  indicate  we  have  not. 

Q.  Jim  Klurfeld  from  Newsday.  On  this 
same  situation,  there  were  reports  that  you 
were  unhappy  with  the  statement  ynade  on  the 


140 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Sakharov  situation.  I  just  wonder  if  you  can 
tell  7is  who  did  clear  that  statement.  I  think 
the  President  indicated  yesterday  he  did  not 
clear  it.  Who  did  clear  it?  And  whether  you 
feel  that  this  is  an  instance  in  which  you 
should  not  have  spoken  out. 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  say  I  did  not  see 
it;  it  was  cleared  at  lower  levels.  I  am  not 
going  to  give  the  name  of  the  individual.  I 
have  the  responsibility  in  this  Department, 
and  therefore  I  accept  that  responsibility 
fully.  Let  me  say  that  I  respect  Mr.  Sakharov 
very  deeply;  I  respect  his,  Mr.  Sakharov's, 
principles  and  his  pursuit  of  those  principles. 

Q.  Your  predecessor  frequently  said  in 
speeches  that  not  only  is  it  inadvisable  but 
rather  it  is  counterproductive  to  speak  out, 
specifically  in  the  case  of  Soviet  emigration — 
or  emigration  from,  the  Soviet  Union  by 
minorities,  including  Jews,  which  dropped 
sharply  after  the  United  States  tried  to  exert 
pressure.  Do  you  subscribe  to  that  theory, 
particularly,  that  speaking  out  is  actually 
counterproductive  ? 

Secretary  Vance:  No,  I  do  not  share  that 
view. 

Q.  If  you  don't  share  that  view,  could  you 
say  what  your  view  is  on  that  specific  aspect 
of  the  problem? 

Secretary  Vance:  My  view  is  that  at  times 
we  will  feel  it  appropriate  and  necessary  to 
speak  out  and  there  will  be  other  times  when 
we  will  not. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  getting  back  to  SALT, 
some  dozen  Congressmen,  Democrats  all, 
have  asked  the  Administration  to  suspend  de- 
velopment of  long-range  cruise  missiles,  a  de- 
cision taken  in  the  last  days  of  the  Ford  Ad- 
ministration, on  the  grounds  that  nothing 
really  seriously  would  be  lost  by  a  two-  or 
three-month  suspension  while  you  go  to  Mos- 
cow. 

Can  you  tell  us,  first,  what  your  views  are; 
and  secondly,  if  they  are  to  continue  de- 
velopment, what  is  the  rationale  for  continu- 
ing development  of  one  of  the  major  hangups 
in  the  SALT  talks  just  six  to  eight  weeks  be- 
fore you  go  to  Moscow  to  see  if  they  can  be  put 


under  a  treaty?  Is  it  the  Pentagon  against  the 
State  Department  again,  or  is  there  some 
other  reason? 

Secretary  Vance:  No.  I  think  the  actions 
which  will  be  taken  during  this  period  in 
which  our  review  is  taking  place  will  not  be 
actions  which  will  be  such  as  to  make  it  im- 
possible to  make  changes  in  the  future.  There- 
fore I  think  it  is  appropriate  that  they  should 
go  forward  during  this  period  of  time  in  which 
we  are  going  to  prepare  our  views. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  Mary  McGrory,  from  the 
Washington  Star.  Your  predecessor  used  to 
complain  a  great  deal  about  the  meddling  of 
Congress  in  the  execution  of  foreign  policy, 
and  the  President  in  his  farewell  suggested 
Congress  really  ought  to  leave  it  to  the  execu- 
tive and  the  State  Department  to  run  foreign 
policy.  How  do  you  feel  about  democracy  at 
home? 

Secretary  Vance:  Insofar  as  the  role  of  the 
Congress  is  concerned,  I  feel  very  deeply,  as  I 
said  during  my  confirmation  hearings,  that 
you  cannot  have  an  effective  foreign  policy  un- 
less it  is  developed  in  coordination  with  the 
Congress  and  implemented  in  coordination 
with  the  Congress.  I  feel  very  deeply  on  this 
subject,  and  we  are  going  to  do  everything 
that  we  can  to  see  that  we  proceed  in  that 
fashion. 

Relations  With  Vietnam  and  China 

Q.  [Don]  Oberdorfer,  Washington  Post.  Do 
you  expect  to  reopen  the  talks  with  the  Viet- 
namese within  the  next  month  or  two  or  three, 
and  could  you  tell  us  your  attitude  toward  the 
Vietnamese  being  seated  in  the  United  Na- 
tions and  bilateral  relations  with  the  United 
States? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  stated  during  my  con- 
firmation hearings  that  I  thought  it  was  in  the 
interests  of  both  countries  to  proceed  toward 
normalization  of  relations,  and  I  hope  that  we 
will  be  able  to  start  that  process  in  the  near 
future. 

With  respect  to  the  question  of  the  seating 
of  the  Vietnamese  in  the  United  Nations,  I 
would  hope  the  issue  would  not  be  raised  until 


February  21,  1977 


141 


we  have  had  a  chance  to  start  our  discussions 
with  respect  to  normalization. 

Q.  Suppose  it  is  raised.  What  would  your 
attitude  be? 

Secretary  Vance:  We  will  decide  that  ques- 
tion when  it  arises. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  when  you  are  talking 
about  normalization,  sir,  what  are  your  plans 
in  pursuing  the  entire  complicated  problem,  of 
normalizing  U.S.  relations  with  China?  That 
has  been  a  postponed  question,  and  the  expec- 
tation had  been  that  with  a  new  President  the 
process  would  go  forth  swiftly. 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  point  out  we  are 
only  at  the  end  of  our  first  week.  I  have 
stated  that  insofar  as  our  bilateral  relations 
are  concerned,  we  will  proceed  on  the  basis  of 
the  principles  enunciated  in  the  Shanghai 
communique,  that  with  respect  to  the  pace 
and  the  mode  of  reaching  normalization,  this 
is  a  matter  which  we  have  under  intensive  re- 
view. I  would  hope  that  we  can  complete  that 
review  in  the  not  too  distant  future,  and  I 
think  there  really  is  nothing  more  that  I  can 
say  at  this  point.  I  do  support  very  strongly 
the  goal  of  normalization  of  relations. 

Q.  What  I  want  to  ask  you,  sir,  is  do  you 
have  some  sort  of  a  time  frame  in  mind 
whereby  there  would  be  the  establishmeyit  of 
full  diplomatic  relations? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  don't  have  any  specific 
date  in  mind.  I  think  this  is  obviously  a  sub- 
ject we  will  have  to  discuss  with  the  People's 
Republic  of  China;  and  when  we  have  com- 
pleted our  internal  thinking  within  the  gov- 
ernment, then  I  think  we  should  proceed  to 
begin  to  talk  to  them  about  the  question. 

Critical  Period  in  the  Middle  East 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  Jeff  Antevil  of  the  New 
York  Daily  News.  Woiild  you  explain  a  little 
further  why  you  think  1977  will  be  such  a  crit- 
ical year  in  the  Middle  East,  and  specifically 
do  you  share  Mr.  Waldheim's  [U.N.  Secre- 
tary General  Kurt  Waldheim]  view  that  there 
is  likely  to  be  a  resumption  of  war  there  in  the 
next  year  or  two  unless  a  settlement  is 
reached? 


Secretary  Vance:  I  would  be  happy  to  dis- 
cuss that. 

I  think  1977  is  a  critical  period  because  I 
think  at  this  point  there  are  a  number  of  fac- 
tors which  are  more  conducive  to  a  settlement 
than  have  been  present  in  the  past. 

Let  me  hasten  to  say  I  don't  want  to 
minimize  the  difficulties  which  lie  ahead.  But 
at  this  point  we  no  longer  are  faced  with  the 
war  in  Lebanon.  There  seems  to  be  a  greater 
cohesion  among  the  forces  for  moderation  in 
the  area.  All  of  the  parties  have  indicated  a 
willingness  to  proceed  to  Geneva  and  to  pro- 
ceed promptly. 

Therefore  it  seems  to  me  that  the  factors 
are  right  to  proceed  during  this  year.  I  think 
if  this  is  allowed  to  drag  out  and  we  do  not 
proceed  to  a  conference  with  respect  to  the 
settlement  of  the  Middle  East  issue,  that  all 
kinds  of  disruptive  factors  may  occur,  and 
therefore  I  think  it's  incumbent  that  we  pro- 
ceed as  fast  as  we  properly  can  to  try  and 
move  to  that  point. 

.  It  would  be  foolhardy,  in  my  judgment, 
however,  to  do  this  until  the  groundwork  has 
been  thoroughly  explored  and  plans  have  been 
arrived  at  so  that  there  is  a  realistic  chance  of 
a  constructive  solution  coming  out  of  the 
Peace  Conference  on  the  Middle  East. 

Therefore  I  think  one  cannot  at  this  point 
talk  about  any  specific  date.  But  I  do  think  it 
is  proper  and  reasonable  to  say  that  there 
should  be  such  a  conference  in  the  year  1977; 
and  indeed  I  would  say  that  I  think  it  is  criti- 
cally important  that  there  be  such  a  confer- 
ence during  that  period. 

Q.  Bernie  Gwertzman  from  the  New  York 
Tiynes.  Do  you  have  in  your  mind  any  idea  of 
how  to  get  over  the  Palestinian  question, 
which  has  obviously  held  up  the  Geneva  Con- 
ference now  for  more  than  a  year  or  two? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  do  have  some  thoughts 
on  this.  I  prefer  not  to  talk  about  them  at  this 
time,  but  let  me  comment  on  that  issue. 

The  PLO  [Palestine  Liberation  Organiza- 
tion] up  to  this  point  has  refused  to  recog- 
nize the  right  of  Israel  to  exist  or  to  accept 
the  framework  for  negotiations  under  U.N. 
Resolutions  242  and  338.  Under  these  circum- 
stances it  is  difficult  to  see  how  progress  can 
be  made. 


142 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


In  saying  this,  however,  I  want  to  em- 
phasize that  we  continue  to  beheve  that  the 
recognition  of  the  legitimate  interests  of  the 
Palestinian  people  will  be  critical  to  any 
peaceful  settlement. 

There  are  a  number  of  views  held  by  the 
parties  as  to  how  one  might  address  this  is- 
sue. This  is  one  of  the  subjects  that  I  would 
hope  to  discuss  and  expect  to  discuss  with  the 
leaders  of  the  various  countries  when  I  go  to 
the  Middle  East.  And  I  hope  that  when  I  come 
back  fi'om  that  trip  I  will  have  a  better  under- 
standing of  what  the  course  is  to  follow  in  this 
area. 

Q.  Is  there  any  possibility  that  you  yourself 
or  some  designated  official  might  have  some 
discussions  with  Palestinian  representatives? 

Secretary  Vance:  Not  at  this  time,  as  long 
as  the  circumstances  are  as  I  indicated. 


Normalization  of  Relations  With  Cuba 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary ,  Barrie  Dunsmore  from 
ABC  News.  On  the  subject  of  normalization 
another  country  comes  to  mind,  and  that  is 
Cuba.  Recently  Ambassador  Young  [Andrew 
Young,  U.S.  Representative  to  the  United 
Nations]  indicated  that  the  presence  of  Cuban 
troops  in  Angola  might  be  considered  a 
stabilizing  factor.  I  am  wondering  if  you 
share  that  view  to  begin  unth  and  if,  by  any 
chance,  saying  things  like  that  is  the  begin- 
ning of  a  new  trend  toward  normalization 
unth  Cuba. 

Secretary  Vance:  I  think  there  are  two 
points  which  you  have  raised. 

First,  the  question  of  normalization  of  rela- 
tions with  Cuba:  I  have  previously  indicated 
that  I  think  that  it  is  appropriate  for  the 
United  States  to  seek  normalization  of  rela- 
tions with  all  countries.  I  said,  insofar  as 
Cuba  was  concerned,  that  I  hoped  that  there 
would  be  indications  that  they  would  be  anx- 
ious and  willing  to  live  within  the  system  of 
nations,  and  if  that  were  the  case,  then  I  hope 
we  could  begin  the  process  of  moving  toward 
normalization. 

With  respect  to  the  presence  of  Cuban 
troops  in  Angola,  I  think  the  presence  of  any 
outside  forces  is  not  helpful  to  a  peaceful  solu- 


tion. I  think  that  this  is  a  matter  that  should 
be  settled  by  the  Africans  themselves. 

Q.  It  is  not  therefore  a  prerequisite  to  nor- 
malization of  relations  between  the  United 
States  and  Cuba? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  don't  want  to  set  any 
preconditions  at  this  point  about  whatever 
discussions  might  take  place. 

Arab  Boycott  of  Israel 

Q.  Mort  Kondracke,  New  Republic.  There 
is  a  report  in  the  New  York  Post  that  you 
were  a  member  of  an  organization  of  busi- 
nessmen and  lawyers  set  up  to  oppose  legisla- 
tion on  the  Arab  oil  boycott — on  the  Arab  oil 
boycott  of  Israel.  Is  that  correct,  and  to  go  on 
unth  it,  what  are  your  feelings — 

Secretary  Vance:  Before  you  go  on  to  your 
second  question,  the  answer  is  no.  1  was 
asked  to  serve  on  a  committee  to  deal  with  the 
economic  problems  of  New  York  City.  I  was 
asked  to  serve  by  the  Mayor,  by  the  Gover- 
nor, and  by  the  two  Senators.  We  were  to 
take  a  look  at  a  whole  range  of  problems  that 
affected  the  flight  of  business  from  New  York 
City. 

The  particular  responsibilities  that  I  had 
when  I  was  working  with  the  committee  were 
to  take  a  look  at  the  professions  and  to  see 
what  things  could  be  done  to  try  and  make 
sure  that  the  professions  did  not  flee  from 
New  York  City — and  by  "the  professions"  I 
am  talking  about  lawyers,  accountants,  and 
the  like. 

The  group  also  had  a  number  of  other  sub- 
committees. About  halfway  through  the  work 
of  the  committee,  or  maybe  two-thirds  of  the 
way  through,  I  was  nominated  to  the  post 
which  I  now  hold.  I  was  unable  to  complete 
my  work  on  the  committee's  activities.  I  did 
not  have  anything  to  do  with  any  discussions 
with  respect  to  any  boycott  problems. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  what  are  your  views  on 
the  boycott? 

Secretary  Vance:  Well,  I  have  said  before 
on  the  boycott  problem  that  I  fully  support 
the  legislation  which  is  currently  on  the  books 
and  that  we  are  committed  to  support  that 
legislation  and  that  we  will  do  so. 


February  21,  1977 


143 


With  respect  to  the  questions  of  new  legisla- 
tion, I  would  like  to  take  a  look  at  that  in  the 
connection  of  the  overall  situation  in  the  Mid- 
dle East.  There  will  be  hearings  with  respect 
to  new  legislation.  Those  hearings  are  not 
going  to  take  place  until  my  return  from  the 
Middle  East.  I  have  agreed  to  testify  on  the 
28th  of  February  before  Senator  Proxmire's 
committee  on  this  issue,  and  by  that  time  I 
would  expect  that  we  would  have  a  gov- 
ernmentwide  position  which  I  will  be  pre- 
pared to  enunciate  at  that  time. 

Reducing  Arms  Sales  Abroad 

Q.  Ken  Freed,  Associated  Press.  There  has 
been  a  lot  of  talk  about  reducing  arms  sales 
by  the  United  States.  Could  you  outline  the 
program  as  you  see  it  now,  and  does  it  7nean 
fewer  arms  for  Israel,  Iran,  and  Saudi 
Arabia  ? 

Secretary  Vance:  We  haven't  gotten  to  the 
point  yet  of  what  the  effect  would  be  on  indi- 
vidual countries.  We  are  committed  to  a  basic 
principle,  and  that  is  to  find  a  way  to  reduce 
the  sale  of  arms — not  only  by  the  United 
States  but  by  other  nations  around  the  world. 

This  is  a  terribly  important  issue  and  one 
where  I  think  it  is  possible  to  make  progress. 
It  is  not  going  to  be  easy.  Indeed,  I  think  it  is 
going  to  be  very,  very  difficult.  But  I  think 
that  we,  as  the  largest  seller  of  arms,  have  a 
particular  responsibility  to  first  put  our  own 
house  in  order,  to  determine  what  our  policy 
will  be,  and  having  done  that,  then  to  begin  to 
work  with  other  nations  to  see  whether  we 
can  find  cooperative  arrangements  whereby 
they  will  participate  with  us  in  developing 
programs  and  policies  for  carrying  out  this 
kind  of  a  program. 

Let  me  say  that  some  of  the  things  that  we 
are  looking  at,  in  addition  to  what  our  own 
U.S.  policy  should  be,  is  the  question  of 
whether  or  not  it  would  be  constructive  to 
issue  regulations  which  would  require  that 
any  arms  manufacturer  in  the  United  States 
come  and  receive  permission  from  the  State 
Department  before  they  even  approach  any 
countries  overseas  with  respect  to  the  possi- 
bility of  buying  new  arms. 

My  own  inclination  is  that  this  is  a  very 


sensible  thing  to  do.  It  is  something  that  v 
have  under  consideration  and  have  as  ye 
however,  reached  no  conclusion  on. 

We  will  be  taking  a  look,  and  a  careful  loo: 
at  the  various  new  proposals  as  they  come 
and  then,   hopefully,  apply  the  standarc 
which  we  have  reached  to  those. 

Let  me  say  a  little  bit  about  the  Midd 
East,  though,  and  what  the  standards  ai 
which  we  have  been  applying  to  the  questit 
of  sales  of  arms  in  that  area. 

We  have  said,  first,  that  the  arms  mm 
satisfy,  or  must  be  fitted  to,  the  legitimal 
security  needs  of  the  country  concerned;  se( 
ondly,  that  they  must  be  looked  at  in  respe( 
to  their  effect  on  the  overall  situation  with  n 
spect  to  peace  in  the  Middle  East. 

And  it  seems  to  me  that  these  are  two  ver 
fundamental  principles  that  are  proper  an 
should  be  applied. 

Q.  Would  you  support  a  mutual  arms  ba. 
ivith  the  Russians  with  regard  to  the  Middl 
East?  That's  been  proposed  a  number  of  time 
to  the  Soviets.  I  think  they  have  rejected  i1 
Would  you  be  in  favor  of  renewing  such  ( 
proposal? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  I  think  it's  a  ver; 
constructive  proposal.  I  think,  quite  frankly 
it's  unrealistic  until  you  get  a  political  settle 
ment. 

Q.  Sir,  you  said  that  the  United  States  ha. 
been  studying  for  some  time  now  what  to  d* 
abotit  supplies  of  nuclear  fuel  to  other  coun 
tries.  Brazil  has  been  waiting  for  about  threi 
years  now  to  have  confirmation  for  some  fue 
for  its  reactors,  and  it's  given  as  one  of  thi 
reasons  that  the  country  decided  to  go — tt'. 
have  its  own  facilities  to  enrich  uranium. 
Should  Brazil  wait  until  the  United  Statet- 
finishes  its  study — which  it  cannot  say  when 
it  will  happen?  And  do  you  think — in  the 
same  area,  sir,  Brazil  is  under  a  great  curios- 
ity about  what  the  United  States  is  going  to  do 
ivith  regimes  in  Latin  America  that  are  not 
democratically  elected.   What  can  you  say 
about  this? 

Secretary  Vance:  Well,  let  me  take  your 
first  question. 

I  would  hope  very  much  that  Brazil  and 
Germany  would  wait  until  we  have  had  a 


144 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Ihance  to  further  discuss  the  question  of  what 

.Iternatives  are  there  to  proceeding  with  the 

,,  eprocessing  plant  or  with  enriched  uranium 

,„.acilities.  This  subject  has  been  under  study 

,,,  or  a  while  with  the  prior  government.  We  are 

'ery  freshly  in  office  and  have  been  studying 

t  very  intensively.   It  will  take  us  a  little 

.,  vhile  to  complete  our  studies,  and  I  think  it 

;  vould  be  not  only  helpful  but  important  that 

lothing  be  done  until  we've  had  a  chance  thor- 

i„,  lUghly  to  explore  this  with  both  countries. 

'    Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  to  follow  up  Mr.  Wal- 

ich's  question  of  a  moment  ago,  would  the 

'nited  States  consider  the  possibility  unilat- 

^  rally  of  reducing  arms  sales  to  countries  in 

'  he  Middle  East  unthout  agreement  with  the 

■-[  'oviet  Union  on  a  common  approach  to  re- 

'itcing  arms  sales? 

Secretary  Vance:  This  would  be  something 

'"'  hat  we  would  have  to  discuss  with  the  con- 

umer,  as  well  as  among  ourselves,  before  we 

ould  arrive  at  any  conclusion  on  that,  Mr. 

'  {alb. 

'  Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  Scott  Sullivan  of  News- 
veek.  You  are  going  to  meet  with  Mr.  Boyd 
"  Aquilino  Boyd,  Panamanian  Foreign  Minis- 
'• '  er]  this  morning.  Could  you  give  us  some  of 
*'  lour  thinking  on  how  it  may  be  possible  to 
treak  the  logjam  in  the  Panamanian  negotia- 
B  ions,  given  that  the  Panamanians  require 
iihat  sovereignty  revert  to  them  in  the  year 
II-  ',000  and  that  the  American  concern  is  to  keep 
n  he  canal  open  and  neutral  indefinitely? 

[  Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  I  do  have  some  ideas 
jn  this.  We  will  be  discussing  some  of  these 
ideas  today  with  Mr.  Boyd.  I  hope  that  he  will 
have  some  ideas  on  his  side.  I  think  it  would 
be  inappropriate  for  me  to  comment  at  this 
press  conference  on  it,  but  it  will  be  a  subject 
for  discussion  today  at  our  meeting. 

Q.  When  you  go  to  the  Middle  East,  will 
you  extend  invitations  to  all  the  leaders  to 
come  to  this  country,  and  how  will  you  issue 
the  problem  of  Prime  Minister  Rabin? 

r  Secretary  Vance:  I'm  sorry.  I  couldn't  hear 
you. 

Q.  Will  you  issue  invitations  to  all  of  the 
'  Arab  leaders  and  to  Prime  Minister  Rabin  to 


come  to  this  country?  And,  again,  tvhat  will 
you  do  about  the  problem  of  Prime  Minister 
Rabin,  with  the  election  coming  up? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  would  expect  that  we 
would  extend  invitations  to  all  of  the  leaders 
to  meet  with  the  President,  including  Prime 
Minister  Rabin. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  is  it  your  view  that  put- 
ting pressure  on  South  Africa  is  probably  the 
m,ost  effective  and  quickest  means  of  bringing 
about  some  movement  in  the  Rhodesian  situa- 
tion? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  think  that  South  Africa 
can  play  a  very  important  role  in  this  area. 
We  have  been  in  constant  communication  with 
the  South  Africans  and  will  continue  to  do  so. 

Q.  Do  you  share  Ambassador  Young's  view 
that  when  South  Africa  says  to  Rhodesia 
"negotiate,"  they  have  to  negotiate? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  don't  think  it's  really 
quite  that  simple. 

The  Korean  Question 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary  some  pampers  awhile  ago 
reported  that  some  of  President  Carter's 
foreign  policy  staff  suggested  the  United 
States  open  its  door  to  North  Korea  to  achieve 
a  sort  of  detente  in  the  Korean  Peninsula.  Do 
you  take  such  consideration  into  your  ac- 
count in  dealing  with  the  Korean  question? 

Secretary  Vance:  On  the  Korean  question, 
we  will  do  nothing  without  full  and  complete 
consultation  with  the  South  Koreans. 

Q.  Francois  Chatel,  Agence  France  Presse. 
What  do  you  think  about  the  deal,  nuclear 
deal,  between  Brazil  and  Germany— that  is, 
applied  to  the  deal  between  France  and  Paki- 
stan? In  other  words,  ivould  you  like  to  spe- 
cifically consult  proposals  made  before  the 
two  countries  go  through  with  the  deal? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  As  I  said,  our  con- 
cerns about  proliferation  apply  across  the 
board  and  not  just  to  one  or  two  countries, 
and  therefore  we  would  hope  that  in  each  of 
these  cases  ways  could  be  found  to  not  pro- 
ceed with  reprocessing  plants. 


February  21,  1977 


145 


Q.  And  are  you — in  the  case  of  Pakistan  — 
are  you  hopefiil  that  the  deal  mil  go  through? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  really  haven't  gotten 
deeply  enough  into  that  to  express  either 
hope  or  lack  of  hope  at  this  point. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  the  Administration  has 
made  a  major  coynmitment  toward  huinan 
rights  in  foreigri  policy.  On  the  Korean  ques- 
tion, are  you  planning  specific  pressure  to 
move  toward  that  goal  in  South  Korea? 

Secretary  Vance:  The  question  of  human 
rights  is  obviously  one  which  we  will  be  dis- 
cussing with  the  Koreans.  I  think  that  I 
should  say  nothing  more  than  that  at  this 
point. 

Q.  As  this  is  your  first  press  conference, 
sir,  perhaps  it  would  be  helpful  if  we  could 
have  on  the  record  your  general  views  of  your 
attitude  on  press  policy. 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  I'd  be  very  happy  to 
talk  about  that. 

As  I  previously  indicated,  I  have  rather 
deep  convictions  about  the  necessity  to  work 
with  the  Congress  in  developing  and  imple- 
menting foreign  policy.  I  also  believe  very 
strongly  that  it  is  necessary  to  inform  the 
American  public  as  to  what  our  objectives 
are,  to  explain  why  we  hold  these  objectives, 
and  as  much  as  possible  to  explain  how  we  in- 
tend to  proceed  in  achieving  those  objectives. 
And  to  that  end  I  want  to  give  as  much  time 
as  I  possibly  can  to  working  with  the  press  in 
open  sessions  to  explain  what  our  objectives 
are  and  how  we  intend  to  achieve  them.  And 
to  that  end,  as  I  have  indicated,  I  will  hold  an 
open  press  conference  with  you  at  least  once  a 
month. 

When  I  go  on  a  trip,  I  would  intend  to  speak 
with  the  press  in  an  open  fashion,  on  the  rec- 
ord in  almost  all  cases.  And  I  am  going  to  try 
and  make  people  in  our  Department  more 
available  to  the  press  so  that  they  can  speak 
with  you  and  keep  you  up  to  date  with  what  is 
going  on  in  our  operations  here  in  the  De- 
partment. 


Q.  /  wondered  if  you  would  make  known  to 
Chile  the  new  attitude  of  this  government  on 
the  subject  of  hutnan  rights.  Specifically,  I'd 
like  to  know  what  representations  you  and  the 
Department  made  to  theyn  about  sending  a 
person  alleged  to  be  a  torturer  to  this  country 
on  a  goodwill  tour. 

Secretary  Vance:  Mr.  Lavin  [Lt.  Col.  Jaime 
Farina  Lavin,  Director  General  of  the  Chilean 
Foreign  Ministry]  is  no  longer  in  this  country. 
I  think  it  would  be  inappropriate  for  me  to 
talk  about  what  individually  has  passed  be- 
tween ourselves  and  the  Chileans  on  this.  We 
will  convey  our  views  on  human  rights  and 
civil  rights  issues,  as  I  said,  both  pubhcly  and 
privately. 

The  press:  Thank  you,  Mr.  Secretary. 

Secretary  Vance:  Thank  you. 


U.S.  and  Panama  To  Continue 
Negotiations  on  Canal  Treaty 

Joint  Statement  ^ 

Panamanian  Foreign  Minister  Aquilino 
Boyd  and  Secretary  of  State  Vance  met  today 
to  discuss  the  status  of  the  negotiations  be- 
tween the  United  States  and  Panama  on  the 
Panama  Canal.  They  affirmed  their  determi- 
nation to  continue  the  negotiations  for  a  new 
Canal  treaty  on  the  basis  of  the  Joint  State- 
ment of  Principles  of  February  7,  1974,  known 
as  the  Tack-Kissinger  Agreement.  The  Secre- 
tary and  the  Foreign  Minister  agreed  to  make 
a  sustained  and  continuous  effort  to  conclude 
a  new  treaty  at  an  early  date.  In  pursuit  of 
that  objective,  they  agreed  that  the  U.S.  and 
Panamanian  teams  would  resume  negotiating 
sessions  in  Panama  on  February  10,  1977. 


'  Read  to  news  correspondents  by  Secretary  Vance  at 
an  informal  news  briefing  he  and  the  Panamanian 
Foreign  Minister  held  following  their  meeting  on  Jan. 
31. 


146 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  by  AP  and  UPI  Correspondents 


Following  is  the  transcript  of  an  interview 
with  Secretary  Vance  on  February  3  by 
Barry  Schweid  and  Kenneth  Freed  of  the  As- 
sociated Press  and  James  Anderson  and 
Nicholas  Daniloff  of  United  Press  Interna- 
tional. 

Press  release  37  dated  February  3 

Q.  May  I  start  with  something  that  came 
up  today?  There  was  a  statement  on  Cuba — 
it  was  a  brief  statement.  ^  You  know  what  the 
statement  was:  We  would  like  to  be  able  to 
hold  talks  regarding  the  antihijacking 
agreement.  Can  you  tell  us  if  the  statement 
was  issued  with  your  approval,  and  what  we 
mean  exactly  by  talks? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  the  statement  was 
issued  with  my  approval.  As  to  the  manner  in 
which  this  might  be  done,  I  have  not  yet 
come  to  any  final  conclusions,  and  therefore  I 
have  nothing  that  I  can  add  to  the  statement 
already  issued.  But  I  do  think  it  would  be 
constructive,  both  from  our  standpoint  and 
the  standpoint  of  Cuba,  to  explore  whether  it 
may  not  be  possible  to  renew  the  antihijack- 
ing treaty. 

Q.  In  the  past,  two  things  stood  in  the  way: 
one,  Cuba's  exporting  of  revolution  and,  two, 
the  presence  of  its  military  forces  en  masse 
in  southern  Africa.  I  gather  from  what  you 
are  saying  that  those  two  things  no  longer 
necessarily  stand  in  the  way  of  our  having 
direct  discussions  with  Cuba. 


'  In  response  to  a  question  on  Feb.  2,  the  following 
was  read  at  a  Department  of  State  news  briefing  on 
Feb.  3: 

On  October  15,  1976,  the  Cuban  Government  an- 
nounced its  intention  to  terminate  the  antihijacking 
agreement  with  the  United  States,  effective  April  15, 
1977.  There  have  been  no  new  developments  in  this 
matter,  but  this  is  something  we  hope  to  be  able  to  dis- 
cuss with  the  Cubans. 


Secretary  Vance:  No.  What  I  am  saying  is 
that  those  items  would  be  discussed  in  con- 
nection with  any  general  discussions  we 
might  have  with  the  Cubans,  and  I  don't  rule 
out  the  discussion  of  them  and  other  things 
that  might  arise  in  connection  with  the  dis- 
cussion of  the  antihijacking  treaty. 

Q.  Mr.  Vance,  what  issues  besides  the 
hijacking  treaty  would  you  want  to  discuss 
with  the  Cubans? 

Secretary  Vance:  The  two  issues  which  you 
have  already  discussed  are  two  of  the  items  I 
would  want  to  discuss  with  them. 

Q.  What  about  the  humanitarian  ques- 
tions? In  your  answers  to  Senator  Case 
[submitted  for  the  record  in  connection  with 
hearings  by  the  Seriate  Foreign  Relations 
Committee  on  Secretary  Vance's  nom- 
ination], for  example,  you  discussed  that, 
and  you  in  fact  indicated  that  it  would  be  a 
nice  idea  if  the  Cubans  would  release  Huber 
Matos.  That  is  not  a  precondition,  but  really 
an  expression  of  your  desire  that  they  should 
do  that — is  that  correct? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  That  was  an  ex- 
pression of  my  desire,  and  I  said  I  would  also 
think  it  would  be  important  if  they  would  re- 
lease some  American  prisoners  who  are  pres- 
ently in  Cuba. 

Q.  We  have  been  hearing  reports  — 
speaking  of  Cubans  in  southern  Africa  now, 
we  have  been  hearing  reports,  one,  that  there 
appear  to  be  new  and  large  arms  shipments 
going  to  Mozambique  and  that  this  may  be  a 
new  center  of  outside  forces.  Do  you  hear 
those  reports?  Is  that  correct? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  have  heard  reports  of 
arms  shipments  to  Mozambique.  I  think 
there  is  a  lack  of  clarity  as  to  the  exact  size  of 
those  shipments.  I  have  previously  indicated 


February  21,  1977 


147 


that  the  question  of  arms  shipments  and  par- 
ticipation by  non-Africans,  in  my  judgment, 
is  unhelpful  in  the  southern  African  situation 
and  have  urged  that  problems  of  southern 
Africa  should  be  decided  among  the  southern 
Africans. 

Q.  Regarding  the  Cuban  thing,  if  I  may  go 
back  a  second,  have  you  had  any  indication, 
direct  or  indirect,  from  Cuba  that  this  is  an 
appropriate  time  to  have  such  discussions? 

Secretary  Vance:  No  direct  communica- 
tion. 

Q.  Nor  indirect?  Any  clear  signal  at  least? 

Secretary  Vance:  No.  I  do  note  that  state- 
ments have  been  made  recently  about  the  in- 
tention of  the  Cubans  to  begin  withdrawing 
further  forces  from  Angola. 

Q.  Does  that  mean  withdraw  and  replace 
with  civilian  Cubans? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  don't  know. 

Relations  With  the  Soviet  Union 

Q.  On  an  allied  subject,  I  get  the  impres- 
sion that  you,  the  new  Administration,  are 
tending  to  compartmentalize  individual  mat- 
ters in  relations  with  the  Soviet  Union  more 
so  than  was  done  in  the  past.  For  example, 
although  there  was  the  probleyn  with  the 
human  rights  question  last  week,  apparently 
the  preliminary  discussions  on  SALT  went 
ahead  without  any  impediment.  Is  my  im- 
pression right,  first  of  all,  and  is  this  how 
you  intend  to  continue  to  operate? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  would  not  describe  it 
quite  that  way.  The  central  problem  that  we 
would  like  to  discuss  with  the  Soviet  Union  is 
the  question  of  the  reduction  of  nuclear  arms 
on  both  sides.  That  is  the  subject  that  is  al- 
ready on  the  table  and  which  I  think  we  must 
address  very,  very  promptly.  As  I  have  indi- 
cated, I  would  like  to  see  this  accomplished, 
if  possible,  beforfe  September,  at  the  end  of 
which  the  current  agreement  expires  and 
therefore  would  have  to  be  extended;  and 
therefore  I  feel  that  it  is  important  to  resume 
as  promptly  as  we  can  our  discussions  on 
SALT  Two  with  the  Soviets.  That  is  not  to 


say  that  there  are  not  other  issues  of  impor- 
tance between  us,  and  I  would  expect  on  my 
trip  to  Moscow  that  I  would  discuss  these 
other  issues  as  well,  in  an  initial  and  pre- 
liminary fashion. 

Q.  What  I  was  getting  at  is,  there  is  no 
linkage  between  our  feelings  about  the  Soviet 
treatment  of  their  citizens  and  the  human 
rights  questions  and  our  other  relations  with 
them — trade,  econoynic,  and  arms  talks? 

Secretary  Vance:  No,  there  is  no  linkage.  I 
think  each  of  these  subjects  is  an  important 
subject  and  each  should  be  discussed  on  its 
own  footing. 

Q.  Mr.  Vance,  do  you  see  the  statements 
that  were  made  last  week  about  human  rights 
in  the  Soviet  Union,  the  Sakharov  statement 
among  others,  as  complicating  your  discus- 
sions? I  understand  Mr.  Dobrynin  [Anatoliy 
Dobrynin,  Soviet  Ambassador  to  the  U.S.], 
for  example,  called  you  and  complained  that 
this  was  interference  in  their  internal  af- 
fairs. 

Secretary  Vance:  No,  I  don't  see  them 
complicating  our  discussions.  I  think  the 
Soviet  Union  knows  that  we  feel  strongly 
about  the  human  rights  issues,  very 
strongly,  very  deeply,  and  that  we  will  speak 
out  on  those  issues  when  we  believe  it  appro- 
priate to  do  so. 

Q.  When  you  said  "linkage"  before — 
because  "linkage"  is  associated  with  one  Sec- 
retary of  State's  particular  style,  I  would 
like  to  come  back  to  it  and  ask  you  if  you 
don't  think  that  Soviet  action  in  one  area 
does  have  implicatioyis  over  actions  in 
others.  Should  they  be  forthcoming  on 
huynan  rights,  doesn't  it  suggest 
something — I  don't  want  to  say  that  there  is 
a  deal  involved — but  if  they  are  forthcoming 
on  hmnan  rights,  would  not  that  improve  the 
general  climate  and  make  a  SALT  treaty,  for 
instance,  a  little  more  easy  to  get? 

Secretary  Vance:  It  would  certainly  im- 
prove the  climate,  but  I  think  there  has  been 
an  overemphasis  on  linkage. 

Q.  When  yoii  go  to  Moscow  at  the  end  of 
March,  do  you  see  at  that  point  making  a 


148 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


breakthrough  in  the  current  issues  which 
deadlock  the  SALT  talks,  so  that  in  the  fall 
Mr.  Brezhnev  [Leonid  /.  Brezhnev,  General 
Secretary  of  the  Central  Committee  of  the 
Communist  Party  of  the  Soviet  Union]  could 
com,e  here  and  sign  the  SALT  Two  agree- 
ment? 

Secretary  Vance:  No.  I  don't  anticipate 
making  any  breakthrough  at  that  time.  I 
think  this  will  be  the  first  of  the  discussions 
on  a  very  difficult  and  very  complex  set  of 
subjects,  and  I  would  not  predict  any  break- 
through at  that  point. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  we  don't  expect  you  to 
bargain  with  the  Soviets  through  us,  but  can 
you  tell  us:  Is  this  a  possibility — that  the 
Vladivostok  agreement  of  2,^00  vehicles  on 
each  side  could  be  reduced  by  the  time  SALT 
Two  was  put  into  the  form  of  a  treaty? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  don't  want  to  go  into 
excessive  detail,  but  I  think  that  some  reduc- 
tion from  the  2,400  is  a  possibility. 

Q.  Do  you  believe  that  cruise  missiles,  in 
the  current  state  of  art,  are  verifiable  and 
therefore  could  well  be  included  in  the 
agreement?  And  probably  more  important, 
do  the  Soviets  agree  with  us  that  they  are  ver- 
ifiable as  strategic  weapons  by  national 
means? 

Secretary  Vance:  The  question  of  cruise 
missiles  is  one  of  the  remaining  subjects  in 
the  SALT  Two  discussions,  along  with  the 
question  of  the  "Backfire"  and  along  with  the 
question  of  mobile  missiles. 

As  to  cruise  missiles  as  such,  one  of  the 
problems  is  the  problem  of  verification.  It  is 
a  very  difficult  and  complex  problem  in  the 
area  of  cruise  missiles  and  undoubtedly 
would  be  one  of  the  matters  for  discussion  in 
connection  with  trying  to  resolve  the  cruise 
missile  problem. 

Q.  Is  the  question  of  the  cruise  and 
Backfire  crucial  to  a  SALT  Two  agreement? 
Are  you  willing  to  seek  a  fallback  position  of 
letting  them  slide  for  further  negotiation 
later? 

Secretary  Vance:  Well,  the  President  has 
spoken  on  this  already,  and  the  President  has 


said  that  he  would  hope  that  the  cruise  mis- 
sile and  Backfire  would  not  result  in  the  fail- 
ure to  achieve  a  SALT  Two  agreement. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  Backfire  and  the 
cruise  missile  issues  are  still  very  much  in 
the  negotiations  and  I'm  sure  will  be  a  sub- 
ject for  discussion  when  we  begin  our  talks 
with  the  Soviet  Union. 

Q.  I'm  having  trouble  in  following,  since 
this  Administration  came  in,  their  thinking 
on  SALT,  to  see  if  there's  any  difference  be- 
tween the  previous  Kissinger-Ford-Nixon 
approach,  which  the  Soviets  continually  re- 
jected in  the  last  three  attempts.  Frankly,  I 
don't  see  much  of  a  difference,  and  I  wonder 
why  you  think  that  the  Soviets  would  be  more 
amenable  now  to  this  approach  than  they 
were  last  March,  last  September-October. 

Secretary  Vance:  Well,  I  would  hope  that 
in  seeking  a  SALT  Two  agreement  that  we 
would  both  approach  the  remaining  problems 
with  flexibility  and  see  whether  we  could 
come  up  with  some  new  ideas,  some  fresh 
ideas  that  have  not  yet  been  discussed.  And 
this  is  not  just  a  one-way  street  I'm  talking 
about.  I  would  hope  and  expect  the  Soviets 
would  approach  it  in  the  same  way. 

Importance  of  Conventional  Arms  Reductions 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  recently  you  were — I 
think  you  were  chairman  of  a  panel  of  the 
United  Nations  Association  that  put  together 
a  report  on  disarmament,  in  which  you  said 
really  the  problem — you  didn't  use  the  word 
"problem" — the  most  important  aspect  of 
disarmament  is  really  conventional  arms 
because  that's  where  most  of  the  money  is 
spent,  that's  where  most  of  the  action  is.  Are 
you  planning  to  make  any  early  efforts,  with 
the  Soviets  in  particular,  to  start  talks  on 
large-scale  conventional  disarmament? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  do  believe  that  the  area 
of  disarmament  or  arms  reduction  in  the  con- 
ventional arms  area  is  of  critical  importance. 
It  is  the  area  where  the  largest  amount  of 
money  is  spent,  and  it  is  a  very  serious  and 
substantial  problem. 

I  would  expect  the  discussion  of  reduction 
of  conventional  arms  to  be  on  the  agenda  of 


February  21,  1977 


149 


items  that  we  might  discuss  when  I  go  to 
Moscow  at  the  end  of  March.  MBFR,  which 
means  mutual  balanced  force  reduction,  talks 
have  been  underway  for  several  years.  I 
hope  very  much  that  we  can  move  these  talks 
out  of  the  doldrums  and  give  them  very  high 
priority  and  see  if  we  can't  move  them  on  to  a 
preliminary,  yet  satisfactory,  conclusion  of  a 
first-stage  agreement. 

One  of  the  problems,  I  think,  has  been  that 
they  have  not  received  the  emphasis  that 
they  should  in  the  past.  I'm  encouraged  by 
the  fact  that  not  only  do  we  put  a  very  high 
priority  on  movement  in  these  talks,  but  the 
Soviets  do  also.  Mr.  Brezhnev,  in  his  speech 
at  Tula  in  the  last  two  weeks,  has  indicated 
that  he  considers  this  to  be  a  matter  of  high 
priority  and  would  like  to  address  it  prompt- 

ly. 

Q.  Mr.  Vance,  I  want  to  return  to  this  one 
question — not  to  beat  a  dead  horse — about 
the  question  of  the  Soviet  attitude  on  SALT. 
You  seem  to  be  rejecting  the  Soviets'  conten- 
tio7i  that  it  is  the  Americans'  turn  to  propose 
something  significant  to  move  the  negotia- 
tions along.  Do  you  have  anything  in  mind 
that  the  Soviets  need  to  do,  need  to  move? 

Secretary  Vance:  Well,  I  think  if  we  are 
both  serious  about  making  progress  in 
SALT,  and  I  believe  we  are,  then  it  is  in- 
cumbent upon  both  of  us  to  see  what  we  can 
do  to  break  the  logjams  which  exist  and  move 
on  to  the  conclusion  of  a  fair  and  just  agree- 
ment which  is  acceptable  to  both. 

Q.  Regarding  conventional  arms,  has  your 
thinking  gone  to  the  point  where  you  can 
approach  them  about  some  common  agree- 
ments, some  agreement  that  both  superpow- 
ers would  restrain  arms  sales  in  specific 
regions?  Woiild  you  declare  certain  regions 
off  bo7inds,  for  instance,  as  being  beyond  the 
contest;  Africa,  perhaps?  Can  you  amplify 
that  a  bit? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  I  would  be  happy 
to. 

Not  only  are  we  talking  about  reduction  of 
arms  and  troops  in  the  Central  European 
area,  but  I  am  also  talking  about  the  question 
of  a  general  reduction  in  the  transfer  of  arms 


in  attacking  that  problem.  This  is  a  subject 
that  affects  not  only  the  United  States  but 
other  Western  nations  and  the  Soviet  Union 
as  well,  and  this  is  a  subject  which  we  will 
take  up  with  the  Soviet  Union  and  discuss 
with  them  how  we  might  proceed  to  reduce 
the  general  sale  and  transfer  of  arms 
throughout  the  world. 

Q.  But  as  a  pilot  project  would  you  select 
an  area  like  Africa  to  simply  declare  off 
bounds  and  see  if  that  idea  could  spread? 

Secretary  Vance:  That  would  be  a  possibil- 
ity. 

I  think  also  the  whole  question  of  arms 
transfers  into  the  Middle  East  is  an  area  that 
one  might  look  at. 

Q.  In  the  United  Nations  Association  re- 
port that  you  mentioned  earlier,  there  are 
several  points  that  were  made,  one  of  which 
was  sort  of  a  unilateral  naval  disarmament 
approach  test.  Woiild  you  subscribe  to  that? 

I  noticed  in  that  report  you  dissented  from 
one  part,  but  not  that  part,  not  on  the  ques- 
tion of  naval  disarmament. 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  I  think  that  is  an 
area  that  is  worth  exploring.  It  is  not  some- 
thing you  could  reach  agreement  on  over- 
night, but  it  is  the  kind  of  subject  that  de- 
serves further  thought. 

Q.  Mr.  Vance,  can  I  just  follow  up  on  con- 
ventional arms? 

The  other  day  at  your  news  conference  you 
said  the  United  States  as  a  leading  arms 
seller  bears  a  heavy  responsibility  for  mov- 
ing this.  Would  you  be  prepared  to  do  any- 
thing unilaterally,  or  would  you  only  move 
in  cutting  arms  transfers  in  conjunction 
with  either  the  Soviet  Union  or  the  other 
leading  arms  sellers,  such  as  Britain  and 
France ? 

Secretary  Vance:  As  I  said  the  other  day,  I 
think  the  first  thing  we  have  to  do  is  to  de- 
termine with  more  precision  what  our  policy 
is  going  to  be.  Having  made  that  determina- 
tion we  might  wish  to  take  action  ourselves 
to  demonstrate  leadership  in  this  area. 

But  in  the  long  run  this  is  a  problem  that 
must  be  faced  up  to  and  dealt  with  by  both 


150 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


the  supplier  and  the  purchaser  nations 
throughout  the  world,  and  therefore,  in  my 
judgment,  it  is  essential  that  we  begin  to 
deal  with  it  on  an  international  basis  and  not 
simply  on  a  unilateral  basis. 

Panama  Canal  Treaty  Negotiations 

Q.  Mr.  Vance,  if  I  may  switch  to  the  ques- 
tion of  Panama,  isn't  your  biggest  problem 
there  going  to  be  the  opponents  on  Capitol 
Hill,  and  if  that  is  the  case,  what  are  you 
going  to  do  to  try  to  convince  the  conserva- 
tives who  are  taking  action  in  a  number  of 
different  ways  to  try  to  prevent  you  from 
concluding  this  agreement  with  Panama? 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  say  first  there 
are  some  difficult  issues  which  remain  to  be 
negotiated.  I  do  not  underestimate  the  diffi- 
culty of  reaching  agreement  on  the  remaining 
issues.  But  in  addition,  we  do  face  the  prob- 
lem of  opposition  among  some  of  the  Senators 
and  Congressmen  on  the  Hill. 

I  think  we  have  a  responsibility  as  we  pro- 
ceed in  our  negotiations  to  explain  to  the 
Congress  and  to  the  American  people  what 
our  objectives  are,  why  we  hold  these  objec- 
tives, and  to  discuss  frankly  and  directly  the 
concerns  which  people  have  expressed  in  this 
area  and  to  answer  the  questions  which  have 
been  raised. 

Q.  So  you  would  see  a  process  of  going  to 
the  people  as  it  were,  of  speaking  directly  to 
the  Aynerican  people  over  this  very  compli- 
cated and  difficult  issue? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  would  say,  going  di- 
rectly to  the  American  people  and  to  the 
people  on  Capitol  Hill  to  talk  directly  with 
them  and  to  try  and  answer  their  questions 
and  to  answer  their  concerns. 

Q.  There  are  reports  that  if  the  treaty  were 
submitted  now,  as  it  would  be  anticipated  it 
would  be  drawn,  that  it  would  be  defeated  or 
at  least  it  wouldn't  get  the  two-thirds  major- 
ity that  is  necessary. 

Secretary  Vance:  I  don't  know  whose 
evaluation  that  is. 

Q.  A  story  in  the  paper. 


Q.  Well,  you  know  the  Strom  Thurmond 
resolution  last  year,  which  was  against  the 
treaty,  had  37-39  backers;  and  if  that  is  the 
case  today,  of  course  that  would  defeat  the 
treaty  in  the  Senate. 

Secretary  Vance:  I  don't  believe  it  has  that 
support  today. 

Q.  What  support  do  you  think  it  has  today? 

Secretary  Vance:  Less  than  a  third. 

Q.  Less  than  a  third? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes. 

Q.  So  you  could  get  ratification,  as  you  see 
the  broad  outlines  of  a  treaty  developing 
now? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  think  one  first  has  to 
see  what  the  treaty  finally  is.  But  it  is  my 
conviction  that  any  treaty  which  we  finally 
negotiate  will  be  able  to  be  ratified. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  could  I  go  back  to  some- 
thing that  you  said  before,  just  to  pick  it  up? 

You  said  that  the  concept  of  linkage  was 
overdone  in  the  past.  Whatever  else  it  had,  it 
did  provide,  sometimes,  an  incentive  to  bring 
the  Soviets  along  on  something  that  they 
didn't  want  to  move  on. 

What,  in  place  of  linkage,  are  you  going  to 
use  as  an  incentive  to  induce  the  Soviets  to 
come  along  on  agreements  on  which  they 
would  be  otherwise  reluctant? 

Secretary  Vance:  Well,  I  think  that — take 
for  example,  negotiations  in  the  arms  field, 
and  more  specifically,  the  SALT  negotia- 
tions. I  think  it  clearly  is  in  the  interests  of 
both  nations  and  in  the  interest  of  world 
peace  for  us  to  reach  a  satisfactory, 
negotiated  settlement  with  them.  So  I  think 
it  stands  on  its  own  two  feet. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  I  would  very  much  like 
to  get  you  on  the  record  on  Paul  Warnke,^  on 
the  situation  developing. 

Secretary  Vance:  Surely. 

Q.  Because,  as  you  know,  there  is  an 


2  On  Feb.  2  President  Carter  nominated  Mr.  Warnl<e 
to  be  Director  of  the  United  States  Arms  Control  and 
Disarmament  Agency  and  special  SALT  negotiator. 


February  21,  1977 


151 


anonymous  letter  circulating,  and  it  is  hard 
to  deal  with  an  anonymous  statemeyit,  accus- 
ing him  of  advocating  unilateral  abandon- 
ment of  every  iveapons  system  subject  to 
SALT  negotiation.  Does  that — you  work  with 
him — is  that  a  fair  representation  of 
Warnke's — 

Secretary  Vance:  No.  Let  me  first  say  that 
I  deplore  anonymous  statements.  I  think  that 
if  people  have  issues  that  they  wish  to  raise 
or  criticisms  which  they  choose  to  make,  that 
they  should  come  out  and  make  those  directly 
with  their  names  attached  to  them. 

I  think  Paul  Warnke  is  an  excellent  choice. 
He  is  superbly  qualified,  and  I  am  convinced 
that  he  will  be  approved  by  the  Senate. 

Q.  But  the  views  attributed  to  him, 
anonymously,  that  he  is  in  favor  of  unilat- 
eral "abandonment,"  as  they  say,  of  every 
weapons  system, — 

Secretary  Vance:  I  don't  agree  with  that.  I 
do  not  think  those  are  his  views.  I  have  not 
seen  the  paper  to  which  you  are  referring, 
but  I  think  that  is  a  gross  misstatement  of 
Mr.  Warnke's  position. 

Q.  Do  you  agree  with  him,,  though,  for  in- 
stance, that  there  could  be  a  six-month  delay 
in  the  development  of  the  B-1,  unilaterally, 
urithout  any  Soviet  response,  to  see  if  it  would 
bring — elicit  a  positive  Soviet  reaction? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  believe  that  there  could 
be  a  delay  in  the  B-1  for  a  period  of  time.  I 
am  not  sure  that  that  is  the  ultimate  decision 
which  will  be  taken  in  connection  with  the 
budget  reviews,  but  I  think  that  such  a  delay 
would  be  possible. 

Q.  But  you,  don't  agree  ivith  him,  I  gather, 
on  the  question  of  a  unilateral  withdrawal  of 
some  nuclear  forces  from  Europe?  At  least 
some  statements  he  is  associated  with? 

Secretary  Vance:  Well,  what  I  said  on 
that — I  think  it  would  be  inappropriate  at 
this  time  to  withdraw  our  tactical  nuclear 
forces  or  weapons  from  Europe.  That  issue  is 
already  a  subject  which  is  on  the  table  in  the 
MBFR  discussions,  and  it  doesn't  make  sense 
to  me  to  take  such  a  step  while  it  is  currently 


under  negotiation  in  the  larger  context  of  the 
MBFR  talks. 

Q.  In  the  larger — if  I  can  pursue  this  just 
one  ynore  question,  in  the  larger  concept  of 
his  idea  of — I  don't  ivant  to  say  "unilateral 
reductions"  but  he  had  developed  the  idea 
that  there  are  several  areas  where  the  United 
States  can  act  unilaterally  without  the  mutual 
reduction  by  the  Soviet  Union  in  arms  mat- 
ters. Do  you  agree  with  that  in  concept? 

Secretary  Vance:  Well,  I  think  it  depends 
on  what  you  are  talking  about.  I  don't  know 
specifically  what  you  have  in  mind. 

Q.  Well,  the  B-1  was  one  example.  Of 
course  you  have  answered  that. 

Secretary  Vance:  As  I  said  before,  I  think 
that  you  can  delay  it  for  a  period  of  time. 

Q.  And  the  naval  situation  was  another 
one.  He  thought  that  there  were  areas  that 
the  United  States  could  reduce  its  spending 
and  deployynent  without  prior  agreement  of 
the  Soviet  Union,  to  see  how  they  would  re- 
spond. 

Secretary  Vance:  Well,  I  think  you  have  to 
examine  each  one  of  these  on  its  own  merits 
and  see  whether  or  not  it  can  be  done  without 
jeopardizing  the  security  of  the  country. 

Q.  So  it  has  to  be  a  case-by-case  basis? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  I  think  it  has  to  be  a 
case-by-case  basis. 

Discussions  on  Cyprus  Issues 

Q.  The  White  House  announced  today  the 
appointm,ent  of  Clark  Clifford  to  be  the  spe- 
cial emissary  to  the  Cyprus  area.  What  do 
you  thiyik  the  United  States  can  do?  Is  there 
any  direct  role  that  we  can  play  in  this  whole 
episode? 

Secretary  Vance:  Well,  I  think  the  first 
thing  we  have  to  do  is  to  have  discussions 
with  the  Greeks  and  the  Turks  about  our 
bilateral  relations,  and  Mr.  Clifford  will  be 
doing  this. 

Secondly,  he  will  be  going  to  Cyprus  to 
discuss  with  the  Cypriots  the  situation  in 


152 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Cyprus  as  it  stands.  I  would  expect  also  that 
he  would  be  going  to  discuss  with  the  Euro- 
pean Community  their  views  with  respect  to 
the  Cyprus  situation,  because  they  do  in  fact 
have  very  definite  views  on  how  the  situation 
might  be  approached  and  how  progress  might 
be  made. 

After  having  made  this  factfinding  mis- 
sion, Mr.  Clifford  will  return  and  report  the 
results  of  his  trip  to  the  President  and  to  the 
Secretary  of  State. 

In  addition,  I  would  expect  he  would  re- 
port to  the  Congress.  I  think  this  will  then 
give  us  a  basis  on  which  to  formulate  our 
plans  as  to  how  we  may  or  should  approach 
the  bilateral  problems  which  exist  between  the 
United  States  and  Greece  and  Turkey  and,  at 
the  same  time,  would  give  us  a  basis  for  see- 
ing how  we  might  be  able  to  facilitate  the 
achievement  of  progress  in  the  Cyprus  situa- 
tion. 

Q.  Could  you  envision  the  United  States 
playing  some  kind  of  role  analogous  to  what 
the  United  States  played  in  the  Middle  East 
dispute? 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  say  first  in  the 
Cyprus  situation  the  Secretary  General  and 
the  United  Nations  are  already  playing  a 
very  constructive  role,  and  we  would  not 
want  to  do  anything  that  did  not  fit  or 
dovetail  with  the  activities  of  the  United  Na- 
tions in  this  area. 

I  think,  however,  it  may  be  possible  that 
we  may  be  able  to  come  up  with  some  new 
ideas  or  to  find  ways  to  help  in  bringing  the 
parties  together.  And  if  we  can,  we  certainly 
want  to  do  it,  because  peace  and  stability  in 
the  eastern  Mediterranean  are  very  impor- 
tant not  only  to  that  area  but  to  the  peace  of 
the  world  generally. 

Q.  But  in  the  interim,  it  is  an  assumption, 
isn't  it?  Is  it  so  that  you  ivill  hold  back  on  the 
Turkish  aid  agreement?  You  will  not  submit 
the  Greek  bases  agreement.  In  fact,  you 
won't  complete  the  Greek  bases  agreement 
until  this  factfinding  mission  is  complete? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  As  I  previously  in- 
dicated, I  don't  anticipate  any  action  by  the 


Congress  until  we  have  had  a  chance  to  fur- 
ther study  the  situation  by  conversations  with 
Turkey  and  with  Greece. 

Relations  With  China 

Q.  Mr.  Vance,  looking  toward  China  for  a 
moment,  do  you  see  down  the  road  the 
United  States  really  recognizing  the  People's 
Republic  of  China  and  disengaging  itself 
from  its  security  treaty  with  the  Nationalist 
Chinese? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  believe  that  normaliza- 
tion of  relations  with  the  People's  Republic  of 
China  should  be  our  ultimate  goal.  As  I  have 
previously  said,  I  believe  that  the  pace  at 
which  one  proceeds  and  the  modalities  which 
might  be  used  require  further  careful  study. 
And  I  further  believe  that  in  considering 
that,  we  must  also  consider  the  question  of 
the  security  of  the  people  of  Taiwan. 

Q.  I  don't  mean  this  disrespectfully  at  all, 
but  I  don't  think  you  have  answered  the  ques- 
tion. Nick  asked  you  if  you  really  think  that 
the  United  States  can  recognize  China  and 
disavow  our  defense  treaty  with  the 
Taiwanese. 

Secretary  Vance:  All  I  can  say — 

Q.  You  said  it  required  careful  study. 

Secretary  Vance:  Ultimately  I  believe  that 
we  will  be  able  to  achieve  normalization  of  re- 
lations with  the  People's  Republic  of  China. 

Q.  I  notice  you  keep  referring  to  that  term, 
that  ambiguous  term,  "achieve  normaliza- 
tion." What  does  that  mean,  really?  Does 
that  mean  recognition? 

Secretary  Vance:  It  means  exactly  what  it 
says. 

Q.  No,  but  it  has  a  history. 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  and  that  is  why  it 
means  exactly  what  it  says. 

Q.  And  its  beauty  lies  in  its  ambiguity. 
But  does  it  mean  recognize  diplomatically 
the  People's  Republic  of  China? 

Secretary  Vance:  Normalization? 


February  21,  1977 


153 


Q.  Yes.  Is  that  what  normalization  means? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  that  is  what  it 
means  ultimately. 

Middle  East  Situation 

Q.  I  think  we  had  best  go  to  the  Middle 
East  because  your  time  is  running  out. 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  I  am  running  out  of 
time. 

Q.  And  we  couldn't  have  a  session  without 
the  Middle  East. 

Secretary  Vance:  Sure. 

Q.  Okay,  we  might  as  well  go  right  to  the 
heart  of  it.  Must  there  be  a  Palestinian  state 
for  there  to  be  peace  in  the  Middle  East? 
Bluntly,  but — 

Secretary  Vance:  That  is  up  to  the  parties 
to  decide.  I  think  it  is  necessary  if  one  is 
going  to  achieve  a  settlement  to  recognize 
the  legitimate  requirements  of  the  Pales- 
tinian people.  And  I  have  said  this  many 
times  before. 

Q.  Well,  do  their  legitimate  interests  in- 
clude nationhood? 

Secretary  Vance:  Well,  that  is  up  to  them 
to  decide  how  that  might  be  done. 

Q.  Excuse  me,  when  you  say  "them,"  you 
mean  the  parties  or  do  you  mean  the  Pales- 
tinians ? 

Secretary  Vance:  The  parties. 

Q.  Do  you  still  look  for  a  resum,ption — do 
you  hope  for  a  resumption  of  the  Middle  East 
Peace  Co7iference  some  time? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  My  view  is  that  it  is 
important  to  have  a  resumption  of  a  Geneva 
conference  in  1977. 

I  think,  as  I  have  said,  that  despite  the  dif- 
ficulties which  exist,  the  situation  is  more — 
is  improved  from  what  it  was  nine  months  or 
a  year  ago  and  that  there  are  opportunities 
to  make  progress  this  year. 

Let  me  say,  further,  that  I  think  it  is  ter- 
ribly important  that  progress  be  made  this 


year,  because  if  progress  is  not  made  this 
year,  then,  as  I  see  it,  there  is  danger  that 
other  factors  may  arise  which  may  destroy 
the  more  favorable  conditions  which  cur- 
rently exist. 


Department  Comments  on  Subject 
of  Human  Rights  in  Czechoslovakia 

Following  is  a  stateynent  read  to  news  cor- 
respondents on  January  26  by  Frederick  Z. 
Brown,  Director,  Office  of  Press  Relations. 

I  would  like  to  make  a  brief  statement  on 
the  subject  of  human  rights  in  Czechoslo- 
vakia. 

Some  300  individuals  in  that  country  have 
petitioned  the  government  to  guarantee  the 
rights  accorded  them  by  the  Czechoslovak 
Constitution,  the  international  covenants  on 
civil  and  political  and  on  economic,  social, 
and  cultural  rights,  and  by  the  Helsinki  Final 
Act.'  We  have  noted  that  the  signers  of 
Charter  77  explicitly  state  that  it  is  not  a 
document  of  political  opposition.  Some  of  the 
signers  have  reportedly  been  detained  or 
harassed. 

As  you  know,  the  Helsinki  Final  Act  pro- 
vides that: 

In  the  field  of  human  rights  and  fundamental  free- 
doms, the  participating  States  will  act  in  conformity 
with  the  purposes  and  principles  of  the  Charter  of  the 
United  Nations  and  with  the  Universal  Declaration  of 
Human  Rights.  They  will  also  fulfill  their  obligations  as 
set  forth  in  the  international  declarations  and  agree- 
ments in  this  field,  including  inter  alia  the  International 
Covenants  on  Human  Rights,  by  which  they  may  be 
bound. 

All  signatories  of  the  Helsinki  Final  Act 
are  pledged  to  promote,  respect,  and  observe 
human  rights  and  fundamental  freedoms  for 
all.  We  must  strongly  deplore  the  violation  of 
such  rights  and  freedoms  wherever  they 
occur. 


'  For  text  of  the  Final  Act  of  the  Conference  on  Secu- 
rity and  Cooperation  in  Europe,  signed  at  Helsinki  on 
Aug.  1,  1975,  see  Bulletin  of  Sept.  1,  1975,  p.  323. 


154 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


TREATY  INFORMATION 


Current  Actions 

MULTILATERAL 


Agriculture 

Agreement  establishing  the  International  Fund  for  Ag- 
ricultural Development  (IFAD).  Done  at  Rome  June 
13,  1976.  ' 
Signatures:  Venezuela,  January  4,  1977;  Switzerland, 

January  24,  1977;  Italy,  Somalia,  January  26,  1977; 

Tunisia,  January  27,   1977;  Pakistan,  January  28, 

1977. 

Antarctica 

Recommendations  relating  to  the  furtherance  of  the 
principles  and  objectives  of  the  Antarctic  treaty  of 
December  1,  1959  (TIAS  4780).  Adopted  at  Oslo  June 
20,  1975.  ' 

Notification  of  appraisal:  Belgium,  January  21,  1977, 
for  recommendations  VIII-3,  VIII-6-Vlil-14. 

Copyright 

Universal  copyright  convention,  as  revised.   Done  at 
Paris  July  24,  1971.  Entered  into  force  July  10,  1974. 
TIAS  7868. 
Accession  deposited:  Bahamas,  September  27,  1976. 

Cultural  Property 

Convention  on  the  means  of  prohibiting  and  preventing 
the  illicit  import,  export  and  transfer  of  ownership  of 
cultural  property.  Done  at  Paris  November  14,  1970. 
Entered  into  force  April  24,  1972.  ^ 
Acceptance  deposited:  Saudi  Arabia,  September  8, 

1976. 
Ratification  deposited:  Bolivia,  October  4,  1976. 

Diplomatic  Relations 

Optional  protocol  to  the  Vienna  convention  on  diplomat- 
ic relations  concerning  the  compulsory  settlement  of 
disputes.  Done  at  Vienna  April  18,  1961.  Entered  into 
force  April  24,  1964;  for  the  United  States  December 
13,  1972.  TIAS  7502. 
Ratification  deposited:  Korea,  January  25,  1977. 

Expositions 

Protocol  revising  the  convention  of  November  22,  1928, 
relating  to  international  e.xpositions,  with  appendix 
and  annex.  Done  at  Pai'is  November  30,  1972.  ' 
Ratification  deposited:  Romania,  May  12,  1976.  ^ 

Gas 

Protocol  for  the  prohibition  of  the  use  in  war  of  as- 
phyxiating, poisonous  or  other  gases,  and  of  bac- 
teriological methods  of  warfare.  Done  at  Geneva  June 
7,  1925.  Entered  into  force  February  8,  1928;  for  the 
United  States  April  10,  1975.  TIAS  8061. 
Accession  deposited:  Qatar,  September  16,  1976. 


Health 

Amendments  to  articles  35  and  55  of  the  Constitution  of 
the  World  Health  Organization  of  July  22,  1946,  as 
amended  (TIAS  1808,  4643,  8086).  Adopted  at  Geneva 
May  22,  1973.  ' 

Acceptances  deposited:  Comoros,  Surinam,  January 
27,  1977. 

Oil  Pollution 

Amendments  to  the  international  convention  for  the 
prevention  of  pollution  of  the  sea  by  oil,   1954,  as 
amended  (TIAS  4900,  6109).  Adopted  at  London  Oc- 
tober 21,  1969. 
Acceptances  deposited:  Dominican  Republic,  January 

14,  1977;  Nigeria,  January  19,  1977. 
Enters  into  force:  January  20,  1978. 

Space 

Convention  on  international  liability  for  damage  caused 
by  space  objects.  Done  at  Washington,  London,  and 
Moscow  March  29,  1972.  Entered  into  force  Sep- 
tember 1,  1972;  for  the  United  States  October  9, 
1973.  TIAS  7762. 
Ratification  deposited:  Finland,  February  1,  1977. 

Terrorism — Protection  of  Diplomats 

Convention  on  the  prevention  and  punishment  of  crimes 
against  internationally  protected  persons,  including 
diplomatic  agents.  Done  at  New  York  December  14, 
1973.  Enters  into  force  February  20,  1977. 
Ratifications  deposited:  Federal  Republic  of  Ger- 
many, January  25,  1977;  Tunisia,  January  21,  1977. 
Accession  deposited:  Chile,  January  21,  1977. 

United  Nations 

Charter  of  the  United  Nations  and  Statute  of  the  Inter- 
national Court  of  Justice.  Signed  at  San  Francisco 
June  26,  1945.  Entered  into  force  October  24,  1945.  59 
Stat.  1031. 

Admission  to  membership:  Angola,  December  1, 
1976;  Western  Samoa,  December  15,  1976. 

World  Heritage 

Convention  concerning  the  protection  of  the  world  cul- 
tural and  natural  heritage.  Done  at  Paris  November 
23,   1972.   Entered  into  force  December  17,   1975. 
TIAS  8226. 
Ratification  deposited:  Bolivia,  October  4,  1976. 

BILATERAL 


Australia 

Agreement  relating  to  the  limitation  of  meat  imports 
from  Australia  during  calendar  year  1977.  Effected 
by  exchange  of  notes  at  Washington  December  14, 
1976,  and  January  18,  1977.  Entered  into  force 
January  18,  1977. 


'  Not  in  force. 

^  Not  in  force  for  the  United  States. 

^  With  reservation. 


February  21,  1977 


155 


Canada 

Understanding  relating  to  trade  in  beef  and  veal  be- 
tween Canada  and  the  United  States  in  1977.  Ef- 
fected by  exchange  of  letters  December  23  and  29, 

1976.  Entered  into  force  December  29,  1976. 

Costa  Rica 

Agreement  relating  to  the  limitation  of  meat  imports 
from  Costa  Rica  during  calendar  year  1977.  Effected 
by  exchange  of  notes  at  Washington  December  14  and 
20,  1976.  Entered  into  force  December  20,  1976. 

Dominican  Republic 

Agreement  relating  to  the  limitation  of  meat  imports 
from  the  Dominican  Republic  during  calendar  year 

1977.  Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  at  Washington 
December  14  and  16,  1976.  Entered  into  force  De- 
cember 16,  1976. 

El  Salvador 

Agreement  relating  to  the  limitation  of  meat  imports 
from  El  Salvador  during  calendar  year  1977.  Effected 
by  exchange  of  notes  at  Washington  December  14  and 
15,  1976.  Entered  into  force  December  15,  1976. 

Guatemala 

Agreement  relating  to  the  limitation  of  meat  imports 
from  Guatemala  during  calendar  year  1977.  Effected 
by  exchange  of  notes  at  Washington  December  14  and 
15,  1976.  Entered  into  force  December  15,  1976. 

Honduras 

Agreement  relating  to  the  limitation  of  meat  imports 
from  Honduras  during  calendar  year  1977.  Effected 
by  exchange  of  notes  at  Washington  December  14, 
1976.  Entered  into  force  December  14,  1976. 

Hong  Kong 

Agreement  amending  the  agreement  of  July  25,  1974,  as 
amended  (TIAS  8897,  8274),  relating  to  trade  in  cot- 
ton, wool,  and  man-made  fiber  textiles.  Effected  by 
exchange  of  notes  at  Hong  Kong  November  22  and 
December  22,  1976.  Entered  into  force  December  22, 
1976. 

India 

Agreement  for  the  relief  from  double  taxation  on  earn- 
ings derived  from  the  operation  of  aircraft,  with  re- 
lated notes.  Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  at  New 


Delhi   November  26,    1976.    Entered   into  force 
November  26,  1976:  effective  January  1,  1976. 

Mexico 

Agreement  extending  the  agreement  of  July  .31,  1970, 
as  amended  and  extended  (TIAS  6941,  7927,  8397), 
for  a  cooperative  meteorological  observation  program 
in  Mexico.  Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  at  Tlatelolco 
and  Mexico  December  17,  1976,  and  January  12, 
1977.   Entered  into  force  January  12,  1977. 

Agreement  regarding  mutual  assistance  between  the 
U.S.  and  Mexican  customs  services.  Signed  at  Mexico 
September  30,  1976. 
Entered  into  force:  January  26,  1977. 

New  Zealand 

Agreement  relating  to  the  limitation  of  meat  imports 
from  New  Zealand  during  calendar  year  1977.  Ef- 
fected by  exchange  of  notes  at  Washington  December 
14  and  23,  1976.  Entered  into  force  December  23, 
1976. 

Nicaragua 

Agreement  relating  to  the  limitation  of  meat  imports 
from  Nicaragua  during  calendar  year  1977.  Effected 
by  exchange  of  notes  at  Washington  December  14  and 

15,  1976.  Entered  into  force  December  15,  1976. 

Panama 

Agreement  relating  to  the  limitation  of  meat  imports 
from  Panama  during  calendar  year  1977.  Effected  by 
exchange  of  notes  at  Washington  December  14  and 

16,  1976.  Entered  into  force  December  16,  1976. 
Agreement  relating  to  repayment  by  Panama  of  Agency 

for  International  Development  loan  No.  525-L-006, 
with  schedule.  Signed  at  Panama  December  30,  1976. 
Entered  into  force  December  30,  1976. 
Agreement  relating  to  repayment  by  Panama  of  Agency 
for  International  Development  loan  No.  525-L-014, 
with  schedule.  Signed  at  Panama  December  30,  1976. 
Entered  into  force  December  30,  1976. 

Trinidad  and  Tobago 

Agreement  extending  the  agreement  of  June  20,  1968, 
relating  to  a  program  of  technical  assistance  in  the 
field  of  tax  administration.  Effected  by  exchange  of 
notes  at  Port  of  Spain  November  10,  December  7, 
1976,  and  January  13,  1977.  Entered  into  force 
January  13,  1977. 


156 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


INDEX     February  21,  1977     Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1965 


Africa.  Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  by  AP  and 
UPI  Correspondents    147 

Arms  Control  and  Disarmament 

Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  by  AP  and  UPI 
Correspondents 147 

Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of  January 
31   ..." 137 

Chile.  Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of 
January  31 137 

China 

Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  by  AP  and  UPI 

Correspondents 147 

Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of  January 

31   ...'. 137 

Cuba 

Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  by  AP  and  UPI 
Correspondents  147 

Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of  January 
31   137 

Cyprus 

Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  by  AP  and  UPI 
Correspondents 147 

Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of  January 
31  ...'. 137 

Czechoslovakia.  Department  Comments  on  Sub- 
ject of  Human  Rights  in  Czechoslovakia  (state- 
ment)          154 

Human  Rights 

Department  Comments  on  Subject  of  Human 
Rights  in  Czechoslovakia  (statement)  154 

Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  by  AP  and  UPI  Cor- 
respondents          147 

Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of  January 
31  ...'. 137 

Korea.  Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of 
January  31 137 

Middle  East 

Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  by  AP  and  UPI 
Correspondents 147 

Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of  January 
31   137 

Panama 

Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  by  AP  and  UPI 
Correspondents 147 

Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of  January 
31   137 

U.S.  and  Panama  To  Continue  Negotiations  on 
Canal  Treaty  (joint  statement) 146 


Southern  Rhodesia.  Secretary  Vance's  News 
Conference  of  January  31 137 

Treaty  Information.  Current  Actions  155 

U.S.S.R. 

Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  by  AP  and  UPI 
Correspondents 147 

Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of  January 
31   137 

Vietnam.  Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of 
January  31 137 

Name  Index 
Vance,  Secretary 137,  147 


No. 

Date 

t31 

1/31 

32 
*33 

1/31 
1/31 

Checklist  of  Department  of  State 
Press  Releases:  Jan.  31  — Feb.  6 

Press  releases  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office 
of  Press  Relations,  Department  of  State,  Wash- 
ington, D.C.  20520. 

Subject 

1977  edition  of  "Treaties  in  Force" 
published. 

Vance:  news  conference. 

Meeting  on  exploratory  talks  with 
Committee  on  Harmonization, 
Conference  of  European  Posts 
and  Telecommunications  Admin- 
istrations, Feb.  10. 

Foreign  educators  to  study  U.S. 
vocational  and  technical  schools, 
Feb.  1-Mar.  1. 

Caribbean-American  seminar  to 
open  at  Santo  Domingo,  Feb.  5. 

U.N.  Water  Conference,  Mar. 
14-25. 

Vance:  interview  by  AP  and  UPI 
correspondents. 

U.S.  and  Republic  of  China  amend 
te.xtile  agreement,  Feb.  3. 


*  Not  printed. 

t  Held  for  a  later  issue  of  the  Bulletin. 


*34 


2/2 


*35 

2/3 

*36 

2/3 

37 

2/3 

*38 

2/4 

Superintendent   of    Documents 
U.S.  government  printing  office 

WASHINGTON.   DC.   20402 


OFFICIAL  BUSINESS 


POSTAGE    AND    FEES    PAID 

Department  of  State  STA-50I 
Third   Class 


Subscription  Renewals:  To  insure  uninterrupted 
service,  please  renew  your  subscription  promptly 
when  you  receive  the  expiration  notice  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents.  Due  to  the  time  re- 
quired to  process  renewals,  notices  are  sent  out  3 
months  in  advance  of  the  expiration  date.  Any  prob- 
lems involving  your  subscription  will  receive  im- 
mediate attention  if  you  write  to:  Superintendent 
of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


o 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

BULLETIN 

Volume  LXXVI  •  No.  1966  •  February  28,  1977 


PRESIDENT  CARTER'S  NEWS  CONFERENCE  OF  FEBRUARY  8 
Excerpts  From  Transcript     157 

SECRETARY  VANCE  INTERVIEWED  FOR  THE  NEW  YORK  TIMES     162 

DEPARTMENT  URGES  PASSAGE  OF  BILL  TO  HALT 

IMPORTATION  OF  RHODESIAN  CHROME 

Statements  by  Secretary  Vance  and  Assistant  Secretary  Katz     170 


0o: 


.ea  ^^^^^^^'Jflvent. 


riatetu 


.dettt 


oi^o*'" 


#Ri^ 


#1^ 


THE  OFFICIAL  WEEKLY  RECORD  OF  UNITED  STATES  FOREIGN  POLICY 

For  index  see  inside  back  cover 


OK>< 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE  BULLETIN 


Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1966 
February  28,  1977 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Washington.  D.C.  20402 

PRICE: 

.52  issues  plus  semiannual  indexes, 

domestic  $42.50,  foreign  $.53.15 

Single  copy  H5  cents 

The  Secretary  of  State  has  determined  that  the  pub- 
lication of  this  periodical  is  necessary  in  the  transac- 
tion of  the  public  business  required  by  law  of  this 
Department.  Use  of  funds  for  printing  this  periodi- 
cal has  been  approved  by  the  Director  of  the  Office 
of  Management  and  Budget  through  January  31, 
1981. 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may  be  re- 
printed. Citation  of  the  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 
BULLETIN  as  the  source  will  be  appreciated.  The 
BULLETIN  is  indexed  in  the  Readers'  Guide  to 
Periodical  Literature. 


The  Department  of  State  BULLETIN, 
a  weekly  publication  issued  by  the 
Office  of  Media  Services,  Bureau  of 
Public  Affairs,  provides  the  public  and 
interested  agencies  of  the  government 
with  information  on  developments  in 
the  field  of  U.S.  foreign  relations  and 
on  the  work  of  the  Department  and 
the  Foreign  Service. 

The  BULLETIS  includes  selected 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy,  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements,  addresses,  and 
news  conferences  of  the  President  and 
the  Secretary  of  State  and  other  offi- 
cers of  the  Department,  as  well  as  spe- 
cial articles  on  various  phases  of  in- 
ternational affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  inter- 
national agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a  party 
and  on  treaties  of  general  interna- 
tional interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department  of 
State,  United  Nations  documents,  and 
legislative  material  in  the  field  of 
international  relations  are  also  listed. 


President  Carter's  News  Conference  of  February  8 


Following  are  excerpts  relating  to  foreign 
poUcy  from  the  transcript  of  a  news  confer- 
ence held  by  President  Carter  on  Febru- 
ary 8.  ^ 

Q.  Mr.  President,  you  cited  arms  reduc- 
tions as  the  prime  tenet — one  of  them — of  your 
foreign  policy.  Under  the  circtirnstances,  as  a 
first  step  will  you  block  the  sale  of  coricussion 
bombs  to  a  foreign  country? 

President  Carter:  The  sale  of  concussion 
bombs  to  a  foreign  country  is  an  item  that 
concerns  me  very  much.  Within  the  next 
week,  after  this  review  that  has  already  been 
undertaken  is  completed,  I  will  have  an  an- 
nouncement to  make  about  that.  The  pre- 
vious announcement  that  concussion  bombs 
would  be  sold  was  not  cleared  with  the  State 
Department  nor  with  the  Defense  Depart- 
ment. I  have  asked  them  to  analyze  the  polit- 
ical and  military  consequences  of  the  sale.  I 
am  concerned  about  it,  but  have  not  yet  de- 
cided whether  to  cancel  that  sale. 

Q.  Does  that  mean,  sir,  that  you  are  con- 
sidering blocking  the  sale? 

President  Carter:  That  is  one  of  the  op- 
tions that  I  have,  and  I  will  make  a  decision 
within  the  next  week. 


Q.  Mr.  President,  your  nominee  to  head 
the  Arms  Control  and  Disarmament  Agency, 
Paul  Warnke,  wrote  about  a  year  and  a  half 
ago  that  the  United  States  "should  try  a  pol- 
icy of  restraint  while  calling  for  matching 
restraint  from,  the  Soviet  Union."  But  Mr. 
Warnke  didn't  seem  to  believe  that  that  had 


'  For  the  complete  transcript,  see  Weekly  Compilation  of 
Presidential  Documents  dated  Feb.  14,  1977,  p.  155. 


to  be  guaranteed  in  advance  in  an  agree- 
ment. Is  that  a  view  to  which  you  subscribe, 
and  could  you  explain  why  or  why  not? 

President  Carter:  I  know  Mr.  Warnke  very 
well.  I  have  met  with  him  several  times  to 
discuss  his  attitude  on  disarmament  matters. 
I  have  complete  confidence  in  him.  The  first 
two  times  I  asked  him  to  take  the  job,  he 
turned  me  down.  We  tried  to  find  an  alterna- 
tive who  is  as  well  qualified  as  he  is  to  ex- 
press my  own  views  and  those  views  that 
would  be  acceptable  to  our  country.  I  was 
unsuccessful  in  finding  someone  to  equal  him. 
He  finally  agreed  to  take  the  job,  at  my  insist- 
ence, as  a  public  service. 

I  believe  that  his  views  are  well  considered 
by  me.  And  I  have  accepted  them.  I  think 
when  the  Members  of  the  Senate  consider 
what  Mr.  Warnke  stands  for,  he  will  be  ap- 
proved overwhelmingly. 

I  obviously  believe  that  we  both  have  to 
take  initiatives,  the  Soviet  Union  and  the 
United  States.  Most  of  our  discussions  will  be 
bilateral  in  nature.  Subsequently,  I  hope  to 
bring  in  other  nations  to  discuss,  for  instance, 
comprehensive  test  ban  questions  and 
others — the  European  nations  who  are  nuclear 
powers  and  also  the  Chinese.  That  would  come 
later. 

But  I  believe  that  Mr.  Warnke's  proposals 
are  sound.  And  I  have  no  concern  about  his 
attitude.  There  will  be  instances  on  nuclear 
weapons  where  each  country  has  to  take 
some  initiative.  But  the  overall  balance  of 
mutual  restraint,  cutting  down  on  the  overall 
dependence  on  nuclear  weapons,  is  what 
counts. 

And  I  might  add  one  other  point.  Mr. 
Warnke's  positions  will  be  carefully  coordi- 
nated with  my  own,  working  closely  with 
State  Department,  Defense  Department  offi- 
cials. Our  decisions  with  the  Soviets  will  be 


February  28,  1977 


157 


made  public.  We  will  consult  with  our  allies 
whenever  possible.  Any  ratification  of  an 
agreement  with  the  Soviet  Union  would  ob- 
viously require  senatorial  approval.  So,  even 
if  I  or  Mr.  Warnke  or  one  other  person  in  the 
negotiation  process  should  make  a  mistake 
inadvertently,  that  mistake  would  be  closely 
scrutinized  by  the  public  and  I  would  think 
would  be  corrected.  But  I  have  complete  con- 
fidence in  him. 


Q.  Mr.  President,  just  to  follow  up  a  bit  on 
Stan's  question,  could  you  tell  us,  sir,  do  you 
believe  that  there  should  be  a  rough  parity 
between  the  nuclear  forces  of  the  Soviet 
Union  and  the  United  States?  Do  you  think 
we  ought  to,  in  the  arms  negotiations,  strive 
for  superior  force,  or  do  you  believe  that  as 
long  as  we  have  the  ability  to  inflict  horren- 
dous damage  on  them  that  it  really  doesn't 
matter  which  side  has  the  most  bombs? 

President  Carter:  At  the  present  time,  my 
judgment  is  that  we  have  superior  nuclear 
capability.  The  Soviet  Union  has  more 
throw-weight,  larger  missiles,  larger 
warheads.  We  have  more  missiles,  a  much 
higher  degree  of  accuracy,  and  also  we  have 
three  different  mechanisms  which  are  each 
independently  adequate  to  deliver  atomic 
weapons — airplanes,  submarines,  and  inter- 
continental ballistic  missiles.  I  think  that  we 
are  roughly  equivalent,  even  though  I  think 
we  are  superior,  in  that  either  the  Soviet 
Union  or  we  could  destroy  a  major  part  of 
the  other  nation  if  a  major  attack  was  made 
with  losses  in  the  neighborhood  of  50  to  100 
million  people  if  a  large  exchange  was  ini- 
tiated. 

We  have  the  capability,  as  do  the  Soviets, 
to  detect  the  launching  of  opposing  missiles, 
and  then  I  as  President  and  the  leaders  in 
Russia  would  have  to  be  faced  with  the  ques- 
tion of  how  much  of  a  retaliatory  attack  to 
make.  But  in  the  e.xchange  tens  of  millions  of 
people  would  be  killed,  and  the  threat  of  this 
kind  of  holocaust  is  what  makes  it  important 
that  we  do  keep  an  adequate  deterrent  capa- 
bility. And  it  also  is  crucial  for  all  of  us  to 
remember  that  it  is  necessary  to  have  drastic 
reduction  in  dependence  on  atomic  weapons. 


Almost  every  major  speech  that  I  have 
made  since  I  have  been  involved  in  national 
politics,  I  expressed — committed,  first,  to 
stabilize  the  situation;  second,  to  have  de- 
monstrable reductions  in  dependence  upon 
atomic  weapons  and  set  as  our  committed 
long-range  goal  complete  elimination  of  nu- 
clear weapons  from  the  earth. 

I  had  a  meeting  this  morning  with  a  repre- 
sentative of  the  People's  Repubhc  of  China, 
and  he  told  me  very  clearly  that  the  goal  of 
the  Chinese  Government  was  to  reduce  de- 
pendence on  nuclear  weapons  to  zero. 

If  we  and  the  Soviet  Union  can  demon- 
strate an  ability  to  stop  the  present  growth 
and  then  to  have  substantial  reductions,  I  be- 
lieve, then,  we  can  go  to  the  French,  British, 
the  Chinese,  and  others  and  say,  "Would  you 
join  us  in  stopping  testing  and  in  moving  in 
clearly  monitorable  ways  to  reduce  depend- 
ence on  atomic  weapons?" 

Q.  Mr.  President,  to  follow  that  up,  a  little 
bit  earlier,  sir,  if  I  understood  you  correctly, 
you  said  that  you  thought  that  each  of  the  two 
countries,  ourselves  and  the  Soviets,  might 
have  to  take  some  initiatives.  I  am  trying  to 
translate  that  into  some  of  the  problems  that 
we  face.  Is  the  United  States  today  prepared 
to  take  the  initiative  perhaps  in  restraining 
the  development  of  the  cruise  missile  in  order 
to  get  something  going  in  the  SALT  talks 
[Strategic  Arms  Limitation  Talks]? 

President  Carter:  I  wouldn't  want  to  single 
out  one  particular  weapon  which  is  still  in  the 
development  stage,  but  I  will  give  you  a 
couple  of  examples  that  are  symbolic  in  na- 
ture, not  too  profound.  One  is  that  I  have 
suggested  to  the  Soviet  Union  that  they  let 
us  know  and  that  we  let  them  know  before 
we  launch  any  kind  of  intercontinental  ballis- 
tic missile  in  a  test  phase.  We  launch  our 
missiles  from  Vandenberg  Air  Force  Base. 
We  don't  launch  them  from  the  standard 
silos.  The  Soviet  Union  does  launch  missiles 
from  their  standard  operating  silos  for  test 
purposes.  I  think  a  prior  notice  that  this 
launch  was  going  to  take  place — 24  hours  or 
48  hours — would  help  a  great  deal. 

I  have  called  on  the  Soviet  Union  to  join  us 
in  a  comprehensive  test  ban  to  stop  all  nu- 
clear testing  for  at  least  an  extended  period 


158 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


of  time — two  years,  three  years,  four  years. 
The  Soviets  are  interested  in  using  nuclear 
explosives  to  divert  the  course  of  a  river  in 
northern  Russia.  I  don't  think  they  need  to 
test  any  more.  If  they  want  to  put  that  as  a 
proviso  in  the  agreement  that  they  would 
like  to  go  ahead  and  divert  that  river,  I  think 
that  would  be  something  that  we  could 
negotiate  and  let  us  have  observers  there  to 
learn  from  them  and  vice  versa.  But  I  think 
that  the  initiation  of  proposals  that  might  be 
mutually  acceptable  of  this  kind  is  very,  very 
important. 

Now,  we  have  two  unresolved  questions 
derived  from  the  Vladivostok  agreement, 
called  SALT  Two,  and  that  is  the  cruise  mis- 
sile and  the  "Backfire"  bomber.  I  would  be 
wiUing  to  go  ahead  with  the  Soviet  Union, 
conclude  a  quick  agreement,  if  they  think  it 
advisable,  and  omit  the  Backfire  bomber  and 
the  cruise  missile  from  the  negotiations  at 
this  stage,  and  then  in  a  SALT  Three  talk,  if 
necessary,  put  those  two  items  back  in  for 
further  discussion. 

But  I  think  it  is  important  for  us — without 
any  pressure  on  me  to  proceed  too  hastily — 
in  a  very  careful  and  methodical  way  to  dem- 
onstrate to  the  world  that  we  are  sincere. 

Q.  I  am  sorry  to  pursue  the  subject,  but  if  I 
may  ask  one  more  question  about  initiatives. 
When  Mr.  Warnke  wrote  that,  he  was  appar- 
ently talking  aboid  weapons  systems  as  well 
as  nuclear  warheads.  And  he  was  talking 
about  perhaps  restraining  the  development  of 
a  particular  weapons  system,  hoping  for  rec- 
iprocity by  the  Soviets. 

My  question  is,  would  you  consider  saying 
to  the  Soviets,  say  the  B-1  or  any  other 
weapons  system,  we  are  not  going  to  develop 
it  for  six  months,  we'd  like  to  see  something 
from  you  in  the  way  of  reciprocity? 

President  Carter:  Again,  let  me  avoid  ref- 
erence to  a  particular  weapons  system  on  our 
side.  Let  me  refer  to  a  weapons  system  on 
their  side.  The  Soviets  have  a  missile  with 
limited  range — it  is  not  intercontinental  in 
nature — called  the  SS-20.  They  have  begun 
to  install  those  missiles  in  mobile  installa- 
tions where  they  can  move  them  in  a  con- 
cealed way  from  one  part  of  an  area  to 


another.  It  makes  it  very  difficult  to  pinpoint 
their  exact  location. 

I  would  like  to  see  the  Soviets  cease  de- 
ployment of  the  mobile  missile,  even  though 
it  is  not  of  intercontinental  type.  It  is  very 
difficult  to  distinguish  it  from  the  interconti- 
nental missile  called  the  SS-16.  But  if  they 
would  agree,  for  instance,  to  a  cessation  of 
the  use  or  deployment  of  the  mobile-type 
missiles  which  could  be  moved  around  in  dif- 
ferent locations  before  launch,  that  would  be 
a  very  important  point  for  us  to  join  them  in 
a  mutual  agreement.  It  would  mean  we 
would  not  then  perhaps  spend  the  large 
amounts  of  money  to  develop  our  own  mobile 
missile.  But  if  the  Soviets  should  move  to  a 
development  of  an  intercontinental-type  mis- 
sile that  can  be  moved  from  one  place  to 
another  undetected  and  its  location  cannot 
be  pinpointed,  then  that  would  put  a  great 
pressure  on  us  to  develop  a  mobile  missile  of 
our  own. 

So,  I  think  on  both  sides  there  has  to  be 
some  initiation.  But  as  individual  weapons 
systems  are  restrained,  using  initiative,  you 
have  got  to  be  sure  that  the  overall  balance 
of  deterrent  is  not  disturbed. 


Q.  Mr.  President,  there  have  been  a  series 
of  actions  taken  in  recent  days  by  the  Soviet 
Union  including  the  expulsion  of  American 
journalists  and  the  arrests  of  Aleksandr 
Ginzburg,  actions  that  we  have  taken  issue 
with  in  one  form  or  another.  How  concerned 
are  you  that  by  being  outspoken  on  issues  of 
human  rights  that  we  may  jeopardize  possi- 
bly our  relations  with  the  Soviet  Union  on 
other  matters  ? 

President  Carter:  Well,  this  brings  up  the 
question  that  is  referred  to  as  "linkage."  I 
think  we  come  out  better  in  dealing  with  the 
Soviet  Union  if  I  am  consistently  and  com- 
pletely dedicated  to  the  enhancement  of 
human  rights,  not  only  as  it  deals  with  the 
Soviet  Union,  but  all  other  countries.  I  think 
this  can  legitimately  be  severed  from  our  in- 
clination to  work  with  the  Soviet  Union,  for 
instance,  in  reducing  dependence  upon 
atomic  weapons  and  in  also  seeking  mutual 
and  balanced  force  reductions  in  Europe. 


February  28,  1977 


159 


I  don't  want  the  two  to  be  tied  together.  I 
think  the  previous  Administration,  under 
Secretary  Kissinger,  thought  that  there 
ought  to  be  this  linkage,  that  if  you  men- 
tioned human  rights  or  if  you  failed  to  invite 
Mr.  [Aleksandr]  Solzhenitsyn  to  the  White 
House  that  you  might  endanger  the  progress 
of  the  SALT  talks. 

I  don't  feel  that  way.  I  think  it  ought  to  be 
clear,  and  I  have  made  clear  directly  in  com- 
munication to  Mr.  Brezhnev  [Leonid  L 
Brezhnev,  General  Secretary  of  the  Central 
Committee  of  the  Communist  Party  of  the 
Soviet  Union]  and  in  my  meeting  with  Am- 
bassador Dobrynin  [Anatoliy  F.  Dobrynin, 
Soviet  Ambassador  to  the  U.S.]  that  I  was 
reserving  the  right  to  speak  out  strong  and 
forcefully  whenever  human  rights  are 
threatened — not  every  instance,  but  when  I 
think  it  is  advisable.  This  is  not  intended  as  a 
public  relations  attack  on  the  Soviet  Union, 
and  I  would  hope  that  their  leaders  could 
recognize  the  American  people's  deep  con- 
cern about  human  rights. 

I  think  in  many  other  countries  of  the 
world  there  has  been  some  progress.  I  think 
in  the  Soviet  Union  there  has  already  been 
some  progress.  The  number  of  Jews,  for  in- 
stance, who  have  been  permitted  to  emigrate 
from  the  Soviet  Union  in  the  last  few  months 
has  increased. 

If  this  trend  should  continue,  I  would  be 
encouraged.  But  I  would  have  to  take  this 
position  of  being  independent  in  my  own  pub- 
lic pronouncements.  I  have  got  a  lot  to  learn. 
I  was  concerned  the  other  day,  for  instance, 
when  the  AP  reporter  was  expelled  from 
Moscow.  I  had  a  first  thought  to  retaliate  by 
expelling  the  AP  reporter  from  Washington. 
But  I  found  out  that  was  not  the  right  ap- 
proach to  take.  [Laughter] 

But  we  have  got  to  be  firm,  and  we  have 
got  to  be  forceful.  But  I  don't  want  to  tie  ev- 
erything together  in  one  package  so  that  we 
are  timid  about  insisting  on  human  rights. 

Q.  Do  you  interpret  this  in  any  way  as  a 
kind  of  testing  of  you  by  the  Soviet  Union? 

President  Carter:  No,  I  don't.  I  don't 
interpret  it  as  a  testing.  I  regret  the  fact 


that  the  Soviet  Union  saw  fit  to  expel  a 
newspaper  reporter.  I  regret  very  deeply  the 
fact  that  the  Soviet  Union  has  now  incarcer- 
ated Mr.  Ginzburg,  who  has  been  one  of  the 
leaders  in  the  Soviet  Union  in  representing 
the  case  of  the  dissidents.  But  I  can't  go  in 
with  armed  forces  and  try  to  change  the 
internal  mechanism  of  the  Soviet  Govern- 
ment. 

But  I  don't  think  it  is  designed  to  aggra- 
vate me  or  to  test  me  or  to  test  the  will  of 
this  country.  My  commitment  to  human 
rights  is  clear.  I  will  maintain  that  clarity  to 
the  maximum  extent  possible. 

I  don't  want  to  mislead  the  American 
people  in  dealing  with  the  Soviets  or  with 
others.  We  can't  expect  overnight  success.  It 
requires  long,  tedious,  labored,  very  care- 
fully considered  progress.  I  am  not  looking 
for  magic  answers,  but  my  determination  is 
very  deep. 


Soviet  Journalist  Expelled 
From  the  United  States 

Following  is  a  Department  announcement 
issued  on  February  5. 

The  Soviet  Government  on  February  4  in- 
formed our  Embassy  and  the  AP  Moscow 
bureau  that  AP  Moscow  correspondent 
George  Krimsky  must  leave  the  U.S.S.R. 
within  one  week.  We  have  notified  the  Soviet 
Embassy  today  that  Vladimir  I.  Alekseyev,  a 
Washington  correspondent  of  TASS,  must 
leave  the  country  within  a  week.  We  have 
specified  that  our  expulsion  of  Alekseyev  is 
in  response  to  the  Krimsky  expulsion.  We 
regret  this  course  of  events,  which  is  a  step 
backward  from  the  objective  of  improving 
working  conditions  for  journalists  contained 
in  the  Helsinki  Final  Act  and  from  the  more 
fundamental  interest  of  promoting  a  freer 
flow  of  information.  1 


'  For  text  of  the  Final  Act  of  the  Conference  on  Secu- 
rity and  Cooperation  in  Europe,  signed  at  Helsinki  on 
Aug.  1,  1975,  see  Bulletin  of  Sept.  1,  1975,  p.  323. 


160 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


President  Carter's  Report 
to  the  American  People 

Following  is  an  excerpt  relating  to  foreign 
policy  from  President  Carter's  address 
broadcast  on  television  and  radio  on  Feb- 
ruary 2. 1 

I  have  also  made  commitments  about  our 
nation's  foreign  policy. 

As  Commander  in  Chief  of  the  Armed 
Forces,  I  am  determined  to  have  a  strong, 
lean,  efficient  fighting  force. 

Our  policy  should  be  based  on  close  coop- 
eration with  our  allies  and  worldwide  respect 
for  human  rights,  a  reduction  in  world  ar- 
maments, and  it  must  always  reflect  our  own 
moral  values.  I  want  our  nation's  actions  to 
make  you  proud. 

Yesterday,  Vice  President  Mondale  re- 
turned from  his  10-day  visit  with  leaders  of 
Western  Europe  and  Japan.  I  asked  him  to 
make  this  trip  to  demonstrate  our  intention 
to  consult  our  traditional  allies  and  friends  on 
all  important  questions.  I  have  been  very 
pleased  with  his  report.  Vice  President  Mon- 
dale will  be  a  constant  and  close  adviser  for 
me. 

In  a  spirit  of  international  friendship  we 
will  soon  welcome  here  in  the  United  States 
the  leaders  of  several  nations,  beginning 
with  our  neighbors,  Canada  and  Mexico. 

This  month  the  Secretary  of  State,  Cyrus 
Vance,  will  go  to  the  Middle  East,  seeking 
ways  to  achieve  a  genuine  peace  between  Is- 
rael and  its  Arab  neighbors. 


'  For  the  complete  text,  see  Weekly  Compilation  of 
Presidential  Documents  dated  Feb.  7,  1977,  p.  138. 


Our  Ambassador  to  the  United  Nations, 
Andrew  Young,  left  last  night  on  a  visit  to 
Africa  to  demonstrate  our  friendship  for  its 
peoples  and  our  commitment  to  peaceful 
change  toward  majority  rule  in  southern  Af- 
rica. 

I  will  also  strive  to  improve  our  relations 
with  the  Soviet  Union  and  the  People's  Re- 
public of  China,  insuring  our  security  while 
seeking  to  reduce  the  risks  of  conflict. 

We  will  continue  to  express  our  concern 
about  violations  of  human  rights,  as  we  have 
during  this  past  week,  without  upsetting  our 
efforts  toward  friendly  relationships  with 
other  countries. 

Later,  on  another  program,  I  will  make  a 
much  more  complete  report  to  you  on  foreign 
policy  matters. 


U.S.  Concerned  at  Treatment 
of  Aleksandr  Ginzburg 

Following  is  a  statement  read  to  news  cor- 
respo7idents  on  February  7  by  Frederick  Z. 
Brown,  Director,  Office  of  Press  Relations. 

We  are  watching  with  concern  the  treat- 
ment of  Aleksandr  Ginzburg,  and  we  have 
made  the  Soviet  Government  aware  of  our 
feeling.  Wherever  it  may  occur,  the  harass- 
ment of  individuals  who  are  pursuing  the 
principles  set  forth  in  the  Universal  Declara- 
tion of  Human  Rights,  or  who  are  working 
for  the  implementation  of  the  Final  Act  of 
the  Helsinki  Conference,  is  a  matter  of  pro- 
found concern  for  all  Americans. 


February  28,  1977 


161 


Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  for  the  New  York  Times 


Following  is  the  transcript  of  an  interview 
with  Secretary  Vance  on  February  9  by  Hed- 
rick  Smith,  Bernard  Gwertzman,  and 
Graham  Hovey,  excerpts  from  which  were 
published  in  the  New  York  Times  on  Feb- 
ruary 11. 

Press  release  43  dated  February  11 

Q.  You  have  talked  a  bit  about  the  Middle 
East;  and  of  course  with  the  trip  coming  up, 
we  are  enormously  interested  in  that.  But 
rather  than  plunge  immediately  into  the  de- 
tails, can  you  give  us  some  notion  of  your 
thinking  about  the  shape  of  an  overall  settle- 
ment? What  kind  of  a  settlement  do  you  have 
in  mind? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  Let  me  talk  first  to 
that  question. 

I  do  have  some  views  about  the  shape  of  an 
overall  settlement,  but  we  are  in  the  process 
now  within  the  government  of  reviewing  the 
whole  Middle  East  situation  and  getting  the 
inputs  of  various  people  in  the  government  on 
this.  And  I  think  it  would  be  a  mistake  for  me 
at  this  time  to  try  and  put  down  for  you  any 
particular  set  of  views  which  I  may  have  at 
this  time. 

In  addition  to  that,  it  is  terribly  important, 
in  developing  our  ultimate  views  on  this,  that 
we  have  the  critical  input  which  I  expect  to 
get  as  a  result  of  the  trip  which  I  am  about  to 
embark  on.  What  I  want  to  do  is  to  get 
firsthand  the  views  of  the  leaders  of  the  key 
countries  which  are  involved,  to  have  a  chance 
to  discuss  this  in  a  face-to-face  manner,  and  to 
make  sure  that  I  understand  fully  what  their 
views  are  on  these  various  issues. 

I  will  then  come  back  and  report  these  to 
the  President.  We  will  then  be  able  to  com- 
plete our  analysis  and  thinking  and  develop 
our  views  on  how  we  might  best  facihtate  the 
movement  toward  a  peaceful  settlement. 


Q.  Do  you  have  the  feeling  that  we,  the 
United  States,  should  be  playing  a  more  ac- 
tive role  in  trying  to  draw  up  a  settlement,  as 
Secretary  Rogers  did  at  one  point — in  talking 
about  a  Palestinian  state,  trying  to  figure  out 
where  the  borders  should  be?  Or  do  you  see  our 
role  being  much  more  a  mediating  kind  of 
role? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  think  that  we  should  not 
come  up  with,  or  try  to  come  up  with,  a  spe- 
cific plan. 

I  think  that  our  role  should  be  one  of 
facilitating  the  process  of  the  parties  arriving 
at  a  settlement.  But  in  this  I  think  we  must 
play  a  very  active  role.  I  think  that  we  have 
got  to  work  with  the  parties  and  help  them  in 
the  development  of  a  settlement  which  will  be 
acceptable  to  them.  We  can't  play  a  passive 
role  and  accomplish  that  purpose,  and  we 
don't  intend  to.  I  think  it  is  terribly  important 
that  progress  be  made  and  that  it  be  made  in 
1977. 

I  think  that  the  situation  now  is  much  bet- 
ter than  it  has  been  in  the  past.  A  lot  of  things 
have  changed  in  the  last  nine  months  to  a 
year,  as  we  have  talked  about  before.  And  I 
think  that  we  should  take  advantage  of  these 
facts  and  press  forward  for  a  prompt  and 
early  resolution  of  the  differences  which  ob- 
viously remain. 

Now,  I  don't  want  to  underestimate  the  dif- 
ficulty of  it.  The  substantive  issues  which  di- 
vide the  parties  are  still  very  deep  and  very 
difficult  to  resolve.  But  I  think  it  is  possible  to 
make  progress,  and  we  are  going  to  do  every- 
thing we  can  to  have  it. 

Q.  Some  people  have  said  there  has  been 
some  movement  on  the  Palestinian  position, 
that  the  Palestinian  leadership  now  seems  to 
be  looking  toward  a  separate  state,  not  to  in- 
corporate the  current  Israeli  boundaries.  Do 
you  see  this  as  a  positive  development? 


162 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Secretary  Vance:  If  there  has  been  a  mod- 
eration in  the  Palestinian  position,  then  ob- 
viously this  would  be  a  helpful  step.  This  is 
something  that  I'd  want  to  find  out  firsthand 
from  the  Arab  leaders.  I  would  like  to  find  out 
whether  they  share  this  view.  There  is  in- 
creasing talk  that  this  is  the  case,  and  I  want 
to  explore  this  in  depth  with  them. 

Q.  Do  you  see  a  need  in  terms  of  the  Geneva 
conference  machinery,  a  need  for  a  prelimi- 
nary conference  in  which  the  PLO  [Palestine 
Liberatio7i  Organization]  would  not  be  repre- 
sented? 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  talk  about  the 
broader  question  of  whether  there  should  be  a 
preliminary  conference.  I  think  it  is  essential 
that  the  necessary  groundwork  be  accom- 
plished before  one  goes  to  a  Geneva  confer- 
ence. I  think  to  rush  into  a  Geneva  conference 
without  thorough  and  adequate  planning 
would  be  a  mistake.  Whether  it  will  be  neces- 
sary to  have  some  sort  of  a  preliminary  con- 
ference to  complete  that  groundwork  I  don't 
know  yet,  but  I  do  not  rule  out  that  possibil- 
ity. 

Q.  You  are  talking  about  satisfying  or 
somehow  meeting  the  interests  of  the  Pales- 
tiyiians.  Do  you  think,  ultimately,  that  that  is 
going  to  mean  a  Palestinian  state  of  some 
kind? 

Secretary  Vance:  Well,  let  me  say  that 
there  really  are  three  key  elements  of  any 
settlement.  One  is  peace,  the  other  is  with- 
drawal, and  the  third  is  finding  a  way  to  meet 
the  legitimate  interests  of  the  Palestinian 
people. 

Q.  But  what  does  that  mean,  the  "legitimate 
interests"  of  the  Palestinian  people? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  think  it  means  just  what 
it  says. 

Q.  In  terms  of  some  of  the  other  questions 
out  there,  the  Israelis  got  the  impression,  or 
say  they  got  the  im,pression,  that  this  Admin- 
istration would  go  along  mth  the  idea  of  giv- 
ing them  the  concussion  bombs.  The  President 
indicated  yesterday  that  was  under  review. 
Does  that  signal  that  there  really  is  likely  to 
be  a  change  on  that  issue? 


Secretary  Vance:  No  decision  has  yet  been 
reached  on  it.  The  President  said  that  the 
matter  was  under  review,  and  he  also  indi- 
cated that  one  of  the  options  would  be  a  nega- 
tive decision.  But  no  final  decision  has  yet 
been  made. 

Q.  Just  to  be  more  specific,  has  there  been  a 
change?  hi  other  words,  did  you  tell  A^nbas- 
sador  Dinitz  [Simcha  Dinitz,  Israeli  Aynbas- 
sador  to  the  U.S.]  at  any  point  that  anything 
promised  them  by  the  Ford  Administration 
would  be  carried  out  iii  the  arms  field? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  have  not  made  that  spe- 
cific statement  to  him,  no. 

Q.  Would  a  decision  on  the  CBU-72  involve 
a  broader  policy  statement  about  arms  sales 
to  the  area? 

Secretary  Vance:  The  President  has  already 
indicated  what  the  broad  scope  of  our  arms 
transfer  policy  is  across  the  globe,  and  the 
President  has  also  indicated  that  we  consider 
it  important  to  try  and  reduce  the  transfer  of 
arms  into  the  Middle  East. 

In  addition,  the  President  has  indicated 
that  this  is  a  subject  which  he  wishes  me  to 
take  up  with  the  various  leaders  which  I  will 
be  visiting  during  my  forthcoming  trip,  and  I 
plan  to  discuss  this  question  with  them,  be- 
cause I  think  it's  a  question  of  the  supplier 
and  of  the  recipient  countries. 

Q.  Have  you  already  talked  about  it  with 
either  Mr.  Dobrynin  [Anatoliy  F.  Dobrynin, 
Soviet  Ambassador  to  the  U.S.]  or  any  of  the 
other  Ambassadors  of  the  arms-supplying 
countries,  like  the  French,  the  Germans — 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  indeed.  I  have  dis- 
cussed this  with  a  number  of  such  people. 

Q.  What  kind  of  a  response  do  you  get?  Be- 
cause clearly  it  is  not  going  to  work  unless  we 
get  kind  of  a  general  policy  here  from  several 
arms  suppliers,  is  it? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  have  gotten  a  response 
which  indicates  a  wilhngness  to  discuss  the 
question  and  see  whether  or  not  there  isn't 
some  agreement  which  we  can  then  reach;  be- 
cause I  think  most  of  the  countries,  or  at  least 
most  of  the  countries  that  I  have  talked  to, 


February  28,  1977 


163 


have  indicated  that  they  share  the  concern 
that  the  President  has  expressed  in  this  area. 

Q.  Now,  pist  to  be  specific,  which  countries 
are  these? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  would  prefer  not  to  give 
you  the  names,  but  there  are  several  of  them. 

Q.  At  least  including  the  Germans  and  the 
French  ? 

Q.  The  Germans  don't  sell  to  the  Middle 
East.  The  French  and  British,  I  suppose. 

Secretary  Vance:  Let's  just  leave  it  where 

it  is. 

Q.  hi  your  press  conference  [on  January 
31],  you  said  you  didn't  think  this  would  be 
feasible  toward  the  Middle  East  until  a  politi- 
cal solution  could  be  arranged — that  is,  an 
arms  holddown. 

Secretary  Vance:  What  I  said  in  my  press 
conference,  as  I  recall,  was  that  the  Soviet 
position,  as  I  understood  it,  is  that  it  would  be 
unlikely  that  any  agreement  could  be  reached 
with  them  with  respect  to  the  sale  of  arms  to 
the  Middle  East  without  a  political  settle- 
ment; that  thereafter  they  would  be  in- 
terested in  discussing  such  a  solution. 

Possible  Factors  in  Arms  Transfer  Decisions 

Q.  In  your  press  conference,  you  also 
talked  about  the  possibility  of  having  licens- 
ing before  you  could  approach  a  country  to 
sell.  How  far  has  this  now  gone?  Are  you 
about  ready  to  put  it  in  the  Federal  Register? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  We  have  done  more 
work  on  this,  and  I  would  expect  that  we  will 
proceed  to  publish  a  draft  regulation  along 
these  lines  in  the  near  future. 

Q.  Are  there  certain  countries  you  have 
particularly  in  mind  with  this? 

Secretary  Vance:  No.  This  is  a  general  prop- 
osition, and  the  general  proposition  is  a  very 
simple  one;  namely,  that  before  arms  man- 
ufacturers go  abroad  and  seek  to  interest 
other  countries  in  purchasing  arms  from  us, 
they  should  be  required  to  come  to  us  and 
seek  approval.  Because  we  want  to  make  sure 


that  whatever  is  done  would  be  consistent 
with  American  foreign  policy,  and  this  is  at 
least  one  way  to  begin  to  try  and  get  hold  of 
the  problem. 

Q.  You  have  spoken  out,  the  President  has, 
the  Department  has  and  the  White  House  has, 
on  the  issue  of  human  rights.  Are  you  headed 
toward  a  policy,  or  is  this  already  the  begin- 
ning of  a  policy,  in  which  human  rights  con- 
siderations uxill  affect  military  sales  or  aid 
agreements  to  such  countries  as  Chile  or 
Korea  or  Iran  or  Argentina? 

Secretary  Vance:  This  is  one  of  the  consid- 
erations that  I  think  must  be  taken  into  ac- 
count in  connection  with  arms  transfers.  In- 
deed, the  Congress  has  mandated  it  in  certain 
cases. 

Q.  Do  you  think  you  are  going  to  be  able  to 
reach  an  across-the-board  policy,  or  is  it 
going  to  be  on  a  country-by-country  basis,  or 
what? 

Secretary  Vance:  We  haven't  completed  our 
work  on  this.  It  is  a  very  complex  problem  to 
deal  with,  and  I  can't  give  you  a  clear,  defini- 
tive answer  at  this  point.  But  obviously,  it  will 
be  a  factor,  and  we  are  working  our  way  to- 
ward trying  to  define  how  such  a  policy  would 
be  carried  out. 

Q.  What  are  some  of  the  considerations?  I 
mean,  for  example,  the  exposure  of  the  Ko- 
reans or  the  Iranians  in  terms  of  interna- 
tional security  situations,  as  opposed  to  some 
of  the  Latin  American  couyitries  where  the 
strategic  situation  is  different? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  obviously,  the 
strategic  situation  is  of  critical  importance; 
and  if  the  withholding  of  arms  really  jeopard- 
ized the  country  involved  in  a  situation 
where  the  peace  might  be  jeopardized,  this 
would  have  to  be  an  important  factor  which 
you  would  take  into  account  in  making  your 
decision. 

Q.  Can  you  discuss  the  status  of  the  two 
nuclear  agreetnents  with  Egypt  and  Israel 
that  were  initialed  in  the  past  Administra- 
tion ? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  have  nothing  new  to  say 
on  this  at  this  time. 


164 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


I         Q.  In  other  ivords,  it  is  still  under  study? 
Secretary  Vance:  Yes. 

Proliferation  and  Arms  Transfer  Issues 

Q.  On  the  question  of  nuclear  proliferation, 
as  I  understand  the  legislation,  one  of  the  re- 
quirements is  that  there  be  no  aid  to  the  coun- 
tries which  have  reprocessing  facilities  or 
capabilities,  if  I  understand  it  correctly. 

Is  there  any  problem  in  the  Middle  East, 
and  specifically  with  Israel?  Are  you  satis- 
fied that  the  Israeli  reactor  at  the  moment 
does  not  pose  a  problem?  Or  do  you  think  it 
does? 

Secretary  Vance:  As  I  say,  this  whole  ques- 
tion is  under  study  now  and  I  am  awaiting  the 
results  before  we  forward  them  to  the  Presi- 
dent and  discuss  it  with  the  President. 

Let  me  talk  a  bit  about  proliferation,  if  I 
might,  because  this  is  an  area,  as  well  as  the 
arms  transfer  area,  where  I  think  new  ground 
is  really  being  broken  in  this  Administration. 

In  the  first  place,  we  have  taken  the  whole 
complex  of  proliferation  issues  and  the  arms 
transfer  issues  and  have  moved  them  directly 
up  under  the  supervision  of  the  Under  Secre- 
tary for  Security  Assistance  [Lucy  P.  Wilson 
Benson].  We  have  brought  in  a  deputy  to  the 
Under  Secretary,  Joe  Nye,  who  is  an  ex- 
tremely able  man,  to  assist  Mrs.  Benson  in 
working  on  the  problems  in  the  proliferation 
area. 

This  is  going  to  be  the  center  for  the  de- 
velopment of  policy  with  respect  to  prolifera- 
tion in  the  government,  and  the  mere  fact  that 
we  have  brought  it  up  from  the  lower  levels  in 
the  Department  to  the  Under  Secretary  level 
indicates  the  importance  which  we  attach  to 
it. 

Also,  there  are  interrelationships  between 
the  proliferation  issues  and  the  arms  transfer 
issues,  and  I  think  it  is  necessary  to  integrate 
the  manner  in  which  we  deal  with  these  prob- 
lems both  within  the  Department  and  within 
the  government,  and  that  is  another  reason 
that  we  have  taken  the  steps  which  I  have 
just  described. 

I  really  do  think  that  these  are  terribly  im- 
portant issues,  and  I  am  hopeful  that  we  can 


really  get  hold  of  these  problems  and  give 
some  leadership,  not  only  here  in  this  country 
but  in  the  world  in  general,  in  these  areas. 

Q.  Do  you  have  a  timetable  in  mind  when 
you  expect  enough  of  your  studies  to  be  done, 
u'hen  you  can  actually  be  putting  at  least 
early  tentative  proposals  on  the  table? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  I  would  think  that 
before  this  first  six  months  is  out  we  will 
have  some  specific  proposals  that  we  will  be 
able  to  put  on  the  table. 

Q.  Are  you  speaking  to  other  governments 
there  ? 

Secretary  Vance:  Other  governments,  and 
the  completion  of  review  within  our  own  gov- 
ernment in  such  areas  as  arms  transfers,  so 
that  we  have  a  clear  idea  of  what  the  arms 
transfer  policy  of  the  United  States  should  be 
and  the  reasons  for  it. 

Q.  What  has  happened  to  that  national  se- 
curity memorandum,  that  was  done  on  Per- 
sian Gulf  arms  sales?  Has  that  been  sort  of 
thrown  away? 

Secretary  Vance:  No.  They  are  still  work- 
ing on  the  response  to  that. 

Q.  /  see.  Because  I  think  Congress  needs  to 
have  it,  doesn't  it? 

Secretary  Vance:  That's  right,  it  does.  And 
that  is  in  the  process  of  completion  at  this 
point. 

Q.  Can  you  talk  more  about  the  integra- 
tion between  arms  transfer  and  prolifera- 
tion? Do  you  mean  by  that  that  if  a  country 
is  assured  of  an  adequate  conventional  arm,s 
supply  it  wouldn't  have  to  turn  to  nuclear 
weapons ? 

Secretary  Vance:  That  is  one  of  the  issues. 
It  has  been  suggested  by  many  of  those  who 
have  worked  in  this  area  that  one  of  the  facts 
which  may  lead  a  country  not  to  proceed  with 
the  development  of  nuclear  weapons  is  the 
assurance  that  it  has  enough  conventional 
capability  to  take  care  of  its  national  security 
interests. 

That  is  the  kind  of  issue,  I  think,  that  has 
to  be  studied  in  the  particular  context  of  the 


February  28,  1977 


165 


country  with  which  you  are  dealing,  and  the 
two  have  to  be  integrated  in  reaching  a  con- 
clusion as  to  how  you  wish  to  proceed  in  that 
particular  area. 

Brazil  and  Nuclear  Energy 

Q.  How  cmcial  to  this  effort  over  the  long 
haul  are  your  current  negotiations  with  the 
German  Government  on  the  deal  they  have 
already  made  with  Brazil?  Does  that  upset 
everything,  if  they  proceed  and  you  are  not 
able  to  dissuade  them? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  think  our  discussions 
are  very  important  and,  as  you  know,  they 
begin  tomorrow  when  State  Secretary 
Hermes  [Peter  Hermes,  State  Secretary, 
Federal  German  Foreign  Office]  comes  over 
here.  And  subsequently  we  will  be  discussing 
these  matters  with  the  Brazilians. 

Q.  Several  people  have  raised  the  question 
about  Brazil,  both  iyi  Latin  America  and  in 
this  country,  that  this  urge  for  nuclear  capa- 
bility with  Brazil  is  a  much  broader  de- 
velopment than  merely  pushing  the  nuclear 
field,  that  Brazil  is  now  a  continental  coun- 
try with  a  ^'manifest  destiny"  urge,  and  that 
in  the  decade  ahead  Brazil  will  become  much 
more  of  a  power  to  contend  with.  Looking 
over  the  long  run,  do  you  see  Brazil  as  more 
of  a  problem  and  more  of  a  partner?  How  do 
you  see  it? 

Secretary  Vance:  Obviously  Brazil  is  an 
extremely  important  nation,  not  only  in  this 
hemisphere  but  in  the  world,  and  it  is  playing 
an  increasingly  important  part  in  the  delib- 
erations of  the  world  bodies  on  all  types  of 
issues. 

Coming  to  the  question  of  nuclear  power,  I 
am  fully  sensitive  to  the  need  of  the  Brazil- 
ians for  adequate  power.  And  the  question  is 
not  one  of  their  having  nuclear  reactors  to 
develop  the  necessary  power  which  they  re- 
quire. The  question  relates  only  to  the  issue 
of  reprocessing  plants  and  enrichment 
plants. 

Q.  Do  you  see  other  urges  to  push  toward 
the  Pacific  or  other  urges  in  Brazil,  in  Latin 
Aynerica,  which  might  pose  other  policy 
problems  down  the  road? 


Secretary  Vance:  I  am  afraid  I  don't  un- 
derstand your  question. 

Q.  Well,  a  number  of  people  have 
suggested,  specialists  on  Brazil,  that  Brazil 
is  backing  Bolivia  in  its  urge  to  get  an  open- 
ing to  the  Pacific  and  that  Brazil  is  feeling 
its  muscles  and  that  over  a  period  of  time, 
over  the  next  several  years,  Brazil  is  simply 
going  to  be  a  much  tnore  dynamic  power, 
which  may  raise  some  policy  problems  for  us 
down  the  pike. 

Secretary  Vance:  Our  relations  with  Brazil 
have  been  very  good.  I  expect  them  to  con- 
tinue to  improve.  And  as  I  have  indicated, 
we  are  going  to  explore  a  whole  range  of  is- 
sues in  our  discussions  with  the  Brazilians. 

Q.  Might  some  of  our  effort  to  provide  al- 
ternatives for  Brazil  for  the  reprocessing  and 
the  enrichment  facilities  involve  their  signa- 
ture of  the  Nonproliferation  Treaty,  which 
they  haven't  sigyied? 

Secretary  Vance:  We  would  hope  that  they 
and  others  would  sign  the  Nonproliferation 
Treaty,  and  there  are  a  number  of  alterna- 
tives that  one  could  consider  with  respect  to 
the  forgoing  of  a  reprocessing  plant,  such  as 
the  guarantee  of  the  supply  of  uranium  and 
the  whole  question  of  the  internationalization 
of  facilities. 


MBFR  Talks 

Q.  Shifting  to  Europe,  you  and  others  have 
mentioned  in  one  form  or  another  concern 
about  the  Soviet  arms  buildup,  conventional 
arms  buildup,  in  the  center  of  Europe.  Do 
you  all  at  the  moment  have  any  specific 
ideas  or  thoughts  about  how  to  get  the  MBFR 
bnutual  and  balanced  force  reduction]  talks 
moving — not  necessarily  specific  proposals, 
but  an  approach,  either  in  terms  of  discuss- 
ing pullback  or  kinds  of  reductions  in  ar- 
maments there,  which  would  be  helpful  to  the 
West  and  to  getting  the  talks  moving? 

Secretary  Vance:  Well,  in  the  first  place,  it 
seems  to  me  that  the  problem  has  been  that 
there  has  not  been  sufficient  political  push  on 
either  side  to  get  the  talks  moving,  and  I 
think  that  is  the  first  step  that  has  to  be 


166 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


taken;  and  I  am  encouraged  to  see  that  the 
Soviets  have  indicated  that  they  consider 
this  to  be  of  high  priority  and  they  are  pre- 
pared to  move  forward  with  them.  We  have 
stated  that  we  consider  the  movement  in  the 
talks  to  be  of  high  priority;  and  if  we  get  this 
kind  of  political  decision  taken  on  both  sides, 
then  I  think  it  is  possible  to  begin  to  make  a 
move  forward. 

Let  me  make  the  point,  though,  that  what 
we  will  be  doing,  we  will  be  doing  with  full 
consultation  with  our  allies.  We  are  not  talk- 
ing about  taking  any  unilateral  steps  here. 
Whatever  we  do  will  be  done  after  full  con- 
sultation. 

Q.  /  see  Joe  Kraft  alluded  to  this  in  his 
column  the  other  day:  Are  you  about  ready 
now  to  begin  discussions  finally  with  the 
Chinese  on  resolving  the  frozen-assets  ques- 
tions 1 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  This  is  a  subject 
that  I  think  it  would  be  useful  for  us  to  begin 
to  discuss  with  the  Chinese. 

Q.  Do  they  feel  that  way?  Do  you  have  any 
idea  that  they  feel  that  way,  other  than  what 
has  appeared  in  the  press? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  We  have  some  indi- 
cation that  they  feel  the  same  way. 

Q.  So,  then,  you  would  expect  talks  at 
some  point? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  would  hope  there  would 
be  talks  in  the  not  too  distant  future. 

Q.  Here  or  in  East  Asia? 

Secretary  Vance:  We  are  not  that  far  along 
the  road  yet. 

Q.  I  see.  But  it  would  not  necessarily  re- 
quire a  new  head  of  our  mission  in  Peking  to 
move  ahead  with  that  sort  of  thing? 

Secretary  Vance:  No. 

Q.  You  mentioned,  very  interestingly ,  the 
elevation  of  this  office  and  appointments 
concerned  ivith  nuclear  proliferation.  You 
have  brought  a  number  of  younger  people 
into  the  State  Department.  I  wonder  if  you 
would  talk  with  us  just  a  yno^nent  about  your 
ideas  of  how  you  have  organized  the  State 


Department,  what  it  is  you  are  trying  to  do? 

Secretary  Vance:  What  I  have  tried  to  do 
is  to  bring  into  the  State  Department  a  bal- 
ance of  those  who  have  experience  and 
younger  people  who  have  fresh  ideas  and 
who  can  begin  to  bring  along  another  genera- 
tion of  experts  in  the  foreign  policy  field.  I 
think  we  have  been  very  fortunate  in  those 
that  we  have  been  able  to  enlist  to  work  in 
the  Administration,  both  in  terms  of  the 
career  officers  who  are  the  backbone  of  the 
Department  and  in  the  younger  group  that 
has  come  in  at  the  Assistant  Secretary  and 
Deputy  Assistant  Secretary  level  to  join  us. 

I  think  by  putting  together  this  combina- 
tion that  we  are  going  to  have  an  excellent 
group  of  officers  and  staff  that  will  give  us 
the  ability  to  handle  the  difficult  set  of  prob- 
lems that  face  us  in  a  satisfactory  and  con- 
structive way. 

Q.  But,  organizationally ,  before  you  were 
talking  about  elevating  a  conceryi — 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes. 

Q.  — and  integrating  an  effort — 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes. 

Q.  — on  specific  policy  problems;  nam,ely, 
proliferation  and  arms  sales.  Are  there  other 
organizational  changes  that  you  have  made 
which,  in  effect,  highlight  policy  problems, 
specifically  global  policy  problems,  that  you 
feel  are  crucial? 

Secretary  Vance:  Well,  we  are  in  the  proc- 
ess of  examining  some  other  areas  in  the 
light  of  possible  organizational  changes 
which  may  put  more  focus  on  the  global  prob- 
lems. 

Q.  Such  as  food  and  environm,ental  prob- 
lems, this  kind  of  thing? 

Secretary  Vance:  That  is  correct. 
Q.  Are  those  specific  things? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  have  nothing  specific  on 
this  point.  It  is  clear  that  this  whole  set  of 
global  problems  is  a  new  dimension  that  is  of 
increasing  importance.  And  as  we  look  down 
the  years  ahead,  I  think  they  are  going  to  be 
of  major  importance. 


February  28,  1977 


167 


I  further  believe  that  many  of  these  will 
replace  some  of  the  traditional  security  prob- 
lems as  the  items  of  principal  focus  in  the 
foreign  policy  field. 

Q.  I  have  ^mentioned  two.  I  don't  want 
them  to  be  my  words.  I  mean,  would  you 
agree  on  food  and  environment ? 

Secretary  Vance:  Food  and  environment. 
We  have  already  talked  about  proliferation, 
arms  transfers,  the  international  economic 
problems.  Did  we  talk  about  population? 

Q.  Food  and  environment,  proliferation, 
arms  transfers,  international  econo-tnic 
problems. 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  I  would  definitely 
include  population. 

Problems  of  Paramount  Importance 

Q.  A  substantive  question,  dealing  with 
Cuba  and  Panama.  You  have  mentioned  in 
one  context  or  another  an  interest  at  least  in 
exploriyig  some  possibilities  for  normaliza- 
tion with  Cuba.  You  are  obviously  pushing 
ahead  on  the  Pa^iayna  Canal  negotiations. 
Can  you  move  on  both  these  fronts  at  the 
same  time?  Each  of  them  are  very  sensitive 
political  issues.  Or  do  you  have  some  kind  of 
a  sequence  of  handling  these  problems  in 
mind? 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  say  that  at  the 
outset  we  saw  a  number  of  problems  of 
paramount  importance.  In  order  to  try  to 
begin  to  move  on  these,  we  have  taken  a 
number  of  steps. 

First,  we  have  begun  to  move  on  the  Panama 
Canal,  and  we  now  have  the  talks  scheduled  to 
resume. 

Another  critical  issue  is  the  Middle  East. 
We  are  now  beginning  to  take  the  first  steps 
in  that  particular  area. 

Thirdly,  the  problem  of  the  strategic  arms 
talks.  Here  again  I  think  we  are  taking  the 
necessary  steps  to  begin  to  move  that,  as  I 
have  said,  out  of  the  doldrums. 

In  a  similar  fashion,  I  think  the  political 
judgments  are  being  made  which  will  make  it 
possible  for  us  to  begin  to  move  forward  with 


the  mutual  balanced  force  reduction  talks. 

We  have  also  indicated  a  desire  to  begin  to 
move  toward  normalization  in  the  area  of 
Cuba. 

I  have  also  indicated  that  we  would  con- 
sider it  important  to  try  and  come  to  grips 
with  the  missing-in-action  question  in  Viet- 
nam, so  that  we  could  then  begin  to  try  and 
move  toward  normalization  in  that  area. 

Q.  Do  you  have  any  date  for  that,  any 
talks  with  the  Vietnamese? 

Secretary  Vance:  No  specific  dates.  But 
these  are  all  areas  of  importance  where  I 
think  we  have  begun  to  move  and  to  take  the 
necessary  first  steps  to  move  us  along  the 
road. 

Now,  this  is  not  to  say  that  this  is  an  over- 
all statement  of  priorities,  but  these  are 
some  of  the  more  important  areas  where  we 
have  already  begun  to  move. 

One  which  I  should  underscore  is  the  very 
important  trip  which  Vice  President  Mondale 
took  at  the  very  outset  of  this  Administra- 
tion. I  think  it  was  extremely  important  that 
he  take  this  trip  to  visit  our  key  allies  and  to 
have  a  chance  to  discuss  with  them  their 
views  as  well  as  our  preliminary  views  on  a 
number  of  important  issues.  And  this  under- 
scores the  importance  which  this  Administra- 
tion attaches  to  our  relationship  with  our 
allies. 

So  these  are  some  of  the  things  which  I 
would  point  to  to  indicate  a  general  direction 
in  this  first  two  to  three  weeks  of  the 
Administration. 

Q.  You  didn't  mention  Greece  and  Turkey 
and  the  [Clark]  Clifford  mission,  but  I  am 
sure  you  meant  to. 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes. 

Q.  You  meant  to  include  that. 

Secretary  Vance:  I  meant  to  include  that. 

Q.  On  the  Cuba  aiid  Panama  thing,  this 
combination — -just  looking  at  Latin  America 
for  a  moment,  do  you  have  a  sense  of  timing 
there? 

Secretary  Vance:  Before  I  answer  you  on 
that,  another  one  that  I  should  mention  in 


168 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


the  important  area  is  the  whole  question  of 
southern  Africa. 

As  you  know,  we  have  just  recently  met 
with  Ambassador  Ivor  Richard  [Chairman  of 
the  Geneva  Conference  on  Rhodesia  and 
U.K.  Permanent  Representative  to  the  United 
Nations]  for  two  days.  We  have  had  a  very 
good  discussion  of  possible  further  steps  that 
might  be  taken  to  get  the  negotiations  back 
on  the  track. 

They  will — they,  the  British — will  be  dis- 
cussing this  among  themselves,  and  we  will 
be  further  refining  our  thoughts;  and  we  will 
be  meeting  again  in  the  next  two  weeks  or  so 
to  see  what  joint  efforts  we  may  come  up 
with  to  try  and  get  some  progress  again. 

Q.  You  won't  go  to  London  on  your  way 
back  from  the  Middle  East  to  talk  about  this? 

Secretary  Vance:  No,  I  will  not.  I  will  be 
coming  directly  back. 

Q.  Will  he  come  here,  then,  for  a  second 
round  of  talks?  Is  that  what  you  mean  to  be 
saying? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  don't  know  whether  he 
will  come  here  or  we  will  have  somebody  go 
to  London.  But  we  will.be  discussing  our  fur- 
ther actions  with  them. 

Q.  You  m,ention  joint  actions.  I  take  it  that 
doesn't,  however,  change  the  situation  in 
which  we  regard  the  British  as  kind  of  being 
the  front-runner  on  this. 

Secretary  Vance:  It  does  not,  no.  This  is 
clearly  a  case  where  the  British  are  properly 
the  front-runner,  and  we  will  be  doing  every- 
thing we  can  to  support  them  fully,  as  we 
have  in  the  past. 

Q.  I  have  gotten  the  catalogue.  Can  I  come 
back  to  the  Cuba  and  the  Panatna  thing?  Do 
you  have  some  notion  of  the  sequence  here  in 
the  way  that  you  will  handle  these  issues? 

Secretary  Vance:  On  the  Panama  situation, 
the  negotiations  are  about  to  resume,  and  I 
would  hope  that  they  would  proceed  as  we 


indicated  in  our  joint  communique,  or  our 
joint  statement,  which  Minister  Boyd  and  I 
issued,  promptly,  and  that  we  would  make 
rapid  progress.' 

Q.  Do  you  have  a  date  yet  to  talk  to  the 
Cubans  on  this  law  of  the  sea,  or  whatever  it 

is? 

Secretary  Vance:  No.  I  have  no  dates  on 
any  discussions  at  this  point  with  the  Cu- 
bans. 

Q.  Do  you  feel  that  the  Soviets,  the  Soviet 
leadership  understands  the  decoupling  of  the 
SALT  and  strategic  issues  from,  the  human 
rights  issues  that  has  been  articulated  by  the 
President? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  think  the  President 
made  it  very  clear  yesterday  that  both  he 
and  I  believe  that  we  can  and  will  state  our 
views  with  respect  to  these  very  important 
human  rights  issues.  At  the  same  time,  we 
believe  that  we  must  continue  to  discuss  and 
press  forward  on  the  critically  important 
strategic  arms  talks. 

As  he  indicated,  neither  he  nor  I  think  that 
there  is  a  linkage  that  prevents  these  two 
things  from  proceeding  at  the  same  time. 

Q.  But  is  there  a  linkage  on  other  areas 
such  as  humayi  rights  and  econoyyiic  coopera- 
tion or  human  rights  and  mutual  coopera- 
tion ? 

Secretary  Vance:  As  I  indicated  before  in 
the  interview  that  I  gave,  obviously  what 
happens  in  the  human  rights  area  affects  the 
climate  of  relations  between  countries.^ 
What  I  have  said  is  that  I  believed  that  there 
had  been  an  overemphasis  on  linkage  in  the 
past. 


'■  For  text  of  a  joint  statement  issued  at  Washington 
on  Jan.  31  following  a  meeting  between  Secretary 
Vance  and  Panamanian  Foreign  Minister  Aquilino 
Boyd,  see  Bulletin  of  Feb.  21,  1977,  p.  146. 

^  For  an  interview  with  Secretary  Vance  by  AP  and 
UPI  correspondents  on  Feb.  3,  see  ibid.,  p.  147. 


February  28,  1977 


169 


THE  CONGRESS 


Department  Urges  Passage  of  Bill  To  Halt 
Importation  of  Rhodesian  Chrome 


Following  are  statements  by  Secretary 
Vance  and  Julius  L.  Katz,  Assistant  Secre- 
tary for  Economic  and  Business  Affairs,  be- 
fore the  Subcommittee  on  African  Affairs  of 
the  Senate  Comynittee  on  Foreign  Relations  on 
February  10.  * 


STATEMENT  BY  SECRETARY  VANCE 

Press  release  42  dated  February  10 

I  am  pleased  to  be  with  you  today  and  to 
have  this  opportunity  to  comment  on  the 
Rhodesian  sanctions  bill. 

The  Administration  fully  supports  this  bill. 
We  urge  the  Congress  to  pass  it  into  law  as 
rapidly  as  possible.  To  do  so  would,  I  firmly 
believe,  strengthen  the  hand  of  the  United 
States  and  others  who  are  working  to  find  a 
peaceful  solution  to  the  Rhodesian  problem. 
Moreover,  it  would  return  the  United  States 
to  conformity  with  its  obligations  under  the 
United  Nations  Charter.  American  industry 
is  not  dependent  on  Rhodesian  chrome,  and 
repeal  will  not  harm  our  economy. 

President  Carter  has  on  many  occasions 
stated  clearly  and  forcefully  his  commit- 
ment to  human  rights.  That  commitment, 
which  I  know  you  share,  and  which  is  ex- 
pressed in  the  provisions  of  the  United  Na- 
tions Charter,  will  be  a  major  factor  as  this 
Administration  formulates  its  foreign,  as 
well  as  its  domestic,  policies.  We  are  guided 
by  this  commitment  in  our  approach  to  all  the 
problems  of  southern  Africa.  It  requires  our 


'  The  complete  transcript  of  the  hearings  will  be  pub- 
lished by  the  committee  and  will  be  available  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Print- 
ing Office,  Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


firm  and  clear  opposition  to  racial  injustice 
wherever  it  exists. 

The  world  faces  an  explosive  situation  in 
southern  Africa.  Negotiations  for  a  Rhode- 
sian settlement  have  faltered,  though  our  ef- 
forts to  nurture  them  continue.  Violence  is 
intensifying.  The  Namibian  dispute  is  not 
moving  toward  solution;  indeed,  it  adds  to 
the  danger  that  violence  in  southern  Africa 
will  spread.  And  in  South  Africa  itself  a  sys- 
tem of  institutionalized  racial  discrimination, 
which  this  Administration  strongly  opposes, 
feeds  black  unrest. 

The  Rhodesian  situation  is  of  greatest 
urgency,  however,  for  there  the  extent  of 
armed  conflict  is  broadest  and  the  threat  of 
escalation  most  immediate.  We  view  with 
deep  concern  the  dangerous  situation  in 
Rhodesia  that  has  arisen  out  of  the  attempt 
of  the  illegal  minority  government  to  main- 
tain itself  in  power.  If  the  Rhodesian  au- 
thorities, who  represent  less  than  4  percent 
of  the  population,  persist  in  this  course,  the 
inevitable  outcome  will  be  a  bitter  legacy  for 
the  future  of  all  the  inhabitants  of  that  terri- 
tory. 

Intensified  conflict  in  Rhodesia  also  entails 
serious  adverse  economic  effects  on  countries 
in  the  region.  Furthermore,  the  possibility  of 
non-African  forces  interfering  cannot  be  dis- 
counted. 

We  must  continue  to  try  to  help  head  off  a 
disaster  in  Rhodesia.  We  believe  that  change 
there  is  necessary.  It  is  certainly  inevitable. 
Our  challenge  is  that  it  be  rapid,  peaceful, 
and  orderly.  This  can  only  come  through  a 
negotiated  settlement  which  leads  quickly  to 
a  system  of  majority  rule  and  respect  for  the 
rights  and  dignity  of  all,  regardless  of  their 
race.  In  our  effort  to  help  achieve  this  goal 


170 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


we  shall  continue  to  confer  with  the  British 
Government,  African  leaders,  and  the  South 
African  Government. 

I  have  said  recently  that  the  Rhodesian  au- 
thorities should  understand  clearly  that 
under  no  circumstance  can  they  count  on  any 
form  of  American  assistance  in  their  effort  to 
prevent  majority  rule  in  Rhodesia  or  to  enter 
into  negotiations  which  exclude  leaders  of 
the  nationalist  movements. 

I  underscore  that  statement  again  today. 
But  the  key  to  peace  lies  in  Mr.  Ian  Smith's 
hands,  and  repeal  of  the  Byrd  amendment 
would  do  far  more  to  persuade  him  to  use  it. 
It  is  essential  that  the  Congress  and  the 
executive  branch  work  together  in  this  re- 
spect to  present  a  unified  American  position. 

Throughout  the  world  community,  people 
are  watching  to  see  what  the  United  States 
decides  to  do.  African  and  other  leaders  place 
considerable  importance  on  the  action  Con- 
gress will  take  with  regard  to  repeal  of  the 
Byrd  amendment — and,  I  might  add,  they 
want  to  know  how  deeply  the  Administration 
is  committed  to  its  repeal.  Let  no  one  be  in 
doubt  about  the  depth  of  our  commitment. 

In  his  talk  with  Ambassador  Young  [An- 
drew Young,  U.S.  Representative  to  the 
United  Nations]  last  weekend.  President 
Nyerere  of  Tanzania  laid  stress  on  repeal  of 
the  Byrd  amendment  as  part  of  an  active  role 
by  the  United  States  in  tightening  U.N.  eco- 
nomic sanctions  against  Rhodesia.  Other  Af- 
rican leaders  have  recently  expressed  the 
same  sentiment  to  us. 

Passage  of  the  Byrd  amendment  in  1971 
put  the  United  States  in  violation  of  its  in- 
ternational obligations.  The  economic  sanc- 
tions imposed  by  the  U.N.  Security  Council 
in  1966  and  1968  were  based  on  the  Council's 
right  to  determine  that  a  threat  to  the  peace 
existed  in  the  Rhodesian  situation  and  to  in- 
voke enforcement  measures,  as  it  did,  under 
chapter  VII  of  the  United  Nations  Charter. 
A  legal  obhgation  for  all  member  states  was 
thus  created.  As  a  permanent  member  of  the 
Security  Council  the  United  States  could 
have  vetoed  the  sanctions  resolutions.  It  did 
not,  but  in  fact  supported  and  voted  for  the 
sanctions.  As  a  matter  of  international  law, 
we  are  committed,  under  article  25  of  the 
charter,  to  abide  by  them. 


With  the  passage  of  the  Byrd  amendment, 
the  United  States,  whose  record  in  enforcing 
sanctions  had  been  as  good  as  or  better  than 
that  of  any  nation,  became  one  of  a  handful  of 
nations  which,  as  a  matter  of  official  policy, 
violate  the  sanctions.  We  thereby  put  our- 
selves at  odds  with  the  will  of  the  interna- 
tional community  in  the  only  effort  ever 
made  by  the  United  Nations  to  use  manda- 
tory economic  sanctions.  We  have  acted  in 
violation  of  our  own  often  proclaimed  devo- 
tion to  international  law. 

By  repealing  the  Byrd  amendment  we 
would  remove  this  symbol  of  ambivalence  in 
American  policy  toward  Rhodesia  and  toward 
international  law.  We  would  return  to  adher- 
ence to  our  obligations  under  the  United  Na- 
tions Charter. 

When  the  Byrd  amendment  was  passed,  it 
was  argued  that,  for  strategic  and  economic 
reasons,  the  United  States  needed  continued 
access  to  Rhodesian  chrome.  However,  it 
should  now  be  clear  that  access  to  Rhodesian 
chrome  and  other  minerals  is  not  an  impor- 
tant element  in  U.S.  security  or  overall  eco- 
nomic policy.  We  maintained  a  huge  supply  of 
chrome  in  our  strategic  stockpile,  and  the 
Defense  Department's  requirement  for 
metallurgical-grade  chromite  was  relatively 
small.  Moreover,  passage  of  the  Byrd 
amendment  did  not,  as  it  was  intended,  make 
us  less  reliant  on  imports  of  Soviet  chrome. 

Many  of  those  who  supported  the  Byrd 
amendment  did  so  because  of  their  under- 
standing that  the  American  steel  industry 
depended  on  Rhodesian  chrome  for  the  pro- 
duction of  American  specialty  steel.  How- 
ever, as  one  original  supporter  of  the 
amendment.  Congressman  John  Dent,  has 
said,  "Due  to  recent  technological  innova- 
tions, the  United  States  is  no  longer  depend- 
ent on  Rhodesian  chrome."  He  added  that 
consequently,  and  because  "the  existence  of 
the  amendment  might  hamper  American  dip- 
lomatic initiatives,"  he  will  now  reverse  the 
position  he  has  held  since  1971,  and  support 
and  vote  for  repeal  of  the  Byrd  amendment. 

It  is  my  firm  belief  that  repeal  of  the  Byrd 
amendment  will  serve  the  interests  of  the 
United  States.  It  will  in  no  way  harm  us 
strategically  or  economically.  To  the  con- 
trary, it  will  strengthen  our  position  and  add 


February  28,  1977 


171 


to  our  stature  internationally.  And  it  will  as- 
sist us  in  reaching  the  goal  we  share  with 
many  others:  a  peaceful  transition  to  major- 
ity rule  and  equal  rights  in  Rhodesia.  This 
goal  will  be  difficult  of  attainment  in  any 
case.  As  long  as  the  Byrd  amendment  re- 
mains on  the  books,  it  will  be  even  harder. 

The  Carter  Administration  attaches  the 
highest  importance  to  repeal.  In  testifying 
today  on  behalf  of  the  Administration,  I 
speak  for  the  President,  who  strongly  sup- 
ports this  initiative.  We  welcome  your  bill 
and  hope  that  the  Congress  will  give  it  the 
very  full  measure  of  support  it  deserves.  We 
will  work  with  you  to  this  end. 


STATEMENT  BY  ASSISTANT  SECRETARY  KATZ 

I  appreciate  this  opportunity  to  appear  be- 
fore your  committee  in  support  of  S.  174,  a 
bill  to  halt  the  importation  of  Rhodesian 
chrome,  nickel,  and  other  ferroalloys.  In  this 
statement  I  intend  to  discuss  the  economic 
impact  of  the  Byrd  amendment  during  the 
past  four  years  and  the  economic  conse- 
quences of  the  reimposition  of  full  sanctions 
against  Rhodesia  as  proposed  in  this  bill. 

The  U.S.  Bureau  of  Mines  estimates  that 
total  world  resources  of  chromite  amount  to 
nearly  9  billion  tons,  mostly  occurring  in  the 
Eastern  Hemisphere.  While  the  United 
States  has  some  resources  of  chromite  in 
Montana,  Oregon,  California,  and  Alaska, 
they  are  low  grade  and  are  not  presently 
commercially  exploitable  on  a  significant 
scale. 

Commercially  exploitable  reserves  around 
the  world  are  estimated  at  1.9  billion  tons 
and  are  located  chiefly  in  South  Africa,  which 
alone  has  reserves  of  about  1.1  billion  tons, 
Rhodesia,  the  U.S.S.R.,  Turkey,  and  the 
Philippines.  Preliminary  estimates  of  world 
chromite  production  in  1976  are  8.9  million 
tons,  of  which  South  Africa  produced  27  per- 
cent; Communist  countries,  35  percent;  Tur- 
key and  Rhodesia,  about  8  percent  each;  and 
the  Philippines,  less  than  4  percent. 

Chrome  is  used  by  three  main  branches  of 
U.S.  industry:  the  steel  industry  for  produc- 
tion of  stainless  and  alloy  steels;  the  chemical 
industry  for  pigments,  plating,  and  tanning; 


and  the  refractory  industry  for  manufacture 
of  refractory  bricks. 

By  far  the  largest  user  of  chrome  is  the 
specialty  steel  industry,  which  in  1974  ac- 
counted for  about  65  percent  of  U.S.  con- 
sumption. Over  half  of  all  imports  of  chro- 
mite are  converted  by  the  ferroalloys  indus- 
try into  ferrochromium,  an  intermediate 
product  used  by  the  specialty  steel  industry 
to  make  stainless  and  alloy  steels.  Stainless 
steels  are  vital  to  production  of  aircraft, 
machinery,  processing  equipment,  autos,  and 
many  other  capital,  strategic,  and  consumer 
goods  requiring  a  high  degree  of  corrosion 
resistance. 

A  number  of  different  technologies  have 
been  developed  to  process  chromite  into  fer- 
rochromium, depending  on  the  type  of  chro- 
mite ore  being  used.  In  addition,  a  relatively 
new  technology  called  the  Argon  Oxygen  De- 
carburization  (AOD)  process  developed  by 
industry  in  the  late  1960's  has  been  particu- 
larly successful  in  providing  a  higher  yield  of 
chromium  derived  from  lower  grades  of 
chromite  ore.  It  is  estimated  that  the  AOD 
technology  is  now  used  to  produce  60  to  65 
percent  of  the  world's  stainless  steel.  The 
significance  of  this  development  is  that  it 
permits  increased  use  of  chemical-  and 
refractory-grade  ores — chiefly  found  in 
South  Africa,  Brazil,  and  other  countries — 
which  could  replace  Rhodesian  and  Russian 
material. 

Apart  from  recycled  scrap,  which  in  1975 
satisfied  10  percent  of  the  total  U.S.  chrome 
demand,  the  United  States  is  almost  totally 
dependent  on  imports  for  its  chrome  re- 
quirements. 

The  preliminary  estimate  of  imports  of 
chromite  for  1976  stands  at  1.2  million  tons, 
compared  to  1.4  million  in  1970  and  1.05  mil- 
lion in  1972,  the  year  following  enactment  of 
the  Byrd  amendment.  For  ferrochromium 
imports,  the  preliminary  1976  figure  is 
270,000  tons,  compared  to  42,000  tons  in  1970 
and  150,000  tons  in  1972. 

These  figures  indicate  small  declines  in  the 
volume  of  chromite  ore  imports  but  a  sharply 
rising  volume  of  imports  of  ferrochromium. 
Growing  imports  of  ferrochromium  in  large 
part  reflect  the  efforts  of  chromite-producing 
countries  to  ship  the  higher  valued  inter- 


172 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


mediate  product,  ferrochromium,  rather  than 
shipping  chromite  ore  to  the  United  States 
for  conversion. 

Sources  of  U.S.  Imports 

I  would  now  like  to  turn  specifically  to 
U.S.  dependence  on  Rhodesia  and  the  impli- 
cations of  removal  of  the  Byrd  amendment. 

According  to  the  U.S.  Bureau  of  Mines  es- 
timate, 64  percent  of  reserves  of  minable 
chromite  ore  of  all  grades  is  located  in  South 
Africa  and  32  percent  in  Rhodesia.  For 
metallurgical-grade  chromite  ore,  the  grade 
most  used  in  the  production  of  stainless  and 
alloy  steels,  Rhodesia  possesses  86  percent  of 
known  world  reserves;  South  Africa,  9  per- 
cent; the  U.S.S.R.  and  other  Communist 
countries,  2  percent;  and  Turkey,  1  percent. 
For  the  chemical-grade  ore,  which  via  the 
AOD  process  is  also  now  usable  for  specialty 
steel  making,  South  Africa  has  the  vast 
majority  of  the  world's  reserves,  well  in  ex- 
cess of  1  billion  tons. 

The  sources  of  U.S.  imports  by  chromium 
content  in  1976  were  3  percent  from 
Rhodesia;  17  percent  from  the  U.S.S.R.;  38 
percent  from  South  Africa;  17  percent  from 
Turkey;  10  percent  from  the  Philippines;  and 
15  percent  from  other  countries. 

Imports  of  chromite  ore  from  Rhodesia  had 
constituted  over  50  percent  of  our  imports 
during  the  1950's  and  early  1960's.  With  the 
imposition  of  the  embargo,  imports  from 
Rhodesia  stopped  and  then  began  again  fol- 
lowing passage  of  the  Byrd  amendment. 
Rhodesian  chromite  ore,  however,  never 
really  recovered  its  share  of  the  U.S.  mar- 
ket. The  Rhodesian  Government  turned  in- 
stead to  production  of  ferrochromium,  which 
was  exported  to  the  United  States  in  ever- 
increasing  amounts  beginning  in  1972. 

Imports  of  ferrochromium  from  all  sources 
have  increased  dramatically  in  the  last  sev- 
eral years  as  U.S.  importers  decreased  de- 
mand for  unprocessed  chromite  in  favor  of 
increased  imports  of  finished  ferrochromium. 
In  1975,  imports  of  ferrochromium  alloys 
reached  an  all-time  high  of  319,000  tons.  By 
percentage  of  chromium  content,  U.S.  im- 
ports in  1976  came  from  the  following  coun- 
tries: Rhodesia,  22  percent;  South  Africa,  32 


percent;  Japan,  17  percent;  and  others,  29 
percent. 

Enactment  of  the  Byrd  amendment  in  1971 
was  opposed  by  the  Nixon  Administration, 
and  in  subsequent  years  the  previous  Admin- 
istration supported  efforts  to  bring  about  its 
repeal. 

It  has  been  and  remains  our  view  that 
Rhodesia  cannot  be  considered  a  reliable 
supplier.  Transportation  routes  for  export  of 
raw  materials  from  Rhodesia  have  been  cut 
off  one  by  one  until  the  only  remaining  possi- 
bility is  the  South  African  route.  Insurgent 
actions  pose  a  growing  threat  to  operation  of 
the  mines,  which  if  forced  to  shut  down  for 
even  a  temporary  period  could  require 
months  to  get  back  into  service  due  to  flood- 
ing and  cave-ins. 

Effects  of  Cutting  Off  Rhodesian  Chrome 

Repeal  of  the  Byrd  amendment  and  the 
consequent  cutting  off  of  imports  of  Rhode- 
sian chrome  will  require  some  degree  of 
readjustment  by  the  United  States  and  is 
likely  to  have  some  effect  on  prices.  How- 
ever, our  analysis  indicates  that  dislocations 
should  be  relatively  short  term  and  can  be 
largely  overcome  over  a  period  of  time. 

The  first  consequence  of  stopping  the  in- 
flow of  chrome  from  Rhodesia  will  mean  ma- 
terials will  need  to  be  found  elsewhere.  The 
prospects  for  finding  other  sources  of  mate- 
rial are  good.  While  most  of  our  chromium 
will  continue  to  come  from  our  regular  major 
suppliers,  including  South  Africa,  the 
U.S.S.R.,  and  the  Philippines,  there  are 
other,  smaller  suppliers  who  could  help  fill 
the  gap.  These  include  India,  Finland, 
Brazil,  Turkey,  and  Albania. 

In  addition,  imports  of  greater  quantities 
of  lower  grade  ores  are  now  usable  due  to  the 
increasing  use  of  the  AOD  process  for  pro- 
duction of  steel. 

Finally,  private  stocks  of  chrome  materials 
are  large.  The  Bureau  of  Mines  estimates 
400,000  tons  are  held  in  private  stocks  at  the 
present  time.  This  amount  approximates  six 
to  nine  months'  consumption. 

In  addition,  the  strategic  and  critical  ma- 
terial stockpile  contains  the  equivalent  of 
3.82  million  tons  of  metallurgical  chromite 


February  28,  1977 


173 


ores  in  the  form  of  ores  and  ferroalloys.  Of 
this,  3.59  million  tons  are  reserved  to  meet 
the  needs  of  national  security.  A  release  of 
any  portion  of  these  strategic  reserves  dur- 
ing peacetime  is  permitted  under  existing 
legislation  when  the  President  determines 
that  the  release  "is  required  for  the  pur- 
poses of  common  defense."  Therefore  such 
releases  could  only  be  used  to  support 
defense-related  production  requirements. 
The  0.23  million  tons  in  excess  of  strategic 
needs  could  be  made  available  to  U.S.  indus- 
try if  the  necessary  legislation  were  enacted 
by  Congress. 

Through  the  early  1960's  prices  of 
chromium  remained  fairly  stable,  took  a 
jump  in  1969-70  and  followed  a  mixed  course 
until  1975,  when  the  representative  price 
more  than  doubled,  rising  from  $65  to  $137 
per  long  ton.  This  price  has  held  on  through 
1976.  The  U.S.S.R.  led  off  the  rise  in  prices 
in  1975  and  was  quickly  followed  by  the  other 
producers.  In  effect  the  U.S.S.R.  became  the 
price  leader. 

Cutting  off  Rhodesian  chrome  could  put 
some  pressure  on  prices.  For  a  number  of 
reasons,  however,  we  believe  that  upward 
pressures  are  not  likely  to  continue. 

Current  prices  are  well  in  excess  of  costs 
of  production,  and  producers  who  raise  prices 
further  risk  further  resort  to  substitution 
and  economizing  technologies  and  thus  a 
long-term  decline  in  demand.  As  I  have  al- 
ready explained,  possibilities  for  utilization 
of  lower  grade  material  from  countries  other 
than  Rhodesia  made  possible  by  the  AOD 
technology  will  encourage  production  of 
chemical-  and  refractory-grade  ores  to  com- 
pete with  Russian  and  Rhodesian  metallurgi- 
cal ores. 

I  have  stressed  a  number  of  economic  rea- 
sons in  support  of  U.S.  backing  of  the  U.N. 
economic  sanctions  against  Rhodesia  and  re- 
peal of  the  Byrd  amendment.  The  basic  eco- 
nomic reason,  however,  is  that  such  a  move 
is  a  rational  economic  step  looking  forward  to 
a  time  when  majority  African  rule  in 
Rhodesia  will  come  about.  A  rapid  and  peace- 


ful transition  in  Rhodesia  is  in  our  long-term 
economic  interests.  Our  current  commerce 
with  Rhodesia  is  perceived  as  an  impediment 
to  that  transition. 

Finally,  our  economic  interests  do  not  stop 
in  Rhodesia.  The  United  States  carries  on  a 
thriving  and  growing  economic  relationship 
with  the  other  nations  of  black  Africa  both  in 
trade  and  investment.  By  failing  to  repeal 
the  Byrd  amendment  we  jeopardize  this  rela- 
tionship. African  countries  are  also  an  impor- 
tant source  of  supply  for  us  for  a  whole  range 
of  strategic  goods  including  petroleum, 
uranium,  manganese,  copper,  cobalt,  and 
diamonds,  as  well  as  the  whole  range  of  trop- 
ical products  like  coffee  and  cocoa.  Our  dis- 
regard of  the  U.N.  sanctions  has  indeed 
placed  American  business  at  a  disadvantage 
in  its  relationship  with  African  countries  in 
such  areas  as  resource  development,  invest- 
ment, and  export  opportunities. 

I  urge  the  committee  to  report  S.  174 
favorably,  and  I  recommend  quick  passage  of 
the  bill. 


Congressional  Documents 
Relating  to  Foreign  Policy 

Progress  and  Problems  in  Collecting  Delinquent  Inter- 
national Debts  owed  to  the  United  States.  Report  by 
the  House  Committee  on  Government  Operations.  H. 
Kept.  94-1736.  September  30,  1976,  15  pp. 

Foreign  Palm  Oil  Development  Loans.  Report  of  the 
House  Committee  on  Agriculture  to  accompany  H. 
Res.  1399.  H.  Rept.  94-1747,  Part  1.  October  1,  1976. 
6  pp. 

Seizure  of  the  Mayaguez,  Part  IV.  Reports  of  the 
Comptroller  General  of  the  United  States  submitted 
to  the  Subcommittee  on  International  Political  and 
Military  Affairs  of  the  House  Committee  on  Interna- 
tional Relations.  October  4,  1976.  162  pp. 

Messages  from  the  President  of  the  United  States 
transmitting  governing  international  fishery  agree- 
ments. Agreement  with  Romania;  H.  Doc.  95-34; 
January  10,  1977;  15  pp.  Agreement  with  the  German 
Democratic  Republic:  H.  Doc.  95-35;  January  10, 
1977:  14  pp.  Agreement  with  the  Union  of  Soviet 
Socialist  Republics;  H.  Doc.  95-36;  January  10,  1977; 
17  pp.  Agreement  with  the  Republic  of  China;  H. 
Doc.  95-37;  January  10,  1977;  12  pp.  Agreement  with 
Bulgaria;  H.  Doc.  95-46;  January  17,  1977;  15  pp. 


174 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Department  Reviews  Developments  in  International  Fisheries  Policy 


Statement  by  Rozanne  L.  Ridgway 

Deputy  Assistant  Secretary  for  Oceans  and  Fisheries  Affairs  ^ 


I  welcome  the  opportunity  to  review  de- 
velopments in  international  fisheries  policy 
with  you  today.  I  and  other  representatives 
of  the  Department  of  State,  in  the  months 
since  the  passage  of  the  Fishery  Conserva- 
tion and  Management  Act  of  1976,  have  had 
frequent  consultations  with  many  members 
of  the  Congress  individually  and  with  mem- 
bers of  appropriate  congressional  staffs.  I 
know  you  are  aware  that  I  only  recently  have 
appeared  before  the  Senate  Committee  on 
Commerce  to  discuss  many  of  the  issues 
which  also  are  of  interest  to  this  subcommit- 
tee. 

I  do  not  want  merely  to  repeat  what  I  have 
said  before  other  committees  concerning  the 
implementation  of  the  international  aspects 
of  the  Fishery  Conservation  and  Manage- 
ment Act.  I  would  like  instead  to  consider 
where  we  are  going  in  international  fisheries, 
both  as  a  coastal  fishing  nation  and  a 
distant-water  fishing  nation,  in  a  somewhat 
different  framework.  In  doing  so,  Mr. 
Chairman  [Senator  Claiborne  Pell],  I  will 
comment  specifically  on  the  status  of  our  new 
bilateral  agreements  and  the  pressures  that 
surround  bringing  all  of  the  terms  of  the  act, 
including  its  procedures,  into  force  by  March 
1.  We  would  hope  that  nations  which  have 
signed  agreements  with  us  and  which  are 


'■  Made  before  the  Subcommittee  on  Oceans  and  In- 
ternational Environment  of  the  Senate  Committee  on 
Foreign  Relations  on  Feb.  3.  The  complete  transcript  of 
the  hearings  will  be  published  by  the  committee  and 
will  be  available  from  the  Superintendent  of  Docu- 
ments, U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington, 
D.C.  20402. 


prepared  to  meet  our  new  standards  are  in 
fact  able  to  continue  their  fishing  activities 
after  March  1  where  there  are  surpluses 
identified  in  appropriate  management  plans. 

We  are,  Mr.  Chairman,  a  nation  with  both 
coastal  and  distant-water  fishing  concerns. 
The  waters  off  our  shores  are  home  to  a  sig- 
nificant portion  of  the  world's  fisheries  re- 
sources. We  have  had  a  long  history  of 
foreign  fishing  for  those  resources.  There  are 
reports  of  vessels  from  Europe  coming  into 
the  waters  of  the  North  Atlantic  off  the  coast 
of  North  America  as  early  as  1517  or  1519 — 
history  is  not  clear  as  to  which.  History  is 
clear,  however,  on  the  fact  that  ever  since 
the  appearance  of  foreign  fishing  fleets  off 
our  coast,  there  has  been  a  sense  of  frustra- 
tion among  American  fishermen  about  the 
challenge  to  their  livelihood  represented  by 
foreign  efforts.  Those  efforts  have  had  a 
changing  pattern  throughout  the  years  of  our 
nation's  history. 

The  most  recent  element  in  the  pattern 
was  the  rapid  increase  in  the  late  1950's  and 
early  1960's,  in  the  form  of  large  mechanized 
foreign  fleets  off  our  coast.  I  believe  most 
would  agree  that  while  foreign  fishing  has 
always  been  a  part  of  our  life,  the  arrival  on 
the  fishing  grounds  of  modern  technology 
gave  a  new  dimension — a  conservation 
dimension — to  the  challenge.  The  need  to 
preserve  opportunities  for  our  own  fishermen 
and  protect  our  resources  combined  to  make 
fisheries  and  rights  of  coastal  states  concern- 
ing fisheries  resources  off  their  coasts  cen- 
tral to  the  negotiations  toward  a  new  law  of 
the  sea.  The  same  needs  led  to  the  enactment 


February  28,  1977 


175 


of  the  Fishery  Conservation  and  Manage- 
ment Act. 

I  would  note  that  in  passing  the  act,  Con- 
gress made  clear  its  intention  that  the 
United  States  should  continue  to  pursue  its 
interests  in  the  law  of  the  sea  negotiations, 
including  its  fisheries  interests.  We  have 
done  so,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  as  you  are  aware 
from  your  own  personal  interest  in  this  field, 
have  sought  a  balanced  regime  which  would 
give  us  the  desired  control  over  our  coastal 
stocks,  protect  the  interests  of  our  distant- 
water  fishermen,  and  provide  for  rational 
conservation  and  management  of  all  fisheries 
resources. 

While  most  of  the  attention  given  to  the 
act  has  been  in  the  area  of  the  protection  of 
our  coastal  interests,  the  act  also  makes  clear 
that  the  United  States,  as  a  matter  of  pohcy 
and  law,  intends  to  protect  its  interests  off 
the  coasts  of  other  countries. 

These  goals  were  very  much  on  our  minds 
as  we  embarked  upon  the  international 
negotiations  required  by  the  passage  of  the 
act.  We  had  to  keep  in  mind  that  what  we 
expected  of  others  might  be  expected  of  us 
and  that  standards  we  set  for  others  might 
become  precedents  for  our  own  distant-water 
fisheries.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  believe  this  is  also 
true  in  the  area  of  domestic  management  of 
our  fisheries  resources.  As  we  move  to  im- 
plement the  technical  elements  of  our  man- 
agement regime,  we  have  had  to  be  conscious 
of  the  influence  of  our  own  decisions  on  deci- 
sions others  will  make  regarding  our  inter- 
ests. 


Goals  of  International  Negotiations 

Against  this  background,  Mr.  Chairman,  I 
would  like  to  outline  for  you  and  the  commit- 
tee the  status  of  the  international  negotia- 
tions we  have  undertaken  since  April  13, 
1976,  pursuant  to  the  act.  In  these  negotia- 
tions our  goals  have  been: 

— To  obtain  recognition  of  the  exclusive 
jurisdiction  of  the  United  States  over  the 
fisheries  conservation  zone  extending  to  200 
miles  off  our  coasts,  over  anadromous  species 


of  U.S.  origin,  and  over  the  resources  of  the 
continental  shelf;  and,  second, 

— To  reach  agreement  on  the  principles 
and  procedures  by  which  the  United  States 
intends  to  be  guided  as  it  assumes  jurisdic- 
tion over  foreign  fishing  in  that  zone  after 
March  1. 

We  have,  to  date,  signed  governing  inter- 
national fishery  agreements  with,  as  you 
enumerated  in  your  opening  statement,  Mr. 
Chairman,  Poland,  the  Republic  of  China, 
the  German  Democratic  Republic,  Romania, 
the  Soviet  Union,  Bulgaria,  and  the  Republic 
of  Korea.  All  of  these  agreements,  with  the 
exception  of  that  concerning  Korea,  have 
been  submitted  for  review  by  the  Congress 
under  the  congressional  oversight  provisions 
of  the  act.  We  hope  to  submit  the  Korean 
agreement  within  a  short  time.  The  negotia- 
tions with  Spain  have  been  concluded,  and 
we  are  in  the  process  of  setting  a  date  for 
signature. 

Although  there  are  some  differences  in 
language  and  in  intei-nal  organization  from 
agreement  to  agreement,  each  agreement  ac- 
complishes the  recognition  of  our  fisheries 
conservation  zone.  Each  sets  out  the  princi- 
ples and  procedures  by  which  foreign  fishing, 
if  any,  will  be  permitted  for  the  concerned 
country. 

Bilateral  Negotiations  in  Progress 

Bilateral  negotiations  are  still  in  progress 
with  Japan,  the  European  Economic  Com- 
munity (EEC),  and  Canada.  The  negotiations 
with  Japan  concern  our  future  fishing  rela- 
tionship with  one  of  our  major  allies.  They 
have  been  continuing  over  several  months. 
These  negotiations  have  been  complex  and, 
since  they  involve  important  economic  issues 
for  both  sides,  protracted.  These  negotia- 
tions are  now  almost  completed. 

Our  negotiations  with  Canada  are  unique. 
Each  of  us  has  important  fisheries  off  the 
coasts  of  the  other.  Both  nations  are  in  the 
process  of  implementing  extended  jurisdic- 
tion over  fisheries.  I  have  just  returned  from 
the  latest  round  of  negotiations  with  Canada. 


176 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


I  and  the  head  of  the  Canadian  delegation  are 
in  the  process  of  reviewing  with  our  govern- 
ments the  progress  to  date. 

Three  member  nations  of  the  European 
Community  have  traditional  fisheries  off  our 
coasts:  the  Federal  Republic  of  Germany, 
France,  and  Italy.  We  have  agreed  to 
negotiate  with  the  Community  so  long  as  it 
can  assume  the  required  binding  obligations 
on  its  member  states'  behalf.  The  establish- 
ment by  the  EEC  of  its  own  200-mile 
fisheries  zone  further  complicates  the 
negotiations  because  approximately  100  U.S. 
shrimp  trawlers  fish  in  waters  off  French 
Guiana  which  lie  in  that  zone.  We  are  meet- 
ing with  EEC  officials  today  to  further  dis- 
cuss outstanding  issues  that  we  would  hope 
to  have  resolved  in  the  time  remaining. 

Mr.  Chairman,  at  the  time  the  Fishery 
Conservation  and  Management  Act  was 
passed,  we  had  less  than  one  year  to  bring 
into  existence  the  agreements  that  acknowl- 
edge our  fisheries  jurisdiction  and  thus 
launch  the  complete  restructuring  of  our  re- 
lationship with  the  nations  fishing  off  our 
coasts.  I  believe  we  come  to  you  today  with  a 
record  of  accomplishment.  With  the  excep- 
tion of  the  three  negotiations  to  which  I  have 
referred,  we  have  succeeded  in  meeting  most 
of  our  international  objectives.  I  believe  the 
negotiations  still  in  progress  will  be  com- 
pleted soon. 

Problems  of  Transition  Period 

As  we  have  been  moving  in  the  interna- 
tional setting  to  bring  the  act  into  force,  the 
Regional  Management  Councils  and  our  col- 
leagues in  the  Department  of  Commerce 
have  been  moving  toward  the  implementa- 
tion of  the  domestic  features  of  the  act. 
While  they  are  doing  so,  the  Department  of 
State  has  a  responsibility  to  advise  them  of 
the  foreign  policy  implications  of  their  work, 
including  international  fisheries  policies  and 
international  oceans  policies.  Therefore  I 
think  it  would  be  appropriate  for  me  to  indi- 
cate to  you  some  of  the  concerns  we  are  ex- 
pressing to  them. 

Each  country  which  has  signed  an  agree- 


ment has  accepted  as  fact  that  the  United 
States  will  manage  its  resources  responsibly 
and  with  due  respect  for  the  principles  set 
forth  in  our  law.  This  situation  places  a  great 
responsibility  on  us  and  must  be  considered 
as  we  move  to  implement  our  new  regime. 

We  have  some  particular  problems  that  re- 
late only  to  this  transition  period.  The  De- 
partment of  State  has  agreed  to  accept  appli- 
cations from  countries  that  have  signed 
agreements  pending  the  completion  of  con- 
gressional oversight  procedures  related  to 
the  agreements  themselves.  Action  by  the 
Congress,  however,  to  bring  the  agreements 
now  lying  before  it  into  effect  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible would  be  of  great  practical  importance. 
This  could  be  done  either  by  early  congres- 
sional approval  of  the  agreements  or  by  a 
waiver  of  the  oversight  provisions  for 
agreements  signed  before  March  1. 

The  steps  taken  to  resolve  the  transition 
problem  should  also  take  into  account  the 
problem  of  how  to  treat  countries  with  whom 
we  are  still  negotiating.  I  am  referring  only 
to  Japan  and  the  European  Economic  Com- 
munity, as  Canada  is  a  special  case.  There  is 
some  feeling  that  we  should  set  deadlines  for 
the  signature  of  the  remaining  agreements 
and  subject  any  country  that  has  not  signed 
by  that  date  to  the  full  administrative  proc- 
essing described  in  the  law.  Such  a  procedure 
could  take  several  months  after  an  agree- 
ment was  signed.  I  can  understand  the  sen- 
timent that  lies  behind  such  reasoning,  but  I 
would  like  to  point  out  that  in  addition  to 
scheduhng  difficulties,  unique  considerations 
enter  into  these  two  negotiations.  I  believe 
that  the  negotiated  acknowledgment  of  our 
jurisdiction  is  of  special  importance  to  us.  We 
expect  both  of  these  negotiations  to  be  com- 
pleted before  March  1  and  do  not  think  we 
should  close  doors  by  setting  arbitrary  cutoff 
dates  for  signature. 

Other  features  of  the  act  could  create  a 
situation  during  this  transition  period  in 
which  countries  that  have  signed  agree- 
ments, submitted  applications  for  permits, 
and  otherwise  agreed  to  comply  with  all  con- 
ditions and  restrictions  still  will  not  have 
valid  permits  to  fish  on  board  by  March  1, 


February  28,  1977 


177 


1977.  These  include  the  likelihood  that  Re- 
gional Councils  will  not  have  had  enough 
time  to  complete  their  review  of  applications 
and  the  possibility  that  the  fee  schedule  now 
under  consideration  will  not  have  been  com- 
pleted in  time  for  other  countries  to  complete 
arrangements  for  obtaining  finances  at  a  date 
very  close  to  March  1. 

To  forbid  fishing,  for  these  reasons,  by 
vessels  of  countries  that  have  entered  into 
agreements  with  us  in  the  expectation  that 
the  United  States  would  be  able  to  operate 
under  the  act  by  March  1  would  place  the 
United  States  in  an  unfortunate  position.  The 
Fishery  Conservation  and  Management  Act 
has  put  the  United  States  in  the  lead  in  the 
move  toward  coastal-state  jurisdiction  over 
fisheries.  Our  act  is  the  first  of  its  kind,  in- 
cluding as  it  does  not  only  the  simple  exten- 
sion of  jurisdiction  but  new  machinery  for  the 
exercise  of  that  jurisdiction.  We  are  being 
closely  watched  by  other  nations  as  they  also 
move  toward  extended  jurisdiction  and  ex- 
pect the  United  States  to  provide  the  exam- 
ple. This  poses  an  enormous  challenge  to  us, 
Mr.  Chairman,  and  one  which  I  believe  the 
United  States  can  meet. 

If  these  problems  are  seen  simply  as  com- 
plications associated  with  this  first  year 
rather  than  as  challenges  to  the  integrity  of 
the  act,  some  solutions  become  immediately 
apparent.  I  have  already  referred  to  possible 
ways  to  shorten  the  period  of  congressional 
oversight.  We  believe  it  also  would  be  ap- 
propriate for  this  transition  period  to  shorten 
the  time  provided  for  review  of  applications 
by  the  Councils.  It  would  also  be  helpful  if 
the  question  of  payment  for  fisheries  au- 
thorized for  1977  could  be  handled  by  allow- 
ing payment  to  take  place  after  the  issuance 
of  the  permits  and  the  initiation  of  the 
fishery  on  March  1. 

Mr.  Chairman,  other  witnesses  are  more 
expert  on  the  details  of  these  domestic  man- 
agement features  of  the  act  than  I.  For  my 
part,  I  would  hope  that  I  have  made  clear  the 
commitment  of  the  Department  to  carry  out 
its  role  under  the  act  and  the  necessity  for  all 
of  us  to  pursue  policies  and  practices  in 
fisheries  management  which  advance  all  of 
the  interests  engaged  in  what  is  known  as  in- 
ternational fisheries  policy. 


TREATY  INFORMATION 


United  States  and  Canada  Sign 
Transit  Pipeline  Treaty 

Press  release  29  dated  January  28 

The  Canadian  Ambassador  to  the  United 
States,  J.  H.  Warren,  and  Assistant  Secre- 
tary for  Economic  and  Business  Affairs 
Julius  L.  Katz  signed  on  January  28  an 
agreement  between  Canada  and  the  United 
States  concerning  transit  pipelines.  (For 
text,  see  press  release  29.) 

This  treaty  is  another  example  of  the  broad 
cooperative  energy  relationship  the  United 
States  has  with  Canada.  It  will  facilitate  and 
promote  pipelines  across  the  two  countries 
carrying  hydrocarbons  to  serve  their  energy 
needs.  The  treaty,  which  was  initialed  by 
chief  negotiators  in  January  1976,  would  con- 
firm to  both  countries  a  regime  of  noninter- 
ference and  nondiscrimination  for  transit 
pipelines  carrying  oil  and  natural  gas  des- 
tined for  one  country  across  the  territory  of 
the  other. 

The  agreement  will  not  enter  into  force 
until  ratification  by  both  countries. 


United  States  and  Japan  Conclude 
New  Fisheries  Agreement 

Press  release  47  dated  February  10 

On  February  10,  1977,  representatives  of 
the  United  States  of  America  and  the  Gov- 
ernment of  Japan  concluded  a  new  agreement 
relating  to  fishing  activities  of  Japan  off  the 
coast  of  the  United  States. 

The  agreement  sets  out  the  arrangements 
between  the  countries  which  will  govern  fish- 
ing by  Japanese  vessels  within  the  fishery 
conservation  zone  of  the  United  States  be- 
ginning on  March  1,  1977.  The  comprehen- 
sive agreement  will  come  into  force  after  the 
completion  of  internal  procedures  by  both 


178 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


governments.  The  ceremony  included  an  ex- 
change of  notes  covering  1977  and  the  initial- 
ing of  a  long-term  agreement  covering  the 
period  1978-1982. 

The  initialing  and  exchange  of  notes  took 
place  in  Washington.  Minister  Seiya  Nishida 
[of  the  Embassy  of  Japan]  initialed  for  Japan. 
Rozanne  L.  Ridgway,  Ambassador  of  the 
United  States  for  Oceans  and  Fisheries  Af- 
fairs, initialed  for  the  United  States.  Both 
delegations  expressed  their  satisfaction  with 
the  new  accord  and  the  hope  that  it  will 
strengthen  cooperation  between  Japan  and 
the  United  States. 


Current  Actions 


MULTILATERAL 

Agriculture 

Agreement  establishing  the  International  Fund  for  Ag- 
ricultural Development  (IFAD).  Done  at  Rome  June 
13,  1976.' 
Signature:  Netherlands,  February  4,  1977. 

Health 

Amendments  to  articles  34  and  55  of  the  Constitution  of 
the  World  Health  Organization  of  July  22,  1946,  as 
amended  (TIAS  1808,  4643,  8086).  Adopted  at  Geneva 
May  22,  1973. 
Acceptances  deposited:  Iraq,  January  28,  1977; 

Yemen  (Aden),  February  3,  1977. 
Entered  into  force:  February  3,  1977. 

Load  Lines 

International  convention  on  load  lines.  Done  at  London 
April  5,  1966.  Entered  into  force  July  21,  1968.  TIAS 
6331,  6629,  6720. 
Accession  deposited:  Indonesia,  January  17,  1977. 

Property — Industrial 

Convention  of  Paris  for  the  protection  of  industrial 
property  of  March  20,  1883,  as  revised.  Done  at 
Stockholm  July  14,  1967.  Articles  1  through  12  en- 
tered into  force  May  19,  1970;  for  the  United  States 
August  25,  1973.  Articles  13  through  30  entered  into 
force  April  26,  1970;  for  the  United  States  September 
5,  1970.  TIAS  6923. 

Notification  from  World  Intellectual  Property  Or- 
ganization that  ratification  deposited:  Italy, 
January  24,  1977. 

Nice  agreement  concerning  the  international  classifica- 
tion of  goods  and  services  for  the  purposes  of  the  reg- 
istration of  marks  of  June  15,  1957,  as  revised  at 
Stockholm  on  July  14,  1967.  Entered  into  force  March 
18,  1970;  for  the"  United  States  May  25,  1972.  TIAS 
7419. 
Notification  from  World  Intellectual  Property  Or- 


ganization  that   ratification  deposited:    Italy, 
January  24,  1977. 

Property — Intellectual 

Convention  establishing  the  World   Intellectual  Prop- 
erty Organization.  Done  at  Stockholm  July  14,  1967. 
Entered  into  force  April  26,   1970;  for  the  United 
States  August  25,  1970.  TIAS  6932. 
Ratification  deposited:  Italy,  January  20,  1977. 
Accession  deposited:  Burundi,  December  30,  1976. 

Telecommunications 

International  telecommunication  convention,  with  an- 
nexes and  protocols.  Done  at  Malaga-Torremolinos 
October  25,  1973.  Entered  into  force  January  1,  1975; 
for  the  United  States  April  7,  1976. 
Ratifications  deposited:  Brazil,  November  30,  1976; 
Burma,  November  15,  1976;  Federal  Republic  of 
Germany,  November  18,  1976;^  Sierra  Leone, 
November  25,  1976;  Vatican  City,  Zaire,  December 
10,  1976. 
Partial  revision  of  the  radio  regulations,  Geneva,  1959, 
as  amended  (TIAS  4893,  5603,  6332,  6590,  7435),  to 
establish  a  new  frequency  allotment  plan  for  high- 
frequency  radiotelephone  coast  stations,   with  an- 
nexes and  final  protocol.  Done  at  Genevii  June  8, 
1974.  Entered  into  force  January  1,  1976;  for  the 
United  States  April  21,  1976. 
Notification  of  approval:  India,  October  22,  1976. 


BILATERAL 

Australia 

Agreement  relating  to  the  limitation  of  imports  of  meat 
of  Australian  origin  other  than  imports  which  are  di- 
rect shipments  or  on  a  through  bill  of  lading  from 
Australia  or  foreign  trade  zones,  territories,  or  pos- 
sessions of  the  United  States.  Effected  by  exchange 
of  notes  at  Washington  December  22  and  23,  1976. 
Entered  into  force  December  23,  1976. 

Agreement  relating  to  the  launching  of  Aerobee  sound- 
ing rockets  for  scientific  investigations.  Effected  by 
exchange  of  notes  at  Canberra  September  20,  1976, 
and  January  14,  1977.  Entered  into  force  January  14, 
1977. 

Brazil 

Agreement  extending  the  agreement  of  March  14,  1975 
(TIAS  8253),  concerning  shrimp.  Effected  by  ex- 
change of  notes  at  Brasilia  December  30,  1976.  En- 
tered into  force  December  30,  1976. 

Republic  of  China 

Agreement  modifying  the  agreement  of  May  21,  1975, 
as  modified,  relating  to  trade  in  cotton,  wool,  and 
man-made  fiber  textiles.  Effected  by  exchange  of 
notes  at  Washington  February  3,  1977.  Entered  into 
force  February  3,  1977. 

international  Telecommunications  Satellite 
Organization 

Headquarters  agreement.   Signed   at  Washington 
November  22  and  24,  1976. 
Entered  into  force:  November  24,  1976. 


'  Not  in  force. 

^  Applicable  to  Berlin  (West). 


February  28,  1977 


179 


Japan 

Agreement  concerning  fisheries  off  the  coast  of  the 
United  States.  Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  at 
Washington  February  10,  1977.  Enters  into  force 
upon  notification  by  the  United  States  that  its  inter- 
nal procedures  have  been  completed. 

New  Zealand 

Agreement  relating  to  the  limitation  of  imports  of  meat 
of  New  Zealand  origin  other  than  imports  which  are 
direct  shipments  or  on  a  through  bill  of  lading  from 
New  Zealand  or  foreign  trade  zones,  territories,  or 
possessions  of  the  United  States.  Effected  by  ex- 
change of  notes  at  Washington  December  22  and  23, 
1976.  Entered  into  force  December  23,  1976. 

Romania 

Interim  arrangement  regarding  trade  in  certain  textile 
products.  Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  at  Washing- 
ton January  17,  1977.  Entered  into  force  January  17, 
1977;  effective  January  1,  1977. 

Thailand 

Agreement  modifying  and  continuing  the  agreements  of 
December  23,  1960  (TIAS  4665),  and  April  1  and  25, 
1963  (TIAS  5340),  relating  to  the  SEATO  Medical 
Research  Project  and  the  SEATO  Clinical  Research 
Centre.  Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  at  Bangkok 
January  19  and  28,"  1977.  Enters  into  force  July  1, 
1977. 


PUBLICATIONS 


1950  "Foreign  Relations"  Volume 
on  East  Asia  and  Pacific  Released 

Press  release  16  dated  .January  19  (for  release  January  29) 

The  Department  of  State  on  Januai'y  29  released 
"Foreign  Relations  of  the  United  States,"  1950,  volume 
VI,  "East  Asia  and  the  Pacific."  The  "Foreign  Rela- 
tions" series  has  been  published  continuously  since  1861 
as  the  official  record  of  American  foreign  policy. 

This  volume  presents  1,581  pages  of  previously  un- 
published documentation  (much  of  it  newly  declassified) 
on  multilateral  and  bilateral  relations  in  the  area.  Con- 
siderable coverage  is  given  to  regional  security  ar- 
rangements and  the  extension  of  military  and  economic 
assistance  to  the  nations  of  Southeast  Asia.  There  is 
also  extensive  documentation  on  relations  with  Austra- 
lia, Burma,  Indochina,  Indonesia,  Japan,  the  Philip- 
pines, and  Thailand.  The  largest  single  collection  of  ma- 
terials deals  with  the  China  area,  encompassing  U.S. 
relations  with  the  Republic  of  China  and  policy  toward 
mainland  China  subsequent  to  the  advent  to  power  of 
the  People's  Republic  of  China,  along  with  economic 


measures  taken  by  the  United  States  and  United  Na- 
tions following  the  outbreak  of  hostilities  in  Korea.  The 
Korean  war  will  be  the  subject  of  volume  VII  in  the 
series,  scheduled  for  release  in  1977. 

"Foreign  Relations,"  1950,  volume  VI,  was  prepared 
in  the  Office  of  the  Historian,  Bureau  of  Public  Affairs, 
Department  of  State.  Volume  II  for  1950  has  also  been 
published,  and  five  more  volumes  are  in  preparation. 
Copies  of  volume  VI  (Department  of  State  publication 
8858;  GPO  Cat.  No.  Sl.l:950/v.  VI)  may  be  obtained  for 
$16.00  (domestic  postpaid).  Checks  or  money  orders 
should  be  made  out  to  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 
and  should  be  sent  to  the  U.S.  Government  Book  Store, 
Department  of  State,  Washington,  D.C.  20520. 


GPO  Sales  Publications 

Publications  may  be  ordered  by  catalog  or  stock 
number  from  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S. 
Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.C.  20402. 
A  25-percent  discount  is  made  on  orders  for  100  or  more 
copies  of  any  one  publication  mailed  to  the  same  ad- 
dress. Remittances,  payable  to  the  Superintendent  of 
Documents,  must  accompany  orders.  Prices  shotvn  be- 
low, which  include  domestic  postage,  are  subject  to 
change. 

Background  Notes:  Short,  factual  summaries  which 
describe  the  people,  history,  government,  economy, 
and  foreign  relations  of  each  counti-y.  Each  contains  a 
map,  a  list  of  principal  government  officials  and  U.S. 
diplomatic  and  consular  officers,  and  a  reading  list.  (A 
complete  set  of  all  Background  Notes  currently  in 
stock — at  least  140 — $21.80;  1-year  subscription  service 
for  approximately  77  updated  or  new  Notes — $23.10; 
plastic  binder — $1.50.)  Single  copies  of  those  listed 
below  are  available  at  350  each. 

Austria  Cat.  No.  SI.  123:AU7 

Pub.  7955  8  pp. 

Liechtenstein Cat.  No.  SI.  123:L62 

Pub.  8610  4  pp. 

Netherlands  Antilles Cat.  No.  S1.123:N38/2 

Pub.  8223  4  pp. 

Your  Trip  Abroad.  This  pamphlet  provides  the  Ameri- 
can tourist,  business  person,  or  student  traveling 
abroad  with  basic  information  on  official  documents,  vac- 
cinations, unusual  travel  requirements,  dual  nationality, 
drugs,  modes  of  travel,  customs,  legal  requirements 
abroad,  and  many  other  topics.  Pub.  8872.  Department 
and  Foreign  Service  Series  155.  28  pp.  4.5C.  (Cat.  No. 
SI. 69:8872). 

Investment  Guaranties.  Agreement  with  Fiji.  TIAS 
8281.  9  pp.  35e.  (Cat.  No.  S9.10:8281). 

Atomic  Energy — Technical  Information  Exchange 
and  Research  and  Development  on  Reactor  Safety. 

Arrangement  with  Sweden.  TIAS  8343.  6  pp.  350.  (Cat. 
No.  89.10:8343). 

Atomic  Energy — Technical  Information  Exchange 
and  Development  of  Standards.  Arrangement  with 
France.  TIAS  8345.  7  pp.  35C.  (Cat  No.  89.10:8345). 


180 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


INDEX    February  28,  1977    Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1966 


Africa.  Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  for  the 
New  York  Times 162 

Arms  Control  and  Disarmament 

President  Carter's  News  Conference  of  February 
8  (excerpts) ".      157 

Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  for  tlie  New  York 
Times 162 

Brazil.  Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  for  tiie 
New  York  Times 162 

Canada.  United  States  and  Canada  Sign  Transit 
Pipeline  Treaty  178 

China.  Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  for  tlie  New 
York  Times 162 

Congress 

Congressional  Documents  Relating  to  Foreign 
Policy 174 

Department  Reviews  Developments  in  Interna- 
tional Fisheries  Policy  (Ridgway) 175 

Department  Urges  Passage  of  Bill  To  Halt  Impor- 
tation of  Rhodesian  Chrome  (Katz,  Vance) 170 

Cuba.  Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  for  the  New 
York  Times 162 

Economic  Affairs 

Department  Reviews  Developments  in  Interna- 
tional Fisheries  Policy  (Ridgway) 175 

Department  Urges  Passage  of  Bill  To  Halt  Im- 
portation of  Rhodesian  Chrome  (Katz,  Vance)  .      170 

United  States  and  Japan  Conclude  New  Fisheries 
Agreement 178 

Energy.  United  States  and  Canada  Sign  Transit 
Pipeline  Treaty  178 

Fisheries 

Department  Reviews  Developments  in  Interna- 
tional Fisheries  Policy  (Ridgway) 175 

United  States  and  Japan  Conclude  New  Fisheries 
Agreement 1 78 

Human  Rights 

President  Carter's  News  Conference  of  February 
8  (excerpts) 157 

Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  for  the  New  York 
Times 162 

Japan.  United  States  and  Japan  Conclude  New 
Fisheries  Agreement 178 

Latin  America.  Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  for 
the  New  York  Times  . ! 162 

Panama.  Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  for  the 
New  York  Times 162 

Presidential  Documents 

President  Carter's  News  Conference  of  February 
8  (excerpts) 157 

President  Carter's  Report  to  the  American 
People  (excerpt) 161 

Publications 

GPO  Sales  Publications 180 

1950  "Foreign  Relations"  Volume  on  East  Asia 
and  Pacific  Released 180 

Southern  Rhodesia.  Department  Urges  Passage 
of  Bill  To  Halt  Importation  of  Rhodesian 
Chrome  (Katz,  Vance) 170 

Treaty  Information 

Current  Actions 179 

United  States  and  Canada  Sign  Transit  Pipeline 
Treaty 178 


United  States  and  Japan  Conclude  New  Fisheries 
Agreement 1 78 

U.S.S.R. 

President  Carter's  News  Conference  of  February 
8 (excerpts)  157 

Soviet  Journalist  Expelled  From  the  United 
States  (Department  announcement) 160 

U.S.  Concerned  at  Treatment  of  Aleksandr 
Ginzburg  (Department  statement)  161 

Vietnam.  Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  for  the 
New  York  Times    162 

Name  Indent- 
Carter,  President  157,  161 

Katz,  .Julius  L   170 

Ridgway,  Rozanne  L 175 

Vance,  Secretary 162,  170 


Chec 

<list  of  Department  of  State 

Press  Releases:  February  7—13 

Press  releases 

may  be  obtained  from  the  Office 

of  Press  Relations,  Department  of  State,  Wash-      | 

ingtor 

,  D.C.  20520. 

No. 

Date 

Subject 

*39 

2/7 

Study  group  1  of  the  U.S.  Na- 
tional Committee  of  the  Inter- 
national Telegraph  and  Tele- 
phone Consultative  Commit- 
tee (CCITT),  Mar.  2-3. 

*40 

2/7 

Secretary  of  State's  Advisory 
Committee  on  Private  Inter- 
national Law,  Study  Group  on 
Agency,  Chicago,  Mar.  5. 

*41 

2/7 

Allard  K.   Lowenstein  to  head 
U.S.    delegation    to    annual 
meeting  of  the  U.N.   Human 
Rights     Commission,     Feb. 
7-Mar.  11. 

42 

2/10 

Vance:  Senate  Committee  on 
Foreign  Relations  Subcommit- 
tee on  African  Affairs. 

43 

2/11 

Vance:  interview  for  the  New 
York  Times. 

*44 

2/10 

U.S.   and   Hong  Kong  amend 
bilateral  textile  agreement, 
Dec.  22. 

*45 

2/10 

Shipping  Coordinating  Commit- 
tee (SCO,   Subcommittee  on 
Safety  of  Life  at  Sea  (SOLAS), 
working  group  on  ship  design 
and  equipment.  Mar.  10. 

*46 

2/10 

sec,  SOLAS,  working  group  on 
ship  design  and  equipment. 
Mar.  17-18. 

47 

2/10 

U.S.   and  Japan  conclude  new 
fisheries  agreement. 

*48 

2/11 

Program  for  the  official  visit  of 
President  Jose  Lopez  Portillo 
of  the  United  Mexican  States. 

*49 

2/11 

Secretary  of  State's  Advisory 
Committee  on  Private  Inter- 
national Law,  Mar.  26. 

*  Not  printed 

t  Held  for  a  later  issue  of  the  Bulletin. 

Superintendent   of    Documents 

u.s.  government  printing  office 

washington,  dc.  20402 


OFFICIAL  BUSINESS 


postage  and  fees  paid 
Department  of  State  STA-501 

Third  Class 


Subscription  Renewals:  To  insure  uninterrupted 
service,  please  renew  your  subscription  promptly 
when  you  receive  the  expiration  notice  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents.  Due  to  the  time  re- 
quired to  process  renewals,  notices  are  sent  out  3 
months  in  advance  of  the  expiration  date.  Any  prob- 
lems involving  your  subscription  will  receive  im- 
mediate attention  if  you  write  to:  Superintendent 
of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


^ 


/'J: 


76. 


/767 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

BULLETIN 

Volume    LXXVI  •  No.    1967  •   March    7,    1977 


VICE  PRESIDENT  MONDALE  VISITS  EUROPE  AND  JAPAN 
Remarks  and  News  Conference    181 


THE  OFFICIAL  WEEKLY  RECORD  OF  UNITED  STATES  FOREIGN  POLICY 


For  index  see  inside  back  cover 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE  BULLETIN! 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Washington.  D.C.  20402 

PRICE: 

52  issues  plus  semiannual  indexes, 

domestic  $42.50.  foreign  $53. 15 

Single  copy  85  cents 

The  Secretary  of  State  has  determined  that  the  pub- 
lication of  this  periodical  is  necessary  in  the  transac- 
tion of  the  public  business  required  by  law  of  this 
Department.  Use  of  funds  for  printing  this  periodi- 
cal has  been  approved  by  the  Director  of  the  Office 
of  Management  and  Budget  through  January  31, 
1981. 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may  be  re- 
printed. Citation  of  the  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 
BULLETIN  as  the  source  will  be  appreciated.  The 
BULLETIN  is  indexed  in  the  Readers'  Guide  to 
Periodical  Literature. 


Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1967 
March  7,  1977 


The  Department  of  State  BULLETIN, 
a  weekly  publication  issued  by  thi 
Office  of  Media  Services,  Bureau  oi 
Public  Affairs,  provides  the  public  am 
interested  agencies  of  the  governmenf 
with  information  on  developments  in 
the  field  of  U.S.  foreign  relations  and 
on  the  work  of  the  Department  and 
the  Foreign  Service. 

The  BULLETIN  includes  selected 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy,  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements,  addresses,  and 
news  conferences  of  the  President  and 
the  Secretary  of  State  and  other  offi- 
cers of  the  Department,  as  well  as  spe- 
cial articles  on  various  phases  of  in- 
ternational affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  inter- 
national agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a  party 
and  on  treaties  of  general  interna- 
tional interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department  of 
State,  United  Nations  documents,  and 
legislative  material  in  the  field  of 
international  relations  are  also  listed. 


Vice  President  Mondale  Visits  Europe  and  Japan 


On  behalf  of  President  Carter,  Vice  Presi- 
dent Mondale  departed  Washington  on 
January  23  to  meet  with  leaders  of  Western 
Europe  and  Japan.  His  itinerary  was  Brus- 
sels (January  23-2Jt),  Bonn  (January  2Ji.-26), 
Berlin  (January  26),  Rome  (January  26- 
27),  Vatican  City  (Jayiuary  27),  London 
(January  27-28),  Paris  (January  28-29), 
Keflavik  (January  29),  and  Tokyo  (January 
30-February  1). 

Following  are  remarks  made  by  President 
Carter  and  Vice  President  Mondale  before 
his  departure,  addresses  and  statements 
during  his  trip,  and  the  transcript  of  his 
news  conference  held  on  February  2  after  a 
meeting  with  President  Carter. 


DEPARTURE,  THE  WHITE  HOUSE, 
JANUARY  23  ' 


Remarks  by  President  Carter 

I  am  very  grateful  to  come  this  morning 
to  have  my  last  meeting  with  Vice  President 
Mondale  before  he  goes  to  Europe  and  to 
Japan.  The  early  initiation  of  this  very  im- 
portant diplomatic  trip  and  the  fact  that  the 
Vice  President  himself  is  going  shows  the 
importance  that  our  nation  attaches  to 
friendly  relationships  between  ourselves  and 
the  seven  nations  specifically  with  whose 
leaders  Senator  Mondale — or  Vice  President 
Mondale  now  will  be  meeting. 

We  also  have  arranged  for  him  to  meet 
with  the  leaders  of  the  OECD  [Organization 
for  Economic  Cooperation  and  Develop- 
ment], the  NATO  countries,  and  the  Com- 


'  Closing  paragraphs  omitted  (text  from  Weekly 
Compilation  of  Presidential  Documents  dated  January 
31). 


mon  Market  countries  of  Europe.  He'll  be 
visiting  Pope  Paul  and  will  be  gone  for  ten 
days.  This  trip  will  not  be  limited  in  its 
scope.  He'll  be  discussing  both  political  and 
economic  and  military  matters. 

We  had  a  very  thorough  preparation  for 
this  trip  with  the  members  of  the  National 
Security  Council  yesterday  morning.  And 
for  the  last  couple  of  weeks.  Vice  President 
Mondale  and  I  have  been  preparing  for  this 
diplomatic  venture. 

There  are  several  things  specifically  that 
he  will  be  addressing.  One  is  the  prepara- 
tion for  a  summit  meeting  that  will  likely 
occur  later  on  this  spring,  which  will  not  it- 
self be  limited  to  economic  matters.  He'll  be 
discussing  the  importance  that  we  attach  to 
the  limitation  of  proliferation  of  the  capabil- 
ity for  atomic  weapons. 

He'll  be  discussing  future  substantive 
changes  that  we  hope  will  improve  the 
strength  of  NATO  and  our  own  friendly  and 
close  relationships  with  our  natural  allies 
and  friends  in  both  Europe  and  Japan. 

Vice  President  Mondale  has  my  complete 
confidence.  He  is  a  personal  representative 
of  mine,  and  I'm  sure  that  his  consultation 
with  the  leaders  of  these  nations  will  make 
it  much  easier  for  our  country  to  deal  di- 
rectly with  them  on  substantive  matters  in 
the  future. 

I'm  going  to  miss  him.  I  know  that  I'll  be 
looking  forward  to  ten  days  from  now  when 
he  returns  with  a  good  report.  And  this  is 
one  of  the  best  things,  I  think,  that  I  could 
have  possibly  done  as  a  new  President,  to 
show  the  strength  and  purpose  of  our  own 
nation  and  our  commitment  to  carry  out  the 
obligations  that  we  have  as  a  leader  in  the 
world  community. 

So,  Fritz,  good  luck.  Don't  get  too  much 
rest,  and  we'll  see  you  when  you  get  back. 


March  7,  1977 


181 


Remarks  by  Vice  President  Mondale 

Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  President. 

I  understand  that  this  trip  is  a  historic 
first.  To  have  a  Vice  President  leave  on  a 
diplomatic  mission  this  quickly  after 
inauguration — on  a  diplomatic  mission  of  this 
kind — is  unprecedented  in  American  history. 
And  the  reason  for  the  trip  is  to  demon- 
strate immediately  and  dramatically  the 
high  level  of  importance  that  the  Carter 
Administration  places  on  high-level  continu- 
ous cooperative  relationships  with  our  tradi- 
tional allies  and  friends. 

The  many  problems  that  we  face  they  also 
face.  The  problems  of  inflation,  unemploy- 
ment, nuclear  proliferation,  control  of  ar- 
maments, the  relationships  between  our 
nations  and  the  poorer  nations  of  the  world, 
and  many  other  issues  are  issues  which  we 
face  together.  And  it's  essential  at  the  very 
moment  of  beginning  that  the  cooperative 
relationship  be  established  in  a  way  that 
permits  us  to  move  ahead  quickly,  effec- 
tively, and  cooperatively. 

I  look  forward  to  this  trip,  and  I  wish  to 
thank  the  President  for  his  confidence  in 
me. 


ADDRESS  TO  NORTH  ATLANTIC  COUNCIL, 
BRUSSELS,  JANUARY  24 

In  behalf  of  President  Carter,  I  have  come 
today  to  NATO  Headquarters  as  a  matter  of 
the  first  priority.  I  have  come  to  convey  to 
you  and  the  member  governments  of  the 
North  Atlantic  alliance: 

— The  President's  most  sincere  greetings; 

— His  commitment,  and  the  full  commit- 
ment of  the  United  States,  to  the  North  At- 
lantic alliance  as  a  vital  part  of  our  deep  and 
enduring  relations  with  Canada  and  Western 
Europe;  and 

— His  dedication  to  improving  cooperation 
and  consultations  with  our  oldest  friends  so 
as  to  safeguard  our  peoples  and  to  promote 
our  common  efforts  and  concerns. 

The  President's  conviction  concerning 
NATO's  central  role  is  deep  rooted  and  firm. 


As  he  stated  in  his  message  to  the  NATO 
Ministers  last  month:  ^ 

Our  NATO  alliance  lies  at  the  heart  of  the  partner- 
ship between  North  America  and  Western  Europe. 
NATO  is  the  essential  instrument  for  enhancing  our 
collective  security.  The  American  commitment  to 
maintaining  the  NATO  alliance  shall  be  sustained  and 
strengthened  under  my  Administration. 

This  statement  of  renewed  American 
commitment  comes  at  a  time  of  great  prom- 
ise in  our  country.  We  are  a  young 
Administration — some  90  hours  old.  We 
have  come  to  office  following  a  long  period 
of  difficulty  in  the  United  States,  and  of 
doubt  among  friends  about  our  will  and 
steadfastness.  But  this  has  also  been  a  time 
of  promising  change  in  America,  just  as  in 
Europe  and  elsewhere  in  the  world.  As 
President  Carter  said  in  his  inaugural  ad- 
dress, "The  world  itself  now  is  dominated  by 
a  new  spirit." 

I  share  his  belief  that  in  the  United  States 
"there  is  evident  a  serious  and  purposeful 
rekindling  of  confidence."  There  is  a  new 
understanding  of  our  society  and  apprecia- 
tion of  our  recognized  limits.  But  there  is 
also  a  new  faith  in  the  strength  of  our  demo- 
cratic system  of  government,  a  new  willing- 
ness to  meet  challenges  and  continuing 
responsibilities  abroad.  Some  of  these  chal- 
lenges are  unfamiliar  to  us  all — as  the  wind 
of  change  has  transformed  so  much  of  the 
world.  We  are  ready  to  play  our  role  in 
meeting  these  challenges.  But  we  believe 
the  requirement  for  leadership  and  creativ- 
ity also  falls  upon  our  friends  and  allies  in 
Europe,  Japan,  and  elsewhere. 

I  share  the  confidence  of  President  Carter 
that,  together,  we  will  be  equal  to  the  tasks 
of  the  future  as  we  have  met  those  in  the 
past.  To  this  end,  the  United  States  is 
wholeheartedly  dedicated: 

— To  the  security,  prosperity,  and  well- 
being  of  our  people  and  of  our  allies; 

— To  "eternal  vigilance"  in  preserving 
peace;  and 

— To  promoting  human  values  and  human 
dignity  for  people  everywhere. 


^  For  te.xt,  see  Bulletin  of  Jan.  3,  1977,  p.  9. 


182 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


In  cooperation  with  our  friends  abroad, 
President  Carter  is  proceeding  immediately 
with  steps  to  strengthen  the  American  econ- 
omy. He  is  proceeding  with  steps  which  will 
enable  the  United  States  to  help  meet  the  ex- 
traordinai-y  energy  challenge  facing  all  our 
countries.  He  is  giving  priority  attention  to  the 
agenda  of  vital  economic  and  political  issues 
before  the  industrialized  nations  of  the 
West — in  Europe,  North  America,  and  Japan. 
And  President  Carter  is  deeply  conscious  of 
the  aspirations  of  people  in  the  world's  de- 
veloping nations  and  of  the  need  for  all  of  us  to 
seek  new  and  cooperative  relations  with  these 
countries. 

President  Carter  takes  office  at  a  time  when 
we  have  moved  from  the  rigid  period  of  the 
cold  war  into  a  period  of  expanded  contact  and 
greater  potential  for  accommodation — for 
mutual  benefit — with  potential  adversaries  in 
particular  but  still  Hmited  areas.  It  is  now  pos- 
sible to  talk,  where  befoi'e  it  was  only  possible 
to  confront  one  another  in  deadly  and  undi- 
minished hostility.  And  it  is  imperative  that 
we  continue  this  dialogue,  ever  seeking  to  ex- 
pand its  depth  and  compass,  yet  fully  consist- 
ent with  Western  interests. 

At  the  same  time,  the  President  and  his 
Administration  are  vitally  aware  of  the  con- 
tinuing growth  in  Soviet  military  power  and 
the  uncertainties  that  lie  ahead  with  inevitable 
changes  in  Soviet  leadership  in  the  years  to 
come.  The  growth  of  Soviet  military  power 
makes  us  keenly  aware  of  the  need  for  the 
NATO  alliance  to  modernize  and  improve  its 
defenses — not  for  the  sake  of  military  power 
itself  but,  rather,  for  a  more  fundamental  rea- 
son. This  reason  is  stated  in  the  North  Atlantic 
Treaty:  that  we  are  determined  to  safeguard 
the  freedom,  the  common  heritage,  and  the 
civilization  of  our  peoples,  founded  on  the  prin- 
ciples of  democracy,  individual  liberty,  justice, 
and  the  rule  of  law. 

As  President  Carter  said  in  his  inaugural 
address  about  our  own  country: 

We  are  a  strong  nation,  and  we  will  maintain  strength 
so  sufficient  that  it  need  not  be  proven  in  combat — a 
quiet  strength  based  not  merely  on  the  size  of  an  arsenal 
but  on  the  nobility  of  ideas. 

The  Atlantic  alliance  has  successfully  with- 


stood repeated  testing  for  more  than  a  quarter 
century.  And  as  President  Carter  begins  his 
Administration,  we  mark  another  milestone  in 
U.S.-European  relations — the  30th  anniversary 
of  the  Marshall  plan.  Today,  as  we  look  back  on 
how  much  we  have  done  together,  it  is  fitting  to 
recall  what  Secretary  of  State  Marshall  said  at 
Harvard  in  June  1947: 

Our  policy  is  directed  not  against  any  country  or  doc- 
trine but  against  hunger,  poverty,  desperation,  and 
chaos.  Its  purpose  should  be  the  revival  of  a  working 
economy  in  the  world  so  as  to  permit  the  emergence  of 
political  and  social  conditions  in  which  free  institutions 
can  exist. 

And  this  concern  with  basic  values  still 
motivates  us  today. 

Mr.  Secretary  General,  members  of  the 
Council,  30  years  ago  the  United  States  en- 
tered into  a  firm  commitment  to  enduring  in- 
volvement on  this  continent — as  vital  to  both 
the  United  States  and  Europe  and  as  reflecting 
shared  political  and  human  values.  President 
Carter  has  asked  me  personally  to  convey  to 
you  that  the  American  commitment  remains 
firm  and  undiminished. 

In  support  of  our  close  ties  with  our  NATO 
allies — our  commitment  to  allied  defense — 
President  Carter  is  determined  to  maintain 
fully  effective  defense  forces  in  Europe.  As 
you  are  well  aware,  we  are  determined  to  re- 
duce waste  and  inefficiency  in  the  U.S.  defense 
budget.  But  he  has  asked  me  to  inform  you 
that  his  new  budget  and  these  efficiencies  will 
not  result  in  any  decrease  in  planned  invest- 
ment in  NATO  defense — and  these  plans  in- 
volve some  growth. 

Before  I  left  Washington,  President  Carter 
emphasized  to  me  his  deep  concern  about 
NATO's  defense.  He  told  me  that  he  is  pre- 
pared to  consider  increased  U.S.  investment  in 
NATO's  defense.  In  turn,  we  look  to  America's 
alHes  to  join  with  us  in  improving  NATO's  de- 
fense forces  to  the  limit  of  individual  abihties, 
to  provide  a  defense  fully  adequate  to  our 
needs.  Of  course,  economic  and  social  problems 
make  a  strong  claim  on  our  resources — no  less 
so  in  the  United  States  than  in  Europe.  And  in 
a  time  of  detente,  it  is  easy  to  lose  sight  of  the 
need  for  adequate  defense.  But  this  need  is 
inescapable.  It  demands  continuing  efforts  in 
common. 


March  7,  1977 


183 


The  alliance  as  a  whole  must  take  into  ac- 
count the  growth  in  Soviet  military  power  and 
together  agree  on  the  appropriate  response.  In 
improving  our  defense  forces,  we  must  re- 
double our  efforts  to  standardize  weapons, 
rationalize  our  military  posture,  increase  effi- 
ciency, and  improve  reinforcement  capability. 
We  must  place  greater  emphasis  on  improved 
force  readiness.  And  as  an  alHance,  we  cannot 
accept  reductions  in  NATO  defense 
capabilities  except  through  negotiations  with 
the  Warsaw  Pact — negotiations  fully  securing 
allied  interests  and  leading  to  a  more  stable 
military  balance. 

Negotiations  on  force  levels  in  Europe — 
MBFR  [mutual  and  balanced  force  reduc- 
tions]— must  move  forward  with  the  closest 
attention  paid  to  the  interests  of  each  member 
state  and  as  a  clear  expression  of  common  and 
agreed  positions. 

Furthermore,  President  Carter  is  com- 
mitted to  an  early  resumption  of  the  Strategic 
Arms  Limitation  Talks,  looking  toward 
another  step  this  year  in  the  effort  to  end  the 
strategic  arms  race  with  the  Soviet  Union.  He 
has  publicly  stated  that  thi'ee  basic  principles 
will  guide  him  in  this  effort: 

— He  will  pursue  arms  control  agreements  in 
the  best  interests  of  the  United  States,  the  al- 
liance, and  world  peace; 

— He  will  insist  on  no  less  than  equivalent 
advantage  for  the  West  in  any  agreement;  and 

— He  will  strengthen  consultations  and 
cooperation  with  America's  natural  friends  and 
allies  throughout  the  negotiating  process. 

The  President  has  asked  me  today  to  affirm 
again  his  intention  to  consult  closely  with  our 
NATO  allies  before  the  Strategic  Arms  Lim- 
itation Talks  are  resumed.  He  also  looks  for- 
ward to  working  in  closest  cooperation  with 
you  on  MBFR.  And  while  the  new  Administra- 
tion is  undertaking  a  careful  review  of  these 
negotiations,  we  anticipate  no  early  change  in 
U.S.  proposals  to  our  alhes  concerning  the  al- 
lied position  at  the  force  reduction  talks. 

At  the  same  time  the  President  has  asked 
me  to  express  to  you  his  desire  for  closest  pos- 
sible consultations  on  the  implementation  of 
the  Final  Act  of  the  Conference  on  Security 


and  Cooperation  in  Europe — and  on  looking  to 
the  future.  Both  seeking  the  full  implementa- 
tion of  the  Helsinki  agreement  and  searching 
for  further  ways  to  improve  security  and  coop- 
eration in  Europe  are  vital  to  the  possibilities 
for  productive  discussions  at  the  forthcoming 
review  conference  in  Belgrade.  But  both  de- 
pend on  Western  unity  and  on  the  success  of 
our  efforts  to  work  together — both  in  NATO 
and  in  other  forums — in  the  months  before 
Belgrade.  As  President  Carter  said  in  his  in- 
augural address:  "Because  we  are  free  we  can 
never  be  indifferent  to  the  fate  of  freedom 
elsewhere." 

The  issues  that  I  have  discussed  so  far  relate 
directly  to  our  security  in  the  immediate  area 
covered  by  the  alliance  and  to  the  future  of  our 
cooperative  relations  together.  Yet  while  the 
NATO  alliance  provides  each  of  our  nations 
with  the  blessings  of  peace  and  security  in  the 
North  Atlantic,  tension  and  conflict  in  some 
other  parts  of  the  world  involving  economic 
and  political  as  well  as  military  issues  can  ad- 
versely affect  our  common  security. 

President  Carter  and  Secretary  of  State 
Vance  are  turning  early  attention  to  other 
areas  of  vital  concern:  in  the  Middle  East,  in 
southern  Africa,  in  Cyprus,  and  regarding 
both  the  sale  of  conventional  arms  and  efforts 
to  halt  the  spread  of  nuclear  weapons.  On 
these  issues,  the  President  looks  forward  to 
working  closely  with  our  friends  and  allies  in 
Western  Europe. 

Mr.  Secretary  General,  members  of  the 
council,  we  do  not  live  in  easy  times.  But  they 
are  hopeful  times,  as  well.  This  is  a  period  of 
historic  opportunity.  All  Americans  look  to  the 
future  confident  in  the  belief  that — with  vi- 
sion, hard  work,  and  firm  unity  of  purpose — 
our  association  of  free  peoples  will  continue  to 
provide  the  security  and  cooperation  vital  to  us 
all. 

This  association  goes  beyond  NATO  itself. 
For  the  strength  and  vitahty  of  the  NATO  al- 
liance is  only  one  task  facing  all  of  us.  As  we 
seek  to  promote  and  strengthen  our  security  in 
the  broadest  sense,  we  must  also  use  effec- 
tively those  other  forums  we  have  to  resolve 
the  great  economic  and  other  issues  facing  our 
nations  and  peoples.  And  we  must  work  with 
those  countries  facing  economic  difficulty  and 


184 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


support  nations  in  Europe  seeking  to  rebuild 
or  strengthen  democratic  institutions. 

Together,  we  share  many  strengths.  Ours  is 
an  alliance  of  democratic  governments,  of 
economies  which  have  provided  an  unprece- 
dented abundance,  of  energetic  and  imagina- 
tive peoples.  Our  countries  are  part  of  a  great 
civilization  of  high  moral  purpose,  deep 
human  values,  and  a  shared  commitment  to 
justice  and  compassion.  Our  societies  are  resil- 
ient and  flexible,  and  thanks  to  NATO,  we  have 
a  strong  common  defense. 

President  Carter  and  his  Administration  are 
dedicated  not  only  to  preserving  these 
strengths  and  virtues  but  also  to  building  on 
them  in  the  years  ahead.  This  is  his  basic  mes- 
sage to  you  and  to  your  countries.  I  hope  my 
visit  here  will  also  enable  me  to  convey  to  the 
President  your  thoughts  and  your  concerns. 
For  these  will  be  of  great  value  to  us  in  Wash- 
ington as  we  shape  our  own  policies  and  pro- 
grams. I  look  forward  to  hearing  your 
comments. 

Years  ago,  Jean  Monnet,  the  father  of 
Europe,  spoke  eloquently  on  the  problem  fac- 
ing us:  "Europe  and  America,"  he  said,  "must 
acknowledge  that  neither  of  us  is  defending  a 
particular  country,  that  we  are  all  defending 
our  common  civilization."  We  have  acknowl- 
edged that  basic  truth,  and  it  will  bind  us  ever 
closer  together  in  the  years  to  come. 


NEWS  CONFERENCE  OPENING  STATEMENT, 
BRUSSELS,  JANUARY  24 

I  have  had  a  very  useful  and  productive  day 
in  Brussels  today,  meeting  first  with  Prime 
Minister  Tindemans  and  members  of  his 
Cabinet,  with  Secretary  Luns  [Joseph  Luns, 
Secretary  General  of  NATO]  and  the  North 
Atlantic  Council,  with  General  Haig  [Alexan- 
der M.  Haig,  Jr.,  Supreme  Allied  Commander 
Europe],  Mr.  Jenkins  [Roy  Harris  Jenkins, 
President  of  the  European  Commission]  and 
members  of  the  European  Commission.  And 
during  the  course  of  these  talks  we  have  dealt 
with  a  whole  range  of  issues  including 
economic  problems  of  unemployment  and  in- 
flation, the  difficulties  surrounding  the  mul- 
tilateral trade  negotiations,  monetary  prob- 


lems, balance-of-payments  problems,  and  the 
rest.  We  have  had  wide-ranging  discussions  on 
our  energy  program  which  we  hope  to  an- 
nounce by  April,  the  creation  of  the  new  De- 
partment of  Energy  under  Mr.  [James] 
Schlesinger. 

We  have  talked  about  security  matters, 
East-West  matters.  We  have  discussed  the  re- 
lationship of  developed  countries  in  the  con- 
text of  the  so-called  North-South  dialogue.  We 
have  briefly  discussed  issues  such  as  the  Mid- 
dle East  and  Cyprus.  And  as  a  result  of  these 
conversations  we  have  been  able  to  develop 
agreements  on  consultations  which  will  lead 
toward  closer  consultation  and  coordination 
between  the  poHcies  of  the  United  States  and 
the  governments  and  organizations  with  whom 
we  have  been  talking. 

The  purpose  of  this  trip  is  to  demonstrate 
the  need  for  and  begin  the  closest  coordination 
and  cooperation  with  our  traditional  alHes  and 
friends.  This  first  day's  visit  convinces  me  that 
the  trip  is  important,  it  is  timely,  it  is  going  to 
be  very  useful;  and  I  come  away  from  this  first 
day's  visits  convinced  that  we  are  in  a  good  po- 
sition to  develop  the  kind  of  relationship  that 
will  permit  us  to  do  a  much  better  job  of  solving 
our  problems. 


NEWS  CONFERENCE  OPENING  STATEMENT 
BONN,  JANUARY  25  ^ 

I  am  delighted  to  be  here  today  and  particu- 
larly to  report  that  the  President's  objective  of 
establishing  immediately  close  and  warm  and 
cooperative  discussions  with  our  traditional 
friends  and  allies  is  being  achieved  in  the  full- 
est sense  of  the  word. 

Today  the  Chancellor  and  I  had  a  chance  to 
discuss  a  whole  range  of  issues.  The  discussion 
was  very  useful,  very  helpful,  and  begins  our 
relationships  with  the  new  Government  of  the 
United  States  and  the  Government  of  Ger- 
many on  the  best  possible  basis.  I  will  return 
to  the  United  States  and  report  to  the  Presi- 
dent of  this  very  warm  and  useful  discussion. 
And  it  bodes  well  for  the  coordination  of  our 


^  Made  at  a  joint  news  conference  held  by  Vice  Presi- 
dent Mondale  and  Chancellor  Helmut  Schmidt. 


March  7,  1977 


185 


two  nations  in  dealing  with  the  vast  range  of 
concerns  that  affect  our  people,  that  affect  the 
people  all  over  the  world. 

In  the  course  of  our  discussion  we  dealt  with 
economic  concerns,  the  need  to  stimulate  our 
economies  in  a  prudent  way  in  order  to  in- 
crease employment,  in  order  to  increase  the 
amount  to  the  extent  of  international  economic 
activity.  We  talked  about  the  need  particularly 
for  the  three  strongest  economies  in  the 
world — the  United  States,  Germany,  and 
Japan — to  proceed  cooperatively  and  share  the 
burden  of  stimulating  the  international  econ- 
omy as  the  result  of  the  activities  of  our  sepa- 
rate economies.  We  talked  about  the  need,  and 
we  agreed  on  the  need,  to  gain  new  momentum 
in  the  multilateral  trade  negotiations,  the  so- 
called  GATT  [General  Agreement  on  Tariffs 
and  Trade]  talks,  to  resolve  differences  that 
are  in  the  way  of  our  jointly  shared  hopes  for 
an  open  international  economy.  We  discussed 
the  expected  summit  conference,  questions  of 
timing  and  location  and  agenda. 

We  discussed  the  issue  of  nonprolife ration, 
and  on  that  had  an  excellent  exchange  and 
agreed  to  consult  further  and  in  a  cooperative 
frame  of  mind;  and  prospects  for  a  cooperative 
solution  are  much  enhanced  by  this  discussion. 

We  briefly  discussed  the  Middle  East  and 
the  need  for  progress  and  the  need  for  the  new 
Administration  to  have  time  through  the 
Vance  mission  to  visit  the  leadership  of  the 
various  Middle  Eastern  nations  to  develop  a 
fuller  understanding  of  what  steps  should  be 
taken  there:  and  it  is  also  of  importance  to  us 
that  the  Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs,  Mr. 
Genscher,  will  also  be  visiting  these  same  na- 
tions at  about  the  same  time  as  Secretary 
Vance,  opening  further  opportunities  for  coop- 
eration in  that  area.  We  briefly  discussed  the 
very  favorable  developments  in  Portugal  and 
Spain.  And  we  discussed  our  shared  hopes  that 
something  could  be  done  in  a  cooperative  way, 
in  a  multinational  way,  to  restrain  the  sale  of 
conventional  armaments  that  is  now — which  are 
now  being  sold  in  such  abundance  around  the 
world. 

These  are  some  of  the  issues  we  discussed. 
May  I  say,  Mr.  Chancellor,  how  much  I  deeply 
appreciate  your  warmth  and  your  candor  and 
the  spirit  with  which  you  carried  out  these 
talks. 

186 


ADDRESS  AT  CITY  HALL,  BERLIN, 
JANUARY  26  ■* 

President  Carter  has  asked  me  to  come  to 
Europe  for  early  consultations  with  our  allies, 
to  begin  the  process  of  close  cooperation  on  the 
common  agenda. 

High  on  that  agenda  are  measures  aimed  at 
reducing  tensions  between  East  and  West  and 
assuring  our  security. 

Preserving  the  status  of  Berlin  and  assuring 
its  future  are  central  to  these  objectives. 

Our  President,  Mr.  Carter,  visited  Berlin 
four  years  ago  and  has  the  fondest  memories 
of  this  great  city.  He  knows  firsthand  of  your 
determination  to  be  free. 

In  the  words  of  his  inaugural  address,  "Be- 
cause we  are  free  we  can  never  be  indifferent 
to  the  fate  of  freedom  elsewhere." 

I  am  here,  barely  hours  after  our  new  gov- 
ernment has  assumed  office,  in  his  behalf  to 
assure  you  that  U.S.  policy  is  based  on  our  full 
support  for  your  city — a  policy  that  guaran- 
tees, with  our  allies,  your  freedom  and  security. 

Maintaining  our  responsibility  to  Berlin 
means,  first  of  all,  that  we  will  leave  no  doubt 
that  the  United  States  stands  by  its  commit- 
ment to  use  whatever  means  may  be  necessary 
to  resist  any  attempt  to  undermine  the  free- 
dom of  the  city.  The  continued  presence  of 
American  troops,  along  with  those  of  our 
British  and  French  allies,  is  Hving  proof  of  our 
will  to  honor  that  commitment. 

Fortunately,  the  survival  of  Berlin  is  not 
now  in  question.  What  I  see  today  is  a  rich  and 
a  vibrant  city  increasingly  sure  of  its  unique 
place  in  the  world  and  determined  to  demon- 
strate how  a  free  people  can  succeed,  whatever 
the  challenge  placed  before  them. 

And  the  President  has  asked  me  to  convey  to 
you  his  determination  that  the  United  States 
will  not  only  fulfill  its  promise  to  see  that 
Berlin  survives  but  also  to  go  further  to  help 
this  city  and  its  residents  flourish  as  an  im- 
portant part  of  the  Western  world. 

For  Berlin  is  a  part  of  the  Western  world. 
Its  place  is  assured  through  its  close  ties  with 
the  Federal  Republic  of  Germany  and  through 


^  Opening  paragraphs  are  not  printed  here. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


its  participation  in  the  activities  of  the  Euro- 
pean Community. 

And  Berlin  is  more  than  that.  As  a  vital  part 
of  the  West,  the  people  of  Berlin  are  deeply 
involved  in  the  common  efforts  we  are  making 
to  meet  the  challenges  we  all  face  in  the  mod- 
ern world.  Your  city  is  involved  in  answers  to 
the  great  economic  and  other  issues  facing 
people  elsewhere. 

Berhners  contribute  in  a  meaningful  way  to 
solving  these  issues  through  their  full  partici- 
pation in  the  work  of  international  organiza- 
tions. Through  your  famous  hospitality  and 
incomparable  congress  facilities,  you  are  mak- 
ing West  Berlin  an  international 
meetingplace,  a  center  for  the  meeting  of 
minds  and  peoples. 

Our  promise  to  Berlin  assures  your  con- 
tinued involvement  in  this  process.  Equally 
important,  we  seek  to  insure  the  inclusion  of 
Berlin  in  broader  efforts  to  reduce  tensions  be- 
tween East  and  West.  More  than  once  during 
the  past  30  years,  East  and  West  have  gone  to 
the  brink  of  war  over  tensions  first  manifested 
in  this  city. 

Today,  when  major  efforts  are  underway  to 
reduce  the  tensions  which  have  so  long  divided 
East  from  West,  confrontation  over  Berlin 
must  be  put  firmly  and  forever  in  the  past. 

The  President  is  committed  to  continuing  ef- 
forts to  lower  the  danger  of  conflict  in  Europe. 
No  other  city  in  the  world  stands  to  benefit 
more  from  these  efforts  than  Berlin. 

At  the  same  time,  unless  Berhners  are  given 
an  opportunity  to  benefit  fully  from  improve- 
ments in  East-West  relations,  progress  toward 
a  further  reduction  of  tensions  will  be  more 
difficult. 

Three  basic  principles  are  vital: 

— First,  stability  of  the  situation  in  Berhn 
requires  continued  respect  for  the  Four  Power 
rights  and  responsibilities  for  Berlin  as  a 
whole.  These  rights  and  responsibilities 
formed  the  legal  basis  for  the  quadripartite 
agreement  of  1971  and  were  reaffirmed  in  that 
agreement.  Any  questioning  of  this  important 
legal  basis  and  any  unilateral  attempt  to  alter 
the  Four  Power  status  of  the  city  would  not  be 
in  accordance  with  the  quadripartite  agree- 
ment and  would  vastly  complicate  efforts  to 
reduce  tensions. 


— Second,  it  is  essential  to  recognize  the 
kind  of  future  the  people  of  this  great  city 
want.  In  the  exercise  of  their  right  of  free  ex- 
pression, Berliners  have  chosen  freely  and 
consciously  to  be  a  part  of  the  West.  They  have 
clearly  shown  their  desire  to  maintain  and  de- 
velop their  ties  with  the  Federal  Republic. 
Only  an  approach  to  the  situation  in  Berhn 
which  accepts  these  basic  desires  of  Berliners 
themselves  can  aid  in  the  reduction  of  ten- 
sions. 

— Finally,  the  essential  balance  which  gov- 
erns the  situation  in  Berhn  is  reflected  in  the 
quadripartite  agreement.  This  agreement  has 
brought  important  benefits  both  to  Berlin  and 
to  efforts  toward  peace  throughout  Europe. 
The  President  firmly  believes  and  will  con- 
tinue to  insist  that  this  agreement  be  strictly 
observed  and  fully  implemented  by  all  con- 
cerned parties. 

Mr.  Governing  Mayor,  Foreign  Minister 
Genscher,  distinguished  guests,  as  I  sign  the 
Golden  Book  I  am  aware  that  there  are  no 
fewer  than  16  million  American  signatures  in 
this  City  Hall  and  that,  in  the  steeple  above 
it,  there  stands  the  Freedom  Bell  given  to 
Berlin  by  these  same  Americans.  I  am  hon- 
ored to  join  so  many  other  Americans  in  salut- 
ing this  great  city.  President  Carter  and  his 
Administration  are  dedicated  to  insuring  that 
the  Freedom  Bell  will  continue  to  ring  proudly 
in  the  years  to  come. 


STATEMENT,  ROME,  JANUARY  26  ^ 

I  am  delighted  and  pleased  by  the  very  fine 
talks  that  we've  had  today  continuing  on  ear- 
her  discussions  which  we  had  when  you  visited 
our  capital  in  Washington  last  December.  I 
come  to  this  meeting  bringing  the  warmest 
greetings  and  best  wishes  of  our  new  Presi- 
dent, Mr.  Carter,  to  Mr.  Andreotti  and  to  his 
government.  Today  we  discussed  a  range  of 
concerns  which  we  mutually  share. 

First  of  all,  in  the  economic  area,  we  were 
able  to  report  on  the  economic  pohcies  of  my 
government  designed  to  stimulate  the  Ameri- 


^  Made  following  a  meeting  with  Prime  Minister  Giulio 
Andreotti,  whose  remarks  are  not  printed  here. 


March  7,  1977 


187 


can  economy  in  a  prudent  way  but  in  a  way 
designed  to  increase  international  economic 
activity  and  thus  improve  the  economic  oppor- 
tunities and  employment  opportunities  of 
economies  around  the  world  and  on  our  talks 
with  leaders  of  other  nations  whose  economies 
are  in  a  strong  position  and  which  we  have 
been  urging  to  pursue  similar  policies  of  stimu- 
lation designed  to  achieve  the  same  objective 
for  improvement  in  the  pace  of  international 
economic  activity. 

The  Italian  economy,  of  course,  faces  serious 
difficulties.  Some  of  these  are  external,  caused 
by  the  world  economic  slump  and  by  the  rise  in 
oil  prices.  President  Carter,  as  I  have  men- 
tioned, has  introduced  an  expansionary  pro- 
gram to  help  stimulate  the  world  economy,  and 
on  my  trip  I  have  been  encouraging  the  other 
strong  economies  of  the  world  to  expand  their 
economic  activity  in  parallel.  These  measures 
will  help  Italy,  but  Italy  also  has  internal  eco- 
nomic difficulties;  we  have  had  a  full  report 
today  of  the  measures  that  the  Italian  Gov- 
ernment has  been  taking  and  has  decided  to 
take  and  of  the  discussions  between  the  unions 
and  the  business  organizations,  and  we  have 
been  greatly  encouraged  by  them. 

We  know  that  negotiations  with  the  Interna- 
tional Monetary  Fund  are  currently  taking 
place,  and  we  look  forward  to  a  successful  con- 
clusion to  those  negotiations  on  terms  that  are 
satisfactory  to  all  concerned.  We  are  of  course 
not  a  direct  pail  of  those  negotiations,  but  we 
hope  and  trust  they  will  produce  satisfactory 
results.  In  the  meantime,  we  hope  to  produce 
through  our  own  economies  and  through  en- 
couraging cooperative  efforts  by  others  a  more 
stimulative  international  economy. 

We  also  discussed  the  matter  of  the  upcom- 
ing summit — its  timing,  proposals  concerning 
location,  and  items  that  are  suggested  for  the 
agenda.  We  discussed  the  GATT  and  the  mul- 
tilateral trade  negotiations  and  our  wish  that 
those  negotiations  move  forward  as  quickly  as 
possible.  I  strongly  represented  the  Presi- 
dent's hope  that  we  could  make  progress  on  the 
nonproliferation  of  nuclear  armaments  and  on 
the  issue  of  proliferation  of  the  capacity  for 
producing  weapons-grade  materials,  and  our 
hope  that  the  arms-producing  nations  of  the 
world — including  my  own — could  cooperate 


toward  a  program  of  substantially  reducing  the 
sale  of  conventional  arms  around  the  world. 
We  also  briefly  discussed  the  so-called  North- 
South  dialogue  issues,  which  are  of  great  im- 
portance to  all  of  us. 

We  of  course  went  into  substantial  detail  on 
the  proposals  and  on  the  actions  of  the  Gov- 
ernment of  Italy  to  deal  with  some  of  the  eco- 
nomic problems  that  we've  discussed.  This  has 
been  a  very  fruitful  beginning  of  what  we  hope 
will  be  a  long  and  consistent  cooperation  be- 
tween your  government  and  mine,  between 
our  leaders,  and  through  the  various  multilat- 
eral organizations  to  which  we  both  belong. 

I  am  most  grateful  to  you,  Mr.  Andreotti, 
and  I  look  forward  to  continuing  this  dialogue. 

NEWS  CONFERENCE  OPENING  STATEMENT, 
LONDON,  JANUARY  27  » 

May  I  say  that  we  are  delighted  to  be  here. 
The  President  of  the  United  States  asked  me 
to  visit  London  early,  in  order  to  make  clear 
and  to  express  our  hope  for  the  warmest  possi- 
ble working  relationship  in  the  years  ahead. 
And  our  meeting  today  certainly  leaves  no 
doubt  in  my  mind  that  that  kind  of  cooperative, 
mutually  respectful,  mutually  beneficial  rela- 
tionship has  been  established  and  will  con- 
tinue. .  .  . 

We  discussed  many  of  the  issues  to  which 
the  Prime  Minister  has  made  reference.  The 
economic  issue,  of  course,  is  one  that  is  central 
to  the  whole  world,  and  it  is  important  that  we 
develop  economic  policies  together  which  deal 
with  the  twin  problems  of  unemployment  and 
inflation,  which  deal  with  the  specialized  prob- 
lems of  trade;  and  at  our  conference  I  ex- 
pressed the  hope,  at  which  the  British  lead- 
ership agreed,  that  we  might  move  the 
multilateral  trade  negotiations  talks  along  fas- 
ter than  they  are  now  proceeding.  We  did  dis- 
cuss issues  of  the  so-called  North-South 
dialogue. 

We  also  discussed  the  issue  of  the  Rhodesian 
matter,  and  may  I  say  here  that  my  govern- 
ment is  exceedingly  grateful  to  the  Prime 


^  Made  at  a  joint  news  conference  held  by  Vice  Presi- 
dent Mondale  and  Prime  Minister  James  Callaghan. 


188 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Minister  and  to  the  leadership  being  provided 
by  the  British  Government  in  that  very,  very 
difficult  situation.  And  we  stand  fully  behind 
your  government  in  the  difficult  task  that  you 
have  undertaken  to  try  to  find  a  reasonable 
solution  in  that  area. 

We  also  discussed  some  security  matters  and 
other  matters,  and  I  did  bring  some  private 
messages  from  the  President  that  I  do  not  feel 
at  hberty  to  disclose  here. 

NEWS  CONFERENCE  OPENING  STATEMENT, 
PARIS,  JANUARY  29 

We  just  completed  a  very  useful  and  produc- 
tive conference  with  President  Giscard,  Prime 
Minister  Barre,  the  Foreign  Minister,  and  the 
Secretary  General  of  the  Elysee.  I  brought  to 
the  President  the  best  wishes  of  the  President 
of  the  United  States,  Mr.  Carter. 

We  discussed  several  common  concerns, 
among  them  the  general  economic  picture  in 
the  world.  We  described  in  some  detail  the 
economic  package  just  introduced  by  President 
Carter  to  stimulate  the  economy  of  the  United 
States  and  to  do  so  in  a  way  that  would  bring 
increased  trade  opportunities  and  economic  ac- 
tivities for  employment  for  economies  around 
the  world.  We  discussed  the  upcoming  summit, 
including  suggestions  concerning  location, 
agenda,  and  timing. 

We  discussed  the  Middle  East.  As  you  know. 
President  Giscard  has  just  returned  from  a 
visit  to  the  Middle  East,  where  he  has  talked 
to  leaders  of  some  of  those  nations;  and  he  was 
able  to  give  us  a  current  briefing  of  his  esti- 
mate of  the  situation  there. 

We  discussed  briefly  security  matters.  I  re- 
viewed for  him  the  comments  that  we  had 
made  earlier  this  week  in  Brussels  before  the 
NATO  Council. 

We  discussed  North-South  issues  and  their 
concern,  which  we  share,  that  there  be  mean- 
ingful talks  in  the  CIEC  Conference  [Confer- 
ence on  International  Economic  Cooperation] 
and  elsewhere  leading  to  a  more  fruitful 
dialogue  between  the  developed  nations  and 
the  other  nations  of  the  world. 

They  showed  great  interest  in  our  upcoming 
energy  programs,  and  I  was  able  to  report  that 
the  United  States  is  preparing  to  establish  a 


Department  of  Energy  under  the  secre- 
taryship of  Mr.  Schlesinger  and  that  we  were 
going  to  accelerate  the  rate  of  the  accumula- 
tion of  oil  stockpiles  under  our  new  program, 
that  we  intended  to  have  a  more  far- 
reaching — a  substantially  more  far- 
reaching — program  for  energy  conservation 
and  energy  production,  and  that  we  hoped  to 
substantially  increase  the  extent  of  coopera- 
tion in  research  and  development  on  an  inter- 
national basis  on  all  aspects  of  the  energy 
problem. 

We  discussed  the  problem  of  terrorism  and 
the  threat  it  poses  to  all  countries.  We  raised 
that  issue  in  a  constructive  spirit  and  ex- 
changed views.  We  pointed  out  that  our  most 
recent  concerns  were  based  not  only  on  our 
broad  concern  for  the  problem  of  terrorism  but 
also  because  one  of  our  Ambassadors  was 
killed  in  an  effort  by  the  Black  September  or- 
ganization to  free  this  individual  from  jail  in 
the  Middle  East. 

We  discussed  strategic  issues;  and  I  pointed 
out  that  the  President's  recent  statements 
concerning  the  elimination  of  nuclear  weapons 
and  a  comprehensive  test  ban  repeated 
pledges  that  he  had  made  during  the  campaign, 
that  they  represent  long-term  objectives  of  the 
United  States  and  do  not  reflect  a  change  in 
our  strategy  of  deterrence.  They  are  not  aimed 
at  any  country.  And  one  of  the  purposes  of  my 
consultation  hei-e  so  soon  after  coming  into  of- 
fice is  to  consult  with  France  and  our  other 
alHes  about  the  implications  of  moving  in  this 
direction  and  how  these  might  affect  their  con- 
cerns and  interests.  We  also  mentioned  the 
President's  concern  for  restricting  and  reduc- 
ing the  level  of  sale  of  conventional  armaments 
in  international  trade,  an  objective  which  the 
French  Government  shares. 

Mr.  Giscard  raised  the  issue  of  the  Concorde 
and  gave  us  their  view  of  Concorde  landing  at 
Kennedy  Airport.  We  indicated  our  sensitivity 
to  their  concerns,  and  I  will  be  conveying  his 
message  to  the  President  of  the  United  States. 
I  pointed  out  that  this  matter  is  now  currently 
before  the  courts  in  New  York,  with  a  decision 
expected  sometime  in  the  near  future.  As  you 
know,  the  Carter  Administration  has  reaf- 
firmed its  intention  to  continue  with  the  full 
trial  period  for  the  Concorde  at  Dulles  Airport. 


March  7,  1977 


189 


Within  a  few  hours  we  will  be  leaving  for 
Iceland,  where  we  will  be  meeting  with  Prime 
Minister  Hallgrimsson,  and  then  for  Japan, 
where  we  will  be  meeting  with  Prime  Minister 
Fukuda  and  other  members  of  the  Japanese 
Government.  There  we  will  be  talking  about 
many  of  the  same  concerns  which  have  been 
central  to  the  discussions  with  the  leaders  of 
Western  Europe. 

I  think  we  can  say  at  this  point  that  the  trip 
has  been  extremely  well  received.  I  am  very, 
very  pleased  by  the  outcome  of  our  talks.  The 
personal  relationships  that  exist  simply  could 
not  be  better  than  they  are  today.  We  estab- 
lished beyond  any  doubt  a  full  desire  on  all 
sides  to  continue  the  fullest  possible  consulta- 
tion and  cooperation  along  the  agenda  which 
we  have  been  discussing.  We  have  gone  far 
toward  developing  a  consensus  on  the  key  mat- 
ters that  will  be  involved  at  the  summit;  and 
we  have  commenced  a  crucial  preparatory 
work  that  is  a  precondition  of  a  successful 
summit  by  our  visits  to  the  various  multilat- 
eral institutions  in  Europe — NATO,  EC,  and 
the  OECD.  We  have  helped  express  and 
dramatize  the  interest  of  our  nation  in  the 
closest  possible  cooperation  with  those  mul- 
tilateral institutions. 

I  think  the  dialogue  and  the  understanding 
concerning  economic  problems — our  view  of 
those  economic  problems,  the  need  for  stimula- 
tion on  the  part  of  the  stronger  economies,  the 
need  for  the  closest  possible  cooperation  in 
order  to  deal  with  the  combined  problems  of 
unemployment  and  inflation — have  been 
moved  along  very  successfully.  Our  view  and 
theirs  that  the  multilateral  trade  talks  should 
be  resumed  at  a  higher  level  of  progress  have 
been  well  received  by  all  parties. 

We  were  particularly  appreciative  of  the 
French  statement  on  nuclear  proliferation  of  a 
few  weeks  ago,  which  we  consider  to  be  a  very 
helpful  contribution  to  the  serious  problem  of 
controlling  nuclear  fuel  that  is  of  weapons- 
grade  quality.  We  think  that  the  progress  on 
understanding  the  American  position  and  thus 
cooperating  on  the  security  concern  through 
NATO  in  Western  Europe  has  now  been  very 
well  advanced,  and  great  progress  has  been 
made  there. 

And,  in  short,  the  dialogue  and  the  relation- 
ships crucial  to  that  dialogue  on  the  central  is- 


sues affecting  all  of  our  nations  have  now  been 
established  between  the  governments  and  the 
multilateral  institutions  we  visited  in  Europe 
and  our  new  government  in  the  United  States. 
And  for  all  of  these  reasons  we  believe  that 
this  trip  has  been  a  success  and  we  are  now  on 
a  sound  basis  for  progress. 


NEWS  CONFERENCE  OPENING  STATEMENT, 
TOKYO,  FEBRUARY  1 

I  have  just  concluded  two  days  of  highly 
satisfactory  talks  with  Prime  Minister  Fukuda 
and  other  representatives  of  the  Government 
of  Japan.  During  these  talks  I  stressed  the  im- 
portance which  President  Carter  personally 
attaches  to  relations  with  Japan.  We  assured 
the  Japanese  that  we  would  consult  them  fully 
in  all  matters  of  mutual  concern  and  there 
would  be  no  surprises  in  the  relationship. 

I  extended  an  invitation  on  behalf  of  the 
President  to  the  Prime  Minister  to  visit  Wash- 
ington on  March  21  and  22.  I  informed  the 
Prime  Minister  of  the  President's  intention  to 
name  a  high-caliber  Ambassador  to  Japan  in 
the  near  future,  although  no  decision  had  yet 
been  made  on  that  matter. 

We  discussed  the  site  and  timing  of  the  up- 
coming summit  conference,  and  I  will  be  re- 
porting to  the  President  on  the  views  not  only 
of  Prime  Minister  Fukuda  but  of  all  the  other 
leaders  with  whom  I  met.  It  is  my  belief  that 
the  final  decision  on  the  site  and  timing  can  be 
worked  out  through  normal  diplomatic  chan- 
nels without  any  serious  difficulties. 

Throughout  the  talks  I  stressed  our  concern 
that  the  three  main  engines  of  the  world 
economy — Germany,  Japan,  and  the  United 
States — should  work  to  coordinate  their  eco- 
nomic recovery  plans  more  closely  and  to 
monitor  each  other's  progress. 

I  am  impressed  with  the  Japanese  stimulus 
program,  and  I  hope  that  it  will  achieve  the 
growth  target  of  6.7  percent  that  they  have  set 
for  themselves. 

I  voiced  our  government's  concern  for  some 
specific  problems  in  our  bilateral  trade  rela- 
tions, including  problems  of  Japanese  exports 
to  the  United  States,  particularly  of  steel  and 
color  televisions,  and  the  restrictions  on  citrus 
imports  to  Japan. 


190 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


I  underscored  the  President's  concern  about 
dealing  with  the  question  of  stopping  the 
spread  of  sensitive  nuclear  technology  and  ma- 
terials. The  Japanese  explained  to  me  in  detail 
their  special  problems  and  needs  in  this  field, 
and  we  agreed  to  consult  in  detail  on  this  issue 
in  the  near  future. 

Turning  to  regional  and  strategic  issues,  I 
emphasized  the  fact  that  the  Administration 
does  not  intend  to  turn  its  back  on  Asia.  We 
should  and  will  remain  an  Asian-Pacific  power. 
Our  alliance  with  Japan  remains  central  to  our 
policy  in  this  vast  and  important  part  of  the 
world.  We  will  preserve  a  balanced  and  flexi- 
ble military  strength  in  the  Pacific,  and  we  will 
continue  our  interests  in  Southeast  Asia. 

With  respect  to  Korea,  I  emphasized  our 
concern  to  maintain  a  stable  situation  on  the 
Korean  Peninsula.  I  cited  that  we  will  phase 
down  our  ground  forces  only  in  close  consulta- 
tion and  cooperation  with  the  Governments  of 
Japan  and  South  Korea.  We  will  maintain  our 
air  capability  in  Korea  and  continue  to  assist  in 
upgrading  Korean  self-defense  capabilities.  In 
regard  to  China,  I  stated  that  we  continue  to 
desire  normalization  of  relations  with  the 
People's  Republic  of  China  within  the 
framework  of  the  Shanghai  communique. 

My  visit  to  Japan  has  given  me  great  per- 
sonal satisfaction.  It  seems  clear  to  me  that 
these  two  new  governments — one  in  Washing- 
ton and  one  in  Tokyo— are  ready,  anxious,  and 
able  to  work  closely  with  one  another. 

It  is  my  hope  and  belief  that  this  trip  is  a 
productive  and  rapid  way  to  start  this  process 
and  that  when  we  welcome  Prime  Minister 
Fukuda  to  Washington  next  month  we  will  see 
further  deepening  of  this  already  close  rela- 
tionship. 

With  the  conclusion  of  today's  talks  in  Tokyo 
we  have  completed  a  very  valuable  round  of 
consultations  with  good  friends  and  allies  of 
the  United  States.  And  a  trip  which  began 
more  than  a  week  ago  and  in  my  talks  in  Brus- 
sels, Bonn,  Berlin,  Rome,  Vatican  City,  Lon- 
don, Paris,  Iceland,  and  here  in  Tokyo,  we 
have  in  President  Carter's  behalf  conveyed  the 
President's  deep  commitment  to  the  best  pos- 
sible cooperation;  established  beyond  all  doubt 
and  resolved  on  all  sides  to  continue  the  fullest 
possible  consultations  and  cooperation  on  our 
agenda  of  important  issues;  gone  far,  as  I  will 


be  reporting  to  President  Carter,  toward  de- 
veloping a  consensus  in  what  will  be  involved 
at  the  summit;  set  in  motion  a  process  of  inten- 
sified consultations  which  I  am  confident  will 
enable  our  nations  to  deal  with  greater  effec- 
tiveness and  to  deal  successfully  with  matters 
bearing  on  the  security  and  well-being  of  each 
of  our  peoples,  the  health  of  our  economies, 
and  our  common  goal  to  reduce  tensions  and  to 
increase  the  prospects  for  a  more  stable  inter- 
national environment. 

I  will  be  returning  to  Washington  with  the 
belief  that  the  discussions  I  have  had— in  each 
instance  very  substantive  and  positive — have 
permitted  me  to  convey  some  of  the  Presi- 
dent's initial  thinking  and  have  permitted  me 
to  gain  the  valuable  insights  of  each  of  these 
leaders  with  whom  I  have  met. 

This  visit  to  Japan  and  to  Europe,  seen  in 
the  context  of  the  foreign  policy  initiatives  the 
President  has  taken  at  the  very  outset  of  his 
Administration,  I  am  most  hopeful,  has 
marked  an  early  step  forward  and  a  meaningful 
contribution  to  progress  toward  the  goals  we 
share  with  our  good  friends  in  Japan,  in 
Europe,  and  North  America. 


NEWS  CONFERENCE,  WASHINGTON, 
FEBRUARY  2 

Weekly  Compilation  of  Prei^idential  Documents  dated  February  7 

Vice  President  Mondale:  I've  just  completed 
a  meeting  with  the  President,  which  lasted 
about  an  hour  and  a  half,  at  which  I  briefed  him 
on  the  various  visits  and  stops  on  my  trip  to 
Western  Europe  and  to  Japan. 

I  believe  the  trip  is  a  success  because  it 
began  a  process  that  we  consider  crucial  to  the 
Carter  Administration;  namely,  the  closest 
possible  cooperative  consultations  and 
partnerships  with  our  traditional  friends  and 
allies.  And  I'm  convinced  that  that  process  has 
begun,  and  on  the  best  possible  basis. 

We've  established  beyond  doubt  our  desire 
to  have  such  a  relationship,  and  we  have  begun 
a  series  of  important  consultations  on  matters 
which  concern  us,  such  as  developing  a  consen- 
sus on  what  will  be  involved  at  the  summit. 
We've  set  in  motion  a  process  of  intensified 
consultations  which  will  enable  our  nations  to 
deal  with  greater  effectiveness  and  to  deal 


March?,  1977 


191 


successfully  with  matters  bearing  on  the  secu- 
rity and  well-being  of  each  of  our  peoples,  the 
health  of  our  economies,  and  our  common  goal 
to  reduce  tensions  and  to  increase  the  pros- 
pects for  a  more  stable  international  environ- 
ment. 

Q.  Mr.  Vice  President,  has  it  finally  been 
decided  that  the  summit  will  be  devoted  en- 
tirely to  economic  issues  and  not  political  and, 
if  it  has  been,  is  that  in  deference  to  France? 
And  what  about  our  other  allies  and  our  own 
objectives  which  go  beyond  economic? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  We  have  received 
several  different  suggestions  from  the  various 
nations  about  what  should  be  on  the  agenda. 
And  I  have  reported  on  those  matters  by 
nation — that  is,  suggestions  offered  by  each 
nation — to  the  President;  and  now  through 
normal  diplomatic  channels  we  will  be  develop- 
ing the  agenda,  undertaking  the  crucial  prep- 
aration work  that's  essential  to  an  effective 
summit,  agreeing  through  diplomatic  channels 
on  the  location  and  the  timing.  And  that  will  be 
announced  jointly  by  the  nations  involved  at 
the  time  the  agreement  is  reached. 

It  is  our  hope  that  the  agenda  will  include 
economic  matters,  to  be  sure,  but  other  crucial 
matters  of  political  and  security  significance. 
Just  what  those  matters  will  be  has  not  yet 
been  decided;  what  the  modalities  for  those 
discussions  might  be  has  not  yet  been  decided. 

Q.  Mr.  Mondale,  with  Europe  now  moving, 
or  at  least  indicating  its  mllingness  to  dump 
the  dollar  and  move  to  a  new  economic  system, 
in  order  to  avoid  the  kind  of  austerity  and 
fascistn  and  war  policies  that  the  IMF  [Inter- 
national Monetary  Fund]  is  now  imposing  on 
Egypt,  weren't  you  embarrassed  to  have  to 
represent — coming  from  the  United  States — to 
have  to  put  forward  the  ynost  backivard  energy 
policies  and  the  ynost  backward  economic 
policies  of  hyperinflation  for  Japan  and  West 
Germany  and  deflation  for  the  rest  of  Europe? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  Due  to  a  break- 
down in  my  briefing,  we  did  not  see  our  posi- 
tions in  quite  that  light. 

Q.  Mr.  Vice  President,  do  you  have  any 
hopes  that  West  Germany  and  France,  post 
your  discussioyis  there,  may  reconsider  the 


sale  of  nuclear  reprocessing  appliances  to 
Brazil  and  to  Pakistan? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  What  we  asked  in 
each  case  was,  first,  to  be  heard  on  the  concern 
of  the  Carter  Administration  about  the  dan- 
gers and  the  risks  involved  in  the  distribution 
of  sensitive  nuclear  technology  from  which 
weapons-grade  material  could  be  developed. 
We  made  that  point  at  each  of  the  capitals.  And 
we  asked  that  consultations  commence  on  that 
matter  and  on  the  broader  issues  of  nuclear 
proliferation  at  the  earliest  possible  moment. 
It  was  agreed  that  that  should  occur.  It  will 
occur.  Arrangements  are  already  being  made 
to  do  so.  And  that  was  what  we  sought  to  ac- 
complish and  accomplished  in  those  talks. 

Q.  Do  you  have  an  agreement  then — 
tentatively — an  agreement  that  they  mil  hold 
up  on  those  sales  until  you  have  a  chance  to 
talk  specifically? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  All  we  discussed 
was  the  importance  of  having  intensive,  early 
consultations  on  the  matter.  There  has  been  no 
agreement  beyond  that  point. 

Q.  Mr.  Vice  President,  did  you  discuss  with 
the  President  what  sort  of  foreign  missions 
you  might  undertake  in  the  future  and  what 
sort  of  role  you  might  play  in  American 
foreign  policy  in  the  future? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  No,  we  did  not. 
The  meeting  today  involved  a  report  on  the 
various  visits,  messages  that  I  brought  from 
foreign  leaders,  observations  that  I  made 
about  different  concerns  to  the  President,  and 
did  not  involve  future  possible  missions. 

Q.  Mr.  Vice  President,  did  you  discuss  with 
President  Giscard  d'Estaing  the  release  by  the 
French  court  of  the  gentlernan  Abu  Daoud? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  Yes.  I  brought  it 
up  briefly  and  mentioned  our  President's  con- 
cern, and  then  we  talked  about,  in  general 
terms,  the  need  to  deal  with  terrorism. 

Q.  Do  you  think  that  the  subject  of  terrorism 
folloump  should  be  a  matter  for  the  summit  to 
consider  when  it  meets? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  I  would  just  as 
soon  not  discuss  particular  topics  at  this  point. 


192 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


because  I  think  the  nations  offering  the  pro- 
posals did  so  in  confidence. 

Q.  Mr.  Vice  President,  before  this  trip,  sev- 
eral of  this  Administration's  officials  were  ex- 
pressing concern  that  the  Germans  and  the 
Japanese  were  not  moving  quickly  enough  to 
reflate  their  economies.  Did  you  achieve  any 
agreement  from  these  two  governments  in  this 
area? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  We  made  very 
clear,  first  of  all,  our  belief  that  the  stronger 
economies,  which  you  might  call  the  three 
great  engines,  the  United  States,  Japan,  and 
Germany,  that  are  now  in  strong  economic  po- 
sitions do  so — should  stimulate  their 
economies  sufficiently  to  assist  other  nations 
that  are  in  difficulty  so  that  they  would  have 
increased  export  and  thus  employment  oppor- 
tunities as  the  result  of  a  heightened  accelera- 
tion of  international  economic  activities  and 
that  our  three  nations,  particularly  because  we 
are  strong  economically,  should  assume  as 
much  of  that  burden  as  possible. 

We  also  pointed  out  that  because  of  OPEC 
[Organization  of  Petroleum  Exporting  Coun- 
tries] surpluses,  that  we  had  responsibility  to 
try  to  assume  part  of  that  resultant  world  defi- 
cit in  the  planning  of  our  economic  programs. 
We  made  that  point  with  great  care  and 
strength.  And  then  I  also  reported  in  some  de- 
tail on  our  own  economic  stimulation  package. 
The  other  governments  then  reported  on  their 
plans. 

There  is  complete  agreement  on  the  part  of 
their  leadership,  as  well  as  our  own,  on  the 
need  to  stimulate.  The  size,  the  proportion, 
the  prudence,  the  relation  to  inflation  becomes 
exceedingly  complex,  and  what  we've  agreed 
to  do  is  to  pursue  our  policies,  to  consult 
closely,  to  monitor  the  economic  indicators  as 
we  proceed,  to  see  if  we're  achieving  our 
jointly  agreed  objective  on  a  stimulative  policy 
that  will  help  these  other  nations  and  help 
bring  about  a  higher  level  of  international  eco- 
nomic activities,  bearing  in  mind  the  problem 
of  inflation  as  well. 


Q.  Mr.  Vice  President,  if  both  the  Germans 
and,  I  believe,  the  French  claim  that  in  their 
deals  with  the  Pakistanis  and  Brazilians  for 


those  nuclear  facilities  that  there  are  adequate 
safeguards — if  that's  so — what's  the  problem? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  The  position  that 
the  Administration  has  taken  is  that  these 
facilities  possess  the  capacity  to  produce 
weapons-grade  materials,  and  to  the  extent 
possible,  and  hopefully  to  the  fullest  possible 
extent,  we  can  prohibit  the  transfer  of  this 
technology,  which  greatly  complicates  the 
problem  of  control;  and  that  it  was  our  hope 
that  alternatives  could  be  found  to  deal  with 
the  nuclear  power  needs  of  these  nations  which 
we  accept,  which  does  not  include  the  risk  of 
facilities  that  can  produce  weapons-grade  ma- 
terial; and  that  we  were  willing  to  consider 
ways  in  which  secure  supplies  of  low-grade  nu- 
clear fuel  could  be  made  available  for  plants; 
that  we  were  willing  to  consider  ways  in  which 
these  alternatives  could  not  conceivably  in- 
volve commercial  advantage  as  a  result  of 
withdrawing  the  availability  of  such  nuclear 
technology;  and  that  we  also  understood  the 
great  complexity  of  this  issue,  both  from  a 
technical  standpoint  and  from  a  political 
standpoint. 

And  that  what  was  really  needed  at  this 
point  and  what  we  were  asking  for  was  that  the 
new  Administration  be  given  time  to  consult 
very  closely  with  them  and  with  the  other  na- 
tions about  the  total  picture  and  what  might  be 
done  to  diminish,  reduce  if  not  eliminate,  the 
risks  that  flow  from  facilities  from  which 
weapons-grade  material  can  be  produced. 

That's  the  status  of  our  position,  and  that's 
what  these  consultations  will  involve. 

Q.  Two  questions,  two  unrelated  questions, 
if  I  may.  You  seemed  to  be  saying  earlier  that 
it  was  the  hope  of  the  United  States  to  expand 
the  summit  meeting  to  some  extent  beyond 
economic  questions.  Can  you  elaborate  on  that 
for  us  to  give  us  whatever  additional  you  can 
on  that  hope  by  the  United  States? 

My  second  question,  which  is  unrelated,  is 
whether  or  not  you  discussed  with  the  various 
leaders  President  Carter's  proposal  for  a  total 
test  ban,  nuclear  testing  ban.  If  so,  what  kind 
of  reaction  you  got  and,  particularly,  if  you 
can  tell  me  what  kind  of  reaction  you  got  from 
them,  if  any,  on  this  aspect  of  it;  that  is,  the 
Chinese — hoiv  the  Chinese,  how  China  might 
fit  into  that  or  what  their  reaction  is.  Did  they 


March/,  1977 


193 


tell  you  anything  about  what  they  thought 
China's  reaction  would  be  on  it? 
So  I've  got  two  unrelated  questions  here. 

Vice  President  Mondale:  On  the  first  ques- 
tion of  the  summit,  it  is  our  hope  that  we  sim- 
ply call  it  the  summit  and  that  all  the  matters 
would  be  on  the  table  that  were  of  mutual  con- 
cern, whether  they  were  economic  or  not.  We 
anticipate  that  economics  will  be  a  central  con- 
cern, and  obviously  it  was  a  central  concern 
throughout  our  trip  and  must  be  considered  as 
such. 

Such  issues  as  nuclear  proliferation, 
North-South  dialogue,  energy  matters,  and  a 
whole  range  of  other  concerns  that  are  not 
strictly  economic  but  by  definition  economics, 
we  would  hope  could  freely  be  included  on  the 
agenda  on  the  agreement  of  the  other  parties. 
That's  essentially  our  approach. 

We  have  asked  the  other  nations  for  their 
suggestions.  We  want  to  be  forthcoming  and 
cooperative,  and  I  think  that  we  will  be  able  to 
work  out  an  agenda  that  is  mutually  satisfac- 
tory for  all. 

Q.  If  I  might  ask,  that  would  be,  then,  an 
agenda  that  is  considerably  broader  than 
Rambouillet  and  Puerto  Rico? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  I  will  have  to  stand 
corrected  on  that.  I  guess  I'm  not  prepared  to 
answer  that  question.  But  that's  the  approach 
we  wished  to  take. 

On  the  nuclear  test  ban  treaty,  comprehen- 
sive test  ban,  that  was  discussed,  and  it  was 
agreed  there  would  be  additional  consultations 
on  the  matter.  It  was  touched  on  briefly,  and 
there  will  be  additional  consultations  on  it. 

Q.  Can  you  give  us  the  reaction  of  any  of  the 
leaders  you  talked  to  to  a  total  test  ban  agree- 
ment? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  I  don't  believe  I 
can  disclose  their  point  of  view. 

Mr.  Vice  President,  could  you  itemize,  sir, 
the  countries  that  ivould  be  included?  For  in- 
stance, would  India  be  included,  because 
India  is  getting  heavy  water  from  Russia, 
making  atomic  weapons? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  I  mentioned  that 
there  were  many,  many  aspects  of  nuclear  pro- 


liferation, in  addition  to  those  that  I've  dis- 
cussed, which  really  involve  what  you  might 
call  the  next  generation  of  concerns  about  nu- 
clear proliferation;  that  might  involve,  for 
example,  as  Chancellor  [of  the  Federal  Ger- 
man Repubhc  Helmut]  Schmidt  has  suggested, 
a  new  follow-on  treaty  for  the  nuclear  prolifer- 
ation treaty.  It's  a  very  complex,  difficult  mat- 
ter that  involves  consultation.  We  did  not  get 
into  all  the  possible  ramifications. 

Q.  May  I  ask  a  followup  question  because, 
you  see,  once  they  have  the  atomic  energy 
given  to  them,  they  can  create,  like  yogurt — all 
you  need  is  a  tablespoon  of  yogurt  and  you  can 
make  more.  They  make  the  atomic  daughters, 
you  see.  So  what  do  you  do  with  those? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  It  is  very  complex, 
as  your  yogurt  analogy  points  out.  [Laughter] 

Q.  To  follow  on  Herb's  question,  did  the 
Germans  and  the  French  agree  to  give  the  Ad- 
ministration this  tiyne  that  you  asked  for  be- 
fore they  take  any  specific  actions  to  carry  out 
these  contracts? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  We  agreed  to  have 
consultations  and  that  they  would  occur  im- 
mediately on  an  intensive  basis  and  that  there 
would  be  a  chance  for  the  free  exchange  of 
ideas  and  alternatives  and  options.  But  there 
has  been  no  agreement  beyond  that. 

Q.  One  other  question:  Was  the  Secretary  of 
State  at  your  meeting  or,  if  not,  how  do  you 
plan  to  brief  him  and  other  Cabinet  members? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  The  Secretary  of 
State  was  invited  to  the  meeting  this  morning, 
but  he  had  testimony  before  the  Hill,  and  I  will 
brief  him  thoroughly.  He  had  his  representa- 
tive— Mr.  Cooper  [Under  Secretary-designate 
for  Economic  Affairs  Richard  N.  Cooper]  was 
there.  But  I  will  thoroughly  also  brief  him,  as 
soon  as  he's  through  with  his  testimony. 

Q.  Mr.  Vice  President,  did  you  have  any 
disappointments  on  this  trip?  I  think,  for 
example,  of  the  French — they  didn't  agree  to 
expanding  the  summit  beyond  economic  mat- 
ters; the  Germans  really  didn't  agree  to  reflate 
beyond  the  package.  Were  there  any  disap- 
pointments for  you? 


194 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Vice  President  Mondale:  First  of  all,  in 
both  instances,  it  was  not  quite  as  the  question 
described  it. 

We  had  a  very  good  talk  with  President  Gis- 
card  about  the  summit,  about  the  issues  that 
should  be  there.  They  indicated  in  private 
what  they've  said  pubhcly  about  the  economic 
summit.  And  I'm  sure  that  we  can  work  out  an 
arrangement  that  includes  the  appropriate 
items  on  the  agenda,  and  it  is  really  not  a  mat- 
ter of  great,  serious  substance  at  all.  I  am  con- 
vinced it  can  be  worked  out. 

On  the  reflation  issue,  I  think  it  was  very 
helpful.  I  think  there  is  substantial  consensus 
and  agreement  now  among  the  stronger 
economies  in  the  world  that  it  is  necessary  for 
our  economies  to  stimulate,  to  help  share  the 
burden  of  increasing  international  economic 
activity — exports  and  the  other — and  to  help 
head  off  protectionism  and  to  resume  progress 
on  the  multilateral  trade  talks  and  so  on. 

I  think  the  talks  are  very  helpful  in  under- 
standing each  other's  economic  programs.  I 
found  some  misunderstanding,  for  example, 
about  just  how  we  intended  to  proceed.  Well, 
it  was  helpful  to  clarify  that.  And  we've  begun 
the  process  of  consulting  and  monitoring  eco- 
nomic progress  to  make  certain  that  we  reach 
the  economic  targets  that  are  generally 
agreed  to  be  necessary. 

Now,  it's  hard  to  be  specific  in  terms  of  per- 
centage points,  but  one  of  the  things  we  found 
out  when  we  talked  to  the  other  nations  was 
that  there  was  understandable  disagreement 
and  doubt  as  to  what  certain  economic  pro- 
grams would  produce  in  terms  of  economic 
stimulation.  OECD  [Organization  for  Eco- 
nomic Cooperation  and  Development],  for 
example,  has  a  lower  expectation  about  what 
our  programs  will  produce  than  our  own  gov- 
ernment does.  We  think  we  are  right;  they 
think  they  are  right. 

So  that  as  we  go  along  we  will  monitor,  care- 
fully calibrate,  the  growth  of  our  economies, 
based  on  new  information  that  will  come  forth 
on  the  statistical  base  that's  developed  in  our 
nations.  So  that  I  think  we  made  a  good  deal  of 
progress,  and  it  may  be  a  somewhat 
unbeHevable — I  came  away  very,  very  pleased 
with  the  trip,  and  there  were  no  substantial 
disappointments. 


Q.  Mr.  Vice  President,  I  don't  think  the 
President  has  set  a  firm  date  for  a  suinmit.  He 
said  some  time  after  the  1st  of  May.  Based  on 
your  findings,  did  you  recommend  to  him  any- 
thing about  timing,  as  to  whether  it  would  be 
sooner  or  later?  What  are  your  views  on  that? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  I  want  this  to  be  off 
the  record.  Midyear.  [Laughter] 

Q.  Mr.  Vice  President,  what  can  you  say  on 
the  record?  [Laughter] 

Vice  President  Mondale:  Don't  dare  file  it. 
No  international  explosions. 

We  now  have  to  consult.  We  had  two  or 
three  different  suggestions.  We  now  have  to 
consult  through  diplomatic  channels  and  agree 
on  a  summit,  but  it  will  be  midyear. 

Q.  Mr.  Vice  President,  what  was  President 
Carter's  reaction  to  your  trip?  Was  there  one 
specific  area  where  he  was  more  excited  or  en- 
thused about  the  results  you  achieved  than 
others? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  No.  I  would  say  he 
was  thrilled  with  all  of  it.  [Laughter]  He  has 
some  new  countries  he  wants  me  to  go  to.  But 
he  was  disappointed  in  the  press  corps  that 
followed  me.  That  was  his  major — [Laughter] 

Q.  Mr.  Vice  President,  what  impression  did 
you  bring  back  from  Italy,  not  only  on  the  eco- 
nomic situation  there  but  on  the  short-range 
prospective  of  European  Communists? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  That  was  very 
briefly  discussed.  Our  talks  were  almost  en- 
tirely on  economic  matters  and  on  our  plans  for 
economic  growth.  They  were  interested  in  our 
discussions  with  the  leaders  of  the  German 
Government  and  the  Japanese  Government. 

We  talked  about  the  multilateral  trade 
negotiations.  We  talked  about  their  plans  to 
slowly  phase  out  some  of  the  deposits  that 
were  developed  to  try  to  discourage  imports 
and  encourage  exports  as  a  part  of  their  con- 
tribution to  a  more  open  international  trading 
economy.  And  while  we  did  discuss  it,  it  was 
very  brief  and  we  barely  touched  on  the  sub- 
ject. 

Q.  Mr.  Vice  President,  a  number  of  Euro- 
pean governments,  I  think,  have  suggested 


March/,  1977 


195 


that  the  present  Administration's  economic 
package  isn't  big  enough.  Based  on  your  find- 
ings, is  the  $31  billion  figure  flexible?  Could 
it  move  upward  or  is  it  now  fixed? 

Vice  Presideni  Mondale:  The  size  of  our 
economic  package  is  approximately  1  percent 
of  our  gross  national  product.  That's  almost 
identical  with  the  size  of  the  Japanese  pack- 
age. We  feel  that  it  will  achieve  the  real  eco- 
nomic growth  rates  that  will  stimulate  our 
economy,  increase  employment,  increase  in- 
ternational economic  activity,  and  will  do  so 
short  of  that — that  point  that's  hard  to  decide 
on,  where  you  might  reignite  inflationary 
forces. 

There  was  general  agreement  and  satisfac- 
tion with  that  package  in  other  governments. 
However,  OECD,  as  I  mentioned  earlier,  in 
their  projections  doubt — they  think  that  the 
United  States,  the  German  Government,  and 
the  Japanese  are  all  being  too  optimistic  in 
what  their  stimulative  packages  will  accom- 
plish. And  that's  why  we've  agreed  to  monitor 
this  very  closely  as  we  go  along,  to  make  cer- 
tain that  our  projections  are  fulfilled. 

Q.  Mr.  Vice  President,  does  your  monitor- 
ing allow  the  possibility  that  this  year  you 
might  restimulate,  when  you  talk  to  the 
Japanese  and  West  Germans  more,  or  will 
that  only  be  left  until  next  year? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  The  nature  of  the 
understanding  was  to  simply  monitor,  based 
on  our  own  economic  indicators,  how  well 
we're  doing.  There  was  no  discussion  about 
what  follows,  but  that  we  all  wanted  to  reach 
these  targets  of  growth  that  we've  described 
officially. 

Q.  Mr.  Vice  President,  what  were  you  able 
to  learn  about  the  attitude  of  the  Japanese 
Government  toward  the  President's  expressed 
intention  to  undertake  a  phased  withdrawal 
of  American  ground  forces  in  Korea? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  I  think  we  were 
able  to  reassure  them  that  in  pursuit  of  our 
announced  policies  of  withdrawing  U.S. 
ground  forces  from  Korea,  that  we  intended 
to  do  so  on  a  phased  basis;  that  we  intended  to 


do  it  only  after  the  closest  consultation  with 
the  Governments  of  Japan  and  Korea;  that  we 
intended  to  pursue  that  objective  in  a  way 
which  in  no  way  destabihzed  the  credibility  of 
the  security  interests  of  all  of  the  nations  in- 
volved in  the  Pacific  area;  and  that  we  in- 
tended to  help  improve  the  combat  effective- 
ness of  the  Korean  ground  forces;  that  we  in- 
tended to  retain  our  air  force  presence  in  the 
area;  and  that  we  intended  completely  to  ful- 
fill our  standing  treaty  commitments  to  Ja- 
pan. 

It  was  my  impression  that  the  Japanese 
leaders  were  reassured  by  that  presentation 
and  it  helped  increase  understanding  on  that 
objective.  As  you  know,  I  carried  an  invita- 
tion from  President  Carter  to  Prime  Minister 
Fukuda,  and  he  will  be  visiting  the  United 
States.  And  no  doubt  those  matters  and 
others  will  be  on  the  agenda  of  that  discus- 
sion. 

Q.  If  I  could  ask  a  brief  followup,  in  your 
talks  generally,  did  you  detect  a  high  level  of 
interest  in  what  would  be  the  defense  and  de- 
terrence policies  of  the  Administration  and 
any  lack  of  certainty  about  that? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  No.  I  think  they 
were  quite  reassured  by  my  statement,  which 
is,  of  course,  identical  with  the  public — in 
other  words,  what  we  said  privately  to  the 
Japanese  was  a  careful  repetition  of  what  the 
President's  position  publicly  has  been.  In  our 
talks  with  them,  I  emphasized  the  fact  that 
the  Administration  does  not  intend  to  turn  its 
back  on  Asia;  that  we  should  and  will  remain 
an  Asian-Pacific  power;  that  our  alliance  with 
Japan  remains  central  to  our  policy  in  that 
vast  and  important  part  of  the  world;  that  we 
will  preserve  a  balanced  and  flexible  military 
strength  in  the  Pacific  and  continue  our  inter- 
ests in  Southeast  Asia. 

With  respect  to  Korea,  I  emphasized  our 
concern  to  maintain  a  stable  situation  on  the 
Korean  Peninsula.  I  cited  that  we  will  phase 
down  our  ground  forces  only  in  close  consulta- 
tion and  cooperation  with  the  Governments  of 
Japan  and  South  Korea.  And  we  will  maintain 
our  air  capability  in  Korea  and  continue  to  as- 
sist in  upgrading  Korean  self-defense  capabil- 


196 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


ity.  And  I  think  they  found  that  formulation 
satisfactory  and  reassuring. 

Q.  Would  you  amplify  increasing  the  com- 
bat effectiveness  of  Korean  ground  forces? 
Are  you  planning  to  give  South  Korea  the  sort 
of  weapons  that  it  doesn't  have  now,  or  more 
sophisticated  equipment?  Are  you  just  saying 
that,  or  is  there  some  major  program  for  giv- 
ing, for  upgrading  Korean  ground  forces? 

Vice  President  Mondale:  I  think  it's  a  con- 
tinuation of  an  existing  commitment  that  we 
would  help  the  ground  forces  increase  their 
combat  effectiveness.  I  don't  have  a  specific 
answer  to  that.  But  it  does  not  go  beyond  that 
statement.  Thank  you  very  much. 


U.S.  Relations  With  the  ILO 
To  Remain  Under  Review 

Following  is  a  joint  statement  by  the  De- 
partments of  State,  Labor,  and  Commerce 
issued  on  February  16,  which  was  read  to 
news  correspondents  that  day  by  Frederick 
Z .  Brown,  Director,  Office  of  Press  Rela- 
tions. 

Press  release  57  dated  February  16 

The  question  of  U.S.  relations  with  the 
International  Labor  Organization  remains  a 
matter  of  high  priority  and  will  remain 
under  continuing  review  by  a  Cabinet-level 
committee,  where,  we  hope,  the  AFL-CIO 
and  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  will  continue 
to  play  active  roles. 

Because  of  dissatisfaction  in  the  U.S. 
Government  and  among  labor  and  industry 
leaders  with  a  number  of  unfortunate  trends 


in  the  ILO,  the  United  States  submitted  a 
letter  on  November  5,  1975,  giving  the  re- 
quired two-year  notice  of  intent  to  withdraw 
from  the  organization.  In  that  letter,  it  was 
stated: 

The  United  States  does  not  desire  to  leave  the  ILO. 
The  United  States  does  not  e.xpect  to  do  so.  But  we  do 
intend  to  make  every  possible  effort  to  promote  the 
conditions  which  will  facilitate  our  continued  participa- 
tion. If  this  should  prove  impossible,  we  are  in  fact 
prepared  to  depart. 

Those  views  are  no  less  valid  today.  They 
will  guide  our  actions  and  our  ultimate  deci- 
sion in  the  critical  months  ahead. 


New  Organizational  System 
for  National  Security  Council 

Following  is  a  statement  made  to  news 
correspondents  on  January  22  by  White 
House  Press  Secretary  Jody  Powell. 

Weekly  Compilation  of  Presidential  Documents  dated  January  24 

A  new  organizational  system  has  been  es- 
tablished for  the  NSC  [National  Security 
Council].  In  place  of  the  previous  seven 
committees,  there  will  be  only  two. 

There  will  be  a  Committee  on  Policy  Re- 
view, chaired  by  departmental  officials,  nor- 
mally the  senior  departmental  official.  There 
will  be  a  Committee  on  Special  Coordination 
dealing  with  crosscutting  issues,  chaired  by 
the  President's  National  Security  Adviser, 
Dr.  Zbigniew  Brzezinski. 

This  system  was  devised  and  ordered  by 
the  President  himself.  It  reflects  his  desire 
for  more  simplified  and  responsive  organiza- 
tion throughout  government. 


March  7,  1 977 


197 


Department  Urges  Appropriation  of  Funds 
for  International  Financial  Institutions 


Statement  by  Paul  H.  Boeker 

Deputy  Assistant  Secretary  for  Economic  and  Business  Affairs  * 


I  welcome  this  opportunity  to  testify  in 
support  of  tiie  Administration's  requests  for 
appropriation  of  our  contributions  to  the  in- 
ternational development  lending  institu- 
tions. 

These  institutions  make  vitally  important 
contributions  to  the  poorer  countries'  strug- 
gles to  overcome  the  formidable  obstacles  to 
economic  development.  Our  support  for 
them  is  a  major  element  in  our  effort  to  fos- 
ter constructive,  mutually  beneficial  rela- 
tionships with  developing  countries.  Equally 
significant  to  us,  however,  is  the  contribu- 
tion the  international  financial  institutions 
make  to  creation  of  a  structure  of  interna- 
tional cooperation  based  on  mutual  responsi- 
bility among  developing  as  well  as  developed 
nations  for  maintaining  the  economic  and 
political  health  of  the  world. 

Controlling  rapid  population  growth,  pro- 
viding adequate  food  supplies,  managing  the 
world's  energy  and  mineral  resources,  limit- 
ing damage  to  the  environment,  and  main- 
taining adequate  growth  and  stability  in  the 
world  economy  are  global  problems.  The 
United  States  has  a  fundamental  and  direct 
interest  in  having  them  addressed  on  the 
basis  of  effective  international  collaboration 
and  mutual  responsibilities  of  states. 

The  developing  countries  have  become  in- 
creasingly important  participants  in  the 


'  Submitted  to  the  Subcommittee  on  Foreign  Opera- 
tions of  the  House  Committee  on  Appropriations  on 
Feb.  16.  The  complete  transcript  of  the  hearings  will  be 
published  by  the  committee  and  will  be  available  from 
the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government 
Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


structure  of  international  cooperation  we 
seek  to  foster.  The  growing  importance  of 
developing  countries  is  mirrored  in  our  own 
economic  exchange  with  them.  The  recent 
share  of  developing  countries  in  total  U.S. 
trade  (40  percent),  direct  investment  (25 
percent),  and  overseas  financial  claims  (60 
percent)  is  significant  and  increasing.  Our 
exports  to  the  developing  world  trebled 
from  1972  to  1975.  They  have  reached  a 
level  of  $40  billion  and  now  account  for  35 
percent  of  total  U.S.  exports.  Our  imports 
from  the  developing  countries  have  in- 
creased from  $14  bilHon  in  1972  to  $52  billion 
today.  They  now  represent  44  percent  of  our 
total  imports  and  28  percent  of  our  non- 
petroleum  imports. 

The  developing  countries  face  major  prob- 
lems, however.  Central  to  those  problems, 
and  therefore  at  the  heart  of  our  relation- 
ship with  those  countries,  are  issues  of  eco- 
nomic and  social  development.  The  needs  of 
the  developing  world  are  enormous.  Their 
problems  of  food,  nutrition,  health,  educa- 
tion, population  control,  and  energy  de- 
velopment are  staggering.  The  needs  for 
basic  economic  infrastructure,  especially  in 
the  poorest  countries,  are  immense.  The 
problems  of  urban  overcrowding  and  squalor 
are  fed  by  the  lack  of  rural  development. 

The  developing  countries  themselves  are 
making  major  efforts  to  address  these  prob- 
lems. Over  the  last  decade  a  number  of  them 
have  made  sufficient  progress  so  they  can 
now  generate  adequate  investment  for 
growth  from  domestic  savings  and  through 
their  foreign  trade  and  borrowing  in  capital 


198 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


markets.  Many  more  developing  countries 
still  have  very  limited  access  to  interna- 
tional capital  markets  except  through  the  in- 
termediation of  the  World  Bank  and  the  re- 
gional banks. 

For  the  lower  income  countries,  the  over- 
whelming demands  for  immediate  consump- 
tion make  the  surplus  available  for  invest- 
ment inadequate  for  anything  other  than 
marginal  rates  of  economic  and  social  de- 
velopment. Their  limited  ability  to  service 
debt  on  commercial  terms  makes  external 
concessional  assistance  essential  for  any 
hope  of  future  development. 

A  comprehensive  U.S.  development  as- 
sistance program  is  a  central  element  of  a 
mutually  beneficial  relationship  with  the  de- 
veloping world.  Support  for  economic  and 
social  progress  of  poor  people  in  the  de- 
veloping world  is  also  a  reflection  of  what 
we  are — a  humanitarian  nation — and  of  the 
character  and  purpose  we  project  to  the  rest 
of  the  world. 

President  Carter  is  now  reviewing  the 
Administration's  fiscal  year  1978  budget 
recommendations  and  will  be  submitting  his 
revisions  to  the  Congress  shortly.  It  is  clear 
that  one  element  of  this  package  will  be  a 
balanced  foreign  assistance  program  contain- 
ing bilateral  and  multilateral  elements  involv- 
ing both  hard-  and  soft-term  assistance,  as 
well  as  food  aid. 


Broadly  Shared  Aid  Effort 

The  international  development  lending  in- 
stitutions play  a  unique  role  in  our  assist- 
ance effort.  They  have  been  the  primary  ve- 
hicle over  the  last  two  decades  for  making 
what  was  once  a  primarily  U.S.  aid  effort 
one  broadly  shared  among  the  industrial 
countries  of  the  West  and  Japan.  These  in- 
stitutions and  the  IMF  [International  Mone- 
tary Fund]  have  also  taken  the  lead  in 
working  out  with  developing  countries 
policies  and  programs  which  improve  their 
own  resource  mobilization  efforts.  At  the 
same  time,  the  international  development 
lending  institutions  embody  an  approach  to 
international  economic  growth  based  on 
mutual  obligations  and  open  exchange  of  in- 
ternational trade  and  investment.  As  such 


the  international  financial  institutions  repre- 
sent more  than  the  sum  of  contributions 
which  individual  countries  provide.  They 
represent  a  collective  consensus  on  the 
priorities  of  the  international  effort  to  pro- 
mote economic  and  social  progress. 

The  United  States  has  a  large  stake  in  the 
international  development  banks.  They  were 
created  in  good  part  as  a  result  of  U.S. 
leadership.  They  reflect  to  a  considerable 
extent  our  concept  of  the  development  task 
and  of  the  means  to  address  it.  We  helped 
mold  the  international  consensus  which  is 
the  foundation  of  their  effectiveness. 

The  appropriations  you  are  now  consider- 
ing for  fiscal  years  1977  and  1978  will  help 
restore  the  U.S.  position  of  effective  lead- 
ership in  these  important  institutions.  They 
will  demonstrate  to  other  industrial  and  de- 
veloping countries  U.S.  dedication  and  pur- 
pose in  addressing  the  fundamental  concerns 
of  development. 

The  appropriations  we  seek  at  this  time 
involve  broad  global,  as  well  as  regional, 
concerns.  Each  of  the  institutions  for  which 
we  are  seeking  your  support  has  a  unique 
role,  and  each  has  widespread  support  in  the 
developing  world. 

The  World  Bank  Group 

This  year  a  large  part  of  our  request  is  for 
the  various  elements  of  the  World  Bank 
Group.  This  group  sets  the  standard  for 
multilateral  development  cooperation  efforts 
and  enjoys  the  confidence  of  investors,  lend- 
ers, and  borrowers  alike. 

At  the  heart  of  the  system  is  the  World 
Bank  itself.  The  Bank's  broad  membership 
and  long  distinguished  record  in  develop- 
ment cooperation  make  it  a  leader  in  the 
task  of  global  development.  Its  leadership 
position  has  enabled  the  Bank  to  play  a 
major  role  in  defining  the  priorities  for  de- 
velopment and  establishing  an  environment 
within  which  development  efforts  can  pros- 
per. 

Ever  since  its  inception,  the  philosophy 
and  program  of  the  World  Bank  have  paral- 
leled our  development  assistance  program. 
Our  leadership  helped  create  the  Bank,  and 
we  helped  direct  its  activities  into  areas  we 


March  7,  1 977 


199 


could  support.  The  fact  that  the  Bank  is 
headquartered  in  Washington  and  has  al- 
ways had  an  American  president  reflects  the 
substantial  U.S.  investment  and  influence  in 
the  institution. 

The  appropriation  request  for  fiscal  year 
1978  represents  the  first  appropriation  for 
the  World  Bank  since  fiscal  year  1972.  Since 
that  time  the  Bank's  lending  program  has 
grown  in  response  to  the  enormous  needs  of 
the  developing  world  for  investment  capital, 
but  the  Bank's  capital  base  has  remained 
unchanged.  Unless  its  capital  is  increased,  it 
will  be  forced  to  cut  back  its  lending  pro- 
gram, with  serious  repercussions  for  de- 
veloping countries. 

The  International  Development  Associa- 
tion (IDA)  is  the  principal  multilateral  chan- 
nel for  concessional  assistance  to  the  poorest 
countries  of  the  world.  These  countries  are 
in  desperate  need  of  external  assistance,  but 
their  economies  are  in  most  cases  too  fragile 
to  absorb  debt  on  conventional  terms.  In 
many  cases  IDA  represents  the  principal 
hope  for  the  capital  inflows  necessary  for 
development. 

This  year  is  crucial  for  IDA.  By  June  30, 
IDA  will  have  committed  the  resources  it 
has  available  under  the  terms  of  the  fourth 
replenishment  agreed  to  in  Nairobi  in  1973. 
Unless  new  funds  are  made  available  on  an 
urgent  basis,  IDA  will  be  forced  to  cease 
making  new  loan  commitments,  with  severe 
consequences  for  millions  of  people  in  the 
poorest  developing  countries.  As  you  are 
aware,  negotiations  for  a  fifth  replenishment 
of  IDA  have  been  underway  for  over  a  year. 
Because  of  the  extraordinary  importance  of 
IDA  to  the  poorest  countries,  these  negotia- 
tions have  become  a  focal  point  of  attention 
and  concern  in  the  North-South  dialogue. 

The  International  Finance  Corporation 
(IFC)  was  established  because  of  the  com- 
mon recognition  of  the  need  for  a  special  in- 
stitution within  the  World  Bank  Group  to 
address  the  particular  needs  of  the  private 
sector  in  the  developing  world.  The  real 
value  of  the  IFC  hes  not  only  in  the  amount 
of  direct  resources  it  makes  available  but  in 
its  role  in  mobilizing  resources  for  private- 
sector  development.   Every  dollar  IFC  has 


committed  has  generated  over  four  dollars 
in  additional  resources  for  development 
projects. 

The  IFC  has  not  had  a  replenishment 
since  its  inception  in  1956.  In  recognition  of 
its  record  to  date  and  of  the  increased  needs 
for  IFC  financing,  agreement  was  reached 
at  the  seventh  special  session  of  the  United 
Nations  General  Assembly  and  at  the  an- 
nual meeting  of  the  IBRD  [International 
Bank  for  Reconstruction  and  Development 
(World  Bank)]  in  September  1975  on  the 
need  for  a  substantial  replenishment  of  IFC 
resources.  The  appropriation  being  re- 
quested at  this  time  is  needed  to  implement 
this  important  initiative. 

Each  of  the  major  geographic  regions  has 
specific  requirements  that  the  regional 
banks  are  designed  to  address.  These  in- 
stitutions complement  the  activities  of  the 
World  Bank  Group  and  make  vital  contribu- 
tions to  development  in  their  regions. 

Inter-American  Development  Bank 

The  Inter-American  Development  Bank 
(IDB),  oldest  and  largest  of  the  regional 
banks,  was  established  in  the  belief  that 
Latin  American  countries  should  assume 
greater  responsibility  for  managing  their 
own  development  and  participating  in  deci- 
sions regarding  the  use  of  foreign  resources. 
It  has  become  the  major  channel  for  U.S. 
support  of  economic  and  social  progress  in 
Latin  America. 

The  IDB  serves  the  development  needs  of 
a  region  with  which  we  share  a  good  deal  of 
common  history,  a  close  political  relation- 
ship, and  significant  economic  ties.  Latin 
America  accounts  for  15  percent  of  our  ex- 
ports and  about  one-quarter  of  our  oil  im- 
ports. We  have  substantial  direct  invest- 
ments and  financial  relations  with  the  re- 
gion. Several  countries  of  the  area — for 
example,  Brazil,  Mexico,  and  Venezuela — 
wield  increasing  political  influence  on  a  wide 
range  of  global  issues. 

In  a  decision  which  we  encouraged  and 
supported,  the  IDB  last  year  admitted  non- 
regional  donor  members,  who  are  assuming  a 
significant  role  in  the  Bank,  thereby  con- 


200 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


tributing  to  equitable  burden  sharing.  These 
new  donors  will  welcome  affirmation  of  con- 
tinued U.S.  support  for  the  Bank. 

Asian  and  African  Institutions 

The  Asian  Development  Bank  (ADB), 
founded  in  1966  with  American  support  but 
as  an  Asian  initiative,  serves  another  geo- 
graphic area  of  strong  American  interests. 
Asia  includes  nations  which  have  become 
significant  trading  partners  of  the  United 
States,  major  suppliers  of  such  important 
raw  materials  as  natural  rubber,  tin,  petro- 
leum, hard  fibers,  timber,  and  countries 
where  American  investors  have  important 
interests. 

In  the  last  25  years  America  has  partici- 
pated in  two  wars  in  the  region  served  by 
the  ADB.  Today  there  is  peace  in  Asia.  To 
maintain  this  peace  and  stability  it  is  impor- 
tant to  foster  economic  development  and  to 
facilitate  improvement  in  the  quality  of  life 
for  the  Asian  peoples.  Some  countries 
served  by  the  Asian  Development  Bank  are 
among  the  poorest  on  earth,  with  the 
minimum  assurance  of  economic  security. 
Others,  such  as  Malaysia  and  Thailand,  are 
somewhat  better  off  but  still  face  staggering 
obstacles  to  their  efforts  to  provide  their 
expanding  populations  with  decent  employ- 
ment opportunities.  Economic  growth  is  es- 
sential for  political  stability  in  the  face  of 
potentially  hostile  neighbors.  Still  others, 
with  admirable  records  of  economic  de- 
velopment, are  nevertheless  highly  vulnera- 
ble to  fluctuations  of  the  world  economy  as 
well  as  external  threats  to  their  security. 

The  Asian  Development  Bank  contributes 
significantly  to  the  alleviation  of  these  prob- 
lems. American  support  for  the  Asian  De- 
velopment Bank  and  its  soft-loan  affiliate, 
the  Asian  Development  Fund,  is  an  effective 
way  for  us  to  share  in  these  tasks  and  an 
important  indication  of  sustained  U.S.  polit- 
ical interest  in  the  region. 

Finally,  I  would  like  to  turn  to  the  newest 
regional  international  financial  institution, 
the  African  Development  Fund,  the  conces- 
sionary affiliate  of  the  African  Development 
Bank. 


Our  joining  this  institution  on  November 
18,  1976,  has  marked  a  new  period  in  our 
relations  with  Africa.  As  a  tangible  commitment 
by  the  United  States  to  the  only  established 
pan-African  economic  development  institution, 
our  membership  has  been  welcomed  by  Africans 
and  non-Africans  alike. 

Africa  faces  enormous  political  and  eco- 
nomic problems.  In  addition  to  the  turmoil 
caused  by  the  transition  to  majority  rule  in 
southern  Africa,  Africa  is  one  of  the  world's 
poorest  continents  and  faces  severe  eco- 
nomic development  problems.  The  job  of 
nationbuilding  and  regional  political  stability 
are  inseparable.  Support  of  the  African  De- 
velopment Fund  is  therefore  an  important 
political  symbol  as  well  as  a  sound  venture 
in  development  cooperation. 

Mr.  Chairman,  the  appropriations  re- 
quests you  have  before  you  are  of  consider- 
able foreign  policy  significance.  We  are  at  a 
crossroads  in  our  relations  with  the  develop- 
ing world.  We  have  the  opportunity  both  to 
reaffirm  the  dedication  of  the  United  States 
to  effective  cooperation  with  developing 
countries  and  to  direct  the  substance  of  this 
cooperation  into  forms  and  fora  that  reflect 
our  interest  in  mutual  sharing  of  respon- 
sibilities. The  international  financial  institu- 
tions represent  a  critical  element  of  U.S.  ef- 
forts to  achieve  constructive  collaboration 
between  industrial  and  developing  nations. 
Our  support  for  them  is  crucial. 


Congressional  Documents 
Relating  to  Foreign  Policy 

Review  of  Immigration  Problems.  Hearings  before  the 
Subcommittee  on  Immigration,  Citizenship,  and  In- 
ternational Law  of  the  House  Committee  on  the 
Judiciary,  on  Immigration  and  Nationality  Act  waiv- 
ers, foreign  students,  consular  functions  abroad,  and 
immigration  benefits  to  illegitimate  children.  June 
11,  1975July  28,  1976.  159  pp. 

Soviet  Activities  in  Cuba— Parts  VI  and  VII.  Com- 
munist Influence  in  the  Western  Hemisphere.  Hear- 
ings before  the  Subcommittee  on  International  Polit- 
ical and  Military  Affairs  of  the  House  Committee  on 
International  Relations.  October  7,  1975-September 
16,  1976.  127  pp. 

China  Enters  the  Post-Mao  Era.  A  report  by  Senator 
Mike  Mansfield,  Majority  Leader,  U.S.  Senate,  to  the 


March  7,  1977 


201 


Senate  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations.  November 
1S76.  158  pp. 

China  and  the  Chinese.  A  compendium  of  papers  sub- 
mitted to  the  Joint  Economic  Committee.  November 
19,  1976.  139  pp. 

Charting  a  New  Course:  Southeast  Asia  in  a  Time  of 
Change.  A  report  by  Senator  Mitce  Mansfield,  Major- 
ity Leader,  U.S.  Senate,  to  the  Senate  Committee  on 
Foreign  Relations.  December  1976.  103  pp. 

Americans  Missing  in  Southeast  Asia.  Final  report, 
together  with  additional  and  separate  views,  of  the 
House  Select  Committee  on  Missing  Persons  in 
Southeast  Asia.  H.  Rept.  94-1764.  December  13, 
1976.  267  pp. 

Legislative  Review  Activities  of  the  House  Committee 
on  International  Relations,  94th  Congress.  H.  Rept. 
94-1774.  December  30,  1976.  76  pp. 

Human  Rights  and  U.S.  Policy:  Argentina,  Haiti,  In- 
donesia, Iran,  Peru,  and  the  Philippines.  Reports 
submitted  to  the  House  Committee  on  International 
Relations  by  the  Department  of  State.  December  31, 

1976.  37  pp. 

Use  of  U.S.  Food  Resources  for  Diplomatic 
Purposes — An  E.xamination  of  the  Issues.  Prepared 
for  the  House  Committee  on  International  Relations 
by  the  Congressional  Research  Service,  Library  of 
Congress.  January  1977.  85  pp. 

Congress  and  Foreign  Policy.  Report  of  the  Special 
Subcommittee  on  Investigations  of  the  House 
Committee  on  International  Relations.  January  2, 

1977.  26  pp. 

Report  on  the  Activities  of  the  House  Merchant  Marine 
and  Fisheries  Committee,  94th  Congress.  H.  Rept. 
94-1784.  January  3,  1977.  260  pp. 

Military  Sales  to  Turkey.  Communication  from  the 
President  of  the  United  States  dated  November  18 
transmitting  his  determination  on  the  sale  and  financ- 
ing of  certain  defense  articles  to  Turkey  during  fiscal 
year  1977.  H.  Doc.  9S-6.  January  4,  1977.  6  pp. 

Communications  from  the  Acting  Assistant  Secretary 
of  State  for  Congressional  Relations  transmitting 
texts  of  International  Labor  Organization  conven- 
tions and  recommendations.  ILO  Convention  and 
Recommendation  Concerning  Organizations  of  Rural 
Workers  and  Their  Role  in  Economic  and  Social  De- 
velopment; H.  Doc.  95-15;  January  4,  1977;  18  pp. 
ILO  Convention  and  Recommendation  Concerning 
Vocational  Training  in  the  Development  of  Human 
Resources;  H.  Doc.  95-16;  January  4,  1977;  31  pp. 
ILO  Convention  and  Recommendation  Concerning 
Migrations  in  Abusive  Conditions  and  Equality  of 
Treatment  of  Migrant  Workers;  H.  Doc.  95-17; 
January  4,  1977;  22  pp. 

Protocol  to  the  Convention  on  International  Civil  Avia- 
tion. Message  from  the  President  of  the  United 
States  transmitting  the  protocol  signed  at  Montreal 
October  16,  1974,  amending  article  50(a)  of  the  con- 
vention to  increase  the  membership  of  the  ICAO 
Council.  S.  Ex.  A,  95th  Congress,  1st  session. 
January  12,  1977.  4  pp. 

Two  Related  Protocols  to  the  Convention  for  the  Unifi- 
cation of  Certain  Rules  Relating  to  International 
Carriage  by  Air,  as  Amended.  Message  from  the 
President  of  the  United  States  transmitting  the  pro- 
tocols done  at  Montreal  September  25,  1975.  S.  Ex. 
B,  95th  Congress,  1st  session.  January  14,  1977.  17 
pp. 


Presidential  Advisory  Board 

on  Ambassadorial  Appointments 

AN        EXECUTIVE        ORDER> 

By  virtue  of  the  authority  vested  in  me  by  the  Con- 
stitution and  statutes  of  the  United  States  of  America, 
and  as  President  of  the  United  States  of  America,  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  provisions  of  the  Federal  Advisory 
Committee  Act  (5  U.S.C.  App.  I),  it  is  hereby  ordered 
as  follows: 

Section  l.  (a)  There  is  hereby  established  the  Presi- 
dential Advisory  Board  on  Ambassadorial  Appoint- 
ments, hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  Board,  which  shall 
be  composed  of  members  appointed  by  the  President.^ 

(b)  The  President  shall  designate  a  Chairman  from 
among  the  members  of  the  Board. 

(c)  The  Secretary  of  State  shall  designate  an  Execu- 
tive Secretary. 

Sec.  2.  (a)  The  Board  shall,  whenever  requested, 
make  confidential  recommendations  to  the  Secretary  of 
State  and  the  President  as  to  the  qualifications  of  indi- 
viduals for  an  ambassadorial  post  for  which  noncareer 
individuals  are  being  considered,  and  such  other  advice 
as  the  President  shall  request. 

(b)  In  considering  the  qualifications  of  a  prospective 
nominee,  the  Board  shall  consider  such  background  in- 
formation on  the  requirements  of  particular  ambassado- 
rial posts,  evaluation  criteria,  and  information  regarding 
the  prospective  nominee  which  may  be  furnished  by  the 
Department  of  State;  and  the  Board  shall  consider  such 
other  information  as  it  deems  appropriate  in  order  to 
render  an  informed  judgment  concerning  a  prospective 
nominee's  qualifications  and  suitability. 

Sec.  3.  Upon  request  by  the  President  or  the  Secre- 
tary of  State,  the  Board  shall  consider  which  ambas- 
sadorial posts  should  be  filled  by  career  people  and 
which  should  be  filled  by  noncareer  people,  and  shall 
make  its  recommendations  in  confidence  regarding  same 
to  them. 

Sec.  4.  Board  members  may  not  be  appointed  to  an 
ambassadorial  post  during  their  service  on  the  Board 
nor  for  at  least  one  year  thereafter.  The  President  may 
waive  this  provision  in  specific  cases  and  will  in  such 
cases  state  his  reasons  for  doing  so. 

Sec.  5.  Members  of  the  Board  who  are  not  officers  or 
employees  of  the  Federal  Government  shall  receive  no 
compensation  from  the  Government  of  the  United  States 


1  No.  11970;  42  Fed.  Reg.  7919. 

^  On  Feb.  5,  President  Carter  appointed  the 
following-named  persons  to  the  Board:  Reubin  O'D.  As- 
kew, Chairman;  Maria  Duran;  Maurice  Ferre;  Nancy 
Flaherty;  John  Hope  Franklin;  Chris  Gitlin;  W.  Averell 
Harriman:  Stanley  Hoffmann;  Anne  Clark  Martindell; 
Vilma  Martinez;  Joan  Masuck;  Thomas  P.  O'Neill  III; 
Mary  Jean  Patterson;  Dean  Rusk;  Stephen  I. 
Schlossberg;  William  W.  Scranton;  Alex  Seith;  Donald 
Stewart;  Ben  J.  Wattenberg;  Barbara  M.  White. 


202 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


for  their  service  as  members  of  the  Board,  but  may,  to 
the  extent  permitted  by  law,  be  allowed  travel  ex- 
penses, including  per  diem  in  lieu  of  subsistence,  as  au- 
thorized by  law  (5  U.S.C.  5702  and  5703)  for  persons 
employed  intermittently  in  the  government  service. 

Sec.  6.  The  Secretary  of  State  shall,  to  the  extent 
permitted  by  law,  provide  administrative  and  staff  serv- 
ices, support,  and  facilities  for  the  Board. 

Sec.  7.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  any  other 
Executive  order,  the  functions  of  the  President  under 
the  Federal  Advisoiy  Committee  Act  (5  U.S.C.  App.  I), 
except  that  of  reporting  annually  to  the  Congress, 
which  are  applicable  to  the  Board,  shall  be  perfoiTned 
by  the  Secretaiy  of  State  in  accordance  with  guidelines 
and  procedures  established  by  the  Office  of  Management 
and  Budget. 

Sec.  8.  The  Board  shall  terminate  on  December  31, 
1978,  unless  extended  prior  to  that  date. 


Jimmy  Carter. 


The  White  House,  Febmai-y  5,  1977. 


INTERNATIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS 
AND  CONFERENCES 


U.S.  Discusses  Its  Preparations 
for  the  U.N.  Water  Conference 

Following  is  a  statement  made  on  January 
i  by  U.S.  Representative  Jacob  M.  Myerson 
in  the  second  special  session  of  the  Commit- 
tee on  Natural  Resources,  Intergovernment- 
al Preparatory  Committee  for  the  United 
Nations  Water  Conference. 

USUN  press  release  1  dated  January  5 

A  busy  year  has  passed  since  the  first  pre- 
paratory session  for  the  United  Nations 
Water  Conference.  The  task  before  us  this 
week  is  of  special  importance  with  barely  2V2 
months  until  the  meeting  in  Argentina.  We 
share  the  general  hope  and  expectation  that 
we  shall  conclude  our  work  this  week  with  a 
clear  sense  of  the  organization  and  adminis- 
tration of  the  conference — and  also  with  an 
appreciation  of  the  issues  upon  which  our 
governments  must  take  positions  in  March. 


We  listened  with  great  interest  to  the  re- 
ports by  Secretary  Mageed  [Secretary  Gen- 
eral of  the  conference  Yahia  Abdel  Mageed, 
of  Sudan]  and  the  Representative  of  the  Gov- 
ernment of  Argentina  on  the  status  of  prep- 
arations for  the  conference.  My  government 
wishes  to  express  its  appreciation  to  Mr. 
Mageed  for  the  excellent  job  he  has  done  in 
the  short  time  he  has  been  involved  in  con- 
ference planning,  particularly  considering 
the  limited  budgetary  resources  he  has  had 
available  to  him.  We  share  his  disappoint- 
ment that  some  of  the  basic  conference 
documentation  is  not  yet  available  to  the 
committee,  for  reasons  which  we  understand 
and  appreciate.  We  hope  these  documents 
can  be  completed  and  made  available 
promptly  so  that  governments  will  be  in  a 
position  to  express  views  on  them  at  the  con- 
ference. The  United  States  will  study  them 
thoroughly.  As  far  as  the  work  of  this  com- 
mittee is  concerned,  it  is  our  view  that  we 
have  the  responsibility  to  take  note  of  the 
documentation  and  transmit  it  to  the 
conference — and  not  to  deal  with  it  in  sub- 
stantive detail. 

We  would  also  like  to  express  our  appreci- 
ation to  the  distinguished  Representative  of 
Argentina  for  his  comprehensive  report  on 
host-country  preparations.  It  is  clear  that 
planning  is  proceeding  expeditiously,  and  we 
look  forward  to  visiting  Mar  del  Plata  in 
March. 

Certainly  nothing  has  occurred  since  the 
last  meeting  of  our  committee  to  diminish  the 
importance  of  the  conference  we  are  plan- 
ning. The  year  1976  saw  large  areas  of  the 
world  affected  by  severe  drought  conditions. 
The  drought  in  the  Sahel  continued;  and 
Europe  experienced  a  major  drought,  as  did 
regions  of  my  own  country.  There  is  no  evi- 
dence which  suggests  that  these  situations 
will  not  be  repeated.  Indeed,  our  own  ex- 
perience indicates  that  nations  must  begin  to 
plan  with  the  expectation  of  drought. 

Other  nations  reported  last  year  on  serious 
problems  of  flooding  and  associated  loss  of 
life  and  property.  Indications  are  that  floods 
are  also  increasing  in  scope  and  intensity  be- 
cause of  the  rapid  loss  of  forests  and  vegeta- 


Mareh  7,  1 977 


203 


tive  cover  which  historically  retained  much 
of  the  precipitation. 

Water  pollution  is  yet  another  major  con- 
cern. While  some  countries  reported  limited 
successes  with  certain  water  pollution  prob- 
lems, the  worldwide  picture  is  that  of  a 
deterioriating  situation.  The  yet  unsolved 
problem  of  the  disposal  of  human  wastes  is 
now  further  complicated  by  new  classes  of 
pollutants.  In  the  United  States,  for  exam- 
ple, the  growing  incidence  of  water  pollution 
by  toxic  chemicals  has  resulted  in  the  recent 
passage  of  major  new  legislation  to  deal  with 
it. 

I  could  obviously  go  on,  but  this  is  perhaps 
not  the  appropriate  moment.  Suffice  it  to  say 
that  the  spectrum  of  global  water-related 
problems  and  issues  clearly  indicates  that  a 
meeting  of  nations  to  consider  measures  for 
preventing  and  solving  them  is  indeed 
timely. 

As  we  indicated  last  year,  Mr.  Chairman, 
the  United  States  has  been  preparing  for  the 
U.N.  Water  Conference  in  a  serious  and 
thorough  manner.  That  work  has  continued 
throughout  1976.  Our  preparations  are  being 
carried  out  by  a  national  committee  which  is 
broadly  representative  of  the  wide  variety  of 
water  interests  in  our  country.  Federal  and 
state  governments,  private  industry,  and  the 
academic  community  all  are  actively  engaged 
in  our  preparations. 

I  would  like  to  take  special  note  of  the 
prominent  and  very  useful  role  being  played 
by  U.S.  private  nongovernmental  organiza- 
tions, several  of  which  have  spoken  this 
morning  through  the  international  bodies 
with  which  they  are  affiliated.  Many  such  or- 
ganizations have  long  been  active  in  the 
water  resources  field  and  have  consequently 
been  able  to  bring  to  bear  on  our  preparatory 
efforts  a  wealth  of  valuable  experience  and 
expert  knowledge.  Accordingly,  Mr.  Chair- 
man, I  hope  that  this  committee  will  encour- 
age and  provide  for  maximum  participation 
of  nongovernmental  organizations  from  the 
United  States  and  other  nations  at  the  con- 
ference in  March. 

With  the  guidance  of  our  national  prepara- 
tory committee,  the  United  States  has  sub- 


mitted 17  thematic  papers  for  the  conference. 
An  18th,  on  boundary  water  management, 
was  developed  jointly  with  the  Government 
of  Canada.  These  papers  collectively  reflect 
the  scope  of  our  water  interests  and  con- 
cerns. They  range  from  consideration  of  the 
need  to  integrate  water  management  into 
overall  planning  for  national  development  to 
specialized  topics.  A  few  examples  of  the  lat- 
ter category  are  flood  plain  management, 
drought  contingency  planning,  control  of 
toxic  substances,  and  remote  sensing.  We 
have  also  participated  as  members  or  observ- 
ers in  three  of  the  U.N.  regional  prepara- 
tory meetings.  We  have  contributed 
specialists  to  the  expert  groups  which  were 
convened  to  address  the  topics  of  community 
water  supply  and  food-water  relationships 
and  have  assisted  in  the  preparation  of  the 
summary  of  country  thematic  papers. 

Mr.  Chairman,  the  level  and  detail  of  U.S. 
preparations  reflect  my  government's  view 
that  this  conference  deserves  serious  atten- 
tion and  constructive  efforts  by  all  nations. 
We  hope  the  conference  will  be  well  attended 
and  that  it  will  attract  high-level  participa- 
tion by  policy  planners  and  decisionmakers 
who  can  deal  with  the  range  of  diverse  water 
problems — and  opportunities. 

The  global  problems  of  water  quantity  and 
water  quality  are  so  urgent — and  opportuni- 
ties so  prevalent — that  we  must  endeavor  to 
keep  our  work  here,  and  especially  in  Argen- 
tina in  March,  clearly  focused  and  construc- 
tive. In  that  regard,  Mr.  Chairman,  it  is  vital 
that  the  conference  focus  on  water  resources 
policies  and  the  problems  of  water  resources 
management.  Important  technical  aspects 
can  be  dealt  with  in  the  numerous  other 
forums  which  are  available  or  contemplated. 
We  believe  there  is  a  consensus  on  this  point, 
but  I  feel  it  should  be  reemphasized  as  we 
complete  our  planning  efforts  for  this  confer- 
ence. 

In  addition,  we  should  carry  out  our  work 
mindful  of  the  fact  that  this  conference  is 
substantively  interconnected  to  other  world 
conferences  which  have  been  or  will  be  de- 
voted to  different  but  related  aspects  of  nat- 
ural resources  management.  We  are  pleased 


204 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


with  the  emphasis  which  has  already  been 
placed  on  the  need  to  keep  the  Water  Con- 
ference in  perspective  and  to  build  the 
proper  Hnkages  with  the  other  world  meet- 
ings. In  particular,  we  must  insure  that  the 
relationships  to  the  forthcoming  U.N.  Deser- 
tification Conference  are  carefully  examined 
and  developed. 

One  of  the  lessons  we  have  learned  from 
previous  world  meetings  on  resource  man- 
agement problems  is  that  the  introduction  of 
localized  political  issues  into  a  global  confer- 
ence setting  is  counterproductive.  Debate  on 
such  issues  drains  energy  and  ideas  away 
from  the  central  purpose  of  the  conference. 
It  tends  to  frustrate  efforts  to  find  meaning- 
ful solutions  to  urgent  problems  affecting  the 
lives  of  millions  of  people.  We  have  said  this 
before  in  many  forums,  but  it  bears  repeat- 
ing. There  are  also  many  bilateral  water  re- 
sources management  problems  which  are  un- 
resolved. Other  forums  for  debating  these 
matters  exist.  We  trust  that  the  promising 
forward  motion  that  has  already  been  made 
to  focus  the  U.N.  Water  Conference  on 
water  problems  which  are  important  to  the 
community  of  nations  will  be  maintained  and 
not  be  compromised. 

Finally,  Mr.  Chairman,  we  must  proceed 
with  an  appreciation  of  the  fact  that  this  is  a 
time  of  budgetary  constraint  for  the  U.N. 
system  and  for  all  of  our  countries;  certainly, 
this  is  the  case  for  the  United  States.  Thus 
plans  for  both  the  Water  Conference  and  for 
conference  followup  activities  must  be  de- 
signed in  recognition  of  the  need  to  promote 
efficiency  and  cost-saving  approaches.  It  is 
important  to  us,  and  we  believe  to  others,  to 
insure  that  proposals  for  followup  activities 
emanating  from  the  conference  be  carefully 
conceived  and  economical.  Having  said  this, 
we  have  every  confidence  that  both  the  con- 
ference and  the  recommendations  of  the 
conference  with  regard  to  postconference  ac- 
tivities will  represent  valuable  contributions 
to  the  future  treatment  of  world  water  re- 
source management  problems. 

For  its  part,  the  United  States  is  working 
hard  so  as  to  be  in  a  position  to  address  a 
broad  range  of  critical  global  water  resources 


problems  with  relevant  insights  and  with 
concrete  suggestions  and  proposals. 

Mr.  Chairman,  it  has  been  said  that  while 
economic  development  is  exceedingly  com- 
plex, the  provision  of  jobs  and  fresh  water  is 
the  key  to  success.  With  this  in  mind,  the 
United  States  looks  forward  to  the  Water 
Conference  because  it  provides  a  unique  op- 
portunity to  address  the  second  of  these 
needs.  In  so  doing  we  believe  the  conference 
can  make  a  significant  contribution  to  the 
well-being  of  millions  of  people  in  developed 
and  developing  countries,  especially  in  those 
areas  involving  the  poorest  and  the  least 
privileged  throughout  the  world. 


TREATY  INFORMATION 


United  States  and  EEC  Sign 
New  Fisheries  Agreement 

Press  release  52  dated  February  15 

On  February  15,  1977,  representatives  of 
the  United  States  of  America  and  the  Euro- 
pean Economic  Community  signed  a  new 
agreement  relating  to  fishing  activities  of 
member  states  of  the  Community  off  the 
coasts  of  the  United  States. 

The  agreement  sets  out  the  arrangements 
between  the  parties  which  will  govern  fish- 
ing by  vessels  of  member  states  of  the 
Community  within  the  fishery  conservation 
zone  of  the  United  States  beginning  March 
1,  1977.  The  agreement  will  come  into  force 
after  the  completion  of  internal  procedures 
by  both  parties. 

The  signing  of  this  agreement  took  place 
in  Washington.  Lord  Bridges,  Minister  to 
the  United  States  of  the  United  Kingdom, 
signed  for  the  Presidency  of  the  Council  of 
the  European  Communities,  and  Jean-Pierre 
Leng  signed  on  behalf  of  the  Commission  of 
the  European  Communities.  Frederick  Ir- 
ving, Assistant  Secretary,  Bureau  of  Oceans 


March  7,  1977 


205 


and  International  Environmental  and  Scien- 
tific Affairs,  signed  for  the  United  States. 
Both  delegations  expressed  their  satisfac- 
tion with  the  new  accord  and  the  hope  that  it 
will  strengthen  cooperation  between  the 
European  Economic  Community  and  the 
United  States. 


Current  Actions 


MULTILATERAL 

Agriculture 

Agreement  establishing  the  International  Fund  for 
Agricultural  Development  (IFAD).  Done  at  Rome 
June  13,  1976.' 

Signatures:  Japan,  February  11,   1977;  Canada, 
Yugoslavia,  February  10,  1977. 

Coffee 

International  coffee  agreement  1976,  with  annexes. 
Done  at  London  December  3,  1975.  Entered  into 
force  provisionally  October  1,  1976. 
Ratificatio}!  deposited:  Me.xico,  February  9,  1977. 

Cultural  Relations 

Agreement  for  facilitating  the  international  circulation 
of  visual  and  auditory  materials  of  an  educational, 
scientific  and  cultural  character,  with  protocol.  Done 
at  Lake  Success  July  15,  1949.  Entered  into  force 
August  12,  1954;  for  the  United  States  January  12, 
1967.  TIAS  6116. 
Accession  deposited:  Cuba,  February  7,  1977. 

Customs 

Customs  convention  regarding  E.C.S.  carnets  for 
commercial  samples,  with  anne.x  and  protocol  of  sig- 
nature. Done  at  Brussels  March  1,  1956.  Entered 
into  force  October  3,  1957;  for  the  United  States 
March  3,  1969. 

Notification  of  termination:  Czechoslovakia,  effec- 
tive April  5,  1977. 

Law,  Private  International 

Amendments  to  articles  5,  11,  and  16  of  the  Statute  of 
the  International  Institute  for  the  Unification  of 
Private  Law  (UNIDROIT).  Done  at  Rome  February 
18,  1969. 
Entered  into  force:  September  29,  1976. 

Narcotic  Drugs 

Convention   on   psychotropic  substances.   Done   at 
Vienna  February  21,  1971.   Entered  into  force  Au- 
gust 16,  1976.2 
Ratification  deposited:  Greece,  February  10,  1977. 


'  Not  in  force. 

2  Not  in  force  for  the  United  States. 


Ocean  Dumping 

Convention  on  the  prevention  of  marine  pollution  by 
dumping  of  wastes  and  other  matter,  with  anne.xes. 
Done  at  London,  Mexico  City,  Moscow,  and  Washing- 
ton December  29,  1972.  Entered  into  force  August  30, 

1975.  TIAS  8165. 

Ratification  deposited:  France  (with  a  reservation 
and  statement),  February  14,  1977. 

Wheat 

Protocol  modifying  and  further  extending  the  wheat 
trade  convention  (part  of  the  international  wheat 
agreement)  1971.  Done  at  Washington  March  17, 

1976.  Entered  into  force  June  19,  1976,  with  respect 
to  certain  provisions,  and  July  1,  1976,  with  respect 
to  other  provisions. 

Ratification  deposited:  Cuba  (with  declarations), 
February  17,  1977. 

World  Meteorological  Organization 

Convention  of  the  World  Meteorological  Organization. 
Done  at  Washington  October  11,  1947.  Entered  into 
force  March  23,  1950. 
Accession  deposited:  Seychelles,  February  15,  1977. 


BILATERAL 

Bangladesh 

Loan  agreement  relating  to  construction  of  fertilizer 
warehouses  and  ancillary  buildings,  with  annex. 
Signed  at  Dacca  December  8,  1976.  Entered  into 
force  December  8,  1976. 

Canada 

Agreement  concerning  transit  pipelines.  Signed  at 
Washington  January  28,  1977.  Enters  into  force  on 
the  first  day  of  the  month  following  the  month  in 
which  instruments  of  ratification  are  exchanged. 

Colombia 

Loan  agreement  relating  to  improvement  and  expan- 
sion of  rural  training  programs,  with  annex.  Signed 
at  Bogota  November  29,  1976.  Entered  into  force 
November  29,  1976. 

Guarantee  agreement  concerning  the  loan  agreement 
of  November  29,  1976,  relating  to  improvement  and 
expansion  of  rural  training  programs.  Signed  at 
Bogota  November  29,  1976.  Entered  into  force 
November  29,  1976. 

European  Economic  Community 

Agreement  concerning  fisheries  off  the  coasts  of  the 
United  States.  Signed  at  Washington  February  15, 
1977.  Enters  into  force  on  the  date  of  the  last  notifi- 
cation by  which  the  parties  inform  each  other  of  the 
completion  of  the  procedures  required  under  internal 
law  for  entry  into  force. 

Haiti 

Agreement  relating  to  the  limitation  of  meat  imports 
from  Haiti  during  calendar  year  1977.  Effected  by 
exchange  of  notes  at  Washington  December  14  and 
23,  1976.  Entered  into  force  December  23,  1976. 

India 

Agreement  for  sales  of  agricultural  commodities,  with 


206 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


agreed  minutes.  Signed  at  New  Delhi  February  3, 
1977.  Entered  into  force  February  3,  1977. 

Pakistan 

Loan  agreement  relating  to  the  acquisition  of  agricul- 
tural inputs  required  to  ma.ximize  food  production. 
Signed  at  Islamabad  March  9,  1976.  Entered  into 
force  March  9,  1976. 

Agreement  amending  the  loan  agreement  of  March  9, 

1976,  relating  to  the  acquisition  of  agricultural  in- 
puts required  to  maximize  food  production.  Signed  at 
Islamabad  January  18,  1977.  Entered  into  force 
January  18,  1977. 

Spain 

Agreement  concerning  fisheries  off  the  coasts  of  the 
United  States.  Signed  at  Washington  February  16, 

1977.  Enters  into  force  on  a  date  to  be  mutually 
agreed  by  an  e.xchange  of  notes. 


PUBLICATIONS 


Department  Publishes  1977  Edition 
of  "Treaties  in  Force" 


Press  release  31  dated  January  31 

The  Department  of  State  published  on  January  31 
"Treaties  in  Force:  A  List  of  Treaties  and  Other  Inter- 
national Agreements  of  the  United  States  in  Force  on 
January  1,  1977." 

This  is  a  collection  reflecting  the  bilateral  relations  of 
the  United  States  with  178  countries  or  other  political 
entities  and  the  multilateral  relations  of  the  United 
States  with  other  contracting  parties  to  more  than  380 
treaties  and  agreements  on  96  subjects.  The  1977  edi- 
tion lists  some  475  new  treaties  and  agreements,  includ- 
ing the  terrorism  convention;  the  two  conventions  on 
political  rights  of  women;  the  tin  agreement;  the 
agreement  on  the  conservation  of  polar  bears;  the  ex- 
tradition treaties  with  Canada  and  the  United  King- 
dom; the  tax  conventions  with  Poland  and  Romania;  the 
fisheries  agreement  with  Mexico;  and  the  protocol  to 
the  1972  treaty  on  limitation  of  anti-ballistic  missile 
systems  with  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics. 

The  bilateral  treaties  and  other  agreements  are  ar- 
ranged by  country  or  other  political  entity  and  the  mul- 
tilateral treaties  and  other  agreements  are  arranged  by 
subject  with  names  of  countries  which  have  become 
parties.  Date  of  signature,  date  of  entry  into  force  for 
the  United  States,  and  citations  to  texts  are  furnished 
for  each  agreement. 

"Treaties  in  Force"  provides  information  concerning 
treaty  relations  with  numerous  newly  independent 
states,  indicating  wherever  possible  the  provisions  of 


their  constitutions  and  independence  arrangements  re- 
garding assumption  of  treaty  obligations. 

Information  on  current  treaty  actions,  supplementing 
the  information  contained  in  "Treaties  in  Force,"  is 
published  weekly  in  the  Department  of  State 
Bulletin. 

The  1977  edition  of  "Treaties  in  Force"  (391  pp.)  is 
Department  of  State  Publication  8891  (GPO  Cat.  No. 
S9. 14:977).  It  is  for  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of 
Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Wash- 
ington, D.C.  20402,  for  $5.30. 


GPO  Sales  Publications 

Publications  may  be  ordered  by  catalog  or  stock 
number  from  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S. 
Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.C.  20^02. 
A  25-percent  discount  is  made  on  orders  for  100  or  more 
copies  of  any  one  publication  mailed  to  the  same  ad- 
dress. Remittances,  payable  to  the  Superintendent  of 
Documents,  must  accompany  orders.  Prices  shown  be- 
low, which  include  domestic  postage,  are  subject  to 
change. 

Background  Notes:  Short,  factual  summaries  which 
describe  the  people,  history,  government,  economy, 
and  foreign  relations  of  each  country.  Each  contains  a 
map,  a  list  of  principal  government  officials  and  U.S. 
diplomatic  and  consular  officers,  and  a  reading  list.  (A 
complete  set  of  all  Background  Notes  currently  in 
stock — at  least  140 — $21.80;  1-year  subscription  service 
for  approximately  77  updated  or  new  Notes — $23.10; 
plastic  binder — $1.50.)  Single  copies  of  those  listed 
below  are  available  at  35?  each. 

Bolivia  Cat.  No.  S1.123:B63 

Pub.  8032        6  pp. 

Bhutan Cat.  No.  S1.123:B46 

Pub.  8334        4  pp. 

Guyana Cat.  No.  S1.123:G99 

Pub.  8095        5  pp. 

World  Military  Expenditures  and  Arms  Transfers 
1966-1975.  This  ninth  annual  report  provides  statistical 
information  on  national  military  spending,  armed 
forces,  and  international  transfers  of  conventional  arms 
including  data  on  transfers  of  major  weapons  systems 
by  type  as  well  as  dollar  values.  Pub.  90.  85  pp.  $1.50. 
(Stock  No.  002-000-00058-0.) 

Atomic  Energy — Technical  Information  Exchange, 
Safety  Research  and  Development  of  Standards.  Ar- 
rangement with  Italy.  TIAS  8346.  11  pp.  35C.  (Cat.  No. 
89.10:8346). 

Atomic  Energy — Technical  Information  Exchange 
and  Research  and  Development  on  Reactor  Safety. 

Arrangement  with  the  Federal  Republic  of  Germany. 
TIAS  8347.  23  pp.  55C.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8347). 

Atomic  Energy — Research  Participation  and  Techni- 
cal Information  Exchange  in  Loss  of  Fluid  Test 
(LOFT).  Agreement  with  the  Federal  Republic  of 
Germany.  TIAS  8348.  7  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8348). 


March  7,  1977 


207 


Fisheries — Certain  Fisheries  Problems  on  the  High 
Seas  in  the  Western  Areas  of  the  Middle  Atlantic 
Ocean.  Agreement  with  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist 
Republics.  TIAS  8349.  41  pp.  70C.  (Cat.  No. 
S9. 10:8349). 

Acquisition  of  Military  Aircraft.  Memorandum  of  un- 
derstanding with  Brazil.  TIAS  8350.  7  pp.  35g.  (Cat. 
No.  89.10:8350). 

Conventional  Ammunition  Logistics.  Memorandum  of 
agreement  with  the  Republic  of  Korea.  TIAS  8351.  14 
pp.  35^.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8351). 

Education — Financing   of   Exchange   Programs. 

Agreement  with  Nepal  amending  the  agreement  of  June 
9,  1961.  TIAS  8352.  4  pp.  35?.  (Cat.  No.  S9. 10:8352). 

Agricultural  Sector  Loan.  Agreement  with  the 
Dominican  Republic.  TIAS  8353.  72  pp.  85(Z.  (Cat.  No. 
S9.10:8353). 


Fisheries — Northeastern  Pacific  Ocean  Off  the 
United  States  Coast.  Agreement  with  the  Polish 
People's  Republic.  TIAS  8354.  67  pp.  90?.  (Cat.  No. 
89.10:8354). 

Atomic  Energy — Technical  Information  Exchange 
and  Development  of  Safety  Criteria.  Arrangement 
with  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  North- 
ern Ireland.  TIAS  8355.  8  pp.  35C.  (Cat.  No. 
89.10:8355). 

Establishment  of  Temporary  Purchasing  Commis- 
sion. Agreement  with  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Re- 
publics amending  and  extending  the  agreement  of  Oc- 
tober 18,  1972,  as  amended  and  extended,  and  amend- 
ing the  protocol  of  October  3,  1973.  TIAS  8356.  7  pp. 
350.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8356). 

Military  Assistance — Payments  Under  Foreign  As- 
sistance Act  of  1973.  Memorandum  of  understanding 
with  Laos.  TIAS  8357.  4  pp.  35?.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8.357). 


Checklist  of  Department  of  State 
Press  Releases:  February  14-20 

Press  releases  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of 
Press  Relations,  Department  of  State,  Washington, 
D.C.  20520. 

No.  Date  Subject 

t50  2/14  Vance:  interview  by  Israeli  press. 
Feb.  10. 

t51       2/14      Vance:   interview  by  Egyptian  and 
Syrian  media,  Feb.  8. 
52       2/15      U.S.   and  European   Economic  Com- 
munity sign  new  fisheries  agree- 
ment. 

t53  2/15  Vance:  departure,  Andrews  Air  Force 
Base,  Feb.  14. 

t54       2/16      Vance:  arrival,  Jerusalem,  Feb.  15. 

t55       2/16      Vance,  Rabin:  remarks. 

+  56       2/16      U.S.   and  Spain  sign  new   fisheries 
agreement. 
57       2/16      Joint  statement  by  Departments  of 
State,    Labor,   and  Commerce  on 
ILO  participation. 

*58  2/17  Vance.  Allon:  news  conference,  Feb. 
16. 

*59  2/17  Shipping  Coordinating  Committee, 
Subcommittee  on  Safety  of  Life  at 
Sea,  working  group  on  fire  protec- 
tion. Mar.  16. 


No.  Date  Subject 

*60       2/17      Study  Group  6  of  the  U.S.   National 
Committee  for  the  International 
Radio    Consultative    Committee, 
Mar.  15. 
*61       2/17      Vance:  toast  at  Knesset  dinner,  Feb. 
16. 
Vance:  arrival,  Cairo. 
U.S.  and  Japan  exchange  notes  on  tex- 
tile arrangement,  Feb.  15. 
Vance:  departure,  Cairo. 
Vance,   al-Sadat:   news  conference, 

Feb.  17. 
"Foreign  Relations,"  1950,  vol.   VII, 

Korea,  released. 
Broadcasters  from  16  countries  begin 
two-month  tour  of  U.S.  facilities, 
Feb.  28. 
*68       2/18      Program  for  official  visit  of  Prime 
Minister  Trudeau  of  Canada,  Feb. 
21-23. 
*69      2/18      Vance:  arrival,  Amman. 
t70       2/19      Vance:  news  conference  en  route  to 

Beirut,  Feb.  18. 
t71       2/19      Vance:  departure,  Amman. 


*  Not  printed 

+  Held  for  a  later  issue  of  the  Bulletin. 


*62 
*63 

2/17 
2/17 

*64 
t65 

2/18 
2/18 

t66 

2/18 

*67 

2/18 

208 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


INDEX    March  7,  1977    Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1967 

Arms  Control  and  Disarmament.  Vice  President 
Mondale  Visits  Europe  and  Japan  (Carter, 
Mondale)   181 

Belgium.  Vice  President  Mondale  Visits  Europe 
and  Japan  (Carter,  Mondale)   181 

Congress 

Congressional  Documents  Relating  to  Foreign 
Policy   201 

Department  Urges  Appropriation  of  Funds 
for  International  Financial  Institutions 
(Boeker)    198 

Department  and  Foreign  Service.  Presidential 
Advisory  Board  on  Ambassadorial  Appoint- 
ments (Executive  order) 202 

Economic  Affairs 

United  States  and  EEC  Sign  New  Fisheries 
Agreement   205 

Vice  President  Mondale  Visits  Europe  and  Japan 
(Carter,  Mondale)    181 

Environment.  U.S.  Discusses  Its  Preparations 
for  the  U.N.  Water  Conference  (Myerson)  20.3 

Europe.  United  States  and  EEC  Sign  New 
Fisheries  Agreement    205 

Fisheries.  United  States  and  EEC  Sign  New 
Fisheries  Agreement    205 

Foreign  Aid.  Department  Urges  Appropriation 
of  Funds  for  International  Financial  Institu- 
tions (Boeker)   198 

France.  Vice  President  Mondale  Visits  Europe 
and  Japan  (Carter,  Mondale)   181 

Germany.  Vice  President  Mondale  Visits  Europe 
and  Japan  (Carter,  Mondale)   181 

Government  Organization.  New  Organizational 
System  Announced  for  National  Security  Coun- 
cil (statement  by  White  House  press  secre- 
tary)         197 

Iceland.  Vice  President  Mondale  Visits  Europe 
and  Japan  (Carter,  Mondale)   181 

International  Organizations  and  Conferences. 

U.S.  Relations  With  the  ILO  To  Remain  Under 


Review  (joint  State-Labor-Commerce  state- 
ment)          197 

Italy.  Vice  President  Mondale  Visits  Europe  and 
Japan  (Carter,  Mondale)   181 

Japan.  Vice  President  Mondale  Visits  Europe 
and  Japan  (Carter,  Mondale)   181 

Korea.  Vice  President  Mondale  Visits  Europe 
and  Japan  (Carter,  Mondale)   181 

Labor.  U.S.  Relations  With  the  ILO  To  Remain 
Under  Review  (joint  State-Labor-Commerce 
statement)    197 

North  Atlantic  Treaty  Organization.  Vice  Pres- 
ident Mondale  Visits  Europe  and  Japan  (Car- 
ter, Mondale)  181 

Presidential  Documents 

Presidential  Advisory  Board  on  Ambassadorial 
Appointments  (Executive  order) 202 

Vice  President  Mondale  Visits  Europe  and 
Japan    181 

Publications 

Department  Publishes  1977  Edition  of  "Treaties 

in  Force"  207 

GPO  Sales  Publications    207 

Terrorism.  Vice  President  Mondale  Visits 
Europe  and  Japan  (Carter,  Mondale)    181 

Treaty  Information 

Current  Actions    206 

United  States  and  EEC  Sign  New  Fisheries 
Agreement    205 

United  Kingdom.  Vice  President  Mondale  Visits 
Europe  and  Japan  (Carter,  Mondale)   181 

United  Nations.  U.S.  Discusses  Its  Preparations 
for  the  U.N.  Water  Conference  (Myerson)  ....      203 


Name  Index 

Boeker,  Paul  H  198 

Carter,  President  181,  202 

Mondale,  Vice  President  181 

Myerson,  Jacob  M   203 


Superintendent   of    Documents 
U.S.  government  printing  office 

WASHINGTON.   D.C.   20402 


OFFICIAL  BUSINESS 


postage  and  fees  paid 
Department  of  State  STA-501 

Third  Clois 


Subscription  Renewals:  To  insure  uninterrupted 
service,  please  renew  your  subscription  promptly 
when  you  receive  the  expiration  notice  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents.  Due  to  the  time  re- 
quired to  process  renewals,  notices  are  sent  out  3 
months  in  advance  of  the  expiration  date.  Any  prob- 
lems involving  your  subscription  will  receive  im- 
mediate attention  if  you  write  to:  Superintendent 
of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


/J 


76. 


/?6g 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

BULLETIN 

Volume  LXXVI  •  No.  1968  •  March  14,  1977 


SECRETARY  VANCE'S  VISIT  TO  THE  MIDDLE  EAST  FEBRUARY  14-21 
Remarks  and  News  Conferences     209 

SECRETARY  TESTIFIES  ON  ADMINISTRATION'S  APPROACH 

TO  FOREIGN  ASSISTANCE 

Statement  by  Secretary  Vance     236 


THE  OFFICIAL  WEEKLY  RECORD  OF  UNITED  STATES  FOREIGN  POLICY 


For  index  see  inside  back  cover 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE  BULLETIN 


Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1968 
March  14,  1977 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Washington,  DC.  20402 

PRICE: 

52  issues  plus  semiannual  indexes, 

domestic  .$42.50,  foreign  $53.15 

Single  copy  85  cents 

The  Secretary  of  State  has  determined  that  the  pub- 
lication of  this  periodical  is  necessary  in  the  transac- 
tion of  the  public  business  required  by  law  of  this 
Department.  Use  of  fund.s  for  printing  this  periodi- 
cal hsf  been  approved  by  the  Director  of  the  Office 
of  Management  and  Budget  through  January  31, 
1981. 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may  be  re- 
printed. Citation  of  the  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 
BULLETIN  as  the  .source  will  be  appreciated.  The 
BULLETIN  is  indexed  in  the  Readers'  Guide  to 
Periodical  Literature. 


The  Department  of  State  BULLETIN , 
a  weekly  publication  issued  by  the 
Office  of  Media  Services,  Bureau  of 
Public  Affairs,  provides  the  public  and 
interested  agencies  of  the  government 
with  information  on  developments  in 
the  field  of  U.S.  foreign  relations  and 
on  the  work  of  the  Department  and 
the  Foreign  Service. 
The  BULLETIN  includes  selected 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy,  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements,  addresses,  and 
news  conferences  of  the  President  and 
the  Secretary  of  State  and  other  offi- 
cers of  the  Department,  as  well  as  spe- 
cial articles  on  various  phases  of  in- 
ternational affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  inter- 
national agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a  party 
and  on  treaties  of  general  interna- 
tional interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department  of 
State,  United  Nations  documents,  and 
legislative  material  in  the  field  of 
international  relations  are  also  listed. 


Secretary  Vance's  Visit  to  the  Middle  East  February  14-21 


Secretary  Vance  visited  the  Middle  East 
February  H-21  and  met  with  government 
leaders  in  Israel  (February  15-16),  Egypt 
(Febriiary  17-18),  Lebanon  (February  18), 
Jordan  (February  18-19),  Saudi  Arabia 
(February  19-20),  and  Syria  (February  20- 
21).  Following  are  remarks  and  news  confer- 
ences by  Secretary  Vance  and  foreign  leaders 
on  various  occasions  during  the  trip.  * 


to  learn,  to  listen  to  what  the  leaders  of  each 
of  these  countries  have  to  say  in  terms  of 
their  views  as  to  how  to  best  move  toward 
achieving  a  peaceful  settlement.  I  will  then 
return  to  this  country  and  report  the  results 
of  my  trip  to  the  President  so  we  can  form  our 
opinion  as  to  how — and  then  proceed.  We  will 
then  meet  with  these  leaders  here  in  the 
United  States  and  then  move  on  from  that 
point. 


DEPARTURE,  ANDREWS  AIR  FORCE  BASE, 
FEBRUARY  14 

Press  release  53  dated  February  15 

Secretary  Vance:  I  am  beginning  on  this 
journey  tonight  because  the  President  be- 
lieves that  it  is  deeply  important  to  achieve  a 
just  and  lasting  peace  in  the  Middle  East.  We 
believe  that  the  opportunity  may  now  exist  to 
begin  to  make  progress  toward  this  end.  In- 
deed, all  of  the  countries  which  we  are  to  visit 
welcome  our  visit  and  our  efforts  to  achieve 
this  end. 

I  undertake  this  visit  in  the  spirit  of  friend- 
ship which  exists  between  our  country  and 
each  of  the  countries  which  I  am  to  visit. 

It's  now  been  30  years  since  the  search  for 
peace  began.  I  don't  underestimate  the  dif- 
ficulties which  lie  before  us,  but  the  task  is  of 
utmost  importance  and  we  are  determined  to 
do  everything  we  can  to  help  achieve  this  end. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  how  will  you  know 
whether  this  trip  to  the  Middle  East  succeeds? 
What  are  your  measurements? 

Secretary  Vance:  As  I  said  before,  this  is  a 
trip  on  which  I  am  going  to  go,  as  a  first  step, 


*  Other  press  releases  relating  to  Secretary  Vance's 
trip  are  Nos.  58,  61,  and  62  of  Feb.  17;  64  and  69  of  Feb. 
18:  and  73  of  Feb.  21. 


ARRIVAL,  BEN  GURION  AIRPORT, 
FEBRUARY  15 

Press  release  54  dated  February  16 

Secretary  Vance:  Thank  you  very  much, 
Mr.  Minister  [Yigal  Allon]. 

First,  may  I  say  how  grateful  I  am  to  be 
here  and  to  meet  my  old  friend  the  Foreign 
Minister  again.  As  he  indicated,  this  is  the 
first  stop  on  my  first  mission  for  President 
Carter  as  Secretary  of  State.  Tomorrow  I  will 
discuss  with  Prime  Minister  Rabin  and  the 
leaders  of  your  government  the  quest  for 
peace. 

It  is  right  and  particularly  fitting  that  that 
discussion  should  begin  here  between  old 
friends.  We  all  know  that  this  will  not  be  an 
easy  task,  nor  one  which  is  quickly  achieved.  I 
will  not  go  into  detail,  as  we  will  begin  our 
detailed  discussions  of  how  the  process  may 
start  tomorrow. 

I  have  one  simple  message,  and  that  mes- 
sage is  that  the  United  States  is  convinced 
that  a  fundamental  underlying  principle  of  our 
search  for  this  peace  is  the  enduring  trust  and 
confidence  between  our  two  nations,  which 
has  been  the  foundation  of  our  relationship  for 
three  decades. 

Let  there  be  no  question.  The  United  States 
is  deeply  committed  to  the  security  and 


March  14,  1977 


209 


survival  of  Israel,  to  its  values.  These  are  ob- 
jects of  peace,  a  peace  which  we  all  devoutly 
hope  for. 

REMARKS  BY  SECRETARY  VANCE  AND 
PRIME  MINISTER  RABIN,  FEBRUARY  16  ^ 

Secretary  Vance:  We  have  just  had  a  thor- 
ough discussion  with  the  Prime  Minister  and 
other  leaders.  We  have  discussed  the  mihtary 
situation  and  a  number  of  related  problems, 
as  well  as  economic  problems  and  other  sub- 
jects of  common  interest  between  our  two 
countries.  It  has  been  a  very  helpful  and  use- 
ful set  of  talks  for  which  I  am  most  apprecia- 
tive. I  think  that  I  now  have  a  much  clearer 
understanding  of  the  position  of  Israel  with 
respect  to  a  number  of  issues  relating  to  the 
search  for  peace,  and  I  look  forward  now  to 
moving  on  to  other  countries  to  try  and  obtain 
a  similar  thorough  and  searching  review  of 
the  issues  as  seen  in  those  capitals. 

Prime  Minister  Yitzhak  Rabin:  Mr.  Secre- 
tary, as  I  said  on  two  occasions  before,  we 
welcome  you  to  your  visit  to  Israel.  We  are 
glad  that  on  your  first  trip  as  the  Secretary  of 
State  of  the  new  Administration,  your  first 
trip  is  to  the  Middle  East  and  your  first  stop 
is  in  Israel.  We,  at  least,  see  in  it  a  sign  that 
the  close,  intimate  relations  between  our  two 
countries  are  going  to  be  continued  and  are 
going  to  be  improved.  I  believe  that  in  our 
talks,  we  have  put  to  you  all  our  positions,  the 
reasons  for  what  we  aspire  to,  and  we  hope 
that  your  trip  will  be  another  step  in  the 
common  effort  of  the  United  States  and  Israel 
to  move  forward  toward  a  more  peaceful  situ- 
ation in  the  area  and  hopefully  toward  peace. 
We  wish  you  a  good  stay  and  a  nice  trip. 

Q.  On  the  matter  of  military  supplies  such 
as  the  concussion  bombs  [inaudible]? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  we  discussed  a 
number  of  issues  including  the  question  of 
concussion  bombs.  I  indicated  that  this  is  a 
decision  which  will  be  made  by  the  President, 
and  I  do  not  want  to  comment  on  it  until  such 
time  as  the  President  makes  his  decision. 


2  Made  following  a  meeting  at  Jerusalem  (text  from 
press  release  55  dated  Feb.  16). 


Q.  How  about  the  Kfir  fighters  to  Ecuador, 
was  that  also  discussed? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  that  also  was  dis- 
cussed, and  we  heard  the  views  of  Israel  with 
respect  to  that  decision.  As  I  indicated  in  the 
United  States,  that  decision  was  taken  be- 
cause of  our  policy  with  respect  to  the  intro- 
duction of  advanced  weapons  into  Latin 
America,  and  the  decision  was  consistent  with 
our  longstanding  policy  with  respect  to  not 
selling  advanced  weapons  to  Latin  American 
countries. 

Q.  Are  you  inviting  Mr.  Rabin  to  Washing- 
ton? 

Secretary  Vance:  We  are  inviting  all  of  the 
leaders,  including  Mr.  Rabin,  to  come  to 
Washington  in  the  future  to  meet  with  the 
President.  As  to  the  dates  when  those  visits 
may  occur,  they  will  be  worked  out  in  the 
near  future  in  accordance  with  the  calendars 
of  the  various  chiefs  of  state. 

Q.  Will  there  be  more  than  one  Israeli  leader 
invited  to  Washington? 

Secretary  Vance:  As  I  said,  we  are  extend- 
ing the  invitation  to  the  heads  of  state  of  each 
of  the  countries  involved. 

Q.  Mr.  Rabin,  did  Secretary  Vance's  answer 
about  the  Kfir  and  about  the  concussion  bombs 
satisfy  you?  Do  you  see  these  American  deci- 
sions as  final  ? 

Prime  Minister  Rabin:  Well,  it  is  not  up  to 
me  to  pass  judgment  about  the  American 
decisions  or  what  might  be  the  American  deci- 
sions. In  our  relations  with  the  United  States, 
we  put  what  we  want  and  the  reasons  for  that 
and,  whenever,  they  have  to  be  taken  by  com- 
mon understanding.  I  don't  believe  it  will  be 
advisable  at  the  present  to  say  more  than  that. 

Q.  Is  there  any  change  in  Israel's  stand  re- 
garding the  PLO  [Palestine  Liberation  Or- 
ganization] as  a  negotiating  party? 

Prime  Minister  Rabin:  The  answer  is  sim- 
ple: no. 

Q.  Has  there  been  any  change  in  the  U.S. 
stand,  Mr.  Secretary? 

Secretary  Vance:  The  answer  is  no. 


210 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


NEWS  CONFERENCE  BY  SECRETARY  VANCE 
AND  PRESIDENT  SADAT,  CAIRO,  FEBRUARY  17 

Press  release  65  dated  February  l^ 

Q.  There  has  been  much  talk  about  the  pos- 
sibility that  you  ivould  be  presenting  new 
ideas  for  a  formula  to  resume  the  Geneva  con- 
ference to  Mr.  Vance.  Did  you  present  him 
with  such  ideas,  and  if  so,  could  you  share 
them  with  us? 

President  Anwar  al-Sadat:  Well,  let  me  say 
this.  We  had  a  survey  of  the  peace  process 
that  we  have  started  together  immediately 
after  the  October  war  until  this  moment.  I 
must  tell  you  also  that  President  Carter  was 
kind  enough  to  send  me  an  invitation,  which 
was  handed  to  me  by  Secretary  Vance,  and  I 
hope  I  shall  be  fulfilling  this  visit. 

In  the  first  place,  I  seize  this  opportunity  to 
tell  you  that  I  have  asked  Secretary  Vance  to 
convey  to  President  Carter  our  deepest 
gratitude  for  the  initiative  that  he  has  already 
taken  in  helping  us  in  our  difficult  moments  in 
our  economy  by  allotting  $500  million  as  a 
help  for  the  Egyptian  people.  It  has  touched 
us  deeply  at  heart  really.  Immediately  before 
I  came  here  to  meet  with  Secretary  Vance,  it 
was  declared  that  President  Carter  has  al- 
ready taken  a  decision  regarding  this  concus- 
sion bomb.  Really,  it  is  a  very  positive  and 
creative  step  and  it  shows  great  statesman- 
ship from  the  side  of  President  Carter.  Apart 
from  this  we  have  discussed,  as  I  told  you,  the 
whole  problem  from  every  aspect. 

Q.  Have  you  yourself  detected  any  ynodera- 
tion  in  the  position  of  the  Palestine  Libera- 
tion Organization  regarding  the  right  of  Is- 
rael to  exist? 

President  Sadat:  Well,  the  Palestinian 
question  was  one  of  the  questions  we  dis- 
cussed. Secretary  Vance  and  I.  It  is  for  the 
Palestinians  to  speak  for  themselves;  I  cannot 
speak  for  the  Palestinians.  But  I  want  to  say 
one  word:  The  Palestinian  question  is  the  core 
of  the  whole  problem;  we  couldn't  ignore  it. 

Q.  Does  anybody  think  that  the  Geneva  con- 
ference could  meet  in  March,  and  is  there  any 
possibility  that  the  Palestinians  should  par- 
ticipate in  this  conference? 


Secretary  Vance:  With  respect  to  a  date  of  a 
Geneva  meeting,  I  have  always  said  that  I 
think  that  the  greater  likelihood  of  a  date  for 
the  meeting  would  be  in  the  last  half  of  1977.  I 
still  believe  that  that  is  the  best  estimate  that 
one  can  make.  The  Israeli  elections  will  not  be 
until  May  of  this  year;  and  although  I  suppose 
anything  is  possible,  I  would  think  it  would  be 
unlikely  that  a  Geneva  conference  would  be 
held  until  after  those  elections. 

Q.  Mr.  President,  is  Egypt  advising  the 
Palestinians  to  rewrite  or  ainend  the  covenant 
ivhich  refers  to  Israel's  right  to  exist? 

President  Sadat:  Yasir  Arafat,  the  leader  of 
the  PLO,  had  a  meeting  today  with  Foreign 
Minister  Fahmy.  And  we  have  discussed  this 
because  it  was  discussed  before  between  Sec- 
retary Vance  and  Secretary  Fahmy.  And  we 
discussed  it. 

Q.  When  do  you  expect  to  be  in  the  States, 
Mr.  President? 

President  Sadat:  Well,  I  hope  about  the  be- 
ginning of  April. 

Q.  Do  you  think  it  is  possible  to  have  a  pre- 
liminary conference  before  Geneva  in  which 
the  question  of  Palestinian  representation 
could  be  discussed?  In  other  words,  to  have  a 
meeting  with  the  former  participants  of 
Geneva  present  without  any  additional  par- 
ties? 

President  Sadat:  To  be  frank,  we  haven't 
discussed  this  item. 

Q.  I  ivas  just  asking  your  opinion. 

President  Sadat:  I  hope  after  I  visit — after 
Secretary  Vance  has  the  information  he  wants 
to  have  from  the  area  here  and  returns  to  the 
States,  I  shall  be  visiting,  as  I  told  you,  about 
the  1st  of  April,  about  the  beginning  of  April, 
and  maybe  we  can  say  something  about  this 
by  that  time.  But  not  before  Secretary  Vance 
collects  whatever  he  needs  in  information 
from  the  area. 

Q.  Mr.  Ford  has  proposed  that  concussion 
bombs,  plus  airplanes,  be  given  to  Israel.  The 
cancellation  of  this  is  only  including  the  con- 
cussion bombs  or  also  includes  the  planes  he 
promised  to  Israel? 


March  14,  1977 


211 


Secretary  Vance:  I  believe  the  decision  re- 
lated only  to  the  concussion  bomb.  I  have  not 
seen  a  firsthand  report  of  what  was  decided 
today,  but  it  is  my  understanding  that  the  de- 
cision merely  said  that  the  concussion  bomb 
would  not  be  made  available  to  the  Israehs. 

Let  me  say — could  I  just  take  this  occasion 
to  say  how  much  I  appreciate  the  opportunity 
which  I  have  had  to  meet  with  President 
Sadat,  and  for  the  very  full  and  complete  dis- 
cussion which  we  have  had.  It  has  been  ex- 
tremely useful  to  me,  and  I  am  very  apprecia- 
tive of  this  opportunity. 

Q.  Mr.  President,  you  have  said  on  numer- 
ous occasions  that  it  is  for  the  next  generation 
of  Egyptians  to  make  a  real  peace  with  Israel 
in  terms  of  trade  and  exchange  of  people, 
civilians,  and  ideas.  Do  you  believe  that  if  the 
current  initiatives  are  successful  in  securing 
Israeli  withdrawal  to  '67  boundaries,  or  close 
to  the  '67  boundaries,  and  providing  guaran- 
tees for  the  establishment  of  a  Palestinian  en- 
tity that  Egypt,  after  that  accord,  would  be 
willing  to  enter  into  what  the  Israelis  call  a 
real  peace,  trade,  and  exchange  of  people  and 
ideas  with  that  nation,  including  diplomatic 
relations? 

President  Sadat:  Let  me  say  this  in  the  first 
hand. 

I  didn't  say  at  all  that  we  are  going  to 
postpone  peace.  What  I  said  and  I  say  now — 
and  I  have  already  discussed  with  Secretary 
Vance — we  are  now  for  establishing  perma- 
nent peace  in  the  area,  in  a  peace  agreement 
in  which  the  state  of  belligerency  is  ended 
after  28  years  and  the  borders  are  defined, 
guarantees  are  given,  the  withdrawal  of  Is- 
rael, the  creation  of  a  Palestinian  state. 

I  never  said  that  peace  would  be  postponed 
for  the  next  generation.  But  I  said  this — when 
I  was  asked  what  about  the  diplomatic  rela- 
tions or  open  borders  or  so,  I  said,  well,  you 
can't  start  this  like  this,  and  you  can't  write  it 
in  a  peace  agreement.  It  has  never  occurred 
before.  Or  is  it  some  sort  of  imposing  condi- 
tions from  the  side  of  Israel?  This  is  the  old 
theory  of  Ben  Gurion,  to  impose  peace  on  the 
Arabs. 

Well,  peace  cannot  be  imposed  at  all.  Peace 
can  be  negotiated. 


Q.  Mr.  President,  are  you  saying  that  at  the 
end  of  this  process,  if  it  is  satisfactory  to  you, 
that  Egypt  would  be  willing  to  engage  in  trade 
and  exchange  of  ideas  with  the  State  of  Is- 
rael? 

President  Sadat:  It  is  a  matter  of  pure 
sovereignty,  my  dear.  Why  should  you  plant 
this  misunderstanding  like  the  Israehs  are 
planting  already?  It  is  a  matter  of 
sovereignty. 

Q.  You  mentioned  that  Mr.  Arafat  and  Mr. 
Fahmy  this  morning  discussed  possible 
changes  to  the  Palestinian  charter.  Would 
you  expect — the  Arab  side  expect  the  changes 
to  that  charter — that  if  the  Palestinians  con- 
sidered some  changes  to  the  charter,  there 
should  also  be  more  concessions  froyn  the 
Western  side,  from  the  United  States  perhaps; 
and  if  so,  ivhat  form  should  those  concessions 
take? 

President  Sadat:  Regarding  the  Pales- 
tinians, it  is  a  matter  for  them  to  decide.  But 
I  must  tell  you  this,  as  I  told  Secretary  Vance 
also,  that  without  the  help  of  the  United 
States  in  every  step  and  every  stage,  we  can't 
establish  peace  in  the  area  here.  Someone 
may  be  furious  against  me,  but  it  is  a  fact.  I 
have  said  before  that  99  percent  of  the  cards 
of  this  game  is  in  the  hands  of  the  United 
States.  So  we  seek  the  help  of  the  United 
States  in  every  stage  and  in  every  form. 

Q.  Do  those  stages  include  talks  between  the 
United  States  and  the  Palestinians,  in  your 
view?  Is  that  one  of  the  things  that  you  told 
Vance — that  the  United  States  ought  to  mod- 
ify its  stance  against  talking  with  the  PLO? 

President  Sadat:  I  didn't  tell  Secretary 
Vance  anything  like  this.  We  have  discussed 
the  whole  problem,  but  I  didn't  tell  him  what 
you  have  already  referred  to. 

Q.  If  and  when  the  Geneva  coriference  is  re- 
convened, do  you  favor  the  PLO  going  as  a 
separate  delegation?  And  if  and  when  there  is 
a  final  peace  settleynent,  must  there  be  a 
separate  Palestinian  state? 

President  Sadat:  I  have  already  stated  my 
position  on  this.  The  Palestinian  question  is 
the  core  of  the  whole  problem.  Very  well. 


212 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


They  should  participate  if  you  want  to  reach 
permanent  peace  like  we  are  trying  now. 

And  I  say  that  an  official  and  declared  link 
should  take  place  between  this  Palestinian 
state  and  Jordan,  even  before  Geneva  starts. 

Q.  Mr.  President,  what  is  Egypt  prepared 
to  contribute  to  the  peace  process?  Israel  you 
ask  to  withdraw.  What  is  Egypt  prepared  to 

give? 

President  Sadat:  I  gave  Secretary  Vance 
my  view  on  this.  Egypt  is  ready  100  percent 
for  peace. 

Q.  Could  you  be  a  little  more  concrete? 
What  sort  of  concessions  is  Egypt  prepared  to 
give  for  peace? 

President  Sadat:  What  are  we  going  to  say 
in  Geneva  if  we  are  going  to  discuss  here, 
now,  such  a  thing  like  this?  [Laughter.] 

Q.  You  are  saying  here  that  Israel  should 
withdraw.  You  are  saying  that  before  Geneva. 
What  is  Egypt  prepared  to  contribute  to 
peace? 

President  Sadat:  Egypt  is  ready  for  every- 
thing. If  Israel  really  wants  peace,  Egypt  is 
ready  for  everything. 

Q.  Mr.  President,  as  I  understood  you  a 
moment  ago,  you  said  that  an  official  and  de- 
clared link  should  take  place  between  the 
Palestinian  state  and  Jordan  even  before  a 
Geneva  conference.  Could  you  explain  more 
fully  what  kind  of  link,  and  how  it  would  be 
established? 

President  Sadat:  We  should  leave  this  for 
the  parties  concerned,  to  the  Palestinians  and 
King  Hussein;  but  I  have  in  my  mind  some 
sort  of  confederation  or  so. 

Q.  Do  you  expect  another  step-by-step  to  be 
taken  or  do  you  expect  a  full  Geneva  confer- 
ence to  meet?  Because  reports  from  Israel 
were  saying  that  you  have  proposed  a  type  of 
Geneva  conference  where  there  ivould  be  the 
Israelis  arid  the  Egyptians,  the  Israelis  and 
the  Syrians,  and  the  Israelis  and  the 
Jordanians — ivhat  is  called  a  Geneva-type 
confereyice.  Is  this  a  correct  report,  sir? 

Secretary  Vance:  It  is  correct  that  I  have 


suggested  that  there  be  a  Geneva-type  con- 
ference in  the  last  half  of  this  year,  1977.  I 
have  not  proposed  that  there  be  a  step-by- 
step  process,  but  that  will  be  up  to  the  parties 
to  decide. 

Q.  What  is  meant  by  a  Geneva-type  confer- 
ence? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  mean  a  Geneva  confer- 
ence, a  conference  to  be  held  at  Geneva.  Last 
night,  I  was  asked  the  same  question — did  I 
draw  a  distinction  between  it? — and  I  said  I 
did  not. 

Q.  Does  it  mean  that  all  the  partners — all 
the  parties  will  be  at  the  conference? 

Secretary  Vance:  It  would  mean  that  there 
would  have  been  a  determination  prior  to  the 
conference  as  to  who  should  attend —  that  is  a 
procedural  question — and  that  invitations 
would  then  be  extended  and  the  parties  would 
all  attend. 

Q.  If  the  dispute  over  Palestinian  represen- 
tation at  Geneva  is  not  resolved  in  the  next 
several  weeks  or  months,  would  Egypt  be  pre- 
pared to  renew  negotiations  with  Israel  for 
another  disengagement  in  the  Sinai  or  on  any 
other  negotiations? 

President  Sadat:  I  have  stated  before  that 
the  step-by-step  has  ended,  and  we  are  now 
for  permanent  peace  and  global  solutions. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  you  said  before  you  left 
on  this  trip  that  you  hoped  to  explore  in  depth 
the  talk  that  the  PLO  was  moderating  its  posi- 
tion. Based  on  your  conversations  with  Pres- 
ident Sadat  today,  do  you  have  any  more  spe- 
cific feeling  about  the  problem? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  have  received  additional 
information  today.  I  wish  to  complete  my  vis- 
its with  the  other  capitals  before  I  have  any 
final  answer  to  the  question. 

Q.  If  the  PLO  amends  its  charter  and  be- 
comes more  moderate  on  the  question  of  Is- 
rael, would  the  United  States  then  change  its 
attitude  toward  the  PLO? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  have  said  that  the  prob- 
lem up  to  this  date  that  has  concerned  the 
United  States  is  that  the  PLO  has  had  in  its 


March  14,  1977 


213 


covenant  a  provision  to  tiie  effect  that  they 
would  not  recognize  Israel  as  a  state,  the  ex- 
istence of  Israel,  and  that  they  did  not  recog- 
nize that  [U.N.  Security  Council  Resolutions] 
242  and  338  are  a  basis  for  convening  a  con- 
ference. 

Q.  [Inaudible]  links  between  a  Palestiyiian 
state  and  even  before  the  Geneva  conference, 
what  in  your  judgment  should  be  the  relation- 
ship of  the  Palestine  Liberation  Organization 
to  that  Palestinian  state? 

President  Sadat:  You  know,  according  to 
the  decision  that  we  have  already  taken  in  the 
Arab  summit  in  Rabat,  we  have  given  all  the 
responsibility  to  the  PLO.  So  the  PLO  will  be 
negotiating  this  with  King  Hussein,  about  the 
relation  between  themselves  and  whatever 
question  may  be  raised  in  this  field. 

Let  me  tell  you  this  please — it  appears  that 
you  are  repeating  the  question — I  must  tell 
you  something  before  the  end  of  this  confer- 
ence. I  seize  this  opportunity  to  send  my 
deepest  thanks  to  President  Carter  for  send- 
ing a  distinguished  personality,  Secretary 
Vance.  I  have  enjoyed,  really  immensely,  the 
talks  with  him.  He  was  honest,  straightfor- 
ward, and  I  hke  to  deal  with  him,  and  I  hope 
that  we  shall  continue  the  peace  process  that 
we  have  started  already  together,  the  United 
States  and  Egypt. 


NEWS  CONFERENCE,  FEBRUARY  18  ^ 

Q.  In  the  White  House  yesterday  Jody  Poiv- 
ell  said  they  held  up  the  CBU  decision  so  that 
you  could  inforyn  the  Israelis.  Now,  last 
evening  in  Israel  did  you  and  the  Israelis  dis- 
cuss what  the  decision  was? 

Secretary  Vance:  Late  that  night,  the  last 
night  there,  I  received  the  President's  deci- 
sion and  informed  them  of  that  decision  defini- 
tively that  next  day. 

Q.  The  next  day? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  I  had  indicated  to 
them  it  was  my  judgment  the  day  before  it 


^  Held  aboard  the  aircraft  en  route  from  Cairo  to 
Beirut  (text  from  press  release  70  dated  Feb.  19). 


would  come  out,  but  it  wasn't  until  late  that 
night  that  I  got  the  President's  final  decision. 
I  informed  them  on  my  way  to  the  airport. 

Q.  That  would  mean  that  Jody  Powell 
didyi't  get  it  straight,  because  he  said  you  in- 
formed the  Israelis  on  Wednesday.  That's 
wrong  then? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  it  was  my  indication. 
I  told  them  I  thought  that  this  is  where  it 
might  come  out. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  there  is  a  story  this 
moryiing  in  the  Washington  Post  to  the  effect 
that  King  Hussein  has  been  on  the  CIA 
payroll  personally  since  about  1957  and  that 
last  week  President  Carter  stopped  the  ar- 
rangement. Do  you  know,  approximately,  if 
he  was,  and  if  true,  it  has  been  stopped? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  heard  about  the  story 
today,  and  I  have  no  comment. 

Q.  Do  you  know  anything  about  the  situa- 
tion ? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  have  no  comment  on 
the  matter. 

Q.  I  understand,  sir,  but  let  me  just  beg  to 
explain  why  I'm  asking,  because  the  story 
says  way  down  in  the  story  that  the  new  Ad- 
ministration  was  not  informed  during  the 
transition.  Am,  I  correct?  That's  why  I  am 
asking  you  about  the  matter. 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  I  have  no  comment 
on  the  story. 

Q.  Could  you  address  yourself  to  the  pro- 
posal of  President  Sadat  on  some  sort  of  a 
confederatioyi  to  exist  between  the  PLO  or  the 
Palestinian  West  Bank  State  and  Jordan, 
and  whether  you  regard  this  as  a  constructive 
thing,  and  if  so,  how  will  it  move  the  situation 
forward? 

Secretary  Vance:  It  seems  to  me  it's  a  con- 
structive suggestion.  It  begins  to  move  for- 
ward suggestions  which  have  been  made  by 
the  IsraeHs  as  to  how  the  Palestinian  question 
might  be  resolved.  And  therefore  there  ap- 
pears to  be  some  narrowing  of  the  differing 
positions,  and  to  that  extent  it  seems  to  me 
it's  a  constructive  suggestion. 


214 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Q.  Did  you  discuss  that  proposal  with  Pres- 
ident Sadat  dimng  your  conversations  yes- 
terday? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  I  did. 

Q.  Was  it  discussed  at  length?  Did  you 
propose — did  you,  for  example;  suggest  that 
the  link  between  Hussein,  and  the  PLO  be  a 
matter  for  Geneva  rather  than  afterward? 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  say  that  the  pur- 
pose of  my  trip  has  been  to  find  out  as  much 
as  I  could  and  to  learn  as  deeply  as  I  could 
what  the  positions  of  the  various  states  are 
with  respect  to  the  whole  range  of  substantive 
and  procedural  issues  which  are  bound  up  in 
the  Middle  East  problem.  I  have  found  the 
discussions  in  the  two  capitals  which  I  have 
been  to,  or  in  the  two  countries  which  I  have 
been  to,  to  be  very  helpful  in  this  regard. 
People  have  been  frank.  They  have  answered 
all  the  questions  that  I  put  to  them.  I  have 
been  able  to  probe  in  depth  questions  which  I 
might  have  with  respect  to  various  sugges- 
tions or  proposals.  As  a  result  of  that,  I  think 
that  I  have  gained  information  which  is  going 
to  be  very  helpful  to  me  and  the  President  as 
we  move  along  in  attacking  the  Middle  East 
problem. 

I  do  not  intend  to  go  into  all  the  details  of 
the  conversations  I  have  had  with  the  various 
heads  of  government  and  their  cabinets.  Our 
role  is  to  try  and  act  as  a  facilitator  who  could 
bring  the  parties  together.  I  think  it  would 
not  be  useful  to  me  to  go  into  all  the  details  of 
suggestions  which  are  made  to  me  as  possible 
bridging  steps. 

Q.  Could  you  comment,  could  you  make  a 
judgment  solidly  that  the  Egyptians  are 
ready  to  try  to  move  the  PLO  specifically — I 
am  asking  whether  he  thinks  he  senses  that 
the  Egyptians  are  ready  to  try  to  move  the 
PLO  on  this  question  of  the  covenant  specif- 
ically. Would  this  have  to  be  resolved? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  I  do,  I  do  have  that 
feeling. 

Q.  Is  it  your  impression  that  this  proposal 
had  the  support  of  at  least  some  of  the  PLO ? 
Obviously,  Fahmy  had  seen  Arafat  yesterday. 
There  seemed  to  be  some  connection.  Was 
there  in  fact  a  connection? 


Secretary  Vance:  The  only  thing  I  want  to 
say  on  this  is  it  appeared  that  it  did  have  the 
support  of  the — 

Q.  The  support  of  the  PLO? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  but  I  don't  want  to 
say  anything  more  than  that. 

Q.  Are  you  referring  to  the  link  with  the 
Jordanians?  You're  not  referring  to  the  cov- 
enant business? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  was  referring  to  the 
linkage. 

Q.  But  you  have  no  indication  of  how  the 
PLO  might  go? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  don't  know  how  the  PLO 
will  go. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  excuse  tne?  Do  you  see 
King  Hussein  supporting  the  idea  ? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  don't  know.  I  haven't 
had  my  talks  with  him  yet.  I'll  find  out  when  I 
talk  to  him. 

Q.  You  do  think  the  Egyptians  are  ready  to 
move  the  PLO  on  the  covenant,  that  means  on 
the  specific  issue  of  the  recognition  of  the 
State  of  Israel? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  did  you  bring  up,  or  did 
they  bring  up  with  you,  future  amis  sales  to 
Egypt — specifically,  the  F-5's? 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  say  that  we  dis- 
cussed the  policy  of  the  United  States  as 
enunciated  by  President  Carter — make  it  the 
concern  rather  than  the  policy — the  concern  of 
President  Carter  with  respect  to  the  question 
of  arms  sales  throughout  the  world  and  his 
desire  to  try  and  find  ways  to  cut  down  on  the 
sale  of  arms  and  our  responsibilities  in  this 
regard  because  of  our  position  as  the  principal 
arms  seller. 

I  also  discussed  with  them  the  problem  of 
arms  sales  in  the  Middle  East  and  our  desire 
to  try  and  find  a  way  to  reduce  the  sale  of 
arms  to  the  countries  in  the  Middle  East.  In 
this  connection  the  Egyptians  raised  the  ques- 
tion of  their  military  requirements  and  needs 
and  indicated  that  they  had  read  my  tes- 
timony at  the  confirmation  hearings  in  which  I 


March  14,  1977 


215 


had  said  that  if  requests  were  received  from 
them,  we  would  consider  them  applying  the 
three  principles  which  I  enunciated  at  the  con- 
firmation hearings  and  again  in  the  press  con- 
ference which  I  had  with  all  of  you. 

Q.  How  does  that  translate,  sir?  Does  that 
mean  that  there  could  be  a  possibility  of  the 
U.S.— 

Secretary  Vance:  No.  All  it  means  is  that 
they  may  make  requests  of  us,  and  if  so,  we 
will  treat  them  in  accordance  with  the  princi- 
ples that  I  have  previously  enunciated. 

Q.  Did  yesterday's  announcement  by  Mr. 
Sadat — did  Mr.  Sadat's  proposal  catch  you  by 
surprise? 

Secretary  Vance:  Which? 

Q.  To  have  the  confederation  with  Jordan 
and  the  West  Bank,  and  secondly,  what  is 
now  the  gap? 

Secretary  Vance:  Let's  take  it  question  by 
question.  I  had  not  heard  that  proposal  from 
him  until  he  made  it. 

Q.  In  your  private  talks? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes. 

Q.  Secondly,  what  is  now  the  gap  between 
Israel  and  Egypt? 

Secretary  Vance:  What? 

Q.  What  is  now  the  gap  in  the  understand- 
ing Israel  has  and  Mr.  Sadat's  proposal  in 
seating  the  joint  Palestinian-Jordanian  dele- 
gation? Is  there  now  a  major  difference? 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  say  this,  there  is 
still  a  major  difference. 

Q.  I'm  a  little  lost  by  that,  sir.  A  major  dif- 
ference in  what,  sir? 

Secretary  Vance:  He  said  is  there  a  gap  and 
what  is  the  nature  of  the  gap  between  the  po- 
sitions enunciated  by  Sadat  yesterday  with 
respect  to  the  Palestinian  question  and  the 
view  of  the  Israelis,  and  I  said,  yes,  there  is  a 
gap,  and  I'm  not  going  to  go  into  the  details. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  you  said  that  you  were 
going  to  look  for  the  "give"  in  positions.  Did 
you  find  a  lot  of  flexibility  on  the  Israeli  side 


and  the  Egyptian  side?  Did  you  really  find 
much  give,  or  did  you  get  a  pretty  hard  line? 

Secretary  Vance:  No,  there  are  big  differ- 
ences between  them,  but  both  of  them  indi- 
cated that  if  the  procedural  questions  could  be 
resolved,  that  they  are  prepared  to  go  to  a 
Geneva  conference  without  preconditions. 

Q.  You  say  you  found  give  in  there? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  think  that's  give. 

Q.  Is  there  any  practicality  in  this  notion  of 
trying  to  move  toward  some  kind  of  entity 
linking  Jordan  arid  a  West  Bank  Palestinian 
state  to  go  before  Geneva  this  year?  It  all 
seems  you  have  to  compress  so  much. 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  say,  if  we  are 
going  to  play  the  kind  of  role  I  think  we  can, 
moving  between  the  parties  and  trying  to 
bring  them  together,  that  for  me  to  go  into 
too  much  detail  on  what  I  think  of  this  pro- 
posal and  that  proposal  is  not  constructive.  I 
think  our  role  is  one  here  of  trying  to  bring 
the  parties  together,  and  I  don't  want  to  make 
comments  about  what  I  may  think  about  the 
validity  or  strength  of  one  proposal  as  op- 
posed to  another. 

Q.  Is  it  your  understanding  that  this  pro- 
posal is  also  supported  in  a  general  way  by 
Syria  and  Saudi  Arabia? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  don't  know.  I  will  find 
out  when  I  go  there.  I  think  it's  been  dis- 
cussed with  them  before,  but  I'm  not  going  to 
speak  for  them.  I'll  hear  it  from  them. 

Q.  Cayi  you  address  a  general  question  of 
practicality  though,  Mr.  Secretary?  That's 
what's  bothering  me.  Whether  it's  still  possi- 
ble to  think  in  terms  of  getting  to  Geneva  this 
year? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  I  still  think  it's  pos- 
sible. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  can  you  explain  why  you 
continue  to  say  "Geneva  type,"  and  then  when 
we  ask  about  it  you  say,  "I  mean  Geneva"? 

Secretary  Vance:  It's  a  slip  of  the  tongue.  I 
really  don't  draw  any  distinction  on  that. 

Q.  Has  there  been  any  advancement  in 
Sadat's  thinking  on  the  kind  of  peace  that  he's 


216 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


ivilling  to  conclude  with  Israel  at  the  end  of 
this  process  ? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes. 

Q.  Did  you  take  anything  he  said  at  the 
press  conference  or  ivhat  he  said  to  you  as  an 
indication  that  he  would  be  willing  to  estab- 
lish trade,  diplomatic  relations,  have  a  nor- 
mal relationship  with  Israel,  as  if  it  were  any 
other  state? 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  just  say  this. 
There  was  more  flexibility  than  I  had  thought 
before  I  came  to  Cairo,  from  having  read  var- 
ious positions. 

Q.  Did  you  find  the  same  thing  in 
Jerusalem,  too? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  Yes,  a  little  bit.  But 
I 'don't  want  to  say,  I  think  you  know,  that 
there  aren't  very  deep  substantive  differences 
and  procedural  differences,  but  I  do  get  a  feel 
of  some  flexibility  developing  on  the  part  of 
the  parties  I  talked  to,  at  least  those  I  have 
talked  to. 

Q.  I  have  a  little  problem  with  that. 

Secretary  Vance:  I  am  not  trying  to  seem 
overly  optimistic  about  this. 

Q.  You  talked  about  preconditions.  With 
preconditions  I  have  a  little  trouble,  because 
you  were  talking  about  the  procedure  of  seat- 
ing, of  representation,  but  preconditions  usu- 
ally go  to  the  substance  of  what  will  happen. 
Can  you  expand  oji  that  a  bit? 

Secretary  Vance:  You  didn't  listen  to  me. 
What  I  said  was  that  if  the  procedural  ques- 
tions can  be  resolved,  then  the  parties  have 
said,  the  ones  I've  talked  to,  that  they  would 
be  willing  to  go  to  a  Geneva  conference  with- 
out preconditions  on  the  substantive  issues. 

Q.  And  that  is  give  on  procedure,  if  you 
take  that  as  being  a  sign  that  they're  giving? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  think  it's  obvious  if 
somebody  says  they'll  go  and  talk  substance 
without  preconditions  that  that's  progress. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  did  President  Sadat 
make  any  specific  arms  requests  of  you? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  answered  that  question. 


I've  got  nothing  to  add  to  that.  Let  me  add  to 
that.  I  said,  I  really  said  all  I'm  going  to  say 
on  that. 

Q.  You  said  he  may  ask  for  things,  and  if 
so,  you  would  consider  it,  using  the  three 
principles. 

Secretary  Vance:  He  indicated  to  me  in 
general  terms  his  needs  and  I  would  not  rule 
out  the  possibility  that  they  may  make  a  re- 
quest, but  we'll  deal  with  that  when  it  comes. 

Q.  What  did  you  think  of  him  personally,  of 
Sadat?  What  ivas  your  reaction  to  him? 

Secretary  Vayice:  I  found  him  to  be  a  very 
warm  and  intelHgent  man  who  had  obviously 
thought  deeply  about  the  problems  of  the 
Middle  East  and  the  need  for  a  peaceful  res- 
olution of  the  Middle  East  problem.  I  found 
him  completely  frank  and  forthcoming  in  an- 
swering any  questions  that  I  asked  of  him. 
And  I  came  away  with  a  very  high  regard  for 
him  as  a  man. 

Q.  Did  he  ask  for  any  m,ore  economic  aid? 

Secretary  Vance:  We  discussed  economic 
aid  and  the  need  for  economic  aid  and  the  im- 
portance of  that  to  his  country  and  I  indicated 
to  him  what  was  in  the  present  budget  which 
we  are  sending  up  to  Congress,  in  that  re- 
spect. 

Q.  Abotit  $900  million?  What  was  that  fig- 
ure? Was  that  figure  $900  million? 

Secretary  Vance:  About  900.  I  think  it's  750 
plus  114  of  Pubhc  Law  480.  That's  my  recol- 
lection. 

Q.  Is  that  the  same  now  as  fiscal  year 

1977? 

Secretary  Vance:  A  little  bigger. 


DEPARTURE,  AMMAN,  FEBRUARY  19 

press  release  71  dated  February  19 

Secretary  Vance:  Good  morning,  ladies  and 
gentlemen.  My  meetings  with  His  Majesty 
King  Hussein  and  his  close  advisers  have 
been  extremely  useful  to  me  in  clarifying  my 
understanding  of  the  starting  point  for  a  re- 


Mareh  14,  1977 


217 


sumption  of  peace  negotiations.  His  insights 
and  counsel  have  been  invaluable. 

I  have  e.\perienced  and  reaffirmed  the 
close  and  harmonious  relationship  which 
exists  between  our  two  countries.  I  have  re- 
viewed with  His  Majesty  the  interests  which 
we  share  and  have  confirmed  President  Car- 
ter's commitment  to  them.  I  have  stated  un- 
equivocally the  commitment  of  the  United 
States  to  Jordan's  economic  progress  and  to 
our  cooperation  in  the  pursuit  of  peace. 

His  Majesty  has  exerted  an  important  and 
moderating  influence  and  continues  to  do  so 
in  this  area.  We  have  deep  respect  for  his 
contributions  to  the  peacemaking  efforts. 

I  am  delighted  to  report  that  His  Majesty 
has  accepted  President  Carter's  invitation  to 
visit  the  United  States  to  meet  with  Presi- 
dent Carter  in  April. 

Let  me  say  I  am  particularly  grateful  that 
His  Majesty  has  graciously  received  me  dur- 
ing this  time  of  great  personal  tragedy. 


REMARKS  BY  PRINCE  SA'UD  BIN  FAISAL 
AND  SECRETARY  VANCE,  FEBRUARY  20  * 

Foreign  Minister  Prince  Sa'ud  bin  Faisal 
(summary  translation):  In  essence,  His 
Royal  Highness  was  expressing  his  apprecia- 
tion for  this  visit.  He  explained  how  the  dis- 
cussions that  took  place  between  you  and 
him,  and  of  course  between  you  and  the 
Crown  Prince,  were  conducted  in  an  atmos- 
phere of  frankness  and  cordiality. 

His  Royal  Highness  emphasized  mainly 
two  points  which  made  them,  the  Arabs  and 
the  Saudis  in  particular,  optimistic  about  the 
future:  One  was  the  fact  that  you  in  the  out- 
set of  the  Administration  were  dispatched 
here  to  see  with  your  own  eyes  and  meet  face 
to  face  with  the  leaders  of  this  area;  and  two, 
the  fact  that  you  yourself  expressed  the  fact 
that  at  the  core  of  the  Middle  East  problem  is 
the  Palestine  question. 

We  are  all  at  a  turning  point,  said  His 
Royal  Highness,  at  this  point  in  history.  We 
must  preserve,  we  must  keep  up  our  good 


''  Made  upon  the  Secretary's  departure  from  Riyadh 
(te.xt  from  press  release  72  dated  Feb.  21). 


spirits  and  optimism,  and  we  certainly  look 
forward  to  cooperation  with  our  friends  the 
American  people  and  the  American  Govern- 
ment, which  finally,  not  at  last  but  certainly 
afresh,  has  expressed  its  dedication  to  the 
pursuit  of  peace  in  the  area  in  cooperation 
with  the  leaders  of  the  concerned  countries, 
and  we  wish  you  continued  success. 

Secretary  Vance:  Thank  you  very  much. 
Your  Royal  Highness.  I  am  extremely  grate- 
ful for  the  extraordinarily  warm  reception 
which  has  been  given  to  me  and  to  my  col- 
leagues on  this  visit  to  Riyadh.  We  deeply 
appreciate  the  frankness  and  the  cordiahty 
which  marked  the  talks  between  us.  I 
learned  much  from  these  frank  conversa- 
tions. 

I  agree  that  there  is  basis  for  optimism, 
yet  at  the  same  time  I  must  caution  that  the 
road  ahead  will  be  a  long  and  difficult  one. 
We,  the  United  States,  are  determined  to 
preserve  and  to  do  all  in  our  power  to  work 
with  the  parties  to  move  the  talks  toward  a 
successful  conclusion. 

It  is  true  that  the  Palestinian  question  is 
one  of  the  core  questions  that  must  be  re- 
solved in  the  achievement  of  the  final  solu- 
tion to  the  Middle  East  problem,  and  that, 
along  with  the  other  key  issues,  will  be  the 
subject  of  continuing  discussion  and  consul- 
tation between  ourselves  and  our  good 
friends  in  Saudi  Arabia  as  well  as  the  other 
parties.  We  are  looking  forward  with  great 
anticipation  to  the  visit  of  His  Royal  High- 
ness Crown  Prince  Fahd  at  a  convenient  time 
for  him,  hopefully  in  the  very  near  future,  to 
the  United  States,  where  the  President  of 
the  United  States  will  have  an  opportunity  to 
meet  with  him  in  face-to-face  discussions  of 
these  key  issues. 

I  would  emphasize  that  I  have  been  ex- 
tremely impressed  with  the  wisdom  of  the 
views  and  observations  made  by  Crown 
Prince  Fahd  and  by  His  Royal  Highness  the 
Foreign  Minister.  Again  may  I  say  that  it  is  a 
great  pleasure  for  me  to  renew  association 
with  the  Foreign  Minister  and  I  look  forward 
with  great  anticipation  to  working  with  him 
as  we  proceed  down  this  road  in  the  search 
for  peace. 

Q.    Prince   Sa'ud,    in   a    broadcast   the 


218 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


iceekend  before  the  Secretary  began  his  trip, 
you  said  that  Saudi  Arabia  had  held  oil  price 
increases  to  5  percent  in  a  hope  that  the 
United  States  would  exert  pressure,  your 
words  were,  on  Israel  for  the  Arab  cause. 
Now  that  you  have  talked  to  the  Secretary 
and  he  has  been  in  the  area  for  almost  a 
week,  can  you  tell  us  what  your  observations 
are  now.  Is  the  United  States  exerting  the 
kind  of  pressure  that  you  would  like  exerted 
on  Israel? 

Prince  Sa'ud:  Well,  I  don't  know  what 
broadcast  you  are  talking  about.  I  don't  re- 
member making  a  broadcast. 

In  any  event,  I'll  tell  you  what  I  said  about 
the  decision  of  Saudi  Arabia  in  the  Doha 
meeting.^  Our  decision  in  the  Doha  meeting 
was  a  completely  economic  decision.  In  any 
case,  all  that  we  do,  or  our  policies  in  any- 
thing we  do  are  geared  and  are  aimed  at  sta- 
bility and  improving  prospects  for  a  settle- 
ment in  the  Middle  East.  One  should  view 
the  policies  of  Saudi  Arabia  in  the  context  of 
their  entirety  and  not  just  in  one  action. 

As  to  the  policy  as  regards  oil  prices,  we 
have  made  it  very  clear.  I  think,  over  and 
over  again,  that  these  are  not  political  but 
economic  in  nature.  We  are,  as  part  of  the 
international  community,  very  mindful  of  the 
health  of  international  economics,  and  in 
holding  the  increase  to  5  percent  we  hope  to 
maintain  and  continue  the  health  and  pros- 
perity of  the  international  community. 

This  in  no  way  detracts  from  our  hope  and 
desire  that  the  United  States  be  instrumen- 
tal in  achieving  peace  in  the  Middle  East. 
The  decision  of  OPEC  is  not  linked  to  that, 
but  it  does  not  detract  from  the  fact  that  we 
hope  that  the  United  States  would  use  their 
influence  to  bring  about  peace  in  this  area. 

NEWS  CONFERENCE,  DAMASCUS,  FEBRUARY  21 

Press  release  74  dated  February  21 

Secretary  Vance:  When  I  started  out,  I  in- 
dicated that  I  had  several  objectives  in  mind. 


^  A  ministerial  meeting  of  the  Organization  of  Petro- 
leum Exporting  Countries  (OPEC)  was  held  at  Doha, 
Qatar,  in  December  1976. 


The  first  objective  was  to  indicate  the  impor- 
tance that  the  President  and  I  attached  to  the 
question  of  peace  in  the  Middle  East.  The  sec- 
ond was  to  get  a  chance  to  meet  the  leaders  of 
the  various  countries  involved  and  their  prin- 
cipal advisers.  And  the  third  was  to  get  a 
chance  to  learn  firsthand  their  views  and  have 
an  opportunity  to  discuss  those  views  with 
them  in  an  effort  to  obtain  a  clearer  under- 
standing and  to  find  where  there  might  be 
areas  of  common  ground  with  the  positions  of 
others. 

With  respect  to  each  of  these  objectives,  I 
feel  satisfied  that  they  have  been  accom- 
plished. 

Every  one  of  the  leaders  to  whom  I  talked 
indicated  an  appreciation  of  the  fact  that  this 
mission  was  taken  at  this  time  and  the  reas- 
surance that  it  gave  to  them  of  the  importance 
which  the  United  States  attached  to  the  ques- 
tion of  a  resolution  of  the  Middle  East  ques- 
tion. 

Secondly,  I  found  it  was  indeed  important 
to  meet  these  men  face  to  face.  As  President 
Asad  said  to  me  yesterday  afternoon,  there  is 
no  substitute  for  seeing  a  man  face  to  face  and 
having  a  chance  to  look  him  in  the  eye. 

With  respect  to  the  final  objective,  I  do  feel 
that  I  have  a  much  clearer  understanding  of 
the  views  of  the  parties  and  an  idea  with  re- 
spect to  those  areas  where  there  may  be 
common  understanding  on  agreement.  Let  me 
briefly  summarize  those  areas  for  you. 

First,  all  the  parties  are  agreed  on  the  need 
for  peace.  Every  one  of  the  leaders  pointed 
out  to  me  the  importance  of  cutting  back  on 
military  expenditures  and  putting  those  re- 
sources into  meeting  the  economic  and  social 
needs  of  their  countries.  There  wasn't  one 
that  did  not  underscore  the  importance  of  this 
to  me. 

Secondly,  all  of  the  parties  stated  that  they 
are  prepared  to  go  to  a  Geneva  conference  in 
the  last  half  of  1977  to  discuss  an  overall  peace 
settlement. 

Thirdly,  all  of  the  parties  agreed  that  if 
procedural  questions  can  be  resolved,  they 
are  prepared  to  discuss  all  substantive  ques- 
tions at  Geneva  without  preconditions. 

And  finally,  all  the  parties  are  agreed  as  to 
the  general  nature  of  the  three  core  elements 


March  14,  1977 


219 


of  a  final  settlement— namely,  peace,  with- 
drawal, and  resolution  of  the  Palestinian 
question. 

The  two  sides  are  deeply  divided,  however, 
on  the  definition  and  methods  of  resolving 
these  three  core  issues. 

First,  on  the  definition  of  what  peace 
means.  On  the  one  hand  you  have  the  view 
that  peace  is  an  end  of  war,  and  that  is  gener- 
ally the  Arab  view.  And  one  must  expect  time 
to  pass  before  there  can  be  normal  relations 
across  the  board  between  countries  that  have 
been  at  war,  in  a  state  of  belligerency  for 
years  and  years.  On  the  other  hand,  the  Is- 
raehs  would  define  peace  as  basically  the  es- 
tablishment of  full  normal  relations.  And  as 
you  can  see,  there  is  a  very  broad  gap  be- 
tween these  two  views. 

Secondly,  there  is  a  clear  difference  be- 
tween the  two  sides  on  the  meaning  of  shape 
of  withdrawal. 

And  finally,  there  is  a  difference  of  views 
between  the  two  sides  on  how  to  resolve  the 
Palestinian  question.  As  a  matter  of  fact, 
there  appear  to  be  even  differences  among  the 
Arabs  themselves  as  to  how  that  question 
should  be  resolved.  And  finally,  the  parties 
are  sharply  divided  on  the  key  procedural 
question  of  how  to  deal  with  the  issue  of  the 
PLO. 

So  as  you  can  see,  although  there  are  com- 
mon areas  of  understanding  and  agreement, 
there  are  also  very  sharp  differences.  And  the 
conclusion  that  I  draw  from  that  is  that  one 
must  be  very  careful  not  to  be  overoptimistic, 
as  King  Hussein  cautioned  when  we  were  in 
Amman. 

On  the  other  hand,  there  are  areas  of  com- 
mon ground  which  provide  a  basis  for  some 
encouragement  in  the  fact  that  all  of  them 
really  do,  sincerely,  in  my  judgment,  believe 
that  there  is  a  desperate  need  for  peace.  That 
is  a  positive  factor.  Those  are  very  prelimi- 
nary conclusions  I  have  come  to  as  I  start  the 
last  day  of  this  visit. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  you  say  that  all  sides 
agree  that  it  might  be  possible  to  get  into 
Geneva  discussions  in  the  second  half  of  this 
year.  And  yet  there  still  are  some  basic  dis- 
agreements on  the  basic  procedural  issue  of 
how  to  handle  the  PLO.  Why  is  everyone  ex- 


pecting to  get  into  those  discussions  this  year, 
unless  they  can  overcome  that  procedural 
question  ? 

Secretary  Vance:  What  I  said  was  that  all  of 
them  are  prepared  to  go  to  Geneva  and  hope 
that  they  could  go  to  Geneva  in  the  last  half  of 
the  year. 

Q.  Do  you  have  a  feeling  that  that  pro- 
cedural problem  can  be  overcome,  Mr.  Secre- 
tary 1 

Secretary  Vance:  I  do  not  have  an  answer 
yet,  nor  do  they.  This  is  one  of  the  most  dif- 
ficult questions  that  faces  us. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  does  one  approach  to  the 
Palestinian  question  at  Geneva  seem  to  have 
more  favor  than  the  others?  And  if  so,  could 
you  outline  it  for  us  ? 

Secretary  Vance:  No,  at  this  point  there 
does  not  seem  to  be  one  that  is  more  favored 
than  the  others  among  the  parties.  There 
seems  to  be  a  wide  variance  of  view  on  this 
issue  at  this  point. 

Q.  Did  Sadat's  proposal  seem  to  have  the 
endorsement  of  anybody  else?  That  is,  the 
Jordanian-Palestinian  link  before  Geneva? 

Secretary  Vance:  Other  leaders  said  that 
they  were  interested  in  it  and  wanted  to  study 
it.  They  felt  that  they  needed  to  have  a  better 
understanding  of  precisely  what  was  meant  by 
it. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  you  said  that  they  all 
agreed  on  the  substantive  issues  to  go  to 
Geneva  vAthout  preconditions.  It  has  been  a 
basic  Israeli  thing  that  they  would  never 
negotiate  without  preconditions.  And  in  the 
past  they  have  included  among  the  precondi- 
tions the  standard  Arab  interpretation  of  2Jt2, 
which  is  all — every  inch — every  last  grain 
of  sand  of  territory.  Does  that  mean  that 
Asad,for  example,  is  now  ready  to  negotiate 
this  point? 

Secretary  Vance:  The  way  I  put  the  ques- 
tion to  them,  I  said,  assuming  all  procedural 
questions  are  out  of  the  way,  are  you  pre- 
pared to  go  to  Geneva  to  discuss  all  substan- 
tive questions  without  preconditions?  The  an- 
swer I  got  was  yes. 


220 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Q.  With  Old  a  for  instance? 

Secretary  Vance:  Without  a  for  instance. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  I  want  to  ask  you  a  gen- 
eral question  of  what  peace  means.  You  stated 
very  precisely  that  for  the  Arabs  peace  was 
the  end  of  war  and  that  time  must  pass  before 
normal  relations  could  begin. 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  add  that  it  might 
vary  between  countries  with  respect  to  the  re- 
lations between  x  and  y,  that  they  might  be 
able  to  move  at  a  faster  pace  than  between  x 
and  2. 

Q.  What  I  ivant  to  ask  you  is,  as  you  know, 
the  Israelis  have  said  they  don't  want  to  give 
up  the  territory  that  they  won  in  1967  this 
time  without  some  firyn  guarantees  that  there 
will  be  real  peace,  or  a  trade  with  some  of  the 
other_  things  that  they  define  as  real  peace.  Is 
it  your  view  that  in  a  final  settlement  which 
would  come  out  of  Geneva,  the  end  of 
Geneva,  however  long  that  took,  that  the  Is- 
raelis want  to  get  some  elem,ents  of  real 
peace? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  don't  want  to  comment 
on  what  any  of  the  parties  are  to  get  at  this 
point.  It  is  obvious  that  these  three  core  ele- 
ments are  intertwined  with  each  other.  And 
that  is  one  of  the  complexities  of  the  negotia- 
tions when  people  do  go  to  Geneva. 

Q.  I  just  want  to  be  clear.  You  are  not,  on 
the  other  hand  supporting  the  Arab  view  that 
peace — 

Secretary  Vance:  I  am  not  supporting  any- 
body's view  at  this  point.  I  am  not  supporting 
anybody's  view. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  what  did  President  Asad 
tell  you  about  the  willingness  of  the  PLO  to 
either  set  up  a  West  Bank  state,  rewrite  the 
covenant,  or — 

Secretary  Vance:  He  said  he  could  not 
speak  for  the  PLO. 

Q.  Did  he  give  you  any  indication  of  their 
attitude,  of  what  might  be  developing  in  the 
leadership  of  the  PLO  ? 

Secretary  Vance:  Nothing. 

Q.  Where  do  we  go  from  here? 


Secretary  Vance:  I  will  go  back  to  the 
United  States  and  report  to  the  President 
immediately  the  results  of  the  trip.  We  will 
then  reflect  and  begin  to  develop  our  views 
with  respect  to  the  way  that  we  can  best  pro- 
ceed to  help  move  toward  a  peaceful  settle- 
ment. The  various  heads  of  government  will 
be  coming  to  the  United  States,  with  one  ex- 
ception which  I  will  refer  to  in  a  minute,  to 
meet  with  the  President  as  we  continue  the 
process  of  our  work  in  the  United  States.  And 
at  the  same  time  there  will  be  discussion 
among  the  parties  in  the  Middle  East  them- 
selves with  respect  to  a  number  of  issues 
which  remain  unresolved  among  them.  So  that 
work  will  be  going  on  both  in  the  United 
States  and  here  during  the  months  im- 
mediately ahead. 

I  said  with  one  exception.  Yesterday  I  ex- 
tended an  invitation  to  President  Asad  to 
meet  with  President  Carter.  President  Asad 
indicated  he  will  at  some  future  date  come  to 
Washington  to  meet  with  the  President,  that 
the  precise  date  could  not  be  fixed  now,  but 
that  he  would  be  prepared  to  meet  with  the 
President,  as  the  President  suggested  in  his 
letter,  in  Europe.  And  I  would  think  it  Hkely 
that  is  what  will  happen. 

Q.  [Inaudible]. 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  that  point  was  made 
to  me  many  times  by  a  number  of  the  Arab 
leaders. 

Q.  Are  you  in  any  way  understanding  of 
that  position? 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  say  at  this  point 
that  I  am  on  a  factfinding  mission  and  I  don't 
want  to  comment  on  substantive  positions. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  you  said  that  each  of  the 
parties  is  prepared  to  go  to  Geneva  in  the  sec- 
ond half  of  1977.  On  the  other  hand,  two  or 
three  days  before  we  arrived.  President  Asad 
told  the  French  press  that  he  is  extremely 
dubious  about  the  possibility  of  a  Geneva  con- 
ference convening  in  1977.  Given  that,  can 
you  give  us  something  of  the  flavor,  the  tone, 
of  Asad? 

Secretary  Vance:  He  is  deeply  committed  to 
achieve  a  peaceful  solution.  There  isn't  any 


March  14,  1977 


221 


question  about  that.  On  the  other  hand,  he 
sees  the  problems  as  very  difficult  and  com- 
plex, as  all  of  us  do,  and  therefore  I  think  he 
is  merely  expressing  the  same  caution  against 
overoptimism,  or  a  similar  caution  against 
overoptimism,  such  as  that  that  was  ex- 
pressed by  King  Hussein. 

Q.  He's  not  reluctant? 

Secretary  Vance:  He's  not  reluctant  to 
what? 

Q.  To  go  to  Geneva  this  year? 

Secretary  Vance:  No,  he  said  that  he  would 
be  prepared  to  do  so. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  I  may  suffer  from  over- 
pessimism,,  but  when  you  say  that  nobody  has 
any  preconditions  about  Geneva,  and  they 
answered  your  question  in  the  affirmative 
when  you  talked  about  preconditions,  it  still 
conies  back  to,  for  instance,  last  night — the 
Syrian  Government's  statement  demanding 
that  Israel  withdraw  and  giving  the 
maximum  Arab  [inaudible]  on  21,2.  The  Is- 
raeli leaders  in  Israel  repeated  again  the 
standard  Israeli  position  that  under  no  cir- 
cumstayices  would  they  ever  give  back  all  the 
territories  before  October.  Do  you  think  these 
are  really  just  opening  bargaining  points  that 
have  been  unth  us  for  so  many  years  now?  Or 
do  you  think  [inaudible]? 

Secretary  Vance:  I'm  convinced  from  talking 
to  the  parties  that  these  are  deeply  held  views 
and  they  will  be  difficult  for  people  to  change. 
On  the  other  hand,  I  believe  them  when  they 
say  they  are  prepared  to  come  and  to  discuss, 
and  if  you  can  get  people  sitting  around  to- 
gether and  discussing  these  issues,  then  there 
is  always  a  possibility  that  there  may  be 
change.  But  I  don't  want  to  underestimate  the 
complexity  and  difficulty  of  it.  I  don't  want  to 
leave  the  impression  that  I  think  that  there 
isn't  a  very  hard  and  difficult  road  ahead. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  two  specific  points.  What 
did  President  Asad  have  to  say  about  the  idea 
of  a  Palestiyiian  state  in  confederation  with 
Jordan;  and  two,  with  either  Asad  or  with 
any  other,  did  the  idea  come  up  on  the  estab- 
lishment of  a  Palestinian  state  in  exile  in 
order  to  get  around  the  covenant  question  ? 


Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  say  this,  that  we 
discussed  with  him  the  questions  which  you 
have  just  raised.  He  very  frankly  discussed 
them  with  me.  I  don't  think  it's  appropriate 
for  me  to  give  those  to  you.  If  he's  going  to 
give  a  press  conference,  you  might  want  to 
ask  him  about  those  views  today.  I  don't  think 
it's  appropriate  for  me  to  talk  about  them. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  one  of  your  purposes  in 
coming  on  this  trip  was  to  try  to  do  something 
abo2it  this  armaments  buildup  in  the  Middle 
East.  Cotdd  you  tell  us  what  your  conclu- 
sions are  on  this  score? 

Secretary  Vance:  As  I  said,  everyone 
agrees  that  they've  got  to  find  some  way  to  cut 
back  on  the  armament  burden  which  is  just 
crushing  every  one  of  them.  And  they  all  say 
that  they  would  love  to  be  able  to  stop  pur- 
chasing arms,  but  they  say  how  can  we  do  this 
unless  we  get  an  agreement  across  the  board 
at  this  point  that  everybody  else  is  going  to  do 
the  same  thing.  So  that  although  they  agree  in 
principle,  the  implementation  of  the  principle 
appears  terribly  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  at 
this  point. 

Q.  Do  you  see  there  is  a  role  for  the  United 
States  to  play  in  the  process? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  I  think  there  is.  This 
is  a  general  proposition  the  Administration  is 
working  on  and  one  of  the  fundamental  areas 
of  President  Carter's  concern.  It  is  going  to 
be  more  difficult  in  the  Middle  East,  I  think, 
than  in  most  other  places  because  of  the  ten- 
sion that  exists  in  the  area. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  you  said  before  you  came 
that  you  were  going  to  pi'ess  all  these  leaders 
to  the  limits  and  you  were  going  to  look  for 
"give."  Can  you  tell  us  if  you  found  any 
"give"  with  Asad,  and  a  little  bit  about  it  if 
you  did? 

Secretary  Vance:  I'm  not  going  to  go  into 
details  with  respect  to  his  views,  as  I  haven't 
with  others,  because  I  don't  think  it  is  appro- 
priate for  me  to  do  so.  I  found  him  under- 
standing and  had  the  feeling  that  he  would  be 
willing  to  listen  to  other  people  and  weigh 
their  views  at  any  peace  conference.  I  think 
that's  all  I  ought  to  say.  I  don't  want  to 
characterize  any  further  than  that. 


222 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


ARRIVAL,  ANDREWS  AIR  FORCE  BASE, 
FEBRUARY  21 

Press  release  75  dated  February  22 

Q.  How  was  your  trip,  Mr.  Secretary? 

Secretary  Vaiice:  We  had  a  good  trip.  When 
I  left  a  long  week  ago,  I  set  out  with  several 
purposes  in  mind:  first,  to  indicate  the  high 
priority  which  President  Carter  and  I  attach 
to  the  search  for  a  just  peace  in  the  Middle 
East;  secondly,  to  have  the  opportunity  to 
meet  with  the  leaders  of  the  countries  which 
will  be  involved  in  that  search  for  peace;  and 
thirdly,  to  have  a  chance  to  discuss  firsthand 
with  those  leaders  their  views  with  respect  to 
how  we  should  proceed  in  that  process,  and 
thus  to  get  a  feel  for  what  the  areas  might  be 
that  we  should  concentrate  our  attention  on  in 
the  work  yet  to  be  done  by  us. 

Q.  On  what  areas  do  we  first  concentrate, 
sir? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  well  let  me  tell  you 
that.  Let  me  say  that  as  a  result  of  the  trip,  I 
think  that  we  accomplished  those  basic  objec- 
tives. We  found  a  certain  amount  of  common 
ground,  or  common  understanding,  among  the 
parties. 

First,  there  was  common  agreement  among 
all  of  those  leaders  that  peace  was  desperately 
needed  so  that  they  could  turn  the  attention 
of  their  countries  to  meeting  the  economic  and 
social  needs  of  those  countries. 

Secondly,  there  was  common  agreement 
that  we  should  seek  to  have  a  Geneva  confer- 
ence in  the  fall  of  1977;  the  purpose  of  that 
conference  to  seek  an  overall  peace. 

Thirdly,  there  was  common  agreement  that 
if  the  procedural  questions  could  be  satisfac- 
torily worked  out  that  all  would  proceed  to 
the  conference  without  any  preconditions  as 
to  the  substantive  matters. 

And  finally,  in  each  of  the  countries  we 
found  that  the  leaders  expressed  the  hope 
that  the  United  States  would  play  a  very  ac- 
tive part  in  the  search  for  peace,  and  we  shall 
do  that. 

Now  that  I  am  back  here,  I  will  first  meet 
and  brief  the  President  in  detail.  In  addition 


to  that  we  will  consult  with  members  of  the 
Congress.  We  shall  also  consult  with  our  allies 
and  with  the  Cochairman  [of  the  Geneva 
conference] — the  Soviet  Union — all  of  whom 
share  the  common  goal  of  achieving  a  just  and 
lasting  peace  in  the  Middle  East.  Let  me  say 
that  the  road  ahead  is  a  long  and  difficult  one. 
But  I  think  we  have  made  a  first  step  and  we 
shall  move  on  from  there. 

Q.  Are  you  any  closer  to  the  solution  of  the 
Palestinian  problem,  sir? 

Secretary  Vance:  We  are  no  closer  to  the  so- 
lution of  that  at  this  time.  All  of  the  leaders 
did  agree  on  the  three  fundamental  core  is- 
sues that  have  to  be  taken  up  at  the  peace 
conference,  and  they  are  the  question  of 
peace,  the  question  of  withdrawal,  and  the 
resolution  of  the  Palestinian  question.  Those 
are  issues  on  which  there  are  very  sharp  dif- 
ferences of  views  between  the  various  coun- 
tries. 


Letters  of  Credence 

Australia 

The  newly  appointed  Ambassador  of  Aus- 
tralia, Alan  Philip  Renouf,  presented  his  cre- 
dentials to  President  Carter  on  February 
17.1 

Botswana 

The  newly  appointed  Ambassador  of  the 
Republic  of  Botswana,  Bias  Mookodi,  pre- 
sented his  credentials  to  President  Carter  on 
February  17.^ 

Ecuador 

The  newly  appointed  Ambassador  of  the 
Republic  of  Ecuador,  Gustavo  Ycaza  Borja, 
presented  his  credentials  to  President  Carter 
on  February  17.' 


'  For  te.xts  of  the  Ambassador's  remarks  and  the 
President's  reply,  see  Department  of  State  press  release 
dated  Feb.  17. 


March  14,  1977 


223 


Interview  With  Secretary  Vance  on  February  8 
by  Egyptian  and  Syrian  Media  Representatives 


Following  is  the  transcript  of  an  interview 
with  Secretary  Vance  at  Washington  on  Feb- 
ruary 8  by  Ahmed  Fawzi,  Egyptian  television 
commentator,  and  Ghassan  Rifai,  of  Tishriin 
Daily,  Damascus. 


Press  release  fjl  dated  February  14 


Mr.  Fawzi:  Mr.  Secretary,  on  behalf  of  our 
Egyptian  viewers,  first  let  me  thank  you  for 
giving  us  so  much  of  your  time.  And  may  I 
start  out  by  asking  you  whether  your  trip  to 
the  Middle  East— will  you  be  carryiyig  any 
concrete  proposals  with  you,  or  is  this  an  ini- 
tial listening  visit,  as  it  were,  feeling  the 
pulse? 

Secretary  Vance:  First  let  me  say  how 
pleased  I  am  to  have  this  occasion  to  meet 
with  you. 

The  fact  that  this  is  the  first  major  diplomat- 
ic effort  of  the  new  Administration  indicates 
the  importance  that  the  President  attaches  to 
this  mission.  This  is  a  mission  where  I  am 
going  to  be  taking  the  opportunity  to  come 
and  seek  to  hear  firsthand  the  views  of  the 
leaders  of  the  key  countries  in  the  Middle 
East. 

There  is  nothing  more  important  than  to  be 
able  to  get  firsthand  the  views  of  those  who 
will  be  involved  in  the  search  for  peace  in  that 
area.  I  am  not  coming  with  any  specific  pro- 
posals. I  think  this  is  understood  by  the  lead- 
ers in  those  countries.  The  role  that  the 
United  States  can  play  in  this  search  for  peace 
is  to  try  and  facilitate  the  process  by  which 
the  parties  can  reach  a  peaceful  settlement  of 
these  longstanding  issues,  and  I  do  not  think 
it  would  be  constructive  at  this  time  for  me  to 
come  with  any  specific  U.S.  proposals. 

Let  me  underscore,  however,  that  we  do  in- 
tend to  play  an  active  role,  that  upon  my  re- 


turn from  the  Middle  East  I  will  report  to 
President  Carter  and  then  we  will  formulate 
our  views  in  light  of  what  I've  learned  during 
my  trip. 

Mr.  Fawzi:  Mr.  Secretary,  you  have  cer- 
tainly made  an  extensive  study  of  the  situa- 
tion in  the  Middle  East;  and  having  several 
briefings  on  the  Middle  East  situation,  what 
is  your  appraisal  of  things  as  they  stand  now 
and  of  Egypt's  efforts  so  far  in  the  quest  for 
peace? 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  say  that  I  have 
indeed  studied  intensively  the  situation  in  the 
Middle  East.  The  situation,  as  I  see  it  at  the 
present  time,  is  more  promising  than  it  has 
been  in  a  long  while.  The  crisis  of  Lebanon 
has  eased.  It  would  appear  that  moderating 
forces  are  predominant  in  the  area  at  this 
time.  As  a  consequence  of  this,  I  think  that 
the  circumstances  which  exist  are,  as  I  indi- 
cated, more  promising  than  they  have  been 
for  a  long  time. 

Now,  that  is  not  to  say  that  there  are  not 
many  very  difficult  problems  to  be  resolved, 
and  I  do  not  want  to  underestimate  the  diffi- 
culty of  the  resolution  of  these  problems;  but  I 
think  that  the  surrounding  circumstances  are 
such  that  it  will  help  in  the  search  for  a  solu- 
tion to  those  problems. 

Now,  as  to  the  question  of  Egypt's  role, 
we  here  in  the  United  States  know  that  Pres- 
ident Sadat  believes  deeply  in  and  is  committed 
to  a  lasting  and  just  peace  in  the  area.  We 
hold  President  Sadat  in  very  high  regard  be- 
cause of  his  leadership  and  because  of  his  vi- 
sion for  peace  and  for  economic  progress — not 
only  for  Egypt  but  for  the  entire  Arab  world. 
When  millions  of  Americans  recall  his  historic 
visit  to  the  United  States  in  1975,  we  all  are 
much  impressed  by  what  he  had  to  say  then 


I 


224 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


and  has  been  saying  since  then.  I  know  that 
President  Carter  counts  heavily  on  the  advice 
he  will  receive  from  President  Sadat  in 
searching  for  constructive  solutions  that  may 
be  suggested  by  our  country  in  helping  the 
general  search  for  peace. 

Mr.  Fawzi:  With  your  loug  political  and 
negotiating  experience,  Mr.  Secretary,  you 
realize  that  much  time  is  cousumed  in  pro- 
dncing  only  the  shape  of  a  negotiating  table. 
Noiv,  there  are  basic  issues  that  are  going  to 
be  discussed  on  that  table  in  Geneva;  and  I 
believe  our  Egyptian  viewers  and  viewers  in 
the  Arab  world  would  be  interested  in  learn- 
ing the  U.S.  Government  and  people's  stand 
OH  the  basic  issues;  namely,  total  Israeli 
withdrawal  to  pre-June  1967  lines  and  the 
right  of  the  Palestinian  people  to  a  national 
entity  of  their  own. 

Secretary  Vance:  U.N.  Resolutions  242  and 
338  have  laid  out  the  basic  principles  for  a  so- 
lution to  the  Middle  East  problem.  These  res- 
olutions, as  we  all  know,  have  been  adopted 
and  approved  by  the  parties  involved.  In  ad- 
dition, the  United  States  has  also  voted  in 
favor  of  these  resolutions.  This  being  the 
case,  they  lay  the  groundwork — the 
framework — for  progress  and  for  the  shape  of 
the  negotiations. 

I  think  it  would  be  a  ^nistake  for  me,  how- 
ever, at  this  point,  at  this  early  stage,  to  try 
and  give  specific  answers  to  our  positions  in 
specific  areas  such  as  you  have  indicated.  I 
think  it's  much  more  appropriate  for  me  to 
come  at  the  outset  and  hear  what  the  leaders 
of  the  key  countries  have  to  say,  and  then 
come  back  and  discuss  these,  as  I  previously 
indicated,  with  the  President  before  we  for- 
mulate our  final  suggestions,  which  we  can 
then  communicate  to  the  parties. 

Mr.  Fawzi:  While  we're  talking  about 
Geneva,  one  issue  that  is  very  important  to 
everyone  is  Palestinian  representation  in 
Geneva.  What  form  of  Palestinian  representa- 
tion would  be  acceptable  to  the  U.S.  Govern- 
ment? 

Secretary  Vance:  Now,  clearly,  this  is  one 
of  the  key  issues  that  is  going  to  be  involved 
in  deciding  how   one   can   best   return   to 


Geneva.  I  am  sure  that  each  of  the  leaders 
with  whom  I  meet  will  have  views  with  re- 
spect to  this  particular  issue;  and  I  expect  to 
learn  much  from  them  about  this  particular 
problem,  which  will  help  us  in  shaping  our 
views  here  in  the  United  States  on  this  par- 
ticular issue. 

I  don't  think  it's  really,  at  this  stage,  ap- 
propriate for  me  to  say  anything  further  than 
that. 

Mr.  Fawzi:  Mr.  Secretary,  the  new  Admin- 
istratioyi  has  expressed  its  interest  iyi  reduc- 
ing arms  sales  throughout  the  world,  and  you 
have  spoke?!  of  target  areas,  .such  as  the  Mid- 
dle East,  as  areas  where  possible  pilot  arms 
reduction  projects  could  be  carried  out.  Our 
question  is:  Will  that  affect  your  arms  supply 
to  Israel?  Will  you  be  cutting  back  equally 
arms  szipplies  to  Israel?  What  would  be  the 
ratio  of  your  cutbacks,  and  would  yon  be  ex- 
pecting other  aryns-producing  couritries  to 
comply? 

Secretary  Vance:  As  you  know,  and  I  be- 
lieve your  people  know,  President  Carter  and 
I  have  both  said  that  we  place  the  highest 
priority  on  the  reduction  of  arms  sales 
throughout  the  world.  President  Carter  has 
also  indicated  that  he  wishes  me  to  discuss 
with  the  leaders  of  the  countries  in  the  Middle 
East  the  question  of  reduction  of  arms  sales  in 
these  countries.  This  I  shall  do. 

In  doing  so,  I  will  be  guided  by  the  basic 
principles  which  I  have  previously  enun- 
ciated, and  they  are  the  following: 

Are  the  arms  which  are  being  requested  vi- 
tally necessary  to  the  security  requirements 
of  the  requesting  nation? 

Secondly,  will  the  giving  of  those  arms 
upset  the  precarious  but  critical  balance  that 
e.xists  in  the  Middle  East? 

And  finally,  will  the  granting  of  a  license  to 
sell  those  arms  affect  the  movement  toward 
peace  in  a  positive  way? 

Now,  the  question  of  arms  sales  is  not  a 
one-way  street.  We,  as  the  leading  arms  sell- 
er, I  think  have  a  special  responsibility  to 
take  leadership  in  this  area;  but  this  is  also  a 
question  for  purchasers  as  well  as  suppliers. 
And  therefore  we  intend  not  only  to  discuss 
this  on  this  trip  with  the  leaders  as  I  have  in- 


March  14,  1977 


225 


dicated;  but  we  intend  to  discuss  it  with  other 
nations — to  seek  not  only  in  this  area  but 
throughout  the  world  a  reduction  in  the  sale 
of  arms  both  in  terms  of  arms  to  specific  areas 
and  in  the  general  sense. 

Mr.  Fawzi:  Well,  in  the  few  minutes  we 
have  left,  Mr.  Secretary,  I  would  like  to  point 
out  Egypt's  current  economic  difficulties  and 
ask  you  what  the  United  States  can  do  to  en- 
courage more  American  capital  investment  in 
Egypt  and  joint  development  projects. 

Secretary  Vance:  I  think  we've  made  some 
progress  already  on  that.  I  know  that  there 
are  several  serious  American  proposals  that 
are  currently  before  your  government.  And  in 
addition,  there  are  a  number  of  other  propos- 
als which  are  being  considered  by  the  Joint 
Commission  which  exists  between  our  two 
countries — which,  if  they  should  prove  satis- 
factory to  both,  will  be  forwarded  to  your 
government. 

With  respect  to  the  question  of  your  eco- 
nomic problems,  we  are  very  sensitive  to  the 
difficulty  of  those  problems.  We  have  at- 
tempted to  assist,  and  will  continue  to  assist, 
in  that  area.  We  have  made  contributions  in 
the  area  of  aid,  and  in  that  we  have  tried  to 
direct  them  not  only  to  the  immediate  com- 
modities but  also  to  project  development, 
which  we  know  is  a  very  important  area  of 
concern  insofar  as  your  country  is  concerned. 
And  you  can  count  on  us  to  continue  to  assist 
in  this  area,  not  only  on  a  government  basis 
but  insofar  as  private  industry  is  concerned. 

Dr.  Rifai:  There  is  a  general  feeling,  Mr. 
Secretary,  that  the  new  Administration  gives 
to  the  Middle  East  problem  an  urgent  prior- 
ity. Have  the  new  developments,  local  or  na- 
tional, convinced  the  new  Ad^nini  strati  on 
that  a  new  approach  to  the  problem  would 
lead  to  progress  toward  an  overall  settlement? 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  say  that  we  do  at- 
tach the  highest  priority  to  progress  in  the 
Middle  East  and  to  progress  in  1977.  There  is 
no  issue,  insofar  as  the  United  States  is  con- 
cerned, which  has  higher  priority;  and  the  fact 
that  President  Carter  has  asked  me  to  under- 
take this  mission  as  the  first  major  diplomatic 
effort  of  this  country  I  think  is  an  indication  of 


the  importance  which  this  Administration  and 
President  Carter  attach  to  the  peaceful  solu- 
tion of  the  Middle  East  problem. 

Now,  insofar  as  the  conditions  for  peace  are 
concerned,  I  think  that  the  conditions  have 
substantially  improved  in  the  last  nine  months 
or  so.  The  war  in  Lebanon  has  receded;  the 
forces  of  moderation  seem  to  be  in  an  ascend- 
ancy. All  of  the  parties  to  a  Geneva  confer- 
ence have  indicated  their  willingness  to  go  to 
such  a  conference — so  that  these  circum- 
stances would  seem  to  indicate  that  the  signs 
are  right  for  moving  toward  a  conference  in 
the  year  1977. 

I  must  say,  however,  that  we  should  not 
underestimate  the  difficulties  which  lie  ahead. 
There  will  be  very  difficult  and  thorny  ques- 
tions to  be  resolved,  and  it  will  take  coopera- 
tion and  flexibility  on  the  part  of  all  to  make 
progress.  We  intend  to  play  a  very  active 
part.  We  hope  that  we  can  help  the  parties  in 
moving  toward  a  solution  of  these  questions  in 
this  year. 

Dr.  Rifai:  Thank  you,  Mr.  Secretary. 

You're  expected  to  visit  the  Middle  East 
next  iveek,  probably  to  get  a  firsthand  ap- 
preciation of  the  real  problem.  Is  that  trip  of  a 
purely  exploratory  nature,  or  are  there  some 
specific  proposals  that  you  would  like  to  pre- 
sent to  the  concerned  governments  in  the  area? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  have  no  specific  propos- 
als that  I  intend  to  propose  to  the  key  gov- 
ernments which  I  will  be  visiting.  I  have  come 
to  meet  with  the  leaders  in  each  of  these  coun- 
tries because  I  believe  it's  essential  to  hear 
firsthand  their  views  as  to  the  issues  and 
ways  of  resolving  these  issues. 

I  also  believe  that  by  making  this  visit  I  will 
be  able  to  get  a  better  understanding  of  the 
nature  of  some  of  these  problems  than  has 
been  possible  in  the  past  and,  as  a  result  of 
this,  will  be  able  to  report  to  our  President 
and,  with  him,  better  help  to  formulate  our 
suggestions  in  the  future  with  respect  to  the 
resolution  of  these  problems. 

Dr.  Rifai:  Mr.  Secretary,  your  trip  is  pre- 
ceded by  an  official  visit  undertaken  by  the 
Secretary  General  of  the  United  Nations  and 
would  be  folloived  probably  by  the  official  vis- 


226 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


its  of  the  French,  German,  and  English 
Ministers  of  Foreign  Affairs.  Is  there  any 
coordination  between  the  American  initiative 
and  that  of  the  United  Nations  on  the  one 
hand  and  that  of  the  West  Europeans  on  the 
other? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  I  met  with  the  Sec- 
retary General  of  the  United  Nations  im- 
mediately before  he  left  on  his  trip  to  the 
Middle  East.  We  discussed  at  length  his  plans 
for  that  trip.  He  and  I  are  keeping  in  close 
touch  on  this.  And  although  he  himself  will 
not  be  back  before  I  leave  on  my  trip,  one  of 
his  colleagues  who  is  traveling  with  him  will 
return  to  Washington  and  will  meet  with  me 
on  next  Monday,  the  day  I  leave,  to  bring  me 
fully  up  to  date  on  what  has  transpired  during 
his  visits  with  the  various  leaders  in  the  Mid- 
dle East. 

I  am  also  in  touch  with  the  Foreign  Minis- 
ters of  the  countries  which  you  have  men- 
tioned and  will  be  in  further  touch  with  them 
so  that  I  can  have  the  benefit  of  their  views. 

We  have  also  been  in  touch  with  the  mem- 
bers of  the  European  Community,  as  you 
know,  through  Vice  President  Mondale's  trip; 
and  upon  my  return  from  the  Middle  East,  I 
will  coordinate  my  views  and  report  to  them 
as  well  as  to  the  people  here  in  the  United 
States. 

Dr.  Rifai:  Mr.  Secretary,  it  is  expected  that 
the  Geneva  Peace  Conference  for  the  Middle 
East  will  be  convened  shortly  this  year.  This 
conference,  as  we  know,  is  under  the  auspices 
of  the  United  Nations  and  the  cochairman- 
ship  of  the  United  States  and  the  Soviet 
Union.  Has  the  new  Administration  agreed 
on  the  principles  and  the  framework  of  the 
conference  with  the  United  Nations  Secretary 
General  and  the  Government  of  the  Soviet 
Union? 

Secretary  Vance:  We  have  not  agreed  on 
any  concrete  framework;  but  we  have  dis- 
cussed the  matter,  as  I  indicated,  with  the 
Secretary  General.  He  himself  has  not  arrived 
at  any  final  conclusions  as  to  what  he  beheves 
would  be  the  best  method  of  proceeding  but 
hopes  to  have  a  better  idea  of  that  which  he 
will  recommend  as  a  result  of  his  trip. 

The    Soviet    Union,    of   course,    as    the 


Cochairman,  also  has  an  important  role  to 
play;  and  I  will  be  discussing,  upon  my  return 
from  the  Middle  East,  the  results  of  my  trip 
with  representatives  of  the  Soviet  Union — 
which  as  Cochairman,  as  I've  indicated,  will 
have  an  important  role  to  play. 

Dr.  Rifai:  Mr.  Secretary,  any  possible  set- 
tlement to  the  Arab-Israel  conflict  would  take 
into  consideration  two  necessary  conditions: 
first,  a  complete  withdrawal  of  Israel  from  all 
occupied  territories;  and  second,  the  recogni- 
tion of  the  legitimate  national  rights  of  the 
Palestinian  people.  We  know  that  the  role  of 
the  United  States  is  decisive  in  any  possible 
settlement.  What  would  be  the  attitude  of  the 
United  States  vis-a-vis  these  tivo  conditions? 

Secretary  Vance:  At  this  point  I  don't  think 
it  would  be  helpful  for  me  to  speak  specifically 
with  respect  to  the  views  of  the  United  States 
on  these  two  issues.  These  are  issues  which  I 
will  be  discussing  with  the  leaders  of  the  vari- 
ous countries  which  I  will  be  visiting. 

After  having  the  benefit  of  their  views,  we 
will,  in  the  United  States,  discuss  within  the 
government  the  positions  we  believe  are  most 
constructive  in  this  area  and  will  communicate 
those  views  to  the  parties  involved.  But  I 
think  at  this  early  stage  it  would  not  be  con- 
structive for  me  to  try  and  come  with  any 
specific  proposals,  and  I  think  the  leaders  of 
the  countries  I  am  visiting  are  fully  aware  of 
this. 

Dr.  Rifai:  Mr.  Secretary,  southern  Lebanon 
is  the  only  sector  where  peace  has  not  been  es- 
tablished. The  Arab  peace  forces  entrusted 
with  security  in  Lebanon  are  deployed  for 
that  purpose.  Israel  is  creating  a  situation 
whereby  it  seeks  to  prevent  this  task  from 
being  fulfilled.  What  do  you  think  should  be 
done  in  southern  Lebanon  to  prevent  a  recur- 
rence of  civil  war  and  that  there  should  be  no 
return  of  tension  along  the  Israeli  border? 

Secretary  Vance:  The  problems  of  southern 
Lebanon  are  very  difficult  problems.  We  sup- 
port very  strongly  the  efforts  of  President 
Sarkis  to  extend  control  of  the  central  au- 
thorities throughout  all  of  Lebanon,  but  the 
problem  that  exists  is  that  the  forces  do  not 
exist  at  this  point  within  Lebanon  to  achieve 


March  14,  1977 


227 


this.  As  a  result  of  that,  it  makes  the  situation 
extremely  difficult  and  complex. 

Because  of  this,  we  have  used  our  best  of- 
fices to  facilitate  the  communication  between 
all  of  the  parties  concerned.  We  are  sensitive 
to  the  concerns  of  the  various  parties.  We 
have  tried  to  play  a  calming  role  in  this  re- 
spect. And  we  have  urged,  and  will  continue 
to  urge,  restraint  on  the  part  of  all  of  the  par- 
ties. 

Dr.  Rifai:  Mr.  Secretary,  a  last  ques- 
tion— ways  of  developing  and  keeping  bilat- 
eral relations  and  your  evaluation  of  the  role 
now  being  played  by  Syria  in  the  Middle 
East. 

Secretary  Vance:  With  respect  to  our  bilat- 
eral relations,  I  am  pleased  to  say  that  I  think 
that  they  have  improved  substantially. 

Insofar  as  trade  relations  are  concerned, 
they  have  expanded  during  the  last  year. 
American  businessmen  have  been  seeking 
markets  in  Syria. 

In  addition  to  this,  our  cultural  exchanges 
are  going  to  expand.  Tourism  is  picking  up. 
And  I  hope  that  more  and  more  of  our  people 
will  be  going  to  Syria  to  see  the  beauties  of 
your  country. 

I   am  also  pleased  with  the  increasing 


exchange  in  the  journalistic  area  so  that  the 
journalists  of  both  countries  can  go  and  return 
and  explain  to  their  respective  countries  and 
their  countrymen  what  the  other  countries 
are  like.  I  think,  in  short,  we  have  made  some 
constructive  steps;  and  I  want  to  do  every- 
thing I  can  within  my  power  to  continue  this 
progress  and  to  have  warmer  and  closer  rela- 
tionships between  our  two  countries  and  their 
people. 

Now,  I  believe  there  was  a  second  question 
you  asked? 

Dr.  Rifai:  Your  evaluation  of  the  role  now 
being  played  by  Syria  in  the  Middle  East. 

Secretary  Vance:  I  think  Syria  has  played  a 
very  constructive  role.  During  the  past  year 
in  the  Lebanon,  they  have  helped  in  the  resto- 
ration of  ti-anquillity,  or  the  approach  toward 
tranquillity,  in  that  area.  Syria  is  a  key  coun- 
try in  the  peacemaking  process.  President 
Asad  is  one  of  the  leading  statesmen  of  the 
world,  and  I  look  forward  very  much  to  hav- 
ing the  opportunity  to  meet  with  him  and  to 
discuss  with  him  the  problems  of  achieving 
peace  in  the  Middle  East. 

Dr.  Rifai:  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Sec- 
retary. 


Interview  With  Secretary  Vance  on  February  10 
by  Israeli  Media  Representatives 


Following  is  the  transcript  of  an  interview 
with  Secretary  Vance  at  Washington  on  Feb- 
mary  10  by  Eli  Nissan  of  Israeli  radio  and  TV; 
Wolf  Blitzer,  Jerusalem  Post;  Ido  Dis- 
sentshik,  Ma'ariv;  Nah^im  Barnea,  Davar; 
and  Dan  Margalit,  Ha'aretz. 

Press  release  50  dated  February  14 

Mr.  Nissan:  Mr.  Secretary,  what  would 
you  expect  to  achieve,  in  practical  terms,  dur- 
ing your  trip  to  the  Middle  East? 


Secretary  Vance:  Well,  first  let  me  say  that 
the  fact  that  I  am  taking  this  trip  at  the  re- 
quest of  the  President  indicates  the  impor- 
tance which  we  attach  to  the  mission  on  which 
I  am  about  to  embark.  This  is  the  first  major 
diplomatic  mission  which  this  new  Adminis- 
tration has  undertaken. 

The  first  country  which  I  am  going  to  visit 
is  your  country;  and  there,  because  of  the 
close  and  special  relationship  which  has 
existed  for  many  years,   I  would  expect  to 


228 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


have  a  searching  exchange  of  ideas  with  the 
leaders  of  your  country. 

I  expect  to  have  full  and  complete  discus- 
sions with  the  leaders  in  the  other  countries 
which  I  am  going  to  visit  also.  And  what  I  am 
seeking  to  do  is  to  obtain  firsthand  their  views 
on  how  it  may  be  possible  to  move  forward  to 
a  peace  settlement  in  the  Middle  East. 

I  am  not  going  to  engage  in  shuttle  diplo- 
macy at  this  time.  What  I  am  trying  to  do  is 
to  ascertain  as  clearly  as  I  can  what  the  views 
of  the  key  leaders  are  so  that  I  can  then  re- 
turn to  the  United  States  and  report  to  the 
President  and  we  can  then  develop  our  views 
as  to  how  we  can  be  most  useful  in  trying  to 
promote  peace  in  the  Middle  East. 

Let  me  say  two  things.  One,  we  consider 
the  need  for  progress  in  1977  to  be  very  im- 
portant. And  secondly,  we,  the  United  States, 
intend  to  play  an  active  role  in  helping  facili- 
tate a  peaceful  solution. 

Mr.  Nissan:  Mr.  Secretary,  in  that  respect, 
could  you  specify  the  terms  of  reference  for 
reconvening  the  Geneva  confereyice,  and  who 
should  represent  Palestinian  interests  there? 

Secretary  Vance:  With  respect  to  the  con- 
vening or  reconvening  of  a  Geneva  confer- 
ence, this  is  something  which  all  of  the  parties 
seem  to  be  agreed  upon.  They  have  all  indi- 
cated that  they  see  it  to  be  a  useful  step  to 
take. 

At  this  early  stage,  without  having  had  the 
benefit  of  meeting  with  your  leaders  and  the 
leaders  of  the  other  countries,  I  don't  really 
think  it  would  be  useful  for  me  to  try  to  get 
into  that  kind  of  detail. 

After  I  have  had  the  benefit  of  my  ex- 
changes with  them,  I  think  that  then  we  can 
speak  more  usefully  to  this  kind  of  subject. 

Mr.  Nissayi:  Could  you  elaborate  to  what 
extent  has  the  new  Administration  committed 
itself  to  the  achievement  of  an  overall  settle- 
ment in  the  Middle  East? 

Secretary  Vance:  The  question,  again,  of 
the  shape  of  a  settlement  is  something  which  I 
think  is  premature  to  comment  on  at  this 
time.  We  know  that  the  key  elements  of  any 
settlement  are  peace,  withdrawal,  and  the 


question  of  the  legitimate  interests  of  Pales- 
tinians. 

These  are  all  going  to  have  to  be  taken  care 
of  and  resolved  in  any  settlement.  But  at  this 
very  early  stage,  when  I  am  just  taking  the 
first  step,  it  seems  to  me  that  it  would  not  be 
productive  or  helpful  to  try  to  go  into  the  kind 
of  detail  which  your  question  calls  for. 

Mr.  Nissan:  Would  you  preclude  the  possi- 
bility of  negotiating  further  interim  agree- 
ments if  an  overall  settlement  cannot  be 
achieved? 

Secretary  Vance:  The  question  of  the 
form — again,  that  is  going  to  have  to  depend 
on  what  I  learn  from  my  conversations  with 
the  leaders.  I  really  can't  say  at  this  time 
what  seems  to  be  possible.  What  I  learn  from 
what  I  hear  in  Israel  will  be  very  important  in 
what  I  report  to  the  President  and  what  we 
may  suggest. 

Mr.  Nissan:  Mr.  Secretary,  could  you 
elaborate  on  the  political  and  practical  mean- 
ing of  the  term  "the  legitimate  interests  of  the 
Palestinian  people"? 

Secretary  Vance:  The  question  of  what  is 
the  meaning  of  "the  legitimate  interests  of  the 
Palestinian  people"  is  a  subject  which  is  going 
to  have  to  be  worked  out  in  the  negotiations. 
That  is  a  key  issue,  as  I  indicated,  which  is 
part  of  the  negotiations. 

Mr.  Nissan:  But  you  are  not  going  to 
suggest  any  other  yneans? 

Secretary  Vance:  Not  at  this  time. 

Mr.  Nissa  n :  Do  you  foresee  any  significant 
role  for  the  United  Nations  to  play  in  the 
process  of  peacemaking  in  the  Middle  East? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  I  talked  to  Secretary 
General  Waldheim  before  he  left  on  his  trip  to 
the  Middle  East,  where  he  is  now.  He  told  me 
that  he  would  keep  me  informed  of  his  conver- 
sations with  the  various  leaders.  And  indeed 
he  has  offered,  and  I  have  accepted,  the 
suggestion  that  he  will  ask  Mr.  [Brian  E.] 
Urquhart,  who  is  traveling  with  him — one  of 
the  Under  Secretaries  at  the  United  Nations — 


March  14,  1977 


229 


to  come  back  and  brief  me  on  Monday  im- 
mediately before  I  leave  on  the  trip. 

I  have  told  the  Secretary  General  that  I  will 
meet  with  him  shortly  after  my  return  from 
the  Middle  East  and  will  let  him  know  what  I 
have  learned  as  a  result  of  my  discussions. 

The  United  Nations,  in  my  judgment,  does 
have  a  role  to  play.  Exactly  what  the 
parameters  of  that  role  are  will  be  defined  in 
the  future. 

Mr.  Nissan:  Mr.  Secretary,  could  you  give 
us  any  indication  as  to  whether  the  Soviet 
Union  has  been  willing  to  cooperate  with  an 
upcoming  U.S.  initiative  in  the  Middle  East? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  I  have  discussed  my 
upcoming  mission  with  the  Soviets  and  have 
indicated  to  them  that  upon  my  return  that  I 
would  be  happy  to  share  with  them  the  results 
of  my  trip. 

As  you  know,  they  are  Cochairman  of  the 
Geneva  conference  and,  as  such,  have  a  re- 
sponsibility for  seeing  that  we  move  toward 
peace  in  the  area. 

They  have  indicated  that  they  wish  to  coop- 
erate in  discharging  that  role.  We  consider 
this  to  be  a  vitally  important  role  as  far  as  we 
are  concerned,  and  we  welcome  their  offer  of 
cooperation. 

Mr.  Blitzer:  Mr.  Secretary,  you  mentioned 
before  that  an  Israeli  ivithdrawal  will  be  one 
of  the  key  elements  of  a  settlement.  Will  Is- 
rael have  to  wifhdraiv  to  its  pre-1967  borders 
ivith  only  minor  modifications  in  exchange 
for  a  genuine  peace  agreement  with  their  Arab 
neighbors?  Do  you  foresee  the  Arabs  accept- 
ing anything  less? 

Secretary  Vance:  Again,  I  think  it  is  too 
early  to  answer  that  kind  of  a  specific  ques- 
tion. Obviously  the  nature  of  withdrawal  will 
be  a  subject  which  will  have  to  be  discussed 
among  the  parties  in  the  determination  of  the 
shape  of  the  settlement.  And  I  think  it  would 
be  counterproductive  for  me  at  this  point  to 
try  and  define  what  the  parties  may  be  able  to 
agree  to  or  not  agree  to  in  the  future. 

Mr.  Dissentshik:  Mr.  Secretary,  can  you 
foresee  any  Palestinian  representation  other 
than    the  PLO   [Palestine  Liberation   Or- 


ganization] in  any  circumstance  that  will 
arise  in  the  future? 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  say  a  word  about 
the  PLO.  The  PLO  have  been  unwilhng  to 
recognize  the  existence  of  Israel.  In  addition, 
the  PLO  have  been  unwilhng  to  accept  the 
framework  of  Resolutions  242  and  338  as  a 
basis  for  a  Geneva  conference. 

In  these  circumstances,  it  seems  to  me  that 
their  participation  would  be  out  of  the  ques- 
tion. What  the  future  may  bring,  no  one  can 
say  at  this  point.  I  do  note,  as  I  indicated  ear- 
lier, that  the  question  of  the  legitimate  inter- 
ests of  the  Palestinian  people  is,  however,  a 
subject  which  is  one  of  the  keys  to  a  peace 
settlement. 

Mr.  Baryiea:  Mr.  Secretary,  will  you  follow 
up  the  President  by  asking  the  Israelis  and 
the  Arabs  in  the  Middle  East  to  reduce  the 
amount  of  arms  that  they  buy? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  You  may  have 
heard,  or  read  in  the  papers,  that  the  Presi- 
dent stated  that  he  wished  me,  during  my 
trip,  to  discuss  with  the  leaders  the  question 
of  arms  sales  in  the  Middle  East,  and  I  shall 
do  so. 

Both  the  President  and  I  feel  very  strongly 
that  the  issue  of  arms  sales  generally 
throughout  the  world  is  one  of  the  major  is- 
sues that  we  intend  to  address  ourselves  to, 
and  it  is  not  just  a  matter  of  us,  as  suppliers, 
but  it  is  a  matter  to  be  discussed  with  the  re- 
cipient countries,  the  buying  nations,  as  well. 

We  do  have  a  particular  responsibility, 
however,  because  of  the  fact  that  we  are  the 
largest  arms  supplier  in  the  world.  And  be- 
cause of  that,  we  are  first  going  to  have  to 
determine  what  our  own  policy  with  respect 
to  arms  sales  generally — and  I  am  not  relating 
it  to  the  Middle  East  at  this  point — should  be 
and  then  begin  to  discuss  these  questions  with 
the  buyer  nations. 

Now,  insofar  as  arms  sales  in  the  Middle 
East  are  concerned,  we  have  indicated  that 
there  are  three  criteria  which  we  apply: 

First,  does  the  country  requesting  arms 
have  a  clear  requirement  for  those  arms  for  its 
national  security? 


230 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Second,  what  would  the  transfer  of  those 
arms  do  to  the  critical  balance  which  exists  in 
the  Middle  East? 

And  third,  if  the  arms  sales  were  made, 
would  they  facilitate  the  movement  to  peace? 

Now,  these  are  the  criteria  we  have  been 
applying.  These  are  the  criteria  which  we  will 
continue  to  apply. 

Mr.  Barnea:  Do  you  believe  that  the  failure 
of  Israel  to  obtain  a  license  for  the  selling  of 
Kfir  to  Ecuador  harmed  Israel- American  re- 
lations? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  hope  it  did  not.  We  have 
explained  the  reason  for  our  decision  in  this 
matter.  The  reason  for  that  decision  is  that  it 
has  been  our  policy  not  to  sell  advanced 
weapons  systems  to  Latin  American  coun- 
tries. We  have  been  following  this  policy  for 
many  years;  and  if  we  had  not  made  the  deci- 
sion that  we  did,  we  would  have  been  going 
contrary  to  a  longstanding  policy  of  the 
United  States. 

Mr.  Margalit:  Mr.  Secretary,  did  the  State 
Department  recommend  to  President  Carter 
that  the  sale  of  the  CBU-72  cluster  bombs,  as 
approved  by  President  Ford,  go  through  as 
planned? 

Secretary  Vance:  As  the  President  indi- 
cated, he  does  not  have  any  recommendations 
before  him  at  this  time.  We  have  not  yet  com- 
pleted our  review  here  in  the  State  Depart- 
ment. The  President  indicated  that  he  ex- 
pected that  we  would  have  that  recommenda- 
tion to  him  sometime  in  the  next  week  to  10 
days.  We  will  have  our  recommendation  to 
him  at  that  time.  At  this  point,  there  is  no 
recommendation,  and  the  decision  will  have  to 
await  the  recommendation  and  his  determina- 
tion at  that  time  in  the  future. 

Mr.  Margalit:  Are  you  and  the  State  De- 
partment aware — are  you  familiar  with  the 
military  purpose  in  clearing  minefields  and 
destroying  runways? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  I  understand. 

Mr.  Margalit:  If  so,  what  makes  it  so  con- 
troversial ? 


Secretary  Vance:  There  are  a  number  of 
factors  that  come  into  play  in  this,  and  I  don't 
think  this  is  the  point  to  go  into  that  until  we 
have  completed  our  work  and  made  our  rec- 
ommendation to  the  President. 

Mr.  Barnea:  Are  you  going  to  discuss  it  on 
your  trip  to  Israel? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  would  assume  that  the 
subject  might  be  raised  with  me. 

Mr.  Barnea:  That  will  be  before  the  decision 
will  be  made  here? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  don't  know.  I  assume 
that  it  may  be  raised  when  I  am  in  Israel  on 
Tuesday. 

Mr.  Blitzer:  Mr.  Secretary,  do  you  believe 
that  the  continued  presence  of  Syrian  troops 
in  southern  Lebanon  is  constructive? 

Secretary  Vance:  Well,  the  problem  of 
southern  Lebanon  is  a  very  complex  and  dif- 
ficult one.  First,  we  do  not  want  to  see  fight- 
ing flare  up  again  there.  Secondly,  we  do  not 
want  to  see  any  danger  to  Israel  as  a  result  of 
troops  in  the  southern  part  of  Lebanon,  and 
we  feel  very  strongly  about  that.  The  trouble 
is  that  the  Lebanese  do  not  have  the  security 
forces  which  are  necessary  to  maintain  secu- 
rity in  the  area,  and  that  has  been  the  heart  of 
the  problem.  We  strongly  support  the  efforts 
of  President  Sarkis  to  develop  the  kind  of 
forces,  and  we  know  that  it  will  not  be  possi- 
ble to  have  an  adequate  number  until  some- 
time in  the  future. 

Now,  as  a  result  of  this,  we  have  felt  it 
would  be  useful  for  us  to  act  as  a  channel  of 
communication  among  the  various  parties 
which  are  concerned  with  the  problem  of 
southern  Lebanon,  so  that  we  could  keep  the 
channels  of  communication  open  between 
them.  This  we  have  done.  We  have  hoped  that 
this  has  been  a  calming  influence.  We  have 
urged  restraint  upon  all  of  the  parties,  and  I 
think  that  the  role  we  have  played  has  been  a 
constructive  role. 

Mr.  Blitzer:  Is  Lebanon  not,  in  fact,  a 
satellite  of  Syria  now  that  Syria  controls 
three-quarters  of  Lebanon? 


March  14,  1977 


231 


Secretary  Vance:  We  have  stated  many 
times  that  we  support  strongly  the  unity,  the 
independence,  and  the  territorial  integrity  of 
Lebanon. 

Mr.  Dissentshik:  Since  Israel  is  now,  Mr. 
Secretary,  in  the  midst  of  an  internal  politi- 
cal campaign,  do  you  expect  to  see  leaders  or 
personalities  other  tha)i  those  now  serving  in 
the  caretaker  government? 

Secretary  Vance:  My  time  is  very  limited, 
and  I  am  going  to  have  to  be  having  intensive 
conversations  on  a  wide  variety  of  subjects 
dealing  with  the  search  for  peace  in  the  Mid- 
dle East.  As  a  result  of  that,  I  will  be  meeting 
officially  only  with  the  leaders  of  the  govern- 
ment. I  may,  at  a  social  function,  see  those 
who  are  not  members  of  the  government,  but 
I  have  no  plans  to  do  so  at  this  time. 

Mr.  Dissentshik:  Did  you  take  into  consid- 
eration some  charges  that  were  made  in  Israel 
that  your  presence  at  this  particular  time 
may  indicate  your  preference  for  a  certain 
candidate"? 

Secretary  Varjce:  We  have  no  preferences.  I 
have  heard  that  some  people  made  such  a 
charge.  That  charge  is  totally  without  founda- 
tion. As  I  previously  told  you,  we  consider  it 
of  the  utmost  importance  to  get  started  on  the 
process  of  trying  to  find  a  peaceful  solution; 
and  therefore  it  was  important  for  me  to  go  to 
the  Middle  East  as  soon  as  possible.  That  is 
why  I  am  going  at  this  time.  It  has  nothing  to 
do  with  the  political  situation  in  Israel. 

Mr.  Barnea:  Will  you  consider  inviting 
people  here  to  Washington  before  the  election, 
in  addition  to  Mr.  Rabin — political  figures 
who  are  involved  in  the  campaign? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  will  be  discussing  the 
question  of  visits  to  Washington.  As  to  the 
timing  of  those  visits,  it  will  have  to  be  a  sub- 
ject of  discussion  with  the  various  leaders. 

Mr.  Margalit:  Would  the  United  States 
supply  Israel  and  Egypt  with  the  nuclear 
reactors — and  maybe  I  will  add  thefolloivup: 
are  you  in  favor  of  selling  arms  to  the  Egyp- 
tians? 


Secretary  Vance:  Let  ine  take  your  first 
question,  and  then  I  will  come  on  and  pick  up 
the  second  one. 

I  think — as  all  of  you  know,  and  we  have 
said,  we  have  the  question  of  the  providing  of 
nuclear  reactors,  the  sale  of  nuclear  reactors 
to  Israel  and  to  Egypt,  under  study,  as  I  am 
sure  is  understandable,  since  we  are  a  new 
Administration  coming  in.  We  have  not  com- 
pleted that  study,  and  we  will  make  our  de- 
termination only  after  that  is  done. 

Now,  insofar  as  the  question  of  selling  arms 
to  Egypt  is  concerned,  I  have  already  given 
you  what  the  criteria  are  with  respect  to  arms 
sales  to  any  nation  in  the  area;  and  in  connec- 
tion with  any  request  that  might  be  made,  we 
would  apply  those  criteria.  As  yet,  we  have 
had  no  request  from  Egypt  for  arms. 

Mr.  Biitzer:  Changing  the  subject  for  a  sec- 
ond, Mr.  Secretary,  during  the  campaign 
President  Carter  expressed  his  concern  over 
the  situation  of  Soviet  Jewry.  How  do  you 
plan  on  getting  more  Jews  out  of  the  Soviet 
Union  now  that  you  are  the  Secretary  of 
State?  And,  related  to  that,  should  Congress 
consider  revising  the  Jackson-Vanik  amend- 
ment [to  the  Trade  Act  of  197 A]? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  think  the  question  of 
trying  to  get  more  Jews  out  of  the  Soviet 
Union  is  a  subject  which  we  should  discuss 
with  the  Soviets,  and  we  plan  to  do  so. 

As  to  the  Jackson-Vanik  amendment,  that 
is  a  matter  for  the  Congress,  and  a  matter 
which  we  will  have  to  consider  with  the  Con- 
gress to  determine  whether  or  not  changes 
can  be  made  in  that  regard. 

Mr.  Biitzer:  Has  the  Administration,  the 
new  Administration,  taken — or  begun  study- 
ing this? 

Secretary  Vance:  It  has  not  made  a  deter- 
mination yet  in  this  area. 

Mr.  Biitzer:  Are  you  studying  the  problem 
of  getting  more  Jews  out  of  the  Soviet  Union, 
at  this  stage? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  we  are. 

Mr.  Biitzer:  You  have  raised  it  with  the 
Soviet  Union? 


232 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Secretary  Vance:  I  don't  want  to  talk  about 
it  any  further  than  I  have. 

Mr.  Dissodsliik:  Is  linkage  dead  only  in 
U.S. -Soviet,  relations,  or  is  it  dead  across  the 
board? 

Secretary  Vance:  Well,  let  me  say  a  word 
about  linkage.  What  I  said  about  linkage  was, 
I  thought  there  had  been  an  overemphasis  on 
linkage. 

And  then  I  talked  specifically  about  human 
rights,  and  I  said,  as  far  as  human  rights  were 
concerned,  that  we  were  going  to  speak  our 
minds  on  human  rights  issues,  and  we  were 
going  to  speak  them  clearly  and  forcefully 
when  we  deemed  it  necessary  to  do  so. 

And  I  said,  the  fact  that  we  did  that,  in  my 
judgment,  did  not  mean  that  we  could  not  and 
would  not  discuss  such  issues  as  the  reduction 
in  strategic  arms.  I  went  on  to  say  that  the 
climate,  however,  could  not  help  but  be  af- 
fected by  what  happened  in  areas  such  as 
human  rights  issues. 

Now,  I  am  not  sure  that  that  answers  your 
question  or  not. 

Mr.  Dissentshik :  It  already  does. 

Mr.  Bamea:  In  your  statements  since  you 
became  Secretary  of  State,  you  said  our 
boycott — you  will  discuss  the  question  of  our 
boycott  when  you  go  to  the  Middle  East,  and  I 
believe  you  linked  it  to  the  question  of  peace 
in  the  area. 

Secretary  Vance:  No.  I  said  that  I  would 
discuss  the  question  of  boycott.  I  am  sure  it 
will  come  up.  I  am  sure  it  is  going  to  be  raised 
by  some  of  the  leaders  with  whom  I  meet.  In- 
sofar as  the  question  of  the  U.S.  position  on 
the  Arab  boycott  goes,  we  have  stated  that 
we  have  it  under  study,  and  I  will  be  testify- 
ing with  respect  to  what  the  U.S.  position  is 
when  I  return.  I  believe  the  hearings  are 
going  to  be  held  on  February  28  before  Sena- 
tor Proxmire's  committee,  and  I  believe  there 
will  be  another  set  of  hearings  before  the  In- 
ternational Relations  Committee  in  the 
House,  or  one  of  the  subcommittees  of  the  In- 
ternational Relations  Committee. 

Mr.  Bamea:  But  the  last  news  reports  from 
Saudi  Arabia  and  other  oil  countries  say  that 


they  link  their  cooperation  for  achieving 
peace  in  the  area  to  the  question  of  the  legisla- 
tion here  on  the  boycott.  How  do  you  consider 
that? 

Secretary  Vance:  Well,  that  is  their  posi- 
tion. I  hear  what  they  are  saying.  But  we 
have  not  yet  reached  our  determination  as  to 
what  our  position  will  be,  and  we  will  state 
what  our  position  is  when  I  testify  on  the 
28th. 

Mr.  Margalit:  Mr.  Secretary,  there  was  a 
report  in  the  New  York  Times  saying  that  the 
Soviet  Union,  through  other  Comynunist  coun- 
tries, continues  to  supply  arms  to  Egypt.  Do 
you  have  something  to  confirm  it? 

Secretary  Vance:  No,  I  have  nothing  to  con- 
firm that. 

Mr.  Blitzer:  On  another  issue  yet,  there 
may  be  some  linkage  involved. 

Secretary  Vance:  [Laughter]  More  link- 
age? 

Mr.  Blitzer:  Perhaps  you  can  tell  us 
whether  or  not  you  plan  to  raise  the  issue  of 
Syrian  Jewry  with  President  Asad  when  you 
visit  Damascus  next  week? 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  say  that  this  is  an 
important  issue;  I  am  familiar  with  the  issue. 
I  am  glad  that  some  progress  has  been  made 
on  this  matter;  and  I  think,  in  the  interest  of 
the  Jews  in  Syria,  that  we  ought  to  just  leave 
it  there  without  a  specific  answer  to  your 
question. 

Mr.  Blitzer:  In  other  words,  you  would 
support  quiet  diplomacy  in  resolving  this 
matter? 

Secretary  Vance:  Let's  just  leave  it  where  I 
left  it. 
Last  question. 

Mr.  Dissentshik:  It  will  be  again  on  link- 
age; I  want  to  a  little  widen  the  scope  of  the 
question  of  my  colleague.  The  Saudi  Arabians 
not  only  tied  the  oil  prices  to  the  question  of 
the  boycott  legislation,  but  also  they  said  that 
they  have  taken  this  very  mild  approach  with 
regard  to  oil  prices,  provided  that  the  United 
States  and  the  rest  of  the  world  will  comefor- 


Mareh  14,  1977 


233 


ward  positively  on  a  peace  settlement  in  the 
Middle  East.  The  President — and  I  think  you 
yourself — have  stated  in  the  past  that  these 
two  issues  are  not  linked. 

Secretary  Vance:  That's  absolutely  correct. 
We  have  stated  it.  There  was  no  commitment 
at  all  made  by  either  of  us  or  anybody  else  in 
the  Administration  in  connection  with  the  de- 
cision that  the  Saudis  made  with  respect  to  oil 
prices. 

Mr.  Dissentshik:  And  this  remains  the  po- 
sition? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  No  change. 


U.S.  Increases  Relief  Aid 
to  Lebanon 

Folloiving  is  an  announcement  released  at 
Beirut  and  by  the  Agency  for  International 
Development  (AID)  at  Washington  on  Feb- 
ruary 18. 


medical  supplies;  and  $1.5  million  for  other 
relief  and  rehabihtation  activities  that  will  be 
jointly  selected  over  the  next  four  months. 

The  P.L.  480  Title  I  program,  now  under 
congressional  review,  will  provide  wheat, 
rice,  and  other  basic  commodities  to  help 
meet  Lebanese  food  requirements.  The  hous- 
ing program,  already  underway,  will  help 
meet  short-term  needs  for  housing  renova- 
tion and  repair  and  will  help  finance  new 
low-cost  housing  construction  for  displaced 
persons.  Medical  equipment  and  supplies  will 
be  provided  to  replenish  the  depleted  stocks 
of  Lebanese  hospitals  and  health  clinics,  in- 
cluding the  American  University  Hospital. 

Equipment,  for  which  procurement  already 
is  underway,  will  be  employed  to  help  put  the 
port  back  into  operation.  In  that  way  the 
port  will  be  able  to  handle  a  greater  volume 
of  incoming  relief  and  reconstruction  supplies 
and  materials. 

The  $19  million  assistance  provided  to 
Lebanon  during  the  past  18  months  was  used 
mainly  for  medical  supplies  and  food. 


Agency  for  international  Development  press  release  77-7 

Secretary  of  State  Cyrus  R.  Vance  an- 
nounced in  Beirut  on  February  18  that  the 
United  States  will  provide  an  additional  $50 
million  over  the  next  few  months  to  support 
relief  and  rehabihtation  efforts  in  Lebanon. 

The  announcement  came  following  consul- 
tations between  the  two  governments  and 
the  findings  of  a  team  of  experts  from  the 
Agency  for  International  Development  which 
visited  Lebanon  to  assess  damages  caused  by 
19  months  of  civil  strife.  The  $50  million  an- 
nounced on  February  18  brings  the  U.S.  con- 
tribution of  humanitarian  and  relief  aid  to 
Lebanon  to  nearly  $69  million  since  October 
1975. 

The  $50  million  package  includes:  $20  mil- 
lion for  a  Public  Law  480  Title  I  food  aid 
program;  $5  million  to  reactivate  the  Port  of 
Beirut,  enabling  it  to  handle  emergency  re- 
lief, rehabilitation,  and  reconstruction 
goods;  $19.5  million  in  financing  and  techni- 
cal assistance  in  housing  repair,  rehabilita- 
tion, and  reconstruction  ($15  million  of  this 
will  be  provided  under  AID's  housing  in- 
vestment guarantee  program);  $4  million  for 


President  Lopez  Portillo  of  Mexico 
Visits  the  United  States 

Jose  Lopez  Portillo,  President  of  the  United 
Mexican  States,  made  a  state  visit  to  the 
United  States  February  13-17,  during  which 
he  met  with  President  Carter  and  other  gov- 
ernment officials  and  addressed  the  U.S. 
House  of  Representatives.  Following  is  the 
text  of  a  joint  communique  issued  on  Feb- 
ruary 17.  1 

Weekly  Compilation  of  Presidential  Documents  dated  February  21 

President  Jimmy  Carter  of  the  United 
States  of  America  and  President  Jose  Lopez 
Portillo  of  the  United  Mexican  States,  during 
two  days  of  discussions  in  Washington,  recon- 


'  For  an  exchange  of  remarks  between  President 
Carter  and  President  Lopez  Portillo  at  a  welcoming 
ceremony  at  the  White  House  on  Feb.  14  and  their  ex- 
change of  toasts  at  a  dinner  at  the  White  House  that 
evening,  see  Weekly  Compilation  of  Presidential  Docu- 
ments dated  Feb.  21,  1977,  pp.  193  and  196;  for  Presi- 
dent Lopez  Portillo's  address  before  the  U.S.  House  of 
Representatives,  see  Congressional  Record  of  Feb.  17, 
1977,  p.  H  1122. 


234 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


firmed  the  special  importance  each  places  on 
close  and  friendly  relations  between  the  two 
neighboring  nations.  The  two  Presidents 
pledged  that  they  would  examine  closely  in 
the  next  few  months  the  multiple  aspects  of 
the  relations  between  Mexico  and  the  United 
States  with  a  view  to  developing  policies  that 
reflected  the  interrelated  nature  of  mutual 
problems.  The  two  Presidents  concluded  that 
the  primary  objective  of  each  government 
would  be  to  develop  a  mutually  beneficial  re- 
lationship that  would  contribute  to  the  well- 
being  of  their  nations.  To  this  end  they  agreed 
to  meet  to  review  progress  in  the  develop- 
ment of  comprehensive  policies  of  each  of 
their  governments. 

The  two  Presidents  also  discussed  the 
global  situation  and  agreed  to  consult  reg- 
ularly on  the  search  for  world-wide  peace, 
economic  betterment  and  respect  for  the 
rights  of  man.  They  reaffirmed  that  the  prin- 
ciples governing  relations  between  the  United 
Statps  and  Mexico  were  non-interference  in 
internal  affairs,  respect  for  the  sovereign 
rights  of  each  nation  and  the  recognition  of 
the  particular  nature  of  the  relationship  of 
neighboring  countries. 

The  two  Presidents  considered  carefully  a 
number  of  important  subjects  including  eco- 
nomic and  monetary  questions,  investment, 
trade,  immigration,  narcotics,  smuggling,  and 
some  illicit  activities,  agricultural  exchanges, 
energy,  nonproliferation  of  nuclear  arms, 
Mexico's  desire  for  increased  and  improved 
access  to  international  financial  institutions 
and  capital  markets  and  the  need  to  seek  a 
better  balance  in  trade  between  the  two  coun- 
tries. They  also  agreed  that  it  would  be  of 
mutual  benefit  to  both  countries  to  contribute 
to  Mexico's  development  through  an  increase 
in  the  flow  of  trade  between  Mexico  and  the 
United  States,  and  to  stimulate  tourism  in 
both  directions. 

President  Carter  was  impressed  by  the  de- 
termination and  ability  of  the  Mexican  Gov- 
ernment to  deal  with  these  problems  and  of- 
fered his  cooperation  in  seeking  solutions. 


President  Carter  and  President  Lopez  Por- 
tillo  agreed  that  the  Secretary  of  Foreign  Re- 
lations of  Mexico  and  the  Secretary  of  State  of 
the  United  States  should  maintain  close  and 
frequent  personal  contacts  to  assure  high- 
level  coordination  on  actions  that  might  affect 
both  countries.  They  also  agreed  that  other 
high  officials  in  both  countries  should  have  di- 
rect access  to  each  other  to  discuss  pertinent 
issues  when  necessary  and  that  mechanisms 
would  be  established  to  study  these  issues  in 
detail. 

The  state  visit  of  President  Lopez  Portillo 
and  the  open  and  friendly  discussions  between 
the  Presidents  of  Mexico  and  the  United 
States  served  to  underscore  and  reaffirm  the 
close  and  friendly  relationship  between  the 
two  countries. 


United  States  and  Spain  Sign 
New  Fisheries  Agreement 

Press  release  56  dated  February  16 

On  February  16,  1977,  representatives  of 
the  United  States  of  America  and  Spain 
signed  a  new  agreement  relating  to  fishing 
activities  of  Spain  off  the  coasts  of  the 
United  States. 

The  agreement  sets  out  the  arrangements 
between  the  countries  which  will  govern 
fishing  by  Spanish  vessels  within  the  fishery 
conservation  zone  of  the  United  States  be- 
ginning March  1,  1977.  The  agreement  will 
come  into  force  after  the  completion  of 
internal  procedures  by  both  governments. 

The  signing  of  this  agreement  took  place 
in  Washington.  Juan  Jose  Rovira,  Ambas- 
sador to  the  United  States  of  Spain,  signed 
for  Spain.  Rozanne  L.  Ridgway,  Ambas- 
sador of  the  United  States  for  Oceans  and 
Fisheries  Affairs,  signed  for  the  United 
States.  Both  representatives  expressed 
their  hope  that  the  new  accord  will 
strengthen  cooperation  between  Spain  and 
the  United  States. 


March  14,  1977 


235 


THE  CONGRESS 


Secretary  Testifies  on  Administration's  Approach  to  Foreign  Assistance 


Statement  by  Secretary  Vance  ' 


It  is  my  pleasure  to  begin  today,  before  this 
distinguished  committee,  my  testimony  to  the 
Congress  on  the  Carter  Administration's  ap- 
proach to  foreign  assistance. 

Our  foreign  assistance  programs  are  di- 
verse in  substance,  serve  a  variety  of  objec- 
tives, and  are  aimed  at  a  wide  range  of 
targets.  In  reviewing  our  foreign  assistance 
program  we  should  ask  ourselves  certain  key 
questions: 

— How  do  these  programs  fit  together? 

— What  are  the  results  of  our  aid  in  human 
terms? 

— What  ends  are  served? 

— In  short,  is  our  aid  money  being  wisely 
spent? 

I  hope  to  begin  this  difficult  process  of 
self-examination  and  cooperative  dialogue 
with  the  Congress  today — to  provide  you  with 
a  sense  of  how  the  Administration  sees  the 
total  range  of  our  foreign  assistance  programs 
as  part  of  a  broad  foreign  policy  framework 
including: 

— Our  efforts  at  development  cooperation  in 
the  context  of  an  increasingly  important 
North-South  dialogue; 

— Our  ability  to  play  a  constructive  role  in 
the  resolution  of  regional  conflict  in  the  Mid- 
dle East,  southern  Africa,  and  other  trouble 
spots  in  the  wo;i'ld;  and 

— Our  basic  national  security. 


'  Submitted  to  the  Subcommittee  on  Foreign  Opera- 
tions of  the  Senate  Committee  on  Appropriations  on 
Feb.  24  (text  from  press  release  79).  The  complete 
transcript  of  the  hearings  will  be  published  by  the 
committee  and  will  be  available  from  the  Superinten- 
dent of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


Our  Basic  Objectives 

The  foreign  assistance  efforts  of  the  Carter 
Administration  are  guided  by  some  fundamen- 
tal foreign  policy  objectives: 

— To  demonstrate  America's  compassion  for 
the  poor  and  dispossessed  around  the 
world — those  who,  through  no  fault  of  their 
own,  are  exposed  to  daily  suffering  and 
humiliation  and  are  struggling  to  survive^ 

— To  make  our  fair  contribution  to  the 
enormous  task  of  the  social,  economic,  and 
technological  development  of  poor  countries, 
an  investment  which  in  this  interdependent 
world  can  pay  us  handsome  dividends; 

— To  foster  a  climate  of  constructive  coop- 
eration, dialogue,  and  reciprocal  benefit  in  our 
North-South  diplomacy; 

— To  contribute  to  the  cause  of  peace  by 
providing  incentives,  in  terms  of  economic  and 
physical  security,  for  the  resolution  of  old, 
and  potential,  disputes; 

— To  maintain  and  foster  the  environment 
of  international  peace  and  security  essential 
to  social,  economic,  and  political  progress 
through  selective  military  assistance  that  as- 
sures our  friends  and  allies  adequate  self- 
defense,  while  preserving  regional  arms  bal- 
ances; 

— To  take  the  lead  in  encouraging  the 
evolution  of  a  world  order  based  on  an  open 
economic  system,  a  political  structure  reflect- 
ing a  just  balance  of  rights  and  obhgations  for 
all  nations,  and  social  progress  and  human 
rights  for  individuals  wherever  they  might 
be. 

This  wide  range  of  objectives  is  essential  to 
the  national  interest  of  the  United  States  in 


236 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


the  complicated  interdependent  world  in 
which  we  live. 

Our  own  economic  welfare  is  vitally  affected 
by  what  happens  elsewhere  in  the  world.  The 
standard  of  living  of  the  American  worker  and 
the  American  consumer  requires  cooperation 
with  the  developing  world — in  expanding 
supplies  of  food,  energy,  and  raw  materials 
and  in  controlling  population  growth  and 
wasteful  use  of  scarce  natural  resources.  The 
stability  of  the  U.S.  economy  depends  greatly 
on  responsible  economic  policies  in  the  rest  of 
the  world,  including  the  developing  nations. 
The  fortunes  of  all  national  economies,  includ- 
ing our  own,  are  linked  to  continued  e.xpan- 
sion  of  the  highly  integrated  international 
system  of  trade,  investment,  and  finance.  And 
in  a  world  in  which  social  and  economic  prog- 
ress has  become  a  central  issue  of  our  time, 
our  national  security  is  linked  to  progress  in 
the  rest  of  the  world. 

In  addition,  economic  issues  have  assumed 
increasing  political  importance.  Disadvan- 
taged people  everywhere  are  rejecting  the 
proposition  that  poverty  must  be  their  fate, 
and  governments  everywhere  are  putting  the 
goal  of  economic  development  at  the  top  of 
their  national  agendas.  We  have  experienced 
severe  worldwide  economic  dislocation:  simul- 
taneous inflation  and  recession  and  abrupt  in- 
creases in  energy  prices  have  curtailed  eco- 
nomic growth  generally,  but  most  painfully  in 
the  poorest  countries.  Equality  of  economic 
opportunity  has  become  the  paramount  goal  of 
diplomacy  for  150  developing  nations,  just  as 
it  has  been  the  goal  of  disadvantaged  citizens 
and  regions  in  American  history. 

We  cannot  effectively  promote  multilateral 
diplomacy,  control  the  proliferation  of  nuclear 
arms,  defuse  international  terrorism,  reduce 
the  buildup  of  conventional  weapons,  or  pro- 
tect our  security  interests  in  the  oceans  or 
space  in  a  hungry,  angry,  and  bitter  world. 
We  can  achieve  cooperation  on  these  security 
issues  only  if  we  are  doing  our  fair  and  rea- 
sonable share  in  the  process  of  international 
development  cooperation — only  if  we  are  seen 
as  encouraging,  not  frustrating,  the  develop- 
ment aspirations  of  others. 

In  an  imperfect  world,  the  objectives  we 
pose  for  our  foreign  policy  are  not  always  con- 
sistent. We  cannot  pursue  all  of  them  as  fully 


as  we  might  like  all  the  time.  In  concrete  in- 
stances we  face  a  series  of  difficult  choices. 
Some  of  these  choices  pit  our  best  intentions 
against  our  most  pragmatic  calculations. 

For  example,  both  we  and  the  poorer  coun- 
tries favor  economic  development,  and  we 
generally  agree  that  development  requires 
sound  domestic  policies  as  well  as  interna- 
tional transfers  of  resources  to  the  poor  coun- 
tries. Moreover,  one  of  our  principal  objec- 
tives is  to  see  that  the  poorest  people  of  the 
developing  nations  benefit  from  our  assist- 
ance. 

Our  task  is  to  achieve  those  ends  without 
interfering  in  the  internal  affairs  of  other  coun- 
tries, mindful  of  the  fact  that  there  are  limits 
to  what  we  can  achieve  no  matter  how  noble 
our  motives. 

Similarly,  we  hold  strongly  to  the  principles 
of  basic  human  rights.  We  are  working  to  ful- 
fill both  the  letter  and  spirit  of  current  legis- 
lation relating  human  rights  concerns  to 
foreign  assistance.  This  committee  itself 
spoke  to  this  issue  when  it  wrote  in  its  own 
report  last  summer  that:  ''■ 

.  .  .  should  we  profane  our  ideals  in  the  interest  of 
short-term  security,  we  would  cause  the  erosion  of  our 
greatest  strength — that  of  a  nation  guided  by  dictates 
of  reason  and  moral  principles. 

But  in  that  report  the  committee  also 
noted  that  we  can  best  achieve  our  purpose 
through  conscientious  and  systematic  review 
of  assistance  programs  on  a  country-by- 
country  basis.  In  each  case  we  must  balance 
a  political  concern  for  human  rights  against 
economic  or  security  goals.  No  formula  can 
resolve  the  larger  conflict  of  commitments, 
but  prudent  and  dedicated  attention  to  both 
the  basic  objectives  and  the  day-to-day  oper- 
ations of  our  programs  can  make  specific 
problems  tractable. 

This  committee  and  the  Congress  have  ad- 
vocated "new  directions"  in  our  bilateral 
foreign  aid  programs.  These  directions  call 
for  increasing  emphasis  on  the  poor  majority, 
increasing  attention  to  human  rights,  and 
adherence  to  the  moral  principles  that  give 


2  S.  Kept.  94-1009,  June  29,  1976;  report  of  the  Sen- 
ate Committee  on  Appropriations,  together  with  addi- 
tional views,  to  accompany  H.R.  14260,  foreign  assist- 
ance and  related  programs  appropriation  bill,  1977. 


March  14,  1977 


237 


us  pride  and  dignity  as  a  nation.  The  spirit  of 
"new  directions"  underlies  our  general  ap- 
proach to  all  our  aid  programs. 

The  Carter  Administration  accepts  the 
challenge  that  Congress  has  posed.  We  ask 
your  cooperation  in  making  "new  directions" 
a  reality — and  in  helping  us  resolve  the  dif- 
ficult policy  choices  we  face. 

The  challenge  of  the  "new  directions" 
means  that,  in  1977,  we  cannot  talk  simply  in 
the  dry  terms  of  this  or  that  funding  level  as 
if  the  power  to  budget  and  spend  were  the 
power  to  wish  ourselves  into  a  perfect  world. 
We  are  interested  in  results  in  human  as  well 
as  economic  terms. 

Our  Programs 

How,  then,  do  the  variety  of  proposed  de- 
velopment assistance  programs  fit  into  this 
general  policy  framework?  Each  of  the  pro- 
grams serves  different  objectives.  I  include 
at  this  point  a  chart  laying  out  the  major 
elements  of  the  programs. 


Bilateral  Development  Assistance 

First,  our  bilateral  development  assist- 
ance. This  program,  as  you  know,  is  the  most 
direct  way  to  put  American  effort  to  work 
improving  the  human  condition  around  the 
world  and  spurring  economic  development. 

The  fiscal  year  1978  program  for  bilateral 
development  assistance  calls  for  new  budget 
authority  of  $1,355  million.  The  Congress  has 
played  a  major  role  in  shaping  the  way  this 
program  tackles  the  raw  human  problems  in 
the  poor  countries.  That  means  food  produc- 
tion and  nutrition,  population  growth  and 
basic  health  services,  education  and  human 
resource  development.  Our  bilateral  assist- 
ance programs  also  provide  a  broad  range  of 
U.S.  scientific  and  technical  skills,  thus  en- 
gaging American  universities,  private  firms, 
and  private  voluntary  organizations  in  the 
development  process. 

In  fiscal  year  1978,  over  60  percent  of  our 
direct  bilateral  assistance  will  go  directly  to 
countries  with  per  capita  incomes  of  $300  or 


Foreign  Aid  Items 
Included  in  Foreign  Assistance  and  Related  Programs  Appropriation  Act 
New  Budget  Authority 

(in  millions  of  dollars) 


INTERNATIONAL  AFFAIRS  FUNCTION 

Multilateral 

International  Financial  Institutions 
International  Organizations  and  Programs 
International  Fund  for  Agricultural 
Development 

Bilateral— A.I. D. 

Security  Supporting  Assistance 

Middle  East  Special  Requirements  Fund 

Development  Assistance 

Other  Bilateral 
Peace  Corps 

Migration  and  Refugee  Assistance 
International  Narcotics  Control 
Inter-American  Foundation 
Israel-U.S.  Binational  Industrial 

Research  and  Development  Fund 
Overseas  Private  Investment  Corporation 

NATIONAL  DEFENSE  FUNCTION 
Military  Assistance 
Grant  Military  Assistance 
Foreign  Military  Training 
Foreign  Military  Credit  Sales 

Total  Foreign  Assistance  Appropriation 

'  Excludes  loan  to  Portugal  and  other  items  not  considered 


FY  1977 
Estimate 

FY  1978 

FY  1976 
Actual 

Ford 
Budget 

Proposed 

Amendments 

Carter 
Budget 

4,023 

4.616 

5,348 

950 

6,298 

1,098 

696 
202 

1,529 

1,285 
244 

2,211 

1,985 
226 

+  661 

-^631 
+  30 

2,872 

2,616 

256 

200 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2,761 

1,690 

50 

1,021 

2,895 

1,735 

23 

1,137 

2,840 

1,459 

25 

1,356 

+427 

+  428 

-1 

3,267 

1,887 

25 

1,355 

164 

81 
46 
37 

192 

81 
47 
34 

297 
68 
40 
39 

-138 

+  7 
+  5 

159 

75 
45 
39 

1,313 

225 

23 

1,065 


30 


985 

262 

25 

698 


150 


976 

230 

36 

710 


5,336  5,601 

Foreign  Aid." 


6,324 


-150 


-3 

-1 
-2 

+  947 


973 

230 
35 

708 

7,271 


238 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


less.  In  addition,  our  request  includes  the 
first  U.S.  commitment  of  $50  million  for  a 
major  multilateral  development  effort  for  the 
African  Sahelian  region,  to  be  carried  out 
over  a  number  of  years.  Proposals  for  disas- 
ter assistance,  American  schools  and  hospi- 
tals abroad,  the  President's  Contingency 
Fund,  and  operating  costs  of  AID  [Agency 
for  International  Development]  are  included 
as  well. 

We  must  do  our  part  to  assist  the  develop- 
ing countries.  But  they  themselves  will  have 
to  mobilize  most  of  the  resources  needed,  and 
sometimes  undertake  major  policy  and  in- 
stitutional reforms,  in  order  to  use  these  re- 
sources effectively. 

Multilateral  Development  Assistance 

Over  the  past  30  years,  the  United  States 
has  been  a  leader  in  building  global  and  re- 
gional institutions  to  deal  with  the  develop- 
ment requirements  of  the  poorer  nations. 

At  the  center  of  this  framework  are  the  in- 
ternational financial  institutions.  They  em- 
body the  commitment  by  rich  and  poor  coun- 
tries alike  to  give  first  priority  to  the  task  of 
development  and  to  leave  political  consid- 
erations aside. 

The  international  financial  institutions 
practice  a  development  philosophy  which  de- 
serves our  support.  Their  broadly  based 
membership  and  professional  competence 
make  them  especially  persuasive  in  encourag- 
ing developing  countries  to  pursue  sensible 
economic  policies. 

The  United  States  has  a  large  investment 
in  these  institutions.  We  helped  create  them. 
And  through  our  leadership  other  donors,  in- 
cluding some  of  the  newly  rich  oil-producing 
countries,  have  increased  their  participation, 
thus  lowering  the  relative  load  we  bear  our- 
selves. 

The  three  institutions  of  the  World  Bank 
Group  account  for  by  far  the  largest  part  of 
our  appropriation  requests  this  year. 

The  International  Bank  for  Reconstruction 
and  Development  is  the  acknowledged  leader 
of  the  global  development  effort.  It  merits 
our  support  so  that  it  can  continue  to  play  its 
highly  effective  role. 

For  the  International  Development  As- 


sociation, which  provides  soft  loans  to  the 
poorest  countries,  the  Administration  is  re- 
questing an  e.xceptionally  large  appropria- 
tion. This  reflects  the  delayed  pattern  of  the 
U.S.  contribution  to  its  fourth  periodic  re- 
plenishment of  capital  and,  more  important, 
our  conviction  that  the  United  States  should 
join  other  donors  in  supporting  a  large  fifth 
replenishment.  We  will  also  support  a  major 
replenishment  of  the  International  Financial 
Corporation  to  reinforce  the  role  it  plays  in 
promoting  the  development  of  the  private 
sector. 

In  addition,  we  have  an  important  stake  in 
encouraging  the  effective  work  of  the  re- 
gional development  banks — the  Inter- 
American  Development  Bank,  the  Asian  De- 
velopment Bank,  and  the  African  Develop- 
ment Fund. 

In  support  of  the  institutions  mentioned 
above,  the  World  Bank  Group  and  the  re- 
gional banks,  we  are  requesting  $540  million 
in  fiscal  year  1977  supplemental  appropria- 
tions and  $2.6  billion  in  new  appropriations 
for  fiscal  year  1978.  Of  the  latter,  $1  billion  is 
for  callable  capital,  which  means  that  no  ac- 
tual outlays  are  likely. 

In  addition  to  the  multilateral  banks,  U.N. 
programs  play  a  unique  role  in  meeting  de- 
velopmental and  humanitarian  needs.  The 
wide  scope  and  approach  of  the  United  Na- 
tions Development  Program  is  particularly 
useful.  UNDP  and  the  U.N.  specialized 
agencies  work  closely  with  the  multilateral 
banks.  They  require  increased  resources  to 
keep  up  their  efforts.  For  fiscal  year  1978, 
we  are  requesting  $130  million  for  the 
UNDP,  an  increase  of  $30  million  over  last 
year. 

Food  Aid 

To  complete  the  development  assistance 
picture,  let  me  add  a  footnote  about  the  role 
of  food  aid  in  our  overall  foreign  assistance 
strategy,  even  though  this  program  is  not  in- 
cluded in  the  request  before  you.  We  will 
work  to  make  these  food  aid  programs  serve 
our  development  goals — not  only  to  relieve 
hunger  and  to  offset  natural  catastrophes  but 
also  to  improve  the  use  of  this  form  of  assist- 
ance. 


March  14,  1977 


239 


This  year  we  are  planning  a  food  aid  pro- 
gram of  $1.4  billion,  roughly  the  same 
amount  as  last  year. 

Special  Economic  Assistance  to  Portugal 

I  would  like  to  emphasize  the  importance 
we  attach  to  the  special  legislation  we  will 
soon  be  submitting  to  provide  support  for 
Portugal. 

After  a  period  of  severe  political  and  eco- 
nomic dislocation,  the  Portuguese  economy  is 
in  serious  difficulty.  The  Portuguese  Gov- 
ernment has  announced  a  comprehensive 
program  for  economic  recovery.  But  they 
need  help,  in  the  form  of  a  substantial 
amount  of  medium-term  balance-of-payments 
support  from  friendly  countries.  We  are  now 
negotiating  such  a  plan  with  other  countries. 
We  will  soon  be  asking  Congress  to  appro- 
priate funds  for  U.S.  participation  in  this 
joint  effort. 

Security  Supporting  Assistance 

Security  supporting  assistance  funds  of 
$1,887  million  are  proposed  for  economic  as- 
sistance to  countries  experiencing  political 
and  economic  stresses  where  U.S.  security 
interests  are  involved.  These  programs  pro- 
mote stability  and  peace  in  troubled  regions. 

Middle  East  Programs.  The  program  pro- 
posed for  fiscal  year  1978  Middle  East  secu- 
rity supporting  assistance,  administered  by 
AID,  calls  for  new  budget  authority  of  $1,742 
million,  which  is  $60  million  less  than  was  re- 
quested for  fiscal  year  1977. 

By  far  the  largest  share  of  these  funds  but- 
tresses our  Middle  East  peace  efforts,  with 
major  programs  proposed  for  Israel,  Egypt, 
Jordan,  and  Syria.  Other  programs  that  di- 
rectly support  our  peace  efforts  are  the  Sinai 
Support  Mission — the  American  civilian 
early-warning  system  in  the  Sinai — and  the 
Middle  East  Special  Requirements  Fund. 
This  fund  of  $25  million  permits  prompt  U.S. 
responses  to  special  needs  which  may  sud- 
denly arise  in  our  efforts  to  help  bring  peace 
to  that  region. 

Before  I  left  for  the  Middle  East  on  Feb- 
ruary 14,  I  said  that  1977  is  a  critical  year  for 


progress  toward  peace  in  that  troubled  re- 
gion. After  my  trip  I  repeat  that  statement 
with  renewed  conviction.  The  leaders  I  vis- 
ited all  expressed  a  new  willingness  to  enter 
into  negotiations  looking  toward  a  settle- 
ment. They  would  prefer  the  benefits  of 
peace  to  preparations  for  war. 

We  can  support  our  diplomacy  of  peace 
through  our  aid  programs.  The  economic 
needs  of  some  of  the  key  countries  in  the 
Middle  East  are  severe.  The  IsraeH  economy 
is  burdened  with  extraordinary  defense 
costs;  Egypt  has  serious  economic  difficul- 
ties; and  the  economies  of  Jordan  and  Syria 
also  require  substantial  assistance. 

Africa.  America  has  a  responsibility  to  do 
what  it  can  to  foster  peaceful  development  to- 
ward majority  rule  in  southern  Africa.  Violence 
in  southern  Africa  is  in  no  one's  interest. 
This  year  we  are  requesting  $135  milhon,  of 
which  $35  million  is  for  ongoing  programs 
and  the  rest  for  special  economic  assistance 
requirements.  The  United  States  is  supporting 
the  efforts  of  the  British  to  promote  peaceful 
change  in  Southern  Rhodesia.  A  peaceful  set- 
tlement could  involve  a  substantial  restructur- 
ing of  the  economy  of  that  territory,  as  well  as 
it  neighbors,  to  take  advantage  of  the  new  eco- 
nomic opportunities  presented  by  peace.  We 
have  asked  other  developed  nations  to  contrib- 
ute to  the  resources  required.  We  must  be 
ready  to  do  our  share. 

Military  Assistance 

Our  military  assistance  programs  are  im- 
portant to  our  relations  with  many  friendly 
nations  and  allies,  to  offsetting  the  strength 
of  potential  adversaries,  and  to  keeping  the 
peace  where  regional  conflicts  threaten  it. 

U.S. -funded  military  assistance  is  one  of 
the  arms  transfer  issues  which  are  under  pol- 
icy review  by  the  Carter  Administration. 
You  know  of  our  commitment  to  bring  order, 
restraint,  and  much  stricter  codes  of  control 
to  all  arms  transfers.  Too  often,  short-term 
political  or  tactical  advantages  have  been 
sought  without  due  regard  to  the  possible 
longer  range  effects  of  arms  sales  on  regional 
stability  and  peace.  We  are  working  to  insure 
improved  coordination  among  all  interested 


240 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


agencies  prior  to  any  U.S.  Government 
commitment.  We  will  be  sharing  our  thinking 
on  this  issue  with  members  of  Congress  and 
seeking  your  counsel. 

The  budget  proposals  for  grant  military 
training  and  foreign  military  sales  total  $973 
million.  This  budget  was  not  originated  by 
this  Administration,  nor  were  the  specific 
programs  designed  by  us.  Nonetheless,  our 
review  of  them  has  convinced  us  that  they  are 
on  the  whole  wise  and  in  our  best  interests. 
We  need  to  reassure  our  friends  and  allies  of 
the  constancy  of  our  interest  in  their  securi- 
ty. In  this  fundamental  respect,  our  objec- 
tives will  not  change.  Abrupt  actions  by  the 
United  States  in  making  major  cuts  in  these 
programs  would  disrupt  plans  and  programs 
which  are  now  underway  in  foreign  countries 
aod  could  have  serious  adverse  political  con- 
sequences. 

The  President  has,  however,  approved 
some  relatively  small  reductions  in  the  Ford 
budget  requests  for  grant  military  materiel 
programs  and  for  financing  foreign  military 
sales.  As  we  proceed  with  our  policy  reviews 
and  bring  our  security  assistance  programs 
into  line  with  objectives  of  this  Administra- 
tion, there  may  be  further  savings.  But  I  be- 
lieve these  must  be  approached  deliberately 
and  not  through  hasty  budget  decisions. 

We  will  provide  Congress  with  details  of 
the  security  assistance  budget  proposals 
prepared  within  the  executive  branch 
shortly.  I  understand  that  this  committee  has 
scheduled  its  review  of  these  programs  for 
the  middle  of  next  month.  The  Department  of 
State  will  be  pleased  to  join  with  the 
Department  of  Defense  in  supplying  any  addi- 
tional information  or  data  needed  or  in 
testifying  before  this  committee  as  may  be  de- 
sired. 

In  closing,  let  me  emphasize  that  our 
foreign  assistance  programs,  composed  of 
different  elements  to  meet  a  range  of  objec- 
tives, are  a  central  part  of  our  foreign  policy 
toward  a  majority  of  the  nations  of  the 
world.  I  ask  your  support  for  our  efforts  and 
thank  you  for  this  opportunity  to  go  over  the 
proposals  with  you.  I  look  forward  to  receiv- 
ing the  benefit  of  your  views. 


Funds  Requested  for  Resumption 
of  Payment  of  Dues  to  UNESCO 

Following  is  a  statement  made  by  Donald 
R.  Toussaint,  Acting  Assistant  Secretary  for 
International  Organization  Affairs,  before 
the  Subcominittee  on  International  Opera- 
tions of  the  House  Committee  on  Interna- 
tional Relations  on  February  17.^ 

I  appreciate  the  opportunity  to  be  here 
today  to  testify  in  support  of  the  President's 
request  to  increase  the  authorization  for  the 
fiscal  year  1977  under  the  category  "Inter- 
national Organizations  and  Conferences" 
by  $69,275,000,  from  $342,460,453  to 
$411,735,453.  The  increase  would  authorize 
additional  funds  to  pay  the  United  States'  as- 
sessed share  of  the  United  Nations  Educa- 
tional, Scientific  and  Cultural  Organization 
(UNESCO)  budget  for  the  calendar  years 
1975,  1976,  and  1977. 

As  the  committee  is  aware,  on  December 
29,  1976,  the  President  made  the  certification 
required  by  the  Foreign  Assistance  Act  of 
1974  to  prepare  the  way  for  the  United 
States  to  resume  payments  of  its  dues  to 
UNESCO.  The  present  Administration 
strongly  supports  this  action  and  has  made 
its  views  known  in  letters  dated  February  3 
from  Secretary  of  State  Vance  to  the  chair- 
men of  the  House  International  Relations 
and  Appropriations  Committee. 

Our  position  favoring  payment  of  our  ac- 
cumulated arrearages  to  UNESCO  is  based 
on  an  analysis  of  U.S.  interests  and  an  as- 
sessment of  the  outcome  of  the  UNESCO 
General  Conference  held  in  Nairobi  last  fall. 
At  that  meeting  the  United  States,  working 
with  like-minded  countries,  succeeded  in  get- 
ting reversed  one  of  the  main  discriminatory 
actions  taken  against  Israel  in  1974 — the  re- 
fusal to  assign  Israel  to  a  regional  group.  The 
Nairobi  conference  agreed  to  assign  Israel  to 
the  European  regional  group.  This  problem 
has  now  been  solved. 


'  The  complete  transcript  of  the  hearings  will  be  pub- 
lished by  the  committee  and  will  be  available  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Print- 
ing Office,  Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


March  14,  1977 


241 


And  while  we  were  not  able  at  this  meeting 
to  prevent  the  reconfinnation  of  previous  res- 
olutions critical  of  Israeli  policies  in 
Jerusalem  and  in  the  occupied  territories,  we 
were  successful — because  of  good  support 
from  a  large  number  of  others — in  insuring 
that  the  Zionism-racism  issue  was  not  in- 
jected into  the  conference  deliberations.  At 
the  same  time  we  and  our  supporters,  work- 
ing with  the  UNESCO  Secretariat,  were  able 
to  thwart  other  efforts  to  take  new  pro- 
cedural or  substantive  actions  against  Israel. 

We  were  also  successful  at  the  Nairobi 
meeting  in  getting  widespread  support  from 
other  govei'nments  to  prevent  the  adoption 
of  a  Communist-backed  declaration  which 
would  have  sanctioned  state  control  of  the 
mass  media  and  thus  threatened  to  interfere 
with  the  international  activities  of  American 
media.  Instead,  again  with  e.xtensive  sup- 
port, we  succeeded  in  getting  the  conference 
to  agree  upon  a  course  which  opens  the  op- 
portunity to  draw  up  a  new  declaration — and 
with  principles  consonant  with  our  own  basic 
values  regarding  freedom  of  information. 

We  were  also  encouraged  that,  as  a  result 
of  a  new  mechanism  proposed  by  the  Sec- 
retariat, the  conference  focused  greater  at- 
tention on  the  programs,  activities,  and  re- 
sponsibilities which  fall  to  UNESCO  under 
its  constitution. 

In  order  to  maintain  the  momentum 
achieved  at  the  Nairobi  conference,  to  en- 
courage moderate  elements  in  the  organiza- 
tion to  continue  to  work  with  us  in  the  pur- 
suit of  common  objectives  such  as  the 
freedom-of-information  issue,  and  to  con- 
tinue to  work  effectively  for  our  overall 
interests  in  UNESCO,  it  is  our  judgment 
that  the  United  States  should  resume  full 
participation  in  the  organization,  including 
the  payment  of  what  we  owe.  Continued 
withholding,  in  our  view,  is  likely  to  have 
results — including  a  deepening  of  the  organi- 
zation's financial  crisis — which  would  make  it 
very  difficult,  perhaps  impossible,  to  get 
support  for  further  steps  to  modify  or  rectify 
those  conditions  within  UNESCO  which  we 
still  find  objectionable.  Nor  do  we  believe 
such  withholding  would  help  us  to  promote 
UNESCO  programs  in  the  fields  of  scientific 
research,  education,  freedom  of  information, 


and  many  other  areas  which  are  of  great 
value  to  us. 

Finally,  continued  nonpayment  by  the 
United  States  would  increasingly  raise  the 
question,  with  implications  far  beyond  UN- 
ESCO, whether  we  intend  to  abide  by  our  in- 
ternational obligations.  Prolonged  withhold- 
ing, in  violation  of  our  treaty  commitments, 
would  only  encourage  other  governments  to 
do  the  same  when  they  do  not  agree  with  all 
the  actions  taken  by  a  U.N.  agency,  thus 
contributing  to  greater  disorder  and  de- 
creased support  of  the  U.N.  system,  as  well 
as  other  international  institutions. 

It  is  for  these  reasons  that  we  are  seeking 
to  increase  the  appropriation  authorization 
for  fiscal  year  1977  by  a  total  of  $69.3 
million — an  amount  which  will  cover  U.S.  ar- 
rearages for  the  calendar  years  1975  and 
1976  plus  our  dues  for  the  calendar  year 
1977.  The  regular  fiscal  year  1978  request  in- 
cludes an  additional  amount  of  $28.1  million 
to  cover  our  assessed  dues  for  calendar  year 
1978. 


U.S. -Mexico  Treaty  on  Execution 
of  Penal  Sentences  Sent  to  Senate 

Message  From  President  Carter  ^ 

To  the  Senate  of  the  United  States: 

With  a  view  to  receiving  the  advice  and 
consent  of  the  Senate  to  ratification,  I 
transmit  herewith  the  Treaty  between  the 
United  States  of  America  and  the  United 
Mexican  States  on  the  Execution  of  Penal 
Sentences  which  was  signed  in  Mexico  City 
on  November  25,  1976. 

I  transmit  also,  for  the  information  of  the 
Senate,  the  report  by  the  Department  of 
State  with  respect  to  the  Treaty. 

The  Treaty  would  permit  citizens  of  either 
nation  who  had  been  convicted  in  the  courts 
of  the  other  country  to  serve  their  sentences 


'  Transmitted  on  Feb.  15  {text  from  Weekly  Compila- 
tion of  Presidential  Documents  dated  Feb.  21);  also 
printed  as  S.  E.x.  D,  95th  Cong.,  1st  sess.,  which  in- 
cludes the  text  of  the  treaty  and  the  report  of  the  De- 
partment of  State. 


242 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


in  their  home  country;  in  each  case  the  con- 
sent of  the  offender  as  well  as  the  approval  of 
the  authorities  of  the  two  governments 
would  be  required. 

This  Treaty  is  significant  because  it  repre- 
sents an  attempt  to  resolve  a  situation  which 
has  inflicted  substantial  hardships  on  a 
number  of  citizens  of  each  country  and  has 
caused  considerable  concern  to  both  govern- 
ments. It  received  the  approval  of  the  Senate 
of  the  United  Mexican  States  on  December 
30,  1976.  I  recommend  that  the  Senate  give 
favorable  consideration  to  this  Treaty  at  an 
early  date. 

Jimmy  Carter. 

The  White  House,  February  15,  1977. 


President  Discusses  Cyprus  Issue 
in  Periodic  Report  to  Congress 

Message  to  the  Congress  ' 

To  the  Congress  of  the  United  States: 

This  report  on  the  progress  toward  a  solu- 
tion to  the  Cyprus  dispute  is  the  first  of  a 
series  that  I  will  submit  pursuant  to  Public 
Law  94-104.  Through  these  reports  and  con- 
tinuing close  consultations  with  the  Con- 
gress, I  will  keep  the  American  people  fully 
informed  of  developments  in  the  negotia- 
tions. 

Helping  to  promote  an  equitable  and  last- 
ing solution  to  the  problems  of  Cyprus  is  a 
high  priority  for  my  Administration.  The 
work  has  already  begun.  At  my  request, 
former  Defense  Secretary  Clark  M.  Clifford 
will  leave  on  February  15  for  a  special  mis- 
sion to  Greece,  Turkey  and  Cyprus,  as  my 
personal  emissary.  Through  consultations  in 
Greece  and  Turkey,  he  will  seek  to  improve 
our  bilateral  relations  with  these  valued 
NATO  allies.  With  regard  to  Cyprus,  I  have 
asked  for  his  personal  assessment  of  the  situ- 
ation on  the  island,  prospects  for  early 
movement  toward  a  negotiated  settlement, 
and  how  we  might  be  of  assistance  in  this 


'Transmitted  on  Feb.   11  (text  from  White  House 
press  release  dated  Feb.  11). 


process.  Mr.  Clifford  will  consult  with  the 
Congress  before  he  departs  and  again — with 
other  senior  officials — after  his  return,  in  an 
effort  to  produce  policies  which  are  effective 
and  which  have  the  broad  support  of  the 
American  people. 

We  intend  to  stay  in  close  touch  with  our 
other  European  friends.  Vice  President 
Mondale  raised  the  subject  during  his  recent 
trip  and  received  welcome  indications  that 
member  states  of  the  European  Community 
continue  to  share  our  interest  in  doing  what 
is  possible  to  encourage  a  negotiated  solu- 
tion. 

We  will  also  continue  to  maintain  close 
contact  with  the  United  Nations  in  its  efforts 
to  promote  a  peaceful  solution.  Secretary 
General  Waldheim  has  worked  tirelessly  to 
this  end  since  the  summer  of  1974.  He  will 
soon  visit  Nicosia  for  discussions  with  Cyp- 
riot  leaders.  We  hope  that  through  his  con- 
tinued efforts  the  talks  between  the  two 
communities  might  resume  in  the  near  fu- 
ture. 

Recent  positive  developments  offer  some 
prospect  of  further  progress.  One  such 
event  was  the  meeting  last  month  between 
President  Makarios  and  Turkish  Cypriot 
community  leader  Denktash,  the  first  meet- 
ing between  the  two  in  thirteen  years.  I  can 
assure  the  Congress  that  the  United  States 
will  do  all  it  can  to  build  on  these  positive 
developments  and  advance  the  cause  of  a 
negotiated  settlement  for  Cyprus. 

Jimmy  Carter. 

The  White  House,  February  ll,  1977. 


Congressional  Documents 
Relating  to  Foreign  Policy 

Gorgas  Memorial  Laboratory  48th  Annual  Report,  Fis- 
cal Year  1976.  Communication  from  the  President  of 
the  Institute  transmitting  the  report.  H.  Doc.  95-39. 
January  10,  1977.  44  pp. 

Income  Ta.x  Convention  With  the  Republic  of  the 
Philippines.  Message  from  the  President  of  the 
United  States  transmitting  the  convention  signed  at 
Manila  on  October  1,  1976,  and  an  exchange  of  notes. 
S.  Ex.  C,  95th  Congress,  1st  session.  January  19, 
1977.  24  pp. 


March  14,  1977 


243 


TREATY  INFORMATION 


Current  Actions 


MULTILATERAL 

Agriculture 

Agreement  establishing  the  International  Fund  for  Ag- 
ricultural Development  (IFAD).  Done  at  Rome  June 
13,  1976.' 

Signature:  Sierra  Leone,  Sri  Lanka,  February  15, 
1977. 

Antarctica 

Recommendations  relating  to  the  furtherance  of  the 
principles  and  objectives  of  the  Antarctic  treaty. 
Adopted  at  Oslo  June  20,  1975.' 

Notification  of  approval:  Norway,   February  17, 
1977. 

Coffee 

International  coffee  agreement  1976,  with  anne.xes. 
Done  at  London  December  3,  1975.  Entered  into  force 
provisionally  October  1,  1976. 
Ratification  deposited:  Benin,  February  11,  1977. 

Energy 

Agreement  on  an  international  energy  program.  Done 
at  Paris  November  18,  1974.  Entered  into  force  pro- 
visionally November  18,  1974;  definitively,  January 
19,  1976!  TIAS  8278. 

Accession  deposited:  New  Zealand,  December  29, 
1976. 

Load  Lines 

Amendments  to  the  international  convention  on  load 
lines,  1966  (TIAS  6331,  6629,  6720).  Adopted  at  Lon- 
don October  12,  1971.' 
Acceptance  deposited:  Bahamas,  January  20,  1977. 

Maritime  Matters 

Amendments  to  the  convention  of  March  6,  1948,  as 
amended,  on  the  Intergovernmental  Maritime  Con- 
sultative Organization  (TIAS  4044,  6285,  6490). 
Adopted  at  London  October  17,  1974.' 
Acceptance  deposited:  Ecuador,  January  3,  1977. 

Ocean  Dumping 

Convention  on  the  prevention  of  marine  pollution  by 
dumping  of  wastes  and  other  matter,  with  annexes. 
Done  at  London,  Mexico  City,  Moscow,  and  Washing- 
ton December  29,  1972.  Entered  into  force  August  30, 
1975.  TIAS  8165. 
Ratification  deposited:  Morocco,  February  18,  1977. 

Oil  Pollution 

International  convention  on  civil  liability  for  oil  pollu- 
tion damage.  Done  at  Brussels  November  29,  1969. 
Entered  into  force  June  19,  1975.^ 
Ratification  deposited:  Belgium,  January  12,  1977. 


Amendments  to  the  international  convention  for  the 
prevention  of  pollution  of  the  sea  by  oil,  1954,  as 
amended  (TIAS  4900,  6109).  Adopted  at  London  Oc- 
tober 21,  1969.  Enters  into  force  January  20,  1978. 
Proclaimed  by  the  President:  February  21,  1977. 
Acceptances  deposited:  Bulgaria,  January  28,  1977; 
Mexico,  January  31,  1977. 

Safety  at  Sea 

Amendments  to  the  international  convention  for  the 
safety  of  life  at  sea,  1960  (TIAS  5780).  Adopted  at 
London  October  12,  1971.' 
Acceptance  deposited:  Bahamas,  January  20,  1977. 

Convention  on  the  international  regulations  for  pre- 
venting collisions  at  sea,  1972.  Done  at  London  Oc- 
tober 20,  1972.  Enters  into  force  July  15,  1977. 
Accession  deposited:  Monaco,  January  18,  1977. 

Amendments  to  chapters  II,  III,  IV  and  V  of  the  inter- 
national convention  for  the  safety  of  life  at  sea,  1960 
(TIAS  5780).  Adopted  at  London  November  20, 
1973.' 

Amendment  to  chapter  VI  of  the  international  conven- 
tion for  the  safety  of  life  at  sea,  1960  (TIAS  5780). 
Adopted  at  London  November  20,  1973.' 
Acceptances  deposited:  Bahamas,  January  20,  1977. 


BILATERAL 

Federal  Republic  of  Germany 

Agreement  in  the  field  of  gas-cooled  reactor  concepts 
and  technology.  Signed  at  Bonn  February  11,  1977. 
Entered  into  force  February  11,  1977. 

Haiti 

Agreement  amending  the  agreement  of  March  22  and 
23,  1976  (TIAS  8268),  as  amended  (TIAS  8395),  relat- 
ing to  trade  in  cotton,  wool,  and  man-made  fiber  tex- 
tiles and  textile  products.  Effected  by  exchange  of 
notes  at  Washington  February  10  and  11,  1977.  En- 
tered into  force  February  11,  1977. 

Luxembourg 

Agreement  amending  annex  B  of  the  mutual  defense  as- 
sistance agreement  of  January  19  and  31,  1977.  En- 
tered into  force  January  31,  1977. 

Philippines 

Agreement  relating  to  the  transfer  of  non-fat  dry  milk. 
Signed  at  Manila  January  4  and  7,  1977.  Entered  into 
force  January  7,  1977. 

Tunisia 

Agreement  for  sales  of  agricultural  commodities,  relat- 
ing to  the  agreement  of  June  7,  1976.  Signed  at  Tunis 
January  21,  1977.  Entered  into  force  January  21, 
1977. 

United  Kingdom 

Agreement  relating  to  the  limitation  of  meat  imports 
from  Belize  during  calendar  year  1977.  Effected  by 
exchange  of  notes  at  Washington  February  8  and  9, 
1977.  Entered  into  force  February  9,  1977. 


'  Not  in  force. 

2  Not  in  force  for  the  United  States. 


244 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


INDEX     March  U,  1977     Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1968 


Australia.  Letters  of  Credence  (Renouf) 223 

Botswana.  Letters  of  Credence  (Mookodi) 223 

Congress 

Congressional  Documents  Relating  to  Foreign 
Policy 243 

Funds  Requested  for  Resumption  of  Payment  of 
Dues  to  UNESCO  (Toussaint)  241 

President  Discusses  Cyprus  Issue  in  Periodic  Re- 
port to  Congress  (message) 243 

Secretary  Testifies  on  Administration's  Approach 
to  Foreign  Assistance  236 

U.S. -Mexico  Treaty  on  Execution  of  Penal  Sen- 
tences Sent  to  Senate  (message  from  President 
Carter)  242 

Cyprus.  President  Discusses  Cyprus  Issue  in 
Periodic  Report  to  Congress  (message) 243 

Ecuador.  Letters  of  Credence  ( Ycaza) 223 

Egypt.  Secretary  Vance's  Visit  to  the  Middle  East 
February  14-21  (Rabin,  Sadat,  Sa'.ud,  Vance)  . .      209 

Secretary  Vance's  Visit  to  the  Middle  East  Feb- 
ruary 14-21  (Rabin,  Sadat,  Sa'ud.  Vance) 209 

Fisheries.  United  States  and  Spain  Sign  New 
Fisheries  Agreement 235 

Foreign  Aid 

U.S.  Increases  Relief  Aid  to  Lebanon 234 

Secretary  Testifies  on  Administration's  Approach 
to  Foreign  Assistance  236 

Human  Rights.  Interview  With  Secretary  Vance 
on  February  10  by  Israeli  Media  Representa- 
tives        228 

Israel.  Secretary  Vance's  Visit  to  the  Middle  East 
February  14-21  (Rabin,  Sadat,  Sa'ud,  Vance)  . .      209 

Secretary  Vance's  Visit  to  the  Middle  East  Feb- 
ruary 14-21  (Rabin,  Sadat,  Vance) 209 

Jordan.  Secretary  Vance's  Visit  to  the  Middle 
East  February  14-21  (Rabin,  Sadat,  Sa'ud, 
Vance) 209 

Lebanon 

Secretary  Vance's  Visit  to  the  Middle  East  Feb- 
ruary 14-21  (Rabin,  Sadat,  Sa'ud,  Vance) 209 

U.S.  Increases  Relief  Aid  to  Lebanon 234 

Mexico 

President  Lopez  Portillo  of  Mexico  Visits  the 
United  States  (text  of  joint  communique)  234 

U.S. -Mexico  Treaty  on  Execution  of  Penal  Sen- 
tences Sent  to  Senate  (message  from  President 
Carter)  242 

Middle  East 

Interview  With  Secretary  Vance  on  February  8  by 
Egyptian  and  Syrian  Media  Representa- 
tives        224 

Interview  With  Secretary  Vance  on  February  10 
by  Israeli  Media  Representatives 228 

Secretary  Vance's  Visit  to  the  Middle  East  Feb- 
i-uaiy  14-21  (Rabin,  Sadat,  Sa'ud,  Vance)    209 

Presidential  Documents 

President  Discusses  Cyprus  Issue  in  Periodic  Re- 
port to  Congress 243 

President  Lopez  Portillo  of  Mexico  Visits  the 
United  States 234 

U.S. -Mexico  Treaty  on  Execution  of  Penal  Sen- 
tences Sent  to  Senate  242 


Saudi  Arabia.  Secretary  Vance's  Visit  to  the 
Middle  East  February  14-21  (Rabin,  Sadat, 
Sa'ud,  Vance) 209 

Spain.  United  States  and  Spain  Sign  New 
Fisheries  Agreement 235 

Syria.  Secretary  Vance's  Visit  to  the  Middle  East 
Februai7  14-21  (Rabin,  Sadat,  Sa'ud,  Vance)  . .      209 

Treaty  Information 

Current  Actions 244 

United  States  and  Spain  Sign  New  Fisheries 
Agreement 235 

United  Nations.  Funds  Requested  for  Resumption 
of  Payment  of  Dues  to  UNESCO  (Toussaint) ...      241 

Name  Index 

Carter,  President 242,  243 

Mookodi,  Bias 223 

Rabin,  Yitzhak 209 

Renouf,  Alan  Philip  223 

Sadat,  Anwar  al- 209 

Prince  Sa'ud  bin  Faisal 209 

Toussaint,  Donald  R 241 

Vance,  Secretary 209,  224,  228,  236 

Ycaza  Borja,  Gustavo 223 


Checklist  of  Department  of  State 

Press  Releases:  February  21-27 

Press  releases  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office 

of  Press  Relations,  Department  of  State,  Wash- 

ington, D.C. 

20520. 

No. 

Date 

Subject 

72 

2/21 

Vance,   Sa'ud  departure,   Riyadh, 
Feb.  20. 

*73 

2/21 

Vance:  arrival,  Damascus,  Feb.  20. 

74 

2/21 

Vance:  news  conference,  Damascus. 

75 

2/22 

Vance:  arrival,  Andrews  Air  Force 
Base,  Feb.  21. 

*76 

2/22 

U.S.  and  Haiti  conclude  bilateral 
textile  agreement,  Feb.  10. 

*  77 

2/22 

Study  group  2  of  the  U.S.  National 
Committee  for  the  International 
Radio  Consultative  Committee 
(CCIR),  Mar.  23. 

*  78 

2/22 

Great  Lakes  levels  discussions. 

79 

2/24 

Vance:  Subcommittee  on  Foreign 
Operations,  Senate  Committee  on 
Appropriations. 

*80 

2/24 

Advisory  Committee  on  Trans- 
national Enterprises,  Mar.  17. 

t  81 

2/24 

Agreed  U.S. -Canadian  communique 
on    signature    of    a    reciprocal 
fisheries  agreement. 

t  82 

2/25 

U.S.   and  Canada  amend  salmon 
agreement. 

*83 

2/25 

Study  group  4  of  the  U.S.  National 
Committee  for  the  CCIR,  Mar. 
22. 

U.S.  and  Romania  amend  cotton 

*84 

2/25 

textile  agreement,  Jan.  17. 

t  86 

2/27 

Vance:  "Face  the  Nation." 
ted. 

*  Not  prir 

t  H 

eld  foi 

a  later  issue  of  the  Bulletin. 

Superintendent   of    Documents 

u.s.  government  printing  office 

washington,  dc.  20402 


OFFICIAL  BUSINESS 


postage  and  fees  paid 
Department  of  State  STA-501 

Third   Class 


I 


Subscription  Renewals:  To  insure  uninterrupted 
service,  please  renew  your  subscription  promptly 
when  you  receive  the  expiration  notice  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents.  Due  to  the  time  re- 
quired to  process  renewals,  notices  are  sent  out  3 
months  in  advance  of  the  expiration  date.  Any  prob- 
lems involving  your  subscription  will  receive  im- 
mediate attention  if  you  write  to:  Superintendent 
of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


/J; 


7(i> 


m? 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

BULLETIN 


Volume   LXXVI    •   No.  1969    •    March  21,  1977 


SECRETARY  VANCE  INTERVIEWED  ON  "FACE  THE  NATION"     2U5 

PRESIDENT  CARTER'S  NEWS  CONFERENCE  OF  FEBRUARY  23 
Excerpts  From  Transcript     251 

PRESIDENT  CARTER  VISITS  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 
Remarks  and  Questions  and  Answers  With  Employees     259 

SECRETARY  VANCE  DISCUSSES  ANTIBOYCOTT  LEGISLATION 

AND  NUCLEAR  NONPROLIFERATION 
Statement  Before  the  House  Comm,ittee  on  International  Relations     267 


THE  OFFICIAL  WEEKLY  RECORD  OF  UNITED  STATES  FOREIGN  POLICY 


For  index  see  inside  back  cover 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE  BULLETIN 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Washington.  D.C.  20402 

PRICE: 

52  issues  plus  semiannual  indexes, 

domestic  $-12. 50,  foreign  $53.15 

Single  copy  H5  cents 

The  Secretary  of  Stale  has  determined  that  the  pub- 
lication of  this  periodica!  is  necessary  in  the  transac- 
tion of  the  public  business  required  by  law  of  this 
Department.  Use  of  funds  for  printing  this  periodi- 
cal has  been  approved  by  the  Director  of  the  Office 
of  Management  and  Budget  through  January  31, 
1981. 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may  be  re- 
printed. Citation  of  the  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 
BULLETIN  as  the  source  will  be  appreciated.  The 
BULLETIN  is  indexed  in  the  Readers'  Guide  to 
Periodical  Literature. 


Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1969 
March  21,  1977 

The  Department  of  State  BVLLETIN, 
a  weekly  publication  issued  by  the 
Office  of  Media  Services,  Bureau  of 
Public  Affairs,  provides  the  public  and 
interested  agencies  of  the  government 
with  information  on  developments  in 
the  field  of  U.S.  foreign  relations  and 
on  the  work  of  the  Department  and 
the  Foreign  Service. 

The  BULLETIN  includes  selected 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy,  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart- 
ment, and  statements,  addresses,  and 
news  conferences  of  the  President  and 
the  Secretary  of  State  and  other  offi- 
cers of  the  Department,  as  welt  as  spe- 
cial articles  on  various  phases  of  in- 
ternational affairs  and  the  functions  of 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  inter- 
national agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a  party 
and  on  treaties  of  general  interna- 
tional interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department  of 
State,  United  Nations  documents,  and 
legislative  material  in  the  field  of 
international  relations  are  also  listed. 


Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  on  "Face  the  Nation' 


Following  is  the  transcript  of  an  interview 
with  Secretary  Vance  on  the  CBS  television 
and  radio  program  "Face  the  Nation"  on  Feb- 
ruary 27.  Interviewing  the  Secretary  ivere 
George  Herman  and  Marvin  Kalb  of  CBS 
News  and  Don  Oberdorfer  of  the  Washington 
Post. 

Press  release  86  dated  February  27 

Mr.  Herman:  The  Uganda  radio  says  the 
meeting  between  President  Amin  and  the  24-0 
Americans  in  Uganda  has  been  postponed  to 
Wednesday  at  Entebbe  air  base.  Have  you 
heard  anything  through  any  official  source  of 
any  kind?  More  specifically,  can  you  tell  us 
what  it  means,  what  is  going  on  there? 

Secretary  Vance:  We  have  received  assur- 
ances from  the  President,  President  Amin, 
and  from  his  government  that  the  Americans 
will  be  safe.  We  are  following  the  situation 
carefully  as  it  moves  along.  I  don't  think  that 
there  is  any  major  conclusion  to  be  drawn 
from  the  fact  that  the  meeting  has  been  post- 
poned until  Wednesday.  There  are  indeed  a 
number  of  people  who  are  located  in  the  back 
country.  It  will  take  them  quite  awhile  to  get 
there.  So  I  think  no  alarming  conclusions 
should  be  drawn  from  the  fact  that  the  meet- 
ing has  been  postponed  for  two  days. 

Mr.  Herman:  Mr.  Secretary,  I  rather 
carelessly  lumped  two  questions  together  in 
my  opening  question  to  you,  so  let  me  sepa- 
rate out  part  of  them.  Have  you  heard  any- 
thing through  any  official  source?  Do  we  have 
good  contact  with  the  West  German  Embassy 
there  so  that  you  are  kept  up  to  date  on  the 
meaning  of  things  like  this  postponement? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes,  we  do.  We  have  very 
good  contacts  through  the  West  German  Em- 


bassy. We  also  have  direct  contact  through 
the  Charge  of  Uganda  here  in  the  United 
States,  and  he  has  been  in  at  least  once  and 
sometimes  twice  a  day  during  the  last  two  or 
three  days. 

Mr.  Oberdorfer:  What  do  you  think  Presi- 
dent Amin  is  up  to?  Is  he  responding,  do  you 
believe,  to  President  Carter's  remarks  about 
the  horrible  murders  that  took  place  in  that 
country  and  other  kinds  of  rather  unusual 
language  that  the  President  made  at  a  press 
conference  [on  February  23],  or  does  he  have 
something  else  in  mind? 

Secretary  Vance:  It  would  be  the  rankest 
kind  of  speculation  on  my  part  to  try  and  say 
what  is  in  his  mind.  He  may  be  responding  to 
what  has  been  said  with  respect  to  the  inci- 
dents which  occurred  there,  or  there  may  be 
other  factors  which  are  causing  the  action 
which  he  took.  I  just  don't  think  that  it  would 
serve  any  purpose  for  me  to  try  and  speculate 
on  that. 

Mr.  Kalb:  Mr.  Secretary,  to  follow  that  up, 
eaHy  last  week  Ambassador  Young  had  a 
very  strong  statement  about  the  death  of  Arch- 
bishop Luwum  [the  Most  Reverend  Janani 
Luwum,  Anglican  Archbishop  of  Uganda]. 
Then  President  Carter  made  his  strong  state- 
ment. Since  that  time,  there  has  been  a  prob- 
lem. We  don't  really  know  if  it  is  a  major 
crisis,  but  there  certainly  is  a  problem  affect- 
ing the  lives  of  2^0  Americans. 

Doesn't  this  really  point  up  the  danger  of 
unprogramed  and  perhaps  overly  dramatic 
statements  from  the  top  people  in  this  Admin- 


'  For  the  transcript  of  a  news  conference  held  at  New 
York  on  Feb.  17  by  Andrew  Young,  U.S.  Representa- 
tive to  the  United  Nations,  see  USUN  press  release  9 
(77)  dated  Feb.  18. 


March  21,  1977 


245 


istration  about  human  rights,  without  a  care- 
fully thought  through  process  of  understand- 
ing what  the  iniplications  might  be? 

Secretary  Vance:  Well,  let  me  talk  about 
the  question  of  human  rights.  There  has  been 
a  good  deal  of  speculation  about  the  views  of 
the  Administration  with  respect  to  human 
rights.  There  has  been  a  great  deal  written 
about  it  in  the  newspapers,  and  I  think  it 
might  be  helpful  if  I  said  something  about 
human  rights  and  how  it  fits  into  the  foreign 
policy  of  the  United  States. 

The  human  rights  issue  is  really  grounded 
in  fundamental  values  which  lie  at  the  root  of 
the  founding  of  this  country.  The  dignity  of 
the  individual  and  the  protection  of  those 
rights  is  a  very  sacred  right  that  is  of  great 
importance  to  Americans.  And  therefore  it  is 
something  which  should  be  of  importance  to 
us  in  our  domestic  lives  and  in  the  conduct  of 
our  foreign  policy.  It  has  to  be  interwoven 
into  the  fabric  of  our  foreign  policy,  and  this 
we  believe  can  be  done. 

Now,  insofar  as  speaking  out  on  human 
rights  issues  abroad  is  concerned,  we  will 
speak  out  when  we  believe  it  desirable  to  do 
so.  We  will  try  to  do  it  in  a  nonstrident,  non- 
polemical  way;  and  we  would  expect  others,  if 
they  see  things  happening  in  the  United 
States,  to  criticize  us,  because  this  is  not  a 
one-way  street. 

We  have  not  tried  to  single  out  any  country. 
We  will  speak  out  when  we  believe  it  appro- 
priate to  do  so  with  respect  to  the  human 
rights  issue  wherever  it  may  arise  throughout 
the  world. 

Mr.  Kalb:  Mr.  Secretary,  I  appreciate  that 
comment,  sir,  but  what  I  was  trying  to  get  at 
is  the  strong  statements  that  took  place  earlier 
in  the  week.  The  problem  that  then  arose — 
whether  it  is  cause  and  effect  I  don't  know — 
since  the  problem  arose,  there  has  been  very 
measured  comment  on  the  part  of  everybody 
in  the  Administration.  And  I  am  wondering 
if  that  does  not  indicate  some  sense  that  you 
might  have  of  a  cause-and-effect  relationship 
and  the  danger  of  speaking  out  in  a  manner 
that  does  not  take  into  account  implications. 

Secretary  Vance:  The  implication  of  your 


question  is  that  the  statements  which  were 
made  by  Ambassador  Young  and  the  Presi- 
dent were  not  thought  out  ahead  of  time. 
They  were  thought  out  ahead  of  time.  And  the 
statements  were  not  made  off  the  cuff. 

As  to  any  cause-and-effect  relationship, 
again,  that  would  be  a  matter  of  speculation 
as  far  as  I  am  concerned,  and  whether  that 
indeed  was  the  cause  of  what  has  sub- 
sequently happened  I  don't  know. 

Mr.  Herman:  There  is  a  problem  with  that 
answer,  Mr.  Secretary,  in  a  sense.  You  say 
the  statements  were  thought  out,  and  presum- 
ably the  implications  and  the  possible  reac- 
tions were  thought  out  ahead  of  time.  It  seems 
to  me  that  leaves  us  with  two  alternatives. 
Either  when  they  thought  it  out  ahead  of  time, 
they  did  not  think  there  would  be  this  action 
by  President  Amin,  or  else  they  thought  it  out 
ahead  of  time  and  were  willing  to  risk  this  ac- 
tion by  President  Amin.  I  don't  see  what  other 
alternative  there  is. 

Secretary  Vance:  You  are  assuming  that 
there  is  a  cause-and-effect  relationship  here.  I 
am  not  prepared  at  this  point  to  say  that  that 
necessarily  is  the  cause  and  effect. 


The  U.S.S.R.  and  Human  Rights  Issues 

Mr.  Oberdorfer:  On  a  different  facet  of  this 
human  rights  matter,  the  Soviet  Union  has 
protested  that  the  United  States,  by  speaking 
out  on  human  rights  there,  is  interfering  in 
the  internal  affairs  of  the  Soviet  Union.  And 
when  the  President  sends  a  letter  to  a  leading 
dissident,  it  seems  to  be  coming  close  to  some 
kind  of  involvement  in  Soviet  affairs.  How  do 
you  draw  the  liyie  between  the  United  States 
sticking  up  for  the  things  which  we  have  al- 
ways believed  in  as  a  nation  and  interfering 
in  someone  else's  internal  matters? 

Secretary  Vance:  This  is  a  very  hard  line  to 
draw,  and  I  don't  think  that  there  is  any 
magic  answer  to  it.  I  think  one  has  to  consider 
it  on  the  facts  of  each  case  as  it  comes  along 
and  make  a  determination. 

As  I  indicated  at  my  last  press  conference 
[on  January  31],  there  will  be  times  when  the 
United  States  will  feel  it  appropriate  to  speak 


246 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


out  publicly.  There  will  be  other  times  when 
we  will  feel  it  appropriate  to  communicate  by 
quiet  diplomacy  with  the  country  involved  and 
see  what  can  be  accomplished  in  that  way. 
And  in  each  case,  we  are  going  to  have  to 
weigh  the  facts  and  the  circumstances  and 
make  our  determination. 

Mr.  Kalb:  In  that  connection,  ivhen  you 
talk  about  weighing  the  circumstances, 
sir — in  weighing  all  of  the  factors  pro  and 
con,  before  the  President's  letter  was  sent  on 
to  Andrey  Sakharov,  we  are  told  that  the  State 
Department  had  a  major  input  into  that  and 
did  preserit  the  President  with  these  pros  and 
cons.  As  you  see  it,  what  were  the  risks? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  am  not  going  to  talk 
about  the  process  of  what  the  State  Depart- 
ment did  or  didn't  do.  Let  me  say  that  we  did 
participate  in  the  process  of  discussing  the 
situation,  however,  and  what  action  should  be 
taken. 

In  weighing  the  decision  of  responding  and 
how  to  respond,  one  had  to  take  into  account 
the  fact  that  a  communication  in  response  to  a 
letter  from  a  distinguished  scientist  in  the 
Soviet  Union  might  be  viewed  by  the  Soviet 
Union  as  an  intrusion.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
letter  was  a  very  straightforward,  honest,  and 
moderate  letter,  and  on  balance  it  appeared 
that  this  was  the  appropriate  course  of  action 
to  take,  and  I  fully  support  the  action  which 
the  President  took  in  sending  that  letter. 

Mr.  Kalb:  The  Russians  have  indicated  that 
they  would  very  much  appreciate  it-and  I 
am  understating  it  now — if  the  President  did 
not  receive  Vladimir  Bukovsky.  As  I  under- 
stand it,  the  Vice  President  has  a  meeting 
scheduled  with  this  particular  Russian  dissi- 
dent who  is  now  exiled  in  the  United  States. 
Does  the  President  plan  to  see  him  as  well? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  do  not  know  whether 
the  President  will  see  him  or  not.  The  Vice 
President  does  intend  to  receive  him. 

Mr.  Oberdorfer:  Do  you  believe  that  the 
Russian  upset  about  the  human  rights  mat- 
ters is  going  to  complicate  your  effort  to  reach 


an  agreement  with  respect  to  arms  control  in 
your  trip  to  Moscow  next  month? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  don't  believe  it  is,  Mr. 
Oberdorfer.  There  is  always  the  possibihty 
that  something  like  that  might  occur;  but  from 
my  conversations  with  the  Soviet  diplomats 
here,  and  from  our  other  information,  it  would 
seem  quite  clear  to  me  that  it  is  not  going  to. 
The  Soviets  are  prepared  to  receive  me  and 
discuss  seriously  the  questions  on  arms  con- 
trol, which  will  be  the  main  subject  of  my  dis- 
cussions in  the  Soviet  Union.  I  hope  very 
much  that  we  can  make  some  progress  during 
that  visit.  There  are  extremely  important 
subjects  which  we  are  going  to  be  discussing, 
and  I  am  hopeful  that  we  can  have  a  fruitful 
trip. 


Intelligence  Activities 

Mr.  Oberdorfer:  Could  I  ask  you  on  another 
matter,  is  it  permissible  in  this  age  for  the 
United  States  Government,  through  a  CIA  or 
other  intelligence  agency,  in  your  opinion,  to 
make  secret  payments  to  foreign  leaders 
abroad? 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  answer  by  saying 
yes,  and  then  explain  why.  Throughout  the 
world,  we  have  cooperative  arrangements 
leading  toward  common  objectives  with  many 
countries.  In  connection  with  the  achievement 
of  those  common  objectives,  various  kinds  of 
assistance  are  from  time  to  time  given  to  the 
countries  with  which  we  are  working.  In  the 
case  of  intelligence  activities,  that  assistance 
is  given  through  the  channels  of  the  Central 
Intelligence  Agency.  The  purposes  are  com- 
mon purposes;  the  actions  taken  are  in  the 
interests  of  the  country  involved  as  well  as 
the  United  States. 

In  these  cases  that  have  been  referred  to,  to 
the  best  of  my  knowledge  there  was  nothing 
improper  or  illegal,  as  the  President  has 
pointed  out.  These  kinds  of  things  cannot  be 
done  in  the  glare  of  pubHcity,  and  therefore  my 
answer  to  your  question  is  yes,  I  do  believe  it 
is  appropriate. 

Mr.  Kalb:  Well,  if  you  turn  that  around, 
then,  to  pick  up  a  point  Don  was  making,  is  it 


March  21,  1977 


247 


proper,  then,  for  the  South  Koreans,  through 
their  own  intelligence  operation,  to  try  to  pay 
off  American  legislators? 

Secretary  Vance:  That  is  a  different  situa- 
tion. I  don't  see  that  to  be  the  same  case  at 
all. 

Mr.  Kalb:  They  are  seeking  to  enhance  their 
own  position  within  the  United  States.  I  pre- 
sume when  we  pay  off  people  in  foreign  gov- 
ernments we  are  seeking  to  enhance  our  own 
interests. 

Secretary  Vance:  That  was  not  a 
government-to-government  kind  of  operation, 
as  I  understand  it.  These  were  payments  to 
individuals.  I  am  somewhat  inhibited  in  com- 
menting on  this  because  it  is  the  subject  of  a 
grand  jury  investigation  here  in  Washington. 
But  I  draw  a  clear  distinction  between  a 
government-to-government  operation  and  one 
that  deals  with  individuals,  such  as  in  the  Ko- 
rean situation. 

Mr.  Oberdorfer:  You  said  this  should  be  se- 
cret because  of  the  sensitivities  involved.  If 
the  American  press  finds  out  about  these 
payments,  do  you  think  it  is  a  proper  thing 
for  the  press  to  report  that  the  United  States  is 
giving  money  to  certain  foreign  governments 
or  leaders? 

Secretary  Vance:  This  is  a  judgment  which 
the  press  has  to  make  for  itself. 

Middle  East  Peace  Efforts 

Mr.  Herman:  Mr.  Vance,  in  your  Middle 
Easteryi  trip  at  various  times  you  expressed 
varying  shades  of  optimism,  if  I  may  say  so. 
At  Riyadh  [on  February  20],  for  example, 
you  said,  "I  agree  that  there  is  basis  for  op- 
timism," and  then  went  on  to  caution  about 
the  long  and  difficult  road  ahead.  At  the  end 
of  the  trip,  you  didn't  sound,  at  least  to  this 
observer,  quite  as  limitedly  optimistic  even  as 
you  did  at  Riyadh.  What  is  your  final  conclu- 
sion from,  the  trip? 

Secretary  Vance:  My  final  conclusion  is  that 
we  have  a  long  and  difficult  road  ahead.  I 
think  there  is  basis  for  optimism,  however. 
We  did  find  a  certain  amount  of  common 


ground.  We  found  that  all  the  parties  are  pre- 
pared, if  we  can  clear  away  the  procedural 
questions,  to  go  to  a  Geneva  meeting  in  the 
fall,  in  the  latter  half  of  1977.  We  found  that 
all  the  parties  are  also  willing  to  have,  as  the 
substance  of  that  meeting,  an  overall  peace 
settlement,  not  merely  a  series  of  steps  along 
the  way  toward  an  overall  settlement. 

Mr.  Herman:  Let  me  just  ask  you  one  other 
question  that  intrigues  me,  if  I  may,  and  that 
is,  while  you  were  there,  so  was  the  Secretary 
General  of  the  United  Nations,  so  was  the 
Foreign  Minister  of  France — what  I  am  curi- 
ous about  is  the  state  of  integration  of  these 
three  or  more  efforts  to  achieve  peace. 

Secretary  Vance:  We  have  kept  closely  in 
touch. 

I  met  with  the  Secretary  General  exten- 
sively over  the  last  two  days  to  exchange 
views.  Indeed,  before  I  went  off  on  my  trip  to 
the  Middle  East,  he  kindly  sent  one  of  his  dep- 
uties back  to  the  United  States  to  meet  with 
me  and  brief  me  before  I  left  on  the  trip. 

I  have  kept  in  touch  with  what  was  happen- 
ing with  the  French,  and  we  have  agreed  to 
exchange  views  in  greater  detail  and  indeed 
have  done  so  immediately  upon  returning. 
One  of  my  colleagues,  Mr.  Habib  [Philip  C. 
Habib,  Under  Secretary  for  Political  Affairs], 
has  been  in  touch  with  the  French  and  has 
briefed  them  in  detail  as  to  what  took  place. 

Mr.  Herman:  Well,  I  guess  what  I  am  ask- 
ing is:  Is  this  triple  effort  better  than  a  single 
effort,  and  was  it  conceived  of  as  a  better  ef- 
fort, or  was  it  just  accidental? 

Secretary  Vance:  It  was  not  accidental  that 
both  the  Secretary  General  and  I  went  at  the 
same  time.  We  had  both  discussed  the  fact 
that  we  would  be  going  there.  I  had  not  pre- 
viously consulted  with  the  Foreign  Minister  of 
France,  but  I  think  the  more  thought  that  can 
be  brought  to  bear  and  the  more  ideas  that 
can  be  exposed  with  respect  to  how  to  deal 
with  these  tremendously  complex  problems, 
the  better  off  we  are.  I  think  we  certainly 
ought  to  cooperate  and  concert  with  respect 
to  how  we  can  best  move  forward  on  this,  and 
I'm  all  for  it. 


248 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Question  of  the  PLO 

Mr.  Kalb:  Mr.  Secretary,  you  mentioned 
before  that  all  the  parties  at  this  point  want  a 
settlement.  Does  "all  the  parties"  include  the 
Palestine  Liberation  Organization  (PLO)? 

Secretary  Vance:  That  is  a  difficult  question 
to  answer.  They  are  not  one  of  the  parties  to 
the  Geneva  conference  at  this  point,  as  you 
well  know.  As  to  what  their  position  is,  I 
think  it  is  somewhat  unclear.  There  was  a 
story  out  of  the  Middle  East  today  that  they 
would  not,  under  certain  circumstances,  if 
asked,  go  to  a  Geneva  conference.  The  story  is 
somewhat  unclear  and  confused  at  this  point, 
so  I  really  don't  want  to  comment  on  it. 

Mr.  Kalb:  Under  what  circumstances 
would  the  United  States  of  America  deal  sub- 
stantively with  the  PLO?  I  understand  there 
have  been  contacts  in  the  past  in  Lebanon,  at 
the  United  Nations. 

Secretary  Vance:  I  don't  want  to  comment 
on  the  past.  Insofar  as  the  future  is  con- 
cerned, I  have  said  previously  that  so  long  as 
the  PLO  refuse  to  recognize  the  right  of  Is- 
rael to  exist,  there  does  not  seem  to  be  any 
basis  for  discussion.  In  addition,  I  would  note 
that  they  at  this  point  do  not  accept  Resolu- 
tions 242  and  338  as  a  basis  for  a  Geneva  con- 
ference. This  was  the  basis  on  which  the 
Geneva  conference  was  originally  brought  to- 
gether in  Geneva.  If  that  situation  should 
change  in  the  future,  that  would  be  a  new 
situation  and  one  would  have  to  take  a  look  at 
it. 

Mr.  Kalb:  But  does  this  require  an  explicit 
statement  on  the  part  of  the  PLO  that  they 
recognize  Israel's  right  to  exist?  Or  is  it  suffi- 
cient, sir,  that  the  covenant  governing  the 
political  life  of  the  PLO  be  rewritten  in  a 
rather  vague  way  to  eliminate  the  references 
to  not  dealing  with  Israel? 

Secretary  Vayice:  Let  me  say  that  that  is  a 
key  and  very  important  question,  and  I  will 
just  leave  it  at  that. 

Mr.  Herman:  Mr.  Secretary,  I  wonder 
whether  all  three  of  those  items  which  you 
mentioned  were  prerequisites,  whether  all 


three  of  them  have  to  be  fulfilled  before  you 
would  be  satisfied? 

Secretary  Vance:  The  most  important  of 
those  is,  certainly,  the  one  which  Mr.  Kalb  re- 
ferred to;  namely,  the  refusal  of  the  PLO  to 
recognize  the  right  of  Israel  to  exist. 

Mr.  Oberdorfer:  Mr.  Secretary,  if  I  may 
just  move  to  a  different  part  of  the  world,  it 
was  reported  today  by  Joseph  Kraft,  the  col- 
umnist, that  the  Chinese  Government  has 
asked  President  Carter  whether  he  is  aware  of 
certain  understandings  about  the  normaliza- 
tion of  relations  which  evidently  were  made  in 
secret  between  Secretary  Kissinger  and  the 
former  Chinese  leader,  Mao  Tse-tung.  Mr. 
Kraft  said  Mr.  Carter  did  not  know,  and  the 
Administration  has  set  about  to  find  a  copy  of 
such  matters,  such  understandings. 

My  question  to  you  is:  Are  you  satisfied 
completely  that  you  have  the  full  record  of 
what  took  place  between  President  Nixon, 
Secretary  Kissinger,  and  Chinese  leaders, 
and  were  there  any  understandings  which  we 
have  not  heard  about? 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  say  at  the  outset 
that  we  received  the  fullest  cooperation  from 
Secretary  Kissinger  during  the  transition 
period.  He  couldn't  have  been  more  coopera- 
tive in  working  with  us  in  every  way,  and  I 
am  very,  very  thankful  for  that  full  and  com- 
plete cooperation. 

With  respect  to  the  specific  issue  on  which 
you  asked  your  question,  if  there  are  any  pa- 
pers which  we  do  not  have,  I'm  sure  we  will 
be  able  to  get  those  papers,  and  I  have  no 
doubt  in  my  mind  about  that. 

Mr.  Oberdorfer:  Is  Kraft  correct  that  the 
Administration  is  now  looking  to  see  if  there 
are  such  understandings? 

Secretary  Vance:  We  are  checking  to  see 
whether  we  have  all  the  papers  in  the  State 
Department.  If  we  do  not,  we  will  obtain 
them  elsewhere. 

Mr.  Kalb:  On  Cuba,  is  there  information — 
this  kind  of  goes  back  to  Uganda  for  a 
moment — is  there  information  that  you  have, 
sir,  that  a  thousand  Cubans  may  now  be  in 


March  21,  1977 


249 


Uganda  participating  in  the  training  of 
Ugandan  forces  ? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  don't  know.  I  read  that 
story  in  the  paper  today,  and  I  don't  have  any 
intelligence  which  would  either  confirm  or 
deny  that  at  this  point. 

Mr.  Herman:  During  the  course  of  your 
trip  to  the  Middle  East,  it  seems  hard  to 
imagine  that  you  could  have  visited  all  these 
Arab  countries  without  somebody  mentioning 
the  word  "oil."  Was  there  any  discussion  with 
the  Saudis  on  the  question  of  increasing  their 
price  if  there  is  not  sufficient  progress  toward 
peace  with  Israel? 

Secretary  Vance:  No.  At  no  time  did  the 
Saudis  indicate  to  us  that  there  was  a  linkage 
between  these.  The  Saudis  said  to  us  at  that 
time  that  they  had  made  their  determination 
because  of  their  concern  for  the  welfare  of  the 
nations  of  the  world,  and  particularly  in  the 
developing  countries.  They  said  they  recog- 
nized the  consequences  of  a  series  of  oil  price 
increases  and  the  impact  that  that  had  on  both 
the  developed  and  the  developing  world,  but 
they  stressed  their  particular  concern  with 
respect  to  the  adverse  impact  that  it  would 
have  on  the  developing  countries  and  stated 
that  that  was  the  basis  for  their  action. 

Mr.  Oberdorfer:  If  Secretary  Kissinger's 
cooperation  was  so  good,  why  does  the  Ad- 
ministration have  to  be  lookiyig  at  this  point 
to  see  if  there  was  some  understanding  you 
don't  know  about? 

Secretary  Vance:  There  are  an  awful  lot  of 
papers.  We  have  only  been  there  for  five 
weeks,  and  we  are,  you  know,  in  the  process 
of  reviewing  many  different  subjects  to  com- 
plete our  work;  and  I  simply,  myself,  haven't 
had  a  chance  to  go  through  all  these  papers 


yet.  There  are  an  awful  lot  of  papers  that  are 
generated  in  the  State  Department. 

Mr.  Kalb:  Sir,  do  you  favor  lifting  travel 
restrictions  on  Cuba? 

Secretary  Vance:  Insofar  as  Cuba  is  con- 
cerned, I  have  said  that  I  think  that  there  are 
a  number  of  issues  that  we  ought  to  start  dis- 
cussing with  the  Cubans.  I  would  like  to  begin 
that  process,  because  I  think  it's  been  too  long 
since  we  refused  to  talk  to  each  other. 


U.S.  Concerned  at  Violations 
of  Human  Rights  in  Uganda 

Following  is  a  statement  read  to  news  cor- 
respondents on  February  23  by  Frederick  Z. 
Brown,  Director,  Office  of  Press  Relations. 

The  United  States  is  deeply  concerned  by 
the  continuing  evidence  of  massive  violations 
of  human  rights  in  Uganda,  including  the  re- 
cent report  of  the  violent  death  of  the  Arch- 
bishop of  Uganda  and  two  Cabinet  Minis- 
ters. We  also  have  noted  with  great  ap- 
prehension new  reports  that  religious  and 
specific  tribal  groups  are  being  subjected  to 
severe  persecution.  We  think  the  interna- 
tional community  must  promptly  look  into 
such  reported  human  rights  violations. 

In  this  connection,  we  welcome  the  an- 
nouncement of  the  British  Government  that  it 
will  call  for  an  investigation  of  the  situation 
by  the  U.N.  Human  Rights  Commission.  The 
Commission  is  now  in  session  in  Geneva.  We 
fully  support  this  initiative  and  will  actively 
work  with  the  United  Kingdom  and  other 
delegations  with  the  aim  of  protecting  the 
human  rights  of  all  persons  in  Uganda. 


250 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


President  Carter's  News  Conference  of  February  23 


Following  are  excerpts  relating  to  foreign 
policy  from  the  transcript  of  a  news  confer- 
ence held  by  President  Carter  on  February 


Q.  Mr.  President,  do  you  think  it  was 
proper  for  the  CIA  [Central  Intelligence 
Agency]  to  pay  off  King  Hussein  [of  Jordan] 
arid  other  foreign  leaders,  and  what  steps  are 
you  taking  to  make  yourself  more  knowledge- 
able and  more  accountable  for  what  CIA 
does? 

President  Carter:  Well,  I've  adopted  a  pol- 
icy, which  I  am  not  going  to  leave,  of  not 
commenting  directly  on  any  specific  CIA  ac- 
tivity. But  I  can  tell  you  that  I  have  begun  a 
complete  analysis,  which  will  be  completed 
within  the  next  week,  of  all  activities  by  the 
CIA. 

I've  received  substantial  reports  already. 
I've  reviewed  the  more  controversial  revela- 
tions that  have  been  publicized  in  the  last  few 
days,  some  quite  erroneous,  some  with  some 
degree  of  accuracy.  These  same  operations 
have  been  reviewed  by  the  Intelligence  Over- 
sight Board,  an  independent  board,  and  also 
by  my  predecessor.  President  Ford. 

I  have  not  found  anything  illegal  or  improp- 
er. If  in  future  assessments,  which  will  come 
quite  early,  I  discover  such  an  impropriety  or 
an  illegality  I  will  not  only  take  immediate  ac- 
tion to  correct  it  but  also  will  let  the  American 
people  know  about  it. 

I  might  say  this:  This  is  a  very  serious  prob- 
lem of  how,  in  a  democracy,  to  have  adequate 
intelligence  gathered,  assessed,  and  used  to 


1  For  the  complete  transcript,  see  Weekly  Compila- 
tion of  Presidential  Documents  dated  Feb.  28,  1977,  p. 
242. 


guarantee  the  security  of  our  country.  It's  not 
part  of  the  American  nature  to  do  things  in 
secret.  Obviously,  historically  and  still  at  this 
modern  time,  there  is  a  necessity  to  protect 
sources  of  information  from  other  nations. 

Sometimes  other  governments  cooperate 
with  us  fully;  sometimes  they  don't.  But  I  will 
try  to  be  sure  and  so  will  Stan  Turner,  who 
will  be  the  next  director  of  the  intelligence 
community.  He  will  try  to  be  sure  that  every- 
thing we  do  is  not  only  proper  and  legal  but 
also  compatible  with  the  attitudes  of  the 
American  people. 

One  other  point  I'd  like  to  make  is  this:  It 
can  be  extremely  damaging  to  our  relation- 
ship with  other  nations,  to  the  potential  secu- 
rity of  our  country  even  in  peacetime,  for 
these  kinds  of  operations,  which  are  legiti- 
mate and  proper,  to  be  revealed.  It  makes  it 
hard  for  us  to  lay  a  groundwork  on  which  we 
might  predicate  a  successful  meeting  of  a 
threat  to  us  in  time  of  war  if  we  don't  have 
some  degree  of  secrecy. 

I  am  quite  concerned  about  the  number  of 
people  now  who  have  access  to  this  kind  of  in- 
formation. And  I've  been  working  very 
closely  with  the  congressional  leaders,  yes- 
terday and  today,  to  try  to  reduce  the  overall 
number  of  people  who  have  access  to  the 
sources  of  information.  But  within  the  bounds 
that  I've  described— propriety,  legahty,  and 
the  American  attitude  toward  secrecy— I  will 
do  the  best  I  can  not  ever  to  make  a  mistake. 
And  I  am  also  assuming  on  a  continuing  basis 
a  direct  personal  responsibility  for  the  opera- 
tion of  all  the  intelligence  agencies  in  our  gov- 
ernment to  make  sure  that  they  are  meeting 
these  standards. 

Q.  Mr.  President,  if  there  has  been  errone- 
ous information,  wouldn't  it  behoove  you  to 
correct  the  record? 


March  21,  1977 


251 


President  Carter:  In  some  ways  we  are  cor- 
recting the  record;  but  if  I  began  to  either  dis- 
pute or  confirm  every  individual  story  that's 
written,  whether  correct  or  erroneous,  on 
every  matter  relating  to  the  CIA,  then  these 
matters  which  are  necessarily  secret  would  no 
longer  be  secret.  So  I  am  not  going  to  comment 
on  individual  items  that  relate  to  intelligence. 


Q.  In  your  letter  to  Mr.  [Andrey]  Sakharov, 
you  said  that  the  United  States  would  use  its 
good  offices  to  seek  the  release  of  prisoners  of 
conscience.  And  you, said  that  you  wanted  to 
continue  to  shape  a  world  responsible  to 
human  aspirations. 

President  Carter:  Yes. 

Q.  As  you  know,  there  are  human  rights 
problems  in  many  other  countries.  And  some 
of  them,  like  Iran  or  the  Philippines,  we  sup- 
port with  arms  or  we  support  unth  American 
aid.  These  are  countries  where  many  people 
believe  we  have  more  leverage  than  we  might 
have  in  the  Soviet  Union.  What,  if  anything, 
do  you  plan  to  try  to  do  to  help  victims  of 
political  repression  in  these  countries? 

President  Carter:  I  think,  without  my  try- 
ing to  take  credit  for  it,  there  has  been  a  sub- 
stantial move  toward  concern  about  human 
rights  throughout  the  world.  I  think  this  has 
taken  place  in  probably  a  dozen  or  more  dif- 
ferent countries.  There  is  an  arousing  interest 
in  the  position  that  our  own  government  here 
and  our  free  country  does  take.  Obviously, 
there  are  deprivations  of  human  rights  even 
more  brutal  than  the  ones  on  which  we've 
commented  up  till  now. 

In  Uganda,  the  actions  there  have  dis- 
gusted the  entire  civilized  world,  and  as  you 
know,  we  have  no  diplomatic  relationships 
with  Uganda.  ^ 

But  here  is  an  instance  where  both  Ambas- 


^  The  White  House  Press  Office  issued  a  correction 
which  stated  "While  the  United  States  has  withdrawn 
its  mission  from  Uganda  and  has  no  direct  diplomatic 
representation  there,  U.S.  affairs  in  the  Republic  of 
Uganda  are  carried  out  through  the  West  German  Em- 
bassy and  the  Republic  of  Uganda  has  an  operating 
Embassy  and  Charge  d' Affaires  in  Washington." 


sador  Andrew  Young  and  I  have  expressed 
great  concern  about  what  is  there.  The 
British  are  now  considering  asking  the  United 
Nations  to  go  into  Uganda  to  assess  the  horri- 
ble murders  that  apparently  are  taking  place 
in  that  country,  the  persecution  of  those  who 
have  aroused  the  ire  of  Mr.  Amin. 

I've  expressed  my  concern  about  impris- 
oned political  prisoners  in  South  Korea,  in 
Cuba,  in  many  countries — in  several  countries 
rather — in  South  America,  and  I  will  continue 
to  do  so.  I  have  never  had  an  inchnation  to 
single  out  the  Soviet  Union  as  the  only  place 
where  human  rights  are  being  abridged. 

We  have,  I  think,  a  responsibility  and  a 
legal  right  to  express  our  disapproval  of  viola- 
tions of  human  rights.  The  Helsinki  agree- 
ment, the  so-called  "basket"  3  provision,  in- 
sures that  some  of  these  human  rights  shall  be 
preserved.^  We  are  a  signatory  of  the  Hel- 
sinki agreement.  We  are  ourselves  culpable  in 
some  ways  for  not  giving  people  adequate 
right  to  move  around  our  country  or  restrict- 
ing, unnecessarily  in  my  opinion,  visitation  to 
this  country  by  those  who  disagree  with  us 
politically. 

So,  I  think  that  we  all  ought  to  take  a  posi- 
tion in  our  country  and  among  our  friends  and 
alHes,  among  our  potential  adversaries,  that 
human  rights  is  something  on  which  we  should 
bear  a  major  responsibility  for  leadership. 
And  I  have  made  it  clear  to  the  Soviet  Union 
and  to  others  in  the  Eastern  European  com- 
munity that  I  am  not  trying  to  launch  a  uni- 
lateral criticism  of  them;  that  I  am  trying  to 
set  a  standard  in  our  own  country  and  make 
my  concerns  expressed  throughout  the  world, 
not  singled  out  against  any  particular  coun- 
try. 


Q.  Mr.  President,  .  .  .  you  said  earlier  that 
your  review  of  CIA  activities  had  found  noth- 
ing illegal  or  improper,  and  you  later  said 
that  these  activities  are  legitimate  and  proper. 
Isn't  that  a  value  judgment  that  the  American 


^  For  te.xt  of  the  Final  Act  of  the  Conference  on  Secu- 
rity and  Cooperation  in  Europe,  signed  at  Helsinki  on 
Aug.  1,  1975,  see  Bulletin  of  Sept.  1,  1975,  p.  323;  for 
"basket"  3,  Co-operation  in  Humanitarian  and  Other 
Fields,  see  p.  339. 


252 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


public  might  like  to  share,  but  how  can  they  if 
you  refuse  to  give  them  any  idea  of  what  you 
have  discovered  during  this  revieiv  about 
payments,  including  ones  made  in  secret? 

President  Carter:  That  is  a  value  judg- 
ment. It's  made  by  the  independent  Intelli- 
gence Oversight  Board  which  was  estab- 
lished and  appointed  by  President  Ford.  This 
Board  has  made  itself  available  to  the  In- 
spector General  and  to  any  employee  within 
the  CIA  or  within  the  Defense  intelligence 
agencies  or  any  other  to  receive  even  rumors 
of  impropriety.  They  have  assessed  these  op- 
erations. They  made  their  inquiries  in  the 
past,  which  is  in  accordance  with  the  Execu- 
tive order  issued  by  President  Ford,  to  the 
Attorney  General  of  the  United  States  and 
also  to  the  President. 

I  have  read  that  correspondence.  It's  quite 
voluminous.  And  I  think  that  it's  accurate  to 
say  that  Senator  Inouye's  committee  in  the 
Senate  [Select  Committee  on  Intelligence] 
and  the  appropriate  committees  in  the  House 
have  also  received  this  information  in  the 
past.  I  have  talked  to  Senator  Inouye,  and  he 
confirms  what  I've  just  told  you.  And  I  think 
he  would  also  confirm  that  the  impropriety  or 
the  illegahty  does  not  exist  on  any  ongoing 
CIA  operation. 


Q.  Mr.  President,  are  you  prepared  to  lift 
the  trade  embargo  against  Cuba  as  one  step 
toward  normalizing  relations? 

President  Carter:  I  think  any  substantial 
moves  in  our  relationship  with  Cuba  would 
have  to  await  further  discussions  with  them 
indirectly  and  also  some  tangible  evidence  on 
our  part  that  they  are  wiUing  to  restore  basic 
human  rights  in  Cuba  involving  the  number 
of  prisoners  who  are  being  held,  their  at- 
titude toward  overseas  adventures,  such  as 
the  one  in  Angola,  and  other  matters. 

So,  I  can't  say  what  might  come  in  the  fu- 
ture. I  am  willing,  though,  to  discuss  these 
matters  with  the  Cuban  leaders.  At  this  time 
we  have  no  direct  relationships  with  them 
politically,  but  through  intermediaries  com- 
ments are  being  exchanged  back  and  forth, 
most  of  my  comments  in  public  statements 


like  this.  But  we  do  have  messages  coming 
back  from  people  who  visit  Cuba. 


Q.  Mr.  President,  you  said  that  in  spite  of 
the  fact  that  the  Canadian  people  would  have 
to  determine  their  future  for  themselves,  par- 
ticularly in  regard  to  the  separatism  issue  in 
Quebec,  that  you  had  confidence  that  the 
issue  would  be  straightened  out  relatively 
peacefully. 

Do  you  really  think  that  there  is  little  con- 
cern in  this  country  about  the  future  of  a 
unified  Canada,  and  is  there  anything  really 
that  we  can  do  about  it? 

President  Carter:  There  is  a  great  deal  of 
concern  in  this  country  about  the  future  of 
Canada.  And  I  have  complete  confidence,  as 
I  said  in  an  interview  with  the  Canadian 
news  media,  in  the  sound  judgment  of  the 
Canadian  people.  I  am  familiar — and  even 
more  familiar  today  than  I  was  two  days 
ago — after  Prime  Minister  Trudeau's  visit, 
with  the  problems  in  Quebec  and  the  inclina- 
tion of  some  of  the  French  Canadians  to  have 
an  independent  status  from  the  rest  of  the 
Canadian  provinces. 

I  don't  know  what  is  going  to  be  the  ulti- 
mate outcome,  but  I  believe  that  we  are  so 
closely  tied  together  with  Canada  on  a  mutu- 
ally beneficial  basis,  sharing  problems,  shar- 
ing opportunities,  sharing  trade,  sharing 
manufacturing  companies  that  have  joint 
ownership,  our  exchange  of  energy  sources, 
our  sharing  of  the  St.  Lawrence  Seaway,  the 
Great  Lakes,  as  far  as  water  pollution  is  con- 
cerned, the  bringing  of  Alaskan  oil  and  natu- 
ral gas  down  to  us,  that  we  have  got  to  have 
a  continuing  relationship  with  Canada. 

My  own  personal  preference  would  be  that 
the  commonwealth  stay  as  it  is  and  that  there 
not  be  a  separate  Quebec  province.  But 
that's  a  decision  for  the  Canadians  to  make. 
And  I  would  certainly  make  no  private  or 
public  move  to  try  to  determine  the  outcome 
of  that  great  debate. 


Q.  Mr.  President,  with  respect  to  the  B-1, 
you  said  at  various  times  during  the  cam- 
paign that  the  B-1  was  a  waste;  you  also 


March  21,  1977 


253 


promised  to  cut  the  waste  out  of  the  defense 
budget.  When  would  you  expect  to  stop  pro- 
duction of  the  B-1  as  opposed  to  research  and 
development  on  the  B-1? 

President  Carter:  I  think  I  cut  out  about 
more  than  $200  million  from  the  B-1  program 
in  the  budget  just  submitted  to  the  Con- 
gress. I  have  serious  questions  about 
whether  or  not  the  B-1  ought  to  be  in  the  fu- 
ture the  center  of  our  airborne  defense  capa- 
bility. I  have  several  more  months  before  I 
have  to  make  a  decision  on  that  matter. 

And  the  National  Security  Council,  which 
combines,  as  you  know.  State,  Treasury,  De- 
fense, and  other  elements  of  the  government, 
working  very  closely  with  me,  is  now  making 
a  complete  reassessment  of  the  need  for  the 
B-1  bomber. 

I  don't  know  whether  we  will  decide  to  go 
on  with  it  or  not,  and  I  don't  know  whether 
we  will  expedite  production  of  it  or  not  at 
this  time.  Part  of  the  factor  to  be  assessed  is 
the  attitude  of  the  Soviet  Union.  If  we  can 
have  a  general  lessening  of  tension,  a  demon- 
strated commitment  on  their  part  toward 
disarmament,  it  would  certainly  make  it  less 
likely  that  we  would  go  ahead  with  the  B-1. 

But  I  can't  answer  the  question  until  I 
complete  my  own  study,  and  I  think  that 
would  have  to  be  terminated  by  the  end  of 
May. 


Q.  Mr.  President,  you  gave  us  kind  of  a 
timetable  for  your  domestic  program  in  your 
preliminary  statement.  I  wonder  if  you  have 
a  similar  timetable  of  what  you  hope  to 
achieve  in  foreign  policy  between  now  and 
the  end  of  the  year  such  as  in  Middle  East 
peace,  Cyprus,  the  treaty  with  Panama? 

President  Carter:  Of  course  I  can't  answer 
that  question  specifically  because  I  don't 
know  what  cooperation  we  will  get  from 
other  nations,  and  I  don't  know  what  the  in- 
clination of  those  nations  in  disputed  regions 
of  the  world  want  to  do  toward  one  another. 

Secretary  Cyrus  Vance  has  just  returned 
from  what  I  consider  to  be  a  very  successful 
trip  to  the  Middle  East.  He  not  only  probed 


with  the  heads  of  those  governments  and 
their  cabinet  members  their  own  positions 
both  public  and  private  on  the  controversial 
issues  that  have  so  far  prevented  a  peace  in 
the  Middle  East.  He  also  had  a  chance  to 
compare  their  positions  on  issues,  which  ones 
they  found  to  be  in  harmony,  which  ones 
there  was  still  a  dispute. 

We  also  invited  the  leaders  of  all  those  na- 
tions to  meet  with  me.  They  have  all  ac- 
cepted, and  I  will  be  meeting  with  the  heads 
of  the  nations  in  dispute  in  the  Middle  East, 
all  of  them,  before  the  end  of  May. 

The  first  visit  of  one  of  those  leaders  will 
be  Mr.  Rabin,  I  believe  March  the  12th.'* 
And  he  will  be  followed  by  the  leaders  from 
Egypt,  from  Jordan,  and  from  Syria,  from 
Saudi  Arabia.  And  I  look  forward  to  meeting 
with  them. 

At  that  point  I  hope  I  will  have  a  very 
clear  picture  of  what  role  the  American  Gov- 
ernment ought  to  play. 

The  same  thing  applies  to  the  situation 
that  exists  between  ourselves  and  Turkey, 
ourselves  and  Greece,  ourselves  and  Cyprus. 
We  can't  impose  our  will  on  other  people,  but 
if  they  honestly  want  to  seek  a  solution,  we 
are  perfectly  willing  to  offer  our  good  offices 
as  a  country  with  influence  and  interest  to 
help  them  resolve  their  own  differences.  But 
it's  got  to  be  done  primarily  by  those  coun- 
tries involved. 

We  have  begun  again,  within  the  last  week, 
our  discussions  on  the  Panama  Canal  treaty. 
We  have  two  extremely  good  negotiators, 
and  I  hope  that  we  will  have  success  there. 
There  is  no  way  that  I  can  say  at  this  point 
what  degree  of  progress  we  have  made.  It's 
just  beginning. 

So  throughout  the  areas  of  high  dispute, 
including  South  Africa  and  others  that  I  don't 
have  time  to  mention,  we  are  probing  as  best 
we  can  to  discern  some  possibihty  of  resolution 
of  those  tension  areas. 

We  are  meeting  today,  in  fact  all  this 
week,  with  the  British,  to  try  to  get  a  re- 
newed proposal  to  make  concerning  the  ques- 


"  On  Feb.  25  the  White  House  announced  that  Prime 
Minister  Rabin,  of  Israel,  would  make  an  official  work- 
ing visit  to  Washington  Mar.  7-8. 


254 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


tions  surrounding  Rhodesia,  and  then  of 
course  we  will  still  have  left  Namibia  and  ul- 
timately the  majority-rule  question  in  South 
Africa. 

But  I've  only  been  in  office  a  month.   I 
don't  claim  to  know  all  the  easy  answers. 


And  these  questions  that  have  been  in  exist- 
ence for  25  or  30  years  are  not  going  to  be 
easy  to  solve.  But  we  are  going  to  do  the  best 
we  can,  openly  and  forcefully,  offering  our 
good  services,  not  trying  to  impose  our  will 
on  other  people. 


Prime  Minister  Pierre-Elliott  Trudeau  of  Canada 
Visits  Washington 


Pierre-Elliott  Trudeau,  Pritne  Minister  of 
Canada,  made  an  official  visit  to  Washington 
February  21-23,  where  he  met  with  President 
Carter  and  other  government  officials  and 
addressed  a  joint  meeting  of  the  Congress. 
Following  is  an  exchange  of  toasts  between 
President  Carter  and  Prime  Minister 
Trudeau  at  a  dinner  at  the  White  House  on 
February  21.  ^ 

Weekly  Compilation  of  Presidential  Documents  dated  February  28 

PRESIDENT  CARTER 

In  preparing  for  this  visit,  I  learned  that  we 
have  some  very  serious  and  very  intense  com- 
petition with  our  friends  in  the  north.  Dr. 
George  Gallup  ran  a  poll  recently,  and  he 
asked  the  people  who  live  in  the  United  States 
to  name  their  favorite  nations.  The  United 
States  got  95  percent;  Canada  got  91  percent. 
[Laughter.]  So  I  feel  that  I'm  in  an  intense 
and  constant  and  very  challenging  competition 
with  Pierre  Trudeau  for  the  hearts  of  my  own 
people. 

I  think  this  does  indicate  the  great  com- 
patibility and  friendship  and  sense  of  warmth 
and   mutual   admiration   that   has   always 


'  For  an  exchange  of  remarks  between  President 
Carter  and  Prime  Minister  Trudeau  made  at  a  welcom- 
ing ceremony  on  the  South  Lawn  at  the  White  House  on 
Feb.  21,  see  Weekly  Compilation  of  Presidential  Docu- 
ments dated  Feb.  28,  1977,  p.  234;  for  Prime  Minister 
Trudeau's  address  before  a  joint  meeting  of  the  Con- 
gress, see  Congressional  Record  of  Feb.  22,  1977,  p.  H 
1242. 


existed  among  American  people  toward 
Canada.  We  share  a  border  that's  more  than 
5,200  miles  long.  And  for  200  years  our  people 
have  lived — with  one  very  brief  interval 
around  1812 — in  a  spirit  of  friendship.  And 
that's  important  to  us.  Even  more  than  we 
think,  in  our  daily  lives,  we  are  dependent  on 
Canada  for  many  things. 

Canada  has  about  22  million  people.  And 
every  year  60  million  people  cross  the  border. 
And  there  is  a  kinship  and  a  sharing  of  delight 
and  challenge  and  enjoyment  of  life  that 
transcends  the  political  realities  of  a  modern, 
fast-changing,  technological  world. 

Of  course  the  technologies  are  important  as 
well.  We  are  now  beginning  to  see  that  many 
of  the  things  that  we  took  for  granted — the 
purity  of  water  in  the  Great  Lakes,  an  unlim- 
ited supply  of  oil  and  gas,  security  in  our  bor- 
ders, free  of  possible  direct  attack  in  a  time  of 
war — those  things  are  now  no  longer  sure. 
And  I  think,  in  a  way,  that's  bound  us  even 
closer  together. 

I  know  that  on  the  other  side  of  the  border, 
the  Canadians  feel  what  we  are.  The  last  time 
Prime  Minister  Trudeau  came  to  our  country 
he  said  that  being  a  neighbor  to  the  United 
States  was  like  sleeping  with  an  elephant 
[laughter] — that  you  could  very  quickly  detect 
every  twitch  or  grunt.  Well,  the  elephants  are 
gone.  The  donkeys  are  here  [laughter],  and 
the  donkeys  are  much  more  companionable 
beasts,  I  think. 

I  do  want  to  thank  the  Canadian  people  and 
Prime  Minister  Trudeau  for  their  gracious 


March  21,  1977 


255 


offer  during  this  time  of  energy  shortage  for 
our  people,  for  their  offer  to  help  us.  They 
exported  some  of  their  cold  weather,  but  they 
followed  it  up  with  all  the  natural  gas. 

And  we  had  a  very  delightful  meeting  this 
afternoon  to  discuss  some  of  the  international 
problems  that  face  us  both.  Tomorrow  we're 
going  to  talk  about  some  things  that  affect 
both  Canada  and  us  in  a  bilateral  fashion. 

Prime  Minister  Trudeau's  wife,  Margaret, 
came  a  couple  weeks  ago  to  visit  Rosalynn  and 
to  open  up  a  display  in  one  of  our  famous  art 
galleries  of  contemporary  Canadian  art.  And  I 
think  this  indicated,  first  of  all,  that  we  are 
interested  in  the  same  things,  but  also  that 
our  nations  are  distinctive. 

Although  we  live  in  close  proximity,  we  are 
quite  different.  And  the  differences  are  care- 
fully preserved.  There  is  an  understandable 
determination  not  to  be  dominated  and  not  to 
be  pressured  and  to  be  unique  and  to  maintain 
individuality.  And  that's  a  sign  of  strength  on 
our  side  and  their  side  of  the  border  that  is 
precious  to  us  both. 

I  feel  that  we  have  approached  an  era  of 
recognition,  of  mutual  purpose  and  ideals  and 
hopes  and  dreams  and  aspirations  and,  also, 
concerns  and  problems  that  might  bind  us 
even  closer  together  now  than  in  the  past. 
And  in  a  way,  I'm  thankful  for  it.  I'm  proud  of 
the  personal  friendship  that  was  almost  in- 
stantaneous when  I  met  Pierre  Trudeau  this 
afternoon.  I  had  a  sense  of  relaxation  and  a 
sense  of  compatibility  that  I  hope  will  be  an 
accurate  indication  on  a  permanent  basis  of 
what  our  nations  feel  toward  one  another. 

I  would  like  to  close  by  saying  that  we  have 
been  close  in  time  of  war.  And  quite  often, 
when  our  own  nation  has  made  a  mistake  be- 
cause of  an  excessive  dependence  on  our  own 
military  strength,  Canada  and  its  people  have 
maintained  kind  of  a  standard  of  ethics  and 
morality  and  commitment  to  unchanging 
truths  that  were  a  subtle  reminder  to  us  to 
reassess  our  own  position. 

So,  we  learn  from  one  another.  And  I'm 
very  grateful  to  our  visitors  for  coming  to 
honor  us  with  their  presence. 

I'd  like  to  propose  a  toast:  To  the  Queen  of 
Canada,  to  the  Prime  Minister  of  Canada,  and 
to  the  people  of  Canada. 


PRIME  MINISTER  TRUDEAU 

Mr.  President,  Mrs.  Carter,  friends:  I  want 
to  thank  you,  first  of  all,  for  your  very  warm 
hospitality  and  for  the  informality  of  the  din- 
ner that  we  are  attending  tonight.  The  infor- 
mality was  to  be  expected  from  a  household 
where  you  have  a  child  of  school  age  and  a 
puppy,  I  understand,  and  the  hospitality  and 
the  warmth  of  it  was  to  be  expected  from  you, 
sir,  and  from  your  very  charming  wife. 

I  want  to  say  that  I  am  always  a  little  bit 
moved  and  perhaps  even  intimidated  when  I 
am  in  the  White  House.  It  has  such  history;  it 
has  such  great  memories  of  remarkable 
statesmen,  American  leaders.  And  it  is  par- 
ticularly moving  to  be  here  on  George  Wash- 
ington's birthday.  I  find  some  consolation  in 
that,  because  I  was  told  an  anecdote  about 
George  Washington  when  he  was  retiring 
from  office.  The  Philadelphia  Aurora — there 
was  then  a  paper  called  that  name,  I  don't 
know  if  it  still  exists — but  it  had  been  rather 
unkind  to  President  Washington  during  his 
term  of  office.  And  when  he  retired,  they  had 
an  editorial  saying  that  if  ever  there  was  a 
day  for  great  rejoicing,  this  was  it.  I  feel,  sir, 
that  an  old  politician  like  myself  takes  some 
consolation  in  feeling  that  times  never 
change.  [Laughter.] 

You  don't  have  to  seek  solace  in  this  type  of 
anecdote.  But  indeed,  you  added  to  the  sense 
of  hospitality  when  you  were  good  enough  to 
quote  this  finding  of  Dr.  Gallup,  of  which  I 
knew  nothing.  And  it  makes  me  feel  that  if 
ever  I  get  in  trouble  in  Canada  politically, 
maybe  I'll  come  down  here.  [Laughter.]  I  can 
assure  you  that  if  you  are  ever  in  trouble, 
which  I  pray  will  never  happen,  you  would  be 
very  handily  chosen  to  be  the  leader  of  the 
Canadian  people. 

Your  generous  remarks  are  something 
which  are  very  much  in  keeping  with  the 
friendship  and  the  long  history  of  cooperation 
between  our  peoples.  It  began,  I  think, 
around  1781,  when  the  Articles  of  Confedera- 
tion proposed  that  Canada  be  admitted,  be  in- 
vited to  join  the  Confederation,  just  by  apply- 
ing. I  believe  other  colonies  had  to  have  the 
consent  of  nine  states  in  order  to  be  admitted, 
but  Canada  was  to  be  admitted  just  on  invita- 


256 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


tion  and  acceptance.  Well,  whether  it  is  good 
or  not  that  we  didn't  accept  in  those  days  is 
perhaps  very  hard  to  speculate  upon  except  to 
say  that  if  Canada  had  accepted,  I'm  sure  we 
wouldn't  be  having  such  a  fine  dinner  here  to- 
night. [Laughter.] 

Apart  from  that  very  short  incident  of  hos- 
tihties  to  which  you  alluded  very  gently,  we 
have  since  then,  since  the  past  165  years  I 
guess  it  is,  had  very  good  neighborhood  rela- 
tions indeed.  We've  cooperated  in  many, 
many  ways.  We've  built  together  some  of  the 
greatest  of  men's  enterprises.  We've  main- 
tained democracy  ahve  within  our  countries, 
and  we've  cooperated  in  assisting  wherever 
we  could  around  the  world  in  helping  other 
nations  in  one  way  or  another. 

And  I  think  it's  fair  to  say  that  if  in  those 
days,  150  years  ago,  we  were  the  hope  of  the 
new  world,  a  large  part  of  the  hope  of  the  new 
world,  I  would  think  that  today,  perhaps,  in 
large  part,  we  represent  the  hope  of  the  Third 
World.  This  joins  many  of  the  discussions  we 
had  this  afternoon. 

And  I  must  say  on  behalf  of  the  Canadian 
Government  and  people  that  we  are  more 
than  delighted — we  are  excited  with  the 
generous  approach  that  your  ideas  convey  as 
regards  the  world  order,  which  would  be 
based  on  equality  and  justice. 

In  our  case,  sir,  we  have  done  our  part.  In 
terms  of  foreign  aid,  Canada  is  amongst  the 
top  four  or  five  nations  of  assistance  to  the 
Third  World,  and  in  terms  of  our  proportion  of 
our  GNP  [gross  national  product].  Since  the 
end  of  the  Second  World  War,  we  have  admit- 
ted more  refugees,  political  refugees,  to 
Canada  than  any  other  nation,  barring  the 
United  States.  You  have  a  slight  edge  on  us. 
But  they  have  come  to  Canada  by  the  tens  of 
thousands  from  Czechoslovakia,  from  Hun- 
gary, from  Tibet,  from  Uganda,  from  Chile, 
and  many,  many  other  places. 

So  we  do  try  to,  as  Canadians,  show  this 
hospitality  to  the  world  which  corresponds  to 
the  generosity  of  the  Canadian  people.  I  was 
telling  you  this  afternoon,  sir,  that  though  we 
have  been  a  nuclear  power  for  some  30  years, 
and  though  we  have  the  technology  and  the 
financial  means  of  building  a  bomb,  we  have 
chosen  not  to  do  so.  We  have  tried  to  put  our 


technology  toward  a  more  creative  and  fra- 
ternal use. 

We,  with  the  United  States,  are  the  only 
member  of  NATO  which  has  troops  on  both 
sides  of  the  Atlantic.  We're  into  our  fourth 
term  in  the  Security  Council.  We  have  been  in 
every  peacekeeping  operation.  United  Na- 
tions peacekeeping  operation,  since  the  end  of 
the  Second  World  War.  We  were  in  Korea.  We 
were  in  the  four  Indochina  Control  Commis- 
sions. 

I  say  these  things,  sir,  partly  to  be  slightly 
chauvinistic,  but  also  because  we  in  Canada 
today  tend  to  be  a  little  bit  cynical  toward  the 
role  of  Canada  in  the  world  and  toward  its 
generosity.  And  I  think  that  you  won't  be 
angry  at  me  for  using  this  occasion  and  these 
hidden  microphones  to  talk  a  little  bit  about 
Canada's  contribution,  because  these  things 
would  not  have  been  possible  without  a  strong 
and  united  Canada.  And  I  just  want  to  assure 
you,  sir,  that  we  intend  to  keep  Canada  that 
way. 

It  is  said  that  Daniel  Boone,  when  giving 
advice  to  those  who  wanted  to  join  him  on  the 
frontier,  said  that  there  were  three 
essentials — to  have  a  good  gun,  a  good  horse, 
and  a  good  wife.  Well,  now  the  frontier  has 
changed  in  kind.  We  are  still  very  much  living 
on  a  new  kind  of  a  frontier.  And  in  these  days 
when  changing  values  in  the  world  and  the  in- 
creasing closeness  of  mankind  to  each  other 
and  where  a  new,  special  kind  of  brotherhood 
is  called  for,  I  think  we  could  replace  Daniel 
Boone's  three  essentials  by  three  others.  I 
would  say  it  is  to  have  good  goals,  good  disci- 
pline, and  good  friends. 

Well,  I  know  we  have  good  goals,  and  we 
discussed  them  a  great  deal  this  afternoon. 
We  found  that  together,  we  shared  many, 
many  of  the  goals  in  foreign  relations  and,  in- 
deed, in  internal  affairs. 

In  terms  of  having  good  friends,  well,  you 
have  shown  us  tonight  through  your  hospital- 
ity and  your  friendship  that  that  is  a  reahty. 

What  has  to  be  achieved  is  good  discipline.  I 
speak  for  Canada,  and  I  feel  that  it  is  a  virtue 
that  we  can  do  with  a  bit  more  of — if  I  can 
twist  my  grammar  that  way.  We  are  going 
through  a  period  now  when  discipline,  self- 
discipline,  is  being  understood  as  the  only 


March  21,  1977 


257 


substitute  for  discipline  from  the  outside  or 
discipline  from  the  state.  And  I  must  say  that 
I  personally  was  very,  very  enthusiastic  to 
see  the  measure  of  discipline  that  appears  in 
your  thoughts,  sir,  in  your  approach  to  prob- 
lems, and  in  your  way  of  life. 

I  would  propose  a  toast,  not  to  the  friend- 
ship that  we  have,  and  not  to  the  goals  that 
we  share,  but  to  the  disciplines  of  our 
people — may  it  increase — and  to  President 
Carter  and  to  Mrs.  Carter  who  will  help  Pres- 
ident Carter  in  imparting  some  of  those  disci- 
plines on  the  industrialized  democracies. 


Presidential  Commission  To  Visit 
Southeast  Asia 

Following  is  a  statement  read  to  news  cor- 
respondents on  February  25  by  Frederick  Z . 
Broivyi,  Director,  Office  of  Press  Relations. 

During  his  campaign  and  afterward  the 
President  expressed  his  deep  and  continuing 
concern  about  missing  Americans  in  South- 
east Asia.  In  keeping  with  that  concern,  he  is 
sending  a  Presidential  Commission  of  distin- 
guished Americans  to  Southeast  Asia  to  help 
him  obtain  an  accounting  of  these  personnel. 

The  five-member  Commission  will  be 
headed  by  Leonard  Woodcock,  president  of 
the  UAW.*  The  Commission  will  go  to  Hanoi 
to  meet  with  representatives  of  the  Socialist 
Republic  of  Vietnam  to  seek  information  on 
our  personnel,  including  the  return  of  recov- 


erable remains.  The  Commission  will  also  be 
prepared  to  receive  from  the  Vietnamese 
Government  their  views  on  matters  affecting 
our  mutual  relations.  The  Government  of  the 
Sociahst  Republic  of  Vietnam  has  agreed  to 
accept  the  Commission's  visit. 

Upon  its  return  the  Commission  will  report 
to  the  President.  We  are  also  in  contact  with 
the  Lao  People's  Democratic  Republic  to  ar- 
range a  similar  visit  to  that  country. 

In  seeking  an  accounting  we  will  make  clear 
that  we  are  concerned  about  all  Americans 
lost  in  Southeast  Asia,  our  servicemen  and 
civilians,  those  still  listed  as  missing  as  well 
as  the  larger  number  who  have  been  pre- 
sumed dead  with  no  accounting  being  pro- 
vided. The  fact  that  a  man  has  been  declared 
dead  for  legal  purposes  does  not  affect  our  de- 
termination to  seek  information  about  him  and 
to  arrange  for  the  return  of  his  remains  if 
they  can  be  recovered. 

This  is  a  further,  measured  step  we  are  tak- 
ing to  put  the  Indochina  conflict  behind  us  and 
to  establish  more  normal  relations  between 
ourselves  and  the  countries  of  that  area.  The 
families  of  our  missing  have  suffered  long 
enough,  along  with  our  nation.  We  hope  we 
will  soon  have  the  accounting  that  we  seek  so 
that  this  humanitarian  problem  can  be  con- 
cluded. 


'  On  Mar.  1  the  Department  announced  that  the  Pres- 
ident has  asked  the  following  persons  to  serve  on  the 
Commission:  Marian  Wright  Edelman,  director  of  the 
Children's  Defense  Fund;  former  Senator  Mike  Mans- 
field; Congressman  G.  V.  Montgomery;  and  former 
Ambassador  Charles  Yost. 


258 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


President  Carter  Visits  the  Department  of  State 


President  Carter  visited  the  Department 
on  February  2^  and  spoke  to  employees.  Fol- 
lotving  are  his  remarks  and  excerpts  from  the 
questions  and  answers.  ^ 

Secretary  Vance:  Ladies  and  gentlemen, 
the  President  of  the  United  States. 

Mr.  President,  on  behalf  of  all  of  the  mem- 
bers of  the  State  Department,  we  wish  you 
the  warmest  welcome  and  thank  you  for  com- 
ing to  visit  us  here  today. 

President  Carter:  Thank  you  very  much.  I 
am  glad  to  be  here. 

This  has  been  perhaps  the  Department  on 
which  I've  placed  the  heaviest  reponsibility 
for  instructing  me.  I've  got  a  lot  to  learn,  and 
I've  had  superb  support  from  all  of  you  dur- 
ing this  first  month  or  so  that  I've  been  in 
office. 

I  think  it's  accurate  to  say  that  in  many 
parts  of  the  world,  the  problem  areas  in  par- 
ticular, there  was  just  a  clinging  to  the  status 
quo,  waiting  for  a  new  administration  to  take 
over  in  our  powerful  and  great  nation.  It's  not 
because  of  me.  It's  because  of  our  country  and 
because  of  the  hope  that  exists  among  people 
of  all  kinds  in  all  nations  that  we  might  set  an 
example  in  the  relationship  among  nations  and 
in  the  search  for  peace,  and  also,  I  might  add 
very  strongly,  in  the  preservation  of  our  deep 
and  unchanging  commitments  to  basic  human 
rights.  I  will  never  change  that  commitment 
and  I  know  that  all  of  you  will  maintain  this 
commitment  with  me. 

I  am  very  grateful,  too,  that  we  have 
achieved  so  quickly  and  so  completely  a  har- 
monious relationship  among  the  Cabinet  offi- 
cers who  serve  with  me — State,  Defense, 
Treasury,  Office  of  Management  and  Budget, 


'  For  the  complete  transcript,  see  Weekly  Compila- 
tion of  Presidential  Documents  dated  Feb.  28,  1977,  p. 
255. 


Commerce,  and  others.  I  can  tell  you  in  the 
most  accurate  way  that  there  is  no  dishar- 
mony. We  have  open,  frank  discussions. 
Sometimes  we  have  tough,  sharp  debate  in 
the  Cabinet  meetings  that  take  place  every 
week.  But  there  is  no  remnant  after  those 
Cabinet  meetings  are  over  of  animosity  or 
divisions  or  lack  of  an  easy  communication 
among  those  who  are  responsible,  along  with 
you,  for  the  evolution  of  our  attitude  toward 
foreign  countries  or  domestic  affairs. 

I  am  very  grateful,  too,  that  Cy  Vance  has 
been  able  to  start  an  evolutionary  process  of 
depending  in  a  heavier  and  heavier  way  on 
the  superb  intelligence  and  training  and 
background  and  experience  and  sound  judg- 
ment of  professional  Foreign  Service  officers 
and  those  who  support  them. 

I  don't  want  to  ever  see  a  concentration  of 
complete  authority  within  one  person,  be- 
cause when  that  is  done,  there  is  a  great  ne- 
glect of  that  reservoir  of  talent  and  ability 
that  exists  among  all  of  you  and  those  who 
work  with  you  in  foreign  countries. 

I  am  determined  that  every  single  selec- 
tion that  I  ever  make,  working  with  Secre- 
tary of  State  Vance  and  others,  is  on  the 
basis  of  merit  and  nothing  else.  And  I  want 
to  root  out  once  and  for  all  the  cheap  political 
appointments  that  sometimes  in  the  past 
have  been  an  embarrassment  to  our  own 
country  and  sometimes  an  insult  to  the  na- 
tions to  whom  we  send  diplomatic  officials  to 
represent  us.  I  want  this  sense  of  profes- 
sionalism and  soundness  and  cohesiveness  in 
a  common  purpose  to  be  an  integral  part  of 
this  crucial  Department  of  our  nation. 

As  I  said  earlier,  I  have  a  lot  to  learn,  and 
we  are  now  probing  to  see  what  the  differences 
are  which  exist  between  ourselves  and  other 
countries  and  even  among  other  countries. 
And  we  will  add  our  good  services  in  those 
areas  of  the  world  where  we  are  called  upon  to 


March  21,  1977 


259 


do  it.  We  can't  impose  our  will  on  the  disputive 
nations  in  the  Middle  East,  but  we  can  search 
among  them  as  a  catalyst  for  grounds  for 
agreement,  particularly  those  that  are  ex- 
pressed quietly  and  confidentially  to  us.  And 
when  we  see  fit,  without  timidity  or  without 
constraint,  we  will  use  our  influence  to  bring 
together  disparate  ideas  in  nations  which  in 
the  past  have  not  been  able  to  agree. 

We  will  do  the  same  thing  in  the  Cyprus 
and  the  Turkey-Greek  relationships,  and  in 
southern  Africa,  with  our  bilateral  relation- 
ships with  Panama,  and  other  parts  of  the 
world  who  look  to  us  for  leadership.  This,  I 
think,  is  a  proper  role  for  our  country  to 
play. 

As  I  said  many  times  during  the  campaign, 
for  over  two  years,  I  want  everything  that 
we  do  in  dealing  with  other  nations  to  be 
compatible  with  the  hopes  and  the  dreams 
and  the  attitude  and  the  morality  and  the  re- 
spect for  individuality  of  each  human  being  to 
be  mirrored  in  our  foreign  policy. 

I  think  in  many  times  past,  and  particu- 
larly in  recent  years,  there  has  been  a  vac- 
uum in  international  affairs.  For  some  nation 
which  can  exemplify  with  constant  reassess- 
ment of  our  own  position,  those  basic  com- 
mitments that  ought  not  ever  to  change. 

I  want  to  be  sure  that  when  Cy  Vance 
speaks  or  when  I  speak  that  it's  the  absolute 
truth.  I  want  over  a  period  of  time  other  na- 
tions to  know  that  if  our  country  makes  a 
commitment,  it  will  be  honored.  And  I  want 
us  to  tell  the  Saudi  Arabians  and  the  Syrians 
and  the  Egyptians  and  the  Lebanese  and  the 
Jordanians  and  the  Israelis  the  same  thing, 
so  that  there  never  is  any  sense  of  being  mis- 
led. These  are  the  kinds  of  hopes  that  I  have, 
that  I  believe  can  be  reahzed. 

We've  got  additionally  a  responsibility  to 
let  the  American  people  know  what  chal- 
lenges we  face  and  the  possible  resolution  of 
problems  and  the  possible  answers  to  compli- 
cated questions.  I  don't  want  to  give  anyone 
a  false  sense  that  the  answers  are  easy  or 
that  the  solutions  will  necessarily  come 
quickly.  But  we  will  be  tenacious  and  deter- 
mined in  our  search  for  a  greater  world 
peace. 
The  final  point  I  want  to  make  before  I  an- 


swer your  questions  is  this:  We  have  some 
potential  adversaries  and  some  past  adver- 
saries with  whom  we  want  to  have  better  re- 
lationships. And  that  applies  to  Vietnam  and 
Laos  and  Cambodia.  It  applies  even  to  North 
Korea  and  to  Cuba.  It  applies  to  the  People's 
Republic  of  China  and  to  Russia  and  to  coun- 
tries like  Iraq.  With  some  we  have  relations; 
some,  as  you  know,  we  do  not.  But  our  con- 
stant search  will  be  to  find  common  ground 
on  which  we  can  reach  agreement  so  that  we 
can  set  an  example  for  the  rest  of  the  world 
in  a  friendly  and  mutually  respectful  at- 
titude. 

I  have  been  pleased  so  far  at  the  response 
that  has  been  received  from  our  embryonic 
efforts  to  carve  out  grounds  for  understand- 
ing and  peace.  I  think  so  far  the  Soviet  Union 
has  responded  well.  And  we  will  continue 
these  kinds  of  efforts,  sometimes  anticipat- 
ing discouragements.  But  we  will  not  be  de- 
terred, and  we  will  not  be  discouraged  our- 
selves. 

I  want  the  American  people  to  be  part  of 
it.  I  am  going  to  have  a  press  conference  at 
least  twice  a  month.  I  will  have  frequent 
fireside  chats.  My  next  one  will  be  devoted 
exclusively  to  foreign  affairs  and  defense 
matters.  And  I  am  going  to  have  trips  around 
our  country  where  I  might  meet  in  town 
meeting  forums.  And  we  will  have  call-in- 
type  radio  programs  so  that  people  can  ask 
me  questions  about  domestic  and  foreign  af- 
fairs and  so  that  to  the  best  of  my  ability  I 
can  give  them  straight  answers. 

I  think  that  when  our  country  speaks  it 
ought  to  speak  with  a  strong  voice.  And  when 
a  foreign  policy  is  evolved — even  though  it 
might  be  the  right  foreign  policy — 
exclusively  by  the  President  and  the  Secre- 
tary of  State  and  then  promulgated  to  the 
world  without  the  understanding  or  partici- 
pation of  the  Congress,  the  other  Cabinet 
members,  or  the  people  of  our  country,  the 
rest  of  the  world  knows  that  the  President 
and  the  Secretary  of  State,  powerful  people, 
still  speak  with  a  hollow  voice.  So  to  the  ex- 
tent that  you  are  involved  in  the  evolution  of 
an  idea  or  a  new  approach  or  a  consistent  old 
approach,  to  that  extent  we  will  all  be 
strengthened. 


260 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


We  are  partners.  I  can't  succeed  as  Presi- 
dent unless  you  succeed.  And  if  you  make  a 
serious  mistake,  I  am  the  one  who  will  be  the 
focal  point  for  that  criticism  and  that  despair 
and  that  disillusionment  that  will  follow.  I 
think  when  we  do  make  a  mistake  we  ought 
to  be  frank  about  it  and  say  we  erred  and  this 
is  the  corrective  action  that  we  will  take. 
And  we  will  try  to  correct  our  error,  and  we 
will  try  to  do  better  next  time. 

I  think  the  American  people  will  respond 
well.  And  I  think  other  nations  that  look  to 
us  for  leadership  will  respond  well  also. 

I  want  to  make  sure  that  we  eliminate  in 
our  own  country  those  vestiges  of  hatred  or 
discrimination  or  deprivation  of  human  rights 
that  we  still  retain  so  that  when  we  do 
criticize  other  countries,  or  when  we  do 
speak  out  to  deplore  the  loss  of  those  rights 
in  other  nations,  that  we  ourselves  might  be 
free  of  justified  criticism. 

Well,  all  these  matters  that  have  just  come 
to  my  mind  as  I  stand  here  before  you  are 
important  to  us  all.  And  I  just  want  to  be 
sure  that  we  work  in  harmony  to  alleviate 
tensions  and  to  reinspire  those  who  can 
legitimately,  I  hope,  in  the  future  look  to  us 
for  justified  inspiration. 

I  would  be  glad  to  answer  any  questions 
that  you  might  have,  or  I  will  refer  the  ques- 
tions I  can't  answer  to  these  notable  people 
behind  me. 


Q.  This  question  regards  your  talk  about 
reorganization  and  reform.  As  you  probably 
know,  the  State  Department  has  been  the  ob- 
ject of  so-called  attempts  at  reform  during 
the  last  25  years  many  more  times  than  any 
other  part  of  government — on  the  average  of 
once  every  two  years  we  estimate  it.  Most  of 
the  times  these  efforts  at  reform  have  failed 
because  of  certain  problems  in  their  concep- 
tualization and  their  implementation. 
They've  been  quick  fixes,  developed  in  isola- 
tion from  the  real  problems  of  the  opera- 
tional side  of  the  organization,  lacking 
commitment  on  the  part  of  the  leadership  to 
follow  up  on  them  and  let  them  flounder 
without  followthrough. 

I  wonder,  as  you  approach  the  question  of 


reorganization  and  reform  in  government, 
how  you  propose  to  avoid  these  pitfalls,  and 
specifically,  how  do  you  propose  to  engage 
the  career  services  in  the  process  of  designing 
your  reorganization  and  reform? 

President  Carter:  I  presume  that  other 
than  the  things  you  mentioned  you  liked  the 
previous  efforts,  right?  [Laughter.] 

You  may  be  surprised  to  know  that  the  last 
three  reorganization  proposals  for  the  State 
Department  I  have  studied  myself.  And  I 
agree  with  your  analysis  of  them.  There  were 
some  e.xcellent  ideas  in  some  of  those  reor- 
ganization proposals.  They  were  not  carried 
out  for  several  reasons  that  you  have  de- 
scribed very  well. 

In  the  first  place,  under  the  zero-base 
budgeting  technique,  which  I  think  all  of  you 
will  like  and  which  will  be  used  in  its  entirety 
to  prepare  the  next  budget,  you  will,  in  a 
mandatory  way,  be  involved  in  the  evolution 
of  the  next  budget,  the  establishment  of 
priorities  for  expenditure  of  your  own  human 
and  financial  resources,  the  elimination  of 
obsolete  programs,  the  change  and  modifica- 
tion of  those  that  have  been  in  effect  for  a 
long  time,  and  the  promulgation  of  new  ones 
that  might  take  place  for  the  first  time  next 
year. 

At  the  foreman  level — speaking  in  business 
terms — an  analysis  would  be  made,  using  one 
side  of  one  sheet  of  paper,  what  you  think 
can  be  done  to  make  your  own  professional 
careers  more  effective.  As  a  result  of  those 
first  studies,  which  will  be  completed  I  would 
say  no  later  than  this  August,  we  will  have  a 
fairly  clear  picture  within  this  Department  of 
what  you  think  your  Department  ought  to  be 
like.  And  any  sort  of  reorganization  effort 
that  Cyrus  Vance  recommends  to  me  I  would 
like  for  you  and  him  and  the  other  leaders  in 
this  Department  to  know  that  it  ought  to 
start  with  you,  so  that  you  might  say  this  is 
what  we  think  ought  to  be  done  and  work  its 
way  up  in  that  fashion. 

I  am  deeply  committed  to  the  principle 
that  we  ought  to  have  an  efficient,  economi- 
cal, well-organized,  well-managed  Federal 
Government,  so  that  it  can  be  sensitive  to 
our  people's  needs,  so  that  excessive  secrecy 
might  be  stripped  away,  and  so  that  we  can 


March  21,  1977 


261 


take  maximum  advantage  of  your  own  talents 
and  abilities. 

So  with  the  zero-base  budgeting  and  that 
concept  of  reorganization,  I  think  I  can  as- 
sure you  that  the  next  reorganization  pro- 
posal that  comes  for  the  State  Department 
will  be  originated  by  you,  it  will  be  well  ad- 
vised, and  it  will  also  be  implemented. 

Q.  Mr.  President,  speaking  of  reorganiza- 
tion, do  you  see  a  specific  direction  for  the 
U.S.  foreign  aid  program  or  any  new  em- 
phasis on  new  programs? 

President  Carter:  Well,  I  think  we  do  need 
a  substantial  change  in  our  foreign  aid  pro- 
grams. They  are  so  diverse — some,  as  you 
know,  with  institutional  aid  through  the 
World  Bank  and  regional  banks,  through 
IMF  [International  Monetary  Fund]  loans 
and  so  forth,  some  strictly  bilateral  aid  to  in- 
dividual countries,  some  for  a  region,  some 
with  loans,  some  with  direct  grants — that  the 
whole  thing  has  gotten  confused. 

Cy  Vance  and  I  were  talking  about  this 
very  subject  on  the  way  up  on  the  elevator, 
and  we  are  now  going  to  the  Congress  to  ask 
the  Congress  Members  to  honor  this  nation's 
commitment  for  our  pro  rata  share  of  support 
for  some  of  these  multilateral  aid  programs. 

We  have  up  until  now  defaulted  on  the 
word  of  honor  of  our  country.  We  have  prom- 
ised in  effect  that  if  Great  Britain  and  Ger- 
many and  France  and  other  countries  will 
contribute  a  certain  amount  to  an  interna- 
tional lending  institution  that  we  will  also 
contribute  a  certain  amount. 

Other  countries  have  kept  their  word.  We 
have  broken  our  word  so  far.  So  we  are  going 
now  to  the  Congress  and  say:  "Would  you 
just  honor  the  commitments  that  our  nation 
has  made?"  I  think  the  American  people  can 
understand  that  and  that  they  will  go  along 
with  it. 

Governor  John  Gilligan,  who  has  good  ex- 
perience in  management  and  who  has  a  great 
sensitivity,  has  now  come  to  help  us  with  this 
program.  And  the  analysis  of  the  entire  aid 
program  will  be  presented  to  me,  looking  at 
it  in  an  overall  fashion.  And  I  believe  that  it 
can  be — within  the  present  levels  of  funding 
and  perhaps  with  an  expanded  level  of  fund- 


ing in  the  future  if  it's  salable  to  the  Ameri- 
can people  and  the  Congress — be  much  more 
effective. 

So  I  think  I  understand  the  problem.  I 
don't  understand  the  answers  yet.  But  I  be- 
lieve that,  with  these  people  behind  me,  with 
your  help,  we  can  have  a  comprehensive  aid 
program  that  will  be  of  great  help  to  the  na- 
tions who  need  it  and  which  will  also  be  co- 
herent and  understandable  and  which  will  be 
a  source  of  pride  and  not  embarrassment  to 
the  American  people  and  the  Congress. 

I  believe  in  that  way  we  won't  have  to 
worry  in  the  future  about  a  constant  annual 
fight  just  to  meet  our  commitments  that  have 
already  been  made  in  the  past. 


Q.  Mr.  President,  I  am  looking  at  your 
statement  saying  something  to  the  effect  of 
openness  and  frankness.  And  I  know  that 
you  have  only  been  in  office  for  a  short  time, 
but  the  State  Department — I  am  with  AID 
[Agency  for  Internatio7ial  Development] — 
has  been  committed  for  several  years  to  an 
affirmative  action  program.  I  don't  know 
about  the  State  Department,  but  it  has  been  a 
dismal  failure  in  AID.  And  if  I  looked  at  the 
35  people  across  there,  and  I  don't  see  a 
blackface,  I  don't  think  it's  been  very  effec- 
tive in  the  State  Department. 

I  would  like  to  know,  can  you — or  what 
will  you  do  to  get  at  least  the  Department  to 
show  some  semblance  of  sensitivity  toward 
this  program? 

President  Carter:  I  looked  at  them,  too, 
when  I  came  in.  There  are  not  many  women 
behind  me  and  there  are  not  many  minority 
groups. 

When  I've  gone  to  other  Departments, 
there  has  been  a  much  greater  percentage. 
We  have  tried  hard  to  do  this  and  I  think  we 
are  making  some  good  progress.  In  the 
number  of  women,  for  instance,  who  occupy 
the  top  five  grade  levels,  the  executive  levels 
of  our  government,  we  will  have,  I  would 
say,  four  or  five  times  as  many  as  any  Ad- 
ministration has  in  the  past.  In  the  number 
of  black  citizens  who  serve  in  those  top  posi- 
tions we  will  have  four  or  five  times  as  many 
as  we  have  had  in  the  past — three  times  as 


262 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


many;  in  Spanish-speaking  Americans,  three 
or  four  times  as  many.  But  that's  a  relatively 
small  total  number,  although  the  percentage 
is  great. 

I  think  that  the  appointment  of  top-level- 
position  employees  who  are  in  minority  groups 
or  who  are  women  will  help  in  the  long  run  to 
change  that  around. 

In  the  Commerce  Department,  50  percent 
of  the  top-level  positions  are  now  filled  by 
women,  for  instance;  several  of  them  are 
black.  I  think  Griffin  Bell  has  done  a  superb 
job  in  the  Attorney  General's  office  by  bring- 
ing in  top-level  minority  groups  and  women. 
It's  a  slow  thing. 

We  now  have  a  handicap  in  the  lower  levels 
of  employment  over  which  we  presently  have 
very  little  control,  as  you  know,  because  we 
have  such  a  confused  responsibility  within 
the  Federal  Government  for  guaranteeing 
equal  employment  opportunities.  I  think  we 
have  seven  different  Federal  agencies  re- 
sponsible for  equal  employment.  We  have  a 
backlog  of  130,000  cases.  The  average  time 
from  the  initiation  of  a  complaint  to  the  res- 
olution of  a  case  is  about  three  years.  And  by 
that  time,  obviously  the  aggrieved  party  and 
the  witnesses  and  so  forth  have  moved  or 
have  dropped  the  case,  or  it's  become  very 
expensive  for  them. 

I  hope  to  bring  some  order  out  of  that 
chaos.  I  am  waiting  until  I  get  authority  from 
the  Congress  to  reorganize  to  bring  that  into 
being.  But  my  own  commitment  is  totally  to 
the  resolution  of  this  problem. 

I  think,  to  be  perfectly  frank,  that  the 
State  Department  is  probably  the  Depart- 
ment that  needs  progress  more  than  any 
other.  And  I  am  determined  that  this  will  be 
done.  It  has  historically  been  the  case.  And  I 
think  that  Secretary  Vance  has  made  a  great 
deal  of  progress  already.  But  he  and  I  will 
work  together  to  bring  a  better  answer  to 
your  question  the  next  time  I  come  over  here 
in  the  future. 

Q.  I  am  concerned  about  the  policy  of 
openness  in  regard  to  intelligence  activities. 
And  I  was  wondering  if  it  doesn't  make  it 
more  difficult  for  our  friends  to  confide  in  us 
and  for  those  who  are  not  our  friends  to  take 
advantage  of  us? 


President  Carter:  I  don't  guess  you  had 
time  to  watch  the  press  conference  yester- 
day, which  was  during  the  working  hours.  I 
didn't  get  a  chance  to  see  it  myself. 

I  was  shocked  when  I  took  office  to  learn 
about  the  number  of  different  people  who 
have  access  to  highly  secret  sensitive  infor- 
mation on  which  the  security  of  our  nation 
depends.  There  are  about  75  people  on 
Capitol  Hill  who  have  access  to  this  very 
sensitive  material.  There  are  too  many  in  the 
executive  branch  of  government.  At  the 
same  time,  I  know  that  there  is  a  need  for 
checks  and  balances  to  be  sure  that  we  don't 
repeat  the  illegalities  and  improprieties  that 
were  revealed  with  the  CIA  and  other  intel- 
ligence community  agencies  in  the  past. 

I  am  conducting  now  a  very  careful  analy- 
sis of  the  entire  intelligence  community.  Ad- 
miral Stan  Turner  is  going  to  be  the  new 
Director.  He  shares  my  commitment.  But 
working  with  Cyrus  Vance,  with  Admiral 
Turner,  with  Dr.  Brzezinski  [Zbigniew 
Brzezinski,  Assistant  to  the  President  for 
National  Security  Affairs],  with  the  Attor- 
ney General,  and  with  Harold  Brown  [Secre- 
tary of  Defense]  and  myself,  we  are  trying  to 
evolve  very  rapidly  what  the  intelligence 
community  ought  to  be,  what  the  limit  of  di- 
vulging of  this  material  ought  to  be,  and  how 
can  we  at  the  same  time  guarantee  to  the 
American  people  that  the  abuses  will  be 
permanently  ehminated. 

In  the  last  two  or  three  days,  I've  had  a 
chance  to  meet  with  the  congressional  lead- 
ers. I  have  hopes,  which  may  or  may  not  be 
realized — it's  not  in  my  control — that  we  can 
have  one  joint  congressional  committee  with 
a  hmited  membership  to  whom  we  can  reveal 
what  is  going  on  in  its  entirety  within  the 
confines  of  the  intelligence  community.  So, 
we  will  have  a  key  group  of  Congress — very 
small — myself,  the  Intelligence  Oversight 
Board,  which  is  an  independent  agency  to 
whom  anyone  can  come  and  give  complaints 
and  revelations,  the  Attorney  General,  and 
let  that  be  it. 

We  are  not  in  the  position  where  some  of 
our  key  intelligence  sources  are  becoming  re- 
luctant to  continue  their  relationship  with  us 
because  of  the  danger  of  their  being  exposed 
in  the  future. 


March  21,  1977 


263 


Now,  I  also  pointed  out  to  the  press  yes- 
terday that  many  of  the  recent  public  revela- 
tions have  been  erroneous.  I  have  written 
two  letters  to  foreign  leaders  apologizing  for 
them  after  I  checked  the  CIA  files  to  find 
that  the  published  reports  were  completely 
in  error.  Others  had  some  degree  of  accuracy 
within  them. 

I  have  reviewed  all  of  the  correspondence 
between  the  Intelligence  Oversight  Board 
and  President  Ford  last  year.  The  Attorney 
General  was  involved.  I  have  not  detected 
any  instance  of  an  impropriety  or  an  illegal- 
ity that  is  presently  being  conducted  or  that 
was  conducted  in  the  last  six  or  eight 
months,  as  far  back  as  my  study  went. 

And  I  think  it's  good  for  the  American 
people  to  know  this.  But  we  have  got  to  have 
a  good  intelligence  system  in  order  to  protect 
the  security  of  our  country.  We  sometimes 
relax  too  much  in  peacetime.  We've  got  to  es- 
tablish this  relationship  on  a  permanent, 
workable  basis  while  we  are  at  peace.  It's  one 
of  the  best  means  to  make  sure  we  don't  have 
war.  And  if  we  should  ever  be  in  danger,  in  a 
time  of  crisis  it's  too  late  to  build  up  an 
adequate  intelligence  community,  including 
our  worldwide  system  of  information. 

So  your  question  is  a  very  good  one.  And 
this  is  a  matter  that  presses  on  me  in  a  very 
personal  way.  And  I  think  I  can  tell  you  that 
within  the  next  couple  of  months  your  ques- 
tions will  be  answered  satisfactorily.  I've  had 
good  response  from  the  Members  of  Con- 
gress. There  are  now  six  committees  in  the 
House  that  have  access  to  this  information  by 
law.  The  Speaker  has  indicated  yesterday  to 
the  Vice  President  that  he  would  favor  one 
joint  committee.  Whether  that  will  be  feasi- 
ble, I  don't  know,  but  that's  our  hope  in  the 
Congress. 

And  I  will  do  the  same  thing  in  the  execu- 
tive branch  of  government  to  make  sure  we 
do  have  adequate  oversight  but  also,  at  the 
same  time,  an  adequate  degree  of  privacy 
and  secrecy  in  things  that  ought  not  to  be 
revealed. 


Q.  Mr.  President,  I  would  like  to  know  if 
you  are  aware  of  the  increased  amount  of  re- 
quests for  freedom- of -information  material 


that  is  going  to  be  released  or  will  be  re- 
leased, which  I  think  in  the  future  might 
come  back  to  haunt  us ? 

President  Carter:  I  am  familiar  with  the 
problem.  In  general,  I  favor  the  freedom-of- 
information  laws.  I  think  that  one  thing  that 
we  might  do  within  the  bounds  of  the  law, 
which  I  doubt  could  be  repealed  even  if  we 
wanted  it  to  be,  is  to  restore  the  trust  of  the 
American  people  in  us. 

When  there  is  a  sense  among  American 
citizens  that  they  are  being  misled  or  that  il- 
legalities are  taking  place  within  our  own 
government,  like  the  plotting  of  assassina- 
tions or  murders  and  so  forth,  or  when  they 
feel  that  their  own  rights  are  not  being  pro- 
tected by  their  own  government,  I  think 
under  those  circumstances  that  there  is  an 
excessive  pressure  on  government  for  infor- 
mation. If  that  same  citizen  had  a  sense  that 
he  could  trust  us,  there  would  be  much  less 
inclination  to  demand  access  to  the  files. 

I  am  not  sure  that  I've  answered  your 
question  adequately  but  that's  one  approach 
to  it. 

And  I  think  I  might,  as  President,  assume 
more  responsibility  in  that  field.  When  I 
learn  more  about  it,  when  I  have  a  little  more 
time  in  office,  when  the  people  have  a  more 
accurate  sense  of  what  I  am  and  what  I  stand 
for,  I  might  very  well  point  out  to  the  Ameri- 
can people  in  a  press  conference  or  otherwise 
that  this  has  become  a  problem  for  us,  and 
just  as  a  matter  of  idle  curiosity  or  just  to 
test  the  law,  for  them  to  refrain  from  asking 
for  this  information.  If  they  genuinely  need 
it,  we  will  provide  it.  But  I  think  that  the  first 
few  months  of  a  new  law  like  that,  there  is  an 
inclination  on  the  part  of  those  who  have 
fought  for  it  just  to  test  it,  to  see  if  they  ask 
for  something,  can  they  really  get  it. 

So  I  hope  that  with  those  two  or  three  ap- 
proaches that  we  might  take  within  the 
bounds  of  the  law  that  we  can  minimize  the 
burden  on  us  in  months  to  come.  I  hope  so. 

Let  me  say  this  in  closing:  I  think  we've 
made  good  progress  in  the  first  month  in 
learning  about  one  another  and  in  my  learn- 
ing about  the  Federal  Government,  in  seeing 
the  extent  and  the  limitation  of  my  own  in- 
fluence in  the  White  House,  in  learning  about 


264 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


foreign  countries  and  their  inclinations  to- 
ward us,  the  problem  areas  that  we  can  ad- 
dress and  those  that  we  ought  to  avoid  ad- 
dressing for  a  while.  I  think  that  we've  got  a 
good  sense  around  the  world  of  what  we  are 
trying  to  do  already. 

I  can't  think  of  any  time  in  human  history, 
for  instance,  when  there  has  been  such  a 
worldwide  concern  about  human  rights.  And 
both  nations  that  are  founded  on  freedom  and 
those  that  are  founded  on  totalitarian  gov- 
ernments are  now  doing  some  reassessments 
and  saying,  what  are  our  policies  toward  our 
own  citizens  and  what  does  the  rest  of  the 
world  think  about  us? 

So  even  in  these  early  few  days,  we  are 
making  some  progress.  I've  got  to  be  careful 
not  to  make  a  serious  mistake.  At  the  same 
time,  I've  got  to  be  careful  not  to  be  too 
timid,  and  when  I  make  a  judgment,  that  it's 
a  proper  one.  And  that's  where  you  come  in, 
because  collectively,  you  have  a  sense  of 
what  the  world  is  and  what  the  world  might 
be. 

I  want  to  be  a  good  President.  And  I  want 
to  serve  in  such  a  way  that  you  won't  be  dis- 
appointed in  me.  But  my  good  relationship 
with  you  and  the  other  senior  officials  in  this 
Department  are  the  basis  on  which  I  might 
succeed. 

So,  we  are  partners,  and  I  believe  together 
we  can  give  the  American  people  an  accu- 
rate sense  that  they  have  a  good  government 
in  what  is  and  always  has  been  the  greatest 
nation  on  Earth. 


President  Carter  Discusses 
Foreign  Affairs  Priorities 

Following  are  remarks  by  President  Carter 
in  reply  to  a  question  from  an  employee  dur- 
ing his  visit  to  the  Department  of  Agriculture 
on  February  16.^ 

That  question  is  difficult  to  answer  in  a 
simplistic  way. 

I  would  hope  that  we  could  get  bilateral  and 
multilateral  agreement  between  our  nation 
and  one  other  country,  and  our  nation  and  all 


nations,  to  eliminate  the  possibility  of  addi- 
tional nations  being  able  to  build  atomic 
weapons.  That  would  include  South  Africa, 
further  development  in  India,  an  expansion  of 
the  nuclear  capability  to  other  countries,  like 
Brazil,  Argentina,  Pakistan,  South  Korea, 
Taiwan. 

We  are  moving  very  aggressively  on  this 
subject.  I  am  now  trying  to  induce  the  Ger- 
mans not  to  sell  nuclear  processing  capability 
to  the  Brazilians;  to  try  to  induce  the  French 
not  to  sell  the  same  capabilities  to  Pakistan. 
But  it  has  to  be  done  with  a  sense  among 
other  people  that  we  can  provide  part  of  the 
nuclear  materials  to  produce  power  and  then 
deprive  them  of  an  opportunity  to  reprocess 
waste  to  make  explosives.  That  is  the  first 
part  of  your  question. 

Secondly,  I  would  like  to  move  toward  the 
reestablishment  of  normal  relationships  be- 
tween our  own  country  and  Angola,  among 
other  nations. 

We  now  have  several  problems  involved 
in  that.  The  attitude  of  Angola  and  its  gov- 
ernment toward  keeping  Cuban  mer- 
cenaries— I  would  very  much  like  to  see 
the  Cubans  remove  their  soldiers  from  An- 
gola. Let  the  Angolan  natives  make  their  own 
decisions  about  their  government. 

We  have  received  information  from  indirect 
sources  that  Castro  and  Cuba  has  promised  to 
remove  those  troops.  That  would  be  a  step 
toward  full  normalization  of  relationships  with 
Angola. 

The  same  thing  applies  ultimately  to  the  res- 
toration of  normal  relationships  with  Cuba. 
If  I  can  be  convinced  that  Cuba  wants  to  re- 
move their  aggravating  influence  from  other 
countries  in  this  hemisphere,  will  not  partici- 
pate in  violence  in  nations  across  the  ocean, 
will  recommit  the  former  relationship  that 
existed  in  Cuba  toward  human  rights,  then  I 
would  be  willing  to  move  toward  normalizing 
relationships  with  Cuba  as  well. 

The  same  thing  applies  to  Vietnam.  I  would 
like  to  see  us  work  out  with  Vietnam  a  proper 
accounting  for  the  2,205  Americans  who  were 


'  For  the  complete  transcript  of  remarks  by  Presi- 
dent Carter  and  questions  and  answers  at  the  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture  on  Feb.  16,  see  Weekly  Compila- 
tion of  Presidential  Documents  dated  Feb.  21,  1977,  p. 
206. 


March  21,  1977 


265 


lost  in  that  war.  There  are  some  still  classified 
as  missing  in  action.  Then  I  would  be  per- 
fectly glad  to  support  the  admission  of  Viet- 
nam to  the  United  Nations  and  to  normalize 
relationships  with  Vietnam. 

In  all  we  have  14  nations  in  the  world  with 
whom  we  do  not  have  normal  relationships. 
We  are  dealing  with  each  one  of  those  cases 
on  an  individual  basis.  In  some  instances,  the 
other  governments  despise  us  so  deeply  that 
they  don't  want  to  deal  with  us  or  search  out 
common  grounds  for  normalizing  relation- 
ships. 

So  to  hold  down  nuclear  weapons,  to  re- 
move the  military  presence  in  the  African  na- 
tions from  any  other  country  including  our 
own,  and  to  normalize  relationships  with 
countries  with  whom  we  don't  have  a  present 
friendship  with — all  those  are  matters  of  high 
priority  on  my  foreign  affairs  agenda. 


President  Carter  Discusses 
Boycott  Issue 

Following  are  remarks  by  President  Carter 
in  reply  to  a  question  from  an  employee  dur- 
ing his  visit  to  the  Departrnent  of  Commerce 
on  February  9.  ^ 

I  think  it  is  good  for  all  of  us  to  understand 
that  there  are  different  meanings  to  the  word 
"boycott."  A  primary  boycott  is  perfectly  ac- 
ceptable in  international  affairs. 

We  have,  for  instance,  a  primary  boycott 
against  Cuba.  It  is  all  right  for  a  nation  to  say 
"We  are  not  going  to  trade  with  you."  It  is 
perfectly  all  right  for  the  Arab  countries  to 
say  "We  are  not  going  to  trade  with  Israel." 


'  For  the  complete  transcript  of  remarks  by  Presi- 
dent Carter  and  questions  and  answers  at  the  Depart- 
ment of  Commerce  on  Feb.  9,  see  Weekly  Compilation 
of  Presidential  Documents  dated  Feb.  14,  1977,  p.  166. 


What  does  create  a  problem  that  I  hope  to 
eliminate  is  for  the  Arab  countries  to  say  to 
us,  "You  cannot  trade  with  Israel  and  also 
trade  with  us"  or  "You  cannot  trade  with  us, 
the  Arab  countries,  if  you  have  Jews  on  your 
board  of  directors."  This,  in  my  opinion,  vio- 
lates the  constitutional  rights  of  Jewish  citi- 
zens. It  also  is  completely  obnoxious  to  me  in 
a  society  like  our  own,  built  on  an  absence  of 
legal  attention,  of  recognition  of  a  person's  re- 
ligious or  racial  or  sexual  characteristics. 

So  that  is  what  is  called  a  secondary  and 
even  tertiary  boycott.  We  now  have  several 
bills  that  have  been  introduced  in  the  House 
and  Senate.  We  have  a  cohesive  group  of 
business  and  labor  leaders,  many  of  whom 
happen  to  be  Jewish,  who  are  working  on  the 
principles  that  ought  to  be  included  in  an 
antiboycott  law. 

And  I  will  support  those.  I  think  it  is  time 
for  us  to  root  out  the  concept  of  the  secondary 
and  tertiary  boycott,  never  permit  a  foreign 
nation  to  discriminate  against  any  of  our  citi- 
zens who  happen  to  be  Jewish,  with  legal 
permission  from  our  own  government.  And 
we  also  need  to  have  as  a  last  thing  uniformity 
among  the  different  states  of  the  nation  in 
dealing  with  the  antiboycott  legislation.  We 
now  have  a  strong  antiboycott  law  in  New 
York.  We  have  a  weak  antiboycott  law 
in  New  Jersey.  So  when  the  Arab  countries 
want  to  come  and  trade,  they  just  bypass 
New  York,  come  into  New  Jersey,  and  they 
can  discriminate  against  Jewish  citizens  ac- 
cordingly. 

So,  uniformity,  and  ehmination  of  attention, 
of  recognition  given  to  a  citizen  because  they 
happen  to  be  Jewish,  and  a  prohibition  against 
the  deprivation  of  human  rights,  and  a  sec- 
ondary and  tertiary  boycott  are  all  things  that 
I  hope  to  root  out. 

The  right  of  the  Arab  countries  to  boycott 
Israel  is  something  with  which  we  have  no  au- 
thority and  in  which  I  do  not  want  to  become 
involved. 


266 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


Secretary  Vance  Discusses  Antiboycott  Legislation 
and  Nuclear  Nonproliferation 

Statement  Before  the  House  Committee  on  International  Relations  ' 


This  is  my  first  formal  appearance  before 
this  committee.  I  hope  and  expect  it  will  inau- 
gurate a  most  fruitful  relationship  under  your 
newly  chosen  and  distinguished  chairman 
[Representative  Clement  J.  Zablocki]. 

I  am  pleased  today  to  address  the  boycott 
issue  and  the  Administration's  position  con- 
cerning proposed  new  antiboycott  legislation. 

We  favor  renewal  of  the  Export  Adminis- 
tration Act  of  1969  in  order  to  provide  specific 
legislative  authority  for  the  Secretary  of 
Commerce  to  control  exports  for  reasons  of 
national  security,  foreign  policy,  and  short 
supply.  A  number  of  agencies  will  be  submit- 
ting to  your  committee  reports  on  title  I  of 
the  bills  to  renew  the  Export  Administration 
Act,  and  later  in  the  morning,  as  agreed,  I 
will  talk  briefly  about  title  III,  concerning  nu- 
clear exports. 

Question  of  Foreign  Boycotts 

Let  me  turn  to  the  question  of  boycotts. 

As  the  first  representative  of  the  new  Ad- 
ministration to  address  this  issue  before  the 
Congress,  let  me  say  that  we  want  to  work 
closely  with  you  on  the  problems  that  foreign 


•  Made  on  Mar.  1  (text  from  press  release  90).  For 
Secretary  Vance's  statement  of  Feb.  28  on  the  proposed 
antiboycott  legislation  made  before  the  Subcommittee 
on  International  Finance  of  the  Senate  Committee  on 
Banking,  Housing  and  Urban  Affairs,  see  press  release 
87.  The  complete  transcripts  of  these  hearings  will  be 
published  by  the  committees  and  will  be  available  from 
the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government 
Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


boycotts  present  to  American  commerce  and 
American  firms,  especially  as  they  involve 
conduct  that  is  contrary  to  commonly  ac- 
cepted American  principles  and  standards. 
The  President  has  often  made  clear  his  con- 
cern, and  I  share  his  deep  feehngs  on  this  is- 
sue. We  deplore  discrimination  on  the  basis  of 
race,  religion,  and  national  origin.  We  also 
oppose  boycott  practices  requiring  American 
firms  not  to  deal  with  friendly  countries  or 
other  American  firms.  Let  me  summarize 
the  principles  on  which  we  believe  an  ap- 
proach to  these  problems  should  be  based: 

1.  Any  foreign-boycott-motivated  discrimi- 
nation against  U.S.  persons  on  the  basis  of 
religion,  race,  or  national  origin  should  be 
explicitly  outlazved.  Firms  should  be  prohib- 
ited from  responding  to  boycott-related  re- 
quests for  information  on  religion,  race,  or  na- 
tional origin. 

2.  Refusals  by  American  firms  to  deal  with 
any  friendly  foreign  country,  demonstrably 
related  to  a  foreign  boycott,  should  be  prohib- 
ited. So,  in  general,  should  refusals  to  deal 
with  other  U.S.  firms.  We  believe  that  deci- 
sions as  to  what  commerce  U.S.  firms  may  or 
may  not  have  with  other  countries  or  with 
other  U.S.  firms  should  be  made,  consonant 
with  American  policy,  by  Americans  and  only 
Americans.  This  principle  raises  difficult 
questions  about  enforcement — turning  on 
judgments  about  a  company's  intent  when  it 
does  not  do  business  with  a  friendly  country 
or  another  company.  We  need  to  examine, 
both  within  the  executive  branch  and  in  con- 


March  21,  1977 


267 


sultation  with  the  Congress,  how  this  princi- 
ple can  most  effectively  be  expressed  in  legis- 
lation. We  need  to  provide  our  companies  with 
clear  and  reaHstic  guidance  on  how  to  conduct 
trade  in  boycott-related  situations.  We  must 
consider,  for  example,  such  difficult  problems 
as  whether  an  American  company  might  be 
required  to  ship  goods  to  a  foreign  country 
when  it  knew  that  these  goods  would  be 
turned  back  or  confiscated  at  the  port  of  en- 
try. 

3.  The  prohibitions  affecting  U.S.  firms 
should  not,  in  general,  apply  to  transactions 
of  foreign  subsidiaries  of  U.S.  firms  which 
involve  the  commerce  of  a  foreign  country  and 
not  U.S.  exports.  But  they  should  apply  in 
cases  in  which  any  U.S.  firm  seeks  to  use 
foreign  subsidiaries  in  a  manner  intended  to 
circumvent  the  law. 

4.  The  new  law  should  preempt  provisions 
of  state  laws  dealing  with  foreign  boycotts. 
This  should  be  done  in  the  interests  of  uni- 
formity and  to  remove  elements  of  confusion 
and  uncertainty  from  the  conduct  of  our 
foreign  commerce. 

5.  To  enable  an  orderly  transition  to  be 
made  to  the  new  legislative  requirements, 
some  kind  of  grandfather  clause  or  grace 
period  should  be  provided  with  regard  to 
transactions  under  existing  commitments. 

6.  The  new  law  should  substantially  cut 
back  the  reporting  requirements  on  U.S. 
firms.  Many  of  the  reports  now  required 
would  not  be  needed  in  enforcing  a  new  law. 
The  benefits  of  maintaining  such 
information-gathering  regulations  would  be 
disproportionate  to  the  burden  on  individual 
firms. 

7.  All  boycott  reports  submitted  to  Com- 
merce should  be  publicly  released.  Only  pro- 
prietary business  information  should  be  pro- 
tected. 

We  recognize  that  this  issue  stems,  at  this 
time,  primarily  from  concerns  about  the  Arab 
boycott  of  Israel.  We  believe  that,  in  coopera- 
tion with  Congress,  we  can  make  progress  on 
these  issues  without  seriously  impairing  op- 
portunities for  foreign  trade  or  inhibiting  our 
diplomacy  in  the  Middle  East.  And  we  commit 
ourselves  to  cooperating  with  Congress  to 
achieve  this  result. 

We  are  strongly  opposed  to  foreign  boycotts 


directed  against  friendly  countries.  But  we 
understand  that  states  do  exercise  their 
sovereign  rights  to  regulate  their  commerce 
and  to  decide,  if  they  wish,  to  refuse  to  deal 
with  other  nations  or  the  firms  of  other  na- 
tions. They  have  the  right  to  control  the 
source  of  their  imports  as  well  as  the  destina- 
tion of  their  exports. 

We  view  as  a  different  matter,  however,  ef- 
forts by  any  foreign  countries  to  influence  de- 
cisions and  activities  of  American  firms  in 
connection  with  any  primary  boycott  of 
another  country.  Thus,  secondary-'boycott 
practices  of  other  countries  can  intrude  seri- 
ously into  the  business  practices  of  American 
firms  engaged  in  U.S.  commerce  and  can  have 
the  effect  of  using  U.S.  commerce  to  harm 
third  countries  with  whom  we  are  friends.  I 
believe  we  will  all  agree  that  U.S.  firms 
should  not  be  required,  by  the  decision  of  a 
foreign  nation,  to  avoid  commercial  relations 
with  other  friendly  countries  or  with  other 
U.S.  firms. 

One  specific  problem  arising  from  foreign 
boycott  practices  has  been  the  requirement 
for  use  of  negative  certifications,  e.g.,  certifi- 
cations that  goods  do  not  originate  in  a  given 
country  or  are  not  produced  by  a  firm 
blacklisted  by  another  country  or  are  not 
shipped  on  a  blacklisted  vessel.  The  members 
of  this  committee  should  be  aware  that  diplo- 
matic efforts  and  the  efforts  of  the  U.S.  busi- 
ness community  over  many  months  have 
brought  about  some  encouraging  changes  in 
this  area  of  concern.  I  am  happy  to  report  that 
during  my  visit  to  Saudi  Arabia  its  leaders  in- 
formed us  that  Saudi  Arabia  will  accept  posi- 
tive certifications  of  origin.  We  are  continuing 
our  efforts  to  bring  about  further  voluntary 
changes  by  foreign  governments  in  this  and 
other  areas  of  intrusive  boycott  practices. 

We  agree,  Mr.  Chairman,  on  the  need  to 
prohibit  by  law  in  absolute  terms  any  dis- 
criminatory actions  arising  from  foreign 
boycotts,  based  on  race,  religion,  or  national 
origin.  Forthright  diplomacy  is  another  way 
to  pursue  our  efforts,  and  we  have  found  a 
forthcoming  response.  The  Government  of 
Saudi  Arabia  has  very  recently  informed  us 
again  that  its  boycott  "has  no  connection  with 
or  basis  in  matters  of  race  or  creed."  When 
specific  instances  of  discriminatory  requests 


268 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


have  been  reported  in  isolated  instances,  we 
have  approached  foreign  governments  and  re- 
ceived assurances  that  discrimination  was 
contrary  to  the  pohcy  of  the  government  in 
question.  We  appreciate  the  responsiveness  of 
the  boycotting  countries  to  our  concern  in 
seeking  to  remedy  and  avoid  recurrence  of 
any  such  discrimination,  which  all  of  us  abhor. 
We  will  remain  vigilant  on  this  point. 

Core  Issues  of  Middle  East  Settlement 

My  appearance  here  follows  closely  on  my 
return  from  the  Middle  East.  I  believe  it 
would  be  appropriate  to  talk  for  a  moment 
about  our  Middle  East  policy  as  a  whole  and 
about  our  hopes  and  our  efforts  for  a  peace  set- 
tlement in  the  area. 

President  Carter  asked  me  to  travel  to  the 
Middle  East  in  my  first  mission  abroad  as 
Secretary  of  State  because  he  believes  that 
the  Middle  East  situation  must  be  given  very 
high  and  early  priority. 

My  trip  had  several  purposes: 

— To  demonstrate  the  importance  the  Pres- 
ident and  I  attach  to  the  achievement  of  a  just 
and  durable  peace  in  the  Middle  East  and  to 
the  maintenance  of  close  ties  between  the 
United  States  and  the  nations  I  visited; 

— To  meet  the  leaders  of  those  nations  and 
establish  the  personal  relationships  that  are 
so  important  to  a  diplomacy  of  confidence  and 
trust;  and 

— To  learn  from  them  their  views,  so  we 
might  define  more  clearly  areas  of  both 
agreement  and  disagreement  and  establish  a 
base  for  our  own  diplomacy  in  pursuit  of 
peace. 

I  am  satisfied  that  these  purposes  were 
met.  We  face  a  long  and  difficult  process,  with 
no  assurance  of  success.  But  this  has  been  a 
good  beginning,  and  we  are  determined  to 
proceed. 

I  was  encouraged  to  find  a  number  of  areas 
of  general  agreement  among  the  leaders  I 
met: 

— There  is  a  common  commitment  to  work- 
ing for  peace  so  that  they  may  turn  the  ener- 
gies of  their  governments  to  bringing  the  eco- 
nomic and  social  benefits  of  peace  to  their 
peoples. 


— There  is  a  consensus  on  the  desirability  of 
reconvening  the  Geneva  conference  sometime 
during  the  second  half  of  1977. 

— Each  agreed  to  attend  such  a  conference 
without  preconditions,  assuming  the  resolu- 
tion of  disagreements  on  procedural  ques- 
tions. 

— They  would  like  to  see  the  United  States 
play  an  active  role  in  facilitating  the  search 
for  a  settlement. 

— And  each  leader  accepted  an  invitation  to 
meet  with  President  Carter  during  the  next 
three  months. 

This  is  a  base  on  which  we  can  build.  But 
there  are  complex  procedural  and  substantive 
issues  that  will  require  imagination  and  flexi- 
bility from  us  all. 

While  there  was  general  agreement  on  what 
the  core  issues  of  a  settlement  must  be,  there 
are  strongly  differing  views  on  how  these  is- 
sues should  be  resolved.  These  core  issues  are 
the  nature  of  peaceful  relations  between  Is- 
rael and  her  neighbors,  the  boundaries  of 
peace,  and  the  future  of  the  Palestinians.  In 
addition,  there  are  sharp  disagreements  over 
whether  and  how  the  PLO  [Palestine  Libera- 
tion Organization]  should  be  involved  in  a 
Geneva  conference. 

No  one  can  promise  success.  But  we  are 
committed  to  a  serious  effort  at  helping  the 
nations  of  the  Middle  East  find  a  just  and  last- 
ing solution  to  the  conflicts  and  tensions  that 
have  plagued  them  and  threatened  the  world 
for  nearly  three  decades. 

Boycott  Legislation  and  Middle  East  Relations 

Given  the  inherent  difficulty  of  this  chal- 
lenge, and  the  very  high  stakes  we  have  in 
meeting  it  successfully,  we  believe  we  are 
bound  to  do  what  we  can  to  enhance  the 
chances  of  success  by  our  handhng  of  related 
issues. 

I  must  also  report  that  I  did  find  concern  in 
Arab  capitals  about  the  effects  of  legislation 
on  commercial  relations  between  the  United 
States  and  those  countries. 

They  also  attach  importance  to  good  bilat- 
eral relations  with  the  United  States.  Our 
shared  economic  and  commercial  interests  are 
an  important  part  of  these  relations. 

The  magnitude  of  these  interests  is  re- 


March  21,  1977 


269 


fleeted  in  the  latest  statistics  on  economic  re- 
lations between  the  United  States  and  Middle 
Eastern  countries.  Over  the  past  four  years, 
the  Middle  East  market  for  U.S.  exports  has 
doubled  in  importance  (from  about  5  percent 
of  total  U.S.  exports  to  nearly  10  percent  of 
this  total).  During  this  period,  our  exports  to 
the  Arab  countries  have  nearly  quadrupled,  to 
a  present  level  of  $7  billion  a  year.  Our  cur- 
rent exports  to  Israel  and  the  Arab  countries 
of  the  Middle  East  now  total  some  $8.5  bilhon. 
U.S.  oil  imports  from  Arab  countries  now  ac- 
count for  more  than  a  third  of  total  U.S.  im- 
ports and  more  than  15  percent  of  total  U.S. 
oil  consumption.  Reflows  to  the  United  States 
of  petrodollars  in  the  form  of  investment  from 
the  Arab  states  are  running  some  $10  billion  a 
year. 

I  believe  that  a  forthright  but  carefully  con- 
sidered policy  emphasizing  that  U.S.  legisla- 
tion deals — as  is  entirely  appropriate — with 
U.S.  commerce  and  the  activities  of  U.S.  per- 
sons will  be  understood  by  Arab  leaders. 

We  have  weighed  carefully  the  risks  to  our 
important  political  and  economic  interests  in 
the  Middle  East  which  attend  further  legisla- 
tion directed  at  activities  of  U.S.  firms  re- 
lated to  foreign  boycotts.  We  believe  that 
carefully  directed  legislation  combined  with 
diplomatic  action  can  protect  our  interests.  I 
want  to  emphasize  our  intention  to  maintain 
close  and  friendly  relations  with  the  countries 
of  the  Middle  East. 

There  is  much  common  ground  between 
these  principles  of  the  Administration  and  the 
objectives  of  the  current  proposals  for  new 
legislation.  This  Administration  wants  to 
work  out  with  the  Congress  language  for  an- 
tiboycott  legislation  on  which  we  can  both 
agree. 

I  also  hope  it  will  be  possible,  as  these  hear- 
ings proceed,  for  the  various  business  and 
other  groups  to  reconcile  their  views  on  the 
provisions  of  some  new  legislation.  In  this  re- 
spect I  have  received  encouraging  reports 
that  the  meetings  between  the  Anti- 
Defamation  League  and  the  Business  Round- 
table  have  been  constructive.  A  substantial 
meeting  of  minds  by  these  representative 
groups  on  a  set  of  principles  on  which  legisla- 
tion might  be  based  will  be  a  great  help  to  us 
in  our  deliberations. 


The  other  Cabinet  members  concerned  and 
I  would  be  happy  to  make  available  our  ex- 
perts to  work  with  your  committee  staff  to 
formulate  new  legislative  language  on  which 
we  can  agree.  As  issues  are  developed  for  de- 
cision, I  will  also  be  happy  personally  to  con- 
sult further  with  the  members  of  this  commit- 
tee. 

Nuclear  Exports  and  Nonproliferation 

Mr.  Chairman,  at  this  time  I  will  turn  to  the 
provisions  of  the  bills  to  renew  the  Export 
Administration  Act  having  to  do  with  nuclear 
exports. 

I  believe  you  know  the  deep  concern  of  the 
new  Administration  about  the  global  spread  of 
nuclear  weapons  materials  and  the  technology 
for  producing  them. 

I,  in  turn,  know  of  the  pioneer  work  of  this 
committee  over  the  past  several  years  in 
examining  the  proliferation  implications  of  our 
nuclear  export  policies.  You  were  among  the 
earliest  in  Congress  to  recognize  the  urgency 
of  this  difficult  problem,  and  your  efforts  have 
been  pursued  in  a  truly  bipartisan  fashion. 
The  International  Relations  Committee  has 
been  a  focal  point  for  wide-ranging  discus- 
sions of  the  key  nonproliferation  issues, 
though  in  the  past  the  legislative  jurisdiction 
of  the  committee  was  narrowly  defined 
to  the  issue  of  nuclear  exports.  Now,  appro- 
priately, your  legislative  jurisdiction 
has  been  broadened  considerably,  and  the 
House  Committee  on  International  Relations 
will  be  the  key  committee  in  the  House  to 
consider  the  broad  aspects  of  our  nuclear  ex- 
port policies.  That  bodes  well  for  our  shared 
purpose  of  formulating  a  coherent  nonprolif- 
eration policy. 

As  you  know,  the  President  has  directed  an 
urgent  and  comprehensive  review  of  U.S.  nu- 
clear export  and  nonproliferation  policies.  We 
and  other  concerned  agencies  have  been  de- 
veloping policy  options  on  the  entire  range  of 
proliferation  issues  confronting  us,  including 
those  dealt  with  in  the  proposed  bill.  In  the 
course  of  these  preparations,  we  have  been  in 
direct  touch  with  Members  of  Congress  and 
intend  to  be  in  close  consultation  with  you  as 
we  complete  our  work.  Our  policy  options  will 
be  submitted  shortly  to  the  President,  and  I 


270 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


would  expect  decisions  on  them  this  month. 

On  the  basis  of  those  decisions,  we  will  de- 
velop legislative  recommendations  by  the  end 
of  this  month  regarding  nuclear  export  and 
nonproliferation  proposals.  We  believe  this 
approach  would  have  significant  advantages. 
It  would  clarify  U.S.  nonproliferation  policy 
and  provide  a  sound  basis  from  which  to  as- 
sure U.S.  leadership  in  this  field.  Meanwhile, 
we  suggest  that  the  concerned  congressional 
committees  not  enact  legislation  in  the  non- 
proliferation  area  before  giving  full  considera- 
tion to  the  executive  branch's  recommenda- 
tions. 

Certainly  legislation  will  have  to  be  work- 
able not  only  from  our  standpoint  but  also 
from  that  of  other  nations — both  recipient  and 
supplier  nations.  We  think  that  it  should  en- 
compass not  only  U.S.  nuclear  export  criteria 
but  incentives  and  effective  disincentives  for 
preventing  proliferation.  In  this  regard,  the 
campaign  statements  of  President  Carter  and 
the  Presidential  statement  of  October  28  by 
President  Ford  provide  a  strong  bipartisan 
basis  from  which  to  proceed. 

I  might  add  that  because  of  the  overriding 
importance  thi  Administration  attaches  to 
this  issue,  we  have  centralized  responsibihty 
for  our  nuclear  policy  within  the  State  De- 
partment in  the  office  of  the  Under  Secretary 
for  Security  Assistance.  This  will,  I  believe, 
improve  the  coherent  formulation  and  im- 
plementation of  our  nuclear  export  policy. 


Ambassador  Young  Testifies 
on  Rhodesian  Sanctions  Bill 

Following  is  a  statement  by  Andrew 
Young,  U.S.  Representative  to  the  United 
Nations,  before  the  Subcommittees  on  Inter- 
national Organizations  and  Africa  of  the 
House  Committee  on  International  Rela- 
tions on  February  2U.  ^ 

Mr.  Chairmen:  I  want  to  thank  you  and  the 
committees  for  giving  me  the  opportunity 
today  to  comment  on  the  Rhodesian  sanctions 
bill.  It  is  a  piece  of  legislation  which  I  have 
worked  hard  for  as  a  Congressman  and  which 


I  now  wholeheartedly  support  as  the  U.S. 
Permanent  Representative  at  the  United  Na- 
tions. 

Let  me  say  at  the  outset  that  I  fully  sup- 
port the  statement  on  repeal  of  the  Byrd 
amendment  made  on  behalf  of  the  President 
by  Secretary  Vance  before  the  Senate  Sub- 
committee on  African  Affairs  on  February 
10.  The  President  believes  that  the  urgent 
repeal  of  the  Byrd  amendment  is  of  major 
importance  to  our  foreign  policy.  He  is  hope- 
ful that  the  sanctions  bill  will  receive  the 
support  of  the  entire  Congress. 

I  personally  can  testify  to  the  significance 
the  repeal  of  the  Byrd  amendment  will  have 
in  Africa  and  at  the  United  Nations.  I  have 
recently  returned  from  attending  major  Afri- 
can celebrations  in  Tanzania  and  Nigeria, 
where  I  had  the  chance  to  discuss  African 
questions  with  many  African  leaders.  The 
Rhodesian  question  was  on  all  of  their  minds. 
Many  stressed  to  me  the  very  positive  effect 
that  repeal  of  the  Byrd  amendment  would 
have  in  prompting  a  settlement  in  Rhodesia. 

In  very  tangible  terms  repeal  would  show 
the  [Ian  D.]  Smith  regime  that  it  could  not 
count  on  assistance  from  the  U.S.  Govern- 
ment in  its  obstinate  refusal  to  accede  to 
majority  rule.  It  would  impress  on  Africans 
that  the  United  States  is  serious  in  its  sup- 
port for  majority  rule  in  an  independent 
Zimbabwe. 

At  the  United  Nations,  repeal  of  the  Byrd 
amendment  will  mean  that  the  United  States 
will  no  longer  be  in  clear  violation  of  our  ob- 
ligations under  the  United  Nations  Charter. 
We  will  no  longer  be  accused  of  transgressing 
international  law  as  one  of  the  few  nations 
openly  violating  sanctions.  By  repealing  the 
Byrd  amendment  the  United  States  will  un- 
derscore the  importance  we  attach  to  ful- 
filling our  international  responsibilities.  Re- 
peal will  have  a  very  positive  effect  at  the 
United  Nations  and  will  enable  me  to  carry 
out  my  mission  with  greater  effectiveness. 

I  am  convinced  that  repeal  is  in  the  best 
interests  of  the  United  States.  The  recent 
statement  by  my  good  friend  and  former  col- 


'  The  complete  transcript  of  the  hearings  will  be  pub- 
lished by  the  committee  and  will  be  available  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Print- 
ing Office,  Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


March  21,  1977 


271 


league  John  Dent,  that  due  to  recent  techno- 
logical changes  the  United  States  is  no  longer 
dependent  on  Rhodesian  chrome,  undercuts 
the  argument  that  the  Byrd  amendment  must 
be  retained  for  strategic  and  economic  rea- 
sons. I  hope  that  other  Congressmen  who 
shared  Congressman  Dent's  views  will  now 
join  him  in  supporting  repeal  of  the  Byrd 
amendment. 

I  believe  that  the  bill  to  repeal  the  Byrd 
amendment  represents  an  excellent  opportu- 
nity for  the  Congress  to  work  closely  with 
the  Administration  in  jointly  furthering  our 
foreign  policy  goals.  I  hope  the  bill  will  re- 
ceive full  bipartisan  support  and  thereby 
represent  a  positive  step  in  closer  coopera- 
tion between  the  Administration  and  the 
Congress. 


Department  Comments  on  Fishery 
Agreements  With  EEC  and  Japan 

Following  is  a  statement  by  Rozanne  L. 
Ridgway,  Deputy  Assistant  Secretary  for 
Oceans  and  Fisheries  Affairs,  submitted  to 
the  Subcommittee  on  Fisheries  and  Wildlife 
Conservation  and  the  Environment  of  the 
House  Committee  on  Merchant  Marine  and 
Fisheries  on  February  22.  ^ 

At  my  last  appearance  before  this  sub- 
committee on  February  7,  I  reported  on  the 
status  of  our  negotiations  on  governing  in- 
ternational fishery  agreements.  I  indicated 
then  that  there  were  several  negotiations 
still  in  progress  which  I  hoped  would  be  con- 
cluded in  time  for  the  agreements  to  qualify 
under  the  terms  of  House  Joint  Resolution 
240. 

I  am  pleased  to  say  that  we  signed  the 
agreement  with  Spain  on  February  16,  with 
Japan  on  February  10,  and  with  the  Euro- 
pean Community  on  February  15.   These 


agreements,  as  well  as  the  Korean  agree- 
ment signed  on  January  4,  are  now  before 
the  Congress  in  accordance  with  the 
congressional-oversight  provisions  of  the 
Fishery  Conservation  and  Management  Act 
of  1976.  It  is  our  hope  that  Congress  will 
move  to  amend  House  Joint  Resolution  240  to 
enable  these  agreements  to  enter  into  force 
and  to  bring  them  under  the  waiver  provi- 
sions of  House  Joint  Resolution  240.^ 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  would  like  to  comment 
briefly  on  the  agreements  with  the  European 
Community  and  with  Japan. 

First,  the  agreement  with  the  European 
Community.  On  previous  occasions,  I  have 
reported  that  the  United  States  was  pre- 
pared to  enter  into  a  governing  international 
fishery  agreement  with  the  Community, 
three  of  whose  members  traditionally  have 
fished  off  our  coasts,  provided  the  Community 
was  able  to  undertake  the  obligations  in  the 
act  which  have  been  incorporated  in  the 
agreements. 

I'm  sure  you  have  noted  that,  in  form  and 
content,  the  Community  agreement  is  like  all 
the  others,  including  those  with  Spain  and 
Korea.  There  are,  of  course,  minor  differ- 
ences as  to  organization,  placement,  and 
e.xplicitness  among  all  the  agreements.  We 
have  asked  ourselves  two  questions  with  re- 
spect to  each  of  the  10  agreements  negotiated. 
Does  it  acknowledge  the  exclusive  fishery 
management  authority  of  the  United  States 
in  a  zone  out  to  200  miles?  And  does  it  pro- 
vide for  the  enforcement  and  implementation 
by  the  United  States  of  all  the  features  of  the 
act?  In  every  case,  the  answer  is  yes. 

So  in  content  there  is  nothing  unusual 
about  the  agreement  with  the  Community. 
But  a  different  question  does  arise.  As  be- 
tween the  Community  and  the  United  States, 
does  the  traditionality  of  fishing  by  three 
Community  members — France,  the  Federal 
Republic  of  Germany,  and  Italy — now  cover 
the  Community  as  a  whole  so  that  the  Com- 
munity can  allocate  as  it  chooses  among  its 
members?  And  if  it  does  not,  who  deter- 


'  Introductory  paragraph  omitted.  The  complete 
transcript  of  the  hearings  will  be  published  by  the 
committee  and  will  be  available  from  the  Superinten- 
dent of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


^  H.  J.  Res.  240,  the  Fishery  Conservation  Zone  Tran- 
sition Act,  was  signed  into  law  by  President  Carter  on 
Feb.  21  (Public  Law  95-6). 


272 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


mines,  and  by  what  process,  which  vessels  of 
which  member  states  of  the  Community  ac- 
tually receive  permits  to  fish  off  our  coasts? 

Throughout  the  negotiations  with  the 
Community,  the  United  States  made  clear 
that  it  understood  that  the  Community  now 
has  a  common  fisheries  policy  and  that  the 
objective  of  the  negotiation  was  to  accommo- 
date the  interests  of  the  three  member  states 
which  traditionally  have  fished  off  our 
coasts.  The  United  States  retains  the  right, 
through  the  domestic  process  of  approving 
applications  and  issuing  permits,  to  deter- 
mine who  shall  fish  off  our  coasts.  Until  such 
time  as  the  fish  stocks  off  our  coasts  rebuild, 
and  even  then  only  when  they  are  in  excess 
to  the  harvesting  capacity  of  the  U.S.  fleet, 
we  do  not  expect  to  allocate,  or  to  approve 
applications  for,  any  country  that  has  no  rec- 
ord of  a  traditional  fishery.  For  this  year, 
clearly,  permits  will  be  available  only  to 
France,  Italy,  and  the  Federal  Republic  of 
Germany.  For  the  life  of  the  agreement,  we 
retain  the  right  to  accept  or  to  reject  the  ap- 
plication for  a  permit  for  any  vessel. 

The  agreement  with  Japan  for  1977  is  dif- 
ferent in  form,  but  not  in  substance,  from 
other  governing  international  fishery  agree- 
ments which  have  recently  been  negotiated. 
It  consists  of  an  exchange  of  notes.  Attached 
to  that  exchange  of  notes  is  an  initialed 
long-term  agreement  covering  the  period 
1978-82,  which  is  being  transmitted  to  Con- 
gress at  this  time  for  its  information.  It  will 
be  resubmitted  for  formal  oversight  follow- 
ing its  signature  later  this  year. 

The  short-term  agreement  with  Japan  in 
all  material  respects  is  in  accord  with  the  act. 
It  sets  out  the  principles  that  will  govern 
fishing  by  Japan  for  fisheries  over  which  the 
United  States  exercises  management  author- 
ity for  the  period  ending  December  31,  1977. 
It  provides  that  Japan  may  apply  for  permits 
to  fish  an  allocation  of  that  portion  of  the  al- 
lowable catch  of  a  specific  fishery  that  will 
not  be  harvested  by  U.S.  fishing  vessels.  Al- 
though its  terms  are  decidedly  less  explicit 
than  all  other  agreements,  they  provide  a 
basis  for  the  full  implementation  by  the 
United  States  of  the  terms  of  the  act.  They 
effectively  recognize  exclusive  management 


authority  by  the  United  States  within  the 
200-mile  zone.  Beyond  the  zone  with  respect 
to  salmon  the  terms  of  the  International 
North  Pacific  Fishery  Convention  will  still 
apply  in  1977. 

This  short-term  agreement  of  unusual  form 
is  the  result  of  our  efforts  to  accommodate 
the  constitutional  procedures  of  Japan,  which 
are  so  similar  to  ours,  without  foreclosing  the 
option  of  fishing  by  Japanese  vessels  in  con- 
formity with  our  law  during  1977.  The 
short-term  agreement  does  not  require  this 
lengthy  process.  We  have  submitted  it  so 
that  it  may  join  the  agreements  which  remain 
to  be  brought  into  force  for  the  United  States 
by  March  1,  1977. 


Provisional  Limits  Established 
for  Fishery  Conservation  Zone 

Follou/ing  is  a  statement  read  to  news  cor- 
responderits  on  March  1  by  Frederick  Z. 
Brown,  Director,  Office  of  Press  Relations. 

Today  the  Department  of  State  is  sending 
to  the  Federal  Register  the  geographic  coor- 
dinates of  the  fishery  conservation  zone 
around  the  United  States  and  its  territories 
and  possessions  which  was  established  by  the 
Fishery  Conservation  and  Management  Act 
and  which  became  effective  today.' 

The  establishment  of  the  fishery  conserva- 
tion zone  creates  maritime  boundaries  with 
Canada,  Mexico,  the  Soviet  Union,  the 
Bahamas,  Cuba,  the  Dominican  Republic,  the 
Netherlands  Antilles,  Venezuela,  the  British 
Virgin  Islands,  Tonga,  Western  Samoa,  the 
Trust  Territory  of  the  Pacific  Islands,  and 
various  islands  in  the  Pacific  Ocean  which  are 
under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  United  Kingdom 
or  New  Zealand. 

The  position  of  the  United  States  is  that 
maritime  boundaries  are  to  be  established  by 
agreement  and  in  accordance  with  equitable 
principles.  The  Government  of  the  United 
States  has  been,  is,  and  will  be,  engaged  in 


1  For  text  of  Public  Notice  526,  see  42  Fed.  Reg. 
12937,  Mar.  7,  1977. 


March  21,  1977 


273 


consultations  and  negotiations  with  the  gov- 
ernments of  neighboring  countries  concern- 
ing the  delimitation  of  areas  subject  to  the 
respective  jurisdiction  of  the  United  States 
and  of  those  countries.  Pending  establish- 
ment of  maritime  boundaries  by  agreement, 
the  Government  of  the  United  States  is  re- 
quired to  establish  the  provisional  limits  of 
the  fishery  conservation  zone. 

Establishment  of  the  limits  of  the  fishery 
conservation  zone  as  described  by  the  coor- 
dinates which  are  being  sent  to  the  Federal 
Register  today  is  intended  to  be  without 
prejudice  to  any  negotiations  with  neighbor- 
ing countries  or  any  positions  which  may  be 
adopted  respecting  the  limits  of  maritime 
jurisdiction  in  such  areas. 


that  a  fishery  agreement  for  1977  should  be 
concluded  on  the  basis  of  the  same  spirit  of 
cooperation  which  marked  their  overall  dis- 
cussions. They  reviewed  the  principles  which 
would  insure  that  the  interests  of  each  in  the 
fishery  zone  of  the  other  are  accommodated 
reciprocally  for  the  remainder  of  this  year. 

The  two  sides  looked  forward  to  longer 
term  arrangements  which  are  yet  to  be 
negotiated.  They  welcomed  the  signature  of 
the  agreement  as  an  important  step  in  the 
evolution  of  their  fisheries  relationship  and  as 
a  contribution  to  their  close  ties  as  neighbor- 
ing states. 


Current  Actions 


TREATY  INFORMATION 


United  States  and  Canada  Sign 
Reciprocal  Fisheries  Agreement 

Agreed  U.S. -Canadian  Communique  ^ 

The  United  States  and  Canada  today  signed 
in  Washington  a  Reciprocal  Fisheries  Agree- 
ment to  permit  continuation  of  fishing  by 
fishermen  of  each  country  off  the  coasts  of  the 
other  for  1977,  following  the  extension  of 
their  respective  fisheries  jurisdiction  to  200 
miles.  The  agreement  was  signed  on  the 
Canadian  side  by  L.  H.  Legault,  Director  Gen- 
eral, International  Directorate,  Department  of 
Fisheries  and  Environment,  and  on  the  U.S. 
side  by  Ambassador  Rozanne  L.  Ridgway, 
Deputy  Assistant  Secretary  of  State  for 
Oceans  and  Fisheries  Affairs.  The  agreement 
will  enter  into  force  upon  completion  of  inter- 
nal procedures  by  both  sides. 

The  agreement  was  concluded  following  dis- 
cussions between  President  Carter  and  Prime 
Minister  Trudeau.  The  two  leaders  concurred 


MULTILATERAL 

Agriculture 

Agreement  establishing  the  International  Fund  for  Ag- 
ricultural Development  (IFAD).  Done  at  Rome  June 
13,  1976.1 

Signatures:  Egypt,  Indonesia,  Luxembourg,  Feb- 
ruary 18,  1977. 

Expositions 

Protocol  revising  the  convention  of  November  22,  1928, 
relating  to  international  expositions,  with  appendix 
and  annex.  Done  at  Paris  November  30,  1972.' 
Ratification  deposited:  Norway,  August  13,  1976. 

Fisheries 

International  convention  for  the  conservation  of  Atlan- 
tic tunas.  Done  at  Rio  de  Janeiro  May  14,  1966.  En- 
tered into  force  March  21,  1969.  TIAS  6767. 
Adherence  deposited:  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Re- 
publics (with  a  statement),  January  7,  1977. 
Convention  on  conduct  of  fishing  operations  in  the 
North  Atlantic,  with  annexes.  Done  at  London  June 
1,  1967. 

Ratifications  deposited:  Belgium,  Denmark,  Federal 
Republic  of  Germany  (with  reservation;  applicable 
to  Berlin  (West)),  Netherlands  (for  Kingdom  in 
Europe),  June  28,  1976. 
Entered  into  force:  September  26,  1976.  ^ 

Narcotic  Drugs 

Convention  on  psychotropic  substances.  Done  at  Vienna 
February  21,  1971.  Entered  into  force  August  16, 
1976.  2 

Ratification  deposited:  Costa  Rica,  February  16, 
1977. 

Safety  at  Sea 

International  convention  for  the  safety  of  life  at  sea. 


•  Issued  on  Feb.  24  (text  from  press  release  81). 


'  Not  in  force. 

^  Not  in  force  for  the  United  States. 


274 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


1974,  with  annex.  Done  at  London  November  1, 

1974.' 

Ratification  deposited:  Norway,  February  15,  1977. 

Space 

Treaty  on  principles  governing  the  activities  of  states 
in  the  exploration  and  use  of  o;iter  space,  including 
the  moon  and  other  celestial  br-iie.'s.  Done  at  Wash- 
ington, London,  and  Moscow  Ja-iuiiry  27,  1967.  En- 
tered into  force  October  10,  19'm.  TIAS  6347. 
Accession  deposited:  Israel,  February  28,  1977. 


BILATERAL 

Canada 

Protocol  to  amend  the  convention  for  the  protection, 
preservation  and  extension  of  the  sockeye  salmon 
fisheries  in  the  Fraser  River  system  of  May  26,  1930, 
as  amended  (50  Stat.  1355;  f  IAS  3867).  Signed  at 
Washington  February  24,  1977.  Enters  into  force  on 
the  date  of  the  exchange  of  instruments  of  ratifica- 
tion. 

Reciprocal  fisheries  agreement.  Signed  at  Washington 
February  24,  1977.  Enters  into  force  on  the  date  of 
the  later  notification  by  which  the  parties  notify  each 
other  of  the  completion  of  internal  procedures  neces- 
sary to  bring  the  agreement  into  force. 

Treaty  on  the  execution  of  penal  sentences.  Signed  at 
Washington  March  2,  1977.  Enters  into  force  on  the 
date  on  which  instruments  of  ratification  are  ex- 
changed. 

Central  American  Bank  for  Economic 
Integration 

Loan  agreement  relating  to  regional  rural  agribusiness 
development,  with  annex.  Signed  February  2,  1977. 
Entered  into  force  February  2,  1977. 

Egypt 

Project  grant  agreement  relating  to  local  cost  project 
support.  Signed  at  Cairo  January  22,  1977.  Entered 
into  force  January  22,  1977. 

France 

Agreement  in  the  field  of  liquid  metal-cooled  fast 
breeder  reactors,  with  related  letters.  Signed  at 
Paris  January  18,  1977.  Entered  into  force  January 
18,  1977. 

Iran 

Agreement  extending  the  military  mission  agreement 
of  October  6,  1947,  as  amended  and  extended  (TIAS 
1666,  1924,  2068,  2947,  3112,  3520,  6594,  6886,  7070, 
7207,  7576,  7765,  8029,  8279).  Effected  by  exchange 
of  notes  at  Tehran  November  11,  1976,  and  February 
6,  1977.  Entered  into  force  February  6,  1977,  effec- 
tive March  21,  1977. 

Uruguay 

Agreement  amending  the  air  transport  agreement  of 
December  14,  1946  (TIAS  5692).  Effected  by  ex- 
change of  notes  at  Montevideo  July  9,  1976,  and  Feb- 
ruary 9,  1977.  Entered  into  force  February  9,  1977. 


PUBLICATIONS 


'  Not  in  force. 
March  21,  1977 


GPO  Sales  Publications 

Publications  may  be  ordered  by  catalog  or  stock 
number  from  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S. 
Government  Printing  Office,  Washington ,  D.C.  20102. 
A  25-percent  discount  is  made  on  orders  for  100  or  more 
copies  of  any  one  publication  mailed  to  the  same  ad- 
dress. Remittances,  payable  to  the  Superintendent  of 
Documents,  must  accompany  orders.  Prices  shoum  be- 
low, which  include  domestic  postage,  are  subject  to 
change. 

The  Creative  Woman.  This  report  of  the  Committee  on 
the  Arts  and  Humanities  of  the  National  Commission 
for  the  Observance  of  International  Women's  Year  at- 
tempts to  bring  together,  for  the  first  time,  a  broad 
perspective  on  the  status  of  women  in  the  arts  and 
humanities  and  to  present  the  Committee's  proposals 
for  correcting  the  discrimination  and  inequities  it  has 
found.  54  pp.  90C.  (Stock  No.  040-000-00368-1.) 

Atomic  Energy — Technical  Information  Exchange 
and  Development  of  Standards.  Arrangement  with 
Denmark.  TIAS  8358.  6  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No.  S9. 10:8358). 

Atomic  Energy— Research  on  Reliability  Techniques. 

Agreement  with  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain 
and  Northern  Ireland.  TIAS  8359.  6  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No. 
89.10:8359). 

Defense — Use  of  Military  Facilities  in  Spain.  Agree- 
ment with  Spain.  TIAS  8361.  192  pp.  $2.45.  (Cat.  No. 
S9. 10:8361). 

Telecommunication — Embassy  Facilities.  Protocol 
with  the  German  Democratic  Republic.  TIAS  8362.  5 
pp.  350.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8362). 

Telecommunication — Embassy  Facilities.  Agreement 
with  Syria.  TIAS  8363.  5  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No. 
89.10:8363). 

Telecommunication — Embassy  Facilities.  Agreement 
with  Nigeria.  TIAS  8364.  4  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No. 
89.10:8364). 

Weather  Stations — Cooperative  Meteorological  Pro- 
gram. Agreement  with  Costa  Rica.  TIAS  8367.  10  pp. 
350.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8367). 

North  Pacific  Fur  Seals.  Protocol  with  other  govern- 
ments amending  and  extending  the  interim  convention 
of  February  9,  1957,  as  amended  and  extended.  TIAS 
8368.  30  pp.  450.  (Cat.  No.  39.10:8368). 

Atomic  Energy — Technical  Information  Exchange  on 
Light  Water  Reactor  Safety  Research.  Arrangement 
with  France.  TIAS  8369.  8  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No. 
89.10:8369). 

Criminal  Investigations.  Agreement  with  Spain.  TIAS 
8370.  10  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8370). 

Criminal  Investigations.  Agreement  with  Turkey. 
TIAS  8371.  5  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8371). 


275 


Criminal  Investigations.  Agreement  with  Australia. 
TIAS  8372.  5  pp.  35(Z.  (Cat.  No.  59.10:8372). 

Criminal  Investigations.  Agreement  with  the  Federal 
Republic  of  Germany.  TIAS  8373.  8  pp.  35?.  (Cat.  No. 
89.10:8373). 

Criminal  Investigations.  Agreement  with  Italy.  TIAS 
8374.  5  pp.  .35(2.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8374). 

Establishment  of  Temporary  Purchasing  Commis- 
sion. Agreement  with  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Re- 
publics amending  and  e.xtending  the  agreement  of  Oc- 
tober 18,  1972,  as  amended  and  extended.  TIAS  8375.  6 
pp.  350.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8375). _ 

Availability  of  Certain  Indian  Ocean  Islands  for  De- 
fense Purposes.  Agreement  with  the  United  Kingdom 
of  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ireland  amending  the 
agreement  of  December  30,  1966.  TIAS  8376.  3  pp.  35(2. 
(Cat.  No.  89.10:8376). 

Agricultural  Commodities.  Agreement  with  Zambia. 
TIAS  8377.  16  pp.  35C.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8377). 

Agricultural  Commodities.  Agreement  with  Guinea. 
TIAS  8378.  67  pp.  850.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8378). 

Agricultural  Commodities.  Agreement  with  Indonesia 
amending  the  agreement  of  April  19,  1976,  as  amended. 
TIAS  8379.  2  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8379). 

Agricultural  Commodities.  Agreement  with  Portugal 
amending  the  agreement  of  March  18,  1976,  as 
amended.  TIAS  8381.  3  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8381). 

Tracking  Station — Mahe  Island.  Agreement  with 
Seychelles.  TIAS  8385.  14  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No. 
89.10:8385). 

Torpedo  Test  Range — Strait  of  Georgia  and  Jervis  In- 
let. Agreement  with  Canada.  TIAS  8386.  6  pp.  350. 
(Cat.  No.  89.10:8386). 

Seismograph  Station  Near  Kluane  Lake,  Yukon  Ter- 
ritory. Agreement  with  Canada  extending  the  agree- 
ment of  April  2  and  May  9,  1974,  as  extended.  TIAS 
8387.  3  pp.  350.  (Cat.  No.  89.10:8387). 

Scientific  Cooperation — Support  of  United  States  Ac- 
tivities at  the  Churchill  Research  Range.  Agreement 
with  Canada  extending  the  agreement  of  November  16 
and  December  18,  1970,  as  extended.  TIAS  8389.  4  pp. 
350.  (Cat  No.  89.10:8389). 


Checklist  of  Department  of  State 

Press  Releases:  Feb.  28-Mar.  6 

Pre 

ss  releases  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office 

of  Press  Relations,  Department  of  State,  Wash-      | 

ington,  D.C. 

20520. 

No. 

Date 

Subject 

*85 

2/28 

Warren  Christopher  sworn  in  as 
Deputy  Secretary  of  State,  Feb. 
26  (biographic  data). 

*87 

2/28 

Vance:  Subcommittee  on  Interna- 
tional Finance,   Senate  Commit- 
tee on   Banking,    Housing  and 
Urban  Affairs. 

t88 

2/28 

President  designates  Alan  Boyd  as 
special  U.S.   Representative  to 
negotiate  a  new  U.S. -U.K.   air 
services  agreement. 

*89 

2/28 

Study  group  5  of  the  U.S.  National 
Committee  for  the  International 
Radio  Consultative  Committee 
(CCIR),  Mar.  24. 

90 

3/1 

Vance:  House  Committee  on  Inter- 
national Relations. 

*91 

3/1 

Soviet    dramatist    and   producer 
begin  3-week  tour  of  U.S.  thea- 

ters, Feb.  28. 

t92 

3/2 

Vance:  Subcommittee  on  Foreign 
Operations,  House  Committee  on 
Appropriations. 

*93 

3/2 

Shipping  Coordinating  Committee, 
Apr.  13. 

*94 

3/2 

Study  groups  10  and  11  of  the  U.S. 
National    Committee    for    the 
CCIR,  Mar.  29. 

t95 

3/3 

Brazil  and   U.S.   conclude  shrimp 
fishing  agreement,  Mar  1. 

*96 

3/3 

17  foreign  women  economists  begin 
visits  to  U.S.  Mar.  6. 

t97 

3/4 

Vance:  news  conference. 

*98 

3/4 

Program  for  official  visit  of  Prime 
Minister  Rabin  of  Israel,   Mar. 
6-9. 

Jamaican  Foreign  Minister  Patter- 

*99 

3/6 

son,  Secretary  Vance:  joint  com- 

munique following  meeting,  Mar. 
3. 

*  Not  printed. 

t  H 

eld  for 

a  later  issue  of  the  Bulletin. 

276 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


INDEX     March  21,  1977     Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1969 


Africa.  President  Carter's  News  Conference  of 
February  23  (excerpts) 251 

Arms  Control  and  Disarmament 

President  Carter  Discusses  Foreign  Affairs 
Priorities  (remarks  at  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture)        265 

Secretary  Vance  Discusses  Antiboycott  Legisla- 
tion and  Nuclear  Nonproliferation  267 

Canada 

President  Carter's  News  Conference  of  February 
23  (excerpts) 251 

Prime  Minister  Pierre-Elliott  Trudeau  of  Canada 
Visits  Washington  (Carter,  Trudeau)  255 

United  States  and  Canada  Sign  Reciprocal 
Fisheries  Agreement 274 

Congress 

Ambassador  Young  Testifies  on  Rhodesian  Sanc- 
tions Bill  (statement) 271 

Department  Comments  on  Fishery  Agreements 
With  EEC  and  Japan  (Ridgway) 272 

Secretary  Vance  Discusses  Antiboycott  Legisla- 
tion and  Nuclear  Nonproliferation  267 

Cuba 

President  Carter  Discusses  Foreign  Affairs 
Priorities  (remarks  at  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture)        265 

President  Carter's  News  Conference  of  February 
23  (excerpts) 251 

Secretaiy  Vance  Interviewed  on  "Face  the  Na- 
tion"       245 

Cyprus.  President  Carter's  News  Conference  of 
February  23  (excerpts) 251 

Department  and  Foreign  Service.  President  Car- 
ter Visits  the  Department  of  State  (remarks  and 
questions  and  answers  with  employees) 259 

Economic  Affairs 

President  Carter  Discusses  Boycott  Issue  (re- 
marks at  Department  of  Commerce)  266 

Secretary  Vance  Discusses  Antiboycott  Legisla- 
tion and  Nuclear  Nonproliferation  267 

Europe.  Department  Comments  on  Fishery 
Agreements  With  EEC  and  Japan  (Ridgway) . .      272 

Fisheries 

Department  Comments  on  Fishery  Agreements 
With  EEC  and  Japan  (Ridgway) 272 

Provisional  Limits  Established  for  Fishery  Con- 
servation Zone  (Department  statement) 273 

United  States  and  Canada  Sign  Reciprocal 
Fisheries  Agreement 274 

Foreign  Aid.  President  Carter  Visits  the  De- 
partment of  State  (remarks  and  questions  and 
answers  with  employees) 259 

Freedom  of  Information.  President  Carter  Visits 
Department  of  State  (remarks  and  questions 
and  answers  with  employees) 259 

Human  Rights 

President  Carter's  News  Conference  of  February 
23  excerpts)   251 

President  Carter  Visits  Department  of  State  (re- 
marks and  questions  and  answers  with  employ- 
ees)        259 

Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  on  "Face  the  Na- 
tion"        245 

U.S.  Concerned  at  Violations  of  Human  Rights  in 
Uganda  (Department  statement) 250 


Intelligence  Operations 

President  Carter's  News  Conference  of  February 
23  (excerpts) 251 

President  (barter  Visits  the  Department  of  State 
(reinarks  and  questions  and  answers  with  em- 
ployees)        259 

Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  on  "Face  the  Na- 
tion"        245 

Japan.  Department  Comments  on  Fishery 
Agreements  With  EEC  and  Japan  (Ridgway) . .     272 

Middle  East 

President  Carter's  News  Conference  of  February 
23  (excerpts) 251 

President  Carter  Visits  the  Department  of  State 
(remarks  and  questions  and  answers  with  em- 
ployees)        259 

Secretary  Vance  Discusses  Antiboycott  Legisla- 
tion and  Nuclear  Nonproliferation  267 

Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  on  "Face  the  Na- 
tion"        245 

Military  Affairs.  President  Carter's  News  Con- 
ference of  February  23  (excerpts) 251 

Nuclear  Energy.  Secretary  Vance  Discusses  An- 
tiboycott Legislation  and  Nuclear  Nonprolifera- 
tion        267 

Panama.  President  Carter's  News  Conference  of 
February  23  (excerpts) 251 

Presidential  Documents 

President  Carter  Discusses  Boycott  Issue 266 

President  Carter  Discusses  Foreign  Affairs 

Priorities  265 

President  Carter's  News  Conference  of  February 

23  (excerpts) 251 

Prime  Minister  Pierre-Elliott  Trudeau  of  Canada 

Visits  Washington 255 

Publications.  GPO  Sales  Publications 275 

Southern  Rhodesia.  Ambassador  Young  Testifies 
on  Rhodesian  Sanctions  Bill  (statement)  271 

Treaty  Information 

Current  Actions 274 

United  States  and  Canada  Sign  Reciprocal 
Fisheries  Agreement 274 

Uganda 

President  Carter's  News  Conference  of  February 
23  (excerpts) 251 

Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  on  "Face  the  Na- 
tion"       245 

U.S.  Concerned  at  Violations  of  Human  Rights  in 
Uganda  (Depai-tment  statement) 250 

U.S.S.R.  Secretary  Vance  Interviewed  on  "Face 
the  Nation" 245 

Vietnam 

President  Carter  Discusses  Foreign  Affairs 
Priorities  (remarks  at  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture)        265 

Presidential  Commission  To  Visit  Southeast  Asia 
(Department  statement) 258 

Name  Index 

Carter,  President 251,  255,  259,  265,  266 

Ridgway,  Rozanne  272 

Trudeau,  Pierre-Elliott 255 

Vance,  Secretary 245,  267 

Young,  Andrew  271 


Superintendent   ok    Documents 

u.s.  government  printing  office 

washington.  dc.  20402 


OFFICIAL  BUSINESS 


postage  and  fees  paid 
Department  of  State  STA-501 


Third  Class 


Subscription  Renewals:  To  insure  uninterrupted 
service,  please  renew  your  subscription  promptly 
when  you  receive  the  expiration  notice  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents.  Due  to  the  time  re- 
quired to  process  renewals,  notices  are  sent  out  3 
months  in  advance  of  the  expiration  date.  Any  prob- 
lems involving  your  subscription  will  receive  im- 
mediate attention  if  you  write  to:  Superintendent 
of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


ii' 


<J 


76. 


/f70 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

BULLETIN 

Volume    LXXVI    •    No.   1970   •   March   28,  1977 


SECRETARY  VANCE'S  NEWS  CONFERENCE  OF  MARCH  4     277 

SECRETARY  GIVES  OVERVIEW  OF  FOREIGN  ASSISTANCE  PROGRAMS 
Statement  by  Secretary  Vance     28k 

HUMAN  RIGHTS:  AN  IMPORTANT  CONCERN  OF  U.S.  FOREIGN  POLICY 
Statement  by  Deputy  Secretary  Christopher    289 

DEPARTMENT  DISCUSSES  COFFEE  PRICES 
Statements  by  Assistant  Secretary  Katz  and  Joan  R.  Braden     292 


THE  OFFICIAL  WEEKLY  RECORD  OF  UNITED  STATES  FOREIGN  POLICY 


For  index  see  inside  back  cover 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE  BULLETIN 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Washington.  D.C.  20402 

PRICE: 

52  isf^ues  plus  semiannual  indexes, 

domestic  $42.50,  foreign  $53.15 

Single  copy  85  cents 

The  Secretary  of  State  has  determined  that  the  pub- 
lication of  this  periodical  is  necessary  in  the  transac- 
tion of  the  public  business  required  by  law  of  this 
Department.  Use  of  funds  for  printing  this  periodi- 
cal has  been  approved  by  the  Director  of  the  Office 
of  Management  and  Budget  through  January  31. 
1981. 

Note:  Contents  of  this  publication  are  not 
copyrighted  and  items  contained  herein  may  be  re- 
printed. Citation  of  the  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 
BULLETIN  as  the  source  will  be  appreciated.  The 
BULLETIN  is  indexed  in  the  Readers'  Guide  to 
Periodical  Literature. 


Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1970 
March  28,  1977 


The  Department  of  State  BULLETIN, 
a  weekly  publication  issued  by  the 
Office  of  Media  Services,  Bureau  ot 
Public  Affairs,  provides  the  public  and 
interested  agencies  of  the  government 
with  information  on  developments  i, 
the  field  of  U.S.  foreign  relations  ane 
on  the  work  of  the  Department  and 
the  Foreign  Service. 

The  BULLETIN  includes  selected 
press  releases  on  foreign  policy,  issued 
by  the  White  House  and  the  Depart 
ment,  and  statements,  addresses,  and 
news  conferences  of  the  President  and 
the  Secretary  of  State  and  other  offi- 
cers of  the  Department,  as  well  as  spe- 
cial articles  on  various  phases  of  in- 
ternational  affairs  and  the  functions  ot 
the  Department.  Information  is  in- 
cluded concerning  treaties  and  inter- 
national agreements  to  which  the 
United  States  is  or  may  become  a  party 
and  on  treaties  of  general  interna 
tional  interest. 

Publications  of  the  Department  of 
State,  United  Nations  documents,  and 
legislative  material  in  the  field  ot 
international  relations  are  also  listed. 


Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of  March  4 


Press  release  97  dated  March  4 

Secretary  Vance:  Good  morning,  ladies  and 
gentlemen.  Who  has  the  first  question? 

Q.  In  the  six  weeks  that  this  Administra- 
tion has  been  in  office  there  have  been  several 
occasions  about  human  rights  violations 
throughout  the  world.  Since  then,  has  there 
been  any  demonstrable  lesseniyig  of  human 
rights  violations  in  any  of  these  countries  that 
you  have  been  concerned  about? 

Secretary  Vance:  We  have  had  reports  from 
a  number  of  countries  in  which  there  are  indi- 
cations that  there  is  greater  concern  in  those 
countries  with  respect  to  human  rights  viola- 
tions and  that  there  have  been  some  reduc- 
tions. It  is  too  early,  yet,  to  say  that  this  is  a 
trend  which  is  going  to  be  manifested  across 
the  world.  But  I  must  say  I  was  very  pleased 
to  see  the  speech  of  the  new  British  foreign 
minister  yesterday,  in  which  he  emphasized 
the  importance  of  the  human  rights  issue  and 
the  fact  that  the  abuses  of  human  rights  are  a 
matter  of  international  concern  throughout 
the  world. 

With  respect  to  our  own  position,  it  has 
been  stated  many  times.  It  is  one  of  the  fun- 
damental values  that  is  our  heritage.  It  will 
be  threaded  through  our  foreign  policy.  I 
don't  think  that  one  can  expect  to  see  im- 
provements overnight.  I  don't  think  it  should 
be  measured  in  the  short  term.  I  think  you 
are  going  to  have  to  measure  it  over  the  long 
term.  But  I  do  see  a  greater  sensitivity  to 
these  issues  as  a  result  of  some  of  the  initia- 
tives which  have  been  taken  by  President  Car- 
ter, and  I  am  very  happy  about  that. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  I  wonder  if  I  could  follow 
that  on  a  more  philosophical  level.  Do  you 
have  a  rule  in  your  mind — at  what  point  does 


legitimate  concern  with  human  rights  in  other 
countries  become  unwarranted  interference  in 
the  internal  affairs  of  another  country,  either 
adversary  or  ally? 

Secretary  Vance:  There  is  no  precise 
black-and-white  rule  that  I  can  set  down.  It  is 
a  much  more  complicated  process  than  that.  It 
is  a  balancing  process. 

This  is  a  judgment  which  we  will  have  to 
make  on  a  case-by-case  basis.  We  have  been 
doing  that  and  will  continue  to  do  so. 

Sometimes  we  will  speak  out  in  public,  be- 
lieving that  to  be  the  most  appropriate  and 
forceful  way  to  make  our  position  clear.  In 
other  cases,  as  I  have  indicated  before,  we 
will  use  quiet  diplomacy,  and  it  will  be  a  mix- 
ture that  will  have  to  be  determined  by  us  on 
a  case-by-case  basis. 

Mr.  Kalb  [Marvin  Kalb,  CBS  News]. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  did  you  notice  any  cool- 
ing in  the  Soviet- American  relations  in  these 
early  weeks  of  the  Carter  Administration? 
And  afolloump,  right  now:  Are  you  planning 
to  take  to  Moscow  a  precise  SALT  proposal? 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  deal  with  the  first 
question,  and  then  I  will  turn  to  the  SALT 
question. 

I  have  noted  some  of  the  material  which  has 
been  appearing  in  the  Soviet  press,  which  has 
commented  on  the  activities  and  actions  we 
have  taken  in  the  human  rights  area.  On  the 
other  hand,  I  note  a  continuing,  deep,  and 
abiding  interest  in  the  Soviet  Union  and 
among  Soviet  leaders  for  pursuing  with  us  the 
questions  relating  to  arms  control,  particu- 
larly in  the  nuclear  area,  and  in  a  variety  of 
other  matters.  I  hope  and  believe  that  this 
will  continue,  and  I  look  forward  to  fruitful 
discussions  when  I  go  to  Moscow. 


March  28,  1 977 


277 


Now  with  respect  to  your  second  question, 
I  want  to  emphasize  that  my  discussions  in 
Moscow  will  be,  in  general,  exploratory  in  na- 
ture. I  do  not  go  there  with  the  intention  of 
attempting  to  negotiate  a  SALT  agreement, 
but  to  try  and  narrow  the  ground  so  that  we 
can  proceed  to  develop  concrete  proposals  and 
to  hear  what  proposals  the  Soviets  have  on 
their  side  and  thus  move  along  to  the  actual 
negotiations  which  will  be  taking  place  there- 
after. 

Meetings  With  Middle  East  Leaders 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  since  your  trip  to  the 
Middle  East,  have  you  now  prepared  a  plan 
which  you  will  begin  discussing  with  the 
people  who  are  beginning  to  come  through 
Washington  now,  over  the  next  several  weeks, 
jrOm  the  area?  And  how  far  along  do  you  ex- 
pect to  be  able  to  take  the  process  in  this  series 
of  visits? 

Secretary  Vance:  As  I  indicated  when  I 
went  to  the  Middle  East,  we  had  no  plan  that 
we  were  taking  along  with  us,  that  that  was 
basically  a  factfinding  trip  and  also  an  attempt 
to  find  where  the  common  ground  lay  and 
what  the  differences  were.  Those  purposes 
were  achieved. 

Since  coming  back  to  the  United  States,  we 
have  been  refining  our  thinking  on  the  various 
areas  where  the  parties  are  divided.  We  are 
developing  ideas  which  we  think  will  be  posi- 
tive in  moving  toward  a  peaceful  solution  in 
these  areas. 

We  will  discuss  these  with  the  various  lead- 
ers when  they  come  to  the  United  States, 
starting  next  week  with  the  visit  of  Prime 
Minister  Rabin  [of  Israel]  on  Monday  and 
Tuesday  of  the  week,  and  we  hope  that  by 
this  process  we  may  begin  to  make  concrete 
progress  in  the  narrowing  of  the  differences 
between  the  parties. 

Q.  Can  you  elaborate  on  that  statement 
about  refining  your  thinking?  Can  you  be 
more  specific  about  that?  Have  you  changed 
your  attitude  on  any  areas  ? 

Secretary  Vance:  No,  I  do  not  want  to  go 
into  the  precise  state  of  our  thinking  on  these 
various  issues.  As  I  have  previously  indi- 


cated, we  believe  that  our  function  is  not  to 
impose  a  settlement  on  the  parties,  but  to  try 
and  bring  the  parties  together  in  these  areas 
where  there  are  differences.  And  I  think  at 
this  point,  which  is  still  early  in  the  process  of 
the  movement  toward  a  peaceful  settlement, 
it  would  not  be  constructive  for  me  to  go  into 
detail  on  that. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  I  am.  Norman  Fu  of  the 
Central  News  Agency.  On  the  "Face  the  Na- 
tion" program  last  Sunday,  you  were  asked 
about  Mr.  Joseph  Kraft's  article  regarding  al- 
leged secret  understandings  between  Wash- 
ington and  Peking.  In  your  response,  you 
said  that  the  State  Department  was  checking 
to  see  whether  there  were  any  such  papers  re- 
garding the  so-called  "secret  pledge"  made  by 
Secretary  Kissinger  to  Mao  Tse-tung.  I  won- 
der if  since  then  you  have  found  anything  to 
either  prove,  confirm,  or  deny  the  existence  of 
these  papers. 

Secretary  Vance:  Since  the  statement  which 
I  made  on  "Face  the  Nation"  last  Sunday,  I 
have  obtained  access  to  President  Nixon's  pa- 
pers. I  have  gone  over  some  of  those  papers 
myself.  Members  of  my  staff  are  going  over 
other  of  the  papers  which  I  have  not  had  time 
to  get  to  yet  myself. 

We  are  having  full  and  complete  access  to 
these  papers.  The  cooperation  has  been  excel- 
lent. 

I  have  found  nothing  that  indicates  that 
there  is  any  secret  agreement  in  those  papers. 

Q.  Jody  Powell,  at  the  White  House,  just 
said  that  you  are  going  to  issue  a  statement 
this  morning  regarding  our  reaction  to  the 
U.N.  Commission's  refusal  to  follow  Great 
Britain's  request  for  investigation  of  condi- 
tions in  Uganda. 

Secretary  Vance:  I  hadn't  realized  that  Mr. 
Powell  had  said  that.  I  would  be  happy  to 
comment  on  it,  though. 

As  you  know,  the  issue  did  come  up  in  the 
Human  Rights  Commission.  In  addition  to 
that,  the  Secretary  General  has  made  a  re- 
quest to  the  Ugandan  Charge  that  the  matter 
be  looked  into  further  and  that  cooperation  be 
received  from  the  Government  of  Uganda  in 
that  connection. 


278 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


We  are  pleased  to  see  that  that  interna- 
tional body  is  taking  action  in  this  area.  We 
hope  that  the  necessary  cooperation  will  be 
achieved  in  that  body  or  in  an  appropriate  Af- 
rican body  such  as  the  OAU  [Organization  of 
African  Unity]. 

Discussions  on  Rhodesian  Situation 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  yesterday  Mr.  Habib 
[Philip  C.  Habib,  Under  Secretary  for  Politi- 
cal Affairs]  said  on  the  Hill  that  an  an- 
nouncement would  be  expected  soon  on  a  new 
Rhodesia  initiative.  Can  you  give  us  details 
of  this  initiative? 

Secretary  Vance:  No,  I  am  not  going  to  give 
you  any  details  of  the  initiative,  because  it  is 
still  a  matter  of  discussion  between  ourselves 
and  Great  Britain.  As  you  know,  we  have  had 
several  meetings  with  the  British  representa- 
tives who  have  been  in  the  United  States.  We 
have  reached,  at  a  working  level,  general 
agreement  on  the  form  of  that  initiative.  It  is 
a  subject  of  discussion  currently  in  Great  Brit- 
ain at  higher  levels,  and  until  they  have  con- 
cluded those  discussions  it  would  not  be  ap- 
propriate for  me  to  describe  further  the  de- 
tails of  such  an  initiative. 

Q.  May  I  follow  that  up,  Mr.  Secretary?  In 
general  terrns,  my  understanding  is  that  the 
South  Africans,  when  they  7net  with  you  some 
weeks  ago,  reported  a  willingness  07i  the  part 
of  Prime  Minister  Smith  in  Rhodesia  to  ac- 
cept the  principle  of  irreversibility  of  the 
process  of  majority  rule  ufithin  a  stipulated 
time  period,  that  the  process  be  irrevocable, 
and  that  that  be  the  central  principle  of  a  new 
initiative. 

Can  you  comment  on  whether  that  is  an  ac- 
curate report  or  not,  and  whether  you  think  it 
would  be  a  good  idea  for  Prime  Minister 
Smith  to  accept  from  a  certain  date — whatever 
that  date  tnay  be,  whether  it  be  an  18-month 
or  a  2-year  period — that  the  guiding  principle 
be  that  of  irreversibility? 

Secretary  Vance:  Clearly,  a  vital  and  cardi- 
nal principle  is,  and  must  be,  irrevocabihty 
with  respect  to  the  movement  toward  major- 
ity rule.  That  in  and  of  itself,  though,  is  not 
sufficient.  Much  more  than  that  is  required. 


That  is  an  encouraging  step  forward,  but 
there  are  other  principles  and  matters  in- 
volved which  have  to  be  worked  out  before 
the  parties  can  return  to  Geneva,  and  these 
will  be  matters  which  will  be  taken  up  in  the 
joint  initiative  to  which  I  previously  referred. 

Q.  Are  we  making  any  efforts  now  to  urge 
Americans  still  in  Uganda  to  leave,  or  what 
is  the  government's  position  now  about  the  fu- 
ture status  and  efforts  to  protect  these  people, 
to  do  something  to  help  them? 

Secretary  Vance:  Our  position  has  been  for 
a  considerable  period  of  time,  as  you  know, 
that  the  Americans  who  are  residents  in 
Uganda  should  make  this  decision  on  their 
own,  because  of  concerns  that  have  existed  in 
the  past  with  respect  to  that.  That  remains 
the  position  of  the  United  States,  and  we  will 
do  what  we  can  to  facilitate  that,  should  any- 
body wish  to  take  advantage  of  that  position. 

Q.  But  has  there  been  any  effort  since  the 
events  of  the  last  week  to  urge  these  people — to 
contact  them  again  to  urge  them  to  leave? 

Secretary  Vance:  There  has  not  been  since 
then. 

Q.  If  I  could  follow  up  on  China,  as  I  un- 
derstand it,  you  say  you  found  no  secret 
agreements  in  the  papers  that  you  have  in- 
spected and  your  staff  have  inspected. 

Secretary  Vance:  Right. 

Q.  What  Mr.  Kraft  said  was  that  the 
Chinese  Government  had  said  that  there  were 
some  understandings  about  the  timing  of 
normalization.  Have  you  found  any  under- 
standings that  have  not  been  previously  made 
known? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  have  not  found  any 
which  have  not  been  previously  made  known. 

Soviet-American  Relations 

Q.  If  I  could  come  back  to  relations  with  the 
Soviet  Union,  could  you  perhaps  give  us  your 
view  on  how  you  would  see  Soviet-American 
relations  developing  in  this  first  part  of  this 
Administration?  Because  there  seeyns  to  be 
some  confusion:  On  the  one  hand,  the  Admin- 


March  28,  1977 


279 


istration  talks  directly  about  certain  human 
rights  problems  in  the  Soviet  Union,  which 
the  Soviet  Government  regards  as  interference 
in  its  internal  affairs,  particularly  the  honor- 
ing at  the  White  House  of  a  man  the  Soviet 
Union  regards  as  a  criminal.  Yet  at  the  same 
time  you  seem  to  believe  the  Russians  want  to 
go  ahead  in  arms  control  matters.  But  do  you 
think  detente  exists  now  in  the  sense  that  it 
did,  say,  two  years  ago,  or  is  there  a  new  kind 
of  relationship  developing? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  think  that  detente  does 
exist  today,  and  I  beheve  and  hope  that  it  will 
continue  to  exist.  I  think  it  is  in  the  interests 
of  both  of  our  nations  to  search  for  common 
ground  and  to  lessen  the  tensions  which  di- 
vide the  nations. 

In  this  process  I  think  it  is  necessary  to  try 
and  work  out  a  clear  understanding  of  what 
the  meaning  of  detente  is  as  between  the  two 
nations.  In  a  sense,  it  is  the  setting  down  or 
arriving  at  a  set  of  ground  rules  which  permit 
competition  side  by  side  with  the  resolution  of 
outstanding  questions.  And  it  is  not,  again,  a 
simple  task.  It  is  one  that  has  to  be  worked 
out  by  discussion  and  by  action;  and  I  hope 
that  as  we  get  into  closer  dialogue  on  a  face- 
to-face  basis,  we  may  develop  a  clearer  un- 
derstanding among  us  of  what  will  be  accept- 
able conduct  on  both  sides. 

Q.  Do  you  favor  repeal  or  revision  of  the 
Jackson  amendment  or  other  measures  which 
link  human  rights  questions  to  trade  and 
other  specific  issues  ? 

Secretary  Vance:  On  the  question  of  the 
Jackson-Vanik  amendment,  the  question  of 
trade  is  certainly  one  of  the  underpinnings  of 
the  detente  which  has  developed  between  the 
Soviet  Union  and  the  United  States.  This  will 
be  a  continuing  underpinning  of  that  relation- 
ship, and  I  hope  that  the  trade  between  our 
two  countries  will  continue  to  grow  and 
flourish. 

Now,  insofar  as  the  Jackson-Vanik  amend- 
ment itself  is  concerned,  this  is  a  matter 
which  we  will  have  to  discuss  and  work  out 
with  the  Congress.  We  plan  to  do  this  over 
the  months  ahead,  and  when  we  have  some- 
thing specific  to  say  on  how  we  intend  to  pro- 
ceed on  that,  I  will  make  a  statement  on  it. 


Q.  We  appear  to  have  gone  from  the  Presi- 
dent expressing  his  disgust  for  the  human 
rights  violations  in  Ugayida  to  the  President 
thanking  Idi  Amin  for  assurances  that  the 
Americans  will  be  all  right.  Does  not  this 
Ugandan  incident  underline  a  certain  weak- 
ness in  the  whole  policy  of  speaking  out  on 
human  rights? 

Secretary  Vance:  No,  I  don't  think  so.  I 
think  it  is  perfectly  possible  and  proper  to 
speak  out  on  issues  of  human  rights  and  yet  at 
the  same  time  express  appreciation  for  the 
fact  that  the  Ugandans  have  assured  and  did 
carry  out  those  assurances  of  protecting  the 
safety  of  the  American  citizens.  I  just  don't 
think  that  you  can  balance  them  off  in  the  way 
that  you  suggest  and  say  that  one  undermines 
the  other. 

Transfer  of  Sensitive  Technology 

Q.  Taking  into  account  the  serious  differ- 
ences that  we  have  seen  in  the  first  round  of 
talks  with  both  Germans  and  Brazilians 
about  their  nuclear  deal,  and  considering 
especially  the  resistance  by  the  Brazilian 
Government  to  give  up  on  the  deal,  I  wonder 
if  you  are  still  optimistic  about  it,  and  after 
Mr.  Christopher's  [Deputy  Secretary  Warren 
Christopher]  visit  there,  what  are  you  plan- 
ning? What  are  the  future  steps? 

Secretary  Vance:  Fine,  I'd  be  glad  to  talk 
about  that. 

Mr.  Christopher  went  down  for  one  day  of 
meetings.  There  were  two  meetings  held  dur- 
ing that  one  day,  as  planned.  There  were 
some  erroneous  stories  written  which  indi- 
cated that  it  was  expected  that  there  would  be 
two  days  of  meetings. 

The  meetings  went  as  I  would  have  ex- 
pected. There  was  an  exchange  between  the 
parties,  first,  on  the  overall  problem  of  the 
transfer  of  sensitive  technology,  and  then 
there  was  a  discussion  of  various  alternatives 
which  might  be  considered  in  connection  with 
dealing  with  that  problem.  Those  matters 
have  been  noted  by  the  two  sides.  They  are 
now  being  considered. 

There  will  be  further  discussions  between 
ourselves  and  the  Brazilians,  as  there  will  be 


280 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


between  the  United  States  and  the  Federal 
Republic  of  Germany.   So  things  have  gone 
just  about  as  I  would  have  expected  at  this 
II  point. 

Q.  What  are  the  next  steps  you  are  plan- 
ning? 

Secretary  Vance:  Further  discussions. 

Mr.  Secretary,  to  foUovmp ,  from  your  side, 
what  matters  do  you  intend  to  raise  with 
[British]  Prime  Minister  Callaghan  and 
Foreign  Secretary  Owen  when  they  come  here 
next  week,  and  specifically ,  unll  you  be  able 
to  ease  one  bilateral  irritant,  or  offer  any  as- 
surance about  this;  namely,  the  question  of 
the  Concorde  landing  in  New  York? 

Secretary  Vance:  Let  me  deal  with  the  Con- 
corde question  first. 

Insofar  as  the  Concorde  is  concerned,  this 
has  been  a  subject  of  extensive  bilateral  dis- 
cussion between  Great  Britain  and  the 
United  States  and  France  and  the  United 
States.  We  recognize  that  this  is  a  matter  of 
sensitivity  and  of  importance  in  both  Great 
Britain  and  in  France,  and  we  are  sensitive  to 
those  concerns. 

Insofar  as  the  Federal  Government  is  con- 
cerned, both  the  Secretary  of  Transportation 
and  the  President  have  reaffirmed  the  actions 
taken  by  Secretary  Coleman  [former  Secre- 
tary of  Transportation  William  T.  Coleman, 
Jr.]  with  respect  to  Dulles  and  Kennedy.  At 
this  point  the  matter  lies  in  the  hands  of  the 
local  authorities  in  New  York;  namely,  the 
Port  Authority  and  the  Governor,  and  the  de- 
cisions which  are  going  to  be  made  will  have 
to  be  made  by  them.  So  that  is  where  that 
rests  at  this  point. 

With  respect  to  the  more  general  question, 
there  are  a  whole  variety  of  subjects  which 
are  on  the  agenda,  which  are  both  bilateral  in 
nature  and  multilateral  in  nature,  and  I  think 
it  is  best  to  wait  until  the  Prime  Minister  is 
here,  at  which  time  there  will  be  an  an- 
nouncement out  of  the  White  House  on  the 
various  subjects  which  are  discussed. 

Q.  Do  you  intend  to  have  with  Pakistan  the 
same  kind  of  talks  you  are  having  with 
Brazil? 


Secretary  Vance:  There  have  been  talks 
previously  with  Pakistan.  I  would  assume  we 
would  have  talks  with  Pakistan  in  the  future. 
Currently  they  are  involved  in  an  election 
campaign  and  are  very  much  concerned  with 
that  and  so  this  is  not  an  appropriate  time  to 
raise  those  discussions. 

Let  me  see.  Mr.  Kalb  [Bernard  Kalb,  CBS 
News]  hasn't  had  a  question  yet. 

Question  of  U.S.-P.R.C.  Economic  Relationship 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  on  the  assumption  that 
you  will  be  visiting  China  later  this  year, 
what  steps  are  you  thinking  about  to  advance 
Sino-American  relations,  and  is  there  any 
thought  at  the  present  time  of  extending  any 
form  of  economic  credits  or  any  military  aid 
to  the  Chinese? 

Secretary  Vance:  At  this  point  there  has 
been  no  thought  of  any  military  assistance  to 
the  Chinese.  Your  question  was  with  respect 
to— 

Q.  Whether  you  are  considering  any  form  of 
economic  credit  or  economic  aid,  given  the 
nature  how  the  Chinese  receive  these  things. 

Secretary  Vance:  The  whole  question  of 
economic  credits  and  economic  relationships 
would  certainly  be  a  subject  which  I  would 
plan  to  take  up  with  the  People's  RepubHc  of 
China  at  the  time  of  a  visit.  No  date,  may  I 
say,  has  been  set  for  any  visit.  I  would  antici- 
pate that  probably  before  the  end  of  this  year 
I  will  be  making  a  visit  to  the  People's  Repub- 
lic of  China,  and  certainly  at  that  time  that 
would  be  one  of  the  subjects. 

Q.  May  I  follow  that  up? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  Go  ahead. 

Q.  You  are  talking  about  economic  rela- 
tionships. Could  that  be  further  defined  as  to 
any  thinking  about  economic  credits  to  the 
Chinese  ? 

Secretary  Vance:  Well,  I  think  it  would  de- 
pend upon,  you  know,  what  the  general  dis- 
cussion produced  with  respect  to  trade  and 
what  their  views  were.  As  far  as  I  know,  at 
this  point  there  has  been  no  suggestion  on 
their  part  that  they  are  seeking  any  economic 
credits  from  us. 


March  28,  1977 


281 


Yes,  Mr.  Trewhitt  [Henry  Trewhitt,  Balti- 
more Sun]. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  are  you  prepared,  or  is 
the  United  States  prepared,  to  deal  directly 
with  the  Cubans  on  such  questions  as  bilat- 
eral agreement  on  dividing  the  90  miles  be- 
tween Cuba  and  the  United  States  on  fisheries 
and  renewal  of  the  antihijacking  agreement? 

Issues  for  Discussion  With  Cuba 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes.  Let  me  just  say  a  bit 
about  Cuba  and  the  statements  which  I  have 
made  on  Cuba  and  the  statements  which  the 
President  has  made  with  respect  to  Cuba. 

I  indicated  in  my  confirmation  hearings  that 
I  thought  it  would  be  useful  for  the  United 
States  to  begin  to  discuss  the  issues  which  lie 
between  ourselves  and  the  Cubans.  There  are 
a  number  of  issues  on  both  sides  which  would 
be  the  appropriate  subjects  for  discussion.  I 
indicated  at  that  time  that  I  felt  that  we 
should  enter  into  such  discussions  if  they 
chose  to  do  so — they  being  the  Cubans — 
without  any  preconditions.  I  repeat  that  at 
this  time,  and  the  President  would  concur 
with  what  I  am  saying. 

I  think  there  was  some  misunderstanding 
with  respect  to  some  remarks  which  he  made 
at  the  Agriculture  Department  as  to  whether 
or  not  they  were  preconditions  to  talks.  He  did 
not  intend  those  to  be  taken  as  preconditions 
to  talks.  He  indicated  that  those  were  impor- 
tant subjects  that  would  have  to  be  discussed 
in  any  meeting  which  we  might  have  with  the 
Cubans. 

Now,  with  respect  to  fisheries,  we  have  in- 
dicated through  existing  diplomatic  channels 
which  we  have — namely,  our  representatives 
in  Havana — that  this  is  a  matter  which  should 
be  the  subject  of  discussion  promptly  between 
us.  Because  of  the  fact  that  we  now  have  our 
new  fisheries  law  in  effect,  I  would  anticipate 
that  there  will  be  discussions  with  respect  to 
that  matter.  As  to  whether  there  will  be 
broader  talks,  I  don't  know  at  this  point. 

Q.  Direct,  Mr.  Secretary?  Not  necessarily 
going  through  the  Swiss  ? 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  could  I  follow  that  up?  Is 


the  United  States  prepared  iyi  the  meantime  to 
do  anything  as  either  a  gesture  or  a  substan- 
tive act  to  ease  relations,  such  as,  for  exam- 
ple, easing  travel  restrictions  to  Cuba  or  per- 
mitting the  exchange  of,  let's  say,  athletic 
teams  ? 

Secretary  Vance:  With  respect  to  the  easing 
of  travel  restrictions  and  visas,  that  whole 
question  is  under  study  by  me  at  this  point, 
not  merely  as  it  relates  to  Cuba  but  across  the 
board,  and  I  may  have  something  to  say  about 
this  in  the  future. 

With  respect  to  the  question  of  athletic 
teams,  those  kinds  of  projects,  in  my  view, 
are  constructive. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  I  just  want  to  follow  that 
up,  if  I  may,  to  touch  on  something  you  also 
mentioned  at  your  confirmation  hearing 
where  I  think  you  used  the  word  "ineffective" 
to  describe  the  unilateral  American  embargo 
on  trade  against  Cuba. 

Is  that  also  under  review,  and  are  there  any 
plans  within  the  next  couple  of  months  to,  for 
example,  relax  it  to  permit  medicine  and 
foodstuffs  to  be  traded  with  Cuba? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  think  I  have  said  enough 
about  the  Cuban  situation  at  this  point.  I  will 
just  let  it  he  where  it  is. 

Yes,  Mr.  Oberdorfer  [Don  Oberdorfer, 
Washington  Post]. 

Q.  At  the  risk  of  asking  one  more  about 
Cuba,  there  have  been  prominent  press  re- 
ports that  the  Cubans  have  sent  some  military 
advisers  or  technicians  to  Uganda.  Do  you 
have  any  confirmation  of  those,  and  could 
you  tell  us  whether  such  action  by  Cuba — 
what  effect  it  would  have  on  our  relationship 
ivith  that  country? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  checked  on  that  again 
this  morning.  I  have  checked  it  every  day  be- 
cause I  have  been  asked  this  question  at  every 
congressional  hearing  which  I  have  partici- 
pated in  during  the  last  several  days,  and  that 
has  been  quite  a  few. 

Again,  today  we  have  no  hard  evidence  to 
nail  down  these  stories  that  are  coming  out 
that  there  are  large  numbers  of  Cubans  in 
Uganda.  I  cannot  rule  out  the  fact  that  there 
may  be  a  few  there.  But  we  simply  have  not 


282 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


l>een  able  to  nail  down  in  any  concrete  way 
that  gives  me  any  assurance  that  I  could  say 
that  there  are.  The  evidence  simply  is  not 
there  to  do  that. 

Now,  with  respect  to  the  presence  of  Cu- 
bans in  Africa,  I  have  previously  indicated 
that  I  feel  that  it  is  appropriate  for  African 
problems  to  be  resolved  by  the  Africans 
rather  than  by  outside  forces. 

Q.  When  you  talked  earlier  about  setting 
down  ground  rules  on  the  meaning  of  detente, 
are  you  talking  about  trying  to  negotiate  with 
the  Russians  some  formal  agreement  which 
would  define  the  limits  of  political  activity 
acceptable  on  both  sides  or  military  activity 
acceptable  on  both  sides? 

Secretary  Vance:  No,  I  don't  think  you  can 
do  that  in  any  kind  of  formal  agreement  on 
that,  but  I  think  that  it  is  possible  to  reach  a 
clearer  understanding  of  what  each  expects  of 
the  other  without  trying  to  put  that  down  on 
paper. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  to  what  extent,  sir,  do 
you  favor  narrowing  the  scope  of  diplomatic 
immunity  enjoyed  by  foreign  diplomats  in 
this  country  ?  Do  you  favor  elimination  of  the 
1790  statutes? 

Secretary  Vance:  Of  the  which? 

Q.  The  1790  statutes,  which  go  much  further 
than  the  Vienna  Convention  resolutions  do. 

Secretary  Vance:  I'm  afraid  I'm  just  going 
to  have  to  pass.  I  don't  have  enough  informa- 
tion to  answer  you  on  that. 

Q.  Do  you  favor  narrowing  the  scope  of  dip- 
lomatic immunity  as  it's  described  in  bills  in- 
troduced by  Congressmen  Fisher,  Koch,  and 
Solarz? 

Secretary  Vance:  I'm  just,  unfortunately, 
unfamiliar  with  it.  I'll  have  to  say  I  don't 
know.  I'll  be  glad  to  check  into  it  and  try  and 
answer  at  the  next  press  conference. 

Q.  I'm  just  going  to  take  the  liberty  that  Mr. 
Oberdorfer  did  a  ynoment  ago  and  go  back  to 
Cuba.  [Laughter.] 

Secretary  Vance:  O.K. 

Q.  /  just  don't  understand  one  thing  that 


you  said  before.  You  talked  about  discussions 
that  should  start  promptly- 

Secretary  Vance:  On  the  fisheries. 

Q.  — on  the  fisheries — and  you  hope  that 
that  should  start  promptly — 

Secretary  Vance:  Yes. 

Q.  Is  there  now  an  agreement  that  you  al- 
ready have  with  Cuba  that  these  talks  will 
start  on  fisheries  at  a  certain  time,  and  di- 
rectly? 

Secretary  Vance:  Not  yet. 

Q.  Mr.  Secretary,  if  you  are  not  clear  as  to 
whether  there  are  any  sizable  amounts  of 
Cuban  troops  in  Uganda,  how  is  it  that  the 
Department  can  be  so  certain  that  reports  that 
there  are  Cuban  troops  in  Panama — or 
detachments — are  wrong?  Are  you  certain 
that  there  are  no  Cuban  troops  in  Panama? 

Secretary  Vance:  As  far  as  I'm  concerned,  I 
didn't  have  that  question  raised  with  me. 

Q.  No,  I  raised  it  with  your  spokesman, 
and  he  said  "no." 

Secretary  Vance:  Well,  he  undoubtedly  has 
checked  into  it  with — 

Q.  He  has? 

Secretary  Vance:  I  can't  say  of  my  own 
knowledge,  because  I  haven't  looked  into  it; 
but  I  have  confidence  in  him.  If  he  said  it,  I'm 
sure  he  checked  into  it. 

Q.  Right.  Could  I  follow  that  up  by  asking: 
Did  you  have  any  reaction  to  the  reports  of 
General  Torrijos'  comments  about  Ambas- 
sador Bunker  [Ellsworth  Bunker,  Chief  Co- 
Negotiator  for  the  Panama  Canal  Treaty]? 

Secretary  Vance:  Which  comments  are 
those? 

Q.  Well,  the  ones  that  were  discussed  in  the 
White  House  about  his  being  too  old  for  the 
job  and  so  forth? 

Secretary  Vance:  Ambassador  Bunker  is 
one  of  our  most  distinguished  diplomats.  He 
has  rendered  extraordinary  service  to  our 
country.  He  certainly  is  not  too  old  to  con- 
tinue as  one  of  our  negotiators.  The  President 
and  I  both  have  utmost  confidence  in  him. 


March  28,  1 977 


283 


Secretary  Vance  Gives  Overview  of  Foreign  Assistance  Programs 


Statement  by  Secretary  Vance  * 


I  am  delighted  to  testify  today  before  this 
distinguished  committee  on  the  Carter  Ad- 
ministration's approach  to  foreign  assistance. 

Our  foreign  assistance  programs  are  in- 
tended to  serve  our  foreign  policy  objectives, 
and  so  ultimately  our  national  interests  and 
values. 

Our  foreign  assistance  efforts  demonstrate 
America's  humanitarian  compassion  for  the 
world's  poor,  our  willingness  to  invest  in  the 
social,  economic,  and  technological  develop- 
ment of  poor  countries  and  to  foster  a  favora- 
ble atmosphere  for  our  overall  relations  with 
these  countries.  And  they  do  more: 

— They  provide  a  means  for  peace  by  en- 
couraging the  economic  stability  that  allows 
an  atmosphere  in  which  old  quarrels,  and  po- 
tential new  ones,  can  be  dealt  with; 

— They  support,  through  selective  military 
assistance,  the  security  of  our  friends  and  al- 
lies, and  thus  the  possibiHty  for  greater  con- 
centration on  social  and  economic  progress; 

— They  encourage  the  movement  toward  a 
liberal  world  order  based  on  an  open  economic 
system  and  on  an  international  political  struc- 
ture accepted  as  fair  and  equitable  by  all  par- 
ticipants; 

— They  contribute  to  the  long-term  task  of 
providing  for  the  protection  and  advancement 
of  human  rights. 


'  Made  before  the  Subcommittee  on  Foreign  Opera- 
tions of  the  House  Committee  on  Appropriations  on 
Mar.  2  (text  from  press  release  92).  The  complete  tran- 
script of  the  hearings  will  be  published  by  the  commit- 
tee and  will  be  available  from  the  Superintendent  of 
Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Wash- 
ington, D.C.  20402. 


The  World  Economy  and  U.S.  Interests 

Our  assistance  program  serves  the  national 
interest  of  the  United  States  in  several  ways: 
American  economic  welfare  does  not  exist, 
and  cannot  be  nurtured,  in  a  vacuum.  The 
health  of  nations,  in  1977,  is  measured  in 
terms  of  economic  cooperation  among  nations, 
for  our  fortunes  are  intertwined  as  never  be- 
fore. The  living  standard  of  American  work- 
ers and  consumers  requires  that  we  act  in 
concert  with  the  developing  world — in  ex- 
panding global  supplies  of  food,  energy,  and 
raw  materials;  in  coping  with  population 
growth;  in  reducing  the  wasteful  use  of  natu- 
ral resources;  and  in  fostering  stable  economic 
development.  The  price  of  most  of  our  food 
and  energy  is  linked  directly  or  indirectly  to 
world  markets.  In  brief,  the  future  of  the 
world  economy,  including  our  own,  rests  on 
the  steady  expansion  of  a  highly  integrated 
international  system  of  trade,  finance,  and  in- 
vestment. 

Economic  issues  in  these  circumstances  as- 
sume a  new  political  dimension.  Disadvan- 
taged people  in  poor  countries  are  rejecting 
the  inevitability  of  their  condition  and  look  to 
their  leaders  to  improve  their  Hves.  Govern- 
ments everywhere  are  putting  the  goal  of 
economic  development  at  the  top  of  their  list 
of  national  priorities.  Meanwhile,  simultane- 
ous worldwide  inflation  and  recession  and  ab- 
rupt increases  in  energy  prices  have  curtailed 
economic  growth  generally,  but  most  painfully 
in  the  poorest  countries.  Equality  of  economic 
opportunity  has  become  the  paramount  goal  of 
diplomacy  for  more  than  100  developing  na- 
tions, just  as  it  has  through  the  years  been 


284 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


the  goal  of  disadvantaged  citizens  and  regions 
in  America. 

We  cannot  effectively  promote  multilateral 
diplomacy,  control  the  proliferation  of  nuclear 
arms,  fight  international  terrorism,  reduce 
the  levels  of  conventional  weapons,  or  protect 
our  interests  in  the  oceans  or  space  in  a  hun- 
gry, angry,  embittered  world.  We  are  much 
more  likely  to  achieve  cooperation  on  these 
basically  noneconomic  issues  if  we  can  do  our 
fair  share  in  the  long-term  process  of  interna- 
tional development  cooperation — if  we  are 
seen  as  furthering,  not  blocking,  world  aspi- 
rations for  a  better  life. 

In  doing  so,  we  must  recognize  the  fact  that 
our  foreign  policy  objectives  reflect  a  range  of 
concerns,  and  sometimes  force  us  to  make  dif- 
ficult choices  among  those  concerns.  It  is  our 
job  to  make  those  choices  pragmatically,  while 
holding  true  to  our  stated  practices  and  pur- 
poses. 

For  example,  we  believe  that  the  poorest 
people  in  the  developing  nations  must  be  the 
principal  beneficiaries  of  our  assistance.  And 
we  believe  that  efficient  and  just  domestic  so- 
cial and  economic  policies  in  the  recipient 
countries  are  a  precondition  to  the  effective 
use  of  our  aid.  At  the  same  time  we  uphold 
the  principle  of  national  sovereignty  and  seek 
to  avoid  interference  in  the  internal  affairs  of 
recipient  countries.  Our  need  to  press  our 
standards  of  effective  development  must  not 
become  an  occasion  for  unwarranted  interven- 
tion. 

We  also  strongly  support  the  protection  and 
enhancement  of  basic  human  rights  through- 
out the  world.  We  are  convinced  that  this 
principle  must  find  expression  in  our  foreign 
policy,  including  our  foreign  assistance,  as 
current  legislation  indeed  requires.  We  have 
already  announced  reductions,  related  to 
human  rights,  in  assistance  to  three  coun- 
tries, and  we  are  conducting  further  reviews 
of  our  entire  foreign  policy  to  seek  ways  to 
make  it  reflect  and  advance  our  human  rights 
goals. 

At  the  same  time,  no  simple  blanket  for- 
mula can  be  applied.  Our  concern  for  human 
rights  must  be  considered  together  with  other 
economic  and  security  goals.  We  believe  that 
in  some  instances,  these  judgments  can  best 


be  arrived  at  on  a  couhtry-by-country  basis. 
We  will  at  the  same  time  strive  for  consis- 
tency and  evenhandedness.  We  do  not  have  in 
mind  separate  sets  of  criteria  for  big  coun- 
tries, for  weak  countries,  or  for  Communist 
countries. 

We  are  very  much  aware  that  in  the  overall 
budget  recommendations  of  the  Carter  Ad- 
ministration it  has  been  necessary  to  defer 
important  projects  at  home.  The  question  in- 
evitably arises  as  to  why,  at  the  same  time, 
we  propose  to  increase  the  foreign  aid  pro- 
gram. 

The  answer  is  that  distinctions  between  our 
domestic  and  international  concerns  are  not 
clear  and  simple.  We  do  not  have  an  open- 
and-shut  option  of  choosing  between  meeting 
the  needs  in  the  United  States  for  investment 
in  social  and  economic  programs  or  doing  our 
part  in  building  a  better  world  order.  Both 
needs  demand  our  attention,  and  both  are  es- 
sential to  the  future  welfare  and  security  of 
the  United  States.  We  hope  that  the  budget 
recommendations  will  be  seen  as  striking  a 
sound  and  reasonable  balance  between  the 
calls  on  our  resources. 

It  should  also  be  remembered  that  the 
United  States  is  only  one  of  a  number  of 
partners  in  an  international  effort.  In  1975  we 
provided  only  30  percent  of  the  total  official 
development  assistance  by  members  of  the 
Organization  for  Economic  Cooperation  and 
Development,  down  from  58  percent  a  decade 
earlier.  Our  efforts,  then,  are  participatory, 
and  our  purposes  common. 

The  Congress  has  established  "new  direc- 
tions" in  our  bilateral  foreign  aid  programs. 
The  Carter  Administration  fully  accepts  these 
directions. 

I  am  convinced  that  our  programs  are 
necessary  and  effective.  They  can  be  made 
more  effective.  We  are  concentrating  on 
global  development  problems  of  food  suffi- 
ciency, population  growth,  health,  education, 
and  employment.  We  are  actively  supporting 
a  development  style  which  emphasizes 
growth,  broad  participation,  and  improved 
equity  in  delivering  services  and  benefits  to 
the  poorer  people  of  the  poorer  countries.  We 
specifically  endorse  the  emphasis  that  Chair- 
man [Clarence  D.]  Long  has  placed  on  the  use 


March  28,  1977 


285 


of  appropriate  technologies  to  reduce  the  cap- 
ital requirements  of  the  development  process, 
to  expand  the  use  of  abundant  labor  and  to 
improve  its  productivity. 

We  intend  to  concentrate  our  assistance 
increasingly  in  those  countries  showing  com- 
mitment to  effective,  broadly  based  develop- 
ment. 

There  exists  a  real  and  practical  opportu- 
nity in  this  century  to  reverse  historical 
trends  which  only  a  few  years  ago  appeared  to 
doom  much  of  the  world's  population  to  endur- 
ing poverty.  There  is  today  a  possibihty  that 
development  efforts  of  most  low-income  coun- 
tries, if  carefully  targeted,  effectively  man- 
aged, and  properly  coordinated,  can  achieve 
significant  economic  progress.  Administration 
proposals  are  a  realistic  U.S.  contribution  to 
this  end. 

Our  Programs 

I  include  at  this  point  a  chart  summarizing 
our  foreign  assistance  requests.^ 

The  total  amount  requested  has  increased 
from  the  current  fiscal  year  and  indeed  from 
the  budget  submitted  by  the  Ford  Adminis- 
tration. To  a  considerable  extent  these  in- 
creases from  the  Ford  budget  reflect  the  Car- 
ter Administration's  agreement  with  the  view 
of  the  Appropriations  Committee  that  all 
callable  capital  subscriptions  to  the  multilat- 
eral banks  should  be  appropriated.  Other 
changes,  however,  reflect  our  determination 
to  place  greater  emphasis  on  international 
economic  development,  to  meet  previous 
American  commitments  to  recipients  and 
other  donor  countries,  and  to  support  our  ef- 
forts to  promote  the  process  of  peace  in  the 
Middle  East. 

Bilateral  Development  Assistance 

Our  bilateral  development  assistance  pro- 
gram is  the  most  direct  way  for  us  to  help  to 
improve  the  human  condition  and  spur  eco- 
nomic development  around  the  world. 

The  fiscal  year  1978  program  for  bilateral 
development  assistance  calls  for  $1,355  million 
in  new  budget  authority.  As  the  Congress  has 


2  For  chart,  see  Bulletin  of  Mar.  14,  1977,  p.  238. 
286 


directed,  this  program  emphasizes  food  pro- 
duction and  nutrition,  population  growth  and 
basic  health  services,  education  and  human 
resource  development.  It  also  provides  a 
broad  range  of  high-quality  U.S.  scientific  and 
technical  skills,  thus  engaging  American  uni- 
versities, private  firms,  and  private  voluntary 
organizations  in  the  development  process. 

Poor  countries  with  per  capita  incomes  of 
$300  or  less  will  receive  more  than  three- 
fifths  of  our  direct  bilateral  assistance  in  fiscal 
year  1978.  In  addition,  we  are  seeking  $50 
million  for  our  initial  share  of  a  major  mul- 
tilateral, multi-year  development  effort  for 
the  African  Sahelian  region.  We  are  also  re- 
questing funds  for  American  schools  and  hos- 
pitals abroad,  the  President's  Contingency 
Fund,  and  operating  costs  of  the  Agency  for 
International  Development  [AID]. 

As  I  indicated  earlier,  the  recipient  coun- 
tries will  have  to  mobilize  most  of  the  re- 
sources needed,  and  in  some  cases  undertake 
major  domestic  policy  and  institutional  re- 
forms in  order  to  use  these  resources  effec- 
tively. 

Multilateral  Development  Assistance 

The  United  States  has  successfully  sought, 
over  the  past  30  years,  to  erect  a  structure  of 
global  and  regional  institutions  to  respond  to 
the  needs  of  the  developing  countries. 

The  international  financial  institutions  are 
at  the  center  of  this  framework.  They  embody 
the  commitment  by  rich  and  poor  countries 
alike  to  give  first  priority  to  the  task  of  de- 
velopment. 

They  practice  a  development  philosophy 
which  parallels  our  own.  Their  broadly  based 
membership  includes  both  rich  and  poor  coun- 
tries. They  already  have  a  solid  tradition  of 
professional  competence  which  strengthens 
their  ability  to  encourage  developing  coun- 
tries to  follow  sound  development  policies. 
And  through  our  leadership  other  donors,  in- 
cluding some  of  the  oil-producing  countries, 
have  increased  their  share  of  contributions. 

The  largest  part  of  our  appropriation  re- 
quests this  year  are  devoted  to  the  three  in- 
stitutions of  the  World  Bank  Group. 

For  three  decades  the  International  Bank 
for  Reconstruction  and  Development  (IBRD) 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


has  played  a  central  role  in  global  develop- 
ment. The  Bank  needs  our  support  if  it  is  to 
continue  its  effective  efforts. 

The  Administration  is  requesting  an  excep- 
tionally large  appropriation  for  the  Interna- 
tional Development  Association,  which  pro- 
vides soft  loans  to  the  poorest  countries.  This 
funding  proposal  reflects  the  delayed  timing 
of  the  U.S.  contributions  to  its  fourth  periodic 
capital  replenishment  and,  more  importantly, 
our  conviction  that  the  fifth  replenishment 
should  be  large.  The  IDA  lends  to  the  poorest 
countries  who  desperately  need  resources. 
We  will  also  support  a  major  replenishment  of 
the  International  Financial  Corporation  to 
permit  it  to  play  a  larger  role  in  encouraging 
private  capital  to  contribute  to  the  develop- 
ment process. 

In  addition,  the  United  States  has  an  im- 
portant stake  in  permitting  the  regional  de- 
velopment banks — the  Inter-American  De- 
velopment Bank,  the  Asian  Development 
Bank,  and  the  African  Development  Fund — to 
expand  their  financial  operations  apace  with 
the  needs  of  their  borrowers. 

In  all  candor  I  must  note  that  I  was  dis- 
turbed by  the  action  of  this  subcommittee  in 
cutting  the  Administration  request  in  the  fis- 
cal year  1977  supplementary  appropriation  for 
the  Inter-American  Development  Bank  and 
Asian  Development  Fund  by  40  percent  each. 
Our  pledge  to  each  of  these  institutions  is  part 
of  a  negotiated  funding  plan.  Shortfalls  in 
pledges  by  the  United  States  will  probably  be 
matched  by  reduced  contributions  by  other 
donors  to  the  Inter-American  Development 
Bank  and  could  jeopardize  the  replenishment 
of  the  Asian  Development  Fund.  The  effec- 
tiveness of  both  institutions  would  be  pro- 
foundly affected  in  any  event. 

I  urge  that  the  full  funding  pledges  by  the 
United  States  be  appropriated.  Our  request 
for  the  Inter-American  Development  Bank 
and  the  Asian  Development  Bank  is  the  first 
concrete  action  on  behalf  of  Latin  America 
and  Asia  since  this  Administration  took  office. 
Failure  to  support  these  two  elements  in  our 
regional  assistance  strategy  will  surely  cer- 
tainly be  taken  as  a  slackening  of  American 
interest. 

To  provide  additional  resources  for  the 
World  Bank  Group  and  the  regional  banks  we 


have  requested,  as  you  know,  $540  million  in 
fiscal  year  1977  supplemental  appropriations 
and  $2.6  billion  in  new  appropriations  for  fis- 
cal year  1978.  Of  the  latter,  $1  billion  is  for 
callable  capital,  which  will  only  be  expended 
in  the  most  unlikely  event  that  these  finan- 
cially sound  institutions  have  to  call  on  their 
subscribers  for  additional  funds. 

The  multilateral  U.N.  programs  play  a  spe- 
cial role  in  meeting  developmental  and  hu- 
manitarian needs.  They  focus  heavily  on  tech- 
nical assistance,  with  most  of  the  funding 
going  to  the  poorer  countries.  The  wide  scope 
and  approach  of  the  United  Nations  Develop- 
ment Program  is  particularly  useful.  It  and 
the  U.N.  specialized  agencies  work  closely 
with  the  multilateral  banks,  whose  fi- 
nancial operations  they  complement.  They  re- 
quire increased  resources  to  keep  up  their  ef- 
forts. For  fiscal  year  1978,  we  are  requesting 
$130  million  for  the  UNDP,  an  increase  of  $30 
million  over  last  year. 

Food  Aid 

Although  the  Public  Law  480  program  is 
not  included  in  the  request  before  you,  food 
aid  plays  an  important  role  in  our  overall 
foreign  assistance  strategy.  We  will  work  to 
make  these  food  aid  programs  serve  our  de- 
velopment goals — not  only  to  relieve  hunger 
and  respond  to  natural  catastrophes  but  also 
to  use  this  assistance  more  effectively  to  en- 
courage food  production  and  better  nutrition 
in  the  recipient  countries.  The  food  aid  pro- 
gram for  this  year  proposed  at  $1.4  billion  will 
require  $900  million  in  new  budget  authority. 

Special  Economic  Assistance  to  Portugal 

We  will  soon  be  submitting  special 
legislation  to  provide  support  for  Portugal.  I 
would  like  to  emphasize  the  importance  we 
attach  to  this  new  program. 

After  a  period  of  severe  political  and  eco- 
nomic strain  and  dislocation  the  Portuguese 
economy  requires  major  adjustment  to 
restore  stability  and  growth.  The  Portuguese 
authorities  have  undertaken  a  courageous 
economic  stabilization  program.  But  they  will 
need  help  in  the  transition  period  in  the  form 
of  substantial  medium-term  balance-of- 
payments  support.  We  are  now  negotiating 


March  28,  1977 


287 


multilateral  support  of  this  program  with 
other  countries,  and  we  will  ask  Congress  to 
provide  for  U.S.  participation  in  this  joint 
effort. 

Support  for  Portugal  is  an  earnest  of  our 
support  for  a  loyal  ally  and  a  positive 
manifestation  of  the  emphasis  we  place  on 
democracy  and  human  rights. 

Security  Supporting  Assistance 

The  Administration  requests  $1,887  milHon 
in  security  supporting  assistance  funds. 
These  appropriations  will  provide  assistance 
to  countries  experiencing  economic  difficul- 
ties and  will  help  provide  the  time  and  stabil- 
ity needed  to  find  solutions  to  conflicts  in 
which  U.S.  security  interests  are  closely  in- 
volved. 

Arab  Countries  and  Israel.  The 
AID-administered  program  of  security  sup- 
porting assistance  proposed  for  fiscal  year 
1978  in  the  Middle  East  requests  new  budget 
authority  of  $1,742  milKon,  slightly  less  than 
the  request  for  fiscal  year  1977. 

Most  of  this  money  directly  supports  our 
Middle  East  peace  efforts.  Major  programs 
are  proposed  for  Israel,  Egypt,  Jordan,  and 
Syria.  Other  programs  that  directly  support 
our  peace  efforts  are  the  Sinai  Support 
Mission — the  American  civilian  early- 
warning  system  in  the  Sinai — and  the  Middle 
East  Special  Requirements  Fund,  which 
permits  prompt  U.S.  responses  to  special 
needs  which  may  suddenly  arise  in  our 
efforts  to  help  bring  peace  to  that  region. 

I  am  quite  aware  that  these  special  pro- 
grams cannot  and  should  not  go  on 
indefinitely.  But  in  1977  they  continue  to 
provide  the  essential  foundation  for  move- 
ment toward  a  desperately  needed  settlement 
in  the  Middle  East. 

During  my  Middle  East  trip  I  found  a  new 
wilhngness  to  enter  into  negotiations  looking 
toward  eventual  peace  in  the  area.  Our  aid 
programs  in  the  Middle  East  directly  support 
the  diplomacy  of  peace.  The  economic  needs 
of  some  of  the  key  countries  in  the  Middle 
East  are  severe.  The  Israeli  economy  is  bur- 
dened with  inflation  and  heavy  defense  costs, 
Egypt  has  serious  financial  difficulties,  and 
the  economies  of  Jordan  and  Syria  also  re- 
quire substantial  assistance. 


Southern  Africa.  Violence  in  southern  Af- 
rica is  in  no  one's  interest.  We  have  a  deep 
interest  in  encouraging  peaceful  movement 
toward  majority  rule  in  southern  Africa.  This 
year  we  are  requesting  $35  million  for  ongo- 
ing programs  and  $100  million  for  economic 
assistance  requirements.  A  peaceful  settle- 
ment in  Rhodesia  may  entail  a  substantial  re- 
structuring of  the  economy  of  that 
territory — as  well  as  its  neighbors — to  take 
advantage  of  the  changed  economic  situation 
in  the  wake  of  a  peaceful  settlement.  We  are 
actively  discussing  a  multilateral  approach 
with  other  potential  contributors.  For  our 
part,  we  must  be  ready  to  do  our  share. 

Military  Assistance 

Our  military  assistance  programs  serve 
multiple  purposes.  They  are  important  to  our 
relations  with  many  allies  and  friendly  na- 
tions, to  offsetting  the  strength  of  potential 
adversaries  and  keeping  the  peace  where 
regional  conflicts  threaten  it. 

The  Carter  Administration  is  committed  to 
bringing  order,  restraint,  and  much  stricter 
codes  of  control  to  all  arms  transfers.  U.S.- 
funded  military  assistance  is  an  important 
component  of  the  arms  transfer  issues  which 
are  under  policy  review.  We  will  seek  to  for- 
mulate policies  which  will  enable  us  to  bal- 
ance short-term  political  advantages  against 
the  longer  term  effects  of  arms  sales  on  re- 
gional stability  and  peace.  We  are  working 
for  improved  coordination  within  the  U.S. 
Government  prior  to  undertaking  arms  com- 
mitments. In  recognition  of  your  interest  and 
our  shared  concern,  we  will  welcome  your 
thoughts  on  this  important  subject. 

We  have  requested  $973  million  for  grant 
military  training  and  foreign  military  sales. 
This  Administration  did  not  originate  this 
budget  proposal,  nor  did  we  design  the  spe- 
cific programs.  Nonetheless,  our  review  of 
them  has  convinced  us  that  they  serve  our 
interests  well.  There  is  value  in  continuity. 
We  need  to  reassure  our  friends  and  allies  of 
the  constancy  of  our  commitment  in  their  se- 
curity. Abrupt  and  major  cuts  in  these  pro- 
grams would  disrupt  plans  and  programs 
which  are  now  underway  in  foreign  countries 
and  could  have  unnecessary  and  undesirable 
consequences. 


288 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


In  my  testimony  before  the  Senate  on  Feb- 
ruary 24,  I  noted  that  the  President  has  de- 
cided on  several  small  reductions  in  the 
j  request  of  the  previous  Administration  for 
military  grant  programs  and  for  foreign  mili- 
tary sales  financing.  Any  further  savings 
should  be  the  result  of  a  deliberate  review  of 
military  assistance  programs  taken  in  the 
light  of  the  policy  reexamination  now 
underway. 

We  will  provide  Congress  shortly  with  de- 
tails of  the  security  assistance  budget 
proposals  prepared  within  the  executive 
branch.  The  Department  of  State  is  ready  to 
supply  to  this  committee  information  or 
documentation  you  would  find  useful,  or  to 
testify  if  desired. 

This  Administration  is  committed  to  do 
more  for  the  cause  of  economic  and  social  de- 
velopment, to  improve  the  quality  as  well  as 
the  quantity  of  American  foreign  assistance 
programs,  to  give  to  our  programs  due  em- 
phasis on  decent  respect  for  human  rights, 
and  to  seek  peace  in  the  Middle  East  and 
southern  Africa.  We  have  requested  pro- 
grams in  support  of  these  goals.  Each  of  our 
requests  serves  a  differing  set  of  objectives. 
Tradeoffs  are  very  limited.  Reductions  in  any 
will  affect  our  ability  to  reach  important  eco- 
nomic, social,  and  security  goals. 

Human  Rights:  An  Important 
Concern  of  U.S.  Foreign  Policy 

Statement  by  Warren  Christopher 
Deputy  Secretary  ^ 

I  am  pleased  to  be  here  today  to  affirm  this 
Administration's  commitment  to  making 
human  rights  an  important  concern  of  U.S. 
foreign  policy.  President  Carter  began  this 
Administration  with  the  inaugural  pledge  that 
"Because  we  are  free  we  can  never  be  indif- 
ferent to  the  fate  of  freedom  elsewhere." 


'  Made  before  the  Subcommittee  on  Foreign  Assist- 
ance of  the  Senate  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  on 
Mar.  7.  The  complete  transcript  of  the  hearings  will  be 
published  by  the  committee  and  will  be  available  from 
the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government 
Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


Then,  in  his  confirmation  hearings.  Secretary 
Vance  stated  that  "we  must  have  policies 
based  upon  fundamental  values.  In  particular, 
we  must  stand  for  human  rights." 

The  concern  for  human  rights  will  be  woven 
into  the  fabric  of  our  foreign  policy.  If  we  are 
to  do  justice  to  our  goals,  we  must  act  always 
with  a  concern  to  achieve  practical  results  and 
with  an  awareness  of  the  other  demands  on 
our  diplomacy.  When  it  is  desirable  to  do  so, 
we  will  speak  out,  trying  to  be  neither  stri- 
dent nor  polemical.  This  is  not  a  one-way 
street,  and  we  must  expect  that  at  times 
others  may  criticize  us.  We  may  decide  to 
communicate  by  quiet  diplomacy  with  the 
country  involved  to  see  what  can  be  accom- 
plished that  way.  Or  we  may  prefer  to  ap- 
proach the  problem  not  bilaterally,  but 
through  multilateral  channels.  In  some  in- 
stances of  human  rights  violations,  assistance 
programs  may  be  curtailed,  but  we  must  also 
recognize  that  to  be  evenhanded,  we  should 
not  just  penalize  but  also  inspire,  persuade, 
and  reward. 

Already  our  commitment  has  prompted  def- 
inite actions.  In  pursuit  of  the  goal  of  major- 
ity rule  and  equal  rights  in  Southern 
Rhodesia,  we  have  urged  the  Congress  to  re- 
peal the  Byrd  amendment.  The  State  De- 
partment expressed  concern  for  the  fate  of 
human  rights  activists  in  Eastern  Europe, 
and  President  Carter  wrote  to  Nobel  Peace 
Prize  winner  Andrey  Sakharov  to  convey  di- 
rectly our  hopes  for  the  promotion  of  human 
rights.  As  part  of  a  continuing  review  proc- 
ess, we  decided  to  cut  the  level  of  security  as- 
sistance to  several  countries  because  of  con- 
cern over  human  rights  violations.  We  will  be 
instructing  our  Embassies  to  press  the  cause 
of  human  rights  through  private  contacts.  We 
are  playing  an  active  part  in  the  work  of  the 
[U.N.]  Human  Rights  Commission. 

As  an  example  of  our  humanitarian  concern 
for  the  uprooted  and  dispossessed,  I  would 
observe  that  during  fiscal  year  1976  our  gov- 
ernment has  expended  some  $475  milhon  on 
assistance  to  refugees  on  a  worldwide  basis, 
and  the  United  States  accepted  31,000  refu- 
gees for  permanent  resettlement  in  this  coun- 
try. We  are  of  course  continuing  our  generous 
assistance  to  refugees  in  the  current  year. 

We  know  that  the  Congress  shares  this 


March  28,  1977 


289 


commitment  to  human  rights  and  deserves 
special  credit  for  its  attention  to  this  issue  in 
recent  years. 

The  complexity  of  the  challenge  compels 
collaboration  between  us.  By  working  to- 
gether more  closely  and  effectively  we  can  re- 
store confidence  both  at  home  and  abroad  in 
our  undertaking  to  encourage  respect  for 
human  rights.  The  Administration,  as  well  as 
the  Congress,  must  reflect  in  our  policies  the 
values  of  the  American  people. 

We  recognize  that  these  first  steps  we  have 
taken  are  just  that.  Change  takes  time — as 
demonstrated  by  the  evolution  of  human 
rights  within  our  own  country:  from  religious 
freedom  through  the  Bill  of  Rights,  the  aboli- 
tion of  slavery,  universal  suffrage,  the  four 
freedoms,  the  civil  rights  movement,  and  the 
struggle  against  poverty  to  the  Equal  Rights 
Amendment.  It  is  a  long,  hard  climb.  But  the 
course  is  firmly  set. 

There  should  be  no  mistake:  The  undertak- 
ing to  promote  human  rights  is  now  an  inte- 
gral part  of  our  foreign  policy.  We  know  that 
domestic  support  for  our  policies  will  falter  if 
they  do  not  reflect  traditional  American  val- 
ues. But  I  want  it  to  be  clear  that  this  is  not  a 
policy  of  convenience,  adopted  because  of  its 
popularity  at  home.  A  commitment  to  human 
rights  protects  the  domestic  vitality  of  these 
values,  keeping  clear  our  image  of  ourselves 
and  encouraging  us  to  make  the  democratic 
system  work.  It  helps  us  to  maintain  lead- 
ership of  the  free  societies  that  share  similar 
values.  And  it  serves  as  a  pole  of  attraction  to 
other  states  and  peoples. 

The  question  is  neither  the  direction  nor  the 
strength  of  our  commitment.  The  question  we 
must  answer  is  how  to  summon  the  states- 
manship and  the  moral  courage  to  deal  with 
the  practical  dilemmas  and  complexities  in 
promoting  human  rights  in  our  foreign  rela- 
tions. Today  I  want  to  discuss  briefly  the 
complexities  in  linking  human  rights  consid- 
erations to  economic  and  security  assistance. 

The  United  States  recognizes  a  wide  range 
of  human  rights  and  believes  all  must  be  pro- 
moted. Our  most  concentrated  areas  of  concern 
have  been  violations  of  the  integrity  of  the 
person — officially  sanctioned  murders,  tor- 


tures, or  detentions  without  trial.  These,  of 
course,  are  areas  emphasized  by  the  legisla- 
tion you  approved.  Political  rights  and  civil 
protection  are  also  accorded  high  priority. 

At  times  it  is  inevitable  that  these  concerns 
will  conflict  with  our  commitment  to  the  goal 
of  economic  development.  As  Secretary  Vance 
has  stated,  one  of  our  fundamental  foreign 
policy  objectives  is  "to  demonstrate  America's 
compassion  for  the  poor  and  the  dispossessed 
around  the  world — those  who,  through  no 
fault  of  their  own,  are  exposed  to  daily  suffer- 
ing and  humiliation  and  are  struggling  to 
survive."  ^ 

Other  conflicts  in  policy  may  arise  when  the 
security  of  the  United  States  is  linked  to  that 
of  a  country  whose  human  rights  priorities  are 
deficient.  It  should  be  uppermost  in  our  minds 
that  security  assistance  is  rendered  to  main- 
tain or  enhance  our  own  security,  not  to 
strengthen  the  hand  of  a  repressive  regime, 
although  we  must  face  up  to  that  as  an  unde- 
sired  and  unintended  consequence  in  certain 
cases. 

We  are  working  to  fulfill  both  the  letter  and 
the  spirit  of  current  legislation  relating 
human  rights  concerns  to  foreign  assistance. 
We  can  best  achieve  this  purpose  through 
conscientious  and  systematic  review  of  assist- 
ance programs  on  a  country-by-country  basis, 
in  each  case  balancing  a  political  concern  for 
human  rights  against  economic  or  security 
goals.  In  multilateral  development  banks  the 
United  States  must  work  to  maintain  a  broad 
international  consensus  and  to  avoid  destruc- 
tive bloc  politics  that  would  impair  the  pursuit 
of  the  banks'  development  objectives.  No 
formula  can  resolve  the  larger  conflicts  of 
these  positions,  but  prudent  and  dedicated  at- 
tention to  both  the  basic  objectives  and  the 
day-to-day  operations  of  our  programs  can 
make  specific  problems  more  tractable. 

We  have  been  developing  a  series  of  ques- 
tions by  which  to  chart  the  direction  of  our 
policy  and  our  progress.  Taken  together  as 
points  of  reference,  they  will  make  us  surer  of 
our  basic  course  and  less  likely  to  be  driven 


^  For  a  statement  by  Secretary  Vance  on  Feb.  24,  see 
Bulletin  of  Mar.  14,"  1977,  p.  236. 


290 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


from  it  by  the  force  of  a  particular  circum- 
stance. The  questions  we  are  considering  in- 
clude: 

1.  Will  our  action  be  useful  in  promoting 
the  cause  of  human  rights?  Will  it  actually  im- 
prove the  human  rights  situation  at  hand?  Or 
is  it  likely  to  make  it  worse? 

2.  What  will  be  the  most  effective  means  of 
expressing  our  views?  Quiet  diplomacy?  A 
public  pronouncement?  Withdrawal  of  aid  or 
other  tangible  sanctions? 

3.  Even  when  there  is  only  a  remote  chance 
that  our  action  will  be  influential,  does  our 
sense  of  values,  our  American  ethic,  prompt 
us  to  speak  out  or  take  action? 

4.  Will  others  support  us?  Can  we  expect 
the  aid  of  national  and  international  organiza- 
tions dedicated  to  furthering  human  rights? 

5.  Have  we  steered  away  from  the  self- 
righteous  and  strident,  remembering  that  our 
own  record  is  not  unblemished? 

6.  Finally,  have  we  remembered  national 
security  interests  and  kept  our  sense  of 
perspective,  realizing  that  human  rights  can- 
not flourish  in  a  world  impoverished  by  eco- 
nomic decline  or  ravaged  by  armed  conflict? 

The  Administration  alone  cannot  take  all 
the  actions  that  should  be  part  of  this  gov- 
ernment's efforts  on  behalf  of  human  rights. 
The  Congress  has  a  unique  role  to  play  by  re- 
flecting public  concern  for  human  rights  in  the 
laws  it  passes  and  monitoring  their  implemen- 
tation, by  forming  and  funding  assistance 
programs,  and  by  assuring  that  our  domestic 
law  is  in  conformity  with  our  international  ob- 
ligations. 

We  urge  that  you  join  us  in  giving  present 
legislation  with  human  rights  provisions  a 
chance  to  work  and  that  we  carefully  consider 
together  any  new  legislation.  As  a  matter  of 
especially  high  priority,  we  also  urge  your 
support  for  repeal  of  the  Byrd  amendment. 

The  first  weeks  of  the  Carter  Administra- 
tion have  been  a  time  of  change  and,  we  be- 
lieve, a  time  of  renewed  hope  for  the 
advancement  of  human  rights.  We  believe  our 


general  emphasis  on  this  important  arena  of 
international  concern  has  already  begun  to 
have  a  favorable  impact.  Last  week,  in  a 
major  foreign  policy  statement,  the  British 
Government  declared  a  policy  comparable  to 
that  of  this  Administration.  We  hope  other 
governments  will  both  speak  out  in  support  of 
human  rights  and  pursue  human  rights  objec- 
tives through  their  diplomacy. 

In  a  number  of  countries,  important  seg- 
ments of  the  population  have  been  stirred  to 
raise  human  rights  issues  internally.  And  in 
several  countries,  governments  have  taken 
positive  steps,  such  as  the  release  of  political 
prisoners,  which  demonstrate  that  the  voice 
of  this  Administration  is  being  heard  and  lis- 
tened to.  This  reaction  encourages  us  along 
the  path  we  have  set. 


Congressional  Documents 
Relating  to  Foreign  Policy 


1975  Annual  Report  on  the  Federal  Ocean  Program. 
Message  from  the  President  of  the  United  States 
transmitting  the  report.  H.  Doc.  95-54.  January  19, 
1977.  107  pp. 

Defense  Cooperation  Agreement  With  Turkey.  Com- 
munication dated  January  18,  1977,  from  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States  transmitting  a  draft  of  a 
proposed  joint  resolution  authorizing  the  President  to 
implement  the  agreement.  H.  Doc.  95-57.  January 
20,  1977.  6  pp. 

Withdrawal  of  Designation  of  the  Congo  as  Beneficiary 
Developing  Country.  Communication  dated  January 
19,  1977,  from  the  President  of  the  United  States 
transmitting  notice  of  his  intention  to  withdraw  the 
designation  of  the  People's  Republic  of  the  Congo  as  a 
beneficiary  developing  country  for  purposes  of  the 
generalized  system  of  preferences.  H.  Doc.  95-59. 
January  20,  1977.  2  pp. 

Payments  to  UNESCO.  Communication  dated  De- 
cember 29,  1976,  from  the  President  of  the  United 
States  transmitting  certification  that  conditions  of 
section  302  (h)  of  the  Foreign  Assistance  Act  of  1961 
have  been  met  and  requesting  funds  to  make  pay- 
ments to  UNESCO.  H.  Doc.  95-63.  January  20,  1977. 
Ip. 

With  Respect  to  the  Release  of  Abu  Daoud.  Report  of 
the  Senate  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  to  ac- 
company S.  Res.  48.  S.  Rept.  95-1.  January  24,  1977. 
2  pp. 


March  28,  1977 


291 


Department  Discusses  Coffee  Prices 


Following  are  statements  by  Julius  L. 
Katz,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Economic  and 
Business  Affairs,  and  Joan  R.  Braden,  Con- 
sumer Affairs  Coordinator  for  the  Department 
of  State,  made  on  February  22  before  a  joint 
m,eeting  of  the  Subcommittee  on  Commerce, 
Consumer  and  Monetary  Affairs  of  the  House 
Committee  on  Government  Operations  and 
the  Subcommittee  on  Domestic  Marketing, 
Consumer  Relations,  and  Nutrition  of  the 
House  Committee  on  Agriculture.  * 


STATEMENT  BY  ASSISTANT  SECRETARY  KATZ 

Thank  you  for  this  opportunity  to  appear 
before  this  joint  meeting  of  the  subcommit- 
tees. On  March  16  last  year  I  appeared  before 
the  Subcommittee  on  Domestic  Marketing  and 
Consumer  Relations  to  discuss  the  interna- 
tional aspects  of  coffee  prices. 

One  year  ago,  the  price  of  green  coffee  was 
near  $1  a  pound.  Today,  green  coffee  prices 
are  in  the  vicinity  of  $2.40  per  pound.  It  is 
understandable  and  appropriate  that  these 
hearings  should  be  held  to  examine  the  causes 
for  the  rapid  increase  of  coffee  prices.  I  there- 
fore welcome  these  hearings  as  an  opportu- 
nity to  inform  the  American  consumer  about 
the  situation. 

In  my  testimony  last  March,  I  and  other 
witnesses  outlined  the  basic  supply-and- 
demand  outlook  for  the  next  several  years. 
Events  in  the  intervening  year  have  con- 
firmed the  testimony  presented  then.  With 
your  permission,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  would  like 
to  append  to  this  statement  the  statement  I 


gave  on  March  16,  1976.  I  will  briefly  sum- 
marize the  major  points  I  made. 

I  noted  that  the  frost  which  struck  the 
coffee-growing  regions  of  Brazil  on  July  17, 

1975,  had  destroyed  or  severely  damaged  1.5 
of  the  2.9  billion  coffee  trees  in  Brazil.  I 
pointed  out  that  as  a  consequence  of  this  frost 
Brazihan  production  in  1976,  which  otherwise 
would  have  reached  28  miUion  bags,  would 
total  no  more  than  9  million  bags.  I  also  dis- 
cussed the  effect  of  the  civil  war  in  Angola  on 
its  production  outlook  and  less  serious  disturb- 
ances in  several  other  producing  countries. 

In  discussing  long-term  coffee  production 
and  price  trends,  I  presented  a  chart  showing 
the  inverse  relationship  between  green  coffee 
prices  and  the  level  of  world  carryover  stocks. 
We  have  prepared  an  updated  version  of  this 
chart  based  on  Department  of  Agriculture 
(USDA)  estimates.^  This  chart  shows  graphi- 
cally how  prices  fall  when  stocks  rise  and  the 
reaction  of  prices  to  a  fall  in  stocks.  As  you 
can  see,  stocks  now  are  as  low  in  absolute 
terms  as  they  have  been  in  20  years  and  are 
projected  to  drop  even  lower,  to  a  level  of 
about  20  million  bags,  or  roughly  three 
months'  consumption,  by  1978. 

A  further  chart  shows  world  exportable 
production  and  world  exports  from  1950  to 

1976,  with  projections  to  1980.^  This  chart  il- 
lustrates that  from  1966  forward,  exports  ex- 
ceeded exportable  production  in  every  year 
except  coffee  year  1974/75.  The  projection  to 
1980,  which  assumes  no  further  major  produc- 
tion disturbances,  indicates  that  1979  will  be 
the  earliest  we  could  see  a  return  to  approxi- 
mate balance  between  production  and  ex- 
ports.  In  the  meantime,  world  carryover 


'  The  complete  transcript  of  the  hearings  will  be  pub- 
lished by  the  committees  and  will  be  available  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Print- 
ing Office,  Washington,  D.C.  20402. 


2  See  p.  293. 

3  See  p.  294. 


292 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


March  28,  1977 


293 


o 

z> 
o 
o 


00 


o 

o 
o 

O. 
UJ 

cn 

< 

O 

a. 

X 


(A 
h- 
(T 
O 
Q. 
X 
LU 


m 

< 

q: 
O 

Q. 
X 


< 

H 

O 
Q. 
X 

LU 


O 

5 


o 

< 
m 


o 


eg 


00 
m 


o 
in 


O    o 

.^     00 


o 


o 


o 
m 


o 


o 

CO 


o 

CV4 


294 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


stocks  will  be  drawn  down  to  very  low  levels 
to  meet  world  consumption. 

In  my  March  1976  testimony,  Mr.  Chair- 
man, I  discussed  the  negotiation  of  the  new 
International  Coffee  Agreement  and  its 
operating  provisions.  I  pointed  out  that  in  the 
negotiation  we  sought  an  agreement  which 
provided  maximum  incentives  to  exports  dur- 
ing the  next  several  years.  We  also  sought  to 
encourage  producers  to  restore  production. 

In  my  conclusion  I  stated  that  the  next  sev- 
eral years  will  inevitably  see  relatively  tight 
supplies  but,  barring  further  disasters,  no 
acute  shortage  of  coffee.  I  added  that  during 
this  period  coffee  prices  would  be  extremely 
sensitive  to  changes  in  the  anticipated 
supply-demand  balance. 

Recent  Developments 

With  this  review  as  background,  Mr. 
Chairman,  I  will  discuss  what  has  happened 
since  March  1976. 

First,  the  earlier  forecasts  have  proven  to 
be  about  right.  Compared  to  normal  produc- 
tion in  Brazil  of  25-28  million  bags  per  year, 
USDA  now  projects  total  Brazilian  production 
in  coffee  year  1976/77  at  9.5  million  bags.  This 
is  the  lowest  production  in  Brazil  since  coffee 
year  1899/1900.  USDA  further  estimates  Bra- 
zilian production  in  1977/78  will  amount  to 
about  16  million  bags.  This  means  that  the 
Brazilian  production  for  the  two  years  follow- 
ing the  frost  will  be  of  the  magnitude  of  25-30 
million  bags  less  than  normal. 

Second,  rapidly  escalating  prices  have  in- 
creased rather  than  reduced  demand  in  the 
short  term.  In  coffee  year  1975/76,  imports  by 
importing  members  of  the  International  Cof- 
fee Organization  were  58.7  million  bags,  the 
highest  figure  recorded  in  the  past  seven 
years.  After  analyzing  the  statistical  situa- 
tion, the  professional  staff  of  the  International 
Coffee  Organization  has  concluded  that  higher 
prices  have  resulted  in  a  buildup  of  stocks  on 
retail  shelves  and  in  consumer  pantries  equiv- 
alent to  2-3  million  bags  of  green  coffee. 
While  not  particularly  surprising,  this  de- 
velopment does  place  added  demand  on  al- 
ready tight  supplies  and  gives  push  to  rising 
prices. 


Third,  exports  from  the  producing  countries 
to  world  markets  continued  at  near-record 
levels.  In  coffee  year  1975/76,  exports  by  ex- 
porting members  of  the  International  Coffee 
Organization  to  all  destinations  were  57.7  mil- 
lion bags,  a  figure  exceeded  only  once  in  the 
past  seven  years.  For  calendar  year  1976, 
total  exports  were  58.3  million  bags,  com- 
pared to  57.9  million  bags  in  calendar  year 
1975  and  54.8  milHon  bags  in  calendar  year 
1974.  Thus,  it  appears  clear  that  producers 
are  maintaining  their  normal  export  rate  and 
are  not  placing  artificial  restraints  on  the  flow 
of  coffee  to  the  marketplace. 

Fourth,  prices  have  soared  since  March 
1976.  From  99  cents  a  pound  in  March,  they 
rose  steadily  to  a  peak  of  $1.49  a  pound  in 
June.  In  July  they  dropped  back  briefly  to 
$1.37  a  pound,  but  the  climb  resumed  in  Au- 
gust. By  the  end  of  the  year  they  had  reached 
a  level  of  $2.07  a  pound.  Since  the  first  of  the 
year  they  have  soared  to  almost  $2.50  a 
pound. 

Fifth,  the  producing  countries  have  adopted 
policies  and  programs  to  restore  production  to 
normal  levels  as  soon  as  possible.  Brazil  is 
well  underway,  with  a  $1  billion  replanting 
program  to  restore  its  coffee  production.  Co- 
lombia recently  announced  that  it  would  be 
spending  $70  million  to  finance  the  planting  of 
200,000  hectares  of  new  coffee  which  ulti- 
mately will  produce  about  2  million  bags  of 
coffee  a  year.  In  most  other  producing  coun- 
tries, governments  have  adopted  policies  to 
increase  the  use  of  fertihzers  and  pesticides. 
Our  agricultural  attaches  abroad  report  that 
because  of  higher  prices  farmers  are  taking 
especially  good  care  of  their  coffee  trees  to 
maximize  production. 

Steps  Taken  by  U.S.  Government 

I  know  these  subcommittees  are  interested 
in  what  the  U.S.  Government  has  done  to  deal 
with  this  situation.  I  will  review  our  efforts 
briefly. 

First,  in  direct  discussions  with  the  respon- 
sible officials  of  the  producing  countries  and 
through  our  Embassies,  we  have  called  upon 
producer-country  governments  to  adopt 
policies  which  would  restrain  price  increases. 


March  28,  1977 


295 


We  have  made  clear  to  producer-country  gov- 
ernments that  a  rapid  increase  in  prices  is 
contrary  to  their  best  interests  because  it  is 
likely  to  lead  to  permanent  losses  in  consump- 
tion and  reduction  of  their  export  earnings. 

Second,  we  have  monitored  closely  the  pro- 
duction, export,  and  tax  policies  of  the  export- 
ing countries,  and  we  have  instructed  our 
Embassies  to  report  actions  which  might  re- 
strict the  flow  of  coffee  to  the  market.  We 
have  promptly  pursued  with  governments  and 
other  interested  parties  rumors  and  reports 
which  could  adversely  affect  the  markets, 
seeking  to  ascertain  the  facts  and  to  correct 
misinformation.  We  have  attempted  to  antici- 
pate possible  problem  areas  and  convey  our 
views  to  governments  before  problems  arise. 

Third,  together  with  other  consuming  coun- 
tries, we  ratified  the  International  Coffee 
Agreement  of  1976,  which  contains  significant 
incentives  to  producers  to  restore  production 
lost  by  frost  and  to  ship  all  available  coffee  to 
the  world  market  in  the  first  two  years  of  that 
agreement.  The  ICA  also  contains  the  agreed 
rules  of  the  game  and  provides  a  forum  in 
which  members  may  discuss  possible  breaches 
of  those  rules. 

Fourth,  within  the  International  Coffee  Or- 
ganization, we  have  spoken  out  firmly  on  the 
obligation  of  members  to  refrain  from  arbi- 
trary intervention  or  manipulation  in  world 
coffee  markets.  With  other  consuming  coun- 
tries, we  proposed  at  the  most  recent  meeting 
of  the  ICO  Executive  Board  the  creation  of  a 
special  working  group  to  prepare  a  detailed 
study  of  the  short-term  supply-demand  out- 
look based  on  up-to-date  statistics  and  to 
undertake  a  serious  technical  evaluation  of 
the  long-term  production  and  supply  outlook. 
We  also  requested  the  working  group  to  re- 
view the  informational  activities  of  the  ICO  to 
identify  ways  in  which  the  flow  of  reliable  in- 
formation to  the  press  and  the  public  could  be 
imposed. 

As  a  result  of  our  activities  we  have 
gathered  considerable  information  and  we 
have  reached  certain  conclusions  which  will  be 
of  interest  to  the  committee. 

The  most  important  conclusion  is  that,  to 
the    best   of  our   knowledge,    no    coffee- 


producing  country  is  pursuing  policies  which 
restrict  or  inhibit  the  export  of  coffee  to  world 
markets.  As  I  noted  earlier,  data  through  De- 
cember 1976  indicates  exports  are  at  near- 
record  levels. 

Detailed  information  on  the  internal 
policies,  prices,  and  taxes  in  the  countries 
which  account  for  over  80  percent  of  world 
exports  is  attached  to  my  statement  as  table 
I.'*  This  summary  resulted  from  a  survey  we 
conducted  in  early  January.  The  two  most  in- 
teresting collections  of  data  are  those  cover- 
ing internal  retail  price  and  producer  prices. 

In  nearly  every  case,  the  internal  retail 
price  of  coffee  in  the  producing  countries  has 
increased  substantially  since  the  Brazilian 
frost.  In  Brazil  and  a  number  of  other  impor- 
tant producing  countries,  the  price  has  more 
than  doubled.  Consumers  in  those  countries 
are  thus  also  experiencing  the  impact  of  the 
rising  coffee  market. 

Producer  prices  received  by  the  coffee- 
growers  have  been  raised  substantially  in  most 
of  the  producing  countries.  The  next  chart, 
for  example,  illustrates  that  since  the  frost 
the  return  to  the  farmer  has  tripled  in  Brazil 
and  more  than  doubled  in  Colombia.^ 

We  also  surveyed  our  Embassies  in  the  10 
largest  coffee-consuming  countries  outside  the 
United  States  to  determine  the  retail  price  of 
a  one-pound  can  of  roasted  coffee  in  December 
1976.  The  result  of  that  survey  can  be  seen  on 
the  next  chart. ^  You  will  note  that  while  the 
French  consumer  paid  $2.96  a  pound,  the 
Japanese  consumer  paid  $3.85,  and  the  Ger- 
man consumer  paid  $5.11  per  pound,  the  U.S. 
consumer  paid  only  $2.38  per  pound.  The 
countries  represented  on  that  chart  account 
for  87  percent  of  total  world  coffee  consump- 
tion. I  should  point  out  that  in  many  Euro- 
pean countries  substantial  import  duties  and 
other  taxes  are  placed  on  coffee.  There  are  no 
such  taxes  in  the  United  States. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  would  like  now  to  address 
directly  certain  misconceptions  about  the 
present  coffee  situation. 


■•  See  pp.  298-9. 
5  See  p.  297. 
«  See  p.  300. 


296 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


</) 

z 
cc: 

D 
I- 
LU 

(/) 

LU 

5 
o 

O 
LU 


O 
O 


< 
00 


o 
o 


o 

JO 

i-H 

o£ae 

Sig 

CM 

</» 

s« 

^^^^9tH 

■ 

.. 

CO 

$.30 

OWER' 

ETURN 

• 

«» 

g" 

^^^^■1 

{^■H 

LU 


a: 


M 

< 

cr 
m 


March  28,  1977 


297 


s 


^5 


1^ 


3 

T3 

J2 

■<-> 

C 

4-> 

o 

o 

J2 

c 

a 

0) 

o 

<v 

o 

o 

'O 

c 

s 

o 

-♦-> 

o 

:3 

s 

o- 

ji 

00 

at 

o 

c 

a. 

o 

_o 

c 

&©■ 

-u 

, 

<v^ 

9^ 

.*-> 

^-> 

Si 

:3 

^ 

-M 

5 

o 

'■4J 

^ 

CO 

w 

c 

0) 

yj 

0) 

C 

t, 

CTJ 

cu 

*J 

i^ 

O^ 

^ 

js 

a 

c 

o 

01 

o 

o 

c 

m 

<D 

c 

c 

T3 

IS 

.2 

o 

0* 
*-> 

C 

N 

nS 

rt 
> 

2 

S 

O, 

rt 

m 

o 

c 

c 

M 

o 

.2 

tiM 

.r^ 

c 

^ 

'+j 

IK 

g 

^ 

c 

tJS 

rt 

^ 

eg 

r—i 

ca  T 

«^ 

'5. 

eg 

-^J    o 

U)    <X) 

2Q 

•V.M 

1)  -* 

t.   • 

a- 

to 

050 

t- 

CO  CO 

o^ 

O  ^ 

t^ta 

be  o  0> 


p  a)  c  ■ 
g  1-  « 

p  °-^- 
5  -HO 

S  o  eg  ■ 


o 
D-c-r- 


i3  COtO 

cegt- 


Is 


09 


^    0) 

"S.Sfrt  J3 

o 

port 
ee.  H 
ve  se 
Stic  rr 

X  o 

C-- 

o 

'<U-,    C3    <D 

ncreased 
nd  produ 
ou raged. 

0,="    a;   g 

ms  to 
ality  c 
ports 
y  in  do 

t. 

<:  a"  0)  o^ 

t— 1  rt  tj 

o     ■      ' 

1     .     1 

■w  C   C 

o  -^.o 

r/i  "^  "^ 

rease  pr 
al  assis 
izer  su 

!e  area 
New- 
yield 

03-" 
.S  H^    • 

&   CO   O.  o 

£.    >.-    X   3 

T3    C  O 


OJ 


c  — 


m-C  2"° 


H 


bJD  « 

a,  0) 
3  > 


to 
t- 

m  CO  05 

t-  t-  "-H 

OJOs  Ji; 

-H  T-H  t— ] 

00001 

(M  CO  ■* 


o 
X 


t- 

a> 
■-150 

go> 

O    o 
CD    (K 

cto 
co^o 


•Set; 

O    OtS^ 

JS  bo« 

O.  3     . 

■- J-  -c 

§  c  <^ 


>-  3  c:2 


c 
o 

2Qao 


0)  00^ 


o! 


CO- 
O^t-.S 
CO  t^  05    C6 

00'"    ^ 


gh 


nj  o)  e^ 

S-.  ca  •■ 
O4  o  ca 
WW 

CO 

t- 

OJ 
bo  3 

!.'-= 
O 

'^^ 

<u  eg 

CO 

I— ie«- 


O    Q)  3  ^4 

bo+j  o  w 

o  S_'C  ' 
■"  ,  -c  c  ' 

•a  i  §  « ■; 

3      ^.o  I 

•£  c  «  cl 
«  g  o  <u 

o  0)2;  c 


01  . 


bj) 
5 

'3 


be  M  .0  3 
^   o»  '^^   ^ 

3  ci,  —  '^ 

3  J3 


O 
■O 

ca 

3  0-2 
c;  X  3 
c  01  a* 

T^    CO 


c  s- 

0 "" 

0  0 

«=■?• 

a  0 

.-:;%=. 

0  5i 

.r^      0 

CO 

s* 

■a  -H 

E  ¥ 

3    0) 

0  --H 

CO    0) 

G,    - 

OJ    E/3 

T3 

0  V 

g 

<*-.  o» 

0  ^^ 

.4.^ 

°t: 

Sh 

0)    cQ 

^a 

0  ^t< 

en 

t~  X 

0^ 

0    0 

3 

00    0) 

—  eg 

rt   0 

^ 

0  I- 

4-1     0 

0;      ^H 

o 

wj  <D  bii 
.S  -a  c 

■H..S> 
S  •"  2 


T3 
0) 
crt 

OJ 

ca 

0) 

0 

0) 

0. 

^ 

G. 

CJ 

tx 

0 

c 

£ 

u 

g 

°  s 

X 

0) 

0> 

c 

c 

ca 

0 

> 

■"       o  ^  ^=~- 
•O  «         I    ml  JO 

M  S  —  eg  sh  0001 

*'E-3o'"c>'^ 


^  3 
Ǥ 

-kJ  o 

u    I 
o  -^ 

0,0 

We« 


*-!2 


ao 


CO  w 

eg,  CO 

0  0 

««<5^ 

CD 

01 

[- 

u 

CJ3 

a. 

1— 1 

05 

10 

0) 

9- 

Q 

utS 

OS 

CO    S 

in 

.  t*-t 

0 

0 

»9^ 

&0- 

o-- 
OK 


ca 


ca 

ca  T3  cj 
>  <u  ca 

o  -^  ca 


6  <d' 


".  >  o 
■^-0  3 
(»  CO -a 


CO 


aa 


00 

00  'a- 


6^ 


O) 

bii 

c 
ca 


"Sxg 


CO 
X2  m 


<V 


2  o- 

D.W 


c  ^3  ca 

S  s-  c 

'-'  «=  g  ?i  f 

o  o  ^  ^  o 

«^€^Ph   3   (^ 


^ 


O 

a, 

X 

W 


ca 
g 


is 

10  o> 

t-  IM 

O  .-< 
60^  «a 


W 


S  2  o 

2  OJ  — n" 

"3  2 
a;  w 


■=>    OJ    o   o 
^    (O    o 


a. 

X 

0)     . 

T3 

0>    OJ 

CO    ,*-> 

ca  Qj 


g  . 

eg 

vr'O 
S  01 


Ji2 

Xi  (W 
ca  Sh 

"  0) 
co^iS 

ca  Q. 


CO    0) 

1  00 
(u  eg 


CO  eg£- 

CO(M  05 
-  »— 4 

o  ^ 


•00 
co-^ 


•s  & 


OJ    Ol 

x>x> 


so  — — 
J  &9-  CO  ca 

'.ice 


o  — 
o,  OJ 
x-^ 
W 


010 
cgcQ 


p.  c 

o'M  g 

^   to    C 

&&  x.i;i- 
s,S  3^ 
OJ       a- 

0  o  ^  Ot 
CO    O-        Q 

01  X  _'^ 
'-;   OJ   C  -^ 

S0.25 

c°^  2 

ocg  g.S 

0-"  *:§ 
co<W  01 


q3  oj 

.2   I  • 
Sh  eg 

,aico 

CO 

1— 1«& 


o 
a, 

X 
OJ 


>  >  * 


ca 
> 


298 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


CO 


ao 


5010 

CO 

"a 

m 

O  lOOO 
Tf  Tf  lO  lO 

PQ 
O 

C 
o 

oooo 
<yD  w  c/j  w 

o 

X 

CO 

o 
!7:.o 

below 
below 
below 
above 

-♦J 

c  c 
o  o 


*  >®tS>S 


H 


,  ^  5 

O  lO  — 
CO  ■^Ph 


a,     rt 

CO 

^  0) 

eg  oc^ 

CO  ^,  in 


-H  r — 


o 
P. 
»< 

0) 


Oi^ 


OS 


o  *-> 

o 

■O  D.    . 

(U  X  (» 

O  -«J 

S  o  3 

2  P  o* 


OT 


m' 


O  ^    Sh 
D.  CO   O 

r  1    ■" 


en  O) 


(U 


•a 

tU    CO 

^  > 


CO  <U 
0)04 
CO  00  O^i 


"3.5 

<u  g 

>s. 

2  o) 

0) 

-S  c 

eo 
Si      _ 

*"  C 

0)   <1> 

s| 

CS    g- 

en  C 
c  o 

S'^ 

o   CO 

J  > 


OO 


CO 
W 

c 
o 

fe    O) 

i  Is 

o-^  ca 
r:  lo  to  w 

■M  6^   CO    CO 
[A    CO 

t  S  c  c 

.=^•0  0 


X    O) 
1— I 

o  utt- 


.-  o 

CO-~ 
!-    g 

ir  o 

3   " 

O    o 

"*-■  -5 

O    CO 

^  E 

<7S    O 
T3 


J3 


S  o 
3   D. 

0)  <u  g: 

x'o'a 
♦-•      5 

-t->   o 
>H    CO    o 

M  CO  o. 


CT>       CO  m  « 


M 


CO    OJ 


*->  -u 


3 

0)    X 
"co   0) 


o  ^ 


CO    0) 

2Q 


oocqtr 
to  CO  <^ 


Q 


_^OOCT> 


N        00 

I     CO      I 
O    o  CO 


c 

3 

o 
a. 


0)     t^ 

1 — ( 

o       c 

€«         CO 
«  loO 

■*-»«£;  o 

o  i  li 
r1       <= 


CO   <v 

"Y  CO 
Ol  CO 

O.     I  CO 

lo  (Mjr 

o  •-< 


be 

CO 
°  bi) 

■S.s 

t,     CO 

o  I) 

•s  ^ 

CO   CO 

►J  j:; 

c  c 


>a  CO 

"-<    CO 

.  a 
«E 

C      . 

CO  -a 

QJ-- 

c  E 


"-^•^  o 
o  Sh  a 
•7  .a)  P 


s« 


# 

i" 

CO 

C 

1 

ooo 

+-> 

o. 

u 

3 

CO 
CU 

CO 

o 
a 

o 

X 

ZW 

3-" 

3  s- 

o-S 
a 

|S 

^^   CO 

g« 

3   C 

■^E    ■ 


aQ 


^1 
.So 


"cO-O 

0) 

CO    (U 

>  o 


t-  — .    CO 


CO    E 


O  Ev 


bo 

C 


*-^   CO  V 
(US'" 


ciJ'O 


CO 

o  ■- 


2  « 

C    S    «   CD 

oj-g-a  c 

EC   C  -3 

CO    0)    X    « 
OhH    4)    E 


(S  -^  CO 


CO  bfi  be 

JJ  c  c 

J"  «  1) 

°  II)    Sh 

^  a  CO 

CO  o  c 

.  CO 

"2  >><« 

C  CO   o 

.2  a 


f     CO 

a 
o  ju 


■S    0) 


0) 


CO  C/J  rt^ 
0)  0)'—' 
3     CO 

c  Ct^  - 

Q>     <1>     ^^     Cfi 

>  CX  CO  aj^ 

a>  X  o.>o 

tn     (D  ^   ^-»   r-l 


CO    0) 

2Q 


t::2 
g  s 

-4-1     S-. 

^  c 

4)-- 

>-  o 


o^ 


CO    0) 

2Q 


ao^ 

Oi  00  £- 

Tf   -rj*  Oi 


.   X 

ro    CO 
C  *^ 


"■I  CO 


~to 


u  a""- 


aQ 


EQ 


OlOO  o^ 


C   <3   X   g  S 
O    S-*    o    c  'O 

'^  "-or,  «  = 

-t-^  O  «*-.    W 

o  -^  >-  X  cu  « 

^S-"2S 

■«  — '  <^  t^  -t-J  w 

o  o  ^i^  ^  c  c 

^    tH    O    O    o    O 


S  tic 


O   Q. 


CO 


aQ 


O  M 


>    CO 

w.s 


§       o 

^       S       X 

-,      o;     CO 


O  O    ! 
5«-  r,  t 


a 

X 


W 


I  O  O    CO 

49-      a 


0)    0) 

&^ 
■Cci  ? 

.0)  TO   I 


CO    0) 

£Q 


"•I  CO 

mot- 
es 00  o^ 


0) 

Q 


I  10  05 


CO 

•a 
c 

CO 

be 

;3 


CO 

o 

X 

■{j 

9~> 

c 

C4-< 

CO 

E 

*•* 

o 
a 
E 

3 
O 

O 

t4 

Sh 

CD 

CO 

QJ 

c 

C; 

&0 

" 

o 

3 

■a 

0) 

o 
u 

O 

1— 1 
O 

0) 

E 

lo 

01 
-t-J 

CO 

-4-J 

0) 

E 

CO 

c 

> 

-*-> 

"C 

CD 

o 

c 

o 

c 

0) 

bio 

:^ 

■*-» 

a  a 

CO 

CO 

> 

s- ti 

C3 

OCO 

— 

o 

a 
a 

cd 

O) 

«o^ 

CO 

0) 
CJ 

3 

CO 

CO 

CO 

'C 

•4^ 

4J 

u 

ac 

0) 

0) 

0) 

CO 

5 

2 

s 

OJ      - 

o 

m 

c 

0) 

o<M 

Ih   o 

o  ^ 

ao 

O 

1 

c 

lO 

<D 

t- 

Sh 

co 

,^ 

«4-.  ,_, 

OJ  CO 

X 

f— 1 

CO 

-tJ 

tco 

t-» 

o". 

o 

art 

a 

xe^ 

X 

W 

W 

-4J 

0) 

^ 

O  a 


CO 

t- 

c 

05 

CO 

.-H 

0) 

Xi 

S 

o 

Q 

CO 

CO 

01 

lO 

E 

^ 

o 

*^-o 

March  28,  1977 


299 


(/) 


Q 


UJ 


s 


O 

o 
o 


z 
£ 

in 


8 

o 


o  « 
o  ^ 

O       LL 

—t    o 

i< 

a. 
LU    K 

u-    ^ 

U.    q: 

o  3 
o  ^ 

u-   ° 
O 

UJ 

o 

a. 


u 

z 
< 


LU 


i  UJ 

Ou. 
u  o 


300 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


First,  it  has  been  suggested  that  the  State 
Department  favors  high  coffee  prices  as  a 
substitute  for  official  aid.  That  is  false. 
Throughout  the  negotiation  of  the  Interna- 
tional Coffee  Agreement  and  in  every  other 
commodity  negotiation  in  which  the  United 
States  has  participated,  we  have  made  it  abso- 
lutely clear  that  we  do  not  support  commodity 
agreements  as  a  means  for  transferring  re- 
sources from  developed  countries  to  develop- 
ing countries.  I  have  repeatedly  emphasized 
this  in  my  public  statements  over  the  past 
several  years,  and  I  reiterate  it  now. 

Second,  it  has  been  suggested  that  the  cof- 
fee agreement  is  deficient  because  it  contains 
no  price  ceiling.  That  suggestion  shows  a  fun- 
damental misconception  of  what  a  commodity 
agreement  can  do.  There  are  only  two  ways  a 
commodity  agreement  can  defend  a  price  ceil- 
ing. One  is  through  use  of  stocks  accumulated 
in  times  of  surplus  under  international  control 
and  made  available  to  the  market  when  prices 
rise;  in  the  present  situation  no  such  interna- 
tional stocks  exist.  The  second  means  of  de- 
fending a  ceihng  would  be  to  apportion  the 
available  coffee  to  consumer  countries  at  a 
fixed  or  negotiated  price  through  an  elaborate 
system  of  rationing.  To  be  effective,  such  a 
system  would  require  extensive  administra- 
tive arrangements  to  enforce  obligations  and 
to  police  operations.  It  would  probably  in- 
volve the  U.S.  Government  directly  in  decid- 
ing which  American  roasting  companies  re- 
ceived how  much  coffee  from  a  given  export- 
ing country.  In  return  for  such  a  price 
guarantee  on  the  high  side,  we  would  have  to 
guarantee  the  producing  countries  a  similarly 
arbitrary,  and  probably  very  high,  price  on 
the  lower  side.  We  are  not  prepared  to  do  so. 

Third,  it  has  been  suggested  that  producer 
export  taxes  raise  the  price  of  coffee  to  the 
consumers.  I  do  not  believe  that  is  the  case. 
The  price  of  coffee  is  determined  by 
worldwide  supply-and-demand  conditions. 
With  or  without  an  export  tax,  a  farmer  will 
try  to  get  the  highest  possible  price  for  his 
coffee  in  competition  with  other  growers.  The 
size  of  the  export  tax  determines  the  division 
of  the  revenues  from  coffee  sales  between  the 
farmer  and  his  government.  As  I  indicated 


earlier,  despite  the  existence  of  export  taxes, 
the  financial  return  to  the  coffeegrowers  in 
most  producing  countries  has  increased  con- 
siderably since  the  Brazilian  frost.  Moreover, 
in  most  countries,  some  part  of  the  export  tax 
is  returned  to  the  farmer  indirectly  through 
services  or  credits  such  as  the  $1  billion  re- 
planting credit  in  Brazil. 

Mr.  Chairman,  the  outlook  for  coffee 
supplies  and  production  has  not  altered  signif- 
icantly since  my  appearance  last  March.  I 
forecast  then  that  "barring  any  new  frosts  or 
other  difficulties,  supplies  would  return  to 
normal  in  1979."  It  is  worth  remembering  that 
we  are  now  halfway  through  the  three-year 
cycle  it  takes  to  restore  coffee  production.  We 
are  on  track.  Production  is  being  restored  in 
Brazil  and  expanded  elsewhere.  In  the  mean- 
time, we  need  some  calm  understanding  of  the 
situation  and  an  avoidance  of  statements  that 
will  contribute  to  further  panicky  buying. 

These  hearings  can  contribute  importantly 
to  that  understanding,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  I 
stand  ready  to  contribute  by  responding  to 
the  questions  of  the  committee. 

STATEMENT  BY  MRS.  BRADEN 

I  believe  it  is  a  good  thing  for  consumers 
that  your  committees  are  holding  these  hear- 
ings. When  the  price  of  coffee  rises  from  $2.00 
a  pound  last  summer  to  more  than  $3.00  a 
pound  now,  it  is  cause  for  concern.  Consumers 
should  know  why. 

Consumers  should  let  their  voice  be  heard. 
Elinor  Guggenheimer,  Consumer  Commis- 
sioner of  New  York,  has  urged  consumers  to 
cut  back  on  their  consumption  of  coffee.  I 
applaud  her  efforts.  Unfortunately,  in  order 
significantly  to  affect  the  market,  consumers 
would  have  to  cut  back  substantially.  How- 
ever, I  could  get  no  estimate  from  any  source 
as  to  how  much  consumers  would  have  to  cut 
back  their  demand  in  order  to  affect  the  price. 
To  date,  despite  the  price  rise,  coffee  sales 
have  dropped  only  slightly,  if  at  all,  according 
to  Giant  Food's  vice  president  for  consumer 
programs.  Americans  don't  want  to  cut  back. 
They  want  to  drink  coffee — no  matter  what 
the  price  is. 


March  28,  1977 


301 


That,  together  with  the  worldwide  shortage 
of  coffee  stocks,  is  why  the  price  of  coffee  is  so 
high.  There  is  in  fact  no  evil  conspiracy 
abroad.  That  is  not  to  say  that  some  produc- 
ers are  not  making  money.  That  is  not  to  say 
there  are  no  speculators  in  the  market  who 
are  taking  advantage  of  the  high  prices  and 
buying  and  selling  to  make  a  profit.  What  I 
am  saying  is  that,  to  the  best  of  my  knowl- 
edge and  belief,  the  high  price  of  coffee  is  not 
caused  by  the  International  Coffee  Agree- 
ment of  1976.  The  State  Department  is  not 
encouraging  Brazil  to  keep  coffee  off  the  mar- 
ket. The  State  Department  did  in  fact  antici- 
pate the  price  rise. 

Let  me  explain  what  has  happened  since  the 
coffee  agreement  went  into  effect  last 
November.  The  two  principal  objectives  of 
the  agreement  have  been  met. 

First,  the  coffee-producing  countries  have 
planted  more  coffee  plants,  which  will  mature 
in  three  years.  This  was  not  a  foregone  con- 
clusion, since  some  producers  were  not  eager 
to  do  so — not  without  guarantees  that  replant- 
ing would  not  lead  to  a  future  market  glut.  To 
do  this  we  assured  producers  that  when  pro- 
duction is  restored  to  normal  and  prices  re- 
turn to  1975  levels,  quotas  will  be  imposed 
and  the  consuming  countries  will  cooperate  to 
make  sure  prices  don't  fall  to  disaster  levels. 
When  quotas  are  imposed,  excess  coffee  will 
be  held  in  stock  by  the  producers  for  insur- 
ance against  future  frosts  or  other  supply 
shortages. 

Second,  the  producers  are  sending  what  cof- 
fee they  now  have  to  consumer  countries,  the 
largest  of  which  is  the  United  States.  To  en- 
courage them  to  do  this,  the  coffee  agreement 
provided  that  quotas  for  each  country,  if  they 
come  into  force  two  years  from  now,  will  de- 
pend on  that  country's  export  performance 
during  the  period  when  quotas  are  suspended. 
For  example,  when  El  Salvador  and  Madagas- 
car sold  coffee  to  Brazil  at  higher  prices  for 
soluble  coffee  instead  of  to  consuming  an- 
tions,  the  United  States  warned  them  that 
such  action  would  mean  their  quota  would  be 
less  by  that  amount  when  quotas  were 
triggered.  To  avoid  that,  El  Salvador  bought 
back  their  coffee  from  Brazil  and  put  it  back 
on  the  market. 

On  the  one  hand  the  agreement  protects  the 


producer  when  production  is  restored;  on  the 
other  hand,  it  protects  the  consumer  by  a 
built-in  incentive  to  ship  all  available  coffee 
through  establishing  each  producer's  quota  at 
the  level  it  is  exporting  in  this  period  of  high 
prices  and  tight  supplies.  When  this  agree- 
ment was  negotiated  there  were  short  re- 
serves and  low  production  due  to  natural  dis- 
asters in  the  coffee-producing  countries. 
Therefore  there  were  few  reserves  to  release 
to  bring  pressure  to  lower  prices.  It  is  true 
that  Brazil  has  raised  its  export  tax  from  23 
cents  to  81  cents  per  pound  during  the  past  18 
months.  The  increase  in  tax  has  no  effect  on 
the  market,  but  only  on  the  earnings  of  the 
farmers. 

Now,  I  have  mentioned  the  inelastic  de- 
mand. Despite  this  inelasticity,  I  do  think 
that  over  a  period  of  years  if  coffee  prices 
were  to  continue  to  soar  as  rapidly  as  at  pres- 
ent, the  consumption  of  coffee  would  drop  and 
consumers  would  turn  to  alternatives  such  as 
cocoa  and  tea. 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  even  before  the  higher 
prices  of  the  last  year  there  was  a  gradual  de- 
cline in  coffee  consumption — so  much  so  that 
one  of  the  objectives  of  the  International  Cof- 
fee Agreement  was  "to  promote  and  increase 
the  consumption  of  coffee  by  every  possible 
means." 

To  meet  that  objective  there  is  a  provision 
in  the  agreement  for  a  Coffee  Promotion 
Fund.  It  provides  that  the  exporting  coun- 
tries will  contribute  to  a  fund  to  promote  con- 
sumption in  importing  countries.  Had  I  been 
involved  in  the  negotiation  of  this  agreement, 
I  would  have  had  reservations.  Although  it 
represents  less  than  two-tenths  of  a  cent  of 
the  cost  of  a  pound  of  green  coffee,  consumers 
might  well  object  in  principle  to  having  an  in- 
ternational agreement  which  embodies 
charges  for  advertising.  Of  course,  we  do 
sanction  heavy  expenditures  for  advertising 
many  products  we  consume,  including  coffee, 
by  allowing  tax  deductions. 

In  the  last  year  my  job  has  been  to  see  that 
the  Department  of  State  takes  into  considera- 
tion the  consumer  point  of  view  as  well  as  the 
foreign  policy  and  the  producer  points  of 
view. 

It  is  for  that  reason  I  am  particularly  glad 
to  see  your  committees  take  an  interest  in 


302 


Department  of  State  Bulletin 


such  an  important  consumer  issue.  I  hope  you 
will  continue  your  interest  in  forthcoming 
trade  issues  such  as  shoes,  televisions,  sugar, 
and  meat.  In  all  these  issues  we  must  see  that 
the  consumer  along  with  the  producer  is  taken 
equally  into  account. 

As  an  advocate  for  the  consimier,  I  do  not 
always  expect  to  win,  but  I  do  intend  to  see 
that  consumer  views  are  sought  and  listened 
to.  Whether  by  an  independent  agency  or  by 
strengthened  consumer  offices  within  the 
executive  branch,  or  both,  this  Administra- 
tion is  facing  up  to  the  importance  of  the  con- 
sumer in  international  economic  policy  as  well 
as  in  domestic  policy. 


TREATY  INFORMATION 


Current  Actions 


MULTILATERAL 

Agriculture 

Agreement  establishing  the  International  Fund  for  Ag- 
ricultural Development  (IFAD).  Done  at  Rome  June 
13,  1976.' 

Signatures:  Finland,  Malta,  February  24,  1977; 
Korea,  March  2,  1977;  Kuwait,  March  4,  1977. 

Agriculture — Diseases  (Plant) 

International  plant  protection  convention.  Done  at 
Rome  December  6,  1951.  Entered  into  force  April  3, 
1952.  TIAS  7465. 
Adherence  deposited:  Barbados,  December  6,  1976. 

Aviation 

Convention  on  international  civil  aviation.  Done  at 
Chicago  December  7,  1944.  Entered  into  force  April 
4,  1947.  TIAS  1591. 
Adherence  deposited:  Sao  Tome  and  Principe. 

Coffee 

International  coffee  agreement  1976,  with  annexes. 
Done  at  London  December  3,  1975.  Entered  into  force 
provisionally  October  1,  1976. 

Ratifications  deposited:  Colombia,  February  24, 
1977;  Kenya,  February  23,  1977. 

Consular  Relations 

Vienna  convention  on  consular  relations.  Done  at 
Vienna  April  24,  1963.  Entered  into  force  March  19, 


1967;  for  the  United  States  December  24,  1969.  TIAS 

6820. 

Accessions   deposited:    Korea,    March    7,    1977; 

Morocco,  February  23, 1977;  United  Arab  Emirates, 

February  24,  1977. 

Consular  Relations — Disputes 

Optional  protocol  to  the  Vienna  convention  on  consular 
relations,  concerning  the  compulsory  settlement  of 
disputes.  Done  at  Vienna  April  24,  1963.  Entered  into 
force  March  19,  1967;  for  the  United  States  December 
24,  1969.  TIAS  6820. 
Accession  deposited:  Korea,  March  7,  1977. 

Diplomatic  Relations 

Vienna  convention  on  diplomatic  relations.  Done  at 
Vienna  April  18,  1961.  Entered  into  force  April  24, 
1964;  for  the  United  States  December  13,  1972.  TIAS 
7502. 

Accessions  deposited:  Cameroon,  March  4,  1977; 
United  Arab  Emirates,  February  24,  1977. 

Hydrographic  Organization 

Convention  on  the  International  Hydrographic  Organi- 
zation, with  annexes.  Done  at  Monaco  May  3,  1967. 
Entered  into  force  September  22,  1970.  TIAS  6933. 
Accession  deposited:  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Repub- 
lics, February  18,  1977.* 

Inter- American  Development  Bank 

Agreement  establishing  the  Inter-American  Develop- 
ment Bank,  with  annexes.  Done  at  Washington  April 
8,  1959. 

Signature:  France,  January  10,  1977.' 
Adherence  deposited:  France,  January  10,  1977. 
Ratification  deposited:  Austria,  January  10,  1977. 
Acceptance  deposited:  Netherlands,  January  10, 
1977. 

Nuclear  Weapons — Nonproliferation 

Treaty  on  the  nonproliferation  of  nuclear  weapons. 
Done  at  Washington,  London,  and  Moscow  July  1, 
1968.  Entered  into  force  March  5,  1970.  TIAS  6839. 
Ratification  deposited:  Switzerland,  March  9,  1977.* 

Property — industrial 

Convention  of  Paris  for  the  protection  of  industrial 
property  of  March  20,  1883,  as  revised.  Done  at 
Stockholm  July  14,  1%7.  Articles  1  through  12  en- 
tered into  force  May  19,  1970;  for  the  United  States 
August  25,  1973.  Articles  13  through  30  entered  into 
force  April  26,  1970;  for  the  United  States  September 
5,  1970.  TIAS  6923. 

Notification  from  World  Intellectual  Property  Or- 
ganization that  accession  deposited:  Zambia  (with 
the  exception  of  articles  1  to  12),  February  14, 
1977. 

Property — intellectual 

Convention  establishing  the  World  Intellectual  Prop- 
erty Organization.  Done  at  Stockholm  July  14,  1967. 


•  Not  in  force. 

*  With  reservations. 
'  With  statement. 

■•  With  declaration. 


March  28,  1977 


303 


Entered  into  force  April  26,  1970;  for  the  United 

States  August  25,  1970.  TIAS  6932. 

Accession  deposited:  Zambia,  February  14,  1977. 

Space 

Convention  on  registration  of  objects  launched  into 
outer  space.  Done  at  New  York  January  14,  1975.  En- 
tered into  force  September  15,  1976.  TIAS  8480. 
Ratifications  deposited:  Belgium,  February  24,  1977; 
Mexico,  March  1,  1977. 

Telecommunications 

International  telecommunication  convention  with  an- 
nexes and  protocols.  Done  at  Malaga-Torremolinos 
October  25,  1973.  Entered  into  force  January  1,  1975; 
for  the  United  States  April  7,  1976. 
Ratifications  deposited:  Norway,  Socialist  Republic 
of  Vietnam,  December  16,  1976;  Mali,  December21, 
1976;  Monaco, 5  Rwanda,  December  23,  1976;  Bul- 
garia,^ People's  Repuljlic  of  China,'  Ethiopia, 
France,  Sweden,  United  Arab  Emirates,  December 
29,  1976;  Cyprus,  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Repub- 
lics,' December  31,  1976;  Byelorussian  Soviet 
Socialist  Republic,'  El  Salvador,  Iceland,   In- 
donesia, Laos,  Saudi  Arabia,  Ukrainian  Soviet 
Socialist  Republic,  January  6,  1977;  New  Zealand, 
January  7,  1977. 


and  flight  line  support  equipment,  with  attachment. 
Signed  at  Washington  January  19,  1977.  Entered  into 
force  January  19,  1977. 

Thailand 

Agreement  amending  the  agreement  of  December  29, 
1975,  relating  to  trade  in  cotton,  wool  and  man-made 
fiber  textiles  and  textile  products.  Effected  by  ex- 
change of  notes  at  Bangkok  November  24,  1976.  En- 
tered into  force  November  24,  1976. 

Memorandum  of  agreement  on  storage  of  ammunition  in 
Thailand.  Signed  at  Bangkok  January  24,  1977.  En- 
tered into  force  January  24,  1977. 

World  Tourism  Organization 

Agreement  relating  to  a  procedure  for  U.S.  income  tax 
reimbursement.  Effected  by  exchange  of  letters  at 
Madrid  February  24  and  25,  1977.  Entered  into  force 
February  25,  1977,  effective  January  1,  1977. 


PUBLICATIONS 


BILATERAL 

Egypt 

Agreement  amending  the  agreement  for  sales  of  ag- 
ricultural commodities  of  October  26,  1976  (TIAS 
8406).  Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  at  Cairo  Feb- 
ruary 14,  1977.  Entered  into  force  February  14,  1977. 

international  Civil  Aviation  Organization 

Agreement  relating  to  a  procedure  for  U.S.  income  tax 
reimbursement.  Effected  by  exchange  of  letters  at 
Montreal  February  16  and  21,  1977.  Entered  into 
force  February  21,  1977,  effective  January  1,  1976. 

Japan 

Agreement  amending  the  agreement  of  November  8, 
1968,  establishing  the  Joint  Committee  on  United 
States-Japan  Cultural  and  Educational  Cooperation. 
Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  at  Tokyo  February  25, 
1977.  Entered  into  force  February  25,  1977. 

Agreement  modifying  the  arrangement  of  September 
27,  1974,  as  modified,  concerning  trade  in  cotton, 
wool  and  man-made  fiber  textiles.  Effected  by  ex- 
change of  notes  at  Washington  February  15,  1977. 
Entered  into  force  February  15,  1977. 

Mexico 

Agreement  relating  to  additional  cooperative  arrange- 
ments to  curb  the  illegal  production  and  traffic  in 
narcotics.  Effected  by  exchange  of  letters  at  Mexico 
February  16,  1977.  Entered  into  force  February  16, 
1977. 

Portugal 

Loan  agreement  relating  to  T-38  aircraft,  spare  engines 


'  Confirmed  statement  contained  in  final  protocol. 
304 


1 950  "Foreign  Relations"  Volume 
on  Korea  Released 

Press  release  66  dated  February  18  (for  release  February  26) 

The  Department  of  State  on  February  26  released 
"Foreign  Relations  of  the  United  States"  1950,  volume 
VII,  "Korea."  The  "Foreign  Relations"  series  has  been 
published  continuously  since  1861  as  the  official  record 
of  American  foreign  policy. 

This  volume  presents  1,675  pages  of  previously  un- 
published documentation  (much  of  it  newly  declassified) 
on  the  diplomacy  of  the  Korean  conflict.  Considerable 
coverage  is  given  to  National  Security  Council  de- 
cisions following  the  outbreak  of  hostilities  on  June  25, 
1950,  as  well  as  to  U.S.  policy  in  the  United  Nations 
and  efforts  at  mediation  by  third  parties.  Extensive 
documentation  is  presented  on  events  which  arose  after 
the  assumption  of  the  offensive  by  the  United  Nations 
Command  in  September  1950 — the  problem  of  crossing 
the  38th  parallel,  the  question  of  intervention  by 
Chinese  forces,  the  Truman- Attlee  talks  of  early  De- 
cember, and  the  retreat  of  the  U.N.  forces. 

"Foreign  Relations,"  1950,  volume  VII,  was  pre- 
pared in  the  Office  of  the  Historian,  Bureau  of  Public 
Affairs,  Department  of  State.  For  the  year  1950,  vol- 
ume II  (United  Nations:  Western  Hemisphere)  and 
volume  VI  (East  Asia  and  the  Pacific)  have  also  been 
published,  and  four  more  volumes  are  in  preparation. 
Copies  of  volume  VII  (Department  of  State  publication 
8859;  GPO  Cat.  No  Sl.l:950/v.  VII)  may  be  obtained  for 
$17.00  (domestic  postpaid).  Checks  or  money  orders 
should  be  sent  to  the  U.S.  Government  Book  Store, 
Department  of  State.  Washington,  D.C.  20520. 

Department  of  State  Bulletin 


INDEX     March  28,  1977     Vol.  LXXVI,  No.  1970 


Arms  Control  and  Disarmament.  Secretary 
Vance's  News  Conference  of  March  4  277 

Brazil.  Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of 
March  4 277 

China.  Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of 
March  4 277 

Commodities.  Department  Discusses  Coffee  Prices 
(Braden,  Katz)  292 

Congress 

Congressional  Documents  Relating  to  Foreign 
Policy   291 

Department  Discusses  Coffee  Prices  (Braden, 
Katz)  292 

Human  Rights:  An  Important  Concern  of  U.S. 
Foreign  Policy  (Christopher) 289 

Secretary  Vance  Gives  Overview  of  Foreign  As- 
sistance Programs    284 

Cuba.  Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of 
March  4 277 

Economic  Affairs.  Department  Discusses  Coffee 
Prices  (Braden,  Katz) 292 

Foreign  Aid 

Human  Rights:  An  Important  Concern  of  U.S. 
Foreign  Policy  (Christopher) 289 

Secretary  Vance  Gives  Overview  of  Foreign  As- 
sistance Programs    284 

Germany.  Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of 
March  4 277 

Human  Rights 

Human  Rights:  An  Important  Concern  of  U.S. 

Foreign  Policy  (Christopher) 289 

Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of  March  4  . .      277 

Middle  East.  Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference 
of  March  4  277 

Pakistan.  Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of 
March  4 277 

Panama.  Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of 
March  4 " 277 

Publications.  1950  "Foreign  Relations"  Volume  on 
Korea  Released 304 

Southern  Rhodesia.  Secretary  Vance's  News  Con- 
ference of  March  4 277 

Treaty  Information.  Current  Actions  303 

Uganda.  Secretaiy  Vance's  News  Conference  of 
March  4 277 


U.S.S.R.  Secretary  Vance's  News  Conference  of 
March4 277 

United  Kingdom.  Secretary  Vance's  News  Confer- 
ence of  March  4 277 

Name  Index 

Braden,  Joan  R 292 

Christopher,  Warren 289 

Katz,  Julius  L 292 

Vance,  Secretary   277,  284 


Checklist  of  Department  of  State 
Press  Releases:  March  7-13 

Press  releases  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office 
of  Press  Relations,  Department  of  State,  Wash- 
ington, D.C.  20520. 

No.     Dale  Subject 

*100    3/7      Advisory  Panel  on  Music,  Apr.  12-13. 

*101  3/8  Program  for  visit  of  Prime  Minister 
Callaghan  of  the  United  Kingdom. 

*102  3/9  Deposit  by  Switzerland  of  instru- 
ments of  ratification  of  Nonprolif- 
eration  Treaty. 

*103  3/8  Shipping  Coordinating  Committee, 
Subcommittee  on  Safety  of  Life  at 
Sea,  working  group  on  radiocom- 
munications,  Apr.  21. 

*104  3/10  Opening  of  new  consular  training 
facility  at  Foreign  Service  Insti- 
tute. 

*105  3/11  International  economics  e.xperts 
from  20  countries  begin  four-week 
visit  to  U.S.  Mar.  13. 

*106  3/11  Advisory  Committee  on  Law  of  the 
Sea,  Apr.  28-29. 

*107  3/11  Study  group  7  of  the  U.S.*  National 
Committee  for  the  International 
Radio  Consultative  Committee 
(CCIR),  Apr.  15. 

*108  3/11  Study  group  CMTT  of  the  U.S.  Na- 
tional Committee  for  CCIR,  Apr. 
13. 


Not  printed. 


BOSTON  PUBLIC  LIBRARY 

Illilllllllll       , 

3  9999  06352  796  2